Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2005-039 Public Walkways in Downtown Area ORDINANCE NO. 2005 - 39 AN ORDINANCE amending the 2005 budget for the City of Yakima, and making an appropriation of $4,790,000 within the 321 — Central Business District Improvement Fund for expenditure during 2005 to provide for renovation of public walkways in the Downtown area. WHEREAS, the City has been awarded grants from the Washington State Department of Transportation in the amount of $870,000, and from the Washington State Department of Community, Trade, and Economic Development in the amount of $3,920,000 to provide for renovation of public walkways in the Downtown area, thereby resulting in the need to appropriate an amount of $4,790,000 within the 321 — Central Business District Improvement Fund for the 2005 budget year for this purpose; and WHEREAS, at the time of the adoption of the 2005 budget it could not reasonably have been foreseen that the appropriation provided for by this ordinance would be required, and the City Council declares that an emergency exists of the type contemplated by RCW 35.33 091 and that it is in the best interests of the City to make the appropriation herein provided, now, therefore, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF YAKIMA. Section 1. Appropriations are hereby made, for expenditure during 2005, from Unappropriated Fund Balance in the 321 — Central Business District Improvement Fund to the various accounts and in the various amounts, to provide for renovation of public walkways in the Downtown area, all as specified in the Schedule attached hereto and incorporated herein. Section 2. This ordinance is one making an appropriation and shall take effect immediately upon its passage, approval and publication as provided by law and by the City Charter PASSED BY THE CITY COUNCIL, signed and approve is 5th day of July , 2005 ZZ:11 PAUL P GEORGE, YOR ATTEST: fah e CITY CLERK First Reading: 6 - 28 - 2005 Publication Date: 7 - 8 - 2005 Effective Date: 7 - - 2005 Cepperson 6/20/2005 APPROP ORDINANCE PAGE 1 SCHEDULE I CBD Improvement Fund 321 RESOURCES: Yakima Ave Front Street Total WA State Department of Community Trade & Economic Development 321- 321- 699 -2116- 33404 -2DC $2,058,000 $3,920,000 321 -321 -699-2103-33404-2DC $1,862,000 WA State Department of Transportation 321 -321- 699 - 2116- 33403 -6DT $870,000 $870,000 TOTAL RESOURCES $2,928,000 $1,862,000 $4,790,000 APPROPRIATIONS: Yakima Ave Front Street Total Engineering 321 - 321 -321- 2116- 59511 -650 $794,656 $1,300,000 321 - 321- 321 - 2103 -59511 -650 $505,344 Sidewalk 321 - 321 - 321 - 2116 -59561 -650 $550,146 $900,000 321 - 321- 321 - 2103 -59561 -650 $349,854 Lighting 321 - 321 - 321 - 2116 -59563 -650 $360,651 $590,000 321 - 321 - 321 - 2103 -59563 -650 $229,349 Roadside Dev- Landscaping 321- 321- 321- 2116 -59570 -650 $1,222,547 $2,000,000 321- 321- 321- 2116 -59570 -650 $777 453 TOTAL APPROPRIATIONS $2,928,000 $1,862,000 $4,790,000 DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIATIVES PROJECT BUDGET Yakima Avenue North Front Street Front to 9th Street Histonc Distnct TOTAL DESIGN and BID SERVICES Engineering $ 321,643 $ 204,763 $ 526,406 Project Coordination $ 29,868 $ 18,848 $ 48,715 Design and Bid Total $ 351,511 $ 223,611 $ 575,121 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT Engineering $ 351,237 $ 222,819 $ 574,056 Project Coordination $ 73,788 $ 47,498 $ 121,285 Construction Management Total $ 425,025 $ 270,317 $ 695,341 Consultant Subtotal $ 776,535.00 $ 493,927.00 $ 1,270,462.00 CONSTRUCTION (Bid Award) $ 1,955,877 $ 1,243,703 $ 3,199,580 Contingency $ 195,588 $ 124,370 $ 319,958 Construction Total $ 2,151,465 $ 1,368,073 $ 3,519,538 Grand Total $ 2,928,000 $ 1,862,000 $ 4,790,000 REVENUE Transportation funds $ 870,000 $ - $ 870,000 CTED (minus 2% included) $ 2,058,000 $ 1,862,000 $ 3,920,000 Revenue Total $ 2,928,000 $ 1,862,000 $ 4,790,000 6/28/2005 BUSINESS OF THE CITY COUNCIL YAKIMA, WASHINGTON AGENDA STATEMENT Item No* 11 For Meeting of Tu e--28, 2005 ? - 5 -oS ITEM TITLE. Legislation regarding the Downtown Futures Initiatives Project (A) A resolution authorizing a Professional Services Agreement with Huibregtse Louman Associates (HLA) for Engineering Services (B) A resolution authorizing a Professional Services Agreement with G H Pechtel Corporation (GHPC) for project coordination services (C) An ordinance amending the 2005 budget and making an appropriation of $4,790,000 into the 321 CBD Central Business District (CBD) Improvement Fund (D) Establishing the City Council Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative Oversight Committee SUBMITTED BY Dick Zais, City Manager Chris Waarvick, Director of Public Works CONTACT PERSON/TELEPHONE. Kay Adams, City Engineer, 575 -6111 Cindy Epperson, Financial Services Manager, 575 -6070 SUMMARY EXPLANATION Staff is pleased to bring to you a series of legislative items to begin implementing the actions contemplated in the Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative (DYFI) Through the tireless efforts of many who have sincere interest in the future of Yakima, the City has received grant funds totaling $4.79 million for the long - awaited renovation to our public walkways around the North Front Street Historic District (NFSHD) and along Yakima Avenue from Front Street east to 9th Street. The history of these improvements can be traced back to the mid -1960s and the Casperson Study of 1985 (See NFSHD design -theme manual attached.) (Continued on next page) Resolutions X Ordinance X Other (Specify) Contracts Funding Source: State CTED Grant 3.92 millio and tate Gas Ta Revenue 870 000 APPROVED FOR SUBMITTAL City Manager STAFF RECOMMENDATION (A & B) Staff respectfully requests the City Council approve the resolutions authorizing execution of the Professional Services Agreements with Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. and George H. Pechtel for the Old North Yakima National Historic District and Yakima Avenue Pedestrian Way Renovation. Project. (C) Staff also requests Council adopts the ordinance at the June 28, 2005 meeting (D) Finally, staff also requests the City Council establish the City Council Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative Oversight Committee BOARD /COMMISSION RECOMMENDATION COUNCIL ACTION Resolutions adopted. RESOLUTIONS R-2005-102 £ -103 First reading of Ordinance, second reading scheduled 7- 5 -05.; and appointments were made. Ordinance oassed. K=ORflNANCE N9 2005 -38 Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative June 21, 2005 Page 2 Special recognition of the success of this four -year $17 7 million vision (see attached map) needs to go to Senator Alex Deccio, Representatives Mary Skinner and Jim Clements, and Council Members for providing indispensable leadership on these matters. ' We have approximately two years to finish the work anticipated in this funding package To assist us in meeting this timetable, two consulting services agreements are attached. 1) with HLA for design, engineering and construction management services, and 2) with G H Pechtel Corporation for project management coordination and adjunct staff support services relating to this project. When funding contracts are available from the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) ($870,000 of new Gas Tax dollars) and $3,920,000 from the Washington State Department of Community Trade & Economic Development (CTED) they will be executed The preliminary distribution of total grant funds is proposed to be $2.928 million for Yakima Avenue and $1.862 million for North Front Street Historical District, totaling $4.79 million (this includes the 2% deduction from the CTED grant) Also included in this agenda item is the appropriation ordinance for the nearly $4.79 million allowing and allocating receipt and expenditure of the reimbursable grants. Also included in this packet is the establishment of a Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative Oversight Committee of Council consisting of three Council members and an appropriate number of stakeholders. The first meeting of this group was held on June 14, 2005 (See attached minutes.) In order to maximize our ability to have the pedestrian way m front of the new Hilton Garden Hotel usable by its projected operung, HLA has been directed to perform work immediately under authority of a current contract (see attached) Staff wishes to remind Council of the vulnerable position the $870,000 grant from WSDOT is currently situated. The initiative to rescind the new gas tax regimen, if passed, will eliminate this funding and an alternative project scope must be created to accommodate the potential loss of this grant or alternative funding must be secured to complete the project objectives. (A) Consideration of a resolution authorizing a Professional Services Agreement with Huibregtse Louman Associates for engineering services. The attached resolution authorizes the City Manager to execute the attached Professional Services Agreement with Huibregtse Louman Associates for design, engineering, and construction management services for the North Front Street Historic District and Yakima Avenue (from Front Street to 9th Street) Pedestrian Corridor Improvements The City of Yakima selected HLA from a pool of qualified consulting firms The Interview Panel consisted of Craig Rath, David Picatti, Kay Adams, City Engineer, and Chris Waarvick, Director of Public Works. The attached agreement identifies the tasks and estimated costs for providing necessary engineering design, construction inspection and related services not to exceed $1,101,700 (B) Consideration of a resolution authorizing a Professional Services Agreement with G.H. Pechtel Corporation for project management coordination services. The attached resolution authorizes the City Manager to execute an agreement for project management /coordination and adjunct staff support services with George Pechtel of G H. Pechtel Corporation. This individual has unique and significant knowledge of these projects, their history, and funding needs. He also is familiar with many of the stakeholders, other participants, and challenges as this project begins to move through its two -year project cycle The "not to exceed" estimate for this contract is $170,000 over a two -year period. Tasks include Project Design Elements, Council /Citizen Committees, Public /Private meetings, Project Marketing /Public Relations, Project Scheduling, Business Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative June 21, 2005 Page 3 Communications, Written and Oral Reports, Securing Additional Project Funding, Project Management /Quality Control, Photo File, Ground Breaking /Completion Ceremonies for a total of 1,300 hours. The current project and work loads of existing City staff preclude expecting that we can take on the tremendous time it will take to work with all the property owners and stakeholders interested and affected by this project George Pechtel interviewed with the HLA team, but the City has determined a separate and distinct contract would be more appropriate (See supporting letters attached.) (C) An appropriation ordinance allocating $4,790,000 into the 321 CBD Capital Improvement Fund. This appropriation includes $870,000 Gas Tax money from WSDOT and $3 92 million from CTED into the 321 CBD Capital Improvement Fund. Contracts from CTED and WSDOT will be forthcoming in the near future Please remember that a 2% fee is charged by CTED against the grant leaving $3 92 million from $4.0 million available for the project. (D) City Council Downtown Yakima Futures Initiative Oversight Committee City Council has expressed a desire to establish a Committee of the City Council to oversee the progress of this phase of the Downtown Yakima Future Initiative The first meeting of this group met "unofficially" on June 14, 2005 at the Yakima Convention Center The members of the oversight committee are included with this agenda packet. Council Members Bernie Sims, Neal McClure and Mayor Paul George attended the first meeting on June 14, 2005 This Committee will be supported by City staff and will meet approximately once a month. ORIGINAL --CITY OF YAKIMA it{21 )6,: CITY OF YAKIMA q e� ri, YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIATIVE PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS (1 STREET TO 9 STREET) CITY PROJECT NO. 2116 HLA PROJECT NO. 05046 Huibregtse, Lowman Associates, Inc. Npirr CIVIL ENGINEERING • LAND SURVEYING • PLANNING FEBRUARY 2006 ADDENDUM NO. 4 To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS 1 STREET TO 9 STREET HLA Project No.05046 BID OPENING (Changed to): March 8, 2006 2:00 P.M. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications for this project: ITEM 1 — INVITATION TO BID The time for proposals to be received up to by the City Clerk of the City of Yakima, Washington shall be changed to the hour of 2:00 p.m. on March 8, 2006. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. / Ge, e Soules, PE Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39` Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone: (509) 966 -7000 S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk— 05046 1 ADDENDUM NO. 4 ADDENDUM NO. 3 To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS 1 STREET TO 9TH STREET HLA Project No.05046 BID OPENING: February 28, 2006 2:00 P.M. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications for this project: ITEM 1 — General for Plan Sheets E8 through E23: 1. Revise Note 1 to read as follows: "Equipment, devices and circuits shown in foreground (Bold) are new unless otherwise noted. Devices shown in background (Gray or screened) represent one of the following: A. Site, grading and drainage or irrigation, water and sewer devices which are shown in background color on the electrical drawings to assist in determining the location of the devices. B. Devices that are existing to remain and be preserved and protected and brought to new finish grade." 2. Add the following sentence to Note 5: "Locate device box in tree at least 8 feet above grade." ITEM 2 — Plan Sheet E2: 1. Panel 67 (New) — revise the load description at pole space 11 to be "Pedestrian Lighting ". Revise the load description at pole space 28 to be "Tree Lighting ". Revise the load description at pole space 32 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". 2. Panel 169 (New) — revise the load description at pole space 23 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". 3. Panel 170 (New) — revise the load description at pole space 32 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". 4. Panel 171 (New) — revise the load description at pole space 24 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". Revise the load descriptions at pole spaces 13 & 15 to be "Spare ". ITEM 3 — Plan Sheet E3: 1. Elementary Wiring Diagram E3/1 — revise the load connected to Breaker 169 -23 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". 2. Elementary Wiring Diagram E3/2 — add load connection from Breaker 67 -11 to Pedestrian Lighting, locate below 6th Street Lighting connection. Revise the load connected to Breaker 169- 32 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". 3. Elementary Wiring Diagram E3/3 — Delete the electrical circuit connected to Breaker 169 -18. Designated as a spare. S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk -05046 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 ITEM 4 — Plan Sheet E4: 1. Elementary Wiring Diagram E4/1 — revise the load connected to Breaker 170 -32 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". Revise Circuit 170 -21 connected to Pedestrian Lighting to be Circuit 170 -23. 2. Elementary Wiring Diagram E4/2 — revise the load connected to Breaker 171 -24 to be "Banner Strain Pole ". Delete the electrical circuits connected to Breakers 171 -13 & 171 -15. Designated both as a spare. Revise Circuit 171 -21 connected to Pedestrian Lighting to be Circuit 171 -23. ITEM 5 — Plan Sheet E5: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference Detail E1/3 in lieu of Detail E1/4. 2. Add the following sentence to Note 5: Branch circuit conduits shall be routed so that damage to existing tree roots is minimized. 3. One Line Diagram E5/3 — revise the circuit breaker to New Service Load center to be 2P -200A in lieu of 3P -200A. Revise the conductor callout to the service to be "2#3/0+1#3/0 N (New)" in lieu of "3#3/0+1#3/0 N (New) ". ITEM 6 — Plan Sheet E6: 1. Revise Note 4 to read: "Equipment, devices and circuits shown in foreground (Bold) are new unless otherwise noted. Devices shown in background (Gray or screened) represent one of the following: A. Site, grading and drainage or irrigation, water and sewer devices which are shown in background color on the electrical drawings to assist in determining the location of the devices. B. Devices that are existing to remain and be preserved and protected and brought to new finish grade." ITEM 7 — Plan Sheet E7: 1 Revise Mr,f 1 to r "Cc nrIc. I ina fliagram E5/3 and EVVf Eq/1 fnr Cirri lit and ern iinmant information. 2. Revise Note 6 to read: "Equipment, devices and circuits shown in foreground (Bold) are new unless otherwise noted. Devices shown in background (Gray or screened) represent one of the following: A. Site, grading and drainage or irrigation, water and sewer devices which are shown in background color on the electrical drawings to assist in determining the location of the devices. B. Devices that are existing to remain and be preserved and protected and brought to new finish grade." ITEM 8 — Plan Sheet E8: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 8 in its entirety and replace with "Not Used ". 3. Revise the one new signalization device located at the corner of North First Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as two existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S: \Gene\YakimaAvenue Sidewalk -05046 2 ADDENDUM NO. 3 Si. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the two devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 8) ". 4. Revise the one new signalization device located at the corner of North Second Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan Si. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 8) ". 5. Revise the banner pole receptacle to be a banner strain pole receptacle. Revise the location of the banner strain pole to match the location as shown on Site Layout Plan S1. Revise the note callout to be "Banner Strain Pole Receptacle. (See Detail D /SD3) (Note 9) ". Revise the size of the conduit to the banner strain pole to be a 1 1 /2" conduit in lieu of a 1" conduit. ITEM 9 -- Plan Sheet E9: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 9 in its entirety. 3. Revise the two new signalization devices located at the corner of North Second Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S2. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 8) ". 4. Revise the two new signalization devices located at the corner of North Third Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S2. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 8) ". 5. Revise the homerun callout to Electrical Service 169 to read: "...6 #8 +6 #8N +1 #8G (Tree Lighting), 2 "C..." in lieu of "...4 #8 +4 #8N +1 #8G (Tree Lighting), 2 "C..." ITEM 10 — Plan Sheet E10: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Revise the two new signalization devices located at the corner of North Third Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S3. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 8) ". 3. Delete note 8 in its entirety. ITEM 11 — Plan Sheet El 1: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Add 2" conduits each with 1 #10 +1 #10N +1 #10G between the ten lighted bollards. Connect the circuit to each lighted bollard. Add a 2" conduit that routes to the north of the new work from one of the center lighted bollards. Add Note 10 to the homerun conduit as follows: "Extend homerun conduit to the north and stub out beyond north end of new work. The work to extend the conduit into the Hotel as well as the homerun conductors will be provided by Others ". ITEM 12 — Plan Sheet E12: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Revise Note 8 to read: "Install convenience receptacle on banner strain pole per pole manufacturer's recommendations." 3. Revise the two new signalization devices located at the corner of North Sixth Street and Yakima Avenue and at the corner of North Naches Avenue and Yakima Avenue to be shown as existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S5. Add a callout of S: \Gene\Yakima Avenue Sidewalk — 05046 3 ADDENDUM NO. 3 "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the two devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 8)". 4. Revise the banner pole receptacle to be a banner strain pole receptacle. Revise the location of the banner strain pole to match the location as shown on Site Layout Plan S5. Revise the note callout to be "Banner Strain Pole Receptacle. (See Detail D /SD3) (Note 8) ". Revise the size of the conduit to the banner strain pole to be a 1 %Z' conduit in lieu of a 1" conduit. 5. Revise the first sentence of Note 3 to read: "Under Alternate Bid No. 1, demolish... ". Add a new sentence to the Note as follows: "If Alternate Bid No. 1 is not accepted, preserve and protect existing street light, pole, pole base and circuit during the course of construction." 6. Add a callout of "See Detail E1/1" to the homerun circuits routing to Electrical Service 67 from the new junction box located in the new sidewalk. ITEM 13 — Plan Sheet E13: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 9 in its entirety and replace with "Not Used ". 3. Revise the new signalization device located at the corner of North Sixth Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization device to match Site Layout Plan S6. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 9) ". 4. Revise the first sentence of Note 3 to read: "Under Alternate Bid No. 1, demolish... ". Add a new sentence to the Note as follows: "If Alternate Bid No. 1 is not accepted, preserve and protect existing street light, pole, pole base and circuit during the course of construction." 5. Revise the first sentence of Note 6 to read: "Under Alternate Bid No. 1, demolish... ". Add a new sentence to the Note as follows: "If Alternate Bid No. 1 is not accepted, preserve and protect existing street light, pole, pole base and circuit during the course of construction." ITEM 14 — Plan Sheet E14: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. ITEM 15 — Plan Sheet E15: 1. Revise Note 9 to read: "Existing si equipment and circuits SPA Site Drawing S8 for modifications to existing devices /circuits. Provide all means necessary to reserve and protect existing devices, junction boxes and circuits during the course of construction unless modifications are noted on Site drawings. Items damaged shall be repaired immediately with like materials at no additional cost to the Owner." 2. Revise the new signalization device located at the corner of North Eighth Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization device to match Site Layout Plan S8. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 9)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 9) ". ITEM 16 — Plan Sheet E16: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Revise Note 9 to read: "Install convenience receptacle on banner strain pole per pole manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Revise the three new signalization devices located at the corner of South First Street and Yakima Avenue and at the corner of South Second Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S9. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the three devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 9) ". S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk — 05046 4 ADDENDUM NO. 3 4. Revise the banner pole receptacle to be a banner strain pole receptacle. Revise the location of the banner strain pole to match the location as shown on Site Layout Plan S9. Revise the note callout to be "Banner Strain Pole Receptacle. (See Detail D /SD3) (Note 9) ". Revise the size of the conduit to the banner strain pole to be a 1 1 /2" conduit in lieu of a 1" conduit. ITEM 17 — Plan Sheet E17: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 7 in its entirety and replace with "Not Used ". 3. Revise the one new signalization device located at the corner of South Third Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as two relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S10. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the two devices in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 7) ". 4. Revise the new signalization device located at the corner of South Second Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization device to match Site Layout Plan S10. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 7) ". ITEM 18 — Plan Sheet E18: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 9 in its entirety. 3. Add two relocated signalization devices at the corner of South Fourth Street and Yakima Avenue to match Site Layout Plan S11. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the two devices. 4. Revise the two new signalization devices located at the corner of South Third Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as existing /relocated signalization devices to match Site Layout Plan S11. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 9) ". ITEM 19 — Plan Sheet E19: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 10 in its entirety. 3. Add two relocated signalization devices at the corner of South Fourth Street and Yakima Avenue to match Site Layout Plan S12. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the two devices. 4. Revise the new signalization device located at the corner of South Naches Avenue and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization device to match Site Layout Plan S12. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 10) ". ITEM 20 — Plan Sheet E20: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 7 in its entirety and replace with "Not Used ". 3. Revise the new signalization device located at the corner of South Sixth Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization device to match Site Layout Plan S13. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 7) ". 4. Revise the banner pole receptacle to be a banner strain pole receptacle. Revise the location of the banner strain pole to match the location as shown on Site Layout Plan S13. Revise the note S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk— 05046 5 ADDENDUM NO. 3 callout to be "Banner Strain Pole Receptacle. (See Detail D /SD3) (Note 9) ". Revise the size of the conduit to the banner strain pole to be a 1 W conduit in lieu of a 1" conduit. 5. Revise the first sentence of Note 3 to read: "Under Alternate Bid No. 1, demolish... ". Add a new sentence to the Note as follows: "If Alternate Bid No. 1 is not accepted, preserve and protect existing street light, pole, pole base and circuit during the course of construction." ITEM 21 — Plan Sheet E21: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 6 in its entirety and replace with "Not Used ". 3. Revise the new signalization device located at the corner of South Sixth Street and Yakima Avenue to be shown as an existing /relocated signalization device to match Site Layout Plan 514. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device in lieu of "New Signalization Equipment (Note 6) ". 4. Revise the first sentence of Note 3 to read: "Under Alternate Bid No. 1, demolish... ". Add a new sentence to the Note as follows: "If Alternate Bid No. 1 is not accepted, preserve and protect existing street light, pole, pole base and circuit during the course of construction." ITEM 22 — Plan Sheet E22: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Add an existing /relocated signalization device at the corner of South Eighth Street and Yakima Avenue to match Site Layout Plan S15. Add a callout of "Existing /Relocated Signalization Equipment (Note 4)" to the device. 3. Revise the first sentence of Note 3 to read: "Under Alternate Bid No. 1, demolish... ". Add a new sentence to the Note as follows: "If Alternate Bid No. 1 is not accepted, preserve and protect existing street light, pole, pole base and circuit during the course of construction." ITEM 23 — Plan Sheet E23: 1. Revise Note 4 to reference the "Site" drawings in lieu of the "Civil" drawings. 2. Delete Note 8 in its entirety. 3. Delete the New Signalization Equipment located at the corner of South Eighth Street and v i Yakma Avenue + �e - Y,.,,, +..h Sit.. Layout ,t Pl Q�I, Yakima wcnuc w match Site Lay3uL Ian v Iv. 4. Revise the homerun callout to Electrical Service 172 to read, "...4 #8 +4 #8N +1 #8G (Tree Lighting), 2 "C +..." in lieu of "...6 #8 +4 #8N +1 #8G (Tree /Ped Lighting), 2 "C +... ". ITEM 24 — Addendum No. 2 - Bid Package — Bid Proposal: Change the callouts "Item 24" and "Item 25" to Item 23 and Item 24, respectively. ITEM 25 — Addendum No.2 Bid Proposal Sheets: On Page 3 -3 of the Addendum No.2 Bid Proposal Sheets included with Addendum No. 2, strike out the words "...with Drywell" from the item description. On Page 3 -4 of the Addendum No. 2 Bid Proposal Sheets included with Addendum No. 2, strike out Item 39 entirely that was duplicated from Page 3 -3. ITEM 26 — Special Provisions: Section 8- 02.3(26) Drinking Fountain: Delete the last paragraph entirely regarding construction of a drywell structure. S; \Gene\YakimaAvenue Sidewalk -05046 6 ADDENDUM NO. 3 ITEM 27 — Special Provisions: Section 8 -02.5 Payment: Under the pay item "Drinking Fountain with Drywell" delete all references to "with Drywell" and drywell construction. ITEM 28 — Plan Sheet SD2: In Detail D /SD2 revise depth of HMA note to read: (1.5 x existing compacted depth up to 0.3 ft. max. depth) ITEM 29 — Special Provisions: Section 1 -07.29 Notifying Property Owners This section is supplemented with the following: The City of Yakima has contracted with a local businessman for this project for the purpose in assisting in the communication and coordination between the Contractor and the individual business and property owners. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. 2.)/.6 G ne Soules, PE Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone: (509) 966 -7000 S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk -05046 7 ADDENDUM NO. 3 ADDENDUM NC. 2 To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS 1 STREET TO 9 STREET HLA Project No.05046 BID OPENING: February 28, 2006 2:00 P.M. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications for this project: ITEM 1 — BID PACKAGE — BID PROPOSAL The following changes have been made to the Unit Bid Proposal, Pages 3 -3 & 3 -4: Item 15: The unit of measure shall be changed from Each to LF. Item 24: The unit of measure shall be changed from SF to SY. Item 25: The unit of measure shall be changed from SF to SY. Item 29: The quantity shall be changed from 1,776 LF to 1,480 LF. Item 41: The quantity shall be changed from 16 to 1. Item 47: The estimated common bid amount shall be used as the unit bid price and total for this item. Delete Pages 3 -3 and 3 -4 of the Bid Proposal and replaced them with the attached Pages 3 -3 and 3 -4 Addendum No. 2. ITEM 2 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION1 -08.3 PROGRESS SCHEDULE Replace the Order of construction of city blocks list with the following: 1. 3rd Street to Naches Avenue — North side 2. 1S Street to 3 Street — South side 3. 1 Street to 3rd Street — North side 4. 3rd Street to Naches Avenue — South side 5. Naches Avenue to 7 Street — South side 6. Naches Avenue to 7 Street — North side 7 7th Street to 9th Street — South side 8. 7 Street to 9 Street — North side ITEM 3 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8- 02.3(28) PLANTER FENCE WITH PLANTERS Change last sentence to read: The three (3) planters for each planter fence shall be Wausau Tile, TF 4160 Planters, 1- 800- 388 -8728, or approved equal. S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk - 05046 1 ADDENDUM NO. 2 ITEM 4 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8 -02.5 PAYMENT The listed bid item "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard" per each and the following paragraph, shall be replaced with the following: "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System" per lump sum. The unit contract price per lump sum for "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of the bollards as detailed in the plans, including but not limited to anchors, conduits, wiring, grounds, service panel modifications, miscellaneous hardware and other related items of work. ITEM 5 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8- 20.3(9) BONDING, GROUNDING Replace this special provision with the following: Bonding jumpers or equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated wire sized as shown on the plans ( #10 AWG minimum) ITEM 6 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8- 20.3(10) Electrical Service Add the following: Modifications shall be made to two existing electrical services as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall coordinate the revisions with Pacific Power and the City. If power outages are required, the outages shall be coordinated with the City and Pacific Power and shall occur at a time convenient to the City. A State electrical permit will be required for the services. ITEM 7 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8- 20.3(13)A LIGHT STANDARDS Under the heading "Bid Alternate No. 1" revise the third sentence to read: "....where directed by the Engineer and the existing or new power circuit shall be connected to the new street light as shown on the plans." ITEM 8 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8- 20.3(13)C LUMINAIRES Delete the entire second paragraph. ITEM 9 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 9 -29.2 JUNCTION BOXES Revise the last sentence to read: The covers shall be marked with a "Traffic Signal" or Electrical Power" logo /symbol depending on the application shown on the drawings. S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk - 05046 2 ADDENDUM NO. 2 This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. 02 2/0 Gee Soules, PE / Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone: (509) 966 -7000 S: \Gene \Yakima Avenue Sidewalk - 05046 3 ADDENDUM NO. 2 Unit Price Bid Proposal (Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown. Any changes /corrections to the bid must be initialed by the signer of the bid, in accordance with Section 1 -02.5) Sales Tax shall be included in Unit Prices. CITY OF YAKIMA PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS City of Yakima No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 Item I Unit Price No. Description Unit Quantit Incl. Sales Tax Total Item Amount 1 Mobilization Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 2 Temporary Erosion Control Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ 3 Catch Basin Inlet Protection Each 33 x $ = $ 4 Project Temporary Traffic Control Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 5 Removal of Structures and Obstructions Lump Sum 1 x $ _ $ . 6 Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meet Line LF 1,500 x $ . = $ . 7 Remove Existing Cem.Conc. Sidewalk SY 8,890 x $ _ $ . 8 Remove and Reset Existing Street Light Each 1 x $ = $ 9 Unsuitable Excavation Including Haul CY 10 x $ . _ $ . 10 Pedestrian Lighting System Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 11 Irrigation System Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 12 Tree Lighting System Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ . 13 Catch Basin,Type 1 Each 2 x $ . = $ 14 Catch Basin, Type 2, 48" Diameter Each 1 x $ _ $ 15 Cement Conc. Barrier Curb and Gutter LF 1,650 x $ _ $ 16 Cement Conc. Rolled Curb and Gutter LF 100 x $ . = $ 17 Commercial Driveway Approach SY 70 x $ _ $ 18 Cement Concrete Valley Gutter LF 125 x $ = $ . 19 4th Street Traffic Signal Modifications Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ 20 Pedestrian Push Button Modifications Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ 21 Asphalt Pavement Repair Section SY 1,100 x $ . = $ 22 New Asphalt Roadway Section SY 28 x $ = $ . 23 Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 4-Inch Thick SY 7,510 x $ _ $ 24 Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 6 -Inch Thick SY 810 x $ _ $ . 25 Concrete Unit Pavers SF 10,130 x $ = $ . 26 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type Each 57 x $ = $ . 1D 27 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type Each 2 x $ = $ . 4B 28 ADA Parking Access Ramp Each 2 x $ . = $ 29 Root Barrier LF 1,480 x $ = $ . 30 PSIPE: Scarlet Sentinel Maple Each 43 x $ = $ . 31 PSIPE: Chanticleer Flowering Pear Each 38 x $ = $ . • 32 Tree Grate Each 76 x $ = $ . 33 'Precast Concrete Planter, 36" Diameter Each 25 x $ . = $ 34 Precast Concrete Planter, 42" Diameter Each 18 i x $ = $ . 35 Precast Concrete Planter, 48" Diameter Each 25 x $ _ $ 36 Planter Fence Each 17 x $ = $ . 37 Banner Pole Each 32 x $ = $ 38 Banner Strain Pole Each 4 x $ = $ . 39 Drinking Fountain with Drywell Each 4 x $ = $ . Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 3-3 Addendum No. 2 39 Drinking Fountain with Drywell Each 4 x $ . _ $ . 40 Illuminated Bollard System Lump Sum 1 x $ . _ $ . 41 Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System Lump Sum 1 x $ . _ $ . 42 Bench with Back Each 5 x $ = $ 43 Backless Bench Each 11 x $ . _ $ . 44 Trash Receptacle Each 30 x $ . _ $ . 45 Bicycle Rack Each 12 x $ . _ $ . 46 Traffic Sign Post w/ Sidewalk Anchor Each 32 x $ . _ $ . 47 Minor Change FA 1 x $5,000.00 = $5,000.00 48 PVC Side Sewer for Drinking Fountain LF 180 x $ . _ $ . TOTAL BASE BID : $ . ALTERNATES: 1 Street Light Replacements Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 2 Future Communication Conduit LF 6,200 x $ = $ Z: \JAN\SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 3-4 Addendum No. 2 ADDENDUM NO. 1 To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS 1 STREET TO 9TH STREET HLA Project No.05046 BID OPENING: February 28, 2006 2:00 P.M. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications for this project: ITEM 1 - SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 1- 02.4(1) GENERAL Add the following paragraph: A pre -bid conference will be held at Yakima City Hall CED Conference Room, Second Floor, 129 North 2 " Street, Yakima, WA, from 10:00 A.M. to Noon on February 21, 2006. The conference will include project discussion and the Affirmative Action Plan. Attendance by General Contractors is voluntary. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. c5f/zele 7 2zyx Gefie Soules, PE Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone: (509) 966 -7000 S: \LIBRARY OFFORMSIADOENDUM.WPD 1 ADDENDUM NO 1 CITY OF YAKIMA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative Phase 1 Pedestrian Way Improvements (1St Street to 9 Street.) W. SO& WA i 1 ��� U / ST 7460 E¢� SIGNAL 2 r • S I pb EXPIRES ?71 Ii, 17, 2006 CITY PROJECT NO. 2116 HLA PROJECT NO. 05046 OWNER: ENGINEER: City of Yakima Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 129 North Second Street 801 North 39th Avenue Yakima, WA 98901 Yakima, WA 98902 FUNDING SOURCES: Washington State Transportation and Construction Budgets February 2006 Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 -YK. d oc CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Pedestrian Way Improvements City of Yakima Project No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO. SECTION 1 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1 -1 INVITATION TO BID 1-2 SECTION 2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 2-1 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 2-2 SECTION 3 - BID PACKAGE 3 -1 BID PROPOSAL 3 -2 UNIT PRICE BID PROPOSAL 3 - 1 BID BOND FORM 3 -5 BID BOND 3 -5 NON - COLLUSION DECLARATION 3 -6 NON - DISCRIMINATION PROVISION 3-7 BIDDER'S DATA FORM 3-8 WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY 3 -9 RESOLUTION NO. D -4816 3 -10 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 3 -11 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN 3 -12 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION 3 -14 SUBCONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION 3 -15 MATERIALLY AND RESPONSIVENESS 3 -16 PROPOSAL 3-18 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST 3 -19 SECTION 4 - CONTRACT AND RELATED MATERIALS 4 -1 CONTRACT 4-2 PERFORMANCE BOND 4 -4 SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS 4 -6 INFORMATIONAL CERTIFICATE OF BUSINESS 4 -7 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT 10 SECTION 5 - LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS 5 -1 PREVAILING WAGE RATES 5-2 SECTION 6 — AMENDMENTS 6 -1 APWA SECTION 5 -04 6-2 SECTION 7 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 7 -1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 7-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-3 SECTION 8 — WSDOT STD. PLANS, CITY OF YAKIMA DETAILS, & PRODUCT INFORMATION 8 -1 SECTION 9 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS 9 -1 Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 -YK. DOC SECTION 1 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 1-1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed proposals will be received by the undersigned City Clerk of the City of Yakima, Washington, up to the hour of 2:00 p.m. on February 28, 2006, and then be opened and publicly read for the construction of: CITY OF YAKIMA Pedestrian Way Improvements City of Yakima Project No. 2116 Reconstruct existing sidewalk areas along Yakima Avenue from 1S Street to 9 Street, 16 city block fronts, approximately 5280 LF. Project will include installation of new sidewalks with pavers, curb and gutters, pedestrian lighting, trees, irrigation system, banner poles, benches, traffic and pedestrian control system modifications, and other related improvements. All in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., and approved by the City of Yakima. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contact and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the Specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Yakima. Plans and Specifications may be obtained at the office of Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., located at 801 North 39 Avenue, Yakima, WA 98902, (509) 966 -7000, upon payment of the amount of $100.00 for each set, non - refundable. The City of Yakima in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000 -4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Yakima reserves the right to reject any or all bids and proposals, and to waive technicalities or irregularities, and after careful consideration of all bids and factors involved, make the award to best serve the interests of the City of Yakima. DATED this 7th day of February, 2006 KAREN S. ROBERTS CITY CLERK Publish: February 7, 2006 February 14, 2006 Z :JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 1-2 SECTION 2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 2-1 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS BIDS will be received by the City of Yakima, Washington (herein called the "OWNER "), at City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901, until 2 p.m., February 28, 2006, and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. Each BID must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to Yakima City Clerk at 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901. Each sealed envelope containing a BID must be plainly marked on the outside as BID for "Pedestrian Way Improvements ", and the envelope should bear on the outside the BIDDER'S name, address, and license number if applicable, and the name of the project for which the BID is submitted. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the BID must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to the OWNER at Yakima City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901. All BIDS must be made on the required BID form. All blank spaces for BID prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, and the BID form must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Only one copy of the BID form is required. The OWNER may waive any informalities or minor defects or reject any and all BIDS. Any BID may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of BIDS or authorized postpone- ment thereof. Any BID received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No BIDDER may withdraw a BID within 60 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. Should there be reasons why the Contract cannot be awarded within the specified period, the time may be extended by mutual agreement between the OWNER and the BIDDER. BIDDERS must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of the estimated quantities in the BID SCHEDULE by examination of the site and a review of the Drawings and Specifications including ADDENDA. After BIDS have been submitted, the BIDDER shall not assert that there was a misunderstanding concerning the quantities of WORK or of the nature of the WORK to be done. The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS contain the provisions required for the construction of the PROJECT. Information obtained from an officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER or any other person shall not affect the risks or obligations assumed by the CONTRACTOR or relieve the CONTRACTOR from fulfilling any of the conditions of the Contract. Each BID must be accompanied by a BID BOND payable to the OWNER for five percent of the total amount of the BID. When the Agreement is executed, the bonds of the unsuccessful BIDDERS will be returned. The BID BOND of the successful BIDDER will be retained until the CONTRACT BOND has been executed and approved, after which it will be returned. A certified check may be used in lieu of a BID BOND. A CONTRACT BOND in the amount of 100 percent of the CONTRACT PRICE, with a corporate surety approved by the OWNER, will be required for the faithful performance of the Contract. Attorneys -in -fact who sign BID BONDS or CONTRACT BONDS must file with each BOND a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. The party to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to execute the Agreement and obtain the CONTRACT BOND within ten (10) working days from the date when NOTICE OF AWARD is delivered to the BIDDER. The NOTICE OF AWARD shall be accompanied by the necessary Agreement and BOND forms. In case of failure of the BIDDER to execute the Agreement, the Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 2 -2 OWNER may consider the BIDDER in default, in which case the BID BOND accompanying the proposal shall become the property of the OWNER. The OWNER may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the BIDDER to perform the WORK, and the BIDDER shall furnish to the OWNER all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any BID if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such BIDDER fails to satisfy the OWNER that such BIDDER is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and to complete the WORK contemplated therein. A conditional or qualified BID will not be accepted. Award will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible BIDDER or all bids will be rejected. All applicable laws, ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the PROJECT shall apply to the Contract throughout. Each BIDDER is responsible for inspecting the site and for reading and being thoroughly familiar with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The failure or omission of any BIDDER to do any of the foregoing shall in no way relieve any BIDDER from any obligation in respect to its BID. Further, the BIDDER agrees to abide by the requirement under Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, including specifically the provisions of the equal opportunity clause set forth in these Contract Documents. The low BIDDER shall supply the names and addresses of major material SUPPLIERS and SUBCONTRACTORS when required to do so by the OWNER. The ENGINEER is Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., represented by Gene Soules, PE. The ENGINEER'S address is 801 North 39th Avenue, Yakima, Washington 98902, phone (509) 966- 7000, FAX: (509) 965 -3800. Z :JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 2-3 SECTION 3 - BID PACKAGE Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 3- CITY OF YAKIMA 129 NORTH 2 STREET YAKIMA, WASHINGTON 98901 BID PROPOSAL PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS YAKIMA, WASHINGTON City of Yakima Project No. 2116 To: City Clerk City of Yakima Proposal of Ali I co €15 4 rt4 C tip a - ii c (hereinafter called "BIDDER "), organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, doing business as Cz c ;, ()e.t 4-i v (insert "a corporation, ""a partnership," or "an individual" as applicable). In compliance with your Advertisement for Bids, BIDDER hereby proposed to perform all work for the construction of the PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS — City of Yakima Project No. 2116, in strict accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. By submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies, in the case of joint BID each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, that this BID has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any competitor. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract within ten (10) calendar days after NOTICE TO PROCEED and to fully complete the PROJECT in accordance with Section 1 -08.5 of these Special Provisions. BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum specified for each day thereafter as provided for in Section 1 -08.9 of these Special Provisions. BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following,hpDENQi 2 ! 3 L ?_ �� 47- ate° 1 BIDDER agrees to perform all the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the following unit prices or lump sum. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 3 -2 Unit Price Bid Proposal (Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown. Any changes /corrections to the bid must be initialed by the signer of the bid, in accordance with Section 1 -02.5) Sales Tax shall be included in Unit Prices. CITY OF YAKIMA PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS City of Yakima No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 E • Unit Price No. Description Unit Quanti .Incl. Sales Tax ■ Total Item Amount 1 Mobilization Lump Sum �� $ C ' $ c .)0‹,) .0 o 2 Temporary Erosion Control V� Lump Sum $ 0U . (X'r = $ 6 ) ' C',' . r0 © Catch Basin Inlet Protection Each 33 4 Project Temporary Traffic Control Lump Sum 1 ©�i'121111111,J © Removal of Structures and Obstructions Lump Sum 1 IliampAziffila $ !' 0 0 • co 6 Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meet Line LF 1,500 ©101111111111111B E113 Remove Existing Cem.Conc. Sidewalk SY 8,890 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 $ 9- 6-i • t? 8 Remove and Reset Existing Street Light Each 1 1313111111111MIEN11110111EINEEMEN 9 Unsuitable Excavation Including Haul CY 10 © $ .16 .00E1 $ °• 6 C .cc? 10 Pedestrian Lighting System Lump Sum 1 © $ lei; co . (ti la $ ' q ," C' o . IIII Irrigation System Lump Sum 1 ©$ v ), a�,F: .L >�tio la $ > c.3 �. %0IL+ . j ( i. f�''v` to r ® Tree Lighting System Lump Sum 1 © $ f' ` . 60 la $ ; _ o 0 C 0 0 ® Catch Basin,Type 1 Each 2 © is $ / 'O - ) ® Catch Basin, Type 2, 48" Diameter Each 1 ©A ' ® Cement Conc. Barrier Curb and Gutter LF 1,650 1131011111111111111MENEMEIREISIMMO 16 Cement Conc. Rolled Curb and Gutter LF 100 131311111111 $ (o d - I . 00 los Commercial Driveway Approach SY 70 13111111111111B1111111310111=611111n 18 Cement Concrete Valley Gutter LF 125 EILIIIIIIIIIIIMMEIMIEIMMEM 19 4th Street Traffic Signal Modifications Lump Sum 1 uummermmuumumualm 20 Pedestrian Push Button Modifications Lump Sum 1 © $ `, , • f .00 la $ ', c 0 • CC Asphalt Pavement Repair Section SY 1,100 13M111111111E1IMICILIEMSEIME ® New Asphalt Roadway Section SY 28 ©11 112 ® Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 4 -Inch Thick SY 7,510 24 Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 6 -inch Thick SY 810 x $ 6 q • u'4 la $ , (- '5 Y?, _ _`"(O' Ell Concrete Unit Pavers SF 10,130 © $ Ai- , i F " "''U $ ' °i, ,(ti;_ 50 PI 26 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type Each $ 1D © $ i 3 {aci ' ( il 7'25 •z ® Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type Each 4B ©$ I ,3 �rV? 28 ADA Parking Access Ramp Each 2 x $ / o C • 0Q111 $ _3 ..'1 C. 0. -- 3 ._.._. 0 29 Root Barrier LF 1 © $ M , ' Sv _ = ‘- � r7,1. - ka 30 PSIPE: Scarlet Sentinel Maple Each 43 ' $ RC pe 5 f iat = $ v r f /Ay- ® PSIPE: Chanticleer Flowering Pear Each 38 ©$ ma ' " ',' r'? , = $ 4 1 -If/it /C. ,; l ® T r e e Grate Each 76 © $ IA i t , l , ,• = $ i ;'so f:v. 644 El Precast Concrete Planter, 36" Diameter Each 25 IN $ - o • ltd U $ 1 'i .5 C° o • Lt 34 Precast Concrete Planter, 42" Diameter Each 18 ©E U $ ( q .00 "! .00 ® Precast Concrete Planter, 48" Diameter Each 25 in $ , -7 _ .00 • $ `d i, :L. • c 36 Planter Fence Each 17 ©$ x f° a g.�i.1 = $ `.r • (3 "y , _ 00)' tor El Banner Pole ® ©$ • . . � t • :1, co = $ K' • (!; 38 Banner Strain Pole Each 4 © $ t- ( Co . CSC IMIUMEMMEN 39 Drinking Fountain with Drywell Each 4 © $ s' g ' CO . t)cU $ : 1 Q Co • .`fit Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 3 -3 Addendum No. 2 w 40 Illuminated Bollard System Lump Sum 1 x $ i C1 .4,5 0 .00 _ $ 16 a SO • chi 41 Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System Lump Sum 1 x $ 1 aiv e co .( = $ i �L , goo .60 42 Bench with Back Each 5 x $ a i goo . oL = $ c r i U 0 . CO 43 Backless Bench Each 11 x $ C O - = $ 1 € co • 00 44 Trash Receptacle Each 30 x $ 1 ‘i (0 0, - CO = $ 4:aa , 6 Cc . CC) 45 Bicycle Rack Each 12 x $ t_� Y7 • (G' = $ (o i `'% .c, - 60 46 Traffic Sign Post w/ Sidewalk Anchor Each 32 x $ I CO .00 = $ - ; 7 3 1 a 0 0 .00 47 Minor Change FA 1 x $5,000.00 = $5,000.00 48 PVC Side Sewer for Drinking Fountain LF 180 x $ e ) • 00 = $ C i 0 gi[ . sii i TOTAL BASE BID : $ 1 f =1 i ��X :2)8' ALTERNATES: 1 Street Light Replacements Lump Sum 1 x $ `L+1 'lb • . df'( = $ 1% 9 76 2 Future Communication Conduit LF 6,200 x $ e) . w = $ 53 9 5 • HOC Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 3-4 Addendum No. 2 B!D BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashiers check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ which amount is not less than five percent of the total bid. Sign Here BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: • That we, MRM Construction, Inc. , as principal, and • Safeco Insurance Company of America , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Yakima, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5 %) of Total Amount_ Sid Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The opdition pf this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any a and to the Principal pedestri Wa Im 1st Street to th Street) according to the for r;t Project o. 2116 terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 8th DAY OF March 20 06 MRM Cons ueti c'. ' , � B Y 0 ':c.-0.- ' ?' Principal , . Safe o r I si BY: t Surety Darlene Jakielski, Attorney -In -Fact ,20 Received return of deposit in the sum of $ __ i • POWER Safeco Insurance Companies r te PO Box 34526 tra OF ATTORNEY Seattle, WA 98124 -1526 7351 No. KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint * * * * * * * * * * * * *VIKI BAUM; JOHN C. BEESON; STEVEN K. BUSH; M. J. COTTON; JIM W. DOYLE; JULIE M. GLOVER; DARLENE JAKIELSKI; THERESA A. LAMB; MICHAEL A. MURPHY; LAWRENCE J. NEWTON; NANCY J. OSBORNE; ANDY D. PRILL; S. M. SCOTT; Bothell, Washington*************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** * * * * ** its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents 9th November 2005 this day of €4 i lyt„}f — STEPHANIE DALEY-WATSON.SECRETARY MIKE PETERS. PRESIDENT. SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power -of- attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power -of- attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Stephanie Daley- Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation day of March , 2006 • d this 8th y Ott C( v 4 �*tE COAtt, �.` G flf Rll�., 4o.. 0 CORPORM SEAL tr,' SEAL ,letpAdtfuo; 4/ @ iS s d>, TA At - Wd t'Ai STEPHANIE DALEY - WATSON, SECRETARY Oit Safeco® and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation. S-0974/DS 4105 WEB PDF NON- COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report bid rigging activities call: I - 800 - 424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USOOT) operates the above toll -free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. 3 NON - DISCRIMINATION PROVISION During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. *(2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. *(3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractors commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. "(4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. *(5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. "(6) In the event of the contractors noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. "(7) The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders 01 the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States." 5 �_7 BIDDER'S DATA FORM The following information will be verified by the City of Yakima. 1. Past experience with similar type work; include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of clients, locations of jobs performed, project descriptions, and contract amounts. +-f -c c.' -ke d 2. Past maintenance services performed on similar systems; include names, addresses, and telephone numbers of clients, locations where service performed, and service descriptions. 0 I - Iz + ■S 3. Are you currently a named party in any pending litigation? If so, please identify the civil action number and jurisdiction. 0 4. List key personnel, including supervisory personnel, to be used on this project and their individual experience and certifications. (,re VV 0r (e.� Pr`e"je-c_; ma c, ra_ctuo..4 G` [e���. ( S t YU ( -76' 'v - 7 . yict4'v c .e fl °' 6 - ) Ca-Pa-k--z9 i 0- .e 0-e tfl a deatv'i - 5 1014 6 c7c`c,,cd so- psvvA , ,. wciaor CI11 -tYC kea.d m' EMpQI fZt S7vy1 5. Provide Washington state Contractor's registration (license) number. t . cu - 6 ei,c 8 NOTE: Complete this Bidder's Data Form and submit with Bid. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 3-8 • MRM CONSTRUCTION, INC. BIDDER'S DATA FORM CONTRACTING AGENCY AND MAILING ADDRESS CONTRACT TYPE OF WORK :TITLE/ NAME AND PHONE OF OWNER/AGENCY REP AMoumT$ ,CONTRACT NO $2.350.2OO.UnUT|UT|sa. ROAD, STREET SUNRIDGE DEVELOPMENT SUNMISSION, LLC LIGHTS, LOT DEVELOPMENT PHASE I & II 195 NE GILMAN BLVD |eaAQUxH.vvAeooz7 JOHN R|CHARDn4co-8S4-842O425427-0O18FAX • $ 1,592,021.00 STREET IMPROVEMENTS, MAPLE STREET ROAD CITY OF WENATCHEE STORM, STREET LIGHTS, IMPROVMENTS pO BOX 51ovvswATcHEs.vvAeaao7 SIDEWALKS, CURB, GUTTERS DON MCGAHUEY 50e-664-336e 509-664-5986 FAX $ 512.261.00 SIDEWALK, CURB & GUTTERS SHERBOURNE PRICE BIRCH CITY OF LEAVENWORTH STREET WIDENING, STREET BURKE PROJECT PO BOX 2DT-LEAVENVVORTH.VVA9OO20 LIGHTS LANDSCAPING MEL WYLES 509-548-5275 509-548-6429 FAX • 1.988.365.00 HISTORIC ROAD CANYON ROAD RECONSTRUCTION KITTITAS COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS IMPROVEMENTS 411 RUBY ELLENSBURG, WA 98926 JOHN NIXON 509'962'7523 509-962-7663 FAX $ 1,389,893.00 BRIDGES, CULVERTS, CURB REECER CREEK ROAD |MP*oVsMsmT�_ �TT|TAG COUNTY PUBLIC Vv0RKS ROAD IMPROVEMENTS • 411 RUBY aT�seT EuswaBURo.VvAeaez� • JOHN NIXON 509-962-7523 509-962-7663 $,o�03.411.00a|oEvvALKa.CURB GUTTERS vvATEnSTREET IMPROVEMENTS STREET LIGHTS, SIGNAL PHASE II CITY OF ELLENSBURG LIGHTS, STORM, WATER 420 N PEARL ELLENSBURG, WA JOHN AKERS 509-962-7101 509-962-7127 FAX WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities. To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts. In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program. The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations. All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10 %) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000. Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished. This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities and women employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs. Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans /specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible. 9 Q RESOLUTION NO. D - 4 8 1 6 A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with. Women And Minority Business Enter- prises for the performance of public works, and WHEREAS, it is the intention of the City of Yakima that Women And Minority Business Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of such public works, and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding process through the adoption of the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached hereto, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy ", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. • ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this •� $ i4 day of , 1983. 4r, ( Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk 11 in . SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in compliance with ROW 39.30.060 (To be submitted with the Bid Proposal) The following listed bid items (listed in numerical order) for this project have been proposed for subcontracting to subcontractors as indicated: �/ �\c) Subcontractor Name J �0 /� '�`� �/ -e[��' �� /// Item Numbers Eli , � � |�� (� , |�/ ��0 / �'// 3 '� ��/ 7/ ALf \ A L.f 2~ f -/ ' /| Subcontractor Name ����'���~/�� TY�w �- �^�N� /�~ N\\ ~^ . ` Item Numbers � \ �l�� � � ^�U - � ( � ��� �� ' �� /' - ' ^' > � -� ' ' ''~ v ' Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Bid Items to be performed by the Prime Contractor: / ) Prime Contractor Name �k �� y�\ /~<� K\� / ` ..- . , ~ .. Item Numbers \ L "l / cl '| 3 ` / N | | 5 ' / /^/ / -/ / /p a a a:3 / .a q / ]� . �l / ��� ! 3 4,2 k-(3 44\ U�� Li �| L-( 1 ( 7 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima, This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps. However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington. In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training. Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors and subcontractors subject to this contract must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps: a. The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response. b. The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore. If suchworker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore. c. The contractor shall promptly notify the City of Yakima Engineering Division an Contract Compliance Officer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal. d. The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the Department of Labor. e. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees. f. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically 13 3 -12 including minority news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. g. The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and oral) recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority students, minority recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas. h. The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives. i. The contractor shall validate all man specifications; selection requirements, tests, etc. j. The contractor shall make every effort to promote after school, summer and vacation employment to minority youth. k. The contractor shall develop on-the-job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid. I. The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities. m. The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc., do no have a discriminatory effect. n. The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non- segregated. o. The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO policy is being carried out. p. The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority and women contractor associations. q. Non cooperation: In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minorities and women. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor shall immediately notify the City of Yakima Engineering Department or the City of Yakima Compliance Officer. 14 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation for bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: • Q it-k its ; , 7 certifies that: (BIDDER) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract 4 f) iLeA co caor5 7 y^Lc C �+�j ( -A and; as to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: V`G4 - 1d a 6c; N rC. t i G�✓T� C:.�Sj !S ✓ ' c �C €i' �� ; Db 0 and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub - contract under this contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. gnature of Authorized Representative of Bidder) 15 3 -14 SUBCONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION Subcontractors' Certification is not required at the time of bid. This Certification must be completed by each subcontractor prior to award of any subcontract. certifies that: (SUBCONTRACTOR) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the subcontract and; As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in Yakima, Washington, subject to these Bid Condition, those trades being: and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors prior to the award of any subcontract under this subcontract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid conditions. (Signature of Authorized Representative of Subcontractor) 16 3 -15 Materially and Responsiveness The certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of his bid. Failure to submit the certification wilt render the bid non responsive. Compliance and Enforcement Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable). Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on September 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible' bidder for, government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order. The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any bidder, or contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non- compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet it fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, and shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the Consequences thereof. In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets its goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor of the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractors or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to him the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" 17 3 -16 requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or subcontractor can comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national security. Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty days. Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to the: Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering agency or the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance. 18 PROPOSAL The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he /she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5 %) of the total bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above prices and in the form as indicated below, is attached hereto: CASH 0 IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK Q DOLLARS CERTIFIED CHECK 0 ($ ) PAYABLE TO THE STATE TREASURER PROPOSAL BOND IE IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID " Receipt is hereby acknowledged of addendum(s) No.(s) I , as & 3 °� 1- 1 SIGNA Y E'OF -AIJi Q 1ZED ) OFFICIAL (S) 0 et 4 050" AO FIRM NAME M g, in CL;n s ` iyi,( (14 07 ,(2 -vc- .. (ADRESS) L ‘ j) L-J ( 66C qd-5 6,co7 ' 1 l ..6 PHONE NUMBER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONTRACTORS LICENSE NUMBER t ` i r CO .-1 CI 1 / FEDERAL ID No. 1 { J I 1 7 `0 ,/ I V 1 ) 1 Ci I Note: (1) This proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the firm's name entered hereon without prior permission from the Secretary of Transportation will be cause for considering the proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the bid. (2) Please refer to section 1 -02.6 of the standard specifications, re: "Preparation of Proposal," or "Article 4" of the Instructions to Bidders for building construction jobs. (3) Should it be necessary to modify this proposal either in writing or by electronic means, please make reference to the following proposal number in your communication. 19 3 -18 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms which must be executed, as required, and submitted on the form bound in the Contract Documents: A. PROPOSAL The unit prices, extensions, and total amounts bid must be shown in the space provided. B. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET To be filled in and signed by the bidder. C. BOND ACCOMPANYING BID This bid form is to be executed by the bidder and surety company unless bid is accom- panied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not less than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. D. BIDDER'S DATA FORM The form must be filled in by the bidder. Failure to do so will render the bid non- responsive. F. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN It is requested that the Bidder's Certification of the "Affirmative Action Profile" in the MBE /WBE Form be filled in and signed by the bidder. Failure to provide this information WILL NOT render the bid non - responsive. The following forms are to be executed after the Contract is awarded: A. CONTRACT This agreement to be executed by the successful bidder. B. PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and his /her surety company. C. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Refer to attached Informational Certificate of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement. Also refer to Section 1 -07.18 (APWA) of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 3 -19 SECTION 4 - CONTRACT AND RELATED MATERIALS Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 4-1 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in triplicate, this 4th day of April, 2006, by and between the City of Yakima, hereinafter called the Owner, and MRM Construction, Inc., a Washington corporation, hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this Agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, labor and equipment for the bid amount of: Two Million Two Hundred Eighty -Seven Thousand One Hundred Five and 07/100 Dollars ($2,287,105.07), for PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS - CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT NO. 2116, all in accordance with, and as described in the attached Plans and Specifications and the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract and every part thereof. Work shall start within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed in One hundred sixty (1601 working days. The first chargeable working day shall be the 11th working day after the date on which the City issues the Notice to Proceed. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner the sum specified in Section 1 -08.5 of the Special Provisions for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, as liquidated damages. The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this Contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the Specifications to be furnished by the City of Yakima. II. The City of Yakima hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached Plans and Specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached Specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this Contract. III. The Contractor for himself, and for his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. IV. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City of Yakima by reason of entering into this Contract, except as expressly provided herein. G: \PROJECTS\2005 \05046 \CONTRACT.doc 4-2 • . . IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first herein above written. Countersigned: CITY OF YAKIMA CONTRACTOR this 4 day of /4/ , 2006 MRM Construction, Inc., A Washington Corporation City Manager, Richard A.-Zais, Jr. //- Attest: R Arify& Po //_;: City Clerk, Karen S. Roberts (Please print or type Name) Its CL c ‘ 4 -# 4 (President, Owner, etc.) r Address: L3 Le bt.1,(4. Lic Phone: (e ) 9 (is' 0 0 0 Fax: 1 3 60A ) - () email: (YLA M an ( C-C ) // a TROJECTS\2005\05046\CONTRACT.doc 4-3 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 6393782 BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA • KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, MRM Construction, Inc., a Washington corporation, as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America arat�lxl azlne xo . 5tf zack a Washington corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF YAKIMA in the penal sum of Two Million Two Hundred Eighty -Seven Thousand One Hundred Five and 07/100 Dollars ($2,287,105.07), the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinances of the CITY OF YAKIMA. DATED at Yakima, Washington, this IV. day of April, 2006. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligations are such that: WHEREAS, pursuant to action taken by the Yakima City Council on April 4, 2006, the City Manager and City Clerk of the CITY OF YAKIMA has let or is about to let to the said MRM Construction, Inc., the above bounden Principal, a certain Contract, the said Contract being numbered City of Yakima Project No. 2116, and providing for PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS (which Contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and, WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said Contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW THEREFORE, if the said MRM Construction, inc_ shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said Contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said Contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said Contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said Contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by G: tPROJECT5 \2P4'A050481PERFORMAN BONO.doc 44 • the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. MRM Construction, Inc. Contractor - „v) 13y: PCtc7 Frru (Print Name) Approved as to form: Its: t) Clit-e5J dJ (President, Owner, etc.) / e1 (City Attorney) Safeco Insurance Company of America knizIxxGatleigiautEiRtdaffificx ' :0 xt;& itrOarkatx Surety /-) / 4°(, Darlene Jakielski (Print Name) Its: Attorney-In-Fact GAPRoJECTS■200505D4(APGRFORMANGO OND.tk 4-5 ' " POWER Safeco Insurance Companies PO Box 34526 OF ATTORNEY Seattle, WA 98124 -1526 7351 No. KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint * * * * * * * * * * * * *VIKI BAUM; JOHN C. BEESON; STEVEN K. BUSH; M. J. COTTON; JIM W. DOYLE; JULIE M. GLOVER; DARLENE JAKIELSKI; THERESA A. LAMB; MICHAEL A. MURPHY; LAWRENCE J. NEWTON; NANCY J. OSBORNE; ANDY D. PRILL; S. M. SCOTT; Bothell, Washington*************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents 9th November 2005 this day of ' , ; ti r I-..,. — STEPHANIE DALEY - WATSON.SECRETARY MIKE PETERS. PRESIDENT, SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attomeys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power -of- attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power -of- attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Stephanie Daley- Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation • this day of ' ` Atka . y4^ t� '4pe, E p4'gy CORPORATE ' % SEAL g S SEAL „ , ,f v 4E4 0 OF wfASO 'otwati `S` STEPHANIE DALEY - WATSON, SECRETARY Safeco® and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation. S - 0974/DS 4/05 WEB PDF ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE MR O P ID ME DATE (MMIDDlYYYY) 04/10/06 ..IODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE T ;ub International Northwest HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR . 0. Box 3 018 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. othell WA 98041 -3018 Phone:425- 489 -4500 Fax:425- 489 -4501 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# 'SURED INSURER A: Ohio Casualty Insurance Co. • INSURER B: West American InS . Company MRM Construction Inc INSURER C. Mike Forman PO Box 838 INSURER D: Ellensburg WA 98926 INSURER E: OVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH . POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSK ADD'uu POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR NSRD TYPE OF INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YY) DATE (MM /DD/YY) GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 i. DAMAGE I V KEN I EL) X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY BK052864690 09/15/05 09/15/0 PREMISES(Eaoccurence) $ 100,000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2 , 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 POLICY X JERCOT LOC Emp Ben. 1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1,000,000 3 X X ANY AUTO BA052864690 09/15/05 09/15/06 (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS ee ® 0 f� g (Per person) $ III HIRED AUTOS `' �® r� J BODILY INJURY $ III NON-OWNED AUTOS P�ry[�g� (Per accident) OPERTY III CC y � 1 E - � (Per a cident) DAMAGE $ ✓f - 5 ,. GARAGE LIABILITY q /q9�� , "'iv' z ✓ AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO /f l / i R1v O ` OTHER THAN � EA ACC $ III C rP ,0,01\" AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS /UMBRELLA LIABILITY CSC EACH OCCURRENCE $ I OCCUR CLAIMS MADE Sf AGGREGATE $ $ DEDUCTIBLE $ I RETENTION $ $ I WORKERS COMPENSATION AND TORY LIMITS X 01H- ER EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY BK052864690 09/15/05 0 9/ 15 /0 6 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 k. ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? WA STOP GAP E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 I If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS :T IS AGREED THE CITY OF YAKIMA, THEIR AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, AND ELECTED OR APPOINTED OFFICIALS ARE ADDED AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS WHEN REQUIRED BY I WRITTEN CONTRACT. SEE ATTACHED ENDORSEMENT. :E: PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS CITY PROJECT NO. 2116, HLA PROJECT NO. 05046 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CIYAKIM SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL .12XMAIL 3 0 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, CITY OF YAKIMA I LArroFPNY KI^iD UP (1ti THE IN4I IRFR ITS AI PNTS O$. 129 NORTH 2ND STREET, 2ND FLR YAKIMA WA 98901 RCPRECENTATIVPS---. AUT ORREPRESENTATIt - .CORD 25 (2001/08) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 • MRM Construction, Inc. Policy No. BK052864690 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (Owners, Lessees. Contractors or Lessors; CO 3416 12 03 (Includes a Primary/1; on- Contributary provision) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY, Who Is An Insured Section!! Is amended to include as art insured any person or organiaat ion whom you are required In name as an additional insured on this policy in a written contract or written agreement. The GENERAL LIABILITY written contract or written agreement must be currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy and execdled prior to the "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal and advertising MASTER PAK PLUS* injury." FOR CONSTRUCTION The insurance provided the additional insured is [trailed as follows; This enr'crsemem modifies Insurance provided under lie following: A. The person or organization Is only en additional insured with respect to liability: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART - 1. Arising out of real property, as described in a written contract or written agreement, that you awn, rent, lease, or occupy; or INDEX 2. Caused In whole er in part by your ongoing operations performed for that Insured. SU�,g,c1 PAGE The insurance provided the additional insured in 1.A.2, above does not apply to: ELANICEf ADDITIONAL INSURED (OWNERS, I.E5SEE5, CONTRACTORS OR LESSORS) 2 a. Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Coverage B - Personal and Ad- FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT 3 . - vertising Injury Liability or defense coverage under the Supplementary Payments arising out of an architect's, engineer's or surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any professional NON. OWN ED WATERCRAFT 4 services Including; SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS (BAIL BONDS} 4 CI The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, spin- ions, re pens, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC YUGLICATION EXTENSION 5 (2) Supervisory, Inspection, architecture! or engineering activities. AGGREGATE LIMITS PER LOCATION) 5 b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER PROJECT) 5 (1} All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished In connection with such Work, VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 6 on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) were performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the site where the covered operations have been OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY DR CONTROL COVERAGE 6 completed; or NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS 7 (2) That portion of "your wnrk" out of which the Injury or damage arises hes been put to its tnterded use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontrar,- DUTIES tN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 tar engaged in performing operations far a principal as part of the same project. BODILY INJURY (MENTAL ANGUISH} 8 B. The Limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified Ina written contract or • written agreement or the limits of Insurance as staled in the Declarations of this policy and defined In WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS R Section 111 - Limits Of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These lIrnita are inclusive of and not in addition to the irnlls of Insurance available under this policy. MEDICAL PAYMENTS S C. The Insurance provided the additional insured does not apply to the liability resultino from 1.he sole BROAD NAMED INSURED R negligence of the additional Insured, BROADENED MOBILE EQUIPMENT 6 INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY NON.O WNED AIRCRAFT 9 PROPERTY DAMAGE - ELEVATORS 9 Includes copyrighted material of 150 Plope Hies., Inc., with Its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with Its permission. CG 84 10 12 03 R ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 1 of 9 Cr3 34 18 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 3003 Page 2 of 9 0, As respects tire coverage provided to the additional insured under this endorsement, Section IV- B. Paragraph E. of Section ill . Limits Of insurance is replaced by the following: Conditions is amended as follows: B. Subject to E. above, the higher of 6300,000 or the Damage, To Premises Rented To You Limit The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence. Offense, Claim, or Suit: shown In the Summary of Limits and Charges sectfon of this policy is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to premises rented to you or An additional insured under this endorsement will as aeon as practicable: temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner arising out of any one fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage incident. a- Glve written notice of an "occurrence" or art offense, that may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance to us; C. Paragraph b.(1)(h) of Condition 4. Other Insurance {Section IV • Conditions) is replaced by the following: b. Tender the defense and Indemnity of any claim or "suit" to ail insurers whom also have Insurance available to the additional Insured; and i1) That is Fire, Llghlning, Explosion Cr Sprinkler Leakage insurance far premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner: c. Agree to make available any ether insurance which the additional insured has fora loss we cover under this Coverage PerL D. Paragraph 9.e. of the definition of "Insured contract" in Section V- Definitions is replaced by the ee �"- following: 2. The following is added to Condition 3. Legal Action Against Us: 9. "Insured contract" means: We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a claim or "suit" from the additional insured. -- a. A contract for the lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract to a have of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damages by fire, lightning, 3. The following is added to Paragraph a.. Primary Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: j - "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner is not an "insured contract "; If the edditlonat insured's policy hen an Other Insurance prevision making its pulley excess, and a Named Insured has agreed In a written contrast or written agreement to provide the additional - E. The following definition is added to Section V - Definitions; insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory bests, this policy shell be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. "Explosion" means a sudden release of expanding pressure accompanied by a noise, a bursting forth of materiel and evidence of the scattering of debris to locations farther than would have 4. The following is added to Paragraph b., Excess Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: resulted by gravity alone. Except as provided In Paragraph 4.a. Primary insurance as amended above, any coverage provided) "Explosion" does not Include any of the following: hereunder shalt be exoess over any other valid and callecible Insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other heels. in the event an additional L Artificially generated electrical current including electrical arcing that disturbs electrical Insured has other crvereye available for an "occurrence' by virtue of also being an additional devices, appliances or wires; Insured on other policies, this insurance is excess over these other policies. 2. Rupture or bursting of water pipes; 2. FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAIVIAGETO PREMISES YOU RENT 3. Explosion of steam bolters, steam pipes, steam engines or steam turbines owned or If Damage To Premises Rented To You under Coverage A Is not otherwise excluded from this policy, the leased by you, or operated ender your control; or following applies: 4. Rupture or bursting Caused by centrifugal force. A. The last paragraph of 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A Is replaced by the following: 3. NOM-OWNED WATERCRAFT If Dameoe To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded, Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage try fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented so Subpsregraph e.(2) of Paragraph 2.. Exclusions of Section I • Coverage A Is replaced by the following: you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described In Section III . Limits Of Insurance, (2) A watercraft you de, not own that is: • (al Lees than 51 feet long; and (b) Net Leine used to carry persons or property for a charge; 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS In the Supplemen tary Payments • Coverages A and B provision: The limit for tire cost of ball bonds in Paragraph 1.b. is changed from 5250 to 51006. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc.., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with Its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 a ISO Properties, Inc., 200'_ Page 3 of 9 CG 84 16 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 4 of 9 5. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION B. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Paragraphs 14.b., d. and a. of Section V • Definitions are replaced by the following: At your request, we will pay for "loss" to property of others caused by your business operations. The most we will pay for this ',oversee is 8500 each "occurrence." The 'ices" must occur during the policy period. b. Malicious prosecution or abuse of process; ( ' The "occurrence" must place In the "coverage territory". d. Oral, written, televised, virlenlaped or electronic puirlica :nn of material that slanders or libels a "Loss" means unintended damage or destruction. "Loss" does not mean disappearance, abstraction person or organization or disparages a person's or organization's goods, products or services; or theft. e. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that violates a person's This coverage does not apply to: right of privacy; t-=— 1. Demege arising out of the use of any "auto "; The following is added to Paragraph 14, "Personal and Advertising Injury" of Section V - Definitions: _ 2. Property you own, occupy, rent or lease from others; or 3. Properly on your premises for sale, service, repair or storage. h. Discrimination or humiliation that results In Injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but only if such discrimination or humiliation Is: i = None of the other policy exclusions apply to this coverage. i - ' (1) Plot done intentionally by or at the direction of: If the policy to which this endorsement is attached is written with a property damage liability deductible, {a) An Insured; or the deductible shall apply to Voluntary Property Damage. The limit of coverage stated above shall not be reduced by the amount of this deductible. {b) Any "exart,tive officer" director, stockholder, pa rine or member of the insured; and e 1 •w^ 9. OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROLCOVERAGE (2) Not directly or indirectly misted to the employment, prospective employment or termination of employment of any person or persons by any insured. .e-L... A. We will pay those sums that you become legally obligated to pay as damages because of "property damage" to personal property of others while in your or your "employees" care, custody or control or Subparagraphs b. and c, of 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage B - Personal And Advertising Injury - = reel property of others over which you or your "employees" are exercising physical control if the Liability are'replaced by the following: "property damage" arises out of your business operations. This Coverage is subject to seoliens B., C., D. and E. below. h. Material Published Witir Knowledge Of Falsity i. B. Exclusions "Personal and advertising injury" arising our of oral, written, televised, videotaped Cr elertrneic publication of material, If done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of Its falsity; This insurance shell not apply to: c. Material Published Prior To Policy Period 1. "Property damage" of property at premises owned, rented, leased, operated or used by you; Injury" 2. "Property damage" of property while in transit; . "Personal and advertising ry" arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic 3. The-cost of repairing or replacing publication of material whose first puhlicarlon took place before the beginning of the policy pe- (al Any of your work defectively or incorrectly done by you or by others on your behalf; or rind; (bi Any product manufactured, sold or supplied by you, unless the "property damage" is caused 5. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER LOCATION) directly try yeti alter delivery of the product or completien of the work and resulting from a subsequent undertaking; or The General Aggregate Limit under Section III Limits Of Insurance applies separately to each of your . 4. "Property damage" of property caused by or arising out of me "Products- completed operations "locations" owned by or rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner. e hazard ". "Location" means premises involving the seine or connecting lots, or premises whose rnnnet:11: t is C. Limits Of Insurance -The most we will pay for "property damage" under this Section 9. is 525,000 for interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right -of -way of a railroad. each "occurrence ". The most we wilt pay far the sum of all damages covered ,,near this Section D. because of "property damage" is an annual aggregate limit of 525,000. 7. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER PROJECT) The Limits of Insurance provided under this Section 9. are Inclusive of and not in addition to any other The General Aggregate Limit under Section tit Limits Of insurance applies separately to each of your limits provided In the policy or endorsements attached to lt. protects sway from premises owned by or ranted to you. D, Deductible - We will not pay for "property damage" In any one "occurrence" until the amount of "property damage" exceeds 5250. If the policy to which this endorsement is attached contains a "property damage" deductible, that deductible shall apply it it is greater than 5250. ( E. In the event of "property damage" covered by this endorsement, you shall, if requested by us, replace the property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. includes copyrighted materiel of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with Its permission. CO 84 16 12 03 at ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 5 of 9 CG 84 16 12 ti3 ce ISC Properties, Inc,., 2003 Page 6 of 3 10, NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS 12. 300ILY INJURY A. In Paragraph 4. of Section II - Who is An insured Is deleted and replaced by the following: Paragraph 3. of the dentition of "bodily injury" in the Section V - Definitions Is replaced by the fork:wing: 4. Any business entity acquired by you or incorporated or organized by you under the laws of any , 3. "Bodily Injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental individual state of the United States of America over which you maintain majority ownership I •. anguish or death resulting lions any of these at any time. Interest exceeding fifty percent. Such acquired or newly formed organization will qualify as a Named Insured it there is ne similar insurance available to that entity. However: 11 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS a. Coverage under this provision applies only until the expiration of the policy period In We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an Injury covered by this policy. We wilt which the entity was acquired or Incorporated or organized by you, not enforce our tight 3galnst any person or organization for whom you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us. b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "properly damage" that occurred before the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized ty you. _ —' This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to beneat anyone not named in the agreement. c. Coverage B dues not apply en "perso.nal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense 14. MEDLCAL PAYMENTS committed before the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. H Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Expense Limit provided by this d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. policy shall ha the greater of: B. This Section 10. does not apply to newly formed or acquired organizations if coverage Is A. S10,000; or excluded either by provisions of the Coverage Part or by other endorserner,r(s) attacned to it. = B. The amount shown In the Decla rations. ameezi 11. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE. OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 15. BROAD NAMED INSURED A. The requirements in Section IV • Conditions, Paragraph 2.a., that you must see to it that we are _= Paragraph 2,o.(1)(d) of Section It • Who Is An Insured Is replaced by the toaowing: notified of en "occurrence" applies only when the "occurrence" Is known lw (di Arising out of his or her providing or falling to provide professional health care services. However, 1, You, if you are an individual; this exclusion does not apply to retreats, emergency medical technicians or paramedics who are 2. A partner, if you are partnership; employed by you to provide medical or paramedical services to your employees. 3. A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company; 4. An executive officer or designee, if you area corporation; 15. BROADENED MOBILE EQUIPMENT 5. A trustee, if you are a trust; or Paragraph 12.141) of Section V- Definitions Is replaced by the following: B. A designee, if you are any other type of organization. (1) Equipment designed primarily for: S. The requirements In Section IV • Conditions Paragraph lb. that you neat 888 18 It that we receive • written notice of a claim or "suit" will not be considered breached unless the breach occurs after (a) Snow removal; such claim or "soil" is known to: (b) fined maintenance, but not construction or resurfacing; or 1, You, If you are an individual: (e) Street cleaning provided that vehicles have a Gress Vehicle Weight of 1,000 pounds or greet er, 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; - 3. A member or manager if you are a limited liability company; 3 17 INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY 4. An executive officer or designee, if yea area corporation. 5. A trustee, if you are a trust; or Paragraph 3. of Section V - Definitions Is replaced by the following: o A designee, if you are any other type of organization, 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily Injury, sickness, disaase cr "Incidental medical malpractice" sirs- Knowledge of an "occurrence," claim or "suit" by the agent, servant or "employee' of any insured tarried by a person, Including mental anguish or death resulting from any of these at arty time. shell not In itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an officer or designee shall have received notice from its agent, servant or "employee ". The following is added to Section V - Definitions: 23. "Incidental medical malpractice" means injury arising out or the negligent rendering or failure to render medicat or paramedical services to parsons by any physician, dentist, nurse, emergency • medical technician or paramedic who is employed by you to provide. such services provided you are not engaged in tire business or occupation of providing any services referred la In this defini- Lion.• Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Page 7 of 9 Inc., with its permission. n CO 54 it 13 03 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 includes copyrighted material or ISO Properties., Inc., with Its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 n, ISO Properties. loo., 20113 Page 8 or 9 • 18. NON-DINNED AIRCRAFT The following is added to Subparagraph g, of 2., Exclusions of Suction I • Coverage A Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability! (6) an aircraft with a paid crew, that Is hired, chartered or loaned but Is not owned by any Insured, 19. PROPERTY DAMAGE - ELEVATORS The following is added to Subparagraph j. of 2., Exclusions of Section ! - Coverage A Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability; ParagrapIts (3) and (41 of this exclusion do not apply to the use of elevators. • All other terms and conditions of your policy remain unchanged. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 64 16 12 PS 1 R ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 9 of 9 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, MRM Construction, Inc., a Washington corporation, as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America and General Insurance Company of America, each a Washington corporation, organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF YAKIMA in the penal sum of Two Million Two Hundred Eighty -Seven Thousand One Hundred Five and 07/100 Dollars ($2,287,105.07), the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinances of the CITY OF YAKIMA. DATED at Yakima, Washington, this day of April, 2006. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligations are such that: WHEREAS, pursuant to action taken by the Yakima City Council on April 4, 2006, the City Manager and City Clerk of the CITY OF YAKIMA has let or is about to let to the said MRM Construction, Inc., the above bounden Principal, a certain Contract, the said Contract being numbered City of Yakima Project No. 2116, and providing for PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS (which Contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and, WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said Contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW THEREFORE, if the said MRM Construction, Inc. shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said Contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said Contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said Contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said Contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by G: \PROJECTS\2005 \05046 \PERFORMANCE BOND,doc 4-4 the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. MRM Construction, Inc. Contractor BY:,, --'---&------ -- ---1:' e' ,. , , , ' /., g, , / /.--- - -: -----. , 7- 7- c"-4 , ' 4 0 2 1 . , / (Print Name) Approved as to form: Its: &ZO j,� ; - (President, Owner, etc.) (City Attorney) Safeco Insurance Company of America and General Insurance Company of America Surety By: (Print Name) Its: G: \PROJECTS\2005 \05046 \PERFORMANCE BOND.doc 4-5 SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS In accordance with SECTION 1- 08.0(2) HOURS OF WORK (APWA ONLY), the normal straight time working hours for this project will be from a.m. to p.m., days per week. It is understood that normal straight time working hours shall not exceed 40 hours per week, regardless of the number of days worked per week Overtime hours are defined as any hours in excess of or outside of the above normal straight time working hours when the Contractor and /or his subcontractors are on the project site performing work. I hereby certify that my subcontractors have been notified of the normal straight time working hour provisions of this project. /11 i Contractor Z -17';e:7 z' Signature Date Z: \JAN \SPECS105046 - YK.DOC 4 -6 INFORMATIONAL CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE .4.Y' DATE(NWUOWY) PRODUCER _ . - .. _ _ _ - - . AGENT -BOLD r4 THISI CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND; EXTEND OR ADDRESS ALTER. THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES' BELOW. I NSURERS, AFFORDI N G OVERAGE INSURED INSURER A- VII 'or Bti i t!i ADM TIED CARRIER CONTRACTOR INSURER B: A • VII or BETTER ADIYBTTED CARRIER ADDRESS INSURER c INSURER D J INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NA.MED.ABOVE FOR THEPOLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH - THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN -, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TOALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE - LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVEBEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS, j L TYPE OF INSURAIICE POLICYNUY69i POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EI<PRATX)N DATE 7YTYDMYYI DATE 41UPTIMYY1 LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY- EACH OCCURRENCE S 2,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY FIRE DAMAGE (Arm one tire) S 1,000,000 CLAIMS.MADE X I OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) 3 1,000,000 POLICY# DATE DATE PERSONAL BADVILLLRY 3 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 50,000 GENt AGGREGATE UMR APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMPtOP AGG S 5,000 7 POLICY I ^ I IF fl LOC' AUTO4IOBILE LIABILITY /� COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT S 1,000,000 NY X A AUTO \ V/ (Ee�A ALL OWNED AUTOS © BODILY INJURY 3 SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) , POLICY# DAM DATE - IRED.AUTOS. BODILY INJURY 3 NOMOWNED.AUTOS *C> (Per 'neck' PROPERTY DAMAGE 3 (Peraccitlenq' GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY- EA-ACCIDENT S .ANY AUTO 1 I�\ THAN EA ACC S } I AUTO ONLY: AGG 3 EXCESS LABILITY o` EACH OCCURRENCE _ S -OCCUR 1 CLAIMS MADE C)C/y V IA AGGREGATE S ( \ S _ - OEOVCTIBLE S RETENTION 3 S WORKERS COMPENSATION AND I T TIMR3 I 171 EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY POLICY# DATE DATE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE S El. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S 1,000,000 OTHER DESCRPGONOFOPERATIONSILOCATRNSNEIDCLESEXCLUSIOHS ADDED BYENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF YAKIMA, THEIR AGENTS,. EMPLOYEES, AND ELECTED OR APPOINTED OFFICIALS AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS FOR PROJECT #_ • CERTIFICATE HOLDER I I ADDITIONAL MUREX INSURER LETTER _ CANCELLATION SHOULDANYOF TIEABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATEDN CITY OF YAKIMA DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER-WILL ENDEAVOR TO &ML 20 DAYS WRITTEN 128 N. 2ND STREET NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, YAKIMA, WA 98901 .fiEpfirthwoofy€0. 01.Y AUTHORESS REPRESENTATIVE I Arid d ,aiLOV. ACORD 25-S (7/97) OACORD CORPORATION 1988 1 4 -7 IMPORTANT if the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED; the policy("= Q st be endorsed_ A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holier in ' ® ch endorsement(s). it SUBROGATION- IS WANED, subject to the terms . • .. V.itions of the policy, certain polices may require an endorsement A statement on this 4.: does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).. %©%. •A SCLME R The- Certificate of In O the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing incur . 1 • ed representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it rm affiatively. or% , .- amend, extend or after the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25-S (T 197) 2 4 -8 INFORMATIONAL ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT COMMERCIAL LIABILITY 1ST REPRINT CGL— ENDORSEMENTS JUNE 1991 POLICY NUMBER: ABC 123 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B) C PS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: \ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. SCHEDULE `* Name of Person or Organization: CITY OF YAKIMA, ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, AND ELECTED OR APPOINTED OFFICIALS (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declara- tions as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section U) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. Agent Signature *4`' Date CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 CG 20 10 11 85 1/1.11.208 3 4 -.9 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss COUNTY OF YAKIMA ) I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work, payment for which this voucher is submitted, I have paid the following rate per hour to each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, as indicated upon the attached list, now referred to and by such reference incorporated in and made an integral part hereof, for all such employed in the performance of such work; and no laborer, workman, or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less that the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me on this � day of r .,t4i C)Z k> 2005. Notary Public in and for the State of Washington 4 ,�si� ,�°'�./. residing Yi f t r rn a) a0 Ire S y 81 . 1 ' -`� 7;6,06. a� 4 - A' Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 4 -10 SECTION 5 - LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 -YK. DOC 5-1 PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW, as amended. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries and the schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are by reference made a part of this Contract. A copy of the applicable schedule of prevailing wage rates is included in these Specifications. Inasmuch as the CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for paying this schedule of wages, it is imperative that all contractors and subcontractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates before submitting bids based on these Specifications. Before any payment is made by the local government body of any sums due under this Contract, the local government body must receive from the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor a copy of the "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" approved by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. Also following the acceptance of the project, the local government body must receive from the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor a copy of "Affidavit of Wages Paid" and, in addition, from the prime contractor a copy of "Release for the Protection of Property Owners and General Contractor," all approved by the State Department of Labor and Industries. Forms may be obtained from the Department of Labor and Industries. The CONTRACTOR and each sub- contractor shall pay all fees associated with and make all applications directly to the Department of Labor and Industries. These affidavits will be required before any funds retained, according to the provisions of RCW 60.28.010, are released to the CONTRACTOR. Payment by the CONTRACTOR and subcontractor of any fees shall be considered incidental to the construction and all costs shall be included in other pay items of the project. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall also be required to submit certified weekly payroll forms with an accompanying Statement of Compliance so that payment of prevailing wage rates and fringe benefits may be verified. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 5 -2 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 1 of 9 Topic Index I Contact Info I I Home Safety Claims a Insurance Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing Find a Law (RCW) or Rule (WAC)_ Get a Form or Publication Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 Prevailing Wage Rates for Public Works Contracts Select an Effective Date 18/31/05 I want to look up r Journeyman wages C Apprentice wages I want to search by County ' by Trade Please select a county !Adams Click to submit > Journeyman Wages by County Yakima County -- Effective 8/31/2005 -- Benefit Code Key Classification Prevailing Overtime Holiday Note Wage Code Code Code Asbestos Abatement Workers JOURNEY LEVEL $27.08 1N 5D Boi lermakers JOURNEY LEVEL $44.97 1C 5N Brick and Marble Masons JOURNEY LEVEL $33.42 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $19.24 1 Carpenters ACOUSTICAL WORKER $32.10 1M 5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF Carpenters $39.79 1M 5D CARPENTER $31.84 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $31.94 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $31.84 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $31.97 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $31.97 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $31.97 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT $40.79 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS $39.99 1M 5D AND WELDING SAWFILER $31.97 1M 5D SHINGLER $31.97 1M 5D httn:// www. ini .wa.aov/PrevailinaWaae /iwaaes /20052 /co39.asp 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 2 of 9 STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $31.97 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKing TOOLS $31.97 1M 5D Cement Masons JOURNEY LEVEL $30.16 1N 5D DIVERS a TENDERS DIVER $83.19 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $3n 51 1M Gn DIVER TENDER u� �..� I 1 1Y I DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $40.77 1T 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $40.28 1T 5D 8L BOATMEN $40.77 IT 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $40.82 1T 5D 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $42.34 1T 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $40.28 1T 5D 8L MATES $40.77 1T 5D 8L OILER $40.40 1T 5D 8L Drywall Tapers JOURNEY LEVEL $28.64 1P 5A ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.99 1 ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE JOURNEY LEVEL $43.23 1E 5A ELECTRICIANS - MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN $15.37 2A 6C JOURNEY LEVEL $14.69 2A 6C ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $50.84 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $46.37 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $33.64 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $35.46 4A 5A - • LIC A \/V I IAIC Cni IIPIAACAIT r■rCr, ATP\rI � /_ 37 A A I A FILMY 1 1-111G IVG L U1f1YIGIN I VrLRMI VR . `tM .JM JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $35.46 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $46.37 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $39.50 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $46.37 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $35.46 4A 5A ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL http: / /www.lni .wa.gov /PrevailingWage /jwages /20052 /co39.asp 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 3 of 9 $23.40 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $52.27 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $57.41 4A 6Q FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS CRAFTSMAN $8.65 1 LABORER $7.35 1 FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $21.64 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $25.36 1N 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $19.51 1B 61 HEAT £t FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $23.18 1 HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC $13.91 1 HOD CARRIERS a MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.56 1N 5D INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC $15.65 1 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL $9.07 1 INSPECTION /CLEANING /SEALING OF SEWER $ WATER SYSTEMS BY REMOTE CONTROL CLEANER OPERATOR, FOAMER OPERATOR $9.73 1 GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR $11.48 1 HEAD OPERATOR $12.78 1 TECHNICIAN $7.35 1 TV TRUCK OPERATOR $10.53 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.91 1 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $42.82 10 5A LABORERS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $18.12 1 LABORERS - UNDERGROUND SEWER ft WATER GENERAL LABORER $27.08 1N 5D PIPE LAYER him•//www lni wa vnv/ Prevailing- Wacre /iwauec /20052 /co39.asn 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 4 of 9 $27.56 IN 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $7.38 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK $15.45 1 DRIVERS LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $7.63 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.84 1M 5D METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) FITTER $12.00 1 LABORER $10.31 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $11.32 1 PAINTER $12.00 1 WELDER $11.32 1 MODULAR BUILDINGS JOURNEY LEVEL $14.11 1 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.05 1 PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40.58 1R 5A PLAYGROUND Et PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL $7.63 1 PLUMBERS Et PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $49.18 1Q 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $38.42 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD Et UNDER) $41.12 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD Et UNDER $41.59 1T 5D 8L 6 YD) BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER $42.13 IT 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) BACKHOES, (75 HP Et UNDER) $40.71 1T 5D 81. BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $41.12 1T 5D 8L BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $41.12 1T 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $41.12 IT 5D 8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $40.71 1T 5D 8L BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $38.42 1T 5D 8L BROOMS $38.42 IT 5D 8L http: / /www.lni .wa.gov /PrevailingWage /jwages /20052 /co39.asp 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 5 of 9 BUMP CUTTER $41.12 1T 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $41.59 IT 5D 8L CHIPPER $41.12 1T 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $38.42 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $38.42 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $40.71 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM $41.12 1T 5D 8L ATTACHMENT CONVEYORS $40.71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $40.71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $41.12 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM $41.59 1T 5D 8L (INCLUDING JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM $42.13 1T 5D 8L (INCLUDING JIB WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM $42.68 1T 5D 8L (INCLUDING JIB WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $38.42 1T 5D 8L CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON $40.71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM $43.22 1T 5D 8L INCLUDING JIB WITH ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) $41.12 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (45 - 99 TONS) $41.59 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS Et $42.13 1T 5D 8L OVER) CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE $42.13 1T 5D 8L TO BOOM CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE $42.68 1T 5D 8L TO BOOM CRUSHERS $41.12 1T 5D 8L_ DECK ENGINEER /DECK WINCHES (POWER) $41.12 1T 5D 81. DERRICK, BUILDING $41.59 1T 5D 8L DOZERS, D -9 & UNDER $40.71 1T 5D 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE $40.71 1T 5D 8L MOUNT DRILLING MACHINE $41.12 1T 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT- $38.42 1T 5D 8L TYPE EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $40.71 1T 5D 8L FINISHING MACHINE /BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR $41.12 1T 5D 8L EQUIP ht+„ //xxrxxnxw lni urn onv /Prevail inoWacre /iwaoec /2005 7/cn39. acn 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 6 of 9 FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $40.71 IT 5D 8_L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $38.42 1T 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $40.71 IT 5D 81_ GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $38.42 1T 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $41.12 1T 5D 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR $40.71 1T 5D 8L TUGGERS HORIZONTAL /DIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $40.71 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAL/DIRECTIONAL nn11 1 it nrn ATl\n $41 UI'.ILL VYGKA 1 VK ,�`i 1 .1 L I T 5D 81_ HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON Et UNDER) $38.42 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $40.71 1T 5D 81_ LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $41.59 1T 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) 4' 13 1T 5 D 41 L Y161Le \.,l, OVERHEAD 1 -! ! !!.!y ,S.! ! V u L t L s ! J !l UL LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED $41.12 1T 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $41.12 1T 5D 8L MECHANICS, ALL $41.59 1T 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $41.12 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $41.12 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING) $40.71 1T 5D 8L MUCKing MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR $41.59 1T 5D 8L SHIELD OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND $38.42 1T 5D 8L MULCH SEEDING OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $38.42 1T 5D 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $41.12 1T 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT, CRUSHER) $40.71 IT 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $38.42 IT 5D 8L POWER PLANT $38.42 1T 5D 8L PUMPS, WATER $38.42 1T 5D 8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD -41 $41.59 1T 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED $41.59 1T 5D 8L EARTH MOVING EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $38.42 1T 5D 8L ROLLAGON $41.59 1T 5D 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $38.42 1T 5D 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $40.71 1T 5D 8L ROTO -MILL, ROTO- GRINDER $41.12 1T 5D 81_ SAWS, CONCRETE $40.71 1T 5D 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, $41.12 1T 5D 8L http://www.lni.wa.gov/PrevailingWage/jwages/20052/co39.asp 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 7 of 9 ARTICULATING OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, $41.59 1T 5D 8L ARTICULATING OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $40.71 1T 5D 8L SCREED MAN $41.12 IT 51) 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $38.42 1T 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $41.59 1T 5D 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $41.12 1T 5D 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $41.12 1T 5D 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $40.71 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS, (75 HP a UNDER) $40.71 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $41.12 IT 5D 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $41.12 1T 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $41.59 1T 5D 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $40.71 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) $40.71 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER /DRIVER (100 TON Et OVER) $41.12 1T 5D 8L TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $41.12 1T 5D 8L WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $38.42 1T 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $41.12 1T 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER Et WATER (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) $0.00 POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $33.88 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $32.16 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $32.59 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $30.31 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $22.76 4A 5A REFRIGERATION &t AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $49.18 1Q 5A RESIDENTIAL BRICK &t MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.00 1 RESIDENTIAL Carpenters JOURNEY LEVEL $14.58 1 RESIDENTIAL Cement Masons JOURNEY LEVEL $11.86 1 RESIDENTIAL Drywall Tapers 1-,++,^s• //Txrrxrxxr 1 ni xxra anv /PrpvailinaWavP /iwauec /2 OM? /Co19_act) 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 8 of 9 JOURNEY LEVEL $19.08 1 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $21.98 1 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $19.51 1B 61 RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $10.00 1 RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.00 1 RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $13.89 1 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS a PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $15.56 1 RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $28.27 1B 5A RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $17.55 1 RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZO/TILE FINISHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $17.00 1 ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28.25 2P 51 USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $31.25 2P 51 SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $38.64 1_B 5A SIGN MAKERS a INSTALLERS (NON- ELECTRICAL) JOURNEY LEVEL $14.65 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.32 1N 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $7.35 1 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $38.05 1R 5Q STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS (NON STRUCTURAL) JOURNEY LEVEL $13.23 1 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.25 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $12.05 1 PARTY CHIEF http: / /www.lni.wa. gov /PrevailingWage /iwages /20052 /co39.asp 1/16/2006 Yakima County - Effective: 8/31/2005 -- Page 9 of 9 $15.05 1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.00 1. TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $28.92 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER /GROUND PERSON $16.22 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $27.74 28. 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $26.90 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I $28.92 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $28.34 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $28.92 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $26.90 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $15.39 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER $20.45 213 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $24.32 213 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $21.88 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $26.90 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.51 2M 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $22.71 2M 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.40 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX $14.19 1 DUMP TRUCK $30.78 3 61 DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $30.78 3 61 OTHER TRUCKS $30.78 3 61 TRANSIT MIXER $30.78 3 61 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $11.15 1 OILER $9.20 1 WELL DRILLER $17.68 1 About L &I I Find a job at L &I I Information en espanoi I Site Feedback 11 -800 -547- 8367 ^' t, Washington State Dept. of Labor and Industries. Use of this site is subject to the taws of the state 01 Washington. V Access Agreement Privacy and security statement Intended use /external content policy Staff only iin4. ,_. 1 /16 /2(1(16 Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 -- Page 1 of 6 Topic Index I Contact Info Home Safety Claims Et Insurance Workplace Rights Trades ft Licensing Find a Law (RCW) or Rule (WAC) Get a Form or Publication Get or Renew a License Electrical Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 Apprenticeship Factory -Built Structures Overtime Codes Overtime l le C alculatiol is are based of l the hourly rate actually aid Elevators Y Y p Contractors to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be Plumbers not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of Prevailing Wage the cost of fringe benefits actually provided for the worker. O The Basics 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY EI Prevailing Wage Rates OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - O Look Up Rates HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O Printable Rates O What Jobs Must Be Paid A. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at Prevailing Wage? one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. O How to File a Wage Complaint B. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the O Intents Et Affidavits hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid 0 Employer Responsibilities at double the hourly rate of wage. El Awarding Agencies C. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours monday through O Advisory Committee Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one - O Forms Et Publications half times the hourly rate of wage. all other overtime hours worked shall be Boilers paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Trades a Licensing Rules D. The first two (2) hours before or after a five - eight (8) hour workweek day or a four - ten (10) hour workweek day and the first eight (8) hours worked the next day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of 10 per day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. F. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one - half times the hourly rate of wage. all other overtime hours worked, except labor day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked nn I ahnr tiny hail ha raid at three time the hniirly rata of waoa G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four - ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. http: / /www.lni .wa.gov /prevailingwage /BenCodes /20052 /BenefitCodes.asp 1/16/2006 Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 -- Page 2 of 6 J. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and all hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all other overtime hours over ten (10) hours on the first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all other overtime hours worked shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Monday through Friday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. L. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. N. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 0. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday, and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. P. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one - half times the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas Day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked on Christmas Day shall be paid at two and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one - half times the hourly rate of wage. all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked on labor day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. T. All hours worked on Saturdays, except makeup days, shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked after 6:00PM Saturday to 6:00AM Monday and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. httn w / /www_ In i _ wa gov/nrevailingwage/BenCodes/20052/BenefitCodes.asn 1/16/2006 Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 -- Page 3 of 6 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. The first six (6) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one - half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of six (6) hours on Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. D. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at straight time in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at one and one - half times the hourly rate of wage. E. All hours worked on Saturdays or holidays (except Labor Day) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays or on Labor Day shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one -half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. I. All hours worked on Saturdays and holiday_ s (except Labor Day) shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and on Labor Day shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. J. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one -half times the hourly rate of wage, including the holiday pay. All hours worked on unpaid holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. M. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. O. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one - half times the hourly rate of wage. P. The first eight (8) hours on saturday shall be paid at one and one -half times the hourly rate of wage. all hours worked in excess of eight 8) hours on saturday and all hours worked on sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. http: / /www.ini.wa.gov /prevailingwage /BenCodes /20052BenefitCodes.asp 1/16/2006 Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 -- Page 4 of 6 4A. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. 5. HOLIDAY CODES A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Presidential Election Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (9). F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (11). G. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the last work day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (7). H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). I. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, and Christmas Day (7). N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (9). P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (9). Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, one -half day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (7 1/2). S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). httn• / /www lni wa onv /nrevailinowaoe /RenCndes /20 52 /RenefitCodes.asn 1/16/2006 Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 -- Page 5 of 6 T. Paid holiday: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day before or after Christmas (10) paid holidays. V. Paid Holidays: six (6) paid holidays. W. Paid Holidays: nine (9) paid holidays. X. Holidays: After 520 hours - New Year's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. After 2080 hours - New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving flay, Christmas Day and a floating holiday (8). Y. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Presidential Election Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday following Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). 6. HOLIDAY CODES A. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (8). B. Paid Holidays: New Years Eve Day, New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day and Christmas Day (9). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last work day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (9). D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, the day before or after Christmas Day (9). I. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (8). Q. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor nay, Veteran's nay, Thanksgiving Day, the da after Thanksgiving Day, and .. uy, D wv�.,�..��., " u y , Diu � u vu the day auc.� i i�ai�r�agiviii vay, ai�u Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holiday: Presidents' Day. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas Day, and Christmas Day (9). U. Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas Day, Christmas Day (9). V. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, day after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, http: / /www.lni .wa.gov /prevailingwage /BenCodes /20052 /BenefitCodes.asp 1/16/2006 Benefit Code Key - Effective 08 -31 -05 -- Page 6 of 6 Christmas Day, and one day of the Employee's choice (9). W. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day before New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, day after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, day before Christmas Day (10). X. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, day before or after New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, day after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, day before or after Christmas Day, and Employee's Birthday (11). 8. NOTE CODES A. The standby rate of pay for divers shall be one -half times the divers rate of pay. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more: over 50' to 100' - $1.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet, over 100' to 175' - $2.25 per foot for each foot over 100 feet, over 175' to 250' - $5.50 per foot for each foot over 175 feet, over 250' - divers may name their own price, provided it is no less than the scale listed for 250 feet. C. The standby rate of pay for divers shall be one -half times the divers rate of pay. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more: over 50' to 100' - $1.00 per foot for each foot over 50 feet, over 100' to 150' - $1.50 per foot for each foot over 100 feet, over 150' to 200' - $2.00 per foot for each foot over 150 feet, over 200' - divers may name their own price. D. Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional $1.00 per hour. L. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, and Level C: $0.25. M. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Levels A & B: $1.00, Levels C & D: $0.50. N. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows - Level A: $1.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, and Level D: $0.25. About Lftl I Find a job at LFtI 1 informacion en espanol J Site Feedback j 1 -800 -547- 8367 Washington State Dept. of Labor and Industries. Use of this site is subject to the laws of the state of Washington. Access Agreement Privacy and security statement j Intended use/external content policy I Staff only link v '' http: / /www.lni.wa.gov /prevailingwage /BenCodes /20052 /BenefitCodes.asp 1/16/2006 SECTION 6 - AMENDMENTS Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 6-1 1 INTRODUCTION 2 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 3 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 4 5 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 6 7 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract 8 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 9 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 10 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 11 12 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 13 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 1 SECTION 1-07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 2 April 4, 2005 3 1- 07.11(10)B Required Records and Retention 4 The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 5 6 Monthly Employment Utilization Reports 7 WSDOT Form #820 -010 or substitute form as approved by the Contracting Agency. 8 This form is required for all federally assisted projects if the contract is equal to or 9 greater then $10,000 and for every associated subcontract equal to or greater than 10 $10,000. These monthly reports are to be maintained in the respective Contractor or 11 subcontractor's records. 12_ 13 In addition, for contracts with a value of $100,000 or more, the Contractor shall submit 14 copies of the completed WSDOT form 820 -010 or approved substitute to the 15 Contracting Agency by the fifth of each month throughout the term of the contract. The 16 Contractor shall also collect and submit these forms monthly from every subcontractor 17 who holds a subcontract with a value of $100,000 or more. 18 19 Failure to submit the required reports by their due dates may result in the withholding of 20 progress estimate payments. 21 22 1 07.13(4) Repair of Damage 23 This section is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work 26 as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1- 07.13(1), 27 1- 07.13(2) or 1- 07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.4 using 28 the estimated bid item "Reimbursement for Third Party Damage ". 29 30 In the event the Contracting Agency pays for damage to the Contractor's work or for 31 damage to the Contractor's equipment caused by third parties, any claim the Contractor 32 had or may have had against the third party shall be deemed assigned to the 33 Contracting Anp_ncv to the extent of the Cnntrartinn Anencv'c navment fnr such 34 damage. 35 36 Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for 37 delay or disruption of work. 38 39 For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency 40 has entered an amount for "Reimbursement For Third Party Damage" in the proposal to 41 become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 42 43 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property 44 This section is revised to read: 45 46 The Contractor shall not use Contracting Agency owned or controlled property other 47 than that directly affected by the contract work without the approval of the Engineer. If 48 the Engineer grants such approval, the Contractor shall then vacate the area when 49 ordered to do so by the Engineer. Approval to temporarily use the property shall not 50 create any entitlement to further use or to compensation for any conditions or 51 requirements imposed. 1 2 The Contractor shall protect private or public property on or in the vicinity of the work 3 site. The Contractor shall ensure that it is not removed, damaged, destroyed, or 4 prevented from being used unless the contract so specifies. 5 6 Property includes land, utilities, trees, landscaping, improvements legally on the right -of- 7 way, markers, monuments, buildings, structures, pipe, conduit, sewer or water lines, 8 signs, and other property of all description whether shown on the plans or not. 9 10 If the Engineer orders , or if otherwise necessary, the Contractor shall install protection, 11 acceptable to the Engineer, for property such as that listed in the previous paragraph. 12 The Contractor is responsible for locating and protecting all property that is subject to 13 damage by the construction operation. 14 15 If the Contractor (or agents /employees of the Contractor) damage, destroy, or interfere 16 with the use of such property, the Contractor shall restore it to original condition. The 17 Contractor shall also halt any interference with the property's use. If the Contractor 18 refuses or does not respond immediately, the Engineer may have such property 19 restored by other means and subtract the cost from money that will be or is due the 20 Contractor. 21 22 The Contractor may access the worksite from adjacent properties. The Contractor shall 23 not use or allow others to use this access to merge with public traffic. During non - 24 working hours, the Contractor shall provide a physical barrier that is either locked or 25 physically unable to be moved without equipment. The access shall not go through any 26 existing structures. The access may go through fencing. The Contractor shall control 27 or prevent animals from entering the worksite to the same degree that they were 28 controlled before the fence was removed. The Contractor shall prevent persons not 29 involved in the contract work from entering the worksite through the access or through 30 trails and pathways intersected by the access. If the contract documents require that 31 existing trails or pathways be maintained during construction, the Contractor will insure 32 the safe passage of trail or pathway users. The Contractor shall effectively control 33 airborne particulates that are generated by use of the access. The location and use of 34 the access shall not adversely affect wetlands or sensitive areas in any manner. The 35 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all haul road agreements, permits and /or 36 easements associated with the access. The Contractor shall replace any fence, repair 37 any damage and restore the site to its original state when the access is no longer 38 needed. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with this worksite access. 39 40 1 07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration 41 The new paragraph below is inserted to follow the third paragraph: 42 43 Any pruning activity required to complete the work as specified shall be performed by 44 persons qualified as a Certified Arborist at the direction of the Engineer. 45 46 In the fifth paragraph, "Guide for Plant Appraisal, Eighth Edition" is revised to read "Guide for 47 Plant Appraisal, Current Edition ". 48 49 1 07.16(3) Fences, Mailboxes, Incidentals 50 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 51 1 The Contractor shall maintain any temporary fencing to prevent pedestrians from 2 entering the worksite and to preserve livestock, crops, or property when working 3 through or adjacent to private property. 4 5 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 6 This section is revised to read: 7 8 The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force the following policies of insurance. The 9 policies shall be with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance 10 Commissioner pursuant to Chapter 48.05, RCW. Unless otherwise indicated below, the 11 policies the I kep in force � r_ date the I be kept in ror�e from u re execution ua�e of u►e contract until the date of 12 acceptance by the Secretary (Section 1- 05.12). 13 14 1. Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance providing bodily injury and property 15 damage liability coverage with limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the 16 aggregate for each policy period, written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form 17 C00009 together with Washington State Department of Transportation Amendatory 18 Endorsement No. CG 29 08, specifying the State of Washington as a named 19 insured. 20 21 The Contractor may choose to terminate this insurance after the date of Substantial 22 Completion as determined by the Engineer or, should Substantial Completion not 23 be achieved, after the date of Physical Completion as determined by the Engineer. 24 In the event the Contractor elects to terminate this coverage, prior to acceptance of 25 the contract, the Contractor shall first obtain an endorsement to the Commercial 26 General Liability Insurance described below that establishes the Contracting 27 Agency on that policy as an additional insured. 28 29 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance written under ISO Form CG0001 or its 30 equivalent with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate 31 for each policy period. This protection may be a CGL policy or any combination of 32 primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less 33 than $3,000,000. Products and completed operations coverage shall be provided 34 for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. 35 36 3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance providing bodily injury and property 37 damage liability coverage for all owned and nonowned vehicles assigned to or used 38 in the performance mance of the work with a combined single limit of not less than In 39 $1,000,000 each occurrence with the State named as an additional insured in 40 connection with the Contractor's Performance of the contract. 41 42 The Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance policy shall not be subject 43 to a deductible or contain provisions for a deductible. The Commercial General 44 Liability policy and the Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance policy may, 45 at the discretion of the Contractor, contain such provisions. If a deductible 46 applies to any claim under SECTION 1-07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND 47 RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 48 August 1, 2005 49 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed 50 The first, second, and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 1 2 The Contractor shall always comply with all Federal, State, tribal or local laws, 3 ordinances, and regulations that affect work under the contract. The Contractor shall 4 indemnify, defend, and save harmless the State (including the Governor, Commission, 5 Secretary, and any agents, officers, and employees) against any claims that may arise 6 because the Contractor (or any employee of the Contractor or subcontractor or 7 materialperson) violated a legal requirement. 8 9 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all workers and shall comply with 10 all appropriate state safety and health standards, codes, rules, and regulations, 11 including, but not limited to, those promulgated under the Washington Industry Safety 12 and Health Act RCW Chapter 49.17 (WISHA) and as set forth in Title 296 WAC 13 (Department of Labor and Industries). The Contractor shall likewise be obligated to 14 comply with all federal safety and health standards, codes, rules, and regulations that 15 may be applicable to the contract work. 16 17 Without usurping the authority of other agencies, the Contracting Agency will cooperate 18 with them in their efforts to enforce legal requirements. Upon awareness of a violation 19 of a legal requirement, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in an effort to achieve 20 compliance. The Engineer may also notify the agency responsible for enforcement if 21 the Engineer deems that action is necessary to achieve compliance with legal 22 requirements. The Engineer will also assist the enforcement agency to obtain 23 Contractor compliance to the extent such assistance is consistent with the provisions of 24 the contract. 25 26 1 Fish and Wildlife and Ecology Regulations 27 The section title is revised to read: 28 29 1 - 07.5 Environmental Regulations 30 31 1 07.5(1) General 32 This section is revised to read: 33 34 Throughout the work, the Contractor shall comply with all current rules of the resource 35 agencies having jurisdiction over the affected areas. Some, though not all, of these 36 rules are summarized below. Any of these agencies may, without prejudice to the 37 Contracting Agency, add rules as needed to protect game, fish, or the environment. 38 39 The following restrictions apply to all work: 40 41 No work shall occur within the jurisdictional areas unless authorized in the contract 42 provisions and associated environmental permits. 43 44 No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line except as may be 45 specified in the contract. 46 47 No equipment shall enter waters of the State, except as may be specified in the 48 contract. 49 50 1 07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife 51 Item 7 is deleted. 52 1 1 - 07.5(3) State Department of Ecology 2 This section is revised to read: 3 4 In doing the work, the Contractor shall: 5 6 1. Get a waste discharge permit from the Ecology Department before: 7 8 a. Washing aggregate; or 9 b. Discharging water from pit sites or excavations into a ground or 10 surface waterway when the water contains turbidity, silt, or foreign i i materials. 12 1 7 Give the Project Engineer a copy of each waste discharge permit before the 14 work begins. 15 16 3. Control drainage and erosion in a manner that reduces waterway pollution. 17 18 4. Perform work in such a manner that all materials and substances not 19 specifically identified in the contract documents to be placed in the water do 20 not enter waters of the State, including wetlands. 21 22 5. Use equipment that is free of external petroleum -based products. 23 24 6. Remove accumulations of soil and debris from drive mechanisms (wheels, 25 tracks, tires) and undercarriage of equipment prior to using equipment below 26 the ordinary high water line. 27 28 7. Clean loose dirt and debris from all materials placed below the ordinary high 29 water line. No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line 30 without the Engineer's approval. 31 32 8. Notify the Engineer and Ecology Department immediately should oil, 33 chemicals, or sewage spill into waters of the State. 34 35 1 07.7(2) Load Limit Restrictions 36 Item 1 is supplemented with the following: 37 38 If the Contractor desires to utilize work methods resulting in load that exceed any of the 39 restrictions described above, the Contractor shall submit calculations and other 40 supporting information (as specified in Section 6 -01.6 for bridges under construction) to 41 the Engineer for approval in accordance with Sections 6 -01.6 and 6 -01,9. The Engineer 42 will review the calculations and supporting information to determine if the loading meets 43 the criteria specified in Section 6 -01.6. The Contractor shall not place or operate 44 construction vehicles or equipment on or over the structure until receiving the AC tJ C1 iyit'eel J ilpprUVal Ul IIIC 1UUUhILL ll. 46 47 1 07.11(10)B Required Records and Retention 48 The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 49 50 Monthly Employment Utilization Reports 51 WSDOT Form #820 -010 or substitute form as approved by the Contracting Agency. 52 This form is required for all federally assisted projects if the contract is equal to or 1 greater then $10,000 and for every associated subcontract equal to or greater than 2 $10,000. These monthly reports are to be maintained in the respective Contractor or 3 subcontractor's records. 4 5 In addition, for contracts with a value of $100,000 or more, the Contractor shall submit 6 copies of the completed WSDOT form 820 -010 or approved substitute to the 7 Contracting Agency by the fifth of each month throughout the term of the contract. The 8 Contractor shall also collect and submit these forms monthly from every subcontractor 9 who holds a subcontract with a value of $100,000 or more. 10 11 Failure to submit the required reports by their due dates may result in the withholding of 12 progress estimate payments. 13 14 1 07.13(4) Repair of Damage 15 This section is revised to read: 16 17 The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work 18 as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1- 07.13(1), 19 1- 07.13(2) or 1- 07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.4 using 20 the estimated bid item "Reimbursement for Third Party Damage ". 21 22 In the event the Contracting Agency pays for damage to the Contractor's work or for 23 damage to the Contractor's equipment caused by third parties, any claim the Contractor 24 had or may have had against the third party shall be deemed assigned to the 25 Contracting Agency, to the extent of the Contracting Agency's payment for such 26 damage. 27 28 Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for 29 delay or disruption of work. 30 31 For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency 32 has entered an amount for "Reimbursement For Third Party Damage" in the proposal to 33 become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 34 35 1 - 07.14 Responsibility for Damage 36 The first paragraph is revised to read: 37 38 The State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, and all officers and employees of the 39 State, including but not limited to those of the Department, will not be responsible in any 40 manner: for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part; for any loss of 41 material or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in the 42 performance of work; for injury to or death of any persons, either workers or the public; 43 or for damage to the public for any cause which might have been prevented by the 44 Contractor, or the workers, or anyone employed by the Contractor. 45 46 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 47 48 Subject to the limitations in this section, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and 49 save harmless the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, and all officers and 50 employees of the State from all claims, suits, or actions brought for injuries to, or death 51 of, any persons or damages resulting from construction of the work or in consequence 52 of any negligence regarding the work, the use of any improper materials in the work, 1 caused in whole or in part by any act or omission by the Contractor or the agents or 2 employees of the Contractor during performance or at any time before final acceptance. 3 In addition to any remedy authorized by iaw, the State may retain so much of the money 4 due the Contractor as deemed necessary by the Engineer to ensure indemnification 5 until disposition has been made of such suits or claims. 6 7 This section is supplemented with the following: 8 9 The Contracting Agency will forward to the Contractor all claims filed against the State 10 according to RCW 4.92.100 that are deemed to have arisen in relation to the 11 Contractor's work or activities under this contract, and, in the opinion of the Contracting 12 Agency, are subject to the defense, indemnity, and insurance provisions of these 13 Standard Specifications. Claims will be deemed tendered to the Contractor and insurer, 14 who has named the State as a named insured or an additional insured under the 15 contract's insurance provisions, once the claim has been forwarded via certified mail to 16 the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide a copy of the claim to 17 the Contractor's designated insurance agent who has obtained /met the contract's 18 insurance provision requirements. 19 20 Within 60 calendar days following the date a claim is sent by the Contracting Agency to 21 the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Claimant and WSDOT (Risk Management 22 Office, PO Box 47418, Olympia, WA 98504 -7418) of the following: 23 24 a. whether the claim is allowed or is denied in whole or in part, and, if so. the 25 specific reasons for the denial of the individual claim, and if not denied in full, 26 when payment has been or will be made to the claimant(s) for the portion of 27 the claim that is allowed, or 28 29 b. if resolution negotiations are continuing. In this event, status updates will be 30 reported no longer than every 60 calendar days until the claim is resolved or a 31 lawsuit is filed. 32 33 If the Contractor fails to provide the above notification within 60 calendar days, then the 34 Contractor shall yield to the Contracting Agency sole and exclusive discretion to allow 35 all or part of the claim on behalf of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be 36 deemed to have WAIVED any and all defenses, objections, or other avoidances to 37 the Contracting Agency's allowance of the claim, or the amount allowed by the 38 Contracting Agency, under common law, constitution, statute, or the contract and 39 these Standard Specifications. If all or part of a claim is allowed, the Contracting 40 Agency will notify the Contractor via certified mail that it has allowed all or part of the 41 claim and make appropriate payments to the claimant(s) with State funds. 42 43 Payments of State funds by the Contracting Agency to claimant(s) under this section will 44 be made on behalf of the Contractor and at the expense of the Contractor, and the 4R Cnntrartnr shall he u nc o nditi o nall y obligated to reimburse the Contractin A f . .. ....+ .,. � .,.. ....a, .aa obligated to i � � iaiui �c the Contracting aa.ui � � y ci w for 46 the "total reimbursement amount", which is the sum of the amount paid to the 47 claimant(s), plus all costs incurred by the Contracting Agency in evaluating the 48 circumstances surrounding the claim, the allowance of the claim, the amount due to the 49 claimant, and all other direct costs for the Contracting Agency's administration and 50 payment of the claim on the Contractor's behalf. The Contracting Agency will be 51 authorized to withhold the total reimbursement amount from amounts due the 52 Contractor, or, if no further payments are to be made to the Contractor under the 1 contract, the Contractor shall directly reimburse the Contracting Agency for the amounts 2 paid within 30 days of the date notice that the claim was allowed was sent to the 3 Contractor. In the event reimbursement from the Contractor is not received by the 4 Contracting Agency within 30 days, interest shall accrue on the total reimbursement 5 amount owing at the rate of 12 per cent per annum calculated at a daily rate from the 6 date the contractor was notified that the claim was allowed. The Contracting Agency's 7 costs to enforce recovery of these amounts are additive to the amounts owing. 8 9 1 07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan 10 This section is revised to read: 11 12 The Contractor shall prepare a project specific spill prevention, control and 13 countermeasures (SPCC) plan to be used for the duration of the project. The plan shall 14 be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of any on site construction 15 activities. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the plan at the work site, including 16 any necessary updates as the work progresses. If hazardous materials are 17 encountered during construction, the Contractor shall do everything possible to control 18 and contain the material until appropriate measures can be taken. Hazardous material, 19 as referred to within this specification, is defined in RCW 70.105.010 under "Hazardous 20 Substances ". Occupational safety and health requirements that may pertain to SPCC 21 planning are contained in but not limited to WAC 296 -824 and WAC 296 -843. 22 23 The SPCC plan shall address the following project - specific information: 24 25 1. SPCC Plan Elements 26 27 A. Site Information 28 Identify general site information useful in construction planning, 29 recognizing potential sources of spills, and identifying personnel 30 responsible for managing and implementing the plan. 31 32 B. Project Site Description 33 Identify staging, storage, maintenance, and refueling areas and their 34 relationship to drainage pathways, waterways, and other sensitive 35 areas. Specifically address: 36 37 the Contractor's equipment maintenance, refueling, and 38 cleaning activities. 39 the Contractor's on site storage areas for hazardous 40 materials. 41 42 C. Spill Prevention and Containment 43 For each of the locations identified in B, above, specifically address: 44 45 1. Spill prevention and containment measures to be used at 46 each location. 47 2. The method of collecting and treating, or disposing of runoff 48 from each location. 49 3. The method of diverting project runoff from each location. 50 51 D. Spill Response 1 Outline spill response procedures including assessment of the 2 hazard, securing spill response and personal protective equipment, 3 containing and eliminating the spill source, and mitigation, removal 4 and disposal of the material. 5 6 E. Standby, On -Site, Material and Equipment 7 The plan shall identify the equipment and materials the Contractor will 8 maintain on site to carry out the preventive and responsive measures 9 for the items listed. 10 11 P. Reporting 12 The plan shall list all federal, state and local agency telephone 13 numbers the Contractor must notify in the event of a spill_ 14 15 G. Program Management 16 Identify site security measures, inspection procedures and personnel 17 training procedures as they relate to spill prevention, containment, 18 response, management and cleanup. 19 20 H. Preexisting Contamination 21 If preexisting contamination in the project area is described elsewhere 22 in the plans or specifications, the SPCC plan shall indicate measures 23 the Contractor will take to conduct work without allowing release or 24 further spreading of the materials. 25 26 I. Work Below the Ordinary High Water Line 27 Identify equipment that will be used below the ordinary high water 28 line. Outline daily inspection and cleanup procedures that ensure 29 equipment is free of all external petroleum -based products. Identify 30 refueling procedures for equipment that cannot be moved from below 31 the ordinary high water line. 32 33 2. Attachments 34 35 A. Site plan showing the locations identified in (1. B. and 1. C.) noted 36 previously. 37 ` 8 R. Spill and Incident Report Forms, if any, that the Contractor will be 39 using. 40 Implementation Requirements 41 The Contractor shall implement prevention and containment measures identified in the 42 SPCC plan prior to performing any of the following: 43 44 Placing materials or equipment in staging or storage areas 4R Equipment refueling 46 Equipment washing 47 Stockpiling contaminated materials 48 49 Payment 50 The lump sum contract price for the "SPCC Plan" shall be full pay for: 51 52 1. All costs associated with creating the SPCC plan. 1 2 2. All costs associated with providing and maintaining on site standby materials 3 and equipment described in the SPCC plan. 4 5 3. All costs associated with implementing the prevention and containment 6 measures identified in the approved SPCC plan. 7 8 As to other costs associated with spills the contractor may request payment as provided 9 for in the Contract. No payment shall be made if the spill was caused by or resulted 10 from the Contractor's operations, negligence or omissions. 11 12 1 07.16(1) Private /Public Property 13 This section is revised to read: 14 15 The Contractor shall not use Contracting Agency owned or controlled property other 16 than that directly affected by the contract work without the approval of the Engineer. If 17 the Engineer grants such approval, the Contractor shall then vacate the area when 18 ordered to do so by the Engineer. Approval to temporarily use the property shall not 19 create any entitlement to further use or to compensation for any conditions or 20 requirements imposed. 21 22 The Contractor shall protect private or public property on or in the vicinity of the work 23 site. The Contractor shall ensure that it is not removed, damaged, destroyed, or 24 prevented from being used unless the contract so specifies. 25 26 Property includes land, utilities, trees, landscaping, improvements legally on the right -of- 27 way, markers, monuments, buildings, structures, pipe, conduit, sewer or water lines, 28 signs, and other property of all description whether shown on the plans or not. 29 30 If the Engineer orders , or if otherwise necessary, the Contractor shall install protection, 31 acceptable to the Engineer, for property such as that listed in the previous paragraph. 32 The Contractor is responsible for locating and protecting all property that is subject to 33 damage by the construction operation. 34 35 If the Contractor (or agents /employees of the Contractor) damage, destroy, or interfere 36 with the use of such property, the Contractor shall restore it to original condition. The 37 Contractor shall also halt any interference with the property's use. If the Contractor 38 refuses or does not respond immediately, the Engineer may have such property 39 restored by other means and subtract the cost from money that will be or is due the 40 Contractor. 41 42 The Contractor may access the worksite from adjacent properties. The Contractor shall 43 not use or allow others to use this access to merge with public traffic. During non - 44 working hours, the Contractor shall provide a physical barrier that is either locked or 45 physically unable to be moved without equipment. The access shall not go through any 46 existing structures. The access may go through fencing. The Contractor shall control 47 or prevent animals from entering the worksite to the same degree that they were 48 controlled before the fence was removed. The Contractor shall prevent persons not 49 involved in the contract work from entering the worksite through the access or through 50 trails and pathways intersected by the access. If the contract documents require that 51 existing trails or pathways be maintained during construction, the Contractor will insure 52 the safe passage of trail or pathway users. The Contractor shall effectively control 1 airborne particulates that are generated by use of the access. The location and use of 2 the access shall not adversely affect wetlands or sensitive areas in any manner. The 3 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all haul road agreements, permits and/or 4 easements associated with the access. The Contractor shall replace any fence, repair 5 any damage and restore the site to its original state when the access is no longer 6 needed. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with this worksite access. 7 8 1 07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration 9 The new paragraph below is inserted to follow the third paragraph: 10 11 Any pruning activity required to complete plete the work as specified shall be performed by • 12 persons qualified as a Certified Arborist at the direction of the Engineer. 13 14 In the fifth paragraph, "Guide for Plant Appraisal, Eighth Edition" is revised to read "Guide for 15 Plant Appraisal, Current Edition ". 16 17 1 07.16(3) Fences, Mailboxes, Incidentals 18 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall maintain any temporary fencing to prevent pedestrians from 21 entering the worksite and to preserve livestock, crops, or property when working 22 through or adjacent to private property. 23 24 1 - 07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 25 This section is revised to read: 26 27 The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force the following policies of insurance. The 28 policies shall be with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance 29 Commissioner pursuant to Chapter 48.05, RCW. Unless otherwise indicated below, the 30 policies shall be kept in force from the execution date of the contract until the date of 31 acceptance by the Secretary (Section 1- 05.12). 32 33 1. Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance providing bodily injury and property 34 damage liability coverage with limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the 35 aggregate for each policy period, written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form 36 CG0009 together with Washington State Department of Transportation Amendatory 37 Endorsement No. CG 29 08, specifying the State of Washington as a named 30 insured. 39 40 The Contractor may choose to terminate this insurance after the date of Substantial 41 Completion as determined by the Engineer or, should Substantial Completion not 42 be achieved, after the date of Physical Completion as determined by the Engineer. 43 In the event the Contractor elects to terminate this coverage, prior to acceptance of 44 the contract, the Contractor shall first obtain an endorsement to the Commercial 45 General Liability Insurance described below that establishes the Contracting 46 Agency on that policy as an additional insured. 47 48 2. Commercial General Liability, Insurance written under ISO Form CG0001 or its 49 equivalent with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate 50 for each policy period. This protection may be a CGL policy or any combination of 51 primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less 1 than $3,000,000. Products and completed operations coverage shall be provided 2 for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. 3 4 3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance providing bodily injury and property 5 damage liability coverage for all owned and nonowned vehicles assigned to or used 6 in the performance of the work with a combined single limit of not less than 7 $1,000,000 each occurrence with the State named as an additional insured in 8 connection with the Contractor's Performance of the contract. 9 10 The Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance policy shall not be subject to a 11 deductible or contain provisions for a deductible. The Commercial General Liability 12 policy and the Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance policy may, at the discretion 13 of the Contractor, contain such provisions. If a deductible applies to any claim under 14 these policies, then payment of that deductible will be the responsibility of the 15 Contractor, notwithstanding any claim of liability against the Contracting Agency. 16 However in no event shall any provision for a deductible provide for a deductible in 17 excess of $50,000.00. 18 19 Prior to contract execution, the Contractor shall file with the Department of 20 Transportation, Contract Payment Section, P.O. Box 47420, Olympia, WA 98504 -7420, 21 ACORD Form Certificates of Insurance evidencing the minimum insurance coverages 22 required under these specifications. 23 24 All insurance policies and Certificates of Insurance shall include a requirement providing 25 for a minimum of 45 days prior written notice to the Contracting Agency of any 26 cancellation or reduction of coverage. All insurance coverage required by this section 27 shall be written and provided by "occurrence- based" policy forms rather than by "claims 28 made" forms. 29 30 Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall 31 constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Contracting Agency may, after 32 giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately 33 terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any 34 and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to 35 the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, 36 offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 37 38 All costs for insurance, including any payments of deductible amounts, shall be 39 considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices and no additional 40 payment will be made. 41 42 1 - 07.20 Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes 43 This section is revised to read: 44 45 The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented devices, 46 materials, or processes used on or incorporated in the work, and agrees to indemnify, 47 defend, and save harmless the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, and their duly 48 authorized agents and employees from all actions of any nature for, or on account of the 49 use of any patented devices, materials, or processes. 50 51 1 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 52 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 1 2 The Contractor shall enter interstate highways only through legal movements from 3 existing roads, streets, and through other access points specifically allowed by the 4 contract documents. 5 6 The fourth sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 7 8 Deficiencies not caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the 9 Contractor, when ordered by the Engineer, at the Contracting Agency's expense. 10 11 I th sixth p 3 "r ", the first sentence is revised to read: 12 13 Temporary concrete barrier or other approved barrier installed on the traffic side of the 14 drop -off with 2 feet between the drop -off and the back of the barrier and a new edge of 15 pavement stripe a minimum of 2 feet from the face of the barrier. 16 17 1 - 07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers 18 This section is revised to read: 1A 20 Neither the Governor, the Commission, the Secretary, the Engineer, nor any other 21 officer or employee of the State shall be personally liable for any acts or failure to act in 22 connection with the contract, it being understood that in such matters, they are acting 23 solely as agents of the State. 24 1 SECTION 1-09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 2 August 1, 2005 3 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities 4 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 5 6 Hour - measured for each hour that work is actually performed. Portions of an hour will 7 be rounded up to a half hour. 8 9 1 -09.6 Force Account 10 On page 1 -91, under "For Labor", the fourth and fifth sentences in the second 11 paragraph are deleted. 12 13 1 -09.7 Mobilization 14 Under the second paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: 15 16 When the substantial completion date has been established for the project, payment of 17 any amount bid for mobilization in excess of 10 percent of the total original contract 18 amount will be paid. 2 SECTION 1 -10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 August 1, 2005 4 Section 1 -10 is revised in its entirety to read: 5 6 1 - 10.1 General 7 The Contractor, utilizing contractor labor and contractor- provided equipment and 8 materials (except when such labor, equipment or materials are to be provided by the 9 Contracting Agency as specifically identified herein), shall plan, manage, supervise and 10 perform all temporary traffic control activities needed to support the work of the contract. 11 _ .. 1') 1=10.1(1 ) Materials I G / IVIGL�iI IGIJ 13 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 14 15 Stop /Slow Paddles 9 -35.1 16 Construction Signs 9 -35.2 17 Wood Sign Posts 9 -35.3 18 Sequential Arrow Signs 9 -35.4 19 Portable Changeable Message Signs 9 -35.5 20 Barricades 9 -35.6 21 Traffic Safety Drums 9 -35.7 22 Barrier Drums 9 -35.8 23 Traffic Cones 9 -35,9 24 Tubular Markers 9 -35.10 25 Warning Lights and Flashers 9 -35.11 26 Truck - Mounted Attenuator 9 -35.12 27 28 1 10.1(2) Description 29 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, spotters and all other personnel required for labor 30 for traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the 31 Contracting Agency. 32 Tha rnntrartnr chall nerfnrm all nrnrarii irac naraccanr to ci innnrt the rnntrart work • 34 35 The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise 36 specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and 37 maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control 38 devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a 39 result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on or adjacent to highways, 40 roads, or streets. No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway until all 41 necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. 42 43 The traffic control resources and activities described shall be used for the safety of the 44 public, of the Contractor's employees, and of the Contracting Agency's personnel and to 45 facilitate the movement of the traveling public. Traffic control resources and activities 46 may be used for the separation or merging of public and construction traffic when such 47 use is in accordance with a specific approved traffic control plan. 48 49 Upon failure of the Contractor to immediately provide flaggers; erect, maintain, and 50 remove signs; or provide, erect, maintain, and remove other traffic control devices when 51 ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contracting Agency may, without further notice to 1 the Contractor or the Surety, perform any of the above and deduct all of the costs from 2 the Contractor's payments. 3 4 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate labor, sufficient signs, and 5 other traffic control devices, and for performing traffic control procedures needed for the 6 protection of the work and the public at all times regardless of whether or not the labor, 7 devices or procedures have been ordered by the Engineer, furnished by the Contracting 8 Agency, or paid for by the Contracting Agency. 9 10 Wherever possible when performing contract work, the Contractor's equipment shall 11 follow normal and legal traffic movements. The Contractor's ingress and egress of the 12 work area shall be accomplished with as little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic 13 control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices in a reverse sequence to 14 that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the workzone. 15 When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved traffic control 16 plans, equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic. 17 18 The Contractor is advised that the Contracting Agency may have entered into operating 19 agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations for cooperative activities. 20 Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, law 21 enforcement personnel may enter the workzone for enforcement purposes and may 22 participate in the Contractor's traffic control activities. The responsibility under the 23 contract for all traffic control resides with the Contractor and any such participation by 24 law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control activities will be referenced in the 25 Special Provisions or will be preceded by an agreement and, if appropriate, a cost 26 adjustment. Nothing in this contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the part of 27 the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization. 28 29 1 - 10.2 Traffic Control Management 30 31 1 10.2(1) General 32 It is the Contractor's responsibility to plan, conduct and safely perform the work. The 33 Contractor shall manage temporary traffic control with his or her own staff. Traffic 34 control management responsibilities shall be formally assigned to one or more company 35 supervisors who are actively involved in the planning and management of field contract 36 activities. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the formal 37 assignment. The duties of traffic control management may not be subcontracted. 38 39 The Contractor shall designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of the 40 primary Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The designation shall also identify an 41 alternate TCS who can assume the duties of the primary TCS in the event of that 42 person's inability to perform. The TCS shall be responsible for safe implementation of 43 approved Traffic Control Plans provided by the Contractor. 44 45 The designated individuals shall be certified as worksite traffic control supervisors by 46 one of the organizations listed in the Special Provisions. Possession of a current 47 flagging card by the TCS is mandatory. A traffic control management assignment and a 48 TCS designation are required on all projects that will utilize traffic control. 49 50 The Contractor shall maintain 24 -hour telephone numbers at which the Contractor's 51 assigned traffic control management personnel and the TCS can be contacted and be 52 available upon the Engineer's request at other than normal working hours. These 1 persons shall have the resources, ability and authority to expeditiously correct any 2 deficiency in the traffic control system. 3 4 1 10.2(1)A Traffic Control Management 5 The responsibilities of the Contractor's traffic control management personnel shall 6 include: 7 8 1. Overseeing and approving the actions of the Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) 9 to ensure that proper safety and traffic control measures are implemented and 10 consistent with the specific requirements created by the Contractor's 1 1 workzones and the Contract. Some form of oversight shall be in place and 12 effective even when the traffic control management personnel are not present 13 at the iobsite_ 14 15 2. Providing the Contractor's designated TCS with approved Traffic Control Plans 16 (TCPs) which are compatible with the work operations and traffic control for 17 which they will be implemented. Having the latest adopted edition of the 18 Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways 19 ( MUTCD,) including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD and 20 applicable standards and specifications available at all times on the project. 21 22 3. Discussing proposed traffic control measures and coordinating implementation 23 of the Contractor - adopted traffic control plan(s) with the Engineer. 24 25 4. Coordinating all traffic control operations, including those of subcontractors 26 and suppliers, with each other and with any adjacent construction or 27 maintenance operations. 28 29 5. Coordinating the project's activities (such as ramp closures, road closures, and 30 lane closures) with appropriate police, fire control agencies, city or county 31 engineering, medical emergency agencies, school districts, and transit 32 companies. 33 34 6. Overseeing all requirements of the contract that contribute to the convenience, 35 safety, and orderly movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 36 37 7. Reviewing the TCS's diaries daily and being aware of field traffic control 38 operations. 39 40 8. Being present on -site a sufficient amount of time to adequately satisfy the 41 above - listed responsibilities. 42 43 Failure to carry out any of the above - listed responsibilities shall be a failure to comply 44 with the contract and may result in a suspension of work as described in Section 1 -08.6. 46 1 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor 47 A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or 48 spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized or less frequently, as authorized by 49 the Engineer. 50 1 The TCS shall personally perform all the duties of the TCS. During nonwork periods, 2 the TCS shall be available to the job site within a 45- minute time period after notification 3 by the Engineer. 4 5 The TCS's duties shall include: 6 7 1. Having a current set of approved traffic control plans (TCPs), applicable 8 contract provisions as provided by the Contractor, the latest adopted edition of 9 the MUTCD, including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD, the 10 book Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and applicable 11 standards and specifications. 12 13 2. Inspecting traffic control devices and nighttime lighting for proper location, 14 installation, message, cleanliness, and effect on the traveling public. Traffic 15 control devices shall be inspected at least once per hour during working hours 16 except that Class A signs and nighttime lighting need to be checked only once 17 a week. Traffic control devices left in place for 24 hours or more shall also be 18 inspected once during the nonworking hours when they are initially set up 19 (during daylight or darkness, whichever is opposite of the working hours). The 20 TCS shall correct, or arrange to have corrected, any deficiencies noted during 21 these inspections. 22 23 3. Preparing a daily traffic control diary on each day that traffic control is 24 performed using DOT Forms 421 -040A and 421 -040B, and submitting them to 25 the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day. The Contractor 26 may use alternate forms if approved by the Engineer. Diary entries shall 27 include, but not be limited to: 28 29 a. Time of day when signs and traffic control devices are installed and 30 removed, 31 b. Location and condition of signs and traffic control devices, 32 c. Revisions to the traffic control plan, 33 d. Lighting utilized at night, and 34 e. Observations of traffic conditions. 35 36 4. Making minor revisions to the traffic control plan to accommodate site 37 conditions provided that the original intent of the traffic control plan is 38 maintained and the revision has the concurrence of both the Contractor and 39 the Engineer. 40 41 5. Attending traffic control coordinating meetings or coordination activities as 42 necessary for full understanding and effective performance. 43 44 6. Ensuring that all needed traffic control devices and equipment are available 45 and in good working condition prior to the need to install or utilize them. 46 47 The TCS may perform the work described in Section 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers and 48 Spotters or in Section 1- 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor and be compensated 49 under those bid items, provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 50 ' a 1 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 2 The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the contract documents show a method of 3 handling traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, spotters and other traffic control 4 devices are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for emergency situations. Where 5 mainline contract traffic control plans are developed with the intent of operating without 6 the use of flaggers or spotters, the plans shall contain a note that states, "NO 7 FLAGGERS OR SPOTTERS ". The use of flaggers or spotters to supplement these 8 traffic control plans will not be allowed except in a case where no other means of traffic 9 control can be used or in the event of an emergency. If the Contractor proposes the 10 use of flaggers or spotters with one of these plans, this will constitute a modification A L, iL... Engineer. r ..1 shall show locations all the f f requiring approval by the Engineer . The modified odif ied plans sha show locations for all t 12 required advance warning signs and a safe, protected location for the flagging station. • 13 If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, the plan shall include 14 appropriate illumination for the flagging station. 15 16 When the Contractor's chosen method of performing the work in the contract requires 17 some form of temporary traffic control, the Contractor shall either: (1.) designate and 18 adopt, in writing, the traffic control plan or plans from the contract documents that 19 support that method; or (2.) submit a Contractor's plan that modifies, supplements or 20 replaces a plan from the contract documents. Any Contractor - proposed modification, 21 supplement or replacement shall show the necessary construction signs, flaggers, • 22 spotters and other traffic control devices required to support the work. Any Contractor - 23 proposed traffic control plan shall conform to the established standards for plan 24 development as shown in the MUTCD, Part VI. The Contractor's submittal, either 25 designating and adopting a traffic control plan from the contract documents or proposing 26 a Contractor - developed plan, shall be provided to the Engineer for approval at least ten 27 calendar days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices are 28 scheduled to be installed and utilized. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for 29 submitting any proposed traffic control plan or modification, obtaining the Engineer's 30 approval and providing copies of the approved Traffic Control Plans to the Traffic 31 Control Supervisor. 32 33 1 10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 34 Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices and procedures furnished or 35 provided shall conform to the standards established in the latest WSDOT adopted 36 edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways 37 (MUTCD,) published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Washington 38 State fviodif•.at :Ons to the MUTCD. Judgement of the quality of devices furnished VYill be 39 based upon Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, published by the 40 American Traffic Safety Services Association. Copies of the MUTCD and Quality 41 Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices may be purchased from the American 42 Traffic Safety Services Association, 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100, Fredericksburg, 43 Virginia 22406 -1022. The Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD may be 44 obtained from the Department of Transportation, Olympia, Washington 98504. Ag YJ 46 In addition to the standards of the MUTCD described above, the Contracting Agency 47 has scheduled the implementation of crashworthiness requirements for most workzone 48 devices. The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 49 has established requirements for crash testing. Workzone devices are divided into four 50 categories. Each of those categories and, where applicable, the schedule for 51 implementation is described below: 52 1 Category 1 includes those items that are small and lightweight, channelizing, and 2 delineating devices that have been in common use for many years and are known to be 3 crashworthy by crash testing of similar devices or years of demonstrable safe 4 performance. These include cones, tubular markers, flexible delineator posts, and 5 plastic drums. All Category 1 devices used on the project shall meet the requirements 6 of NCHRP 350 as certified by the manufacturer of the device. 7 8 Category 2 includes devices that are not expected to produce significant vehicular 9 velocity change, but may otherwise be hazardous. Examples of this class are 10 barricades, portable sign supports and signs, intrusion alarms and vertical panels. All 11 new Category 2 devices purchased after October 1, 2000 shall meet the requirements 12 of NCHRP 350. Existing equipment, purchased prior to October 1, 2000, may be used 13 on the project until December 31, 2007. For the purpose of definition, a sign support 14 and sign shall be considered a single unit. A new sign may be purchased for an existing 15 sign support and the entire unit will be defined as "existing equipment." 16 17 Category 3 is for hardware expected to cause significant velocity changes or other 18 potentially harmful reactions to impacting vehicles. Barriers, fixed sign supports, crash 19 cushions, truck mounted attenuators (TMA's) and other work zone devices not meeting 20 the definitions of Category 1 or 2 are examples from this category. Many Category 3 21 devices are defined in the design of the project. Where this is the case, NCHRP 350 22 requirements have been incorporated into the design and the Contractor complies with 23 the requirements by constructing devices according to the plans and specifications. 24 Where the device is a product chosen by the Contractor, the device chosen must be 25 compliant with the requirements of NCHRP 350. 26 27 Category 4 includes portable or trailer- mounted devices such as arrow displays, 28 temporary traffic signals, area lighting supports, and portable changeable message 29 signs. There is presently no implementation schedule for mandatory crashworthiness 30 compliance for these devices. 31 32 The condition of signs and traffic control devices shall be acceptable or marginal as 33 defined in the book Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and will 34 be accepted based on a visual inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer's decision on 35 the condition of a sign or traffic control device shall be final. A sign or traffic control 36 device determined to be unacceptable shall be removed from the project and replaced 37 within 12 hours of notification. 38 39 1 - 10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices 40 41 1 10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 42 The Contractor shall fumish all personnel for flagging, spotting, for the execution of all 43 procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and 44 removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to 45 control traffic during construction operations. 46 47 Workers engaged as flaggers or spotters shall wear reflective vests and hard hats. 48 During hours of darkness, white coveralls or white or yellow rain gear shall also be 49 worn. The vests and other apparel shall be in conformance with Section 1 -07.8. 50 1 1- 10.3(1)A naggers and Spotters 2 Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans 3 or where directed by the Engineer. Ali flaggers and spotters shall possess a current 4 flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. The 5 flagging card shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon 6 request. 7 8 Flagging stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where 9 construction operations require stopping or diverting public traffic. Flagging stations 10 shall be staffed only when flagging is required. This staffing may be continuous or 11 intermittent, depending on the nature of the construction activity. Whenever a fiagger is 12 not required to stop or divert traffic, the flagger shall move away from the flagging 13 station to a safer location. During hours of darkness. flagging stations shall ha 14 illuminated in a manner that insures that flaggers can easily be seen but that does not 15 cause glare to the traveling public. Flaggers shall be equipped with portable two -way 16 radios, with a range suitable for the project. The radios shall be capable of having direct 17 contact with project management (foremen, superintendents, etc.). 18 19 The Contractor shall furnish the MUTCD standard Stop /Slow paddles for all flagging 20 operations. The specification for Stop /Slow paddles in Section 9 -35.1 requires 24" 21 paddles and all new paddles purchased for the project shall conform to those 22 provisions. Previously specified 18" paddles may be used at the request of the 23 Contractor until December 31, 2005. 24 25 Spotting stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where a spotter 26 can detect errant drivers or other hazards and provide an effective warning to other 27 workers. Spotting stations will not be allowed at locations where the spotter will be in 28 unnecessary danger. The Contractor shall furnish noise - makers or other effective 29 warning devices for spotting operations. The duties of a spotter shall not include 30 flagging. 31 32 1- 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 33 In addition to flagging or spotting duties, the Contractor shall provide personnel for all 34 other traffic control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor 35 to install, maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control 36 Plans. 37 38 1 10.3(2) Traffic Control Procedures 39 40 1 10.3(2)A One - Way Traffic Control 41 The project work may require that traffic be maintained on a portion of the roadway 42 during the progress of the work using one -way traffic control. If this is the case, the 43 Contractor's operation shall be confined to one -half the roadway, permitting traffic on 44 the other half. If shown on an approved traffic control plan or directed by the Engineer, 45 one -way traffic control, in accordance with the MUTCD, shali be provided and shall also 46 conform to the following requirements: 47 48 In any one -way traffic control configuration, side roads and approaches will be closed or 49 controlled by a fiagger or by appropriate approved signing. A side road flagger will 50 coordinate with end flaggers where there is line of sight and with the pilot car where the 51 end flaggers cannot be seen. 52 1 Queues of vehicles will be allowed to take tums passing through the workzone in the 2 single open lane. When one -way traffic control is in effect, Contractor vehicles shall not 3 use the open traffic lane except while following the same rules and routes required of 4 the public traffic. 5 6 As conditions permit, the Contractor shall, at the end of each day, leave the work area 7 in such condition that it can be traveled without damage to the work, without danger to 8 traffic, and without one -way traffic control. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, one -way 9 traffic control cannot be dispensed with after working hours, then the operation will be 10 continued throughout the non - working hours. 11 12 1 10.3(2)B Rolling Slowdown 13 For work operations on multi -lane roadways that necessitate short-term roadway 14 closures of 15 minutes or less, the Contractor may implement a rolling slowdown. 15 Where included in an approved traffic control plan, a rolling slowdown shall be 16 accomplished using one traffic control vehicle with flashing amber lights for each lane to 17 be slowed down plus one control vehicle to serve as a chase vehicle for traffic ahead of 18 the blockade. The traffic control vehicles shall enter the roadway and form a moving 19 blockade to reduce traffic speeds and create a clear area in front of the moving 20 blockade to accomplish the work without a total stoppage of traffic. 21 22 A portable changeable message sign shall be placed ahead of the starting point of the 23 traffic control to warn traffic of the slowdown. The sign shall be placed far enough 24 ahead of the work to avoid any expected backup of vehicles. 25 26 The location where the traffic control vehicles shall begin the slowdown and the speed 27 at which the moving blockade will be allowed to travel will be calculated to 28 accommodate the estimated time needed for closure. The chase control vehicle shall 29 follow the slowest vehicle ahead of the blockade. When the chase vehicle passes, the 30 Contractor may begin the work operation. In the event that the work operation is not 31 completed when the moving blockade reaches the site, all work except that necessary 32 to clear the roadway shall cease immediately and the roadway shall be cleared and 33 reopened as soon as possible. 34 35 All ramps and entrances to the roadway between the moving blockade and work 36 operation shall be temporarily closed using flaggers. Radio communications between 37 the work operation and the moving blockade shall be established and utilized to adjust 38 the speed of the blockade to accommodate the closure time needed. 39 40 1- 10.3(2)C Lane Closure Setup/Takedown 41 Where allowed by the contract and where shown on approved traffic control plans or 42 directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall set up traffic control measures to close 43 one or more lanes of a multi -lane facility. When this is to occur, the following sequence 44 shall be followed: 45 46 1. Advance warning signs are set up on the shoulder of the roadway opposite the 47 lane to be closed, 48 49 2. Advance warning signs are set up on the same shoulder as the lane to be 50 closed, 51 1 3. A truck - mounted attenuator, with arrow board, is moved into place at the 2 beginning of the closure taper, 3 4 4. Channelization devices are placed to mark the taper and the length of the 5 closure as shown on the traffic control plan. 6 7 Once the lane is closed, the TMA/arrow board combination may be replaced 8 with an arrow board without attenuator. 9 10 If additional lanes are to be closed, this shall be done in sequence with previous lane 1 1 s using the same t' iti A truck -mounted 1 with 11 closures using t! is aal � i'c" sequence of activities. n dl uvra -1 i loui IlCta attenuator wil! i arroiiv 12 board is required during the process of closing each additional lane and may be 13 replaced with an arrow board without attenuator after the lane is closed. Each closed 14 lane shall be marked with a separate arrow board at all times. 15 16 Traffic control for lane closures shall be removed in the reverse order of its installation. 17 18 1 10.3(2)D Mobile Operations 19 Where construction operations are such that movement along the length of a roadway is 20 continuous or near - continuous to the extent that a stationary traffic control layout will not 21 be effective, the Contractor shall implement a moving, or mobile, traffic control scheme. 22 Such moving control shall always be conducted in the same direction as the adjacent 23 traffic. 24 25 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where directed by the Engineer, 26 mobile traffic control shall consist of portable equipment, moving with the operation. A 27 portable changeable message sign shall be established in advance of the operation, far 28 enough back to provide warning of both the operation and of any queue of traffic that 29 has formed during the operation. The advance sign shall be continuously moved to stay 30 near the back of the queue at all times. A truck - mounted attenuator, with arrow board, 31 shall be positioned and maintained at a fixed distance upstream of the work. A shadow 32 vehicle, with truck - mounted attenuator shall be positioned and maintained immediately 33 upstream of the work. 34 35 1 10.3(2)E Patrol & Maintain Traffic Control Measures 36 At all times, when temporary traffic control measures are in place, the Contractor shall 37 provide for patrolling and maintaining these measures. The work shall consist of 38 resetting mislocated devices, assuring visibility of all devices, cleaning and repairing 39 where necessary, providing maintenance for all equipment, including replacing batteries 40 and light bulbs as well as keeping motorized and electronic items functioning, and 41 adjusting the location of devices to respond to actual conditions, such as queue length, 42 unanticipated traffic conflicts and other areas where planned traffic control has proven 43 ineffective. 44 Ag This work shall be L.. the Contractor, by under the �:___i:_, _r ��_ -YJ 1 1 Iis wol k s tall be performed by ll IC Co Iu actor , either by or uI de U IC direction io l o he 46 Traffic Control Supervisor. Personnel, with vehicles if necessary, shall be dispatched so 47 that all traffic control can be reviewed at least once per hour during working hours and 48 at least once during each non - working day. 49 50 1- 10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices 51 1 1- 10.3(3)A Construction Signs 2 All construction signs required by approved traffic control plans, as well as any other 3 appropriate signs directed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. The 4 Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a 5 clean, neat, and presentable condition until the need for them has ended. Post 6 mounted signs shall be installed as shown in Standard Plans G -1 and G-4a. Sign 7 attachment to posts shall conform to the applicable detail shown in Standard Plan G -9b. 8 When the need for construction signs has ended, the Contractor, upon approval of the 9 Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall 10 remain the property of the Contractor. 11 12 No passing zones on the existing roadway that are marked with paint striping and which 13 striping is to be obliterated by construction operations shall be replaced by "Do Not 14 Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs. The Contractor shall provide and install the posts 15 and signs. The signs shall be maintained by the Contractor until they are removed or 16 until the contract is physically completed. When the project includes striping by the 17 Contractor, the signs and posts shall be removed by the Contractor when the no 18 passing zones are reestablished by striping. The signs and posts will become the 19 property of the Contractor. When the Contractor is not responsible for striping and 20 when the striping by others is not completed when the project is physically completed, 21 the posts and signs shall be left in place and shall become the property of the 22 Contracting Agency. 23 24 All existing signs, new permanent signs installed under this contract, and construction 25 signs installed under this contract that are inappropriate for the traffic configuration at a 26 given time shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer 27 approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they 28 are not needed. 29 30 Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are 31 those signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase 32 of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial 33 supports of a semi - permanent nature. Class A signs will be designated as such on the 34 approved Traffic Control Plan. "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs are classified 35 as Class A construction signs. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be 36 in accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. Class B construction 37 signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations 38 which may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary 39 mountings. 40 41 Where it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, the only allowed method will be 42 a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a maximum 43 weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. 44 45 Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the 46 Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project shall be 47 replaced by the Contractor. 48 49 1 10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs 50 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 51 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain sequential arrow signs. In some 1 locations, the sign will be shown as a unit with an attenuator. In other locations, the 2 plan will indicate a stand -alone unit. 3 4 1 10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Sign 5 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 6 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain portable changeable message signs. 7 These signs shall be available, on -site, for the entire duration of their projected use. 8 9 1- 10.3(3)D Barricades 10 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 11 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain barricades. Barricades shall be kept in 12 good repair and shall be removed immediately when, in the opinion of the Engineer, 13 13 they are no longer f as designed. they are I IV longer VI IUItVlIV11111{�. as VVJll�l1[ - iU• 14 15 Where it is necessary to add weight to barricades for stability, the only allowed method 16 will be a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a 17 maximum weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the 18 ground. A(■ IV 20 1- 10.3(3)E Traffic Safety Drums 21 Where shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, or where ordered by the Engineer, 22 the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic safety drums. 23 24 Used drums may be utilized, provided all drums used on the project are of essentially 25 the same configuration. 26 27 The drums shall be designed to resist overturning by means of a weighted lower unit 28 that will separate from the drum when impacted by a vehicle. 29 30 Drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the drum and 31 reflective material are in good condition. if the Engineer determines that a drum has 32 been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate reflectivity, a replacement 33 drum shall be furnished. 34 35 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be 36 removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 37 38 1 10.3(3)F Barrier Drums 39 Where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans and as ordered by the Engineer, 40 barrier drums shall be placed on temporary concrete barrier at the following 41 approximate spacing: 42 43 Concrete Barrier Barrier Drum 44 Placement Spacing in Feet 45 Tangents 1 /2 mile or less 2 times posted speed limit 46 Tangents greater than %2 mile 4 times posted speed limit 47 Tapers and Curves posted speed limit 48 49 Note 1 A minimum of 3 barrier drums shall be used. 50 Note 2 A minimum of 5 barrier drums shall be used. 1 2 Temporary concrete barrier reflectors may be excluded when using barrier drums. 3 4 Both legs of the barrier drums shall be completely filled with sand. The top oval should 5 not be filled. 6 7 Used barrier drums may be used, provided all barrier drums used on the project are of 8 essentially the same configuration. 9 10 Barrier drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the 11 barrier drum and reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines 12 that a barrier drum has been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate 13 reflectivity, a replacement barrier drum shall be furnished. 14 15 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be 16 removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 17 18 1 10.3(3)G Traffic Cones 19 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 20 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic cones. Cones shall be kept in good 21 repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. Where wind 22 or moving traffic frequently displace cones, an effective method of stabilizing cones, 23 such as stacking two together at each location, shall be employed. 24 25 1 10.3(3)H Tubular Markers 26 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 27 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain tubular markers. Tubular markers shall be 28 kept in good repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. 29 Tubular markers are secondary devices and are not to be used as substitutes for cones 30 or other delineation devices without an approved traffic control plan. 31 32 Where the Traffic Control Plan shows pavement- mounted tubular markers, the adhesive 33 used to fasten the base to the pavement shall be suitable for the purpose, as approved 34 by the Engineer. During the removal of pavement- mounted tubular markers, care shall 35 be taken to avoid damage to the existing pavement. Any such damage shall be 36 repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 37 38 1 10.3(3)1 Warning Lights and Flashers 39 Where shown attached to traffic control devices on an approved traffic control plan or 40 where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and maintain flashing 41 warning lights. Lights attached to advance warning signs shall be Type B, high - 42 intensity. Lights attached to traffic safety drums, barricades or other signs shall be Type 43 C, steady- burning low intensity or, where attention is to be directed to a specific device, 44 Type A, flashing low- intensity units. 45 46 1 10.3(3)J Truck - Mounted Attenuator 47 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 48 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain truck - mounted impact attenuators 49 (TMA). These attenuators shall be available, on -site, for the entire duration of their 50 projected use. 51 1 The TIM shall be positioned to separate and protect construction workzone activities 2 from normal traffic flow. 3 4 During use, the attenuator shall be in the full down - and - locked position. For stationary 5 operations, the truck's parking brake shall be set. 6 7 1 -10.4 Measurement 8 9 1- 10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 10 When the bid proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", there will 11 be no measurement of unit items for work defined by Section 1 -10 except as described 12 in Section 1- 10.4(3). Also, except as described in Section 1- 10.4(3), all of Sections 1- 1'1 1n1 4(7) anti 1 -1n x(7) is rialatarl 14 15 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Project Temporary 16 Traffic Control." 17 18 1 10.4(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals 19 When the bid proposal does not contain the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", 20 Sections 1- 10.4(1) and 1- 10.5(1) are deleted and the bid proposal will contain some or 21 all of the following items, measured as noted. 22 23 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Traffic Control 24 Supervisor. 25 26 "Flaggers and Spotters" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each 27 flagging or spotting station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that 28 station is staffed in accordance with Section 1- 10.3(1)A. When a flagging station is 29 staffed on an intermittent basis, no deduction will be made in measured hours provided 30 that the person staffing the station is in a standby mode and is not performing other 31 duties. 32 33 "Other Traffic Control Labor" will be measured by the hour. With the exception of 34 patrolling and maintaining, hours will be measured for each person e in any one 35 of the following activities: engaged 36 37 • Operating a pilot vehicle during one -way piloted traffic control. 38 39 • Operating a traffic control vehicle or a chase vehicle during a rolling slowdown 40 operation. 41 42 • Operating a vehicle or placing /removing traffic control devices during the setup 43 or takedown of a lane closure. Performing preliminary work to prepare for 44 placing and removing these devices. 45 46 • Operating any of the moving traffic control equipment, or adjusting signing 47 during a mobile operation as described in Section 1- 10.3(2)D. 48 49 • Patrolling and maintaining traffic control measures as described in Section 1- 50 10.3(2)E. The hours of one person will be measured for each patrol route 51 necessary to accomplish the review frequency required by the provision, 52 regardless of the actual number of persons per route. 1 2 • Placing and removing Class B construction signs. Performing preliminary work 3 to prepare for placing and removing these signs. 4 5 • Relocation of Portable Changeable Message Signs within the project limits. 6 7 • Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Barrier Drums, 8 Cones, Tubular Markers and Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out 9 approved Traffic Control Plan(s). Performing preliminary work to prepare for 10 installing these devices. 11 12 Time spent on activities other than those listed will not be measured under this 13 item. 14 15 "Construction Signs, Class A" will be measured by the square foot of panel area for 16 each sign designated on an approved Traffic Control Plan as Class A or for each 17 construction sign installed as ordered by the Engineer and designated as Class A at the 18 time of the order. Class A signs may be used in more than one location and will be 19 measured for each new installation. Class B construction signs will not be measured. 20 Sign posts or supports will not be measured. 21 22 "Sequential Arrow Sign" will be measured by the hour for the time that each sign is 23 operating as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan or as directed by the Engineer. 24 25 "Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured per each one time only for each 26 portable changeable message sign used on the project. The final pay quantity shall be 27 the maximum number of such signs in place at any one time as approved by the 28 Engineer. 29 30 "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured by the hour for 31 each hour of operation. The hours of operation will be determined by the Engineer. 32 Hours of operation in excess of those determined by the Engineer will be at the 33 Contractor's expense. 34 35 "Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured per each one time only for each 36 truck with mounted impact attenuator used on the project. The final pay quantity shall 37 be the maximum number of truck - mounted impact attenuators in place at any one time. 38 39 "Operation of Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured by the hour for each 40 truck - mounted attenuator manned and operated. Manned and operated shall be when 41 the truck - mounted impact attenuator has an operator and is required to move, in 42 operating position, with the construction operation or when moving the TMA from one 43 position to another on the project. 44 45 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the force account item of "Repair Truck - 46 Mounted Impact Attenuator". 47 48 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Other Temporary 49 Traffic Control ". 50 1 1- 10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 2 The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 3 Section 1- 10.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 4 1- 10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 1- 5 10.4(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be measured as specified. 6 7 1 - 10.4(4) Owner - Provided Resources 8 The contract provisions may call for specific items of labor, materials or equipment, 9 noted in Section 1 -10 as the responsibility of the Contractor, to be supplied by the 10 Contracting Agency. When this occurs, there will be no adjustment in measurement of 11 unit quantities. 12 4') 4 AA G �.. IJ 1 -IV.J I aylII011L 14 • 15 1- 1 0.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 16 "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. 17 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 18 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1 -10, except for costs 19 compensated by bid proposal items inserted through contract provisions as described in 20 Section 1- 10.4(3). 71 22 1 10.5(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals 23 "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. 24 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 25 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1- 10.2(1)B. 26 27 "Flaggers and Spotters ", per hour. 28 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 29 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 30 the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1- 10.3(1)A. 31 32 "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour. 33 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 34 rda with Section 10 (2) shall be f ti fo a ll l a b s s. ed VT accordance VriNtlVll 1- IV.Y�L�, shall be full 1.V111�JG11JQLIVII IVI all IQUUI costs t IIIla111CU 35 by the Contractor in performing the contract work specifically mentioned for this item in 36 Section 1- 10.4(2). 37 38 "Construction Signs Class A ", per square foot. 39 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 40 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 41 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 42 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)A. In the event that "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" 43 signs must be left in place, a change order, as described in Section 1 -04.4, will be 44 required. When the bid proposal contains the item "Sign Covering ", then covering those 45 signs indicated in the contract will be measured and paid according to Section 8 -21. 46 47 "Sequential Arrow Sign ", per hour. 48 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 49 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 50 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 51 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)B. 52 1 "Portable Changeable Message Sign ", per each. 2 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 3 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 4 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in procuring all portable changeable 5 message signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the 6 project. 7 8 "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign ", per hour. 9 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 10 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 11 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 12 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)C except for costs compensated separately under the 13 items "Other Traffic Control Labor" and "Portable Changeable Message Sign ". 14 15 "Truck- Mounted Impact Attenuator", per each. 16 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 17 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 18 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 19 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)J except for costs compensated separately under the 20 items "Operation of Truck- Mounted Impact Attenuator" and "Repair Truck - Mounted 21 Impact Attenuator". 22 23 "Operation of Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator", per hour. 24 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 25 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 26 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in operating truck - mounted impact 27 attenuators on the project. 28 29 "Repair Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator", by force account. 30 All costs of repairing or replacing truck - mounted impact attenuators that are damaged 31 by the motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be 32 paid for by force account as specified in Section 1 -09.6. To provide a common proposal 33 for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for 34 "Repair Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal 35 to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. Truck - mounted attenuators 36 damaged due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use 37 shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting 38 Agency. 39 40 "Other Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. 41 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 42 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1 -10, and which costs are 43 not compensated by one of the above - listed items. 44 45 1 10.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 46 The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 47 Section 1- 10.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items 48 described in Section 1- 10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision 49 in Section 1- 10.5(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be paid as specified. 1 SECTION 1 -99, APWA SUPPLEMENT 2 August 1, 2005 3 1-01.3 Definitions (APWA only) page 1 -119 4 The first paragraph under "Add the following:" is revised to read: 5 6 All references in the Standard Specifications to the terms "State ", "Governor", 7 "Department of Transportation", 'Washington State Transportation Commission ", 8 "Commission ", "Secretary of Transportation ", "Secretary", "Headquarters ", and "State 9 Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency ". 10 11 Section 1 - 04.2 (APWA Only) page 1 - 125 • i 1') The se paragraph is revised fry re-,4 1L. The is w..vl w paragraph u l IJ I G Y wc� to read: 13 14 Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of 15 precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 16 17 1. Addenda, 18 2. Proposal Form, 19 3. Special Provisions, 20 4. Contract Plans, 21 5. Amendments to Division 1 -99 APWA Supplement 22 6. Division 1 -99 APWA Supplement 23 7. Amendments to the WSDOT /APWA. Standard Specifications, 24 8. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal 25 Construction 26 9. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any) 27 10. WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 28 29 Section 1 07.18.4 (APWA Only) Page 1 - 134 and 1 - 135 30 This section is revised to read: 31 32 When the Contractor delivers the executed contract for the work to the Contracting 33 Agency it shall he accmmpanied by a Certificata(s' of Insurance and endorsements for 34 each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth above. The certificate must 35 conform to the following requirements: 36 37 An ACORD certificate Form 25 -5, showing the insuring company, policy effective dates, 38 limits of liability and the Schedule of Forms and Endorsements. 39 40 A copy of the endorsement naming Contracting Agency and any other entities required 41 by the Contract Provisions as Additional Insured(s), and stating that coverage is primary 42 and noncontributory, showing the policy number, and signed by an authorized 43 representative of the insurance company on Form CG2010 (ISO) or equivalent. 44 45 The certificate(s) shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation 46 notification to the Contracting Agency: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no 47 obligation or liability of any kind upon the company." 48 49 Section 1 - 10 Temporary Traffic Control (APWA Only) page 141 50 This section is revised to read: 51 1 1- 10.1(2) Description (APWA only) 2 The third paragraph is revised to read: 3 4 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not 5 otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor 6 shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and 7 other traffic control devices necessary to wam and protect the public at all times 8 from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur 9 on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or 10 adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are 11 in place 1 SECTION 2-02, REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2 August 1, 2005 3 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs 4 The section title is revised to read: 5 6 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 7 8 The first sentence is revised to read: 9 10 In removing pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the Contractor shall: 11 12 I......, 3 a .. ..,,. I. Item I I J Is revised W read: 13 14 3. Make a vertical saw cut between any existing pavement, sidewalk, curb, or gutter 15 that is to remain and the portion to be removed. 16 17 2 Measurement 18 This section is supplemented with the following: 19 20 No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of removal of 21 structures and obstruction. 22 23 2 - 02.5 Payment 24 The second paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 If pavements, sidewalks, curbs, or gutters lie within an excavation area, their removal 27 will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. 1 SECTION 2 -03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 January 5, 2004 3 2 -03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Maximum density and optimum moisture content shall be determined by one of the 7 following methods: 8 9 1. materials with Tess than 30 percent by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve 10 shall be determined using FOP for AASHTO T 99 Method A. 11 12 2. materials with 30 percent or more by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve 13 and Tess than 30 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be determined by 14 WSDOT Test Method No. 606 or FOP for AASHTO T 180 Method D. The 15 determination of which test procedure to use will be made solely by the 16 Contracting Agency. 17 18 3. materials with 30 percent or more retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be 19 determined by WSDOT Test Method No. 606. 20 21 In place density will be determined using Test Methods WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 22 310 and WSDOT SOP for T 615. 1 SECTION 4 -04, BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACINO 2 January 5, 2004 3 4 -04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction 4 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: 5 6 Immediately following spreading and final shaping, each layer of surfacing shall be 7 compacted to at least 95 percent of the standard density determined by the 8 requirements of Section 2- 03.3(14)D before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or 9 pavement is placed. 1 SECTION 5-04, HOT MIX ASPHALT 2 August 1, 2005 3 5 -04.3(7)A Mix Design 4 The first paragraph "1. General ", is revised to read: 5 6 1. General. Prior to the production of HMA, the Contractor shall determine a design 7 aggregate structure and asphalt binder content in accordance with WSDOT 8 Standard Operating Procedure 732. Once the design aggregate structure and 9 asphalt binder content have been determined, the Contractor shall provide test data 10 demonstrating that the design meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 11 03.8(6) on WSDOT HMA Mix Design Submittal form 350 -042. In no case shall the 12 paving begin before the determination of anti -strip requirements has been made. 13 14 5 - 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture 15 In Item 2 (Aggregates) the second sentence is revised to read: 16 17 The acceptance criteria for aggregate properties of sand equivalent, fine aggregate 18 angularity and fracture will be their conformance to the requirements of Section 9- 19 03.8(2). 20 21 In item 3, C. (Test Results), the second and third paragraphs are revised to read: 22 23 Sublot sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by 24 the Contractor. For HMA mixture accepted by statistical evaluation with a mix design 25 that did not meet the verification tolerances, the test results in the test section including 26 the percent air voids (Va) may be challenged. To challenge test results, the Contractor 27 shall submit a written challenge within five working days after receipt of the specific test 28 results. A split of the original acceptance sample will be sent for testing to either the 29 Region Materials Lab or the State Materials Lab as determined by the Project Engineer. 30 The split of the sample with challenged results will not be tested with the same 31 equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The challenge 32 sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and for asphalt binder content. 33 34 The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the 35 acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: 36 37 Deviation 38 U.S. No. 4 sieve and larger Percent passing ±4.0 39 U.S. No. 8 sieve Percent passing ±2.0 40 U.S. No. 200 sieve Percent passing ±0.4 41 Asphalt binder % Percent binder content ±0.3 42 Va % Percent Va ±0.7 43 44 Item 3, D. (Test Methods) is revised to read: 45 46 D. Test Methods 47 Testing of HMA for compliance of volumetric properties (VMA, VFA and Va) will be 48 by WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of 49 asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for 50 compliance of gradation will be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. 51 1 in item 3,E (Test Section - HMA Mixture) the first sentence in the third paragraph is revised 2 to read: 3 4 For a test section to be acceptable, with or without a verified mix design, the pay factor 5 (PFi) for each of gradation, asphalt binder, VMA, VFA and Va shall be 0.95 or greater, 6 and the remaining test requirements in Section 9- 03.8(2) (dust/asphalt ratio, sand 7 equivalent, fine aggregate angularity and fracture) shall conform to the requirements of 8 that Section. 9 10 5 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness 11 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 12 13 The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the 14 lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 15 16 5 Measurement 17 The first sentence is revised to read: 18 19 HMA CL. _ PG HMA for CL. PG , and Commercial HMA will be 20 measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1 -09.2, with no deduction being made 21 for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of 22 the mixture. 23 24 5 Payment 25 The statement for the pay item " Pavement Repair Excavation incl. Haul" is revised to read: 26 27 The unit contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" 28 shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 29 04.3(5)E with the exception, however, that All costs involved in the placement of HMA 30 shall be included in the unit contract price per ton for "HMA for Pavement Repair CL 31 PG _" per ton. • 1 SECTION 5 -05, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2 August 1, 2005 3 5 -05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete 4 The second paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 The average density of the cores shall be at least 97 percent of the approved mix 7 design density with no cores having a density of less than 96 percent. 8 9 5 - 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 10 Number 1. Materials, is revised to read: 11 12 1. Materials. Materials shall conform to Section 5 -05.2. Fine aggregate shall conform 13 to Section 9- 03.1(2), Class 1. Coarse aggregate shall conform to Section 9- 03.1(4) 14 AASHTO grading No. 467. An alternate combined gradation may be proposed, 15 which has a maximum aggregate size equal to or greater than a 2 -inch square 16 sieve. The combined aggregate gradation shall conform to Section 9- 03.1(5). 17 18 Fly ash, if used, shall not exceed 35 percent by weight of the total cementitious 19 material, shall conform to Section 9 -23.9 and shall be limited to Class F with a 20 maximum CaO content of 15 percent by weight. 21 22 Ground granulated blast furnace slag, if used, shall not exceed 25 percent by 23 weight of the total cementitious material and shall conform to Section 9- 23.10. 24 When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the 25 concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 35 percent by 26 weight of the total cementitious material. As an alternative to the use of fly ash, 27 ground granulated blast fumace slag and cement as separate components, a 28 blended hydraulic cement that meets the requirements of Section 9- 01.2(4) 29 Blended Hydraulic Cements may be used. 30 31 The water /cement ratio shall be calculated on the total weight of cementitious 32 material. The following are considered cementitious materials: Portland cement, 33 fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica. The minimum 34 cementitious material for any mix design shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. 1 SECTION 7-05, MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRY -WELLS 2 August 2, 2004 3 7-05.5 Payment 4 The sentence following "Catch Basin Type 2 In. Diam. ", per each" is deleted. 5 6 The following is inserted after "Concrete Inlet ", per each ": 7 8 All costs associated with fumishing and installing gravel backfill for bedding manholes, 9 inlets and catch basins shall be included in the unit contract price for the item installed. 10 11 The following is inserted after "Precast Concrete Drywell ", per each. 19 13 "Combination Inlet", per each. 14 All costs associated with fumishing and installing gravel backfill for bedding manholes, 15 inlets, and catch basins shall be in the unit contract price for the item installed. 1 SECTION 8 -01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 2 August 1, 2005 3 8- 01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions. The 7 ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in 8 Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by WSDOT's 9 Statewide Erosion Control Coordinator. 10 11 The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) 12 plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 13 14 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best 15 Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued 16 performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs 17 shall be corrected immediately. 18 19 2. Inspecting all on -site erosion and sediment control BMPs at least once every 20 five working days and each working day there is a runoff event. Inspections 21 shall occur within 24 hours of the runoff event. A TESC Inspection Report 22 shall be prepared for each inspection and shall be included in the TESC file. A 23 copy of each TESC Inspection Report shall be submitted to the Engineer no 24 later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. The report 25 shall include, but not be limited to: 26 27 a. When, where and how BMPs were installed, maintained, modified, 28 and removed; 29 b. Observations of BMP effectiveness and proper placement; 30 c. Recommendations for improving future BMP performance with 31 upgraded or replacement BMPs when inspections reveal TESC plan 32 inadequacies. 33 34 3. Updating and maintaining a TESC file on site that includes, but is not limited to: 35 36 a. TESC Inspection Reports. 37 b. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan narrative. 38 c. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System construction permit 39 (Notice of Intent). 40 d. Other applicable permits. 41 42 Upon request, the file shall be provided to the Engineer for review. 43 44 8 01.3(1)C Ground Water 45 This section including title is revised to read: 46 47 8 01.3(1)C Water Management 48 1. Ground Water 49 When ground water is encountered in an excavation, it shall be treated and 50 discharged as follows: 51 1 A. When the ground water conforms to Water Quality Standards for Surface 2 Waters of the State of Washington (Chapter 173 -201A WAC), it may 3 bypass detention and treatment facilities and be routed directly to its 4 normal discharge point at a rate and method that will not cause erosion. 5 6 B. When the turbidity of the ground water is similar to the turbidity of the site 7 runoff, the ground water may be treated using the same detention and 8 treatment facilities being used to treat the site runoff and then discharged 9 at a rate that will not cause erosion. 10 11 C. Wh the turbidity is greater th th turbidity of the site runoff, the ground 12 water shall be treated separately until the turbidity is similar to or better 13 than the site runoff, and then may be combined and treated as in B. 14 above. 15 2. Process Water 16 All water generated on site from construction or washing activities that is more 17 turbid than site runoff shall be treated separately until the turbidity is the same or 18 less than the site runoff, and then may be combined and treated as in 1B, above. 19 Water may be infiltrated upon the approval of the Engineer. 20 21 3. Offsite Water 22 The Contractor shall, prior to disruption of the normal watercourse, intercept the 23 offsite stormwater and pipe it either through or around the project site. This water 24 shall not be combined with onsite stormwater and shall be discharged at its pre - 25 construction outfall point in such a manner that there is no increase in erosion 26 below the site. 27 28 The method for performing this work shall be provided by the Contractor for the 29 Engineer's approval. 1 SECTION 8 -02, ROADSIDE RESTORATION 2 August 1, 2005 3 8 -02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Before starting any work that disturbs the earth and as described in Sections 8 -01, 8 -02 7 and 8 -03, the Contractor shall submit a roadside work plan for approval by the 8 Engineer. The roadside work plan shall define the work necessary to provide all 9 contract requirements, including: clearing and grubbing, roadway excavation and 10 embankment, planting area preparation, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, 11 and weed control in narrative form. 12 13 The Roadside Work Plan shall also include the following: 14 15 Progress Schedule 16 In accordance with Section 1 -08.3, the Progress Schedule shall include the 17 planned time periods for work necessary to provide all contract requirements 18 covered in Sections 8 -01, 8 -02, and 8 -03. Where appropriate, notes on the 19 schedule shall indicate the calendar dates during which these activities must occur. 20 21 Weed Control Plan 22 The Weed Control Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to starting any work 23 defined in Section 8- 02.3(2). 24 25 The weed control plan shall show the scheduling of all weed control measures 26 required under the Contract including, hand weeding, rototilling, applications of 27 herbicides, noxious weed control, mowing, and shoulder slope weed control. Target 28 weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed shall be identified and listed in the 29 weed control plan. 30 31 The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control 32 Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The plan shall include 33 methods of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, 34 application rate, and Material Safety Data sheets of all proposed herbicides. In 35 addition, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current 36 product label for each pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. These product 37 labels shall be submitted with the weed control plan for approval. 38 39 Plant Establishment Plan 40 The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with Section 8- 41 02.3(13), submitted and approved prior to initial planting acceptance in accordance 42 with Section 8- 02.3(12). The Plan shall show the proposed scheduling of activities, 43 materials, equipment to be utilized for the first year plant establishment, and an 44 emergency contact person. The Plan shall include the management of the 45 irrigation system, when applicable. Should the plan become unworkable at any time 46 during the first year plant establishment, the Contractor shall submit a revised plan 47 prior to proceeding with further work. 48 49 No on -site soil placement, grading, weed control, irrigation, or planting work shall 50 begin until the plan is approved. Upon approval of the roadside work plan by the 51 Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the approved plan. 1 2 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting 3 Rem 1. is revised to read: 4 5 1. 100 percent of each of the plant material categories shall be installed as shown in 6 the Contract Plans. A minimum of 95% shall be in a healthy and vigorous growing 7 condition, as described in Section 8 -02, on May 31st. 8 9 8 Payment 10 The 11th paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 Payment shall be increased to 70 percent of the unit contract price per each for 13 contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. 14 15 The 12th paragraph is revised to read: 16 17 Payment shall be increased to the appropriate percentage upon accomplishment of 18 the following phases of plant establishment. 19 20 3 months after completion of initial planting 80% 21 6 months after completion of initial planting 90% 22 Completion of i st year plant establishment 100% 23 24 The 25th paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 "Fine Compost ", per cubic yard. 27 28 The below bid item is inserted to follow the 25th paragraph: 29 30 "Course Compost ", per cubic yard. 31 32 The 26th paragraph is revised to read: 33 34 The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Fine Compost" or "Course Compost" shall be 35 full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the existing soil. 1 SECTION 8 -04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 2 December 6, 2004 3 8 -04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb 4 The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: 5 6 The pavement shall be dry and cleaned of loose and deleterious material prior to curb 7 placement. Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by 8 placing steel tie bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. 9 10 Tie bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. 1 SECTION 8 -14, CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 2 August 22, 2005 3 8- 14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete 4 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 Sidewalk ramps shall be of the type specified in the Plans. The detectable warning 7 pattern shall have the truncated dome shape shown in the Standard Plans and may be 8 installed using a manufactured material before or after the concrete has cured, or by 9 installing masonry or ceramic tiles. Embossing or stamping the wet concrete to achieve 10 the truncated dome pattern or using a mold into which a catalyst hardened material is 11 applied shall not be allowed. Acceptable manufacturers' products are shown on the 12 Qualifier Products I ist 13 14 When masonry or ceramic tiles are used to create the detectable warning pattern, the 15 Contractor shall block out the detectable warning pattern area to the depth required for 16 installation of the tiles and finish the construction of the concrete ramp. After the 17 concrete has set and the forms have been removed, the Contractor shall install the tiles 18 using standard masonry practices. 19 20 The two -foot wide detectable warning pattern area on the ramp shall be yellow and shall 21 match Federal Standard 595a, color number 33538. When painting the detectable 22 warning pattern is required, paint shall conform to section 9- 34.2(1). 23 24 Section 8 -14.3 is supplemented with the following: 25 26 8 14.3(5) Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit 27 Where shown in the plans, the Contractor shall retrofit existing cement concrete 28 sidewalk ramps by installing a detectable warning pattern having the truncated dome 29 shape shown in the Standard Plans. The warning pattern shall be the width of the ramp 30 and cover the bottom two feet of the ramp. The truncated dome pattern shall be 31 perpendicular to the long axis of the ramp. 32 33 The Contractor shall i Ice nne e ca t listed o f th ricttb a warning patern prod lsted n the -- ... -- .._. - - . - . - .. � .. - ....� .. . .. ... .. ... ... .•... � r .. aw awu. products iwacv u i the 34 Qualified Products List or submit another manufacturer's product for approval by the 35 Engineer. The warning pattern shall be capable of being bonded to an existing cement 36 concrete surface. The surface of the warning pattern, excluding the domes, shall not be 37 more than 3/8 inch above the surface of the concrete after installation. 38 39 8 - 14.4 Measurement 40 This section is supplemented with the following: 41 42 Ramp detectable warning retrofit will be measured by the square foot of truncated dome 43 material installed on the existing ramp. 44 45 8 - 14.5 Payment 46 The following new bid item is inserted after "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type ", per 47 each. 48 49 "Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit", per square foot. 1 SECTION 8- 20,ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 2 April 5, 2004 3 8- 20.3(5) Conduit 4 The third sentence in the seventeenth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 Grout shall obtain a minimum of 4000 psi compressive strength at 7 days. 7 8 8 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull boxes 9 This section is supplemented with the following: 10 11 Where conduit and junction boxes are placed in barrier, the Prime Contractor shall 12 coordinate the work of the Contractor constructing the barrier and the electrical 13 Contractor so that each junction box placed in the barrier is placed in correct alignment 14 with respect to the barrier, with the face of the box flush or uniformly chamfered within 1 /2 15 inch of the barrier surface. If any point on the surface of the junction box placed in 16 barrier is recessed more than 1/2 inch from the surface of the barrier, the Contractor 17 shall install a box extension meeting the Engineer's approval and grout around the 18 extension or remove and replace the entire section of barrier. 19 20 8 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding 21 The first paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 All metallic appurtenances containing electrical conductors (luminaires, light standards, 24 cabinets, metallic conduit, non - metallic conduit, etc.) shall be made mechanically and 25 electrically secure to form a continuous systems which shall be effectively grounded. 26 Where metallic conduit systems are employed, the conduit system constitutes the 27 equipment grounding conductor. Where nonmetallic conduit is installed, the installation 28 shall include an equipment ground conductor, in addition to the conductors noted in the 29 contract. Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in 30 accordance with Section 9 -29.3. The equipment ground conductor between the 31 isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures may be No. 14 AWG stranded copper 32 conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, the equipment 33 grounding conductor shall be sized by the rating of the largest overcurrent device 34 serving any circuit contained within the conduit. 35 36 8 20.3(11) Testing 37 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 When the project includes a traffic signal system, the Contractor shall conduct tests 40 noted in Section 8- 20.3(14)D. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a minimum of 41 five days advance written notice of the proposed traffic signal turn -on date and time. 42 The traffic signal turn -on procedure shall not begin until all required channelization, 43 pavement markings, illumination, signs, and sign lights are substantially complete and 44 operational unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide 45 traffic control to stop all traffic from entering the intersection. The Contracting Agency 46 electronics technician will program the controller and enter the timing data, then turn 47 the traffic signal system to its flash mode to verify proper flash indications. The 48 Contracting Agency electronics technician will then conduct functional tests to 49 demonstrate that each part of the traffic signal system functions as specified. The 50 Contractor shall conduct functional tests to demonstrate that each part of the 1 illumination system, or other electrical system, functions as specified. These 2 demonstration shall be conducted in the presence of a Contracting Agency electronic 3 technician, the Contracting Agency electrical inspector, and Regional Traffic Engineer or 4 his /her designee. The Contracting Agency electronics technician will then tum the 5 traffic signal to stop - and-go operation for no less than one full cycle. Based on the 6 results of the tum -on, the Engineer will direct the Contracting Agency electronics 7 technician to either tum the traffic signal on to normal stop - and -go operation, to turn the 8 signal to flash mode for a period not to exceed five calendar days, or to turn the signal 9 off and require the Contractor to cover all signal displays and correct all deficiencies. i 1 SECTION 9 -01, PORTLAND CEMENT 2 December 6, 2004 3 9 -01.2(1) Portland Cement 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Portland cement shall conform to the requirements for Types I, II, or III cement of the 7 Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, AASHTO M 85 or ASTM C 150, except 8 that the content of alkalis shall not exceed 0.75 percent by weight calculated as Na 9 plus 0.658 K except that the content of Tricalcium aluminate (C shall not 10 exceed 8 percent by weight calculated as 2.650Al minus 1.692Fe The total 11 amount of processing additions used shall not exceed 1% of the weight of portland 12 cement clinker. The type and amount of processing additions used shall be shown on 13 mill test reports. 14 15 The time of setting shall be determined by the Vicat Test method, AASHTO T 131 or 16 ASTM C 191. 17 18 9 01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement 19 This section is revised to read: 20 21 Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP (MS), Type I (SM) (MS) or Type I 22 (PM) (MS) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 and meet the following additional 23 requirements: 24 25 1. Type IP(MS) Portland - Pozzolan Cement with moderate sulfate resistance. 26 27 This product shall be limited to Portland Cement and Pozzolan. Pozzolan shall 28 be limited to fly ash or ground granulated blast fumace slag. Fly ash is limited 29 between 15 percent and 35 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 30 Ground granulated blast furnace slag is limited between 15 percent and 25 31 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 32 33 2. Type l(SM) (MS) Slag Modified Portland Cement with moderate sulfate 34 resistance. 35 36 This product shall be limited to Portland Cement and ground granulated blast 37 furnace slag. The addition of ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be 38 limited to a maximum of 25 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 39 40 3. Type I(PM)(MS) Pozzolan — Modified Portland Cement with moderate sulfate 41 resistance. 42 43 The product shall be limited to Portland Cement and pozzolan. The pozzolan 44 shall be limited to fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag at a 45 maximum of 15 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 46 47 The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be 48 certified on the cement mill test certificate and shall be reported as a percent by weight 49 of the total cementitious material. The fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag 50 constituent content in the finished cement will not vary morethan plus or minus 5 51 percent by weight of the finished cement from the certified value. 1 2 Fly ash shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -23.9 of these Standard Specifications. 3 4 Ground granulated blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -23.10 of 5 these Standard Specifications. 1 SECTION 9-02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 2 August 1, 2005 3 9- 02.1(3) Rapid - Curing (RC) Liquid Asphalt 4 The column headings MC -70, MC -250, MC -800, and MC -3000 are revised to RC -70, RC- 5 250, RC -800, and RC -3000 respectively. 6 7 The RC -250 requirement for "Residue of 680 °F distillation % volume by difference" is revised 8 from 67 to 65. 9 10 9 02.1(4)A Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Cement 11 This section including title is revised to read: 12 13 9 02.1(4)A Performance Graded Asphalt Binder 14 PG58 PG64 PG70 PG76 Performance Grade -22 1 -28 -34 -22 -28 -34 , -22 -28 -34 -22 -28 Original Binder Flash point temp, AASHTO T48 Minimum 230 °C Viscosity, AASHTO T316 Maximum 3 Pa s, test 135 temp, °C Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G* /sinS, minimum 58 64 70 76 1.00 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad /s, 0C Rolling Thin Film Oven Residue (AASHTO T240) Mass Change, Maximum, 1.00 percent Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G*/sin6, minimum 58 64 70 76 2.20 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad /s, °C Pressure Aging Vessel Residue (AASHTO R28) PAV aging temperature, 100 °C Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G*sin6, maximum 5000 kPa Test temp. @ 22 19 16 25 22 19 28 25 22 31 28 10 rad /s, 0C Creep stiffness, AASHTO T313 S, maximum 300 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 MPa, m - value, minimum 0.300 Test temp. @ 60 s, °C 15 16 All Performance Grade asphalt binders not included in this chart shall be determined by 17 Table 1- Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Specification in AASHTO M320. 18 1 9- 02.1(9) Coal Tar Pitch Emulsion 2 The first two sentences are replaced with the following: J 4 The coal tar pitch emulsions shall conform to the requirements found in ASTM D 5727. 1 SECTION 9 -03, AGGREGATES 2 August 22, 2005 3 9 -03.1(1) General Requirements 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Portland cement concrete aggregates shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or 7 sand and gravel in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 -01. 8 9 Aggregates tested in accordance with AASHTO T 303 or ASTM C 1260 with expansion 10 greater than 0.20 percent are Alkali Silica Reactive (ASR) and will require mitigating 11 measures. Aggregates tested in accordance with ASTM C 1293 with expansion greater 12 than 0.04 percent are Alkali Silica Reactive (ASR) and will require mitigating measures. 13 14 Aggregates for use in Commercial Concrete as defined in 6- 02.3(2)B shall not require 15 mitigation. 16 17 Mitigating measures for aggregates with expansions from 0.21 to 0.45 percent, when 18 tested in accordance with AASHTO T 303 or ASTM C 1260, may be accomplished by 19 using low alkali cement as per 9- 01.2(3) or by using 25% Class F fly ash by total weight 20 of the cementitious materials. The Contractor may submit an alternative mitigating 21 measure through the Project Engineer to the State Materials Laboratory for - approval 22 along with evidence in the form of test results from AASHTO T 303 or ASTM C 1260 23 that demonstrate the mitigation when used with the proposed aggregate controls 24 expansion to 0.20 percent or Tess. The agency may test the proposed ASR mitigation 25 measure to verify its effectiveness. In the event of a dispute, the agency's results will 26 prevail. 27 28 Mitigating measures for aggregates with expansions greater than 0.45 percent when 29 tested in accordance with AASHTO T -303 or ASTM C -1260 shall include the use of low 30 alkali cement per 9- 01.2(3) and may include the use of fly ash, lithium compound 31 admixtures, ground granulated blast furnace slag or other material as approved by the 32 Engineer. The Contractor shall submit evidence in the form of test results from ASTM C 33 1260 or AASHTO T 303 through the Project Engineer to the State Materials Laboratory 34 that demonstrate the proposed mitigation when used with the aggregates proposed will 35 control the potential expansion to 0.20 percent or less before the aggregate source may 36 be used in concrete. The agency may test the proposed ASR mitigation measure to 37 verify its effectiveness. In the event of a dispute, the agency's results will prevail. 38 39 Passing petrographic analysis (ASTM C 295) accepted by WSDOT prior to August 1, 40 2005, is acceptable as proof of mitigation until the aggregate source is reevaluated. 41 42 ASTM C 1293 sampling and testing must be coordinated through the WSDOT State 43 Materials Laboratory, Documentation Section utilizing the ASA (Aggregate Source 44 Approval ) process. Cost of sampling, testing, and processing will be borne by the 45 source owner. 46 47 9 03.1(4)C Grading 48 The third paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 In individual tests, a variation of four under the minimum percentages or over the 51 maximum percentages will be permitted, provided the average of three consecutive 1 tests is within the specification limits. Coarse aggregate shall contain no piece of greater 2 size than two times the maximum sieve size for the specified grading measured along 3 the line of greatest dimension. 4 5 9 - 03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete 6 This section is revised to read: 7 8 As an option to using Coarse and Fine graded aggregates for Portland Cement 9 Concrete, aggregate gradation may consist of a combined gradation. Aggregates shall 10 consist of sand, gravel, crushed stone, or other inert material or combinations thereof, 11 having hard, strong durable particles free from adherent coatings. Aggregates shall be 12 washed to remove clay, loam, alkali, organic matter, silt, bark, sticks, or other 13 deleterious matter. 14 15 9 - 03.1(5)B Grading 16 This section is revised to read: 17 18 If a nominal maximum aggregate size is not specified, the Contractor shall determine 19 the nominal maximum aggregate size, using ACI 211.1 as a guide. In no case will the 20 maximum aggregate size exceed one -fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of 21 the forms, one -third the depth of slabs, nor three - fourths of the minimum dear spacing 22 between individual reinforcing bars, bundles of bars, or pretensioning strands. 23 24 The combined aggregate shall conform to the following requirements based upon the 25 nominal maximum aggregate size. 26 27 Nominal Maximum 28 Aggregate Size 1 -1/2 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 No. 4 29 30 2 100 31 1-1/2 3l' 100 32 1 0.0. 100 33 3/4 62 -88 4:4 3 1 00 34 1/2 57 -83 > 100 35 3/8 43 -64 60 -88 8..649 :J,J 100 36 4 29-47 34 -54 41 -64 48 -73 '8 601 37 8 19 -34 22 -39 27-47 31 -54 39 -73 38 16 1n 5 1A 9 A7 OA nn 2 6 1 G-2J i �r -2� i I -09. 20 -39 24-54 28-73 39 30 7 -18 8 -21 9 -25 11 -29 13 -39 16 -54 40 50 3 -14 3 -15 4 -18 5 -21 6 -29 7 -39 41 100 0 -10 0 -11 0 -14 0 -15 0 -21 0 -29 42 200 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 43 44 = Nominal Maximum Size 46 All percentages are by weight. 47 48 Nominal maximum size for concrete aggregate is defined as the smallest standard sieve 49 opening through which the entire amount of the aggregate is permitted to pass. 50 Standard sieve sizes shall be those listed in ASTM C 33. 51 1 The Contracting Agency may sample each component aggregate prior to introduction to 2 the weigh batcher or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Each separate 3 component will be sieve analyzed alone per AASHTO Test Method T- 11/27. All 4 material components will be mathematically re- combined by proportions (Weighted 5 Average), supplied by the Contractor. 6 7 9 - 03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements 8 Number 1 is revised to read: 9 10 Vacant. 11 12 Item 3 is revised to read: 13 14 3. The uncompacted void content for the combined fine aggregate is tested in 15 accordance with WSDOT Test Method for AASHTO T 304, Method A. The 16 minimum percent voids shall be as required in the following table: 17 18 Traffic HMA Evaluation 19 ESAL's (millions) Statistical & Nonstiatistical Commercial 20 < 3 40 40 21 >_ 3 44 40 22 23 The last paragraph of this section is revised to read: 24 25 When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific contract or for a 26 future contract, the fine aggregate angularity, fracture, and sand equivalent 27 requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a 28 stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the specifications for fine 29 aggregate angularity, fracture, and sand equivalents shall apply at the time of its 30 introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. 31 32 9 03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 33 The requirement for "VMA" is revised to read: 34 35 VMA 1.5% below minimum value in 9- 03.8(2) 36 37 9 - 03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains 38 The percent Passing for Sieve size 3/8" square is revised from "10 - 40" to "0 - 40 ". 39 40 9 03.12(5) Gravel Backfill for Drywelis 41 The percent passing for sieve size 1" square is revised to "50- 100 ". 42 43 9 03.14(1) Gravel Borrow 44 This section is supplemented with the following: 45 46 Ballast may be substituted for gravel borrow for embankment construction. 47 48 Section 9 -03.14 is supplemented with the following: 49 50 9 03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall 51 All backfill material used in the reinforced soil zone of the geosynthetic retaining wail 52 shall conform to requirements of Section 9- 03.14(1) and shall be free draining, free from 1 organic or otherwise deleterious material. The material shall be substantially free of 2 shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, 3 such as glass, shredded tires, portland cement concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete 4 rubble. The backfill material shall meet the following requirements: 5 6 Property Test Method Allowable Test Value 7 Los Angeles Wear, 8 500 rev. AASHTO T 96 35 percent max. 9 Degradation WSDOT Test Method 113 15 min. 10 pH AASHTO T 289 -91 ** 11 12 ** 4.5 to 9 for permanent walls and 3 to 10 for temporary walls 13 14 Wall backfill material satisfying these gradation, durability and chemical requirements 15 shall be classified as nonaggressive. 16 17 9 - 03.21(2) Recycled Hot Mix Asphalt 18 The Maximum Bitumen Content (Percent) for Gravel Borrow is revised from "0" to "1.2 ". 1 SECTION 9 -05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 2 August 1, 2005 3 9 -05.1(2) Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum Coated (Aluminized) - 4 Corrugated Iron or Steel Drain Pipe 5 This section is revised to read: 6 7 Zinc coated (galvanized) or aluminum coated (aluminized Type 2) corrugated iron or 8 steel drain pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 36. The steel sheet 9 thickness shall be 0.064 inch for 6 -inch diameter and larger drain pipe. Zinc coated 10 steel shall meet the material requirements of AASHTO M 218 (ASTM A929). Aluminum 11 coated steel shall meet the material requirements of AASHTO M -274 (ASTM A929). 12 13 9- 05.2(4) Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Aluminum Coated (Aluminized) - 14 Corrugated Iron or Steel Underdrain Pipe 15 This section is revised to read: 16 17 Zinc coated (galvanized) or aluminum coated (aluminized type 2) corrugated iron or 18 steel underdrain pipe shall meet the fabrication requirements of AASHTO M 36, except 19 that perforations required in Class I, II, and III pipe may be located anywhere on the 20 tangent of the corrugations provided the other perforation spacing requirements remain 21 as specified. Zinc coated steel shall meet the material requirements of AASHTO M 218 22 (ASTM A929). Aluminum coated steel shall meet the material requirements of 23 AASHTO M -274 (ASTM A929). 24 25 The pipe may conform to any one of the Type III pipes specified in AASHTO M 36, and 26 perforations in Class 1, II, and III pipe may be drilled or punched. The sheet thickness 27 shall be 0.064 inch for 6 -inch and larger diameter underdrain pipe. 28 29 9 - 05.4 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch 30 This section is revised to read: 31 32 Steel culvert pipe and pipe arch shall meet the fabrication requirements of AASHTO M 33 36, Type 1 and Type II.. Zinc coated steel shall meet the material requirements of 34 AASHTO M 218 (ASTM A929). Aluminum coated steel shall meet the material 35 requirements of AASHTO M -274 (ASTM A929). 36 37 9 05.4(3) Protective Treatment 38 This section is revised to read: 39 40 Steel pipe and pipe arch culverts shall be coated by one of the following protective 41 treatments, when such treatment is specified: 42 43 Treatment 1 Coated uniformly inside and out with asphalt as per 9- 05.4(4) 44 (AASHTO M190 Type A) or with polymer as per 9- 05.4(6). 45 Treatment 2 Coated uniformly inside and out with asphalt and with an asphalt 46 paved invert (AASHTO M 190 Type C) or with polymer as per 9- 47 05.4(6). 48 Treatment 3 This treatment is no longer available. 49 Treatment 4 This treatment is no longer available. 1 Treatment 5 Coated inside and out with asphalt and a 100 percent periphery 2 inside spun asphalt lining ( AASHTO M 190 Type D). 3 Treatment 6 This treatment is no longer available. • 4 5 9 05.4(4) Asphalt Coatings and Paved Inverts 6 Aluminum thickness in inches is deleted from the chart under item 1. 7 8 The second paragraph under item 2 is revised to read: 9 10 The paved invert for Treatment 2 shall consist of bituminous material applied in such a 11 manner that one or more smooth pavements will be formed in the invert filling the 12 corrugations for at least 40 percent of the circumference. The pavement shall have a 13 minimum thickness of 1/8 inch above the crest of the corrugations except where the 14 upper edges intercept the corrugation. The pavements shall be applied following the 15 coating with asphalt . Treatment 5 may be substituted for Treatment 2, at the option of 16 the Contractor. 17 18 Section 9 -05 is supplemented with the following new section: 19 20 9 05.4(5) Polymer Protective Coating 21 Polymer coated steel pipe and pipe -arch shall meet the fabrication requirements of 22 AASHTO M 36 (ASTM A760). Polymer protective coatings shall meet the material 23 requirements of AASHTO M 246 (ASTM A742). Polymer coating shall be mill applied to 24 galvanized steel coils before fabrication and shall measure 10 mils thick on each side. 25 26 9 05.5(3) Protective Treatment 27 This section including title is revised to read: 28 29 9 05.5(3) Vacant 30 31 9 05.5(4) Asphalt Coatings 32 This section including title is revised to read: 33 Rd 9 n55(4 ) Vacant 35 36 9 - 05.9 Steel Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe 37 This section is revised to read: 38 39 Steel spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall meet the fabrication requirements of AASHTO M 40 36 and these Specifications. Zinc coated steel shall meet the material requirements of 41 AASHTO M 218 (ASTM A929). Aluminum coated steel shall meet the material 42 requirements of AASHTO M -274 (ASTM A929). The size, coating, metal, and 43 protective treatment, if any, shall be as shown in the Plans or in the specifications. 44 45 The manufacturer of spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall furnish the Engineer a 46 Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the materials furnished comply in 47 all respects with these Specifications. The Engineer may require additional information 48 or tests to be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 49 50 Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends 51 cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. 52 Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated by using a continuous helical lock seam. 1 2 Spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall have helical ribs that project outwardly, be formed from 3 a single thickness of material, and conform to one of the following configurations: 4 5 1. 3/4 inch wide by 3/4 inch deep ribs at 7 -1/2 inches on center. 6 2. 3/4 inch wide by 1 inch deep ribs at 11 -1/2 inches on center. 7 3. 3/4 inch wide by 5/8 inch deep ribs at 12 inches on center. 8 9 Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling 10 bands.When it is required, spiral rib pipe shall be fumished with bituminous or polymer 11 protective treatment 1 or 2 treated or paved. The bituminous treatment for spiral rib pipe 12 shall conform to the requirements of Sections 9- 05.4(3) and 9- 05.4(4). Polymer coating 13 shall conform to Section 9- 05.4(5). 14 15 9 05.9(2) Continuous Welded Seam Pipe 16 This section including title is revised to read: 17 18 9 05.9(2) Vacant 19 20 9 - 05.10 Steel Storm Sewer Pipe 21 This section is revised to read: 22 23 Steel storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 9 -05.4 for steel 24 culvert pipe, except that protective coating shall be Treatment 1 or 5, and be 25 constructed of helically corrugated lock seam pipe. When gasketed helically corrugated 26 lock seam steel pipe is called for, and the pipe is properly sized to meet hydraulic 27 requirements, Treatment 5 is not required. 28 29 9 - 05.11 Aluminum Storm Sewer Pipe 30 This section is revised to read: 31 32 Aluminum storm sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Section 9 -05.5 for 33 aluminum culvert pipe, and the pipe shall be constructed of helically corrugated lock 34 seam aluminum pipe. 35 36 9 - 05.16 Grate Inlets and Drop Inlets 37 The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: 38 39 Steel in grates, angles, and anchors for grate inlets shall conform to ASTM A 36, except 40 structural tube shall conform to ASTM A 500, Grade B, and structural shapes may 41 conform to ASTM A 992. After fabrication, the steel shall be galvanized in accordance 42 with AASHTO M 111, or galvanized with a hot - sprayed (plasma flame applied) 6 mil 43 minimum thickness plasma coating. 44 45 Steel grating shall be fabricated by weld connections. Welds, welding procedures, and 46 welding materials shall conform with the AWS D1.1/D1.1M, latest edition, Structural 47 Welding Code. 48 49 9 - 05.17 Aluminum Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe 50 This section is revised to read: 51 1 Aluminum spiral storm sewer pipe shall meet the fabrication requirements of AASHTO 2 M 196 and these Specifications. Aluminum alloy shall meet the material requirements 3 of AASHTO M 97 (ASTM B744). The size and corrugation shall be as shown in the 4 Plans or in the Specifications. The size, metal, and protective treatment shall be as 5 shown in the Plans or in the Specifications. 6 7 The manufacturer of spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall furnish to the Engineer a 8 Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the materials furnished comply in 9 all respects with these Specifications. The Engineer may require additional information 10 or tests to be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. 11 12 unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends • 13 cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. 14 Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated by using a continuous helical lock seam. 15 16 Spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall have helical ribs that project outwardly, be formed from 17 a single thickness of material, and conform to one of the following configurations: 18 19 1. 3/4 inch wide by 3 /4 inch deep ribs at 7 -1/2 inches on center. 20 2. 3/4 inch wide by 1 inch deep ribs at 11 -1/2 inches on center. 21 3. 3/4 inch wide by 5/8 inch deep ris at 12 inches on center. 23 Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. 24 25 9 - 05=19 Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe 26 The first paragraph is revised to read: 27 28 Corrugated polyethylene culvert pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 29 Type S or D for pipe 12 -inch to 60 -inch diameter. 1 SECTION 9 -15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM 2 January 5, 2004 3 9 -15.2 Drip Tubing 4 The second sentence is revised to read: 5 6 Drip tubing shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.045 inch. 1 SECTION 9 -23, CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES 2 April 4, 2005 3 This section is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 4 5 9 -23.10 Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag 6 Ground granulated blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 302, 7 Grade 100 or Grade 120. The grade of the ground granulated blast furnace slag, the 8 source, and type of manufacturing facility shall be certified on the cement mill test 9 certificate. 10 11 9 - 23.11 Microsilica Fume �n AA'����'1'�� Fume L�11 conform to the 1. of AASHTO ITI� •• �'1 l�� The Microsilica Fume shall conform to he requirements or AASH r O M 307. i he optional 13 physical requirement for Reactivity with Cement Alkalies set forth in Table 3 will be 14 required when Microsilica Fume is being used as an ASR mitigation measure. 1 SECTION 9 -28, SIGNING MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 2 December 6, 2004 3 9 -28.1 General 4 The third sentence in the first paragraph is deleted. 5 6 9 - 28.6 Destination Sign Messages 7 The second paragraph is deleted. 8 9 9 - 28.8 Sheet Aluminum Signs 10 The sheet thickness chart is revised to read: 11 12 Maximum Horizontal Dimension Sheet Aluminum Thickness 13 Overlay panels 0.050 inch 14 Up to 20 inches 0.063 inch 15 20 inches to 36 inches, inclusive 0.080 inch 16 Over 36 inches (Permanent Signs) 0.125 inch 17 18 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 19 20 Before placing aluminum in contact with untreated steel, the steel surfaces shall be 21 protected by proper cleaning and painting with one coat of Zinc Primer A -9 -73 or A -11- 22 99 and two coats of aluminum paint D -1 -57. 23 24 9 - 28.10 Plywood Signs 25 This section is deleted. 26 27 9 - 28.11 Hardware 28 The entry for hardware item "Angle and "Z" Bar" in the table in this section is revised to read: 29 30 Angle and "Z" Bar ASTM B 221 6061 -T6 Aluminum 31 ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 992 Steel 32 33 9 28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts 34 This section is revised to read: 35 36 Truss chords, struts, and diagonals, end posts, and end post struts and diagonals for 37 sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 38 or ASTM A 53 Grade B Type E or S. The nominal pipe diameter and the pipe wall 39 thickness shall be as shown in the Plans or Standard Plans. All other structural steel for 40 sign bridge structures and cantilever sign structures shall conform to either ASTM A 36 41 or ASTM A 992. Truss member connection hardware shall conform to Section 9- 42 06.5(3). 43 44 Pipe members for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to ASTM A 53 Grade B 45 Type E or S, and shall be Schedule 40 unless otherwise specified. All other structural 46 steel for bridge mounted sign brackets shall conform to either ASTM A 36 or ASTM A 47 992. U bolts, and associated nuts and washers, shall be stainless steel conforming to 48 Section 9- 28.11, and shall be fabricated hot. 49 1 Anchor rods for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to 2 ASTM F 1554 Grade 105, including Supplemental Requirements S2, S3, and S5. Nuts 3 and washers for sign bridge and cantilever sign structure foundations shall conform to 4 AASHTO M 291 Grade DH and AASHTO M 293, respectively. 5 6 Steel sign structures and posts shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with 7 AASHTO M 111, unless noted otherwise in the Plans. All bolts, nuts, and washers shall 8 be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 232. Unless otherwise 9 specified in the Plans or Special Provisions, metal surfaces shall not be painted. 10 11 Except as otherwise noted, steel used for sign structures and posts shall have a 12 controlled silicon content of either 0.00 to 0.04 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. If the 13 Plans or Special Provisions specify painting of the galvanized steel surfaces, then the 14 controlled silicon content requirement does not apply for those steel members. Mill test 15 certificates verifying the silicon content of the steel shall be submitted to both the 16 galvanizer and the Engineer prior to beginning galvanizing operations. 17 18 Minor fabricating and modifications necessary for galvanizing will be allowed if not 19 detrimental to the end product as determined by the Engineer. If such modifications are 20 contemplated, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, six copies of 21 the proposed modifications, prior to fabrication. 1 SECTION 9 -29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 2 April 4, 2005 3 9 -29.3 Conductors, Cable 4 Under the second paragraph, item 5 is revised to read: 5 6 5. Pole and bracket cable shall be a two - conductor cable rated for 600 volts. The 7 individual conductors shall be one red and one black 19- strand No. 10 AWG 8 copper, assembled parallel. The conductor insulation shall be 45 -mil polyvinyl 9 chloride or a 600 volt rated cross - linked polyethylene. The Jacketing shall be 10 polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride not less than 45 -mils thick. If luminaires with 11 remote ballasts are specified in the contract, this same cable shall be used 12 between luminaire and ballast for both timber and ornamental pole construction. If 13 the luminaire requires fixture wire temperatures greater than 75 °C, the outer jacket 14 shall be stripped for that portion of the cable inside the luminaire. The single 15 conductors shall then be sheathed with braided fiberglass sleeving of the 16 temperature rating recommended by the luminaire manufacturer. 17 18 9 - 29.6 Light and Signal Standards 19 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 20 21 Fabrication of light and signal standards shall conform to the applicable requirements of 22 Section 6- 03.3(14). 23 24 9 29.6(1) Light and Signal Standards 25 This section including title is revised to read: 26 27 9 29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards 28 Steel plates and shapes for light and signal standards shall conform to ASTM A 36, 29 except that structural shapes may conform to ASTM A 992. Shafts for light and signal 30 standards, except Type PPB signal standards, shall conform to ASTM A 572 Grade 50. 31 Shafts and caps for Type PPB signal standards, slipfitters for type PS I, FB, and RM 32 signal standards, and all pipes shall conform to ASTM A 53 Grade B. Base plates for 33 light standards shall conform to ASTM A 572, Grade 50, except as otherwise noted in 34 the Standard plans for fixed base Tight standards. Base plates for signal standards shall 35 conform to ASTM A 36. Connecting bolts shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Fasteners 36 for handhole covers, bands on lighting brackets, and connector attachment brackets 37 shall conform to ASTM F 593. 38 39 Light and signal standards shall be hot - dipped galvanized in accordance with AASHTO 40 M 111 and AASHTO M 232. 41 42 Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either 43 0.00 to 0.04 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. Mill test certificates verifying the silicon 44 content of the steel shall be submitted to both the galvanizer and the Engineer prior to 45 beginning galvanizing operations. 46 47 9 29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware 48 This section is revised to read: 49 50 Slip plates and anchor plates for light standards and for Type FB and RM signal 51 standards shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 572 Grade 50. The keeper 1 plate shall be 28 gage, conforming to ASTM A 653 coating designation G 90. Clamping 2 bolts for slip base assemblies and slip base adapters shall conform to AASHTO M 164. 3 Studs and bolts for slip base adapters shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Nuts shall 4 conform to AASHTO M 291 Grade DH. Hardened washers shall conform to AASHTO 5 M 293. Plate washers shall conform to ASTM A 36. 6 7 Galvanized bolts shall meet standard specification 9- 06.5(4). 8 9 9 - 29.10 Luminaires 10 Under the first paragraph, the third sentence in item D is revised to read: 1 12 All intemal luminaire assemblies shall be assembled on or fabricated from either 13 stainless steel or galvanized steel. 14 15 9 - 29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers 16 This section is supplemented with the following: 17 18 All Traffic Signal Control Equipment Shall be Tested As Follows. 19 20 The supplier shall: 21 22 1. Seven days prior to shipping, arrange appointment for controller cabinet 23 assembly, and testing at the WSDOT Materials Laboratory or the facility 24 designated in the Special Provisions. 25 26 2. Assembly shall be defined as but not limited to tightening all screws, nuts 27 and bolts, verifying that all wiring is clear of moving parts and properly 28 secured, installing all pluggables, connecting all cables, Verify that all 29 contract required documents are present, proper documentation is 30 provided, and all equipment required by the contract is installed. 21 32 3. The assembly shall be done at the designated WSDOT facility in the 33 presence of WSDOT personnel. 34 35 4. The supplier shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by this 36 specification and the contract Plans and Special Provisions perform as 37 intended. Demonstration shall include but not be limited to energizing the 38 cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian movements, ents, 4 39 overlaps (as required by the Contract Provisions) operate per Washington 40 State Standard Specifications Section 9- 29.13. The supplier shall place 41 the controller in minimum recall with interval timing set at convenient value 42 for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory demonstration the controller 43 assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for testing. 44 dri F If the ass embly , and acceptance f te r.+ ...+.. .; +L.:.. 5 v. n u • uJ.JGI I I/JI and Q ...c I1..G IVI testing is not complete VVILI1111 J 46 working days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the return of 47 the assembly to the supplier, with collect freight charges to the supplier. 48 49 6. The Contractor will be notified when the testing is complete, and where 50 the assembly is to be picked -up for delivery to the project. 51 1 7. The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components that 2 fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. A 3 failure shall be defined as a component that no longer functions as 4 intended under the conditions required or does not meet the requirements 5 of the Contract Specifications and is at the soul discretion of WSDOT. 6 7 8. Any part or component of the controller assembly, including the cabinet 8 that is rejected shall not be submitted for use by WSDOT or any City or 9 County in the State of Washington. 10 11 9 29.13(6) Radio Interference Suppressers 12 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 13 14 Interference suppressers shall be of a design which will minimize interference in both 15 broadcast and aircraft frequencies, and shall provide a minimum attenuation of 50 16 decibels over a frequency range of 200 kilohertz to 75 megahertz when used in 17 connection with normal installations 18 19 9 29.13(7) Traffic Actuated Controllers 20 In the first paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: 21 22 3. A minimum of four overlaps. 23 24 9 29.13(7)B Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers 25 Under the first paragraph, item 2 is supplemented with the following: 26 27 The controller cabinet shall have all cabinet wiring installed for eight vehicle phases, 28 four pedestrian phases, four emergency pre - empts, four overlaps (OL A, B, C, D). 29 30 Under the first paragraph, item 7 is revised to read: 31 32 7. A "Display Panel" when noted in the contract. The display panel shall depict a 33 generic eight -phase operation. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the 34 front cabinet door and the mounting shall be of a design that allows positioning of 35 the panel in four orientations 90 degrees from each other. The mounting shall be 36 removable without use of any tools. Incandescent red, yellow, green, walk and 37 don't walk indicator lights shall be provided for each phase. The indicator lights 38 shall be connected to the associated field terminals. The connecting cable shall be 39 long enough to allow for any mounting orientation. No diodes will be allowed in the 40 display panel. A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be 41 provided. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels and functions as 42 follows: 43 44 a. Display On — Signal indicator lamps will display the operation of the 45 intersection. 46 47 b. Test — All indicator lamps shall be energized. 48 49 c. Display Off — all signal indicator lamps shall be de- energized. 50 51 A "Detector Panel ", as specified in Standard Specification Section 9- 29.12(7)D, 52 shall be installed. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the front cabinet 1 door. The detector panel shall be constructed as a single unit. Detector switches 2 with separate operate, test, and off positions shall be provided for each field 3 detector input circuit. A high intensity light emitting diode (LED) shall be provided 4 for each switch. The Tamp shall energize upon vehicle, pedestrian or test switch 5 actuation. The test switch shall provide a spring loaded momentary contact that will 6 place a call into the controller. When in the OFF position, respective detector 7 circuits will be disconnected. In the operate position, each respective detector 8 circuit shall operate normally. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels 9 and functions as follows: 10 11 a. Display On — consistent r i Detector indicator lights shall operate consiJs with their V V VI 11 VI J IVI � 12 respective switches. 13 14 b. Display Off — detector indicator lights shall be de- energized. 15 16 A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be provided. The 17 disconnect shall include a means to jumper detection calls when the display panel 18 is disconnected. All switches on the panel shall be marked with its associated plan 19 detector number. All markers shall be permanent 20 21 9- 29.13(7)D NEMA Controller Cabinets 22 This section is revised to read: 23 24 Each traffic- actuated NEMA controller shall be housed in a weatherproof cabinet 25 conforming to the following requirements: 26 27 1. Construction shall be of 0.073 -inch minimum thickness series 300 stainless 28 steel or 0.125 minimum thickness 5052 H32 ASTM B209 alloy aluminum. The 29 stainless steel shall be annealed or one - quarter- hardness complying with 30 ASTM A666 stainless steel sheet. Cabinets may be finished inside with an 31 approved finish coat o f ex white enamel. If no other coating is specified 32 in the Contract Provisions the exterior of all cabinets shall be bare metal. All 33 controller cabinets shall be furnished with front and rear doors. 34 35 2. The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support the 36 controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set squarely on shelves 37 or be mounted in racks and shall be removable without turning, tilting, or 3R rotating nr relocating one device to remove another. A 24 s lot rack or racks 1 VI I.V V V u . 24 V4 rack or racks shall be installed. The rack(s) shall be wired for 2 channel loop detectors and 40 as follows. Slots 1 & 2 phase 1 loop detectors. Slots 3, 4, & 5 phase 2 loop 41 detectors. Slots 6 & 7 phase 3 loop detectors. Slots 8, 9, & 10 phase 4 loop 42 detectors. Slots 11 & 12 phase 5 loop deterctors. Slots 13, 14, & 15 phase 6 43 loop detectors. Slots 16 & 17 phase 7 loop detectors. Slots 18, 19 & 20 phase 44 8 loop detectors. Slot 21 upper phase 1 loop detector. Slot 21 lower phase 5 45 detector. Slnt 22 wired fnr a 2 channel discrimin ch A, 0 Clot 23 46 wired for a 2 channel discriminator, channels B, D. Slot 24 wired for a 4 47 channel discriminator, wired for channel A, B, C, D. All loop detector slots 48 shall be wired for presence/ pulse detection/ extension. If an external power 49 supply is required in order for the entire racks(s) to be powered it shall be 50 installed. All rack(s) slots shall be labeled with engraved identification strips. 51 1 3. Additional detection utilizing the "D" connector shall be installed in accordance 2 with the contract. The cabinet shall be of adequate size to properly house the 3 controller and all required appurtenances and auxiliary equipment in an upright 4 position with a clearance of at least 3 inches from the vent fan and filter to 5 allow for proper air flow. In no case shall more than 70 percent of the cabinet 6 volume be used. There shall be at least a 2 -inch clearance between shelf 7 mounted equipment and the cabinet wall or equipment mounted on the cabinet 8 wall. 9 10 4. The cabinet shall have an air intake vent on the lower half of the front door, 11 with a 12 inch by 16 inch by 1 inch removable throw away filter, secured in 12 place with a spring - loaded framework. 13 14 5. The cabinet door(s) shall be provided with: 15 16 a. Spring loaded construction core locks capable of accepting a Best 17 type CX series six segment (core installed by others) shall be 18 installed in each door with the exception of the police panel door. 19 Cabinet doors shall each have a three point latch system. 20 21 b. A police panel assembly shall be installed in the front door and shall 22 have a stainless steel hinge pin and a police panel lock. Two police 23 keys with shafts a minimum of 1 3/4 inches long shall be provided 24 with each cabinet. 25 26 c. All doors and police panel door shall have one piece closed cell, 27 neoprene gaskets. 28 29 d. A two position doorstop assembly. Front and rear interior light control 30 switches. 31 32 9 29.13(7)E Type 170E, 170E HC - 11, 2070, 2070 Lite, ATC Controller Cabinets 33 This section is revised to read: 34 35 The above controllers shall be housed in a Models 332, Double 332, 336, 336S, 303 36 ITS /ATC cabinets, or as specified in the contract. Each door shall be furnished with a 37 construction core lock conforming to Standard Specifications 9 -29.13 (7)D 5a, b and c 38 above. A police panel with door, stainless steel hinge pin and lock shall be provided. 39 Two police keys with shafts a minimum of 1 3/4" long shall be provided with each 40 cabinet. Each of these cabinets shall be furnished with auxiliary equipment described in 41 Standard Specification 9- 29.13(7)C. Type 334 cabinets for traffic data station controller 42 furnished shall meet current Caltrans 170E specifications, as stated in Standard 43 Specification 9- 29.13(7) and as follows. Camera control and DMS local control cabinets 44 shall contain the equipment shown in the Plans. The cabinet shall have the same 45 external physical dimensions and appearance of Model 334 cabinets. 46 47 1. The cabinet shall be fabricated of stainless steel or sheet aluminum in 48 accordance with Section 9- 29.13(7)D, Item number 1. Painted steel, painted or 49 anodized aluminum is not allowed. 50 51 2. Cabinet doors shall have a three -point latch and two- position stop assembly 52 with spring loaded construction core lock capable of accepting a Best lock 1 company type, with 6 -pin CX series core. The Contractor shall supply 2 construction cores. Upon contract completion, the Contractor shall deliver two 3 master keys to the Engineer. 4 5 3. Field wire terminals shall be labeled in accordance with the Field Wiring Chart. 6 7 4. A shatterproof fluorescent interior cabinet lights with self - starting ballast shall 8 be furnished, one fixture mounted on the rear rack near the top and the second 9 mounted at the top of the front rack. Door switches shall automatically turn on 10 both lights when either door is opened. 11 12 5. One controller unit shelf, which attaches to the front rails of the EIA rack, shall 13 be provided in lieu of the two controller unit support angles. The shelf shall be 14 fabricated from aluminum and shall be installed such that it does not interfere 15 with access to any terminal block. The shelf shall contain a rollout flip -top 16 drawer for storage of wiring diagrams and manuals. 17 18 A disposable paper filter element of at least 180 square inches shall be provided in lieu 19 of a metal filter. 20 21 All traffic data and ramp meter cabinets shall include the following accessories: 22 23 1. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a fully operable controller equipped as 24 specified in the Contract Provisions. 25 26 2. Two input files, except on Type 303 and 336 cabinet shall be supplied, each 27 using 133 millimeters of rack height. 28 29 3. Power Distribution Assembly shall be PDA #3 as detailed in the January 1989 30 Caltrans 170 specification, with all current amendments. 31 32 The PDA #3 shall contain three Model 200 Load Switches. 33 34 A transient voltage protection device shall be provided, which plugs into the 35 controller unit receptacle and in turn accepts the controller plug and meets the 36 electrical requirements of Section 9-29.13(7)B(3) item e. 37 3R A second transfer relay, Model 430, shall he mounted on the rear of the PDA 39 #3 and wired as shown in the Plans. 40 41 4. Police Panel shall contain only one DPDT toggle switch. The switch shall be 42 labeled POLICE CONTROL, ON -OFF. 43 44 5. Display Panel 45 46 A. General 47 Each cabinet shall be furnished with a display panel. The panel shall be 48 mounted, showing and providing detection for inputs and specified 49 controller outputs, at the top of the front rack above the controller unit. 50 The display panel shall be fabricated from brushed aluminum and 51 constructed according to the detail in the Plans. 52 1 B. Text 2 All text on the display panel shall be black in color and silk screened 3 directly to the panel except the Phenolic detector and cabinet nameplates. 4 A nameplate for each loop shall be engraved with a 1/4 inch nominal text 5 according to the ITS Field Wiring Charts. The nameplates shall be 6 permanently affixed to the display panel. 7 8 C. LEDs 9 The LEDs for the display panel shall meet the following specifications: 10 11 Case size T 1 -3/4 12 Viewing angle 50° minimum 13 Brightness 8 Milli candelas 14 15 LEDs with RED, YELLOW or GREEN as part of their labels shall be red, 16 yellow or green in color. All other LEDs shall be red. All LEDs shall have 17 tinted diffused lenses. 18 19 D. Detector Display Control Switch 20 Each display panel shall be equipped with one detector display control 21 switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 22 23 ON 24 Detector display LEDs shall operate consistent with their separate 25 switches. 26 27 OFF 28 All detector indicator LEDs shall be de- energized. Detector calls shall 29 continue to reach the controller. 30 31 TEST 32 All detector indicator LEDs shall illuminate and no calls shall be 33 placed to the controller. 34 35 E. Advance Warning Sign Control Switch 36 Each display panel shall be equipped with one advance warning sign 37 control switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 38 39 AUTOMATIC 40 Sign Relay shall energize upon ground true call from controller. 41 42 SIGN OFF 43 Sign Relay shall de- energize. 44 45 SIGN ON 46 Sign Relay shall energize. 47 48 F. Sign Relay 49 The sign relay shall be plugged into a socket installed on the rear of the 50 display panel. The relay shall be wired as shown in the Plans. The relay 51 coil shall draw (or sink) 50 milliamperes ± 10% from the 170E controller 52 and have a DPDT contact rating not less than 10 amperes. A 1N4004 1 diode shall be placed across the relay coil to suppress voltage spikes. 2 The anode terminal shall be connected to terminal #7 of the relay as 3 labeled in the Plans. The relay shall energize when the METERING 4 indicator LED is lit. 5 6 G. Detector Input Indicators 7 One display LED and one spring - loaded two- position SPST toggle switch 8 shall be provided for each of the 40 detection inputs. These LEDs and 9 switches shall function as follows: 10 11 TEST 12 When the switch is in the test position, a call shall be placed to the 13 controller and energize the associated LED. The switch shall 14 automatically return to the run position when it is released. 15 16 RUN 17 In the run position the LEDs shall illuminate for the duration of each 18 call to the controller. 19 20 H. Controller Output Indicators 21 The display panel shall contain a series of output indicator LEDs mounted 22 below the detection indicators. The layout shall be according to the detail 23 in the Plans. These LEDs shall illuminate upon a ground true output from 24 the controller via the C5 connector. 25 26 The output indicator LEDs shall have resistors in series to drop the voltage 27 from 24 volts DC to their rated voltage and limit current below their rated 28 current. The anode connection of each LED to +24 VDC shall be wired 29 through the resistor. 30 31 I. Connectors 32 Connection to the display panel shall be made by three connectors, one 33 pin (labeled P2) and one socket (labeled P1) and one labeled C5. The P1 34 and P2 connectors shall be 50 -pin cannon D series, or equivalent 50 pin 35 connectors and shall be compatible such that the two connectors can be 36 connected directly to one another to bypass the input detection. Wiring for 37 the P1, P2 and C5 connectors shall be as shown in the Plans. 38 39 The Contractor shall install wire connectors P1, P2, C1 P, C2, C4, C5 and 40 C6 according to the pin assignments shown in the Plans. 41 • 42 6. Model 204 Flasher Unit 43 Each Model 334 ramp meter cabinet shall be supplied with one Model 204 sign 44 flasher unit mounted on the right rear side panel. The flasher shall be powered 45 from T1-2. The outputs from the flasher shall he wired to T1 -5 and T1-R. 46 47 7. Fiber Optic Patch Panel 48 The Contractor shall provide and install a rack - mounted fiber optic patch panel 49 as identified in the Plans. 50 1 Cabinet Wiring 2 1. Terminal blocks TB1 through TB9 shall be installed on the Input Panel. 3 Layout and position assignment of the terminal blocks shall be as noted in 4 the Plans. 5 6 Terminals for field wiring in traffic data and /or ramp metering controller 7 cabinet shall be labeled, numbered and connected in accordance with the 8 following: 9 10 Terminal Terminal and Connection 11 Block Pos. Wire Numbers Identification 12 TBS 501 -502 AC Power, Neutral 13 T1 -2 641 Sign on 14 T1-4 643 Sign off 15 T1 -5 644 Rasher Output NC 16 T1 -6 645 Rasher Output NO 17 T4 -1 631 Lane 3 - Red 18 T4 -2 632 Lane 3 - Yellow 19 T4 -3 633 Lane 3 - Green 20 T4-4 621 Lane 2 - Red 21 T4 -5 622 Lane 2 - Yellow 22 T4 -6 623 Lane 2 - Green 23 T4 -7 611 Lane 1 - Red 24 T4 -8 612 Lane 1 - Yellow 25 T4 -9 613 Lane 1 - Green 26 27 Loop lead -in cables shall be labeled and connected to cabinet terminals 28 according to the ITS Field Wiring Chart. This chart will be provided by the 29 Engineer within 20 days of the Contractor's request. 30 31 9 29.16(2)A Optical Units 32 Under the first paragraph, number 4 (warranty) is deleted. 33 34 9 - 29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons 35 The third paragraph is deleted 36 37 9 -29.21 Flashing Beacon 38 This section is revised to read: 39 40 Flashing beacons shall be installed as detailed in the Plans, as specified in the Special 41 Provisions, and as described below: 42 43 Controllers for flashing beacons shall be as specified in Section 9- 29.15. 44 45 Beacons shall consist of single section, 8 -inch or 12 -inch traffic signal heads, three 46 or four -way adjustable, meeting all of the applicable requirements of Section 9- 47 29.16. Displays (red or yellow) may be either LED type or incandescent. 12 inch 48 yellow displays shall be dimmed 50% after dark. 49 50 Mounting brackets, mountings, and installation shall meet all applicable 51 requirements of Section 9- 29.17. 52 1 Lenses shall be either red or amber, glass or polyearbonate as noted in the Plans 2 or as determined by the Engineer. 3 4 9 - 29.24 Service Cabinets 5 Under the first paragraph, item F is revised to read: 6 7 F. The minimum size of control circuit conductors used in service cabinets shall be 8 No. 14 AWG stranded copper. 9 10 All electrical contactors shall have the loadside terminals toward the front (door 11 side) of the service cabinet. 12 • 13 Under the first paragraph, the fourth sentence of item I is revised to read: 14 15 No electrical devices shall be connected to the dead front panel. 16 17 9 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets 18 Under the first paragraph, the fourth sentence of item 3 is revised to read: 10 20 The Contractor shall supply construction cores with two master keys. The keys shall be 21 delivered to the Engineer. 1 SECTION 9 -35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS 2 August 1, 2005 3 Temporary traffic control materials in this section consist of various traffic communication, 4 channelization and protection items described in Section 1 -10 and listed below: 5 6 Stop /Slow Paddles 7 Construction Signs 8 Wood Sign Posts 9 Sequential Arrow Signs 10 Portable Changeable Message Signs 11 Barricades 12 Traffic Safety Drums 13 Barrier Drums 14 Traffic Cones 15 Tubular Markers 16 Waming Lights and Flashers 17 Truck- Mounted Attenuator 18 19 The basis for acceptance of temporary traffic control devices and materials shall be visual 20 inspection by the Engineer's representative. No sampling or testing will be done except that 21 deemed necessary to support the visual inspection. Requests for Approval of Material and 22 Qualified Products List submittals are not required. Certification for crashworthiness 23 according to NCHRP 350 will be required as described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 24 25 "MUTCD," as used in this section, shall refer to the latest WSDOT adopted edition of the 26 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. In the event of 27 conflicts between the MUTCD and the contract provisions, then the provisions shall govern. 28 29 9 - 35.1 Stop /Slow Paddles 30 Paddles shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum width 31 shall be 24 inches. 32 33 9 - 35.2 Construction Signs 34 Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the 35 requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices. Except as noted below, any 36 sign /sign stand combination that satisfies these requirements will be acceptable. 37 38 Where aluminum sheeting is used to fabricate signs, it shall have a minimum thickness of 39 0.080 inches and a maximum thickness of 0.125 inches. 40 41 All orange background signs shall be fabricated with Type X reflective sheeting. All post - 42 mounted signs with Type X sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners 43 (screw heads, bolts or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. 44 45 Any fabric sign which otherwise meets the requirements of this section and was purchased 46 prior to July 1, 2004, may be utilized until December 31, 2007. If a fabric sign is used, it 47 shall have been fabricated with Type VI reflective sheeting. 48 49 9 - 35.3 Wood Sign Posts 50 Use the charts below to determine post size for construction signs. 51 1 One Post Installation 2 3 Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 4 4x4 - 16.0 5 4x6 17.0 20.0 6 6x6 21.0 25.0 7 6x8 26.0 31.0 8 9 Two Post Installation 10 11 (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) .4) IL 13 Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 14 4x4 - 16.0 15 4x6 17.0 36.0 16 6x6 37.0 46.0 17 6x8 47.0 75.0 * 18 19 * The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. 20 21 Sign posts shall conform to the grades and usage listed below. Grades shall be 22 determined by the current standards of the West Coast Lumber inspection Bureau 23 ( WCLIB) or the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 24 25 4 x 4 Construction grade (Light Framing, 26 Section 122 -b WCLIB) or (Section 27 40.11 WWPA) 28 4 x 6 No. 1 and better, grade (Structural 29 Joists and Planks, Section 123 -b 30 WCLIB) or (Section 62.11 WWPA) 31 6 x 6, 6 x 8, 8 x 10 No. 1 and better, grade (Posts and 32 Timbers, Section 131 -b WCLIB) or 33 (Section 80.11 WWPA) 34 6 x 10, 6 x 12 No. 1 and better, grade (Beams and 35 Stringers, Section 130 -b WCLIB) or 36 (Section 70.11 WWPA) 37 38 9 - 35.4 Sequential Arrow Signs 39 Sequential Arrow Signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented with the 40 following: 41 42 Sequential arrow signs furnished for stationary lane closures on this project shall be 43 Type C. 44 The color of the light emitted shall be yellow. 45 The dimming feature shall be auto_ matic, reacting to changes in light without a 46 requirement for manual adjustment. 47 48 9 - 35.5 Portable Changeable Message Signs 49 Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD 50 and the following: 51 52 The PCMS shall employ one of the following technologies: 1 2 1. Fiber optic/shutter 3 2. Light emitting diode 4 3. Light emitting diode /shutter 5 4. Flip disk 6 7 Regardless of the technology, the PCMS shall meet the following general requirements: 8 9 • Be light emitting and must not rely solely on reflected light. The emitted light shall 10 be generated using fiber optic or LED technology. 11 12 • Have a display consisting of individually controlled pixels no larger than 2 1/2 inch 13 by 2 1/2 inch. If the display is composed of individual character modules, the space 14 between modules must be minimized so alphanumeric characters of any size 15 specified below can be displayed at any location within the matrix. 16 17 • When activated, the pixels shall display a yellow or orange image. When not 18 activated, the pixels shall display a flat black image that matches the background of 19 the sign face. 20 21 • Be capable of displaying alphanumeric characters that are a minimum of 18 inches 22 in height. The width of alphanumeric characters shall be appropriate for the font. 23 The PCMS shall be capable of displaying three lines of eight characters per line 24 with a minimum of one pixel separation between each line. 25 26 • The PCMS message, using 18 -inch characters, shall be legible by a person with 27 20/20 corrected vision from a distance of not less than 800 feet centered on an axis 28 perpendicular to the sign face. 29 30 • The sign display shall be covered by a stable, impact resistant polycarbonate face. 31 The sign face shall be non -glare from all angles and shall not degrade due to 32 exposure to ultraviolet light. 33 34 • Be capable of simultaneously activating all pixels for the purpose of pixel 35 diagnostics. Any sign that employs flip disk or shutter technology shall be 36 programmable to activate the disks /shutters once a day to clean the electrical 37 components. This feature shall not occur when the sign is displaying an active 38 message. 39 40 • The Tight source shall be energized only when the sign is displaying an active 41 message. 42 43 The PCMS panels and related equipment shall be permanently mounted on a trailer with all 44 controls and power generating equipment. 45 46 The PCMS shall be operated by a controller that provides the following functions: 47 48 1. Select any preprogrammed message by entering a code. 49 2. Sequence the display of at least five messages. 50 3. Blank the sign. 51 4. Program a new message, which may include animated arrows and chevrons. 52 5. Mirror the message currently being displayed or programmed. 1 2 9 -35.6 Barricades 3 Barricades shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented by the further 4 requirements of Standard Plan H -2. 5 6 9 -35.7 Traffic Safety Drums 7 Traffic safety drums shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and the following: 8 9 The drums shall have the following additional physical characteristics: 10 11 Material Fabricated from low - density polyethylene that meets the 12 requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. 13 14 Overall Width 18 -inch minimum in the direction(s)of traffic flow. 15 16 Shape Rectangular, hexagonal, circular, or flat -sided semi - circular. 17 18 Color The base color of the drum shall be fade resistant safety 19 orange. 20 21 The traffic safety drums shall be designed to accommodate at least one portable light unit. 22 The method of attachment shall ensure that the light does not separate from the drum upon 23 impact. 24 25 Drums and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 as 26 described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 27 28 When recommended by the manufacturer, drums shall be treated to ensure proper adhesion 29 of the reflective sheeting. 30 31 9 - 35.8 Barrier Drums 32 Barrier drums shall be small traffic safety drums, manufactured specifically for traffic control 33 purposes to straddle a concrete barrier and shall be fabricated from low- density polyethylene 34 that meets the requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. 35 36 The barrier drums shall meet the following general specifications: 37 38 Total height 22 in., ± 1 in. 39 Cross - section hollow oval 40 10 in. X 14 in., ± 1 in. 41 Formed support legs length 13 in., ± 1 in. 42 Space between legs 6 1/4 in. min. 43 (taper to fit conc. barrier) 44 Weight 33 Ib. ± 4 Ib. AC with �---r_�__.u� sand. 45 with legs Hued with nd 46 Color Fade resistant safety orange. 47 48 Barrier drums shall have three 4 -inch reflective white stripes, (one complete and two partial). 49 Stripes shall be fabricated from Type 11I or Type IV reflective sheeting. 50 51 When recommended by the manufacturer, barrier drums shall be treated to ensure proper 52 adhesion of the reflective sheeting. 1 2 9 -35.9 Traffic Cones 3 Cones shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum height 4 shall be 28 inches. 5 6 9 -35.10 Tubular Markers 7 Tubular markers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum 8 height shall be 28 inches. 9 10 Pavement - mounted tubular markers shall consist of a surface- mounted assembly which 11 uses a separate base with a detachable tubular marker held in place by means of a locking 12 device. 13 14 9 - 35.11 Warning Lights and Flashers 15 Waming lights and flashers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD. 16 17 9 - 35.12 Truck - Mounted Attenuator 18 The Truck - Mounted Attenuator (TMA) shall be selected from the approved units listed on the 19 Qualified Products List. The TMA shall be mounted on a vehicle with a minimum weight of 20 15,000 pounds and a maximum weight in accordance with the manufacturer's 21 recommendations. Ballast used to obtain the minimum weight requirement, or any other 22 object that is placed on the vehicle shall be securely anchored such that it will be retained on 23 the vehicle during an impact. The Contractor shall provide certification that the unit complies 24 with NCHRP 230 or 350 requirements. Units fabricated after 1998 must comply with 25 NCHRP 350 requirements. 26 27 The TMA shall have an adjustable height so that it can be placed at the correct elevation 28 during usage and to a safe height for transporting. If needed, the Contractor shall install 29 additional lights to provide fully visible brake lights at all times. 30 31 The TMA unit shall have a chevron pattern on the rear of the unit. The standard chevron 32 pattern shall consist of 4 -inch yellow stripes, alternating non - reflective black and reflective 33 yellow sheeting, slanted at 45 degrees in an inverted "V" with the "V" at the center of the unit. 34 35 HOT MIX ASPHALT ( * * * * * *) APWA Section 5 - 04 is revised in its entirety to read: 5 Description This work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant -mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross - sections shown in the Plans. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. HMA Class A, Class B, Class D, Class F, and Class G are designated as leveling or wearing courses. HMA Class E is designated as a pavement base course. With the exception of HMA Class D, all mixtures are considered dense graded HMA. 5 - 04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9- 02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9- 02.1(6) Anti - Stripping Additive 9 -02.4 Aggregates 5- 04.3(8)A2 Blending Sand 9- 03.8(4) Mineral Filler 9- 03.8(5) The contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, blending sand, and mineral filler. The Contractor shall have the option of utilizing recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the amount up to 20 percent of total aggregate weight in combination with new aggregate in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from HMA removed under the contract, if any, or old HMA from an existing stockpile. Recycled materials shall not be used in HMA Class D. When aggregates or a source for the production of aggregates is provided by the Contracting Agency, the approximate percentage of asphalt binder required in the mixture for the particular class of pavement will be set forth in the special provisions. The percentage is based upon a midline gradation mix design for the source provided. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the contract. Prior to the submittal of the mix design, the Contractor shall provide a written designation of the grade of PG asphalt binder to be used. The Contractor may propose the substitution of altemate grades of performance grade (PG) asphalt binder at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The proposal will be approved if the proposed alternate asphalt binder has an average 7 -day maximum pavement design temperature that is equal to or higher than the specified asphalt binder and has a minimum pavement design temperature that is equal to or lower than the specified asphalt binder. The substituted altemate grade of asphalt binder shall be used in all HMA contract items of the same class and originally specified grade of asphalt binder. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3 -01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3 -02. 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements 5 04.3(1) HMA Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder. Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mi 2. Thermometric Equipment. An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial -scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3 Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials. The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Sectionl -05.6 for crushing and screening operation. The contractor shall provide sufficient space as required for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency. 5- 04.3(2) Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions include (or are forecast to include) during the workshift precipitation or an air temperature less than 45 °F, the canvas cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. In order to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment, truck beds are to be sprayed with an environmentally benign release agent. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating materials that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For hopper trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5 04.3(3) Hot Mix Asphalt Pavers HMA pavers shall be self - contained, power - propelled units, provided with an internally- heated vibratory screed or strike -off assembly and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. The screed or strike -off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed or strike off assembly. Extensions without, augers, vibration and heated screeds shall not be used in the traveled way. When laying HMA, the paver shall be operated at a uniform forward speed consistent with the plant production rate and roller train capacity to result in a continuous operation. The auger speed and flight gate opening shall be adjusted to coordinate with the operation. The paver shall be equipped with automatic screed controls with sensors for either or both sides of the paver. The controls shall be capable of sensing grade from an outside reference line, sensing the transverse slope of the screed, and providing automatic signals that operate the screed to maintain the desired grade and transverse slope. The sensor shall be constructed so it will operate from a reference line or a mat referencing device. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. The paver shall be equipped with automatic feeder controls, properly adjusted to maintain a uniform depth of material ahead of the screed. Manual operation of the screed will be permitted in the construction of irregularly shaped and minor areas. These areas include, but are not limited to, gore areas, road approaches, tapers and left -turn channelization. When specified in the contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the traveled way of each roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross - section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line_ Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint snatcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Project Engineer may suspend work as allowed by Section 1 -08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. 5 04.3(4) Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. When ordered by the Project Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shaii be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5- 04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results will not be used. 5 04.3(5) Conditioning of Existing Surface When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross - section as shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. 5 04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surfaces Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA mix and the surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots. A heavy application of tack coat will be applied to all joints. For roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor's operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS -1, CSS -1 h, or STE -1 emulsified asphalt. The CSS -1 and CSS -1 h emulsified asphalt may be diluted with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The emulsified asphalt shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5 04.3(5)B Preparation of Untreated Roadway When designated in the plans the existing roadway shall be prepared and the roadway primed as provided in Section 5- 02.3(2)A, except that only one application of asphalt and one application of aggregate, which shall conform to aggregate for HMA Class B as listed in Section 5- 04.3(8) or other granular materials approved by the Engineer, will be required. All other provisions of Section 5 -02 pertaining to bituminous surface treatment Class A shall apply, except as hereinafter modified. The prime coat shall be applied over the full length of the project, and HMA shall not be placed until the prime coat has cured for 5 days unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Should any holes, breaks, or irregularities develop in the roadway surface after the prime coat has been applied, they shall be patched with HMA, as described in Section 5- 04.3(5)A, in advance of placing the HMA. The Contractor shall maintain the completed prime coat by blading or brooming with equipment and procedures approved by the Engineer, until the HMA pavement is placed. After the maintenance, patching or repair work has been completed and immediately prior to placing the HMA, the surface of the prime coat shall be swept clean of all dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. When the prime coat application is not specified in the Special Provisions or shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall prepare the untreated roadway as described above and shall omit the prime coat treatment. The HMA shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade. In areas used as turnouts or which will receive heavy service, the Engineer may order a change in the grade to provide a greater depth of pavement. The Contractor shall prepare untreated shoulders and traffic islands by blading and compacting to provide a sound base for paving and shall omit the prime • coat treatment. The HMA shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade. if the Contractor protects the completed untreated surfacing materials to the degree that the surface meets the requirements of Section 5- 02.3(2)A at the time of construction of the prime coat or the construction of the pavement if the prime coat is not required, the Contractor will not be required to perform the work specified in Section 5- 02.3(2)A but shall be compensated for the item of work preparation of untreated roadway. 5 04.3(5)C Crack Sealing When the proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, all cracks and joints '/ -inch and greater in width shall be cleaned with a stiff - bristled broom and compressed air and then shall be filled completely with sand slurry. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS -1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent Portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean U.S. No. 4 -0 paving sand. The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of 1 -06 will not apply to the Portland cement and paving sand used in the Sand Slurry. 5- 04.3(5)D Soil Residual Herbicide Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide. Paving shall begin within 24 hours after application of the herbicide. Any area that has not been paved w ithi n th ti limit or that has been rained on, shall be treated again at the Contractor's expense. The herbicide shall be applied uniformly in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. • The material to be used shall be registered with the Washington State Department of Agriculture for use under pavement. Before use, the Contractor shall receive approval of the material to he used a th pr rat o f application, from the Engineer. The following information shall be included in the request for approval of the material: Brand name of the material, manufacturer, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) registration number, material safety data sheet, and proposed rate of application. 5 04.3(5)E Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as staked. The actual excavation depth may vary to a maximum depth of 1 -foot maximum, depending upon where stable foundation material is encountered, as determined by the Engineer. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 3 feet unless shown otherwise in the Plans. All pavement repair areas shall be sawcut before removal, or shall be removed by a pavement grinder approved by the Engineer. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5- 04.3(5)A, and shall be applied to all edges of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time. The areas shall be excavated, backfilled, and compacted within the same day's working shift, in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor for disposal off the right of way. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement areas not designated to be removed. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts. Each lift shall not exceed 0.35 foot compacted depth. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical tamper or a roller as approved by the Engineer. HMA for pavement repair shall be HMA Class A, B, E, or F at the Contractor's option, unless otherwise specified in the contract. 5 04.3(6) Heating of Asphalt Binder The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25 °F. 5 04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates The aggregates shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3- 02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate. The aggregates shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure a minimum of segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design The Contractor shall obtain representative samples from mineral aggregate stockpiles, and blend sand sources to be used for HMA production and submit them for development of a mix design. Sample submittal shall include asphalt binder grade and sources, production mix gradation and combining ratios of mineral aggregate stockpiles and blend sand that will be used in production. This will be the basis for the mix design and job mix formula. The Contractor shall allow 20 calendar days for this approval and design once the aforementioned information and material has been received. Additional time may be required if the proportions will not make an adequate design as determined by the Engineer, or if the Contractor requests more than one asphalt binder source approval. The Contractor is also advised that production of the HMA shall not commence until the job mix formula has been established. Adjustments to the job mix formula may be made per Basis of Acceptance. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval prior to changing the source of asphalt binder during the production of HMA. Blending of different asphalt binder grades sources will not be permitted. 5 04.3(8) Mixing After the required amounts of mineral materials and asphalt binder have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until a complete and uniform coating of the particles and a thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed pro th water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Project Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted during the daily operation but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 94 hours. HMA held for more than 74 hours after m s h a ll be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift 5 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under statistical evaluation, nonstatistical evaluation or commercial evaluation. Determination of statistical evaluation, nonstatistical evaluation or commercial evaluation shall be based on proposal quantities and shall consider the total of all bid items involving HMA of a specific class. Dense graded mixes (HMA Classes A, B, E, F, and G) will be evaluated for quality of gradation and asphalt binder content. Open graded mixes (HMA pavement Class D) will be evaluated for quality of gradation only, based on samples taken from the cold feed. Nonstatistical Evaluation will be used for HMA. Statistical Evaluation procedures will apply only to contracts that specify statistical evaluation in the contract Special Provisions. Statistical Evaluation will be administered under the provisions of Section 5- 04.5(1) for Quality Assurance Price Adjustments and evaluation of quality. Commercial Evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores and other nonstructural applications as approved by the Project Engineer. The contractor shall select a class of HMA appropriate for the required use. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of statistical and nonstatistical evaluation. 2 Aggregates. A. General Requirements. Aggregates for HMA shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or gravel in accordance with Section 3 -01. The material from which they are made shall meet the following test requirements: Los Angeles Wear, 500 Revs 30% max Degradation Factor, Wearing Course 30 min Degradation Factor, Other Courses 20 min It shall be uniform in quality, substantially free from wood, roots, bark, extraneous materials, and adherent coatings. The presence of a thin, firmly adhering film of weathered rock will not be considered as coating unless it exists on more than 50% of the surface area of any size between consecutive laboratory sieves. Aggregate removed from deposits contaminated with various types of wood waste shall be washed, processed, selected or otherwise treated to remove sufficient wood waste so that oven —dried material retained on a U.S. No. 4 sieve shall not contain more than 0.1% by weight of material with a specific gravity less than 1.0. B. Test Requirements. Aggregate for HMA shall meet the following test requirements: Class of HMA A B D E F G Fracture, by weight (See Note) 1 2 3 4 4 2 Sand Equivalent Min. 45 45 — 45 35 45 1 The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 90 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. -111e fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 75 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. 3 The fracture requirements are at least two fractured faces on 75 percent and at least one fractured face on 90 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve, U.S. No. 8 and above, if that sieve retains more ore than 5 percent of the total sample. 4 The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 50 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific contract or for a future contract, the fracture and sand equivalent requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the requirements for fracture and sand equivalents shall apply at the time of its introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. The properties of the aggregate in a preliminary mix design for HMA shall be such that, when it is combined within the limits set forth in Proportions of Materials and mixed in the laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, HMA mixtures with the following test values can be produced: Class of HMA A B D E F G Stabilometer Value Min. 37 35 - -- 35 35 35 Cohesiometer Value Min.100 100 - -- 100 50 100 Percent Air Voids 2-4.5 2-4.5 - -- 2-4.5 2 -4.5 2 -4.5 Modified Lottman Stripping Test Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass C. Gradation. The materials of which HMA is composed shall be of such sizes, gradings, and quantities that, when proportioned and mixed together, they will produce a well graded mixture within the requirements listed in the table which follows. The percentages of aggregate refers to completed dry mix, and includes mineral filler when used. Grading Requirements Class A Class D Class E Class F Class G Sieve Size and B Percent Passing 1 square — - -- 100 --- - -- 1 square --- - -- 90 -100 -- - -- 3 4 square 100 - -- - -- 100 - -- 5 8 square — - -- 67 -86 - -- - -- 1 2 square 90 -100 100 60 -80 80 -100 100 3 8 square 75 -90 97 -100 - -- - -- 97 -100 U.S. No. 4 46 -66 30 -50 34 -56 38 -70 50 -78 U.S. No. 8 — 5 -15 - -- - -- - -- U.S. No. 10 30-42 - -- 25 -40 30 -50 32 -53 U.S. No. 40 11 -24 - -- 10 -23 - -- 11 -24 U.S. No. 200 3.0 -7.0 2.0 -5.0 2.0 -9.0 2.0 -8.0 3.0 -7.0 5 04.(8)B Basis of Acceptance 1. HMA will be accepted based on its conformance to the project job mix formula (JMF). For the determination of a project JMF, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, representative samples of the various aggregates and blend sand to be used along with the gradation data showing the various aggregate stockpile averages and the proposed combining ratios and the average gradation of the completed mix. Based on this submittal from the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the asphalt binder content, anti -strip requirement, and ignition furnace correction factor in the mix design process. Using the representative samples submitted and proposed proportion of each, trial mix tests will be run to determine the percentage of asphalt binder, by weight, to be added. The JMF thus established shall be changed only upon order of the Engineer. The intermingling of HMA mixtures produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA pavement placed during a working shift shall conform to a single job mix formula established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. No HMA shall be produced for use on the project until the amount of asphalt binder and anti -strip additive to be added has been established. 2. Job Mix Formula — Statistical Acceptance The average gradation of the completed HMA mix submitted by the Contractor in the mix design proposal, as required in Gradation and the resulting Mix Design Recommendations, shall be the JMF. Any change or adjustment of percentages in any constituent of the JMF creates a new JMF. 3. Job Mix Formula Tolerances and Adjustments A. Tolerances — Statistical Acceptance. After the JMF is determined, the several constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Constituent of Mixture Tolerance Limits The tolerance limit for each mix constituent shall not exceed the broad band specification limits specified in 5- 04.3(8)C except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99 -100. Aggregate passing 1 ", 3/4 ", Broad band specification 5/8 ", 1/2 ", and 3/8" sieves limits Section 5- 04.3(8)C Proportions of Materials Aggregate passing No. 4 sieve ± 6% Aggregate passing No. 10 sieve ± 5% Aggregate passing No. 40 sieve ± 4% Aggregate passing No. 200 sieve ± 2.0% Asphalt cement ± 0.5% For open graded mix: Tolerance limits shall be for aggregate gradation only and shall be as specified in Proportions of Materials. B. Tolerances — Nonstatistical Acceptance. After the JMF is determined, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the range of the proportion specified in the broad band specifications in for gradation and the design mix asphalt binder content plus or minus 0.7 percent. C. Adjustments 1. Aggregates. Upon written request from the Contractor, the Project Engineer may approve field adjustments to the JMF including the Contractor's proposed combining ratios for mineral aggregate stockpiles and blend sand. The maximum allowed gradation change shall be 2 percent for the aggregate retained on the No. 10 sieve and above, 1 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 10 and No. 40 sieves, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. Blend sand may be changed a maximum of 5 percent. The above adjustments and /or any further adjustments as ordered by the Engineer will be considered as a new JMF. Adjustments beyond these limits will require development of a new JMF. The adjusted JMF plus or minus the allowed tolerances shall be within the range of the broad band specifications. 2. Asphalt Binder Content. The Project Engineer may order or approve the Contractor's request to change asphalt binder content a maximum of 0.3 percent from the - approved JMF. No field adjustments of the JMF relative to the asphalt binder content exceeding 0.3 percent from the initial JMF will be made without the approval of the Materials Engineer. D. Commercial HMA Acceptance. The contractor shall submit a certification that the mix design submitted meets the requirements of Proportions of Materials. Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not required. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. 4. Hot Mix Asphalt Mixture A. Sampling 1. A sample will not be obtained from either the first or last 25 tons of mix produced in each production shift. 2. Samples for compliance of gradation and asphalt binder content will be obtained on a random basis from the hauling vehicle. The Contractor shall provide adequate platforms to enable samples to be obtained in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 168. The platforms shall allow the sample to be taken without the Engineer entering the hauling vehicle. B. Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot. For the purpose of acceptance sampling and testing, a lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each job mix formula (JMF), placed and represented by randomly selected samples tested for acceptance. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples shall be evaluated collectively and shall constitute a lot. Only one lot per JMF will be expected to occur. The JMF (Job Mix Formula) is defined in Basis of Acceptance. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. If the request is approved, all of the material produced up to the time of the change will be evaluated on the basis of available tests and a new lot will begin. The quantity represented by each sample will constitute a sublot. Sampling and testing for statistical evaluation shall be performed on a random basis at the frequency of one sample per sublot, with a minimum of five sublots per class of HMA. Sublot size shall be determined to the nearest 100 tons to provide not less than five uniform sized sublots, based on proposal quantities, with a maximum sublot size of 800 tons. Sampling and testing for nonstatistical evaluation shall be performed on a random basis at a minimum frequency of one sample for each sublot of 400 tons or each day's production, whichever is least. When proposal quantities exceed 1,200 tons for a class of HMA under nonstatistical evaluation, sublot size shall be determined to the nearest 100 tons to provide not Tess than three uniform sized sublots, based on proposal quantities, with a maximum sublot size of 800 tons. C. Test Results. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed in the field at the beginning of the next paving shift. The Engineer will also provide the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of the completed sublots after three sublots have been produced. The CPF will be provided by the midpoint of the next paving shift after sampling. Individual acceptance sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by the Contractor. A written challenge of the test results by the Contractor shall be received by the Project Engineer within five working days after receipt of the specific test results. A split of the original acceptance sample shall be sent, for testing, to the Region Materials Lab or to State Materials Lab as determined by the Engineer. The challenged sample will not be tested with the same equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance sample. The challenge sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and asphalt binder content. The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: Deviation No. 4 sieve and larger ±4 percent No. 6 sieve to No. 80 sieve ±2 percent No. 100 and No. 200 sieve ±0.4 percent Asphalt binder % ±0.3 percent if the deviation of the challenge sample is within each parameter established, the acceptance sample will be used to determine to composite pay factor and the cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the contract, at the rate of $250 per test. If the deviation of the challenge sample is outside of any one parameter established, the challenge sample will be used to determine the composite pay factor and the cost of testing will be the Contracting Agency's responsibility. D. Test Methods. Acceptance testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be WSDOT FOP for AASHTO Test Method T 308. Acceptance testing for compliance of gradation will be WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27 &T11. E. Reject Mixture 1. Rejection by Contractor. The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 2. Rejection Without Testing. The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of roadway that appears defective in gradation or asphalt binder content. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the statistical acceptance specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material, and in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. However, if the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency and the HMA will be compensated at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than 0.75, compensation for the rejected HMA will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit contract price added for placement and removal costs. 3. A Partial Sublot. In addition to the preceding random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be evaluated for price adjustment in accordance with the statistical evaluation section. This material will be considered a separate lot. 4. An Entire Sublot. If an entire sublot is rejected in accordance with Section 1 -06.2, four additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained and the sublot evaluated as an independent lot with the original test result included as a fifth test with the new independent lot instead of with the original lot. 5. A Lot in Progress. The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Project Engineer is satisfied that specification material can be produced: a. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or b. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or c. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is Tess than 0.75. 6. An Entire Lot. An entire lot with a CPF of Tess than 0.75 will be rejected. The designated percentage reduction as defined in Section 1- 06.2(2)B under Financial Incentive Paragraph 1, Item 3, • shall be 25 percent. 5 04.3(9) Spreading and Finishing The HMA shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5- 04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the HMA mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in the Plans or i th Special Provisions, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following depths: HMA Class E 0.35 foot HMA Class A and B 0.35 foot when used for Base Course HMA Class A, B, and F 0.25 foot HMA Class G 0.10 foot HMA Class D 0.08 foot On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical the paving may be spreading a .g qu, r, .. impractical, r ..g , �v done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF, shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. 5- 04.3(10) Compaction 5- 04.3(10)A General Immediately after the HMA mixture has been spread, struck off, and surface irregularities adjusted, it shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted. The • completed course shall be free from ridges, ruts, humps, depressions, objectionable marks, or irregularities and in conformance with the line, grade, and cross - section shown in the Plans or as established by the Engineer. if necessary, the mix design may be altered to achieve desired results. Compaction shall take place when the HMA is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. All compaction units shall be operated at the speed, within specification limits, that will produce the required compaction. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by mechanical or hand tampers. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt binder, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost with fresh HMA which shall be immediately compacted to conform with the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor's option, provided specification densities are attained. An exception shall be that the pneumatic tired roller shall be used between October 1 and April 1. Coverage's with a vibratory or steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. When HMA Class D is being constructed, the use of pneumatic rollers will not be required. Vibratory rollers shall not be operated in the vibratory mode when the internal temperature of the HMA is less than 175 °F without permission of the Engineer. In no case shall a vibratory roller be operated in a vibratory mode when checking or cracking of the mat occurs at a greater temperature. Vibratory rollers in the vibratory mode are also prohibited on bridge decks. 5 04.3(10)B Control HMA Classes A, B, E, and F used in traffic lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10 foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than .75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1- 06.2(1), using a minimum of 91.0 percent of the reference maximum density as determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 209. The reference maximum density shall be determined as the moving average of the most recent five determinations for the lot of HMA being placed. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the statistical evaluation of five nuclear density gauge tests taken in accordance with WAQTC FOP TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 on the day the HMA is placed (after completion of the finish rolling) at locations determined by the stratified random sampling procedure conforming to WSDOT Test Method 716 within each density lot. The quantity represented by each density lot will be no greater than a single day's production or 400 tons, whichever is less. The final lot for each day of paving may be increased to 600 tons. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed within one working day. Acceptance of pavement compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined. For compaction lots falling below a 1.00 pay factor and thus subject to price reduction or rejection, cores may be used as an alternate to the nuclear density gauge tests. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after paving. The cost for the coring expenses when the core results indicate the specified level of relative density within a lot has not been achieved, will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract at the rate of $125 per core. At the start of paving, the Contractor must demonstrate to the Engineer that the HMA is compactable by constructing compaction test section(s). Test section(s) shall be constructed using the compaction train and a variety of rolling patterns that the Contractor expects to use in the paving operation. A test section will be considered to have established compatibility, based on the results of three density determinations, when the average of the three tests exceeds 92 percent of Rice or when all three tests individually exceed 91 percent of Rice. This will require consideration of the presence of a correlation factor for the nuclear gauge and may require final resolution after the factor for the gauge is known. A minimum 1.00 compaction pay factor shall be used until a gauge correlation factor is known, and until the HMA is considered compactable. When construction of the test section(s) has demonstrated that the HMA is not compactable, paving must stop. To resume paving, all factors contributing to compaction shall be analyzed and Engineer approved changes made, which may require a new mix design. When paving is resumed, the Contractor must again, as previously defined, demonstrate that the HMA is compactable. If the Contractor does not construct test section(s), the HMA is considered compactable and all HMA placed will be evaluated according to Section 5- 04.3(10)B. HMA Class A, B, E, F, and G constructed under conditions other than listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer, The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA Class D and preleveling HMA shall be compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition to the randomly selected locations for tests of the density, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal lot any area that is suspected of being defective in relative density. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of 5 randomly located density tests will be taken. The isolated area will then be evaluated for price adjustment in accordance with the statistical evaluation section, considering it as a separate lot. 5 04.3(11) Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid HMA only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the HMA will cool below rmmpartinn temnPrati iirc? Whan tha wnrk is rasa tmeri tha nrr?vini iicly compacted HMA shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. Where a scheduled transverse joint or when an unscheduled joint that must be left in place after a workshift is being made in the wearing course, strips of heavy wrapping paper shall be used. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. When the transverse joint will be open to traffic a temporary wedge of HMA shall be constructed 50H:1V or flatter. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new HMA shall be laid against the fresh cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the traveled way. Except, on one -lane ramps a longitudinal joint may be constructed at the center of the traffic lane, subject to approval by the Project Engineer, if: 1. The ramp must remain open to traffic, or 2. The ramp is closed to traffic and a hot -lap joint is constructed. If a hot -lap joint is allowed, two paving machines shall be used; a minimum compacted density in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(10)B shall be achieved throughout the traffic lane; and construction equipment other than rollers shall not operate on any uncompacted HMA. When HMA is placed adjacent to cement concrete pavement, the Contractor shall construct longitudinal joints between the HMA and the cement concrete pavement. The joint shall be sawed to the dimensions shown on Standard Plan A -1 and filled with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 9- 04.2. 5- 04.3(12) Vacant 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than [1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than 1 /4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Project Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Project Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Project Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When Portland cement concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the plan grade minus the specified plan depth of Portland cement concrete pavement. Prior to placing the Portland cement concrete pavement, any such irregularities shall be brought to the required tolerance by grinding or other means approved by the Project Engineer. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the roadway shall be paved before the utility appurtenances are adjusted to the finished grade. 5 04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement The surface of existing pavements or the top surface of subsurface courses shall be planed to remove irregularities and to produce a smooth surface. Planing shall be performed in such a manner that the underlying pavement is not torn, broken, or otherwise damaged by the planing operation. The surface of the underlying pavement shall be slightly grooved or roughened sufficiently to ensure a bond when overlaid. The planings shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the right -of -way. The planings may be utilized as RAP, within the requirements of Section 5 -04.2 or 9- 03.21. The Contractor shall dispose of all other debris resulting from the planing operation in a Contractor - provided site off the right -of -way. For mainline planing operations, the equipment shall have automatic controls, with sensors for either or both sides of the equipment. The controls shall be capable of sensing the proper grade from an outside reference line, or a mat - referencing device. The automatic controls shall also be capable of maintaining the desired transverse slope. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the mandrel at the desired slope (expressed as a percentage) within plus or minus 0.1 percent. 5 04.3(15) HMA Road Approach HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Project Engineer. The work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5 -04. 5 04.3(16) Weather Limitations HMA for wearing course shall not be placed on any traveled way between October 1 of any year and April 1 of the following year without written approval from the Project Engineer. Asphalt for prime coat shall not be applied when the ground temperature is lower than 50 °F, without written permission of the Engineer. HMA Class D shall not be placed when the air temperature is Tess than 60 °F. HMA shall not be placed on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are Tess than those specified in the following table, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA mixtures: Surface Temperature Limitations Compacted Thickness Sub- Surface (Feet) Surface Course Courses Less than 0.10 55 F 55 F 0.10 to 0.20 45 F 35 F 0.21 to 0.35 35 F 35 F More than 0.35 DNA 25 F* *Only on dry subgrade, not frozen and when air temperature is rising. 5 04.3(17) Paving Under Traffic When the roadway being paved is open to traffic, the following requirements shall apply: The Contractor shall keep on -ramps and off -ramps open to traffic at all times except when paving the ramp or paving across the ramp. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, the ramp may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA. In hot weather, the Project Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing a ramp, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. Ramps shall not be closed on consecutive interchanges at the same time. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8 -23. All costs in connection with performing the work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various bid items involved in the contract. 5- 04.3(18) Vacant 5- 04.3(19) Sealing of Pavement Surfaces Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall apply a fog seal. Before application of the fog seal all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. The fog seal shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1 h uniformly applied to the pavement free of streaks and bare spots at the rate 0.03 to 0.05 residual gallons per square yard. The emulsified asphalt shall be diluted at a rate of one part water to one part emulsified asphalt unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The emulsified asphalt shall be applied within the temperature range specified in Section 5- 02.3(3). Unless otherwise approved by the Project Engineer, the fog seal shall be applied prior to opening to traffic. 5 04.3(20) Anti Stripping Additive When directed by the Engineer, an anti-stripping additive shall be added to the HMA material in accordance with Section 9 -02.4. 5 04.3(21) Asphalt Binder Revision When the Contracting Agency provides a source of aggregate, the expected percentage content of new asphalt binder in the resulting HMA will be identified in the contract documents. Should the actual percentage of new asphalt binder required by the job mix formula for HMA produced with Agency - provided aggregate vary by more than plus or minus 0.3 percent from the amount shown in the documents, an adjustment in payment will be made. The adjustment in payment (plus or minus) will be based on the invoice cost to the Contractor. No adjustment lent will be made when the Contractor elects not to use a Contracting Agency - provided source, or when no source is made available by the Contracting Agency./Added for PG binders) 5 - 04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. PG or HMA for C!. _ PG or Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1 -09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of the HMA. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace HMA as allowed by Section 5- 04.3(8)A, the material removed will not be measured. Preparation of Untreated Roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of 111C 11IdII1 111ie roadway. No additional 1 lease CI1ICIIL Will be Mia d e for 1d111F s, auxiliary lanes, service roads, frontage roads, or shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile. No specific unit of measure will apply to the force account item of Crack Sealing. Soil Residual Herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest .01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the proposal. Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for Prime Coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1 -09.2. Prime Coat Aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the proposal. Asphalt For Fog Seal will be measured by the ton, before dilution, in accordance with Section 1 -09.2. Longitudinal Joint Seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing Bituminous Pavement will be measured by the square yard. Temporary Pavement Marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8 -23.4. Removing Temporary Pavement Marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8 -23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2 -07.4. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Anti - Stripping Additive. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Compaction Price Adjustment. 5 - 04.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "HMA Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Approach Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Preleveling Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. PG ", per ton. "Commercial HMA ", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. PG ", "HMA for Approach Cl. PG ", "HMA for Preleveling Cl. PG ", "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. PG ", and "Commercial HMA" shall be full compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5 -04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this sub - section and which are included in the proposal. "Preparation of Untreated Roadway ", per mile. The unit contract price per mile for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway" shall be full pay for all work described under Section 5- 04.3(5)B, with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit contract price per ton for "HMA CI. _ PG " which was used for patching. If the proposal does not include a bid item for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway", the roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the work shall be included in the contract prices of the other items of work. All costs for asphalt tack coat shall be included in the unit contract price per ton of the HiviA. "Crack Sealing ", by force account. "Crack Sealing" will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1 -09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Soil Residual Herbicide ft. Wide," per mile, or "Soil Residual Herbicide ", per square yard. The unit contract square per per price mile or e► and for "Soil Residual Herbicide" N p - yard be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install herbicide in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(5)D. "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul ", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 04.3(5)E. "Asphalt for Prime Coat", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Prime Coat" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(5)B. "Prime Coat Aggregate ", per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or per ton for "Prime Coat Agg." shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer. "Asphalt for Fog Seal ", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Fog Seal" shall be full pay for all costs of material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for the application of the fog seal as specified. If there is no bid item and a fog seal is required, it shall be applied and the work shall be included in the unit contract prices of the other work items. "Longitudinal Joint Seal ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Longitudinal Joint Seal" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 04.3(11). "Planing Bituminous Pavement", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Planing Bituminous Pavement" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 04.3(14). "Temporary Pavement Marking ", per linear foot. Payment for "Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8 -23.5. "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking ", per linear foot. Payment for "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8 -23.5. "Water", per M gallon. Payment for "Water" is described in Section 2 -07.5. "Anti- Stripping Additive ", by calculation. "Anti- Stripping Additive" will be paid for in accordance with Section 1 -09.6 except that no overhead, profit or other costs shall be allowed. Payment shall be made only for the invoice cost of the additive. The quantity of asphalt binder shall not be reduced by the quantity of anti - stripping additive used. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment," by calculation. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.5(1)A. "Compaction Price Adjustment," by calculation. "Compaction Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.5(1)B. 5 04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustments All HMA will be subject to price adjustments for Quality of HMA and Quality of HMA Compaction based on the Acceptance Plans in effect for each class of HMA within the contract. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated a calculated amount for all price adjustment items and has entered these amounts in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 5 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt binder content will be determined based on Section 1 -06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing 1, 3 /4 , 5/8, 1 /2, and 3 /8 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 4 sieve 6 All aggregate passing No. 10 sieve 10 All aggregate passing No. 40 sieve 6 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt cement 52 Factors for Open Graded Mix Constituent Factor "f' All aggregate passing 1 /2 sieve 10 All aggregate passing 3 /8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 4 sieve 40 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Note: Open graded mix shall be evaluated for gradation only. The quality incentive multiplier for open- graded mix shall be 40 percent rather than 60. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 1. Statistical Evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Statistical Evaluation, a Job Mix Compliance Incentive Factor (JMCIF) will be determined. The JMCIF equals the algebraic difference between the CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the JMCIF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. 2. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further statistical evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the job mix formula, the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is Tess than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the difference between the CPF and unity with regard to sign multiplied by 60 percent. The Inh Mix ('.nmplinnr Prue Adjuisstment %N he c nIr. u lnt ew i nc the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. 3. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside tolerances, the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When Tess than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5 04,5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality HMA Compaction For each compaction control lot, a Compaction Incentive Price Adjustment Factor (CIPAF) will be determined. The CIPAF equals the difference between the Composite Pay Factor and unity with regard to sign multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CIPAF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. CITY REVISION HOT MIX ASPHALT ( * * * * * *) APWA. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness (APWA Only) The last paragraph is revised with the following: 5 When utility((p"aaurtenances such as manhole rings and covers and valve boxes are encountered o are to the located within the asphalt pavement area, these items are either to be removed or not put in place until after the paving operation has been competed. The location of each utility appurtenance and all Monuments shall be referenced prior to the start of paving operations and a temporary covering shall be placed over the appurtenances to facilitate the continuous paving operation. After paving has been completed, the Contractor shall furnish, install and adjust new c stings on all new and existing public utility structures, and new Monument cases all monuments as shown on the plans. Utility Castings shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each structure and each monument shall be relocated from the references previously established by the Contractor. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the rim plus 2 feet. The new rim shall be placed on cement concrete blocks or adjustment rings and wedged up to the desired grade. The base materials shall be removed and Class #000 cement concrete shall be placed within the entire volume of the excavation up to, but not to exceed, 1 -1/2" below the finished pavement surface. On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the asphalt concrete pavement and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement, Class G asphalt concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. 5- 04.3(15) Asphalt Concrete Approach (APWA Only) Add the following to the sentence: "or reconstructed," after the work "constructed ".. 5- 04.3(17) Paving Under Traffic (APWA Only) Revise the last paragraph and sentence as follows: Change the phrase "except temporary pavement markings, " to "including temporary pavement markings," 5- 04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustment (APWA Only) This Section is deleted. 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA (APWA Only) This Section is deleted. 5- 04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality HMA Compaction (APWA Only) This Section is deleted. 1 SECTION 7 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7-1 CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS City Project No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 The 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction published by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association are, by this reference, made part of these Contract Documents. Except as may be amended, modified, or supplemented hereinafter, each section of the Standard Specifications shall be considered as much a part of these Contract Documents as if they were actually set forth herein. The APWA Supplement to DIVISION 1 (Division 1 -99) of the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction WILL apply to this Contract. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -2 CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR Pedestrian Way Improvements City of Yakima Project No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 CONTENTS PAGE NO. WORK SUMMARY 7 -4 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 7 -4 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 7 -5 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 7-6 1 -04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 7 -7 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK 7 -8 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 7 -16 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 7 -16 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7 -20 1 -09 MEASt IIREMENT AND PAYMENT 7 -25 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 7 -29 1 -99 APWA SUPPLEMENT 7 -30 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 7 -32 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 7 -32 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 7 -33 2 -07 WATERING 7 -35 2 -14 PAVEMENT REMCVAI 7 -35 3 -01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES AND STOCKPILING 7 -36 3 -02 STOCKPILING AGGREGATES 7 -36 4 -04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 7 -37 5 -04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 7 -37 5 -06 CONCRETE UNIT PAVER 7 -39 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -44 8 - 02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION __.______________ _.. 7 - 45 8 -03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 7 -52 8 -04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 7 -53 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 7 -54 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM, AND ELECTRICAL 7 -55 8 -21 PERMANENT SIGNING 7 -61 9 -14 EROSION CONTROL 7 -62 9 -15 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 7 -63 9 -29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 7 -63 Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CITY OF YAKIMA Pedestrian Way Improvements City of Yakima Project No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 WORK SUMMARY Reconstruct existing sidewalk areas along Yakima Avenue from 1 st Street to 9 Street, 16 city block fronts, approximately 5280 LF. Project will include installation of new sidewalks with pavers, curb and gutters, pedestrian lighting, trees, irrigation system, banner poles, benches, traffic and pedestrian control system modifications, and other related improvements. The quantities of work indicated in the proposal are to be considered as estimates and are for comparative bidding purposes only. All payments will be made on the basis of actual field measurement of Contract work completed. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans; the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association dated 2004, referenced codes and organizations, and these Special Provisions. All references hereinafter made to Standard Specifications shall refer to the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association dated 2004. NOTE: FOR THIS PROJECT, THE APWA SUPPLEMENT TO DIVISION ONE OF THE "2004 WSDOT /APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS" SHALL APPLY. THE APWA SUPPLEMENT IS CONTAINED IN THE "2004 WSDOT /APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS" AS DIVISION 1 -99. 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1 -01.3 Definitions The terms defined in SECTION 1 -01.3 of the Standard Specifications shall be further described by the following: Contracting Agency: City of Yakima 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98901 Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -4 The terms "Contracting Agency," "Owner," and "Engineer" are interchangeable. Consultant: Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39th Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 iiiapeutoi. The Owner's Resident r Engineer who observes the Contractor's performance. Standard Specifications: The 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Munici- pal Construction published by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association. Working Drawings: Working drawings are further defined as electrical diagrams, catalog cut sheets, manufacturer's informational sheets describ- ing salient features, per for 111 is nIILe curves, or samples of fabri- cated and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for the construction project. 1 - 02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1 -02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1- 02.4(1) General Add the following paragraph: A1. .� L:J .1 J _ ..I__1:1..1_ _ ._1 _L_11 L. granted prior 1L_ L.J No pre -bid approval 011 any pru�JOSeu substitute equiprneni shall be granted prior o the bid opening unless specified otherwise in these Specifications. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following: Any bid item which has a unit price but no extension column amount shall have the extension amount determined by multiplying the unit price times the unit quantity. Any bid item which does not have a unit price but does have an extension column amount shall have the unit price determined by dividing the extension amount by the unit quantity. Should both the unit price and the extension column amount be left blank, then the entire bid shall be considered non - responsive. Section 1 -02.6 is supplemented with the following: Bid Alternates The bid proposal for this contract includes two alternate bid Items, "Street Light Replacements" per lump sum and "Future Communication Conduit" per linear feet. The Z: \JAN \SPECS \050046 -'r K.DOC 7 -5 Bidder shall provide individual unit bid prices for all items included in the Base Bid and a bid price for the alternate bid items. 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal Delete the first sentence and replace it with the following: Sealed bids shall be clearly identified with the project name "Pedestrian Way Improvements" on the cover and will be received at the following location before the specified time: Office of the City Clerk, City of Yakima, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, WA 98901, until the time and date set for the bid opening. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals SECTION 1 -02.13 of the Standard Specifications is revised as follows: Revise Item 1.a to read, "The bidder is not prequalified when so required;" Add Item 2.e. as follows: f. If changes to proposal form entries are not initialed. 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.2 Award of Contract Add the following: The Contract will be awarded on the basis of the total of all bid items accepted by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall submit bids for all bid items to be considered as a responsive bidder. The apparent low bidder will be determined based on the combined total of all bid items. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract Delete the first sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: Within 10 working days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by SECTION 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and SECTION 1 -03.4. Failure to return the required documents within the allotted time shall be considered as non - responsive and shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of the bidder in accordance with SECTION 1 -03.5. 1 -03.4 Contract Bond Add the following: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -6 The Contractor shall guarantee the material provided and workmanship performed under the Contract for a period of one year from and after the final acceptance thereof by the Con- tracting Agency. In addition to the requirements for the Contract Bond according to SECTION 1 -03.4 of the Standard Specifications, the Bond shall further indemnify and hold the Contracting Agency its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials harmless from defects appearing or 1..._1.._..__. in the 1 I_._ 1 1 1 2 1 1 the developing ini he material or workmanship provided or performed under the Contract within a period of one year after final acceptance by the Contracting Agency. The Contract Bond shall be in the form of the Contract Bond document bound in these Specifications. 1 -03.7 Judicial Review Delete the last sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of Yakima County, Washington. 1 -04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1- 04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal Delete the first paragraph in its entirety and replace it with the following: If work is required to complete the project according to the intent of the Plans and Specifica- tions but no bid item is provided in the Bid Schedule, then the Contractor shall include the cost for providing the necessary work in the unit or lump sum price for the bid item most closely related to the work. 1 -04.4 Changes Add the following: No changes in the work covered by the approved Contract Documents shall be made without having prior written or oral (as deemed appropriate due to urgency of change) approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be determined by one or more, or a combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid prices previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. c. The actual costs of: (1) Labor, including foremen; (2) Materials entering permanently into the work; (3) The ownership or rental costs of construction plant and equipment during the time of use on the extra work; (4) Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment; (5) Insurance; (6) Social Security and old age and unemployment contributions. Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7_7 Should authorized changes be made based upon the actual cost of material and labor, the costs thereof and costs allowed for overhead profit, bonds, insurance, etc., shall be determined via SECTION 1 -09.6 FORCE ACCOUNT of the Standard Specifications. Delete the last two paragraphs in their entirety and replace with the following: After bid award, the Contractor may submit proposals for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract. These proposals must reduce the cost or time required for construction of the project. If determined appropriate by the Contracting Agency, a change order will be executed implementing the proposed change /changes. 1 -04.6 Increased or Decreased Quantities Add the following: The quantities of the following Bid Proposal Items are estimates for bidding purposes only. There will be no adjustments in price due to increases or decreases in quantities regardless of the magnitude. The 25 percent provisions of this Section 1 -04.6 shall not apply to the Bid items listed below. Payment will be made at the unit contract price for actual quantities of work completed. * All Bid Items * 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup Add the following: Partial cleanup shall be done by the Contractor when he feels it is necessary or when, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, partial cleanup should be done prior to either final cleanup or final inspection. The cleanup work shall be done immediately upon written notification of the Engineer and other work shall not proceed until this partial cleanup is accomplished. Should the Contractor not conduct the cleanup as directed and in a timely manner, the Owner shall take action to have such cleanup work completed by others and will deduct such costs from any payment due the Contractor. 1 -04.12 Waste Site (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: Where there is additional waste excavation in excess of that needed for the project and in excess of that needed for compliance with requests of the Owner, the Contractor shall secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense. The Contractor shall also be required to secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense for the disposal of all unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, and any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -8 Add the following: The Contractor's attention is specifically directed to the following provisions of this SECTION • 1 -05: • SECTION 1 -05.4, CONFORMITY WITH AND DEVIATIONS FROM PLANS AND STAKES; paragraphs 3 through 7. • SECTION 1 -05.6, INSPECTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS: paragraphs 1, 3, 4, and 5. SECTION 1- 05.13, SUPERINTENDENTS, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT OF CONTRAC- TOR: paragraphs 2 and 3. Although specific attention is directed to the above sections, it shall not relieve the Contractor from the requirements of the remaining provisions of this section. 1 -05.1 Authority of the Engineer Add the following: Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda, the means and methods of construction shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the Engineer's right to reject means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will constitute or create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) will not produce finished work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise his right to reject such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to accomplish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of such right to reject create a cause for action for damages. 1 -05.3 Pians and 'Working Drawings Delete the third through fifth paragraphs of SECTION 1 -05.3 of the Standard Specifications and replace them with the following: The submittal of Shop Drawings will not be required for this project, nor will the Engineer review any Shop Drawings submitted by the Contractor. If Shop Drawings are submitted, they will be marked "NOT REVIEWED" and returned to the Contractor. The materials and quality of the final constructed product are shown on the Plans and specified herein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, or similar data to assure all portions of the work are coordinated and completed in compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor assumes full responsibility for all means, methods, sequences, techniques or procedures of construction, and to safety precautions or programs incidental thereto. 1- 05.3(1) Project Record Drawings (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -9 The Contractor shall maintain a neatly marked, full -size set of record drawings showing the final location and layout of all new construction. Drawings shall be kept current weekly, with all field instruction, change orders, and construction adjustment. Drawings shall be subject to the inspection of the Engineer at all times. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer one set of neatly marked record drawings showing the information required above. Requests for partial payment will not be approved if the marked -up prints are not kept current, and request for final payment will not be approved until the marked -up prints are delivered to the Engineer. 1 -05.4 Conformity with and Deviation From Plans and Stakes 1- 05.4(1) Roadway and Utility Surveys (APWA ONLY) Add the following: (ROAD PROJECTS) The Consultant will establish the line and grade of proposed construction by offset stakes and "blue top" hubs as defined below. The Contractor shall establish grades from the Consultant's stakes at suitable intervals in accordance with good practice and which meet with the approval of the Engineer. Where any information on the Plans is insufficient for establishing line and /or grade, the Contractor shall request additional information from the Consultant. Where new construction adjoins existing construction, the Contractor shall make such adjustments in grade as are directed by the Engineer. The Consultant will perform all surveying necessary to check compliance with the Specifications and as required for measuring the quantities of work as specified. The Contractor shall furnish assistance to the Engineer in checking depth and measuring quantities for payment purposes. Offset stakes will be provided by the Consultant one time only for back of curb alignment /top of curb grade at fifty (50) foot intervals, and at all curb returns and catch basins. The Con- sultant will provide slope staking one time only in areas of significant sloping, establish the centerline for minor structures, and establish bench marks at convenient locations for use by the Contractor. The Consultant will provide "blue top" hubs one time only at fifty (50) foot intervals at subgrade at curb and gutter. The Contractor shall request subgrade "blue top" hubs in accordance with staking request procedures herein specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing "blue top" hubs at fifty (50) foot intervals for each course of aggregate. All costs of staking performed by the Contractor shall be considered incidental to the various bid items of the project. Any charges incurred by the Consultant to replace stakes, markers, and monumentation which were not to be disturbed but were damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be calculated on an hourly basis at the Consultant's normal hourly billing rates in effect at that time for the individuals and equipment required to do the work, including travel time and overtime. The Contractor does hereby authorize the Contracting Agency to deduct such costs from the amounts due or to become due to him. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -1 0 Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Consultant's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Consultant still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished the Consultant. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer and Consultant. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for a ny errnr in alignment nr grarla 1- 05.4(3) Construction Staking Requests (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications:: All staking requests shall be made on the "Construction Staking Request Form" found on the following page_ The form shall be delivered or faxed to the Consultant's office at least three (3) working days prior to the date requested for staking. The Contractor shall provide a brief description of the staking needed the approximate location (station to station), and when the staking will be required. The request shall be reviewed with the Consultant and both parties shall sign the form. When the staking is completed, the survey party chief will initial and date the form. Requests for re- stakes shall be marked boldly in the description and initialed by both the Contractor and the Consultant. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -11 CONSTRUCTION STAKING REQUEST FORM Project: CITY OF YAKIMA City Project No. 2116 PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS HLA Project No. 05046 Contractor: Date of Request: Time of Request The Contractor shall provide at least three (3) working days notice as required by the Contract Special Provisions. WHEN REQUIRED ITEM DESCRIPTION STATION TO STATION DATE TIME 1. 2. 3. 4. SIGNATURES STAKING COMPLETED Item By Date /Time 1. Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 2. 3. 4. Contractor Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -12 1 -05.5 SURVEY MONUMENTS (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contracting Agency will, at its own cost, reference all known existing monuments or markers relating to subdivisions, plats, roads, street centerline intersections, etc. The Contractor shall take special care to protect these monuments or markers and also the reference points. in the event the Contractor is negligent in preserving such monuments and markers, the points will be reset by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 1- 05.10(1) General Guaranty and Warranty (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: If, within one year after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and unauthorized work is discovered, the Contractor shall promptly, upon written request by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, either correct such work or, if such work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the Project Site and replace it with non - defective and authorized work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written request to correct defective and unauthorized work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and unauthorized work corrected or rejected, removed, and replaced pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 1 -05.7 of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees the above one -year limitation shall not exclude nor diminish the Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 9.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing or liability, expressed or implied, arising out of a written agreement. 1- 05.11(1) Substantiai Completion irate (APWA ONLY) Add the following: To be considered substantially complete, the following conditions must be met: 1. The Contracting Agency must have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint. 2. Only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair work remains to reach physical completion of the work. 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors • Supplement this section with the following Contractor shall coordinate work and scheduling with the following agencies and projects: 1. Hilton Garden Inn — Construction of a four story hotel and other businesses. This work will occur at the same time of this sidewalk project. The Contractor will need to coordinate activities with the hotel's general contractor, Moen Construction. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -13 Contact: 509 - 248 -0740 2. City of Yakima Traffic Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Traffic Dept. when his work will involve removing, relocating or replacing existing street lights, existing or new electrical conduit runs, irrigation system modifications, traffic control plans and traffic signal issues. Contact: Shelley Willson (509 -575 -6005) 3. City of Yakima Water Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Water Dept. when his work will involve new water services, adjustment of existing water services, water from City fire hydrants. Contact: Alvie Maxie (509- 575 -6005) 4. City of Yakima Parks Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Parks Dept. when his work will involve removing, relocating, capping existing irrigation facilities. Contact: Randy Murphy (509- 575 -6005) 1 -05.16 Water and Power (APWA ONLY) Add the following: Water for compaction and dust control purpose shall be furnished and applied in accordance with these provisions and SECTION 2 -07 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: Water Supply: Water for use on the projects shall be furnished by the Contracting Agency and the Contractor shall convey the water from the nearest convenient hydrant or other source at his own expense. The hydrants shall be used in accordance with the appropriate Water Department regulations. Measurement and Payment: No separate measurement or payment for water will be made. This pertains to water required for dust control, water settling trenches, and any other water as required by the Contract Documents. All costs for hauling, conveying, and applying water shall be included in the various bid items of the proposal. 1 -05.18 Testing (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and paying for all material testing required by these Contract Documents. All testing services shall be performed by an independent, certified testing firm and /or laboratory meeting the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit information relating to the qualifications of the proposed testing firm to the Engineer for review and approval prior to the preconstruction conference. The testing frequencies listed below may be modified to assure compliance with the Specifications. Sidewalk Subgrade Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -14 Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,000 square feet of subgrade. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Subgrade compaction shall be as specified for Roadway Embankment. Trench Backfilling Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency and at depths sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for each 100 linear feet of main pipeline trench and one (1) test for each street crossing. At alternating 100 -foot locations along the main trench line, tests shall be taken at 1 -foot, 2 -foot and 3 -foot depths below finish grade. Compaction shall conform to Section 7-08.3(3) or 7-10.3(11) as applicable to the pipeline being constructed. At a minimum, compaction shall be to at least 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Ballast and Crushed Surfacing Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material incorporated into the project and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for _.._�. n nnn __'--__ feet _r _...1 --- -_-- r__ _ --� lift _r ballast __ __.._�_� _...1__:..._ every 2,000 square feet of surface area for each nit of ballast or crushed surracury. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Compaction of ballast and crushed surfacing shall be as specified in SECTION 4- 04.3(5). Cement Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Sidewalk A copy of the cement concrete design mix or certification from the concrete supplier that the concrete provided has been prepared to the strength requirement as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. A concrete strength cylinder shall be taken and tested at 28 days for the first truck load and every fourth truck Toad of concrete delivered to the job for every day concrete is placed. All testing procedures shall be conducted in accordance with applicable Sections of Division 6 -02 of the Standard Specifications. Copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -15 Asphalt Paving Copies of the maximum Rice density test for each class of asphalt pavement and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Density tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of asphalt pavement. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required densities. Compaction of asphalt pavement shall be as specified in SECTION 5- 04.3(10)B. 1 -06 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use This section shall be supplemented as follows: All lighting materials, bollards, and sign posts to be supplied by the City of Yakima as specified elsewhere in these special provisions will be made available to the Contractor at no cost. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the City for access to their storage yard at the corner of South 3 Avenue and Pine Streets which is approximately 0.5 miles from the west end of the project limits. Loading and hauling equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed Amend the second sentence of the first paragraph to read: The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the State (including the Commission, the Secretary, and any agents, officers, and employees) and the Contracting Agency (including any agents, officers, employees, and representatives) against any claims which may arise because the Contractor (or any employee of the Contractor or subcontractor or materialman) violated a legal requirement. 1- 07.5(4) Air Quality This section is supplemented with the following: The local air pollution authority is the Yakima Regional Clean Air Authority, (509) 574 -1410. 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses This section is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995) Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -116 No hydraulic permits are required for this project unless the Contractor's operations use, divert, obstruct, or change the natural flow or bed of any river or stream, or utilize any of the waters of the State or materials from gravel or sand bars, or from stream beds. The Contractor shall have or obtain a valid City of Yakima Business License for the duration of this project. 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents Add the following: If using the occupation code for wage affidavits and payrolls and if the project involves more than one jurisdictional area, the Contractor shall reference the area just after the occupation code number. For example: 10 -0010 Yak.E. 1- 07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic Replace with the following: When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize the street and associated facilities during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for damages to permanent work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and temporary facilities to accommodate both vehicular and pedestrian traffic during construction. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Replace the second paragraph with the following: The Contractor shall perform all temporary water pollution /erosion control measures shown in the Plans, specified in the Special Provisions or WSDOT Storm Drainage manual, proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, or ordered by the Engineer as work proceeds. Payment for all work necessary to comply with Section 1 -07.15 shall be included in other various bid items, and no separate payment shall be made. 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property This section is supplemented with the following: Stockpiling in City of Yakima right -of -way or on existing or new improvements shall not occur unless approved by the Engineer. All temporary stockpile sites shall be restored to as their original condition or better. The Contractor shall contact all property owners and tenants in the vicinity of this project, via newsletter /mailing, a minimum of one (1) week prior to start of construction. The newsletter /mailing shall advise the owners and tenants of the construction schedule and indicate the Contractor's name, contact person, and telephone numbers. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -17 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Add the following: Locations and dimensions shown on the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to investigate the presence and location of all utilities prior to bid opening and to assess their impacts on his construction activities. The Contractor shall call the Utility Notification Center (One Call Center) for field location, not less than two nor more than ten business days before the scheduled date for commencement of excavation which may affect underground utility facilities, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties involved. A business day is defined as any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal local, state, or federal holiday. The telephone number for the One Call Center for this project is 1- 800 - 553 -4344. If no one - number locator service is available, notice shall be provided individually by the Contractor to those owners known to or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of proposed excavation. Utilities, new or old, may be renewed, relocated, or adjusted for the proposed construction. The Contractor shall, prior to beginning any work, meet with all utility organizations (public and private) in the field to familiarize himself with existing utility locations, along with familiar- izing himself with plans and schedules for the installation of new, relocated, or adjusted utilities. Both public and private utility organizations, along with private contractors working for these organizations, may be doing utility installations within the area. The proposed con- struction work must be coordinated with these utility installations. The Contractor shall arrange with the owners and operators of the respective utility systems to mark the locations and, if necessary or prudent, to expose the existing utilities prior to construction of the facilities contained in this Contract. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other contractors who may be working in the project area and cooperate with them. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Qwest 8 W 2nd Ave, Room 304 Yakima, WA 98902 509 - 575 -7183 Charter Cable 1005 N 16th Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 509 - 575 -1697 City of Yakima Water Division 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. Yakima, WA 98902 509 - 575 -6154 City of Yakima Wastewater Div. 2220 E. Viola, Yakima, WA 98901 509 - 575 -6077 Cascade Natural Gas Corporation 401 N 1st Street, Yakima, WA 98901 509 - 457 -5905 Pacific Power PO Box 1729 Yakima, WA 98907 Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7-18 509 - 575 -3146 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA ONLY) Add the following: Within ten (10) days following contract award or prior to start of construction, whichever comes first, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner a Certificate of Insurance and the adrlitinnal ins fired enrdorsemenfs as eviirdenc Nuu e of nmmrlianne wi +h n +hose rngi uiremen +s This u.0 IS �u� vu v. rw� vv111,1 iw u.a �. v iu,.11VV vi VVI 11i 1V,.. vvi 1 u w.7V I c yun VI I IV! ILO. t 111J certificate shall name the City of Yakima, its employees, agents, elected and appointed officials, Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., and all subcontractors as "additional insureds" and shall stipulate that the policies named thereon cannot be canceled unless at least forty -five (45) days written notice has been given to the Owner. The certificate shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation notification: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents, or representatives." 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1= 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add the following to the third paragraph: 5. The Contractor shall maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to businesses at all times that businesses are open uniess the Contractor provides the Engineer with written agreement the business owner for alternate accesses, hours of work or other agreements. Add the following to the sixth paragraph: 7. Open trenches and excavations shall be protected with proper barricades and at night they shall be distinctively indicated by adequately placed lights. To minimize the disruption to access to adjacent properties, and to Yakima Transit operations, any lane closure area shall be limited to that area of active work and necessary for appropriate lane closure tapers. The Contractor shall stage work to maintain access to and egress from all properties at all times. Contractor may consider work immediately in front of business access to be done during non - business hours or schedule an agreeable time with each business owner. A safe pedestrian access shall be provided at all times through or around the current work areas. All lane closures shall be coordinated with the adjacent businesses, other contractors working within the project vicinity, local transit agencies and the City of Yakima. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, parking is a hazard to through traffic or to the construction work, parking may be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for restricting parking shall be approved by the City and placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain all such signs. The replacement of signs restricting parking shall be as approved by the Engineer, Z: \JAN \SPECS \050466- YK.DOC 7 -1 9 The Contractor shall notify all property owners and tenants of detours, street and alley closures, or other restrictions that may interfere with their access. Notification shall be at least twenty -four (24) hours in advance for residential property, and at least forty -eight (48) hours in advance for commercial property. Emergency traffic, such as police, fire, and disaster units, shall be provided access at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall coordinate his activities with all disposal firms and transit bus service that may be operating in the project area. It is the intent of the Contract to effectively prevent the deposition of debris on streets in areas of public traffic or where such debris may be transported into a drainage system. When construction operations are such that debris from the work is deposited on the roadway surfaces, the Contractor will remove all such debris before the end of the work day. Should daily removal be insufficient to keep the streets clean, the Contractor shall perform removal operations on a more frequent basis. If the Engineer determines that a more frequent cleaning is impractical or if the Contractor fails to keep the streets free from deposits and debris resulting from the work, The Contractor shall, upon order of the Engineer, provide facilities for and remove all deposits from the tires or between wheels before trucks or other equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to clean the streets in question, or the trucks or equipment in question, the Engineer may order the work suspended at the Contractor's risk until compliance with Contractor's obligations is assured, or the Engineer may order the streets in question cleaned by others and such costs incurred by the City in achieving compliance with these contract requirements, including cleaning of the streets, shall be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor next monthly estimate. The Contractor shall have not claim for delay or additional costs should the Engineer choose to suspend the Contractor's work until compliance is achieved. 1- 07.23(1)APublic Meeting (New Section) The Contractor and his Project Superintendent shall be required to attend a community meeting with City Officials, the Engineer, and Business Owners in the City of Yakima prior to beginning construction. The purpose of the meeting is to inform the Business Owners of the Contractor's proposed construction schedule and sequencing of the construction activities. The Contractor shall be prepared to present his schedule and sequence to the Business Owners and to answer questions from the public. 1 -07.28 Safety Standards (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal health and safety codes, standards, regulations, and /or accepted industry standards. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that his work force and the public are adequately protected against any hazards. The Contracting Agency shall have the authority at all times to issue a stop work order at no penalty to the Contracting Agency if, in its opinion, working conditions present an undue hazard to the public, property, or the work force. Such authority shall not, however, relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the maintenance of safe working conditions or assess any responsibility to the Contracting Agency or Engineer for the identification of any or all unsafe conditions. 1 -07.29 Notifying Property Owners (New Section) Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -20 The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: When construction activities will affect ingress and egress to a property along the project alignment, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the occupant/occupants of the property 24 hours prior to the construction activity beginning. If personal contact with the occupant is not possible, the Contractor shall leave written notification. 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work (APWA ONLY) Add the following to the first paragraph: The "Schedule of Working Hours" form bound in the Contract and Related Materials section of these Contract Documents shall be executed by the Contractor prior to construction and shall be discussed at the preconstruction conference to formally establish the normal straight time working hours for the project. Normal working hours shall be limited to 40 hours per week based on the time the Contractor and /or his subcontractors are at the project site. 1 -08.1 Subcontracting Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a "Request to Sublet" form, found on the following page, to the Engineer for review prior to the identified subcontractor beginning any work on the project. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7-21 Washington State Request to Sublet Work Department of Transportation q ❑ Subcontractor ❑ Lower Tier Subcontractor i Prime Contractor Federal Employer I.D. Number * State Contract Number • Job Description (Title) Request Number Approval is Requested to Sublet the Following Described Work to: Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Federal Employer I.D. Number * Address Telephone Number City State Zip Code Estimated Starting Date If Lower Tier Subcontractor, ID of Corresponding Subcontractor * If no Federal Employer 1.D. Number, Use Owner's Social Security Number Item No. Partial Item Description Amount I understand and will insure that the subcontractor will Prime Contractor Signature Date comply fully with the plans and specifications under which this work is being performed. Department of Transportation Use Only Percent of Total Contract ❑ DBE MBE ❑ WBE This Request % Remarks: Previous Requests Sublet to Date % Project Engineer Date Approved - Region Construction Engineer Date Li Approved (When Required) DOT Form 421 - 012 EF Distribution: White (Original) - Region Canary (Copy) - Project Engineer Pink (Copy) - Contractor Revised 6/97 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: Following Contract award and satisfactory provision or execution of all required Contract Documents, the Engineer will schedule a preconstruction conference at a time mutually agreeable to all concerned. At this conference, all points of the Contract Documents will be open to discussion including scope, order and coordination of work, equipment lead time required, means and methods of construction, inspection and reporting procedures, etc. The Contractor should satisfy himself that all provisions and intentions of the Contract are fully understood. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer at the preconstruction conference a Construction Progress and Completion Schedule using a bar graph format. The Contractor's schedule shall be prepared allowing for the following requirements of this contract: • It is the intent of this project to minimize the disruption and access impacts to the adjoining property and business owners. To this end, the Contractor shall schedule his work to achieve this goal. • Work shall be staged in two (2) adjacent city block fronts increments. • Demolition work shall be limited to no more than two (2) adjacent city block fronts at any one time. Demolition of succeeding block fronts shall not begin until the preceding 2 block fronts are completely ready for sidewalk placement and ADA curb ramps. • Contractor shall allow no more than 18 working days from start of demolition to completion of sidewalk placement for each two (2) city block fronts. • Order of construction of city blocks shall be as follows: 1. 3rd Street to Naches Avenue — North side 2. 1S Street to 3 Street — South side 3. 1 Street to 3 Street — North side 4. 3 Street to Naches Avenue — South side 5. Naches Avenue to 7 Avenue — North side 6. 7 Avenue to 9 Avenue — South side 7, 7th Avantt Jo, to qth Avon, — Nnrth girie • The following dates and events have been scheduled within or adjacent to this • project's limits. Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflicting with these times as much as possible. May 5 - Cinco de Mayo Street Fair on 3 Street — N. and S. of Yakima Ave. May 29 — Memorial Day Parade July 4 - Fourth of July Parade September 2" to 4 - 3 on 3 Basketball Tourney — Yakima Ave, 2nd St to 4 St (Clos Z: \JAN \SPECS \06046- YK.DOC 7 -23 • Late September — Sunfair Parade Farmer Market — 3 Street South of Yakima Avenue - Every Sunday during summer Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The Schedule shall detail each two (2) city block front's work individually from beginning to end. The Schedule shall conform to the working time and time of completion established under the terms of the Contract and shall be subject to modification by the Engineer. The Schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible) of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered in the planning and scheduling of work influenced by high or low ambient temperature or precipitation to ensure the completion of the work within the Contract Time. No time extensions will be granted for the Contractor's failure to take into account such weather conditions for the location of the work and for the period of time in which the work is to be accomplished. This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a weekly activity schedule to the Construction Engineer before 9:00 a.m. on the Friday prior to the week indicated on the schedule. If the Contractor proceeds with work not indicated on this weekly activity schedule, or in a sequence differing form the which he has shown on this schedule, the Engineer may order the Contractor to delay unscheduled activities until they are included on a subsequent weekly activity schedule. Delete the next to the last sentence of the second paragraph. 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work (APWA only) SECTION 1 -08.4 of the APWA Supplement is replaced with the following: The Engineer will issue a Notice to Proceed after the Contract has been executed and the Contract Bond and evidence of insurances have been approved. The Contractor shall not begin work until the Notice to Proceed has been issued. The Contractor shall not delay the start of construction activities. The Contract time shall begin on the date set forth in the Notice to Proceed or the first day the Contractor begins work, whichever comes first. The work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently to completion within the Contract Time. Failure of the Contractor to begin work by the date set forth in the Notice to Proceed will be considered grounds for Termination for Default as specified under SECTION 1- 08.10(1) of the Standard Specifications. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -24 1 -08.5 Time for Completion (Contract Time) (APWA ONLY) Add the following: One hundred and sixty (160) working days after the date set forth in the NOTICE TO PROCEED shall be allowed for completion of all Contract work. Within 10 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with copies of purchase orders for all equipment items deemed critical by the Contracting Agency including but not limited trees, plants, and concrete unit pavers required for the physical completion of the contract. Such purchase orders shall disclose the estimated delivery dates for the critical equipment items. If the contract involves items of work which can be performed without adversely affecting the work involved with the critical equipment items, and which may be started prior to delivery of the critical items, the Contractor may start and physically complete that portion of the work authorized by tl le Engineer. . TII le work k will start on the day that the start of work is authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer may suspend the work upon request of the Contractor until the critical items are delivered to the Contractor. The Contractor will be entitled to only one such suspension of time during the performance of the work and during such suspension shall not perform any additional work on the project. Upon delivery of the critical items, contract time will resume and continue to be charged. Add the following paragraph after the second paragraph: Inclement weather shall not be a prima facie reason for the granting of an extension of time, and the Contractor shall make every effort to continue work under prevailing conditions. The Owner may, however, grant an extension of time if an unavoidable delay as a result of inclement weather in fact occurs, and such shall then be classified as a "delay." An "inclem- tll ........tL..... delay a day is defined day o ... .. I Ilul LI It Contractor ted b ., : ride ... el IL WCdll ICI lleldy Ucly is UCIII ICU as a day on I VVl 111:11 the l.Ul ILldl.lUl is prevented 1J�/ II IC.ICI I ICI IL weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or critical path activity, as determined by the Resident Engineer, from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on such operation for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or critical path activity. Delete Item f. found in the APWA Supplement. 1- 08.10(1) Termination for Default In the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, replace "State of Washington, Department of Transportation" with "Contracting Agency." 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1- 09.2(3) Specific Requirements for Platform Scales Add the following: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 -Y K.DOC 7 -25 The Contractor will furnish a person, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, who will operate the certified scales while the loading and hauling of materials is in progress. The Contractor shall provide the platform scales and any tickets required for self - printing scales. Certified weight tickets accompanying each truckload of material will be required to be delivered to the Resident Engineer at the site. Should the Resident Engineer be unavailable, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor's project superintendent to collect all said certified tickets for the day and deliver them to the Resident Engineer the morning following the day's construction. The certified tickets shall have project name, date, time, product delivered, gross weight, tare weight, and net weight shown in pounds. Any certified weight tickets submitted later than the morning following the day materials are delivered to the site will not be considered for measurement and payment. 1 -09.4 Equitable Adjustment Replace Item 2.b. with the following: 2.b. Per Section 1 -09.6, Force Account. 1 -09.6 Force Account Add the following clarification: The term "project overhead" shall include "jobsite overhead." The term "general company overhead" shall include "home office overhead." 1 -09.9 Payments (APWA ONLY) Add the following: The estimate cutoff date discussed above shall be the last working day of each month. The Contractor shall submit his signed Application for Payment within 3 working days of the estimate cutoff date. After the application for payment is reviewed by the Engineer, the Engineer will make a recommendation to the Contracting Agency for action at the first available meeting of the governing body that payment be made. The City will submit all payable invoices to the State of Washington Traffic Safety Commission for reimbursement, and payment is anticipated to be made within 30 calendar days from said submittal. Failure to submit an Application for Payment within the required time may delay action by the Con- tracting Agency's governing body and further delay payment to the Contractor. All payments for lump sum items over $5,000.00 or a single payment for a lump sum contract of any amount will be measured by a schedule of values established as follows: At the Preconstruction Conference, the contractor shall furnish a breakdown for each lump sum bid item or for the total lump sum contract price showing the amount bid for each principal category of the work, in such detail as requested by the Engineer, to provide a basis for determining progress payments. This breakdown, referred to as the "Schedule of Values," will be approved by the Engineer as described in Section 1 -08 Prosecution and Progress before the first payment is made. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -26 1- 09.9(1) Retainage Delete the last sentence of the second paragraph. A retainage bond will not be accepted. Add the following to the fourth paragraph: 5. An affidavit is delivered to the Contracting Agency by the Contractor stating that all persons performing labor or furnishing materials have been paid. 1- 09.9(2) Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: In addition to monies retained pursuant to RCW 60.28 and subject to RCW 39.04.250, RCW 39.12, and RCW 39.76, the Contractor authorizes the Engineer to withhold progress payments due or deduct an amount from any payment or payments due the Contractor which, in the Engineer's opinion, may be necessary to cover the Contracting Agency's costs for or to remedy the following situations: 1. Damage to another contractor when there is evidence thereof and a claim has been filed. 2. Where the Contractor has not paid fees or charges to public authorities or municipalities which the Contractor is obligated to pay. 3. Utilizing material, tested and inspected by the Engineer, for purposes not connected with the Work (Section 1- 05.6). 4. Landscape damage assessments per Section 1- 07.16. 5. For overtime work performed by Contracting Agency personnel or its repre- sentative, per Section 1- 08.0(3). 6. Anticipated or actual failure of the Contractor to complete the Work on time: a. Per erection 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damage; or b. Lack of construction progress based upon the Engineer's review of the Contractor's approved progress schedule which indicates the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time. When calculating an anticipated time overrun, the Engineer will make allowances for weather delays, approved unavoidable delays, and suspensions of the Work. The amount withheld under this subparagraph will be based upon the liquidated damages amount per day set forth in Contract Documents multiplied by the number of days the Contractor's approved progress schedule, in the opinion of the Engineer, indicates the Contract may exceed the Contract Time. 7. Failure of the Contractor to perform any of the Contractor's other obligations under the Contract, including but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to provide the Engineer with a field office when required by the Contract Provisions. b. Failure of the Contractor to protect survey stakes, markers, etc., or to provide adequate survey work as required by Section 1 -05.5. c. Failure of the Contractor to correct defective or unauthorized work (Section 1- 05.7). d. Failure of the Contractor to furnish a Manufacturer's Certificate of Com- pliance in lieu of material testing and inspection as required by Section 1- 06.3. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -27 e. Failure to submit weekly payrolls, Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage forms, or correct underpayment to employees of the Contractor or subcontractor of any tier as required by Section 1 -07.9. f. Failure of the Contractor to pay worker's benefits (Title 50 and Title 51 RCW) as required by Section 1- 07.10. g. Failure of the Contractor to submit and obtain approval of a progress schedule per Section 1 -08.3. The Contractor authorizes the Engineer to act as agent for the Contractor disbursing such funds as have been withheld pursuant to this section to a party or parties who are entitled to payment. Disbursement of such funds, if the Engineer elects to do so, will be made only after giving the Contractor 15 calendar days prior written notice of the Contracting Agency's intent to do so, and if prior to the expiration of the 15- calendar day period: 1. No legal action has commenced to resolve the validity of the claims, and 2. The Contractor has not protested such disbursement. A proper accounting of all funds disbursed on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with this section will be made. A payment made pursuant to this section shall be considered as payment made under the terms and conditions of the Contact. The Contracting Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for such payment made in good faith. If legal action is instituted to determine the validity of the claims prior to expiration of the 15- day period mentioned above, the Engineer will hold the funds until determination of the action or written settlement agreement of the parties. When the conditions 1 -7 are resolved or the Contractor provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the Contracting Agency which will protect the Contracting Agency in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: Upon completion of all work under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall request final payment. Upon receipt of such request, the Engineer will inspect and, if acceptable, submit to the Owner his recommendation as to acceptance of the completed work and as to the final estimate of the amount due the Contractor. Upon approval of this final estimate and upon final acceptance of the work under this Contract, the Owner will notify the Department of Revenue of the completion of said Contract. Provided the Department of Revenue certifies there are no taxes or penalties due and owing from the Contractor, and there are no other known claims or liens against the retained funds, and further provided the terms of SECTION 1- 09.9(1) are in compliance, the Owner will pay to the Contractor the balance of monies due under this Contract in accordance with RCW Title 60.28. In the event unsatisfied claims or liens for taxes, material, labor, and other services are known to exist, an amount will be further withheld from the retainage sufficient to satisfy the settlement of such claims and liens, including attorney's fees incurred, and the remainder will be released from escrow, or released from the retained funds and paid to the Contractor. On contracts for public works, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until after the Contractor has filed with the Owner the Affidavit of Wages Paid forms required by Z: \JAN \SPECS105046 - YK.DOC 7-28 RCW 39.12.040 certifying that the Contractor and subcontractors have paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages. The parties further agree that the Owner may, without liability, withhold final payment to the Contractor until such time as the Contractor has completed all forms required by the Owner. 1 -09.11 Disputes and Claims 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction Delete in its entirety the reference to Thurston County and replace it with Yakima County, Washington. 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 -10.1 General This section is supplemented with the following: Existing traffic control and other City signs that interfere with construction activities shall be removed and delivered to the City Sign Maintenance Shop. The Contractor shall notify the City five (5) working days in advance of any necessary permanent sign removal. Existing signs shall not be removed until the Contractor has provided for temporary measures sufficient to safeguard and direct traffic control and other City signs shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. As the work progresses and permits, temporarily relocated and /or removed traffic signs shall be reset in their permanent location by the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the special provisions. The Contractor shall notify the City five (5) working days in advance of the need for the return of signs for resetting. Permanent signs and other traffic control devices damaged or lost by the ',UI . L . ....L.... I Id II lie .. ...1....._,..d L... L .. .. d L LI IC L L..I1 ldUUI VUt to dl,Wl JI Idll lie I eE.JIdGCU U�/ U IC Vlly dL ll IC l.�Vl Ill dlaUl J CJC f.JCI IJC. 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Delete the entire section and replace with the following: The Contractor shall prepare a project specific signing plan showing the necessary Class A and B construction signing and barricades and traffic control devices required for the project and submit it to the Engineer for review no later than the preconstruction conference date. When the Class B signing for a particular area will be provided as detailed on one or more of the figures included in the MUTCD without modification, the Contractor may reference the applicable MUTCD figure at the appropriate location on the Plan. When this procedure is used, variable distances such as minimum length of taper must be specified by the Contractor. The signing plan prepared by the Contractor shall provide for adequate warning within the limits of the project and on all streets, alleys, and driveways entering the project so that approaching traffic may turn left or right onto existing undisturbed streets before reaching the project. Z: \JAN \SPECS \050-".5 - -YK. DC C 7-29 All costs incurred by the Contractor in preparation of the Traffic Control Plan, including any revisions required by the Engineer after review, shall be included in the unit contract prices for "Project Temporary Traffic Control," per lump sum. 1 -10.3 Flagging, Signs, and all Other Traffic Control Devices 1- 10.3(3) Construction Signs The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All signs, barricades, flashers, cones, traffic safety drums, and other traffic control devices required by the approved traffic control plan(s), as well as any other appropriate signs prescribed by the City, shall be furnished by the Contractor. The last two sentences of the first paragraph are deleted. The third paragraph is revised as follows: Delete item 2. Revise item 3 to read: Furnishing, initial installation, and subsequent removal of both Class A and B construction signs; and 1 -10.5 Payment Section 1 -10.5 shall be revised as follows: Class A and Class B construction signs and labor for traffic control, including flagging when necessary, shall be considered incidental to the Contract bid item for "Project Temporary Traffic Control," per lump sum. All costs for furnishing, erecting, and maintaining Class A and Class B construction signs and for providing traffic control labor shall be included in the Contract bid item "Project Temporary Traffic Control," per lump sum, and no further payment for such work will be made. 1 -99 APWA SUPPLEMENT 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS (APWA Only) 1.02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (APWA Only) This section is supplemented with the following: Pre - qualification is not required for this project. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA Only) 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements (APWA Only) The seventh paragraph is revised as follows: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -30 Change "45 days" to "20 days." The eighth paragraph is revised by adding the following to the end of the first sentence: ", the City of Yakima, and Yakima County, their employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials_" The tenth paragraph is revised to read as follows: The Contractor shall forward to the City the additional insured endorsement as requested in the Evidence of Insurance Section. 1- 07.18(2) Coverages and Limits (APWA Only) This section is revised to read as follows: All coverage's combined single limit shall be $1,000,000 per occurrence. The commercial general liability policy will contain a "per Job Aggregate" Endorsement. If this endorsement is not provided, an additional $2,000,000 umbrella limit will be required over and above the $1,000,000 underlying. A commercial general liability deductible of $5,000 or less is acceptable. The contractor will be responsible for the payment of that deductible for any losses which occur. Higher retention or deductible limits may be acceptable on prior approval by the City. Providing coverage in these stated amounts shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance (APWA Only) This section is revised to read as follows: The Contractor shall provide evidence of insurance by the following method. A completed ACORD form #25 (or equivalent) shall be submitted which conforms to the following_ requirements: 1. The ACORD form shall be accompanied by a completed Endorsement naming the City of Yakima, and Yakima County, their agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials as an additional insured and containing the insured's name and policy number, and shall be signed by a duly authorized agent. 2. The wording in the CANCELLATION section "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents or representatives" shall be crossed out and initialed by the agent /broker and shall provide for a cancellation notice of at least 20 days, to the City of Yakima. 3. Add the following text in the section entitled DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ALLOWED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -31 The City of Yakima, and Yakima County, their agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials are additional insured's for Pedestrian Way Improvements, City Project 2116. 4. Contain the appropriate amount and types of coverages that are specified by the Contract. 2 -01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2 -01.1 Description Add the following: In no case shall the Contractor be required to clear and grub beyond the right of way line, except as specifically directed by the Engineer or noted on the Plans to remove trees, stumps, shrubs, or other items which, by proximity or due to root growth, would constitute a hazard to the public or endanger the facility. The Contractor shall temporarily remove and later replace to its original condition or relocate nearby as directed, all mail boxes, small trees, shrubs, street signs, culverts, irrigation facilities, or other similar obstructions which lie in or near the line of work and are not intended for removal. Should any damage be incurred, the cost of replacement or repair shall be borne by the Contractor. 2 -01.5 Payment Add the following: There will be no bid item for "Clearing and Grubbing" or "Roadside Cleanup ". This work shall be considered incidental to all other contract bid items. 2 -02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2 -02.1 Description This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of various existing improvements, including but not limited to: • 1810 linear feet of Curb and Gutter • 785 square yards of Asphalt Pavement • Approximately 2000 linear feet of Saw Cutting • 3 Catch Basins • 2 Street Light Poles and foundations (6 additional in Bid Alternate) • Other items necessary for the completion of the work. 2- 02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and Other Drainage Structures Add the following: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7_32 Where structures or installations of concrete, brick, blocks, etc., interfere with the construc- tion, they shall be removed and any pipe openings shall be properly plugged watertight with Class 3000 concrete, or with mortar and masonry, blocks, or brick. The removal and plugging of pipes shall be considered as incidental to the construction and costs thereof and shall be included in other items of work. Where the structures are removed, the voids shall be backfilled with suitable, job - excavated material and compacted, and such work shall be considered as incidental to the removal work. If the Engineer determines the job - excavated material to be unsuitable for backfill, the Contractor shall place ballast or crushed surfacing material as directed by the Engineer. 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs Add the following: The Contractor shall note that the condition of existing known and unknown private utility service line under the existing sidewalk surfaces may be questionable and therefore the Contractor should use caution in determining his methods of demolition and removal. The Contractor shall take particular notice of the existing sidewalk light panels located mid - block on the south side of Yakima Avenue between 3r Street and 4 Street. The Contractor shall saw cut around these panels to protect and preserve them from damage. The Contractor shall arrange to inspect these panels from below from the property owners before beginning his work around these panels. in those areas where asphalt pavement removal is required, the Contractor shall, prior to excavation, saw cut the edge of the asphalt pavement with an approved pavement cutter. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall take precautions to preserve the integrity 2 this : _ ._ _ 1 clean _ _ edge. � _ n L _ .. I the l_ _ edge _. _ L _ J _ � _ _ � _ J prior _ asphalt V _ 11 of this neat, clean pavement euge. Should t he pavement euge ue uarnageu prio 1 r w asphalt paving activities, the Contractor shall be required to trim the edge with an approved pavement cutter as directed by the Engineer immediately prior to paving. No separate payment shall be made for saw - cutting asphalt roadway pavement and curb and gutter sections. 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 -03.1 Description Add the following: Sidewalk excavation shall consist of removing the existing material of whatever nature encountered to the subgrade elevation and shaping the subgrade to conform to the cross - section shown on the Plans or as staked in the field. Where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate beyond the right of way in • order to adequately slope adjacent properties. No additional compensation will be made for excavating outside the right of way. Z:\JAN1SPECS \050466 - YK.DOC 7 -33 2- 03.3(3) Excavation Below Grade Add the following: At the direction of the Engineer, areas within the sidewalk subgrade which exhibit instability due to high moisture content shall be: 1. Aerated and allowed to dry, 2. Over - excavated and backfilled with suitable project excavation, 3. Or a combination of any of the above. No separate compensation will be made for any equipment, tools, materials, or labor required to perform this work. 2- 03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Materials 2- 03.3(7)A General Add the following: Excavated material shall be bladed or hauled to fill low sections within the project area, except for sod or extraneous material, which shall be hauled to waste. A waste site has not been provided by the Contracting Agency for disposal of unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, or any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the requests of the Contracting Agency for placement and compaction of excess excavated material back of new curb, as directed by the Engineer. Suitable materials from the excavations shall be used in the embankments. Unsuitable material or soft spots shall be removed from the roadway and replaced with suitable material and compacted as for embankments. Topsoil shall be saved to use for backfill adjacent to the new improvements. If additional topsoil is required, it shall be provided in accordance with SECTION 8 -01 of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments Compacting embankments and excavations shall be by Method "B" as specified under SECTION 2- 03.3(14)C of the Standard Specifications. 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests Section 2- 03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -34 Compaction shall be 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when ready for in -place subgrade density tests. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of courses of aggregate shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 2 -03.4 Measurement Replace with the following: No specific method of measurement will be made for any sidewalk or roadway excavation. 2 -03.5 Payment Replace with the following: No separate payment shall be made for all sidewalk and roadway excavation and all costs will be incidental to other bid items and shall include all labor, equipment, tools, and materials necessary to complete the work involved with excavating, hauling, compacting or disposing of unsuitable or excess excavations as specified. 2 -07 WATERING 2 -07.1 Description Add the following: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for dust control on this project and shall protect motoring public, adjacent homes and businesses, orchards, crops, and school yards from damage due to dust, by whatever means necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims for damages and shall protect the Contracting Agency, Yakima County, and the Consultant from any and all such claims. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide water for dust control within two hours of such order and have equipment and manpower available at all times including weekends and holidays to respond to orders for dust control measures. 2 -07.5 Payment Replace with the following: Payment for water used for dust control, compaction, processing of base course and top course aggregates, and for other work shall be included in the other bid items involved, and no further payment shall be made. 2 -14 PAVEMENT REMOVAL (NEW SECTION) 2 -14.1 Description L: \JAN \SPECS \05045- YK.DOC 7 -35 The work described in this section includes the removal and disposal of cement concrete sidewalk pavement surfaces identified on the Plans or as marked by the Engineer. This includes all non - reinforced cement concrete sidewalk pavements or slabs having an average thickness of six inches or Tess. 2 -14.3 Construction Requirements All final meetlines shall be sawcut if an existing clean construction joint does not exist. The removal of existing street and sidewalk improvements shall be conducted in such a manner as not to damage utilities and any portion of the improvement that is to remain in place. Any deviation in this matter will obligate the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, to repair, replace, or otherwise make proper restoration to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In the event a pavement averages more than the maximum thickness of six (6) inches, an additional payment will be made to cover the extra thickness removed by a proportional conversion into additional square yards. 2 -14.4 Measurement Sidewalk pavement removal will be measured per square yard as determined by the original topographic survey information. Saw cutting meet lines shall be measured by the linear foot. 2 -14.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item included in the proposal: "Remove Existing Cement Conc. Sidewalk ", per square yard. "Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meet Line" per linear foot 3 -01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES AND STOCKPILING 3 -01.2 Material Sources, General Requirements Add the following: No source has been provided for any materials necessary for the construction of this improvement. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to obtain the necessary materials at his own expense, and all costs of acquiring, producing, and placing this material in the finished work shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items involved. Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -36 3 -02 STOCKPILING AGGREGATES 3- 02.2(2) Stockpile Site Provided By Contractor Add the following: if the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitate hauling over roads other than City streets, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 4 -04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4- 04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction Add the following: Each course of crushed materials shall be compacted pacted to a minimum of 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall provide crushed surfacing top course density tests through an independent test laboratory approved by the Engineer. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of successive courses of aggregate or asphalt shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 4 -05 Payment All costs necessary for the furnishing, placing, grading, and compacting Crushed Surfacing Top Course as detailed in the plans, shall be incidental to the items involved. 5 -04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 5 -04.1 Description Add the following: An asphalt prime coat will not be required on this project, nor will a soil sterilant be required to hp annliPri to the ci ihnrar♦P The Contractor will be required to patch existing street surfaces removed for new curb and gutter construction, or utility trench work as detailed in the plans. Asphalt surfaces shall be so constructed that the finished pavement will conform to the cross - section, line, and grade as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the referenced Standard Specifications. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -37 Add the following: The Contractor shall provide a mix design, performed in accordance with WSDOT Method 702 (Hveem mix design), to the Engineer for approval at least 5 working days prior to any paving operation. 5- 04.3(10)B Control Add the following: Each course of asphalt pavement shall be compacted to a minimum of 91 % of theoretical maximum Rice density, ASTM 2041. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness Add the following: Where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall feather the asphalt pavement in a manner to produce a smooth - riding connection to the existing pavement. Asphalt Pavement, HMA Class 'A' PG 64 -28 shall be utilized in the construction of the feathered connections to existing pavement. All costs and expenses in connection with providing, placing, and feathering the asphalt pavement shall be incidental to and included in the unit contract price per square yard for "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section." 5- 04.3(15) HMA Road Approach and Trench Repairs Add the following: Along the line of new work, it may be necessary to partially remove existing asphalt roadway surfaces, driveways, alleys or other asphalt paved areas. These areas will then be reconstructed to match the existing pavement section matching the new curb and sidewalk or adjacent pavement grades. Before excavating or trenching, these areas shall be cut or scored with an approved pavement cutter, such as a concrete saw. Before patching, all edges and joints shall be neatly trimmed to uniform line and a tack coat applied. The asphalt driveways shall be constructed of Asphalt Pavement, HMA Class 'A' PG 64 -28 as specified in the Standard Specifications. 5 -04.4 Measurement Add the following: Asphalt Pavement Repair Section will be measured by the square yard. 5 -04.5 Payment Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7-38 "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section" per square yard The unit contract price for the bid item "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section" per square yard shall be full pay for the furnishing of all labor, equipment, and materials including paving asphalt required in the construction of the asphalt roadway section repair or new asphalt • roadway construction as detailed in the plans including but not limited to the excavation, trimming, saw cutting, sloping, surfacing, backfill, tack coat, or any other work required to complete the job. "New Asphalt Roadway Section" per square yard The unit contract price for the bid item "Asphalt Roadway Section per square yard shall be full pay for the furnishing of all labor, equipment, and materials including paving asphalt required in the construction of the new asphalt roadway section located in the new commercial approach to the Hilton Hotel garage ramp as detailed in the plans including but not limited to the excavation, crushed surfacing base course, asphalt concrete pavement, tack coat, or any other related work required to complete the work. 5 -06 CONCRETE UNIT PAVER (New Section) 5 -06.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing and installing concrete unit pavers, including crushed surfacing top course, jointing sand, sand bedding course, concrete unit pavers, as detailed and shown on the plans. Concrete unit pavers shall be installed over a compacted base of crushed surfacing top course, geotextile fabric and a sand bed. Subgrades supporting the paver base and pavers shall be established and prepared in accordance with Section 2 -03 and 2 -06 and as shown on the drawings. All paver work shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. A copy of manufacturer's written installation instructions shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning work. 5 -06.2 Quality Assurance Installation shall be by an installer with at least three (3) year's experience in placing interlocking concrete pavers. 5 -06.3 Submittals A. Contractor shall suhmit four (4) sets of the following: 1. Manufacturer's "catalog cuts" for bedding sand, joint sand, joint sand stabilizer, geotextile fabric, and concrete unit pavers. B. Samples 1 Full size paver samples in shape, texture, and color specified. C. Paver Installer Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -39 Paver installer to submit a list of three(3) successfully completed projects of similar scope for reference. D. Submit sieve analysis for grading of crushed surfacing top course and bedding and joint sand. E. Submit test results for compliance of paving unit requirements to ASTM C936 from an independent testing laboratory. 5 -06.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver and store in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. 5 -06.5 Environmental Conditions A. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. B. Do not install frozen sand. C. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall inspect the site, carefully check all grades, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. D. Contractor shall report to the Engineer all deviation and /so conflicts between Drawings, Specifications, and Site Conditions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 5 -06.6 Protection of Work, Property, and Persons A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, as well as property, persons, walks, curbs, pavements, and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. 5 -06.8 Conduct of Work A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under control. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. 5 -06.9 Guarantee /Maintenance Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7_40 A. Guarantee work of this Specification section for one (1) year against all defects of materials and workmanship. The guarantee period begins on the date of final acceptance. 5 -06.10 Materials A. Bedding and jointing sand: clean, non - plastic, washed sand free from deleterious or foreign matter. Sand shall be free of soluble salts or contaminates that can contribute to efflorescence. Paver Joint Sand shall be Polymeric Joint Sand or approved equal. Supplied by Abbotsford Concrete Products, Abbotsford, British Columbia, Canada, (800) 663 -4091. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with documentation that all sand supplied has been tested and complies with the requirements below. Submit sieve analysis of bedding and jointing sand meeting the requirements outlined below for Engineer approval prior to beginning work. Grading requirements for bedding sand shall comply with ASTM C33 with the following grading limits. Sieve Size Percent Passim; 3/8 inch 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 Grading for Jointing Sand shall comply with ASTM C144 with the following grading limits. Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 8 95 to 100 No. 16 70 to 100 No. 30 40 to 75 No. 50 10 to 35 No. 100 210 15 No. 200 0 B. Concrete Unit Pavers: Concrete Unit Pavers shall be Abbotsford Concrete Products, Standard Series Pavers. Concrete Unit Pavers shall be Standard (8 -7/8" x 4- 7/16 "), Double Standard (8 -7/8" x 8- 7/8 "), and Half Standard (4- 7/16" x 4- 7/16 "), 2 -3/8" thick, with Perma Finish Colors or approved equal. Color shall be evenly divided between paver sizes and be provided in the following percentages: Half Standard Pavers Double Standard & Standard Pavers Indian Summer 25% Indian Summer 25% Sand Brown 20% Sand Brown 30% Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -41 Desert Sand 15% Desert Sand 30% Brown 20% Brown 15% Shadow 20% Supplied by Abbotsford Concrete Products, Abbotsford, British Columbia, Canada, (800) 663 -4091 C. Construction Geotextile Fabric: As specified on drawings. D. Paver Sealer shall be Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. Certi -Vex 1315. Supplied by Trendset Concrete Pavers, Woodinville, Washington, (425) 486 -2192. E. Efflorescence Remover shall be Certi -vex Etch and Efflorescence Remover. Supplied by Trendset Concrete Pavers, Woodville, Washington, (425) 486 -2192. 5 -06.11 Construction Requirements 5- 06.11(1) Quality Assurance Installation shall be by an installer with at least three (3) years experience in placing concrete unit pavers. 5- 06.11(2) Quality Standard Panel The Contractor shall Install the first paver panel where directed by the Engineer as described in drawings and meeting the requirements of this section of the special provisions. This panel after approval by the Engineer will serve to determine bedding course, joint sizes, scorelines, laying pattern(s), color(s), and overall quality of the job. This panel shall be the standard from which the remaining paver work will be judged for acceptance by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(3) Product Handling Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or plastic wrapped pallets capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. 5- 06.11(4) Environmental Conditions Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. Do not install frozen sand. 5- 06.11(5) Verification of Subgrade A. The subgrade shall be compacted to 95% of Standard AASHTO maximum density. B. The subgrade shall be trimmed to one -half inch (1/2 ") of design levels. C. Further construction shall not proceed until the subgrade is inspected and approved by the Engineer. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -42 5- 06.11(6) Crushed Surfacing Top Course A. The crushed surfacing top course shall nowhere be of lesser thickness than that specified and shall be spread in layers which when compacted do not exceed six inch (6 ") depth. B. Compaction of the base shall be not less than 95% of modified AASHTO maximum dry density. C. The upper surface of the base shall b e sufficiently well graded to prevent the infiltration of the bedding sand into the base during construction and throughout its service life. Segregated areas shall be "blinded" with crushed fines, watered and compacted into the surface. D. The surface of the base shall be trimmed to (3/8 ") of the design profiles. E. Further construction shall not proceed until the base has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(7) Bedding Sand Course A. The bedding sand shall be spread in a uniform layer to give a depth after compaction of between (3/4" — 1-1/2"). Under no circumstances shall the bedding sand layer exceed (1 -1/2 ") following compaction of the pavements. B. The sand shall be maintained at a uniform density. Screeded sand left overnight or subjected to rain shall be rechecked for level and raked and re- screeded where necessary. C. Do no allow any traffic on the bedding sand prior to paver installation. D. Bedding sand shall not be used for correcting out of tolerance base. 5- 06.11(8) Paver Installation A. Establish layout pattern and create markings for directional references of joints and stringlines. B. Set pavers with nominal (1/8 ") joints. Ensure pavers do not touch one another, or use pavers with spacer ribs. C. Align pavers to maintain correct lines and patterns. D. The gaps at the edges shall be filled with standard edge pavers or pavers cut to fit. Cutting shall be done with a guillotine cutter or a masonry saw. No pieces shall be smaller than 1 /4 of a full paver. 5- 06.11(9) Compaction A. After paver installation, the bedding sand shall be fully compacted and the pavers brought to design levels by not less than three passes of suitable plate compactor. Z: \JAMSPECS\06046- YK.DOC 7 -43 B. Do not compact within (3 ft.) of the laying edge. C. Compaction shall follow as closely as possible the laying of the pavers. D. Surface levels of the completed pavement at paving and curbs shall be left (1/8" to 1/4") high to ensure positive drainage. 5- 06.11(10) Joint Filling A. As soon as practical after compaction and prior to the acceptance of construction traffic, jointing sand shall be spread over the pavement. Brush the jointing sand into the joints and re- vibrate with sufficient passes of the plate compactor until all joints are filled. B. Leave a thick layer of sand on the pavers until the pavement is ready to open to traffic. C. Seal joint sand with joint sand stabilizer per manufacturers recommendations. 5- 06.11(11) Clean -Up A. Sweep sand from the surface prior to opening to traffic. 5- 06.11(12) Surface Profile A. The finished surface tolerance, when measured with a straight edge, shall be (1/2" in 7 feet). 5 -06.12 Measurement Concrete unit pavers shall be measured by the square foot. 5 -06.13 Payment "Concrete Unit Paver ", per square foot. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs necessary to furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for the completion of the concrete unit pavers as specified. The compaction of subgrade, bedding sand, jointing sand, geotextile fabric, paver sealer, and efflorescence remover shall be considered incidental to the cost for the contract bid item, "Concrete Unit Paver ". 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -05.2 Materials Section 7 -05.2 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Gravel Backfill for Drywells: Gravel backfill for drywelis shall be as specified in Section 9- 03.12(5) of the Standard Specifications. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -44 • Manhole Metal Castings: All cast iron frames and covers shall be as specified in SECTION 9 -05.15 (1) of the Standard Specifications. All cast iron frames and covers to be used on this project shall be of the type, weight, and size approved by the City of Yakima, and shall be furnished by the Contractor. Covers for sanitary sewer shall be stamped "SEWER." Covers for storm drain shall be stamped "STORM." Precast Concrete Catch Basin: Catch basins shall be WSDOT Standard Plan B -1 Catch Basin Type 1 and grate shall be per Standard Plan B -2d Herringbone Grate constructed as shown on the detail sheet of the Plans. 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Delete and replace with the following: Manholes, junction boxes, water valve boxes, and similar structures shall be adjusted prior to placement of sidewalk concrete or curb and gutter construction. 7 -18 SIDE SEWERS 7 -18.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of a 4 -inch diameter side sewer connection to the nearing sewer main at each of the 4 drinking fountain location as shown on the plans. Each side sewer shall include a clean -out with cast ring and lid near back of curb. The approximate depths of the sewer mains at each location are as follows: d an Street and Yakima n._ 2 Street and rakima Avenue 7 feet 3rd Street and Yakima Avenue 8 feet Neches Ave. and Yakima Avenue 9 feet 8 Avenue and Yakima Avenue 9 feet 7 -18.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: "PVC Side Sewer for Drinking Fountain" per linear foot The unit contract price per linear foot for sewer pipe of the kind and size specified shall be full pay for furnishing, hauling, and assembling in place the completed installation including wyes, tees, special fittings, joint materials, bedding and backfill material, clean -out assembly, connection to drinking fountain. 8 -02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8 -02.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: \JAN \SPECS ■05046- YK.CCC 7 -45 The work shall consist of preparing sub - grade, topsoil, installing tree root control provisions, fine grading and planting trees, shrubs and other plants, furnishing and installing precast concrete planters, banner poles, bollards, benches, drinking fountains, trash receptacles and tree grates in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Work shall include all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for finish testing, grading, spreading, imported topsoil, topsoil preparation, amendments and installation; planting of trees, protection, maintenance, guarantee, and replacement of plants; and related items necessary to complete the work indicated. Work includes providing all necessary equipment for watering until final acceptance, for establishing all plantings. 8 -02.3 Construction Requirements 8 -02.3 (1) Responsibility During Construction Landscape construction is anticipated to begin after all curbs, sidewalks, walls, and associated roadside work is completed. Landscape materials shall not be installed until weather permits and installation has been authorized by the Engineer. Throughout planting operations, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from the Contractor's work. At the end of each work day, and as each planting area is completed, it shall be neatly dressed, and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. At the conclusion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a condition acceptance to the Engineer. 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan Within fourteen (14) calendar days after award of Contract, submit written documentation to the Engineer that all specified plant materials have been ordered. Documentation shall include list of suppliers' names, addresses, and phone numbers along with a list of respective growing or storage locations with addresses. The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size, species, variety, and quality noted and specified. The Contractor shall contract grow plant materials, if necessary, to ensure that the required size, species, variety, and quality of plant materials shall be provided. 8- O2.3(4)A Topsoil Type "A" The Contractor shall submit two (2) representative samples of proposed imported Topsoil Type "A" witnessed by the Engineer to the Soils and Plant Laboratory, Bellevue, WA, Ph. (206)746 -1665 for test #A05. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with test results from the laboratory and the laboratory's recommended fertilizer /amendments to the Contractor Topsoil Type "A" source for his approval prior to placement on the job. Provide and install Topsoil Type "A" to a uniform depth in all tree and planting areas as shown or noted in the Plans. 8- 02.3(7) Layout of Planting Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -46 The Contractor is responsible for determining for final quantities of plant materials to complete the Landscape Plan as shown based on the actual number of planters and sizes of areas shown in the plans, and notify the Engineer of any discrepancy prior to planting. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer the final location for all plant materials prior to site delivery. The Contractor shall neither deliver to the site nor install planting materials until authorized by the Engineer. The • Contractor shall provide the Engineer with at least one week notice prior to preparing plants for shipping 8- 02.3(8) Planting Where the drainage of planting holes is limited or non - existent because of heavy clay, hardpan, or rock, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the Engineer who will determine if the drainage is adequate for planting. The Engineer will determine the method and extent of improved drainage required. All trees and plants shall be planted as detailed on the Plans. Protect plantings during delivery to prevent damage. Protect trees during transport by tying in branches and covering all exposed branches. Deliver all plants with legible identification nursery labels.. Plant during periods normal for optimum growth, as determined by season, weather conditions, and accepted practice. Planting operations may be conducted under unseasonable conditions, without additional compensation, and by accepting FULL responsibility for any subsequent resulting losses. When performing the following work, do not injure the root system. Do not over - excavate planting pit depth; however, over - excavation of planting pit width is desirable. Trees shall be handled by the rootball, not by the trunk. Plant trees upright; rotate to give the best appearance. Hold tree rigidly in position until topsoil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the ball or roots. vvrieri pit is backfiiied halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer plant tablets and stakes, if necessary, as shown on the Plans. Evenly space the fertilizer tablets around the perimeter of and immediately adjacent to the root system. Carefully place, water, and compact planting topsoil, and fill all voids. When planting pit is three - quarters (3/4) backfilled, fill with water and allow water to soak away. Fill pits with additional topsoil to finish grade, and continue backfilling as detailed on the Plans. Water immediately after planting. 8- 02.3(9) Pruning, Staking, Guying & Wrapping Contractor shall verify location of underground utilities prior to installation of tree stakes. Avoid and protect underground utilities as required. The cost for tree staking shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for "PSIPE 8- 02.3(10) Fertilizer Fertilizer shall be added to topsoil as defined in Section 9- 14.1(1), Topsoil Type "A" of the Special Provisions. The cost of fertilizer soil amendments shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for Topsoil Type "A ". Z: \JAN \SPECS\05046 - YK.DOC 7 -47 Fertilizer for trees shall be brands acceptable to the City of Yakima Arborist and conforms to applicable State fertilizer laws. Fertilizer tablets, 21 -gram size, as manufactured by Agriform International Chemicals, Inc. 20 -1 -5 analysis shall be applied at a rate of 4 tablets /every foot of ball diameter, applied per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for "PSIPE 8- 02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Mulch for trees planted in grass or existing planter areas shall be composted yard waste — medium grade material, screened and conditioned in storage piles for a least three months prior to use. Material as supplied by Cedar Grove Compost Company (206) 763 -2700 or approved equal. None of following content permitted: Resin, tannin, wood fiber, salts, or other compounds detrimental to plant life. Size range shall be 7 -16" to 3 /4" with maximum of 30% passing a' /2" screen. 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting When the Contractor feels that the initial planting is complete, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request an inspection, after which the Engineer will make an inspection and prepare a list of all planting items that remain to be completed. The Contractor shall then complete or correct all items identified by the Engineer within five (5) working days and request another inspection. The Engineer shall then provide the Contractor with written notification of acceptance of initial planting, at which point the plant establishment period shall begin. The Contractor shall continue to maintain all plantings until such notification has been provided. Completion of initial planting includes for following: 1. Installation of all required planting materials (trees and groundcovers). 2. Planting area cleanup. 3. Full operation of the irrigation system, complete mulch coverage, and all planting areas in a weed free condition. 8- 02.3(19) Root Barrier New Section 8- 02.3(19) is added: Contractor shall provide and install root barrier as shown on Drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. Root Barrier shall be "BioBarrier "TM Root Control Systems, or approved equal, supplied by BioGuard R &D Inc., Richland, WA; (509) 375 -3289. 8- 02.3(20) Tree Anchor Stakes New Section 8- 02.3(20) is added: Tree stakes shall be Foresight Products Duckbill Anchor #68 RBK Kit with Straps, or approved equal. Supplied by Foresight Products, Commerce City, Colorado; (800) 325 -5360. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -48 8- 02.3(21) Tree Grates New Section 8- 02.3(21) is added: Tree grates shall be an Urban Accessories Cast Iron Grate Chinook Series (4' x 6' size ) modified with bolt -down option and where installed adjacent to back of curb will have a custom frame (3 sides "S" Standard & 1 side inverted "R" frame), otherwise the frame will be 4 sides "S" Standard, treated with Corroseal rust converter prior to delivery, or approved equal, Supplied by Architecreation, Seattle, Washington. (206) 932 -4730. Frames shall be observed for straightness prior to and after concrete work. Each grate panel shall be bolted to frame with flat head stainless steel bolts into pre - drilled holes in the frames. Grates shall lay flat and snug into frames. Raised edges or movement of installed grates will be unacceptable. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of frame and grate. Drawings shall indicate anchoring method to surrounding concrete. 8- 02.3(22) Precast Concrete Planters New Section 8- 02.3(22) is added: Precast Concrete Planters shall be Wausau Tile Westlake Series Planter #TF4220 (36" Diameter), #TF4226 (42" Diameter) and #TF4229 )48" Diameter) with Westlake II Band on the 42" Planter and with Westlake 1 Band on the 48" and 36" Planters Contractor shall submit color samples for Engineer's selection. vvausau Tile, Inc. vvausau, Wisconsin, (800) 388- 8728. 8- 02.3(23) Banner Poles New Section 8- 02.3(23) is added: Banner poles shall be Holophane Model #ZNY13C2OCABKH-2BA42H/1/BO-FPH1/BO- BF,KWF and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. Two (2) banner support brackets and one flag support bracket shall be installed as detailed. Foundation for banner poles shall be as detailed in the plans. Banner strain poles shall be Holophane TM 26 ft steel strain pole with decorative base with FGIUS -SBKH duplex electrical receptacle with small in -use wet location cover and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. Foundation for strain poles shall be as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(24) Bollards New Section 8- 02.3(24) is added: Sidewalk receptacle bollards shall be Holophane Model #BOLNY44 /17DT -CABK, and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. North Yorkshire Decorative Bollard, 3 ft- 7.5 inch high, dome top, 17 inch diameter base, cast aluminum, black finish, and GFI duplex outlet in base. Illuminated bollards to be installed in the baggage loading area of the new Hilton Garden Hotel shall be Holophane Model #BOLNY44 /17DTL -CABK, and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. North Yorkshire Decorative Bollard, 3 ft — 7.5 inch high, dome top, 17 inch diameter base, cast aluminum, black finish, incandescent light Z:\JAN \SPECS \03048 =YK.DOC 7 -49 assembly, 120 volt. Illuminated bollards and associated electrical details shall be installed as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(25) Benches New Section 8- 02.3(25) is added: Benches shall be supplied by Landscape Forms, "Gretchen" Style, Kalamazoo, MI. Contact Tim Gish, Phone 503 - 292 -9102. Benches with backs shall be 72 inch long, PolySite seat with exterior loop arms, intermediate arm, and surface mount supports.. Backed seat color shall be black. Backless benches shall be a 72 inch long, PolySite seat with two intermediate arms at third points, and surface mount supports. Backed seat color shall be black. Benches shall be installed per manufacturer's standard detail for surface mounting. 8- 02.3(26) Drinking Fountain New Section 8- 02.3(26) is added: Drinking fountains shall be the Haws Model 3511 FR, barrier free, 'Hi -Lo" freeze resistant antique style supplied by Johnson Industries, Seattle, WA Phone 1- 800 - 548 -6895. Bubbler head shall be Model 5705, In -line Strainer -Model 6420, Valve -Model 6518.2FR, Waste Strainer- Model 6463, Push Button- Model 5881 PBA,Valve Box — Model 6625. Color shall be black with satin finish. Drinking fountain shall be installed as detailed in the plans and per manufacturer's recommendations. Installation of each drinking fountain shall include construction of a drywell structure as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(27) Trash Receptacle New Section 8- 02.3(27) is added: Trash receptacles shall be Landscape Forms TM "Scarborough" litter receptacle, with 30 gallon capacity, square bar side panel, keyed lock, black powdercoat, side opening, and surface mount. Phone: (503) 292 -9102. Trash receptacle shall be installed where indicated in the plans and per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 02.3(28) Planter Fence with Planters New Section 8- 02.3(28) is added: Planter fences shall be steel fabricated as detailed in the plans. Posts and fence panels shall be finished in a black powdercoat. All fasteners shall stainless steel and vandal proof. Posts shall be set in a 6 inch diameter blocked out holes in the new sidewalk and grouted in place. Three planter block -outs shall be formed during sidewalk construction. Planters shall be filled with topsoil type A (Potting Soil). Planters shall be installed as detailed. Planters shall be Wausau Tile, TF4165 RP418 Planter, 1- 800 - 388 -8728, or approved equal. Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -550 8- 02.3(29) Bicycle Rack New Section 8- 02.3(29) is added: Bicycle rack shall be a square steel tubing "Inverted U" rack as supplied by Creative Pipe, Inc., www.creativepipe.com 1- 800 - 644 -8467, Model No. WUSQ 2- F- P -CB., or approved equal. Tubing shall be 2 -inch x 2 -inch 0.188 -inch wall, structural square tubing. Length shall be 30 inches. Mounting shall be surface flange mounted to concrete. Finish shall be Black Thermoplastic powder coat. 8 -02.4 Measurement "Root Barrier" will be measured by the linear foot not including required lap lengths recommended by the manufacturer. No measurement will be made for Topsoil Type "A ", Potting Soil and Topsoil Blend soil mixes (see Drawings for installation locations), fertilizer, mulch, soil amendments, backfill for sand drain, geotextiie fabric, and Gravel Back for Drains required for planter planting or dryweiis. 8 -02.5 Payment Section 8 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Root Barrier" per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Root Barrier" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing root barrier as detailed in the plans, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Tree Grate" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Tree Grate" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation including furnishing and installing tree grate as detailed in the plans and including supporting frame required at each location, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Precast Concrete Planter, In. Diameter" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Precast Concrete Planter In. Diameter" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing planter as detailed in the plans including potting soil, backfill for sand drains, geotextile fabric, gravel backfill for drains, planter plantings, and other related work. "Planter Fence" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Planter Fence" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing planter fence as detailed in the plans including forming block outs in sidewalk for posts and planters, grouting around posts, planters, potting soil, backfill for sand drains, geotextile fabric, gravel backfill for drains, and other items or related work. Z:\JAN\SPECS \05040 - YK.DOC 7 -51 "Banner Pole" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Banner Pole" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation as detailed in the plans including excavation for foundation, constructing foundation, hauling and erecting pole in- place, and other related work. "Banner Strain Pole" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Banner Strain Pole" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation as detailed in the plans including excavation for foundation, constructing foundation, hauling and erecting pole in- place, conduit and conductors, and other related work. "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of bollard as detailed in the plans, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Illuminated Bollard System" per lump sum. The unit contract price per lump sum for "Illuminated Bollard System" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of the illuminated bollard system as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, lamps, conduit and conductors, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Drinking Fountain with Drywell" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Drinking Fountain with Drywell" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each drinking fountain including furnishing and installing as detailed in the plans, excavation, drywell construction, supply and waste piping, backfill, anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Trash Receptacle" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Trash Receptacle" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each trash receptacle including furnishing and installing as detailed in the plans, anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Bench with Back" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bench with Back" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each bench as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Backless Bench" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Backless Bench" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each bench as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -52 "Bicycle Rack" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bicycle Rack" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each rack as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related it o r work. 8 -03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 8 -03.3 Construction Requirements This section shall be supplemented with the follow: The Plans included the general location of a new 3/4" domestic water service and a schematic of the required items necessary between the City's new service meter and the system's up to 4 zone laterals. • The Contractor shall prepare a plan drawing of the various irrigation items from the City water meter to through the zone control valve box. This drawing shall note the sizes and products to be used. This plan drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his review and approval before any materials are ordered. 8- 03.3(12) Cross Connection Control Device Installation This section is supplemented with the following: City of Yakima Irrigation Installation Specifications Below surface installation requirements for irrigation sprinkler systems shall utilize a double check valve assembly for backflow prevention: 3 /4" and 1" Size Devices: Minimum vault size shall shall be one (1) 24" x 24" x 24" Quazite meter box. Vault lid shall have bolt down security feature. The assembly requires 12 inches of clearance from the wall of the vault to the test cocks. If the test cocks are located on top of the assembly, the 12 -inch clearance remains in effect to allow for repair of the device. Additionally, the assembly requires 12 inches of clearance under the device. The assembly shall be installed with two (2) schedule 80 PVC unions to allow for removal of the device in the winter. An approved stop and drain valve (Hays Nuseal or Mueller Mark II Oriseal) shall be installed between the assembly and the meter at a depth of five (5) feet (if installed within twenty (20) feet of the meter); and must also be installed within five (5) feet of the approved backflow assembly to effectively drain for winter. 8 -04 CURBS, GUTTERS AND SPILLWAYS 8- 04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters and Spillways Add the following: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -53 Cement concrete curb and gutter constructed on this project shall be as shown on the Detail Sheet of the Plans. "Barrier" and "Rolled" cement concrete curb and gutter sections as shown on the Detail Sheet shall be used on the roadway as shown on the Plans. "Driveway Depression" cement concrete curb and gutter as shown on the Detail Sheet shall be used at all driveway and wheelchair ramp locations as shown on the Plans and as directed in the field by the Engineer. Cement concrete curb and gutter which does not comply with the section details on the Plans shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. A template shall be required to be placed at the back of curb for construction of driveway transitions from Barrier to Driveway curb and gutter. The Contractor shall also be required to use a template at the back of Driveway Depression curb and gutter to ensure a straight and uniform back of curb in conformance with the Details. The new concrete curb and gutter shall be cured in accordance with SECTION 5- 05.3(13)B of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. First -class workmanship and finish will be required on all portions of concrete curb and gutter work. Quality of workmanship and finish will be evaluated continuously and will be based solely upon the judgment of the Engineer. The Contractor shall be required to construct a minimum 20 linear foot section of curb and gutter which demonstrates quality which is acceptable by the Owner and Engineer. This "model" section will be referenced during construction for comparison to newly poured curb. If at any time it is found that quality is unacceptable, work shall be immediately stopped, and no additional curb and gutter shall be placed. Cement concrete curb and gutter which does not comply with the section details on the Plans, or in the Engineer's opinion does not demonstrate first -class workmanship and finish, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Should the Contractor's equipment or methods be unable to produce curb and gutter meeting the requirements of the Details and Specifications, no further curb and gutter construction will be allowed until corrections have been made to said equipment or methods. 8 -04.5 Payment Section 8 -04.5 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Barrier Curb and Gutter," per linear foot, shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to construct Barrier and Driveway Depression curb and gutter, including curb and gutter adjacent to commercial driveway approaches, as shown on the Plans, including steel reinforcement in driveways or catch basins. The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Rolled Curb and Gutter," per linear foot, shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to construct rolled curb and gutter The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Valley Gutter," per linear foot, shall be full compen- sation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to construct valley gutter at commercial driveway approaches and other designated locations, as shown on the Plans, including steel reinforcement. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -54 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8- 14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete Add the following: Ali sidewalks not located in driveway approach areas shall be four (4) inches in thickness. All concrete approaches located behind a Driveway Depression curb and gutter section shall be six (6) inches in thickness. All concrete slabs located in commercial driveway approaches shall be six (6) inches in thickness. Sidewalks shall be scored as detailed on the plans and preformed asphalt impregnated joint fillers 3/8 -inch thick shall be installed transversely as detailed in the plans. Concrete sidewalk shall be cured in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(13)A of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Failure to properly secure or seal the cement concrete sidewalk will require the Contractor to remove and replace the sidewalk section at his OXNCi IJC. Sidewalk ramps shall be constructed at all locations shown and detailed on the Plans, including detectable warning material. First -class workmanship and finish will be required on all portions of cement concrete sidewalk work. Quality of workmanship and finish will be evaluated continuously and will be based solely upon the judgment of the Engineer. If at any time it is found that quality is unacceptable, work shall be immediately stopped, and no additional sidewalk shall be placed. Cement concrete sidewalk which does not comply with the section details on the Plans, or in the Engineer's opinion does not demonstrate first -class workmanship and finish, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Should the Contractor's equipment or methods be unable to produce sidewalk meeting the requirements of the Details and Specifications, no further sidewalk construction will be allowed until corrections have been made to said equipment. ADA Pavers to be used in the ADA curb ramp construction shall be supplied by Masons Supply Company, Woodinville, WA 425 - 487 -6161. Contractor shall provide the Engineer color samples for final selection prior to them being ordered by the Contractor. ADA pavers shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 14.3(4) Construction Joints The Contractor shall provide construction joints as detailed on the plans, where it is necessary to stage the forming of sidewalk work in order to maintain access to adjoining businesses as long as possible. 8- 14.3(5) Adjustment of Utility Boxes All existing and new utility boxes located or to be located in the finish sidewalk areas shall be adjusted and supported to be flush with the finish grade of the new sidewalk prior to the sidewalk concrete is placed around them. [:\JAN \SPECSW5u46- YK.DOC 7 -55 8 -14.5 Payment Change second paragraph to read: The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk, -Inch Thick," per square yard, shall be full compensation for all labor, tools, equipment, materials, excavation to subgrade, subgrade compaction crushed surfacing top course under sidewalk, adjustments of utility boxes and other incidental costs required to construct sidewalk as shown on the Plans and specified herein. The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type ," per each, shall be full compensation for all labor, tools, equipment, materials, including ADA paver panels, adjustments of utility boxes and other incidental costs required to construct the sidewalk ramps as shown on the Plans and specified herein. 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8 -20.1 Description This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add to the list of systems: 4. Pedestrian Lighting System 5. 4 Street Traffic and Pedestrian Control System Modifications 6. Pedestrian Push Button System Modifications 7. Illuminated Bollard System 8. Tree Lighting System 9. Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System 8 -20.2 MATERIALS Add the following items: Provide new materials and equipment approved and labeled for the purpose for which they are to be used by a nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory. Similar items of equipment shall be of the same manufacture and quality. The equipment and materials shall meet applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. Conduit: All conduit installed above grade on this project shall be rigid metal conduit unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Provide rigid steel elbows for all underground PVC runs. Electrical Service: Electrical service equipment shall be as manufactured by Square D, Cutler- Hammer, or Siemens and shall be rated for use as service entrance equipment. Breakers shall bolt to the bus and shall be fully rated for the interrupting capacity shown on the drawings. Main breakers shall be vertically mounted. Busing shall be copper. Neutrals shall be insulated but bondable. Provide grounding bus. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -56 Enclosures: Device boxes (installed in trees) for connection to tree mounted lighting fixtures shall be weatherproof with tamperproof screws and gasket. Lighting fixture cord shall enter the bottom of the box using a cord grip bushing. Contractor shall install a stainless steel nameplate on the device box with circuit and service identification (i.e. "169 -13" designating that lighting is served from Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). 8 -20.3 Construction Requirements 8- 20.3(1) General Add the following to this Section: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Washington Department of Labor & Industries for all required inspections for the electrical systems for this project. 8- 20.3(4) Foundations This Section shall be supplemented with the following: The top 6 inches of anchor bases shall be formed and finished 18 inches round for pedestrian light standard foundations. The top 6 inches of the anchors bases for Banner Strain Poles shall be formed and finished 36 -inch round. Tops shall be % -inch chamfer edges and finished at sidewalk grade. The top 6 inches shall be separated from adjacent concrete surfaces by means of 1 /2 inch thick expansion material. 8- 20.3(5) Conduit This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Existing and new PVC conduit runs are indicated on the Plans. Conduits shall be installed by open trench method for new runs called for in the conduit schedule. However, any adjacent existing empty conduits that are found during the course of the project may be used in place of a new conduit of the same diameter called for in the Conduit Schedule. All 90- degree elbows shall be galvanized steel. The ten feet of rigid conduit is not required. A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. Bid Alternate No. 2: If the award of the Contract includes the Bid Alternate No.2, a new 3" diameter PVC conduit run from 1 Street to 9 Street on both the north and south sides of Yakima Avenue. Conduit shall be placed in the same trench as new electrical power conduits. A type 2 junction box shall installed at each end of each block where directed by the Engineer. A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the conduit and junction boxes including excavation, gravel backfill, compaction, adjustment to Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -57 grade, and pull rope shall be included in the contract bid alternate item, Future Communication Conduit" per linear foot. 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This Section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access enclosures to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi. over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Illumination" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062 or approved equal. The terms "pullbox" and "junction box" are interchangeable. Pullboxes shall be constructed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the City of Yakima Standard Details. Pullboxes shall not be located in wheelchair ramps or landing areas. Asphalt joint filler material shall not be installed between pullboxes and other concrete surfaces. 8- 20.3(8) Wiring Supplement this section as follows: 4th Street Traffic Signal Modifications: Epoxy splice kits shall not be used. Wire marking sleeves and wire and cable tags are not required. All other electrical wiring: Branch circuit conductors shall each run from the services to the appropriate pullboxes where they branch to the devices. Conductor sizes shall be as shown on the Plans. Conductors shall be individually tagged in each junction box (including junction boxes associated with tree lighting circuits) with circuit and service identification (i.e. "169 -13" designating Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). Circuits routed in a common conduit shall be laced or bundled with spiral wrap. In -line fuses shall be installed in each lighting standard base. 8- 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding Supplement this section as follows: Bonding jumpers or equipment grounding conductors shall be a #10 green insulated wire. 8- 20.3(10) Electrical Service Add the following: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7-58 Four new 120/240V electrical services shall be provided where and as shown on the Plans. Contractor shall coordinate the location of these services with Pacific Power. A State electrical permit will be required for the services. All wiring and equipment shall conform to the appropriate electrical codes. The Contractor shall provide all materials required which are not supplied by Pacific Power. Installation and materials shall meet the requirements of Pacific Power. Section 8- 20.3(11) Testing Revise this section to read as follows: Testing The City of Yakima Traffic Engineer will determine the requirement for and duration of testing of the existing reprogrammed controller and cabinet component/wiring changes. No inspection by the WSDOT is required for this controller modification. New signal timings shall be bench tested at the City Signal Shop, and vvhen complete, the tested controller shall be delivered to the intersection to replace the existing controller just prior to the modified - signal turn on. As an alternative, the pre- tested controller timings shall be downloaded directly to the signal controller in the cabinet on the day of the signal turn on. On -Site Testing and Turn -On The contractor shall provide the Traffic Engineer- or authorized representative, 24 -hour notification of the modified - signal turn -on with information about the applicable location, date, time and duration. At the initial turn -on procedure, the contractor shall perform field tests, as specified, in the presence of the City of Yakima Traffic Engineer or their authorized representative. A qualified representative of the signal cabinet and controller supplier shall be required to be present for the signal turn on if the controller is being supplied on the contract. The required field -test steps shall be implemented in the following order: 1. Turn on the traffic Signal to its flash mode to verify proper flash indication 2. Stop all traffic from entering the intersection. 3. Allow the traffic signal to cycle through normal stop- and -go operation for no less than one full signal cycle to verify proper signal operation. If the Traffic Engineer determines that the signal operates correctly, the contractor shall be directed to place the traffic signal in normal stop- and -go cycling operation. If the Traffic Engineer determines that the traffic signal is malfunctioning or is operating improperly, the contractor may be directed to either return the signal to flash mode for a period not to exceed five calendar days, or to turn the signal off and cover all signal displays. In this case, the contractor shall also be required to provide 24 -hour notification to the Traffic Engineer of the rescheduled signal turn -on date, following the previously mentioned procedures. No change to stop- and -go operation shall be allowed before 8 a.m. or after 1 p.m. on any day or any time on Fridays, weekends, holidays, or the day preceding a holiday. Z: \JAN \SPECS\05046 -'r K.DOC 7 -59 8- 20.3(13) A Light Standards The existing street light standard and luminaire just east of the new Hilton Garden Hotel (1/2 block west of Naches Ave.) shall be removed, salvaged and delivered to the City of Yakima Public Works Yard. The foundation, conduits and conductors to this street light shall be removed and disposed of. Removal, salvaging and delivery of this street light to the City of Yakima shall be incidental to the contract item, "Removal of Structures and Obstructions" per lump sum. The existing street light standard and luminaire located in front of the new Hilton Garden Hotel, shall be removed, salvaged, reinstalled on a new foundation, and reconnected to the existing power circuit. The new foundation, conduits and junction boxes shall be constructed as detailed in the plans. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the relocation of this existing street light shall included in the contract bid item, " Remove and Reset Existing Street Light" per lump sum. Bid Alternate No. 1: If the award of the Contract includes the Bid Alternate No.1, the existing six green cast iron street light standards where shown on the plans shall be replaced with new ornamental light standards and fixtures. The Contractor shall remove dispose of the existing street light standards and their foundation but salvage the luminaire heads and deliver them to the City of Yakima Public Works Dept., 2317 Fruitvale Blvd., Yakima, WA. New foundations shall be constructed where directed by the Engineer and the existing power circuit shall be connected to the new street light. The new light standards shall be Holophane North Yorkshire Style iron and steel 35 ft. fluted poles with clam shell bases and 6 foot Boston Harbor Arms. The luminaire shall be Holophane Memphis Style, 400 watt Pulse Metal Halide multi -tap wired for 240 volts. Both the light standards and luminaries will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the removal and replacement of all six existing street lights shall included in the contract bid alternate item, " Street Light Replacements" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)B Decorative Light Standards (Pedestrian Light Standards) Pedestrian Light Standards shall be Holophane North Yorkshire Tapered Fluted Case Aluminum Poles and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire pedestrian light system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)C Luminaires Pedestrian light luminaries shall be Holophane Harp Series 175 watt Metal Halide Mogul Base, Multi -tap wired for 120 volts and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. Illuminated bollards for in front of the new Hilton Garden Hotel (1/2 block west of Naches Avenue), shall be Holophane North Yorkshire Decorative Bollard, 3 ft.- 7.5 in. high, 17 in. diameter base, cast aluminum, incandescent light assembly, 120 volt. Illuminated bollards will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire illuminated bollard system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Illuminated Bollard System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)D Tree Lighting System (New) Z:\JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -60 The Contractor shall provide power to each tree planting location as detail in the plans. All circuits to trees shall be GFIC. Contractor shall provide two strings of 100 lights each for each tree location. Tree light strings shall be 16 gage wire sets, 100 ft long, with 100 clear, C7 commercial grade bulbs, 3,000 hour rating, with candelabra bases. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire tree lighting system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Tree Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)E Illuminated Bollard System (New) Illuminated bollards for in front of the new Hilton Garden Hotel (1/2 block west of Naches Avenue), shall be HolophaneTM North Yorkshire Decorative Bollard, 3 ft. — 7.5 inches high, 17 inches diameter base, cast aluminum, incandescent light assembly, 120 volt. Illuminated bollards will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. PVC conduit 2 inch diameter and wiring shall be installed between each bollard in series up through and extend 2 inches above the new sidewalk grade. Conduit shall be installed from the bollards to a location provided by the Hotel contractor at the back of sidewalk. All labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire illuminated bollard system, including conduits, conductors, trench excavation, backfilling, compaction, as detailed in the plans and described herein shall included in the contract bid item, "Illuminated Bollard System ", per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)F Sidewalk Receptacle Bollards System (New) Where detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall install a Holophane North Yorkshire Decorative Bollard, 3 ft.- 7.5 in. high, dome top, 17 in. diameter base, cast aluminum, black finish, with GFI duplex receptacle. Bollards will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost by the City of Yakima. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installations of all the sidewalk receptacle bollards, including conduits, conductors, trench excavation, backfilling, compaction, electrical service provisions, as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System" per Lump Sum. 8- 20.3(14)F 4th Street Traffic Signal System Modifications (New) As detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall provide an additional traffic signal standard, signal and pedestrian heads on the south leg of the intersection of South 4 Street and Yakima Avenue and other modifications to accommodate the new underground parking garage on the north side of the intersection. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the modifications to the traffic signal system at this intersection as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "4` Street Traffic Signal Modifications" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(14) G Pedestrian Push Button Modifications (New) As detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall remove and relocate existing pedestrian push button posts, install new pedestrian push button posts and relocated push button from traffic signal pole, and modify existing signal pole or pedestrian push button pole mountings to reposition push buttons. Contractor shall reuse existing pedestrian push button poles and bases when ever possible. Conduit runs and junction boxes shall be adjusted in location in most cases. Leads to pedestrian buttons shall not be cut. Damage to any wiring will be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Z: \JAN \SPECS \O5O466- YK.DOC 7 -61 Contracting Agency. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the modifications to the pedestrian push button locations as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Push Button Modifications" per lump sum. 8 -20.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: The lump sum contract price for "Pedestrian Lighting System ", "4 Street Traffic Signal Modifications ", "Pedestrian Push Button Modifications ", "Illuminated Bollard System "," Tree Lighting System ", "Sidewalk Receptacle Bollard System ", shall be full pay for the construction of the complete electrical system, modifying existing systems, or both, as shown in the Plans and herein specified including excavation, backfilling, concrete foundations, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, new electrical services, making all required tests and inspections, and modifications to existing services. All additional materials and labor, not shown in the plans or called for herein and which are required to complete the electrical system, shall be included in the lump sum contract price. 8 -21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8 -21.2 Materials Contractor shall install "V -Loc" TM sign post anchors as supplied by Traffic and Parking Control Co., Inc. , Elm Grove, WI,1- 800 - 236 -0112 where shown in the plans per manufacturers recommendations. Anchors shall be cast -in concrete sidewalks and accommodate a 2.375 inch O.D. sign posts with 0.095 inches wall thickness. 8 -21.3 Construction Requirements Contractor shall remove existing traffic signs within the current demolitionproject limits including posts, and deliver them to the City Shops. New traffic sign post anchors shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the plans. The tops of the V -LocTM anchors shall be 1 /4" to 1 /2" above the new sidewalk finish grade. The Contractor shall install new posts supplied at no cost by the City of Yakima per manufacturer's specifications. Traffic signs will be installed by City forces. 8 -21.5 Payment Section 8 -21.5 shall be supplemented with the following: The unit price bid for "Traffic Sign Post and Anchor," per each, shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to furnish and install sign post anchors and install furnished sign posts to complete the work as described herein. 9 -14 EROSION CONTROL Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -62 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type A Section 9 -14.1 shall be supplemented with the following: A. Topsoil Type A mix for planters shall be "Potting Soil" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA, (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. B. Topsoil Type A for street trees shall be " Topsoii Blend" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. C. Contractor shall send minimum on one (1) representative sample of "Potting Soil" and "Topsoil Blend" to an approved soil - testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) to determine FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus levels, calcium, minor elements, soluble salts /conductivity and pH). The results shall be submitted to the Engineer (WITH TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH) for approval prior to use on the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for what ever soil additives may be required, as recommended by the testing laboratory. The cost for testing and soil additions must be borne by the Contractor. 9 -14.3 Fertilizer General: Fertilizer must be delivered to job sites, mixed as specified, and in standard size unopened containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Material shall be uniform in composition, free - flowing, and suitable for application by mechanical equipment. All elements shall be protected from the weather, particularly moisture, both on and off the job site. Fertilizer for the trees and groundcover shall be 21 -gram Agriform tablets 20 -10 -5. Fertilizer for topsoil shall be per Specification Section 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type "A ", 9- 14.6(5) Inspection The review and approval of all plant materials by the Engineer, prior to planting, is mandatory. The Contractor shall have plant samples available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to reject, through his /her agent, any or all plant material at any time until final inspections and acceptance. Contractor is to remove rejected plants immediately from site. 9- 14.6(7) Temporary Storage Ball and burlapped plants that cannot be planted within one (1) day after arrival are to be heeled -in or otherwise temporarily stored, as specified and in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and as specified herein. 9 -15 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 9 -15.3 Automatic Controllers Z: \JAN \SPECS\05046 - T K. DOC 7 -63 This section is supplemented with the following: Controller for the four station irrigation system shall be a 9 -volt battery powered Hunter TM Smart Valve Controller, Model No. SVC — 400. Controller and valves shall be installed in a valve box with a bolt down or lockable lid. 9 -15.5 Valve Boxes and Protective Sleeves This section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access boxes to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Irrigation" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062. 9- 15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves This section is supplemented with the following: Control valves for the four stations required on this project shall be 1" PGV flow control valves with solenoids. Each valve shall be labeled as to which station it serves. 9 -29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct Supplement this section as follows: All conduits below grade on this project shall be schedule 40 PVC underground conduits (electrical grade - gray color) with pull rope. Additional materials to be installed on this project include, but are not limited to, junction boxes cables and electrical conductors. The pull rope shall be a 1/8-inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength (similar to King Cotton Products #5051- 4 -1/8), and shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. When cable is pulled, this rope shall be re- pulled along with the cable. 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes Supplement this section as follows: Junction boxes shall be Type 1, 2,or 3 as shown on the plans. They shall be constructed of polymer concrete and reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Boxes and covers shall be concrete gray color and rated for no less than 15,000 pounds over a 10" x 10" area and designed and tested to temperatures of —50 F. The covers shall be marked with a "Traffic Signal" logo. Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -64 Existing junction boxes shall be removed as shown on the plans and returned to the City of Yakima Traffic Signal Shop. New replacement junction boxes shall be installed even with the new finished sidewalk level or finished grade and positioned so as to properly house all existing exposed conduit stub -ups, wires and cables. 9 -29.3 Conductors, Cable Supplement this section as follows: The Vantage lsotec I59VCC -00 Siamese Cable, or approved equivalent, shall be used to supply the video camera coax, which is to be Beldon 8281, or equivalent, and to supply the camera power cable which will have 3 - #16 stranded copper wires. These two cables shall be encased in an outer PVC jacket with a thickness of no less than .03" and an OD of no less than .592 ". A suitable waterproofing compound shall be used to seal the "Y" junction w h e r e the video an po c e th outer to prevent water accumulation in the V tl l VUtVI jacket to V V Ill tVl VVUI I IU IU tIVI l in the outer jacket void. The contractor shall "home run" the new Siamese coax /power cable from the camera to the controller cabinet with no splices in the pole base. 9- 29.6(1) Light and Signal Standards Supplement the section as follows: Traffic signal poles shall be round or octagonal tapered steel with round or octagonal tapered steel mast arms, as per the drawing. The pole shaft shall be tapered at a consistent rate from the bottom to the top, and a reducing cone shall not be used. The installation shall be designed to withstand AASHTO 90 -MPH wind velocities. The poles and mast arms will be hot - dipped galvanized over their entire length to ASTM Designation Iatiol lI A 1 23. The base terminal 1.,011 1pal 111 iiel it shall be of sufficient It size to House a 24- position terminal strip with a 4" x 6" hand hole opening, located 48" above the base of the pole and 180 CW from the signal mast arm. The cover for the terminal compartment shall be stainless steel with a gasket, and shall have a built in "Best" slamming lock. A separate 6" x 8" hand hole shall be located 12" above the pole base, and another located 12" above the signal mast arm oriented 180 from the mast arm. A 1 /2" NC ground stud shall be available inside the pole base. All poles and arms shall have end caps and all bases shall have covers installed. Poles, anchor bolts, and signal mast arms will be designed to accommodate installation of signal mast arms with loadings shown on the attached drawing. Poles shall be designed to a maximum arm length of 40', unless a longer arm is called for. It shall be the responsibility of the vendor to determine size, locations, and method of installation of all hubs and openings in the pole so as to provide the guaranteed structural integrity of th pole. Both the arm connection plate and arm connection bolt circle, and the Z: \JAMorct. , \v504o- rn.uOC 7 -65 base plate and base plate bolt circle shall be uniform on all poles. 9- 29.13(7) Traffic - Actuated Controllers Supplement this section as follows: The existing LMD 9200 controller is currently wired for five vehicle phases and three pedestrian phases. The City of Yakima Traffic Signal Division shall make the required programming changes in the existing LMD 9200 NEMA controller, which will add north -side east -west service to the existing pedestrian phase 4, and a new vehicle phase 6, with phase sequencing as shown on the plans. New signal timings shall be bench tested at the City Signal Shop, and when complete, the tested controller shall be delivered to the intersection to replace the existing controller just prior to the modified - signal turn on. As an alternative, the pre- tested controller timings shall be downloaded via laptop directly to the signal controller in the cabinet on the day of the signal turn on. 9- 29.13(7) D NEMA Controller Cabinets Supplement this section as follows: The contractor shall reconfigure the existing controller cabinet components, including required adjustments, additions, and /or modifications to cables, wires, terminals, and /or other auxiliary cabinet components to activate and properly operate the modified signal phasing as shown on the plans. The City of Yakima Traffic Signal Shop shall provide to the contractor load switches and relays as required. A Polara 4 -Wire Audible - Tactile Pedestrian Signal System shall be installed and the cabinet shall be configured to properly operate the two new audible - tactile pedestrian push button stations assigned to phase 4. New video - camera coax and power connections shall be made in the cabinet for the proper video - detection of existing vehicle phase 4 and new vehicle phase 6. 9 -29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads Supplement this section as follows: The two (2) new 3- section traffic signal heads shall be 12 in. RED, 8 in. AMBER, 8 in. GREEN configurations, and be aluminum with aluminum tunnel visors, and come with 5" back - plates. The signal displays shall be LED modules. The signal heads shall be mounted vertically with Type -N Pelco band -on mounting, one pole mounted and one mast arm mounted as shown on the plans. The contractor shall also replace all existing signal lenses with new LED lenses: Total of (12) — 8" lenses, and (6) 12" lenses, also as shown on the plans. 9 -29.18 Vehicle Detector Revise this section to read as follows: Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 7 -66 The new video detection shall be provided by monochrome, medium - resolution CCD video cameras with a power zoom, a variable focal - length lens, and a standard sunshield. The three (3) new video detection cameras shall be Iteris model CAM R -Z3. The camera equipment shall also include a sun /snow shield extension delivered separately and unattached to the camera. The contractor shall mount the cameras to 6 ft. tubular steel extension arms at a height between 8" and 60" above the top of the mast arms, with the ultimate position to be verified by the Traffic Engineer. The contractor shall supply and install the hardware for camera -to- extension arm and extension-to-mast s � , ntin_ eRtGl IJIVI I-LV-I1 IQJL Ctrl � I mounting. )Dill ILII ly. 9- 29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons Supplement the section as follows: Polora Four -Wire Audible- Tactile Pedestrian Signal System Specifications The Audible - Tactile pedestrian signal system shall consist of all electronic equipment, mounting hardware, power supplies, push buttons, and sign faces, which is designed to provid both a button with a raised vibrating tactile arrow along with a variety of audible • sounds for different traffic signal functions. The systems shall consist of a Control Unit and Pole Mounting Assembly, as described below. 1. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS a. The system shall vibrate a tactile arrow button during the WALK interval following a button push. b. The system shall have the field - selectable function known at "Locating Tone ". This means that during the FLASHING DON'T WALK and the DON'T WALK intervals, the system shall provide a pole locating tone that emanates from the Pedestrian Push Button Station. c. The system shall have the field selectable function known as "Extended Push Activation ". This means that the audible WALK message will only be activated and sound during the WALK interval if the button is depressed for a field selectable minimum period of time. Also, for the foll walk phase, the v ol u mes w ill be increased to ma at a se ttabl e minim for the following Ill rY Ull♦ t .J11GJV, the volumes will be II II+IGGJ6V to play a settable minimum II volume level. d. The system shall have the field selectable function known as "informational Message ". This means that the direction of travel or a custom message giving the location of the street to cross and the intersection (or other information) will be vocalized only when the button is depressed for a minimum field selectable time. e. The system shall have at least five field selectable walk sound options including a cuckoo, a chirp and a standard or custom voice message. f. All sound levels shall adjust automatically in response to ambient noise over a 60 decibel range. g. All electronic components and wiring shall operate within a temperature range of -34° to +74 °C. h. All field selectable options must be settable using an infrared remote with password security. CONTROL UNIT The Control Unit shall be powered from the 120 VAC, WALK/DON'T WALK pedestrian headlamp indications. The unit shall conform to the following specifications. a. POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 VAC, 60Hz, (100 ma, typical) b. Separate power inputs for "WALK" and "DON'T WALK ", each with a 1 /4 AMP fuse mounted on the board. Z:\JAN SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -67 c. Shall require only 4 wires / conductors to be routed from the control unit to its corresponding push button station to control and operate all functions. d. All voltages supplied to the push button station shall be 24 VAC or less. e. MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS: 6" L x 4" W x 1.25" H. f. MOUNTING: Must be mountable inside all types of ped heads with the exception of older, neon /transformer type ped heads. POLE MOUNTING ASSEMBLY This equipment is the part that will be visible to the pedestrians. It is commonly referred to as the "Pedestrian Push Button Station ". This shall contain the vibro - tactile 2" ADA- compliant pedestrian push button, with directional tactile arrow, the weatherproof speaker, and the appropriate informational sign for each location. a. VIBRATOR POWER: 16 VAC pulses typical b. SPEAKER: 8 Ohms, 15 -Watt maximum, weather - proof. c. PUSH BUTTON: ADA compliant d. CONSTRUCTION: i) FRAME: Cast Aluminum, Powder Coated. ii) MESSAGE SIGN: Aluminum, Powder Coated, Ink Markings iii) PUSH BUTTON: Aluminum, Powder Coated e. DIMENSIONS: 14.25" L x 5.5" W x 2.5" H Maximum f. MESSAGE MARKING: At time of order the customer may specify the Message Sign Markings to be the International Walking Person or the Informational Explanations for the three (3) distinct pedestrian displays (WALK, DON'T WALK, and PED CLEAR) that an individual would see on an active pedestrian head. Push Button Station (PBS) The audible - tactile Push Button assembly shall include a vibrating tactile raised - arrow, ADA- compliant button. The circular push- button arrow assembly shall be black in color, and the housing shall have an Option "A" sign with the universal "Walking Pedestrian" symbol above an arrow, which shall point in the direction the pedestrians are to walk. (One left arrow button and one right arrow button.) The PPB assembly shall have audible sounds, a weatherproof speaker with a vandal- resistant screen, and a sunlight visible LED -- latched "ON" to confirm the button has been pushed. The system shall provide the following audible features: a locating tone, five field - selectable WALK - interval sound choices including audible Chirp, Cuckoo, and "Walk Sign Is On" voice message, three field - selectable pedestrian - clearance sound choices, fixed or automatic volume adjustments, and extended push activation with special voice messages, such as name of the street to be crossed and messages in alternate languages. Programming special voice messages shall require custom field set up procedures, which shall be provided by the supplier. The push button shall be installed at a height of 30 inches from the finish grade to the center of the raised - arrow button, or at a height that matches an adjacent existing PPB on the same pole /post. WARRANTY All components of the Navigator PBS System shall be covered by a 2 -year manufacturer's warranty, starting from date of purchase. It does not include cosmetic deterioration, vandalism damage or normal wear and tear, and the warranty is null and void where component or system failure occurs due to products not being installed per factory instructions. The manufacturer shall provide repair and replacement of malfunctioning Navigator PBS equipment or components. Manufacturer labor is not included. The City of Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 7 -68 Yakima shall be responsible for costs associated with removing, reinstalling and shipping components to the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall cover the cost of shipping • components back to the City. 9 -29.20 Pedestrian Signals Supplement the section as follows: Pedestrian signals shall include a display module and a 16" x 18" housing. They shall be U.S. traffic / !DC 7090 OG, LED type with the "Hand" / "Walking Person" display symbols • filled in, and the symbols shall be side by side. The lens shall have a textured surface to reduce glare. The "Egg crate" visors, which come standard with all the components, are not to be installed. The contractor shall mount the new pedestrian signals on the two existing mast arm poles as shown on the plans. The current configuration shall be converted from "Type B" to "Type A" mounting (as per WSDOT Standard Plan J -6f), which will add the new head to the existing head mounting at each of the two locations. z:\JAN\SPECS \05046 YK.00C 7 -69 SECTION 8 - WSDOT STANDARD PLANS, CITY OF YAKIMA DETAILS, AND PRODUCT INFORMATION Z:IJANISPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 8-1 -‘47 ���. NOTES .*00. 1. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE TO REBAR, WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM AREA OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT MAY BE USED. WIRE MESH SHALL NOT OT BE PLACED D IN IN KNOCKOUTS. 2. THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 20 ". KNOCKOUTS FRAME AND VANED GRATE SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2" MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP BETVVEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-04.3. , 3. THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE PIPE INVERT SHALL , BE 5'. 1- t 20„ 4. FRAME AND GRATE MAY BE INSTALLED WITH FLANGE DOWN OR CAST INTO ADJUSTMENT SECTION. I■ s „ 5. THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED FLOOR AND THE WALLS y MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF 1:24 OR STEEPER. 6. OPENING SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE PRECAST BASE SECTION. ,,,,, OR 12" ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 8" TWO #3 BAR HOOPS FOR 12" RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION PIPE ALLOWANCES . MAXIMUM PIPE MATERIAL INSIDE 2�' ���� *, ,,,,„ DIAMETER 15�� 10) ,., PLAIN CONCRETE 12 SEW J. WI . oe wesyl T4C' 0. (('. ALL METAL PIPE 15" ti' y a� � , . t t CPSSP * 12" -o %..s,. m . 10 11 (STD. SPEC. 9 05.20) y fi i.. y o � y� asses y o #3 BAR EACH CORNER (STD, SPEC 8 -05.12(1)) 15 � ss4O NAL : : G`@ 18" MIN. SOLID WALL PVC Z PROFILE WALL PVC EXPIRES JULY I, 2005 (STD. SPEC. 9 -05.12(2)) 15 ` * CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 #3 BAR HOOP STORM SEWER PIPE STANDARD P B -1 SHEET 1 E APPROVED FOR OF PUBLICA SHET TION 'v Harold J. Paterfeso 07 -21 -03 NOTE TIP 5FLOISNDTA LE. CENOINEE NN000CWrNTZUTANFI£CMOVICWRIUTE. Aiii, STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE 01110=4. w w . MEDVT/C.0 MANnaNDVEDFORwcmn¢18NEPT RIP T PRECAST BASE SECTION .T ,eWA9MVOTONSTAream MDVTORTunnoRrAnoN AWPY MAYBE OSTAINCO �I/ Wghinplen Sm• D•pDrlm«n of T" .PO"D n C.WREDUEST. • NOTES CATCH BASIN FRAME AND VANED GRATE 1. No steps are required when height is 4' or less. OR MANHOLE RING AND COVER \\ 2. The bottom of the precast catch basin may be sloped to HANDHOLD facilitate cleaning. 3• 3. Frame and grate may be installed with flange down or RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION cast into adjustment section. N i 'v _ • OR CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION ° 4. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to ° °' 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between the knockout wall and the outside of the pipe. After the •A" ° ' ° " °' - FLAT SLAB TOP pipe is installed, fill the gap with joint mortar in accordance J , a with Std. Spec. 9 -04.3. CATCH BASIN DIMENSIONS '...r 2 ; v ,`// IN ) MORTAR P. CATCH MAXIMUM MINIMUM BASE REINFORCING STEEL WALL BASE DISTANCE 19 /R IN EACH DIRECTION BASIN KNOCKOUT '" DIAMETER THICKNESS "THICKNESS SIZE KNOCKOUTS INTEGRAL SEPARATE f' ° ' ?'° STEPS OR ° 48" 4" 6" 36" 8" 0.15 0.23 ,'...; LADDER 54" 4.5" 8" 42" 8" 0.19 0.19 60" 5" 8" 48" 8" 0.25 0.25 1 72" 6" 8" 60" 12" 0.24 0.35 98" 8" 12" 94" 1Z' 0.29 0.39 1" MIN. PIPEi ALLOWANCES \,), MORTAR a 2.5" MAX' . REINFORCING STEEL `v '°' > CATCH PIPE MATERIAL WITH MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER 1 12° �A� 4 k'r .7 • ° it r 7 Ar,r� o f 7r BASIN ALL SOLID PROFILE � � W A J , : °• DIAMETER CONCRETE CPSSP WALL WALL ti C Ol' Asy , R .... .. .. _38• _ METAL 1O PVC PVC 3 ,.' i. :, e'� ,�� �� +- • r 48" 24" 30" 24" 27" 30" U SEPARATE BASE INTEGRAL BASE 54" 30" 36" 30" 27" 38" b le CAST IN PLACE PRECAST WITH RISER 1'c. %.,,,''':\ ss p / c4 60" 36" 42" 38" 38" 42" A li ' 5 T P.A� � '� "0" RING 72" 42" 54" 42" 38" 48" 8 s / ONA L Q '' * 4 GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR 1 EXPIRES JULY I, 2003 PIPE ZONE BEDDING se 80" 72" 80" 38" 46" • v ' " ° ' P 1Q CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE (Std. Spec. 9 -05.20) "• 1 8" Q2 (Std. Spec. 9-05.12(1)) CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 Q (Std. Spec. 9-05.12(2)) SEPARATE BASE STANDARD PLAN B -1 e PRECAST SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET NOTE' MIS NAVaAaIA LEL. I. COMIZTAPP 00.1.NrBYT.wncecwxroarouam APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION THr awwua, SUED e r n 2 SWAM 11 ANO VORoYru nn weuunox, m rcsrTON Fez ATTHEWA9MNOTONSWEDEPAR'MSVTOF MANSPORTAnCN A WPYMAYflGCb1MNFD WONREWEST. -- Harold J. Peterfeso -- STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE MI ADDED PIPE ALLOWANCES TABLE AAS w Washing!. Ste. Depolme l of Tramper/Ohm DATE REVISION BY -" Illiti 1 _ _ NOTES 1. As on acceptable alternate to rebor, wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot may be used I �I "6 Bars of 7" spacing for adjustment sections. 1'\_3 1kh %' I / \, I -,, / 12" tTYP 20" x 24 ", \` \ y / 24 "DIA, 48" DIA / / or 54" DIA Hole — _ 2" (TYP)Alr - // x 12" FL, ! 1 II II m IIR 1" MIN 21/4" MAX 96" FLAT SLAB TOP TYPICAL ORIENTATION 6" FOR ACCESS AND STEPS , a, ,,,,, o \ ' "5 Bars at 6" spacing PREFABRICATED LADDER . 4,71,4 0 %7I 0 6" or 12" 12" MIN 1 1 "1 20" x 24 ". A 24 "DIA, 48" DIA or 54" DIA Hole U J � r 2" (TYP)l One "3 bar hoop for 6" Two "3 bar hoops for 12" STEP 8 t 1 "" " MIN 2 N RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 72" FLAT SLAB TOP 34" MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS FOR MANHOLES AND 0. "4 Bars of 6" spacing CATCH BASINS I) �I ( I I / %,,„ One "3 bar hoop � , 20' "x24 "or L-_.! / 24" DIA Hole 1 / %� Z x CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 8" 1r ,_2" (TYP) W N Q L I" MIN 2 MAX Y L 48" MIN 48", 54" or 60" FLAT SLAB TOP ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION • NOTES 29 1/4" I- 1 1. This frame is designed to ammodate 20" x 24" grates or covers as shown on Standard Plans B -2, B -2b, B -2c and B -2d. 2. When bolt down grates or covers are specified in the Contract, provide two holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. Tap each hole to accept a 5/8" x - 11 NC x 2" alien head cap screw. Location of bolt down holes varies among different manufacturers 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9- 05.15(2) for additional requirements. 5/8" x - 11 NC (TYP., SEE NOTE 2) el d I I —1 /8" 3l4'° I r N RECESSED ALLEN ' HEAD CAP SCREW o , (SEE NOTE 2) 1 5/8" ;r ila GRATE OR v 1-- i „ ui Oa SOLID COVER L 2 1/2" \� I \\ DETAIL "A" O FRAME aj � -eV J. jp. j OP WASy� , i F" rS 4 ` 4 BOLT DOWN DETAIL 0 4 . 241/4" r �s, �y ' o c,∎' /0 NA L Q ° , EXPIRES JULY I. 2003 (.....- REVERSIBLE FRAME FOR j CATCH BASIN OR r STAN STANDARD PLAN B- 2a i „/ ����, . SHEET 1 OF 1 SWEET NOM rMSPIAVISNOTAlEMENONEWNOOOCUMEMBOTANELECTPCNICd1NW1E APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION INE OPoONALENNeo VINE MOINE. MOAPFRVEO FOR POElICAnroN, ID WI' OHMS A .EE7 "A"°'°A"''''''"`""”" "R°"'''''"" ' '°°T'''''' Harold J. Peterfeso 06 -17 -02 SEE DETAIL "A" -- — — 05/2002 DELETED GRATE, ADDED OOL` DOWN DET�AILI RO STATE DESIGN FElOR,EER DALE AEVI5E0 x0TE5 `Y Waahinpron Stat. D.parinhniofT n.ponu5on DATE REVISION TV -„ NOTES 1. When bolt down grates are specified in the Contract, provide two slots In the grate that are vertically aligned with the holes in the frame. Location of bolt down slots varies among different manufacturers. 2. Refer to Standard Specification 9 -05.15(2) for additional requirements. 8 LEVELING PADS 3. For frame details, see Standard Plan B -2a. f 2" x 1 118 X 1/8 F — ' i -j, 4. The thickness of the grate shall not exceed 1 5!8 ". O T m v T o I Q o o - 3/4" ~ [ 1 1/4" J o 7) In N \ I \ 1" OPENING (TYP.) • SLOT DETAIL SEW J.WI . 04 WABy T I � LJ- - - - l O i � R `� ° , e �� �'�c � „,,.\. , e, O 4, issea O C' Ss• 4'G 24” EXPIRES JULY I, 2003 1 HERRINGBONE GRATE FOR SEE SLOT DETAIL & NOTE 1 CATCH BASIN AND INLET STANDARD PLAN B -2d SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET NOTE: MIS RAIIVHOYA LEGAL H6 MO0.1 7OUTANELECRWMOaURICAM APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION TIF ORWNµ gWJO ENWNEtRANOAR+AOVED FORRRUGHOM IS"E>rONfrtS "X:O "EST "°° °" " ""°''"n'H`N" ""'N''''' ' `°"" "' ""'''"'"' Harold J. Peterfeso 08 -1742 _ STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE T Washington Stem Drywrnnont of Transportation CENTRAL 7 1/2" TRUCK GENERAL NOTE ISLAND APRON 61/2" 2" See Standard Plan F - 3 for Curb Expansion and Contraction ,loint spacing. 1/2" R. 1" R. S FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB TRUCK 10" 12" ROUNDABOUT o D " TOP OF APRON 4 „ LANE 1/2 R. r 8 1" R. CEMENT CONCRETE 1/2 R. 6" 1 1" R. SIDEWALK RAMP. LANDING, ROADWAY 6" R. SIDEWALK OR OR DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE CEMENT CONCRETE o D , • 1/2" R. ASPHALT CONCRETE VFROM • IN ° M 1/2" R TOP OF to PASSAGEWAY 8" TO 0 • ° O �� T ROADWAY 6" fi D . O D 1 D ! o 1/4" PREMOLDED ROUNDABOUT JOINT FILLER 1 LANE CROSS 1l4" PREMOL JOINT FILLER o- (WHEN ADJACENT TO CEMENT 5 1/2 1' - 10" SLOPE CONCRETE SIDEWALK) CEMENT CONCRETE ...I CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON AT CURB AT AND DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES INNER CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OUTER CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER VARIES 12" TO 24" <— FACE OF CURB VARIES 6 1/2" 6 1/2" 1" 10" TO 22" 1" VARIES FROM 6" TO 0, FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB MAINTAIN 1H:6V SLOPE FACE OF CURB (SEE CONTRACT] 6 1/2" 1" VARIES ON SIDE OF CURB LEVEL 1" R. MATCH C 1" R. LEVEL 1" R. MATCH 1/2" R. 1" R. MATCH MATCH ROADWAY ROADWAY R. � R. ROADWAY �� J ROADWAY _ _ SLOPE TOP OF SLOPE \ _ D " / / SLOPE TOP OF " D / SLOPE TOP OF 1/2 R. TOP OF ROADWAY 0 I 7D / ROADWAY - 1/2" R. ROADWAY 1 I / 1/2" R. ROADWAY ia • '4=1 D a RID • p' D 7. D r T D' • \ I , wN • q • 11 1a" 11 1/2" 1' - 8" \ FLUSH WITH GUTTER r 1' - 8" PAN AT SIDEWALK RAMP ENTRANCE DUAL -FACED CEMENT CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE DEPRESSED CURB SECTION TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER AT SIDEWALK RAMPS AND c , • p 8 i °E+ DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES • �� OP WASy� �� ,,r G IN VARIES 12" TO 24" VARIES . °e - W 1" 10" TO 22" 1" 8 1/2" 7 1/4" FACE OF CURB P % I,ia" y FACE OF CURB (SEE CONTRACT) FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB - / s � ' o ' er 9 ' 0 1 1 5 TC N. 5 1/2" 1" 3" 4" 7- 1 1/2" R. �J' G 1" R. LEVEL 1" R. 1/2" R. -\ 1" R 1/2" R. -" o � '� TOP OF it TOP OF TOP OF a ''-'1 TOP OF EXPIRES MAY I6, 2003 ROADWAY IA illf •• D• '1 ID ROADWAY tO ROADWAY ROADWAY D �-� p I ° .D 9 CEMENT CONCRETE! p • D CURBS D • • STANDARD PLAN F -1 1° r, _ SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET 11 3/4" I 8 1/4" N01E T0SP1'`" �'NDrurau Dw rMErn w OwcV 9ur,wc 8 1/4" I APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 1 3/4" 111 III" 11 �0".4 910 t 1 7,11 011.LOAP 70 p40E 0,1,,19xEVIGMFc I "T'"Ew"9" °ro"""TE D`PARINE"F°F'"""'°"""'I°x "`°°"M'" °E°°' Harold J. Peterfeso 12 -97- 2 PoNAEaDE3r. STATE DESIG DUAL -FACED CEMENT CEMENT CONCRETE MOUNTABLE CEMENT ENGINEER — DATE T W a9hinpron Stat. Department of T,ampor9eHon CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB TRAFFIC CURB CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB -„ CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER / w 1 ' I .. 1. -6" II— II, � 5' -0 "R. 5' -0 "R. 11111166. I 5' -0 "R 5' -0 "R. 4' - 8 1/4" 5" 4' - 8 1 /4" • r CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATE . GUTTER PAN (NOT INCLUDED 84 BID ITEM) PLAN VIEW CATCH BASIN GUTTER PAN 2' -8" SLOPE GUTTER PAN 8 112" DOWN TO FRAME 6 1 /2H AND GRATE 5 1/2" 1" MATCH MATCH 1/2" R. 1" R. ROADWAY S 112" R. 1" R. ROADWAY 1 8 1/2" SLOPE SLOPE 12" R. TOP OF Ly ESS III. TOP Of 1 /2" R. ROADWAY o 1 r o ROADWAY • REC m ]����.'���'��� D . % , iii � ' III III ri �" \ARIES 1 O • o o c \ 0 J. PET Q OP WAS ADJUSTMENT SECTION VARIES � !,' e / (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) CATCH BASIN OR INLET // t 0 (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) SECTION OB O A 9� 2 186 1 sO �� IMP 0\ \.....: ) ,I �I ST0' t SECTION OA �S - O NAL % EXPIRES MAY 16. 2003 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PAN STANDARD PLAN F-la ' SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 12 -17 -02 owe nos pums orni.emannsuaxa OOw.vPrreoruxPEemonncowvurE. �, STATE DESIGNENDINEER DATE TNEOnWM4 .PTNSBVD¢Promnme.woaomwry nnv,nrerravr¢c ��-- WW."9" W."9" SbN MpoAm•m of TmmPeAaNen AT TIEWAwNOTONSTATeom PIIM EMOFMNSPORTAEON. ADON.. ACO,NAVeEOSruNED Wi OOOMMIIEeT. RAD POINT OF I f DETECTABLE WARNING B SIDEWALK RAMP AND A PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) CURB RETURN ( IYP. ) BACK EDGE OF SIDEWALK IS PARALLEL /.....„ . , J EDGE APPROACH ROADWAY (TYP.) --- . j TO 3/8" EXPANSION A (SEE STD. PLAN F-3) \ �. .4 JOINT cm.) / / � f r ./ / - - - CI �� h SEE RAMP DETAIL �� /���„�� P SEE RAMP DETAIL I 40 1 - y CROSSWALK (TYP.) 1 ) (TYP.) SEE RAMP DETAIL /� (SEE STD. PLAN H-5c) I (TYP.) 1 SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1B SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1C SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1D SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE IA PLAN PLAN PLAN PLAN NOTES 1. Avoid placing drainage structures, junction boxes or other obstructions in A 4' - 0 "MIN. 8' - 0 "MIN. LANDING RAMP front of ramp access areas. v, 3 IOINT(TIP.) 2 z' - o" 2. Detectable warning pattems may be created by any method that will 3/8" EXPANSION , TOP OF ROADWAY achieve the truncated dome dimensions and spacing shown. � y o V (SEE STD. PLAN F 7 <�% , so®� 3. Curb and gutter shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb design ' - 0 „ /��` CEMENT CONCRETE 4 specified. See Std. Plan F -1 for curb details. / SIDEWALK plan DEPRESSED 4. The Ian views for SIDEWALK RAMP TYPES 1B, IC t4 iD are provided DETECTABLE WARNING DETECTABLE WARNING CURB & GUTTER �. PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) (SEE NOTE 3) to define each ramp type. See the RAMP DETAIL on this sheet. See �� Std. Plan F -3 for sidewalk joint placement and details. atrio.---0 SECTION O 5. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1V. 4 R 5 ,d f 5 -0" 1 - 8' - 0" MIN. ®4 '0 3. Po. 2 -0 Q � wASy 4 DETECTABLE WARNING PATTERN AREA �° R4 �if+ kt.:‘• SHALL BE YELLOW, IN COMPLIANCE t i 5 CROSSWALK WITH STD. SPEC. 8-14.3(3) 2% o ROADWAY (SEE STD. PLAN H-5c) fL A 1 _ 1 RAMP /�% \ . �. A :,y'fi' B Q \ \ 0 0 nisei i sc., RAMP DETAIL ' CEMENT CONC ,5 4 R fi TYPES 1 FOR SIDEWALK RAMP 9 2fea1 O 8, 10, 10 ---®--4-1 I O SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE F f STS . -� - TT7 © CURB & GUTTER s ` Y Y ONAL �,� SECTION B (SEE NOTE 3) A I I � B O S414 "'' n � — `_ _ O 1 O � I EXPIRES MAY 16. 2003 MIN. MAX. A 1 5/8" 2 3/8" PLAN SIDEWALK RAMP 10 ' -0 "MIN. TYPES 1A 1B 1C A 1D B 5/8" 11/2" ioI C \. / ! 7 C 7/18" 3/4" F3 l TOP of T ISOMETRIC VIEW STANDARD PLAN F ■pia '1 7/18" 11 .—' 2% ' D 7/8" ROADWAY } �� SHEET 1 OF 1 SKEET f APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION ELEVATION CEMENT CONCRETE 1 SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE Harold J. Peterfeso 01 -29 -03 TRUNCATED DOMES (SEE NOTE 2) CURB & GUTTER NmE no9ttwlb,rorA [ au. eNOwemovoommu rretrmstscmdmncumem STATE DEBIDN ENGINEER DATE DETECTABLE WARNING SECTION O (SEE NOTE 3) e MOM LINm er+ aD ,wDAPPROIRn"R O�eJeAnw,, ISMOTana wa .hk�OnSpaDepamn.ntorTnnepwr"xon fri PATTERN DETAIL A S nNEW OmverAreINERUMMTOPmwavvuncw. Awn.uaveeoenwm RADIUS POINT OF CURB RETURN W. 3' -0" W • 4' -0" W • 6' -0" W • 6' -0" W • 7' -0" RADIUS :1 (AT CURB FACE) X Y X Y X Y X Y X Y 20 FEET 5' -51/2" 4' -612" 4' -81/2" 6' -0" 4' -1" 7' -23/4" 3' - 8' - 312" 3' -112" 9' -21/2" �S / F S (ATOV 30 FEET 7' -33/4" 7' -1" 8' -512" 8'- 111/2" 5' -91/4" 10' -7" 5' -212" 12' -0" 4' -83/4" 13' -31/4" B CO NT RB p 40 FEET 8' -91/2" 9' -212" 7' - 10" 11' -51/4" 7' -1" 13' -412" 6' -53/4" 15' - 3/4" 5' -1112" 18' -71/4" RAOT O FJ 50 FEET 10'- 3/4" 11'- 3/4" 9'- 1/4" 13' -71/4" 8' -212" 15' -91/2" T -812" 17' -9" 8'- 113/4" 19' -81/4" CEMENT CONCRETE 60 FEET 11' - 21/2" 12' -83/4" 10' - 3/4" 15' - 81/2" 9'- 21/4" 17' - 11 3/4" 8'- 63/4" 20' -13/4" 7' - 1012" 22' -112" PEDESTRIAN CURB 70 FEET 12' - 2 3/4" 14' - 3 1/4" 11' - 1/4" 17' - 4" 10' - 1" 19' - 11 3/4" 9' - 33/4" 22' -4 1 /4" 8' - 8 1/4" 24' - 6 1/4" 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT DETECTABLE WARNING (SEE STD. PLAN F -3) PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) 80 FEET 13' - 2" 15' - 8 12" 11' - 10 1/2" 18' - 11 3/4" 10' - 10 3/4" 21' - 10" 10' - 1" 24' - 4 3/4" 9' - 5" 26' - 8 3/4" ' O 90 FEET 100 FEET 14' - 1/2" 17' - 12" 12' - 8 1 /4" 20' - 6 1/2" 11' - 7 3/4" 23' - 7" 10' - 9 3/4" 28' - 3 3/4" 10' - 1 1/4" 28' - 9 1/2" 14' - 101/2" 18'•33/4" 13' - 512" 22' -0" 12' -41/4" 25' - 23/4" 11' - 53/4" 28' -112" 10' -9° 30' -9" INTERMEDIATE RADII CAN BE INTERPOLATED 4, ,iii iI E l I 0, l w i� DETECTABLE WARNING PATTERN AREA SHALL BE YELLOW, IN COMPLIANCE MATH STD. SPEC. 8- 14.3(3) \\ A NOTES 3 .. I �/ CROSSWALK, I RAMP _ (SEE STD. PLAN H-5c) B , q 1. Avoid placing drainage structures, junction boxes or other Y 6' - 0" X -T' 4-431- O obstructions in front of ramp access areas. BUFFER DISTANCE FROM P.C. RAMP LANDING _ i B L. 2. Detectable warning patterns may be created by any method STRIP MIN. MAX. A tt that will achieve the truncated dome dimensions and spacing SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4B A 1 5/8" 2 3/8" -- shown. shown. PLAN B 5/8" 1 12" PLAN 3. Curb and gutter shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb ' C 7/16" 3/4" to design specified. See Std. Plan F -1 for curb details. 0 7/8" 1 7/16" 1 – . I 4. See Std. Plan F -3 for sidewalk joint placement and details. 5 ' - 0 " W BUFFER STRIP 1 I 0 5. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1 V. Zo TOP OF ELEVATION 2% 'v �( ROADWAY � V " ` Aw,.ww T TRUNCATED DOMES (SEE NOTE 2) x !�' 5' - 0" RAMP I DETECTABLE WARNING CEMENT BUFFER STRIP PATTERN DETAIL p 0) J. P r CONCRETE SECTION OA CEMENT CONCRETE VARIES BS VARIES 0 TOW �� ��� Op WA S ��� CURB & GUTTER SIDEWALK (SEE NOTE 3) TOP OF Z( `a ) ROADWAY D �, CEMENT CONCRETE O CEMENT CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER ' AF � �� OIS TS1' ` PEDESTRIAN CURB SECTION CO (SEE NOTE 3) S8� LNG (SEE STD. PLAN F -1) 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT I EXPIRES MAY 16, 2003 (SEE STD. PLAN F•3) _ „� 8' - 0" �€ RAMP ��,,,�� „�,�,��,. CEMENT — " " "" ° " SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4B CONCRETE 2 - 0" SIDEWALK `v � LANDING ROADWAY \ —'' - -- --, -- - -- „" STANDARD PLAN F -3e lemoasaimmg 1 6 „ Iminumulimr. SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET ISOMETRIC VIEW DEPRESSED APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION DETECTABLE WARNING CURB & GUTTER PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) (SEE NOTE 3) Harold J. Peterfeso 01 -13 -03 NOT. 71419 PIM IS NOT A ENGINEER. DOVINENT BUT SECTION O TIEOroON ONEG LEOAL MW,ANOMOVEDFON wetMwn a•E,ONNLO STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE AT wrsNrxoroN STATE UF,wrnlwrOF IRANSPORTVION . NOON V ACV OEOBNONED "3.41. .. SM., D.1.6".," Trwpmwd0n WONREOUEET. �•' Toward I Y4" wide drain Roadway hole in grout pad s /4" wide drain Grout pad hole in grout pad uu ;iH. -- / I/- or bolts _ _ _�l ` Anc Ins pole base plate l�l�lll�ll r I _ Pole .I directly on leveling IL' l�i' base Pole base plate nuts and washers. I III I,I ops at plate 1 tlitik 1 --1 Strap templates 1, 1 / IMP FIXED BASE mem _ _ Hf 1 I (See Detail) z Conduit r Eight •7 l:,ars /.1.I__, C-5 7owaR0° rcl By I,_ III_I _1_ even I y spaced a I I Anchor bo to v- Anchor _ C, I• 1' - 0 cen l / lu I� bolts r I ._._ L_ L ' Iii - I A "'4 Ho \ I " °ers SLIP BASE --- , i -�- 2" clearance v Toward ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT Foundation Roadway 3' -0" SLIP BASE FIXED BASE Square or round PLAN PLAN FOUNDATION DETAIL (See Note 1) Toward LIGHT STANDARD ORIENTATION Toward Roadway Plate washer (TYP) I 1" clamping bolts Pole base plate °W °b Keeper plate I Hardened washers (TYP) ^ Roadway I/4" anchor plate ate 1% slip 1 � 1 '_•—J ■ in ,�v p ` I ate 14 A, gyp.. , s ' a 3 „ 1�N . 111 0051111 : Top of foundation MI ,�j� W `�91,� , �� I �MIN� :rl� I �® 1B1 .� ° s /4" chamfer (TYP) Aire �� a, '� �,2'� ' �/ ' v/ a • , r , I - °4;7771 If I , Place grout even with 1„, .{' 14742 O 'M 6" hollow in top of foundation after lib _ See Note 4 �'�, � DIBT2R � G plumbing light standard s �� center of grout pad M' Z ONAL ■ nil FIXED BASE I EXPIRES JUNE 29, 2000 STEEL LIGHT STANDARD MI ELEVATION EASE DETAILS SLIP BASE Three 1" anchor bolts, Details similar to slip base except where noted 4' -e" long (see Notes 3 and 4) STANDARD PLAN J -1 b ELEVATION SHEET 1 OF 5 SHEETS NOM , reBPUNI B NOT A LEON. ENONEER !NB DOCUMENT BOTAN ELECTRONIC DUPLICATE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION THE MOWN(, AMMO BY THE EA VINEER AND APPROVED FOR PUBLICA770N19 NUT ON ME AT THE INASHINOTON STATE DEPAMAIENTOF TRANSPORDITION. A GON MAY BE OBTAINED UPONREODEBG Clifford E. Mansfield_ 10 /08/99 10 -99 TWS D EPUTY STATE 0ES1ON ENOINEER DATE DATE REVISION SY WASHINGTON sTAO'E DEPARTMENT TRANSPORTATION WASHINGTON • GENERAL NOTES 19 WIDTH EQUAL TO STANDOFF DIMENSION KEY 200 AMP TYPE 120/24010 SERVICE CABINET SAFETY SOCKET BOX 1 TYP. AS SPECIFIED BY tO METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 1. SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9- 29.24, SERVICE CABINETS. I F y SERVING UTILITY AS A MINIMUM, THE METER BASE SHALL BE SAFETY SOCKET 2. HINGES SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS PINS. I ' I 10-32 SCREWS 4 EACH PER C A 1 1@„ / TYP• 2 BOX WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUSERC DRAWING 305. 3. CABINETS SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R AND SHALL I MOUNTING BLOCK 1 O2 MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) INCLUDE TWO RAIN TIGHT VENTS. / 3" 12 GA. PLATE WELDED 4. METERING EQUIPMENT DOOR SHALL BE PAD LOCKABLE. ONTO EACH END OF O PHOTOCELL BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP - 120/240 VOLT) A EACH DOOR SHALL BE GASKETED. INSTALL BEST CX %Il A 1 1/2" MOUNTING BLOCK CONSTRUCTION CORE ON RIGHT DOOR. SEE DOOR HINGE BLOCKSMOUNTING Q4 TEST SWITCH (SPOT SNAP ACTION, POSITIVE CLOSE DETAIL, SHEET 1 OF 2. FRONT FACE MO UNTING BLOCK DETAIL SECTION A•A 16 AMP - 120/277 VOLT - "T" RATED) 5. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT IMTHIN THE SERVICE I OF SAFETY 12 GA. - MATERIAL TO BE SAME ® PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL, STD. SPEC. 9 - 29.11(2) ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE AN APPROPRIATELY ENGRAVED SOCKET BOX AS CABINET MATERIAL © BRANCH BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED IMTH SCREWS OR RIVETS: INSIDE FACE KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 AND 18. J PH SIGNAL BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) OTOCELL KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL READ: OF DOOR BYPASS CONTACTOR (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST it 9 R ECEPTACLE BREAKER (SPST 20 AMP - 120/240 VOL OFF- AUTOMATIC ". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL. TEST ON ( T LEFT SIDE- SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL B. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT FABRICATE MOUNTING BLOCKS AFTER VERIFYING THE 10 RECEPTACLE, GROUNDED (GFC120 AMP - 125 VOLT) SERVING UTILMES. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER SERVICE UTILITY STAND OFF DIMENSION. 11 NEUTRAL BUSS, 14 LUG COPPER BASE MOUNTING IN THE ENCLOSURE, ON THE SIDE OR 6" ® PHOTOCELL ' ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE UTILITY MAY �.--� TEST 12 PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE - ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN THE DOOR AND ® REMOVABLE ID •RP"AtrroruT�c FROM 5/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH WELDED SEAMS THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET BOX TO BE LESS I © AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER n MOUNTING PANEL fl THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE LEFT SIDE- SAFETY to _ © m/////::•••:. FABRICATION. TYPE 5052 - H32 ALUMINUM WITH 5/8" x 5/8" SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL. THE CONTRACTOR a L•'l�t� : OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO 618" EXPANDED STEEL MESH SHALL VERIFY THE SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS - . ® , mom• MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL. SEE PHOTOCELL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF AND INSTALLING THE O 1 L I8RE ,- ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL, SHEET 2 OF 2. SERVICE EQUIPMENT. � HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR TH 4" x MIN. POLISHED 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM AND SHALL BE . �� IATCH I 13 WIRE GLASS WINDOW. • 1M 4" ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VARIOUS SIZES 21 OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH i!4 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE IATCH. 8. ALL BUSSWORK SHALL BE HIGH GRADE COPPER AND 4 SEE NOTE 8 L E '0 , CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER. BUSS SHALL BE 4 LUG SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THE MAIN BREAKER RATING. TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER Zo ALL BREAKERS SHALL BOLT ONTO THE BUSSWORK. VENTS DETAIL ON SHEET 2 OF 2. JUMPERING OF BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. rffl111 (( BUSSWORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE ALL FUTURE TING WI SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPST 20AMP- 1201290 VOL'1) EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN THE BREAKER SCHEDULE. 17 METAL RING DIAGRAM HOLDER 9. THE PHOTOCELL UNIT SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE - III ID • 1/4" DIAMETER DRAIN HOLE. DRILL BEFORE GALVANIZING. PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE TO PERMIT 360 DEGREE p. ROTATION OF THE PHOTOCELL WITHOUT REMOVAL • � 19 MOUNTING HOLE. SEE SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS. OF THE PHOTOCELL UNIT OR THE PHOTOCELL I 19" ID 1' -10" 20 18 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD - MINIMUM SIZE WITH SEPARATE MAIN BREAKER. ENCLOSURE. • I 10. ALL INTERNAL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH SEE DOOR 3'- 4" 21 LABEL CABINET WITH BUSSWORK RATING. 'TO - FROM" CODED TAGS LABELED WITH THE CODE HINGE DETAIL LETTERS AND /OR NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULES. LEFT SIDE FRONT 120/240 VAC APPROVED PVC OR POLYOLEFIN WIRE MARKING SERVICE CABINET DETAIL SLEEVES SHALL BE USED. OO O 11. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS USED FOR MOUNTING 114" x 1 1/4" CLOSED CELL THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. NEOPRENE GASKET , `^o� it 12. A 1% TOLERANCE 1S ALLOWED FOR ALL DIMENSIONS. CABINET DOOR O r� OM pIT Z.6, 13 COMPONEN S SHALLL BE S EL. CO TE 8 B SIGNAL CKT O P HOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON ' PH TOC AUTOMAT C �. OF WA c CABINET OR CLAMPS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED, GALVANIZED STEEL OR I ® - ® Ai STAINLESS STEEL. PANEL WALL III G. 14. INSTALL CONDUIT COUPLINGS ON ALL CONDUITS. ,1 1' \ 1/8 TYP. DOOR HINGE DETAIL 18 111 I ILL CKT A X PLACE COUPLINGS FLUSH WITH TOP OF PIANO -•'`; SPARE CKT � ALTERNATE FOR TYPE B MODIFIED CABINET �_ "F ® .,L " ' • ¢ CONCRETE FOUNDATION. HINGE - -- SEE NOTE 17 `? j 15. NOTE 15 HAS BEEN DELETED. j .�M O -e ©�. c, , MF G/ sao 4., �,� , rcP 18. THE METER BASE PORTION OF THIS SERVICE WAS 1/8 _ PANEL DOOR CABINET DOOR O fi` �II ILL CKT B � / ONAL Q 1/4" x 5 /8" DESIGNED TO MEET METERING PORTION OF EUSERC ,. , , DR 309 REQUIREMENTS. NEOPRENE I • GASKET , irs ■ 00 _ 0 I EXPIRES MAY 5. 2005 17. WHEN USING ALTERNATE DOOR HINGE: REMOVE NP ' 1/8 V it - HINGE O' HINGE PIN PRIOR TO WELDING HINGE TO CABINET DOOR HINGE DETAIL ■ 2" HIGH x 2" OPEN • i SERVICE CABINET TYPE B AND PRIOR TO HOT DIP GALVANIZING CABINET. ..' 3/B" BARREL �� AFTER GALVANIZING, REPLACE PIN WITH BRASS PIN = SIZE PER NEC. MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE AND SOLDER IN PLACE. MINIMUM SIZE #2 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) LAP WELD STANDARD PLAN J -3b VIEW 13-8 WIRING SCHEMATIC SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 11 -05-03 Ole THIS RA NIS NO I' ALE. BVAW 'D DOA/MBOTOTANEI£nwcw,c LWPLATP STATE DESIGNENOWEER DATE THSaaaNA. SBNE9SV DNSSHON9ERAAOAP100 W FOR POltA7100Ie MOMi pAE 09/2003 REVISER NOTE 13 IW0 T Washington SIGN nlT D.pGTlnl d Transportation AT II.E WASHINGTON S ATPDYMINENT OF 7RIWSPORTA77014 ACOPMAYBE WANED -" VPONREWEST DATE REVISION B Y ' SEE NOTE 8 1 5/8" x 1 518" 3/8" GA. 2" POLICE PANEL SERVICE CABINET BOLTED 3 /B" BOLT (TWO FOR EACH SEE STRAP DETAIL TO SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL \ \\ SLOTTED STEEL y'''�(- -� C HANNEL) NOT REQUIRED SEE NOTE 8 BRACKET (SEE SERVICE '.1 ='� CHANNEL BRACKETS '��L.� FOR STRUT MOUNT \ �•� �; =f` • \ CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS 111 • (TWO REQUIRED) --1- AND STRAP DETAIL) - W SPRING NUT ,I -I ` ' • BEVEL 1/2" } F RONT OF ;I�1 l -- I B D CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. �' C ONTROL.LER f • B B I' PLUMB CONDUIT t 1° CABINET CABINET SERVICE 1 518" x 1 518 12 GA. 1 _ • SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 . �� (., I SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL ii 11111 • I II I BRACKETS BOLTED TO E - - - T 1 5 /8" x 2 7118" 12 GA. - WASHERS AND NUTS ���� 1 q POST USE TWO - 3/8" BOLTS, • q E SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL B Zo To © BRACKETS (3 REQ'D), EMBED I r I _ FO ACH CHANNEL. z 1 2 CORNER I " MIN E . IN FOUNDATION. 0 POST IIIIIIIIIIIII I PEERNE BOLT THREADS. BOLT ANCHOR I I M I I (SEE SERVICE MOUNTING (TYP. CHANNEL BRACKET Iis ` '.i. 4.i PLUMB CONDUIT t 1° •,II DETAILS AND STRAP DETAIL) EA II, x �� � - BOLT SIZED FOR SLOTTED STEEL iioiiiir 6 III SL B O RA TT ED7e EBOLTED EL CHA N S NEL 0L7S, 0 I II 4 I - - CHANNEL BRACKET, NATH LOCK 10" T'� ► #4 HOOPS 24" I _I I I 1 _ r - WASHER & SPRING NUT `�� ",, -F- 1 Ilk_ i 1 (3 FOR EACH CHANNEL) / i !il 11 (( - _ CKETS )' A - -- LLI' -- (J TO UTILITY -)j_ WASHERS. ND NUT5 6 " J= 1 - I a?. - -- -- ==_�� I CABINET BRACKET MOUNTING DETAIL IJ d IE HE 8 r' TO LUMINAIRES -c -- - TO CONTROLLER CABINET FOR EACH CHANNEL. THE"- ,U 3'''''l H 3 ^--""I H GRO ROD 3" I 8 x 8 TREATED TIMBER PEEN BOLT THREADS. CONDUIT COUPLING (TYP.) Q 13" DIAMETER DRAIN TILE � IIIIIIli POST, 10' LONG RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 WITH APPROVED COVER. (TYP.) SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET TO UTILITY TO CONTROLLER RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET 2" x 1 /8" HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STRAP TO LUMINAIRES CABINET _ FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET POST MOUNT fiv6dl STRUT MOUNT METAL WASHERS NUT `w j���, ,�, - PHOTOCELL ',. RUBBER WASHER (APPLY SILICONE FLANGE ---.- __,_ -_ ENCLOSURE GROUND ROD 0 WASHER TO B SIDES OF RUBBER OR TO INSTALLATION) ' NUT AND NUT. (TY LOCK WASHER SERVICE 24" CABINET BASE +I 24" ��� CABINET POST MOUNT STRAP DETAIL _._.i. -y� 1" TWO #4 HOOPS 1 1.11111 1 114" x 1" MACHINE BOLT 0 t s ,. _� ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL t = 1r y CONTROLLER 1 CABINET SEE STANDARD PLAN J-6c \,`• I 4'. "CABINET FOUNDATION DETAILS ", O .- O 112" MIN. (TYP.) z 00 00 FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. - 1/4" x 2" STAINLESS STEEL BOLT • \\ fl 3 BUSS WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL NUTS. T 2 H , I 1 _' I 0 DRIVE GROUND RODS BEFORE PLACING ., LIBERALLY COAT THIS ASSEMBLY S p WAS EL � S.I 118 I WITH ANTI CIXIDANT COM 0 H/, .�tA T �, � CONCRETE. MOVERODS) AND I R ED J ' _ ,�Q, e� TILE(S) WITH COVERS) AS REQUIRED TO X11' - 1 °!I' �i. BELLEVILLE 5� _ SERVICE �� ACHIEVE FULL GROUND PENETRATION. CABINET `•% STAINLESS STEEL �,� I � 1 MAINTAIN A 8' MINIMUM CLEARANCE S IDE WALL SPRING WASHER CABINET 1 I � I 1 BETWEEN GROUND RODS AS DETAILED O ' f a I� - +___ ''''>)-- Mtl P % �` { J ON STD. PLAN J -80 TYPICAL GROUNDING / "Or g4' T `�, 0 STAINLESS �/ Iii) ) �' - !A ? " /` 4r ( ' IN DETAILS ". - - - � 1 FILLET I' _ - 7y 1� 'ils1ou O .A A/' C� Q+ t / �� : ; ' Q ALL C ON DUITS PENETRATING CA81NE'i A A ALLEN HEAD `�J WELD -11 -r te ££ r S Te ,G`$ l'004. 000 `‘� ` END BUSHING AND BONDED TO THE DING : : I _ x iILTI 1 �i J w S L �',`, N c / CABINET GROUNDING BUS. `, / \ O3 4 DIAM. x 112" DEEP SUMP. SLOPE CABINET 1 1 EXPIRES MAY 5, 2005 FOUNDATION TOWARDS SUMP. 3/8" DIAM. \ - SIDE WALL STAINLESS STEEL POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER DRAIN PIPE. FLAT WASHER SERVICE CABINET TYPE 5 1/8" x 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 6" ANGLE 84 BAR EACH CORNER Q GROUND ROD SLOPE TO DRAIN OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. O TO SERVICE GROUND - PER STD. PLAN JAa ELEVATION VIEW SIDE VIEW DET'AILA -A MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE PLAN VIEW OF SERVICE CABINET "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS" 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J - SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 11-05-03 NOSE TN'ISKAN 16 HOT ALEOALIMINEMODOCUMEAMTANCIECTIMICOLFUGIE STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE aRMY.. =WOW FOR PUSMCATON IS KWrCAME 09/2003 REVISED SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAIL NNG ATI.W SIMOTGN ATE DEPAAMENT OP NVIVORTn IM.. A COPY NAY RE OBTAINED Mulling?. Stab DePGIfiNMII of TTOStapalaN0G VPCSWEST. DATE REVISION BY -'® NR o • ' ® ' PUSH P USH , a I , �1 PJI h a� �I _ ,u,. h BUTTON BUTTON + D I I 1 FOR FOR o , 10 i ' M,0 1 METAL POLE INSTALLATION PPB —M �� (Pedestrian Pushbutton - Metal Pole) WOOD POLE INSTALLATION PPB—W (Bottom feed shown) (Pedestrion PushButton - Wood Pole) R10 -4001 R10 -4002 3.374" NOTE: riN 2.5 " ) When "PPB -MR " or "PPB-WR" ore specified in the contract, the arrow shall be r� Installed In the opposite direction .Li r than as shown for opposite or "PPB-W" 1.75 T 0 2.875" " r 2.75 "' p , L . f M s ul O N If N . N O M O li R10-4002 0 0.391" hole R10 - 4001 .187 " "�� .187"' 0.87 "" hole for Top View Top View metal post mount 0.391 " hole for 5" Y. wood post mount A I 11 — A — A-----A. 4 - 0.9375" O 0 11 2.8125" 1.375" c 11 Front View Side View 0.391 hole j1 ,„-7 CAST ALUMINUM CONDULET u �, 0.875'" hole I II ti n N ti H N r L m V In `- 11- m I I o (TVP) PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON a 11 Front View Side View DETAILS I._ ..,_ 11 v Front view Side View PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ASSEMBLY ALUMINUM 'H" EXTRUSION (EY 1 Pushbutton switch assembly 0 Aluminum 'H' extrusion 2 Cost metal housing 0 Chose nipple - Ye" hex head x /Z " pipe thread x Z1/4"" long 3 Protective collar m 3 /e" - 16 X 21/2" stainless steel bolt with washer 4 Pushbutton switch ® 3 /e " X 4 " I ag bolt with washer 5 Gasket 0 Dril1 and top shoft for %" bolt 6 Stainless steel fastener Drill and tap shaft for /2" nipple 7 Cast aluminum condulet ® Conduit and fittings as required for timber pole installation: /8 "' drilled weep hole. reverse condulet and conduit for top feed 8 Aluminum plug with On timber pole instollation, remove plug for wire 0 Drill pilot hole for 3 /e" lag bolt entrance and drill weep hole in condulet. TYPE PPB, P5, & I STANDARD DETAILS R '1 ■ ' SIGNAL STANDARD TYPE DESIGNATIONS --11.-t D Ili 1/43 Pr ANCHOR BOLT, NUT, & WASHER SIZES a 3 /6 P a STANDARD DIMENSIONS 1 A 0 TYPE PPB 4 - I /2 " DIA xt2 " x2 " 1/ s TYPE PS & I 4 - 35" DIA x 30" x 4" ' Co 5 TYPE FB & RM 3 - 3 /a" DIA x 30" x 4" Y6 c)� T _ I B, j i 4- E LE VATION — - 1 o. E o 1 --E. L Oo 0 ' AN I -- -- -- PL AN 1. TYPE PPB TYPE PS TYPE I & RM TYPE FB TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V TWO THREADS MIN PED, PUSH PED, HEAD VEHICLE HEAD FLASHING MAST ARM LIGHTING AND STRAIN POLE LIGHTING AND 5 / MAX L S 2" CLEARANCE BUTTON STANDARD AND RAMP METER BEACON STANDARD MAST ARM STANDARD STRAIN POLE 3/4 " CHAMFER � K PAVED AREA POST STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD UNPAVED AREA i„ v . 2 TYPE PPB, PS, I, RM & FB STANDARD DIMENSION CHART ;; 1 ¢ TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE " v ?' . m ITEM PPB PS I RM F 1" TO 2" ■ • i ai v " " • • !1 e• • • : A HEIGHT 4 " -6" 8 " -0" 10' -0" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 :�. ' a i a a ' . B POLE BASE DIA 2' / — . . . . v. Rjc • . . ii F h i v . C PLATE THICKNESS 'Y2 "' ' /2" %2 SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2{ O pP WASR / Ii , 1 D PLATE WIDTH 5" 9'" � Q $ ' , � ' ) •� C ,� , 2 , N v a II'.I a1 a 9" SEE SHEE 2 SEE SHEET 2 E HOLE DIA 5 /e" t "" 1" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 " /aa 'G • II ! j •' I', I o G F BOLT CIRCLE 4' /p" B%z" 8 /p SEE SHEET 2 SEE S 2 6_ . . I I G FOUNDATION DEPTH " _;. _ rr .,' i ° ! i ' , • H1 FOUNDATION WIDTH 1'-6" 2 -0" 2' 2 "-0" 2-0" Y, , , , F, ,. M ail' a H2 FOUNDATION DIA 2' -0 "' 2' - 3 2' -3'_ 2' -3" 2 " -3'" cn F o15T6" \ � — i � i j i }� 1 ■ --, i — _ J NUT & WASHER Four %2" 3 /4" /A "" 3/a„ 3/e 8 8 / "q,� • v 1 • v; II ° ' : v K GROUT PAD THICKNESS NONE *. »+ SEE SHEET 2 SEE SKEET 2 ONAL .;� •. , L PLASTIC DRAIN TUBE DIA NONE 3 /a" 3 /B 3 /9 3 /9" 2 C LEARANCE i _ _ I , a !EXPIRES OCTOBER 26,2002! / 2' �— a . I a a i' M VERTICAL RE-BAR NONE Eight 4 Eight .4 Eight 4 Eight .4 ° ' N HORIZ. RE-BAR HOOP NONE Three e4 Three e4 Three .4 Three "4 SIGNAL STANDARD TYPE ' - v �• P HANDHOLE SIZE NONE 31/2" x 4" 3 x 4_ 31/4" x 4" 31/2'' x 4" DESIGNATIONS AND TYPE 0 SLIPFITTER DIA .D.) NONE 4" _ 4" 4" PPB, PS i RM, & FB DETAILS L _'a • a a (I.D.) 4 "" 1 R CAP DIA 2'/2" NONE NONE NONE NONE ► a ' . TAPERED ROUND OR OCTAGONAL SHAFT, 11 GAGE, 4" OD AT SLIPFITTER WELD. TAPER = 0.14 INCHES /FT. STANDARD PLAN NJ -Ta L. 2" CLEARANCE \ * • LEVELING NUT HEIGHT 1" MAXIMUM. SHEET40F25HEETS H1 (SQUARE) N LEVELING NUTS NOT REOUIRED FOR TYPE PPB STANDARD A1071, nns RAN raxo,A UaurvaA ux000cuxSKMR w �cmancouwc°IE APPROVEDFORPUBLICATIOM * ThEO .RlBM.,=NEM' ..FtANDAPPROVED FORPUBJGIICA ZIT, WILE . MK. B A �, EDBP R R �DN,AnDN. ADMn U..BeOBTAINED H 2 (ROUND) Harold J. Peterfe so 0942 -01 . 3.-• uravR FMK. -- STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE FOUNDATION DETAILS DI WELDING SYMBOL SUES MHG Washington Mote D.ponn , of Transportation DATE REVISION BY •'� A ITEM JUNCTION BOX DIMENSION TABLE NOTES: C 1 7 Y BOX TYPE 1. AU box dimensions are nominal. Exact configurations vary • 1 1 TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 among different manufacturers. 1 1 N p N � A OUTSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 22" 33" 42" • B OUTSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX 17" 22 112" 30" 2. The noted lid thicknesses are overall minimums. The diamond - - '' ""'" C INSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 18 ^ - 19^ 28" 36" pattern for Type 1 or 2 boxes shall be 28% minimum of overall 1 D INSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX 13" - 14" 17" 24" thickness. The diamond pattern for Type 3 boxes shall have E LID LENGTH 18" 26 1/2" 38" a minimum thickness of 3/32 ", SEE LEGEND F LID WIDTH 13" 17" 28" .1, � ; ; ;; G DEPTH OF JUNCTION BOX 12" 12" 12" 3. Lid support members shall be 3/16 " min. thick steel C, L or T H LID AND FRAME DEPTH 6/18" 5118" 112" shape welded to the frame. - J MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 3" e K WELDED WIRE HOOP - SIZE NUMBER (SEE NOTE 8) W 2.9 (6 GAGE) W 2.9 (6 GAGE) W 5 (3 GAGE) 4. When specified in the Contract, Type 2 and Type 3 boxes shall 0_ m O 1 u_ L WELDED WIRE FABRIC - SIZE (SEE NOTE 6) 4 X 4 W 2.9 X W 2.9 (8 GAGE) be provided with 12" deep extension boxes. M HANDLE N/A N/A SEE DETAIL M J N FRAME SLOT MARK N/A N/A SEE DETAIL 5. A 1/4" NC x 3/4" Stainless Steel Ground Stud with S.S. Nut shall r E O HOOK SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL be welded to the bottom of the lid. • P LID HOOD MARK NIA N/A SEE DETAIL 6. See the Standard Specifications for attemate use of reinforcement. Q OUTSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 48" R OUTSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 36" S INSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION N/A NIA 38" '( r:) T INSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 20" LEGEND Q , N P .,...,.. N U MINIMUM FOUNDATION DEPTH N/A N/A 3" 'I V WELDED WIRE HOOP -SIZE NUMBER N/A N/A W 5 (3 GAGE) CAPACITY- CONDUIT DIAMETERS 6" 12" 24" I" I"" PLAN NOTE: A 1% TOLERANCE IS ALLOWED LTD1 C O M Mir 1/2" HANDLE --- -LID LIGHTING SYSTEM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM �H L EVEL WITH LID 1" v----L I"" 1 s:. �L `0 HANDLE D 1/8V 4,1" X 3/16 ", TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM TELEPHONE SYSTEM STOP 1 "LONG K HOOK DETAIL (TWO HOOKS ' \ 7 y � HANDLE DETAIL � NUT OR WELDED (MARK 0) PER LID) (MARK M) WASHER I TS11" , FRAME TOP INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ELEVATION FRAME TOP ' BEAD FORM LETTERS WITH 1/8" WELD BEAD. Q S ry 1/8" ,, WELD BEAD // AT T HOOK I• S 1" NOMINAL 1" N 1 / WELD BEAD if ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL j ,�' LID 1.11 Mg V +:T.r NOMINAL FOUNDATION FOR TYPE 3 — v HOOK SLOT CENTER BEAD I JUNCTION BOX ON SLOT .,� D. RIC FRAME SLOT MARK (MARK N) LID HOOD MARP DETAIL / cS oe wnsy � 46), 4 ., INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA 1 1" NOMINAL "' l' t I NCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA r 1" NOMINAL tilt f 6" MIN on tiff" " � t 1 m i wrn,, ' r X� _ 3" MIN — g' MAX 3" MIN _ i _ D � 8" MIN } (TYP) (TYP) 3" MIN $" MAX 3" MIN 9 24655 0 1 STER O C �� ' j'8I ONA L v' 2" MIN __ l . ._► " -►� 2" MIN (EXPIRES OCTOBER 26, 20021 (TYP) o o (TYP) -'1 :. • Y�s ` ,�.,, .*s -sv`- rya.- ;•��1�1r!i" STANDARD r �' �� ��s .� �'•, !;:� ' ► r l�' r istolk w4vr do1+tv.'*+� #ericli eP o V1114 1 . 1 % . • �� - " � � a0r� 4 .% ��.st�j v •i dirk, -.4 r ' +' x •T 'i tt4, 4 4 JUNCTION BOX F` �5 L�' � ' ,1 14. 11 + * * ��.frs � Jc .mss!' .:ii` �:,.'� � 2.' Asir ? ' 'Ji ?der 1;� -s. • f��71� 1 �:�!� ..�., ~�'�i� �s _ STANDARD PLAN J -11 TYPE 1 OR 2 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 6" GRAVEL PAD TYPE 3 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 6" GRAVEL PAD • 17119 PUN IO NOT AIEIM ENOINEERINOOOOOMENTBUTANfl FCiRCNICOVWCA7[. APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 7HE MOM. SIM0 BYIHEENOfNEERMOAFRROVEO FOR • " W&/G1704 I3.7ONFI(E " I"° '°'"BUIE°`"A""°I'°PMAN'°°RTA °°N ACOOM" "EENM., WONREaEEn Harold J. Peterfeso 09 42 -01 _ STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE T Washington Stalo Dopmlment of Transportation NOTES 1. PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8 -01.3(15). 2. SIZE THE BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE (BGID) FOR THE STORM WATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. GRATE 5" MAX. TRIM GEOTEXTILE 3. THE EiGID SHALL HAVE A BUILT-IN HIGH-FLOW RELIEF SYSTEM (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 4. THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BG1D WITHOUT SPILLING THE v COLLECTED MATERIAL. FRAME % OVERFLOW BYPASS i A A• 4 ° a a 4 G d •0 GRATE 7474 ° °" SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS RETRIEVAL SYSTEM ° G A . ;. +0 y'e'ti d "_! --_ •''..--- FILTERED S WATER OVERFLOW BYPASS , • d 1 A GEOTEXTILE f ° , • o . Q • CROSS SECTION ISOMETRIC VIEW NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE STATE OF _�^� \ WASHINGTON 'L v \V ` / VV � J � ,LI TERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MARK W. MAURER CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 PREFABRICATED BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE DETAILS STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION STANDARD PLAN 1.7 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J Peterfeso 0747-03 NOTE DIVIVO MINOT AfEllL ENGINE£ ftlNOOOCUA.7swmo.EC,RoyI000PUGIE a STATEDESION ENGINEER DATE MD OAASYt .16E0V REENOINEER AND APFROVEO FORPOSDGRgA EIF ONfAE W aeh D� por ATIMMASNINGTON STATEOFPARIMENT OF IRANSMWDON AC.V. WI= T Ing n Stnh PDMmoM OF TTOm CDKDn OAMAMEST ��� • • STRAIGHT METER ADAPTER PLASTIC IRRIGATION BOX 6" AMETEK LID -- ft J T 1 ` I i 1 1• 3/4 — — MTE C TO DCVA - w - alla \_ 6" PVC PIPE P.—a M. FIPxSLIP PVC COUPLING ANGLE BALL VALVE STRAIGHT CURB STOP CURB STOP METER x PJ STOP /WASTE PJxFIP --\\ \ I. ailmi' FLOW —0 / i il4� 90' MIPxPJ ELBOW fl COPPER OR CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE NOTE 1. ALL FITTINGS ARE TO BE BRASS. W17 3/4" & 2" IRRIGATION METER SET NTS City of Yakima — Engineering Division APPROVED: 7.9.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL l 3/4" & 2" IRRIC. METER SET W17 I NOTES SANITARY SEVER MAIN SIDE SEWER 1. TEES OR WYES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN Nm NEW SANITARY SEWER MAINS. WHEN =i 1�■', - INSTALLING SIDE SEWERS IN EASING MAINS, CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BY MACHINE MADE TAP AND APPROVED SADDLE. I 2. WHERE DEPTH 1S INSUFFICIENT TO ALLOW TEE -WEE (STD) I CONNECTION AS SHOWN, CONNECT SERVICE AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. I 1 S I A 1 A All SIDE SFYIER MATD31ALS SHALL BE PVC I Si I �I _ I ER PIPE cCNFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 7 -18.2 OF THE STD. SPECS. i SE 4. TERMINATE SIDE SEWER AI { /W LINE UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER OR _ - SIDE S OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 5. MINIMUM SLOPES ARE AS FOLLOWS: E 4' DIA. PIPE = 0.02 ft /ft WYE (AS REQUIRED) 6" DIA. PIPE = 0.01 ft /ft Nom 6. BACKFILL WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY SHALL BE 0 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE FULL DEPTH AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. LgI PLAN c ■ 10" #4 REBAR BURIED MIN SLOPE - SEE NOTE. _ Lu 6' --12" BELOW FINISH ► / I GRADE TIED IN MARKER I OBSTRUCTION TEE-WYE SI TAPE i IN THIS AREA 1 O 22 ``--® 21111 I DETECTABLE MARKER TAPE BENDS AS REQUIRED INN SLOPE - SEE N01E ""'� � t PER STD. SPECS : --- -____- - - -__ i t►o PLACE 12' ABOVE ENTIRE 1 in LENGTH OF SIDE SEWER I a - ''cc NOTE,-...- CONNECTION AT OBSTRUCTION ■ I PLUG OR CAP 45' AS REQUIRED TYP TEE -WYE 0 1 ' SECTION A -A I rs SEWER CONNECTION DETAIL - N S City or Yakima - Engineering Division I I APPROVED: 2.10.99 I CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL I SIDE SEWER DETAIL I S9 1 Ouazite SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 13" x 24" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly /--- 3/8 -16 UNC 114 / STAINLESS STEEL // HE HEAD BOLT w/ WASHER ilk' O (3g 4° R i P t } .. f 19} 2 3 Q X-- 1/2" (13) X 4" (102) PULL SLOT V SKID RESISTANT SURFACE 3/8 -16 UNC `^ CARRIAGE BOLT Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/ COVER ® DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # TEST LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PC1324CA00 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Gasketed w/2 Bolts PC1324CGOO 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 CZ No Bolts PC1324WA00 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 CZ le • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure water tight. CI ...fr - 16 1 4 , (413'4, � , P t3 3� 111 ,.. ....-----)--- 1 ,.. 11 1/4" 1/2" (286) (13) i / 2-j --a (13) B [-- 2X 4" BOX (102) X 4" (102) MOUSEHOLES (PC13246B only) Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) . DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1324BAl2 50 (22.7 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1324BG12 50 (22.7 kg) 12° (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Open Bottom w/2 PC1324BB12 50 (22.7 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Mouseholes ® Solid Bottom PC1324DAl2 60 (27.2 ka) 12 1/2" (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7.500 5 Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1324DG12 60 (27.2 kg) 12 1/2" (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Footed Box PC1324JAl2 57 (25.9 kg) 12 1/2" (318 mm) 2 7/8" (73 mm) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. S'1'RONGWEL L 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986-9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 24 Ouaz SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 17" x 30" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly 3/8 -16 � ^ STAINLESS UNC STEEL 1 @ HEX HEAD BOLT 1/2" (13) X 4" (102) (,; 1,0 W/ W PULL C • 3 �y1 ) � 3f19) i • s :to V Covers (Blank unless Togo is specified) 3/8 -16 UNC .5 COF SKID ' 1 1 DESIGN/TESTI I CARRIAGE BOLT RESISTANT SURFACE DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER co, COVER K W/2 Bolts PC1730CA00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Z ® Gasketed w/2 Bolts PC1730CGOO 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 No Botts PC1730WA00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 1 1 4C • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets roust be used with a gasketed I GI - box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure W water tight. 0 CID 3 iii•••.. ' (5il• Z _ / 2 (421 / P --, r .,_,.,,<„,,,,,,,, ,...; ...,..„,„,,,...,,,..,,,,..,,,,. ,e ,..,,,,,,, iy i .,,,,,...,),. . . 11 1/4" 1/2" (286) (13) 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) sox 1/2"1 ___1 —i f B MOUSEHOLES (PC17308B only (13) 1 Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST • DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1730BAl2 58 (26.3 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 • •® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1730BG12 58 (26.3 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w/2 PC1730BB12 58 (26.3 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Mouseholes ® Solid Bottom PC1730DAl2 83 (37.6 kg) 12 1/2" (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC173ODG12 83 (37.6 kg) 12 1/2" (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Footed Box PC1730JAl2 67 (30.4 kg) 12 1/2" (318 mm) 2 7/8" (73 mm) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. TONELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 26 Ouazite SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 24" x 24" PG Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PG2424CA00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Gasketed w/2 Bolts PG2424CG00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® No Bolts PG2424WA00 70 (32.0 kq) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PG2424HA00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Gasketed Heavy Duty PG2424HG00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 w/2 Bolts • Covers with meter lids available upon request. • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a 3/8 - UNC gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not STAINLESS STEEL make the enclosure water tight. HEX HEAD BOLT C W/ WASHER (2) 5 1y/} 6 (64m/1s,, 1 - (65 V COVER '._ •y.� _..'5::= G3 _____. y -- O .5 COF SKID cD IF Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ Nut) RESISTANT SURFACE OC DESIGN/TEST G DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER 1/2" (13) x 4" (102) W/ IN ® Open Bottom PG2424BA24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PULL SLOT 01 1/ 4 /4" (6) CENTER PIN ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PG2424BG24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Q ® Open Bottom w/2 Mouseholes PG24248B24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom PG2424DA24 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000122,500 15 1�r � . ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PG2424DG24 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 <2- 1 y t) (1 15 llli � 1 0 (6138' t ill A S% 11.1.11110000000 00 0.- -. ____---: A l 1/2 UFTING BOLT (4) (13) 00 EXTENSION " LIFTING BOLT (4) 1 13/16" BOX (46) 2X 4 (102) X 4" (102) MOUSEHOLES (PG24248B ONLY) • Extensions (Stackable - can be used as a top or bottom extension) DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PG2424EA06 71 (32.0 kg) 8° (203 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424EAl2 105 (48.0 kg) 14° (356 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Solid Bottom PG2424RA06 96 (44.0 kg) 8 1/2° (216 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424RAl2 130 (59.0 kg) 14 1/2° (368 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. S I ROIIGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 30 0 0 --mi- SPECIFICATIONS /DATA 12" x 12" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PC1212CA00 12 (5.4 kq) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Gasketed w/4 Bolts PC1212CGO0 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 —3/s-16 UNC ® No Bolts PC1212WAOO 12 (5.4 kglT 8,000 / 12,000 1 8 1 / STAINLESS STEEL ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PC1212HA00 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 HEX HEAD BOLT ® Gasketed Heavy PC1212HGOO 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 I W/ WASHER (2) 1 Duty w/4 Bolts 1 1 1 1 I • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed �s y box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure water tight. <:C) 12 ( �� ( po ' A CD C31 49 ) - '<> ' (' ``:: "' 1/2" (13) X 2 1/2" (64) Z PULL SLOT n � —.5 COF SKID RESISTANT SURFACE COVER 73 m 4! 0 015 ) 14 3/ < „, (3) 4' ( -------- „n. r, (3p \ • A 12” • ~� (305) . .; (13) ,-.'" ---------------' J 1 "J '" D BOX (13) i i (25) Boxes (vlackable Ft th jell "alig -°- replaceable EZ Nut) • DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1212BAl2 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4" (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1212BG12 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4° (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom PC1212DAl2 37 (16.8 kg) 13 1/4" (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1212DG12 37 (16.8 kg) 13 1/4" (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. STRONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 21 I Specifications DESCRIPTION I The lighting post shall be all aluminum construction consisting of a cast base and a 12 flute shaft with a 03" x 3" tall tenon and two cast aluminum bolt on plant holders with irrigation holes. MATERIALS The post assembly shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattern with complete I w detail. The planter arms shall be cast aluminum, AI 10 (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattern with . .1imi complete detail and 6061 -T6 bar stock. All hardware shall be tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts I shall be hot -dip galvanized steel. i DIMENSIONS 11' l] The post shall be 12' -11" in height with a 0512' to 03 Y" I TM tapered fluted shaft, a 020 x 28" tall base and a 03" x 3" tall tenon. Plant holder shall be 1112" long. 90° I . 270" INSTALLATION I Post provided with (4)0 hot dip galvanized steel L -type anchor bolts. A handhole is located in the base to provide anchorage and wiring access. I FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black 1 2' — 1 1 4 6 powder coat finish. LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION The Milwaukee Harp Luminaire is styled to replicate I the "Harp" Series Luminaires that illuminated boulevards at the turn of the century. Designed for light 1 5 control and ease of installation and maintenance, the 1 2' — 6 Milwaukee Harp Luminaire has a precision optical system for true street lighting performance. For complete specifications see US -3176. Anchorage Detail O„ 180° 0 1 5„ BASE BOLT j- z,, CIRCLE ., � I 270° p so° I JAt 28" 4 NtL X11 1 1 �� 1 ACCESS " OPENING I DOOR ' 0° 0'20'' SIDEWALK Yakima WA Revitalization A � ; � ; # , NY13C20A/BK -AB -26-4 ® (2)OSPABOCA/BK- MH175MHMT3B4A '' O RDER #: TYPE: G & H DRAWING LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS TS G- 000868 An �cuityBrandsCompany REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 1/12/06 DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 1/11/06 PAGE:3 of 5 I THIS DRAWING, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE A UNIT OF SMEAR DESIGN MAY BE SUPPLIED, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED.THM PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONDITION THAT IT WILL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR NOIRECTLY M ANYWAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR WTERESTS, AND ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE Tel P C Harp Series Specifications Milwaukee Style with Standard 3" Diameter Tenon Mounting Maximum weight - 75 ibs GENERAL DESCRIPTION • Maximum effective projected area - 3.8 sq. ft. The Milwaukee Harp Luminaire is styled to replicate the -b 24" w- "Harp" Series Luminaires that illuminated boulevards at the .. 18" - turn of the century. Designed for light control and ease of installation and maintenance, the Milwaukee Harp j Luminaire has a precision optical system for true street lighting performance. . CAST ALUMINUM 1 I HOUSING G/ REFLECTOR REFRACTOR 1 DOOR ASSEMBLY t The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop shaped i thermal resistant borosilicate prismatic glass refractor, that I / _ I I controls the light to provide I.E.S. type IV and type V cut — Jul �f f (� I \\ I,I off distributions. The combination of reflector, refractor and MOUNTING UMINUM vertical burnin lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of MOUNTING g p y y ARM iliurfiination while controlling iuminaire brightness. The • I refractor assembly hinges from the Harp assembly and is latched by a stainless steel, captive hex head bolt. 425/8° DOOR FRAME UNITIZED ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY OVERALL AND TEARDR HEIGHT S REFRACTOR Located below the refractor under a removable decorative cap, the unitized electrical assembly consists of the ballast mounted to a cast aluminum plate that is easily removed by loosening three screws in keyhole slots. The disconnect 283/8„ di CAST ALUMINUM BALLAST plug connects the ballast to the terminal block in the wiring HOUSING WITH chamber. !nom REMOVABLE CAP 3 HARP i FITTER ASSEMBLY O 18-318" I I V The Harp assembly consists of a top cover casting, I chimney casting, two arm castings, and a fitter / ballast !I► housing casting, all welded together. The fitter is designed .—AIIIL-_ to mount on a 3" diameter tenon. The anodized and brightened internal aluminum reflector located in the top cover is formed with flutes to control voltage rise in the ° CAST ALUMINUM FITTER FOR lamp and to work with the refractor to provide the desired 3" DIAMETER MOUNTING TENON distributions. The socket, located in the top housing, preset ORDERING INFORMATION for the proper light center of the reflector and pre -wired to EXAMPLE: MH 070HP 24 3 B 4 A the terminal block, is street lighting grade with nickel plated MH i 7 SIA K II, 3 B 4 A lamp grip shell, center contact backed by a coiled spring, I I T T T T and a glazed porcelain body. BALLAST TYPE (MOGUL BASE) I BALLAST 050HP = 50W HPS (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet fors specific operating 070HP= 70WHPS VOLTAGE MOUNTING FINISH OPTICAL ASSEMBLY pe operatin 100HP = 100W HPS 12 = 120 VOLT 3 = SLIPFITTER B = BLACK 4 = ASYMMETRIC CharaCteriSfiCS) 15AHP = 150W 55V HPS 20 = 208 VOLT FOR 3" Z= BRONZE TEARDROP, TYPE IV 35- 100 watt 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) 175MH = 175W MH 24 = 240 VOLT DIAMETER BY N = GREEN DISTRIBUTION ballasts are High Power Factor Reactor type. All other w= 1GOW MV 27 = 277 VOLT 4" TALL TENON A = AS SPECIFIED 175MV= 175WMV 34= 347 VOLT 5= SYMMETRIC HPS ballasts are High Power Factor Autotransformer type. 48 =480 VOLT TEARDROP, TYPE V DISTRIBUTION 175 watt Metal Halide (MH) ballasts are Peak Lead BALLAST TYPE (ALWAYS USES Autotransformer typ I BASE) e. 70 and 100 watt MH units are (MEDIUM BASE) A ORIENTATION) available only with (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V) High Power ED = A HPS (120V ONLY) 50DHP= 50WHPS Factor High Reactance type ballast. 700HP= 70WHPS OPTICAL ORIENTATION All Mercury Vapor (MV) ballasts are High Power Factor 10DHP =100W HPS A = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PERPENDICULAR TO HARP Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) type. 15DHP = 150W 55V HPS 8 = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PARALLEL TO HARP 700MH = 70W MH (MT ONLY) 10DMH = 100W MH (MT ONLY) FINISH 1 MATERIAL 15DMH = 15OW MH (MT ONLY) The luminaire is finished with polyester powder paint 170MH = 175WMH 20DIN = 200W INCANDESCENT applied after a seven stage pretreatment process, to insure OPTIONS maximum durability. All castings making the harp are sand S = SINGLE FESTOON RECEPTACLE, LOCATED IN BALLAST BASE HOUSING. SAME SIDE A S DOOR HINGE. cast from aluminum alloy #356, for better corrosion TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE resistance. All external hardware is stainless steel. R = NEMA TWISTLOCK PHOTOCONTROL RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT TOP OF LUMINAIRE. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE P = PROTECTED STARTER FOR HPS UNITS ONLY. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE W = DECORATIVE WHITE WINDOWS (DECALS) 0 = DECORATIVE GOLD WINDOWS (DECALS) • ACCESSORIES LAMP = SHIP APPROPRIATE LAMP AS A UNE ITEM. SEE LAMP SHEET ARCHITECTURAL OUTDOOR ORDER #: TYPE: DRAWING NO: US -3176 THIS DRAWING, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE. 4 CUSTOMER IN ON POLE OR E S AN ANCHOR BOOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE • ' � • SCALE: N/A , BUT ONLY AR APPROVAL BY THE SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. HOLOPHANE DRAWN: MJH THIS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTION RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONDITION THAT IT WILL NOT BE USED An 'ticuityBrandsCompany APP D. DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY 214 OARVYOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, OHIO 43055 DATE: 04 -30 -02 IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE. I Specifications DESCRIPTION The lighting post shall be all aluminum construction consisting of a cast base and a 12 flute shaft with a 03" x 3" tall tenon for mounting an aluminum finial, an aluminum bolt on flagpole holder and two aluminum bolt on banner arms with half sphere finials and breakaway couplings. MATERIALS I A The shaft shall be extruded aluminum. The base shall - �� 3 8" be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattern with complete detail. Banner arms shall be 6061 -T6 schedule 80 pipe and bar stock. The finial shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattern with complete detail. All hardware shall be tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be hot -dip galvanized steel. I I DIMENSIONS The post shall be 16-0" in height with a 05" fluted 15' - 6" shaft, a 020 x 28" tall base and a 03" x 3" tall tenon. I 1 5' - 0" Banner arms shall be 1" x 42" schedule 80 pipe. Flagpole holder sized for a 01" flagpole. Ii _ INSTALLATION I °' —r--{) Post provided with (4)0%4" hot dip galvanized steel L -type anchor bolts. A handhole is located in the base to provide anchorage and wiring access. 16' -0" I FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat finish. I I 10' _ 0" Anchorage Detail 1 I 420' , STREET ' BASE 180° 015 BOLT ,:, � CIRCLE 1 � I 270° % 90° l 28" 8" �Z� 0 1 1 >, ACCESS / ` `�' OPENING DOOR 0 ° 020 SIDEWALK Yakima WA Revitalization i xe. , ® NY16F520- CA/BK- AB- 26- 4- (2)BBA38H /1 /BO -CA/BK ' " ' FP 1 /BO- CA/BK- KWF -CA/BK HOLOPH ORDER #: TYPE: I DRAWING An 41incuityBrandsCompany pp I LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS REVISION: 3 REVISION DATE: 1/23/06 TSG- 00006 DRAWN:ACH ORIGIN DATE: 1/11/06 PAGE: 1 of 5 I THIS DRAWING, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TORE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE A UNIT OF%WAR DESIGN MAY BE SUPPLIED, BUTONLVAFTER APPROVAL BY THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE SUPPLIED WRH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. THIS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONDRION THAT IT WILL NOT BE USED DIRECRY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE fo TY PE I f Banner Arms Cast Aluminum MOUNTING DETAILS . Post Top Mounting Clamp On Mounting x, 0 III4 Clamp with (4) 3/8" Hex Hd. Botts to Clamp On Post — h (4) stainless Steal Screws to P ;P 1 �� .� i i i 1 FPHI /BO FPHI /COXX titi— SUGGESTED FLAGPOLE USAGE 0 0 Ai? orientation ..:: n° ' >3c orientation M• i iii (Flag Pole Holder, for , < ; "" s% + 1 '0 pole 1 Bolt-On) iiii " "" s H/ ; _ % >• j `; {� � (Flag Po 1 Holder, BO for ` - " '' '�'•'• :< :• 111. 1 "0 pole / Bolt -on) L'Y, O TE xs •"` ' For h olders for Iwo (or more) po ` •'• •• iiii' ks with bo7-on 2 s •'; mounting add 2 (or required no.) before the . ' part no. (2FPHf/BO) s { 's orientation rA n ° tea o �,a . r 3 FPW. /CO ( O)5 • :y " ??�: • • (F lag Pole Holder, for 1"0 pole /Clam On with 4 holders at Clamp -On , shy 11 n 0 post shaft) i 9 5" /11 FPH1/CO2(180)5 , ■ o orientation ( Flag Pole Holder, for 1 "0 pole xr /Clamp -On with 2 holders at f 180 °, 5 "0 post shaft) NOTE: * For information on specifying orientation and mounting heights see FPH11C er for 1 5 Oreentaton Guide in the back of the Accessories section in the catalog. (Flag Pole Hold fo 1 0 pole " Flags not fumished by Holophane. ! clamp on with post holders at 90 °, 5 "0 post shaft) (lIlGR I R1 GUIDE I sample catalog number I Flagpole Holder Mounting Option Material/Finish O R ✓ G G U r D E I FPH1iCO2(90)4.5 -CA /BK I FPH1 /CO2(90)4.5 -CAIBK Flagpole Holder for 1" pole Clamp On, 2 at 90 °, 4.5 0 post Cast Aluminum/Black Flagpole Holders Mounting Options Material / Finish ❑ FPH.75 Flagpole Holder for 3/4" pole (fill in _ _ with diameter of past shaft, at clamp, in inches) r: 1 -CA /BK Cast Alum. /Black (Std.) ® FPH1 Flagpole Holder for 1" pole M /BO Bolt On (Bolts onto Post) ❑ -CA /DB Cast Alum./Dark Bronze ❑ FPH1.25 Flagpole Holder for 1 -1/4" pole D /CO__ Clamp On (Clamps around Post) ❑ -CA/DG Cast Alum. /Dark Green ❑ FPH1.5 Flagpole Holder for 1 -1/2" pole n 1CO2(180)__ Clamp On (two arms at 180 °) ❑ -CA /CC Cast Alum. /Custom Color 0 /CO2(90) _ _ Clamp On (two arms at 90') ❑ -CA /PP Cast Alum./Prime Painted D 1CO3(90)__ Clamp On (three amens at 90') 1C04(90)__ Clamp On (four arms at 90') Mmuc JAn.Ac tos- erdacampony US -2404 MnO8i8ra IN ONSWOOunveaus- +01W.2,MO Q. C`o k Ty P . e. ro cs. Flagpole Holders Cast Aluminum SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION The flagpole holders shall be one piece construction. The holders 1" Flagpole 3/4" Flagpole — shall consist of a piece of 1---r- aluminum tubing welded at 45° to , . a mounting plate. All welding shall be per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All welders shall be certified per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90 Section 5. FPH1 /BO MATERIALS FPH.75/BO The flagpole holders shall be (holder for 1" pole (holder for 3/4" pole with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) aluminum, ASTM 6061 alloy, heat treated to a T6 temper. All 1 -1/4" Flagpole - Flagpole hardware shall be stainless steel. ,4,-<,1 ��� �" --,—ti"---, INSTALLATION ,, The flagpole holders shall bolt to a mounting channel on the side of the post with four stainless steel I screws. The clamp -on mounting ti� —� shall clamp around the post, FPH1.25 /BO FPH1.5/B0 secured with four 3/8" hex head (holder for 1 -1/4" pole (holder for 1 -1/2" pole bolts. (Post diameter at mounting with bolt on mounting) with bott on mounting) point must be specified.) Holders are available for 3/4 ", 1 ", 1 -1/4 ", and 1 -1/2" O.D. flag poles. (For OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS information on specifying orientation and mounting heights 1 " Flagpole - 3/4" Flagpole — see "Orientation Guide" in the -r�� back of the Accessories section.) (Flags and flag poles provided by ',; I others.) NM For finish s p ecifications and color options see "Finish" section in cata -log. FPH1 /CO FPH.75 /CO (holder for 1" pole (holder for 3/4" pole with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) 1 -1/4" Flagpole 1 -1/2" Flagpole i -c � , ✓ , f ' Mid 1111 . .,_ _, HOLOPHANE FPH1.25 /C0 FPH1.5 /C0 LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS (holder for 1 -1%4" pole (holder for 1-1/2" pole with bott on mounting) with bolt on mounting) An 'SlcuityBrandsCompany 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, OHIO 43055 Flags can add substantial wind loading to the post you select. Please coordinate the correct post size and style with the factory. US -2404 fro I YPE i POLE Small Post Top Finials ra�t li t`yp,`y,9�n r� SPECIFICATIONS Lr Al um CONSTRUCTION The finials shall be one -piece construction. The finials shall consist of a one -piece casting or a casting welded to a piece of 1z" f th aluminum tubing. All welding shall 7 10" - be per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All a I II i -- — w-d3.5"1-.6— lu ���u� welders shall be certified per 41 5 "h-.— —0 .-13.5"1-o— I 3.5 "f -+ ANSi/AWS D1.2 -90 Section 5 . jai SB\ NAF AF MATERIALS The finial castings shall be shall be heavy wall, cast aluminum 10 „ III produced from certified ASTM =- 8" s• 8 s" 356.1 ingot per ASTM B- 179 -95a �� �� I or ASTM B26 -95. The tubing shall 4" 4.5" j. 4.5" I-»— -- D-I 4.5 _ be aluminum, ASTM 6061 alloy, heat treated to a T6 temper. All SCF MBF CCF OMF hardware shall be stainless steel. . INSTALLATION The finials shall mount to a 3" O.D. t 1 " x 3" tall tenon using stainless steel 15" F finish specifications sock se screws. - 8.5" AMIIIIINk T i • 11.5" 11.2 i I - -- --0-1 II h ecifications and color —0-4 1 -- 4.5" �-F— 4.5" -.4.5" -+— —.•-I 4.5" ►."._ options see "Finish" section in catalog. RWF TMF TLF FMF I A T i ,l 12" = 11 '.5" =i 1 1111 1(IIM1 , 9.5" I I �9" I II i II J�I -- 4.5" t-�-- — +-1 5" F-+- -- 5" F� 5" 1-0— WF BF ELF I/ � P O c oa � o ° o? 15 16 12" i J 12" � I lib _ 1 II _ ff I I I 5" I--a -- 5" f-"+-- —�-i 5" 1- — --H 5" I-+— 4 FF PF KWF WLF At•ML HOLOPHANE LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS An A4cu/tyBrandsCompany 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE -NEWARK, OHIO 43055 US -2403 72" Specifications „ DESCRIPTION � The lighting post shall be cast iron and steel construction J''t i L consisting of a cast iron clamshell base and a 16 flute steel _ S I M post with a 03" x 5" tall tenon, an aluminum roadway arm and i I ■� two cast aluminum bolt on plant holders with irrigation holes. wr MATERIALS The post assembly shall be steel. The clamshell base shall be I�) cast iron, (ASTM A48 class 30) formed true to pattem with complete detail. The roadway arm shall be cast aluminum, 11 (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattem with complete II detail and 2" schedule 80 6061 -T6 pipe. All hardware shall be I tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be hot -dip 1 li ga steel. 1 1 DIMENSIONS I II The post shall be 35 ° -0" in height with a 09" butt tapered i4 fluted .1196" wall shaft , a 024 x 43" tall clamshell base and a I 03" x 5" tall tenon. 'ill I I INSTALLATION 4 Post provided with (4)01W-hot dip galvanized steel L -type anchor bolts, A handhole is located in the shaft to provide 111 wiring access. A handhole is located in the base to provide �i 1 ' handhole access. lir I! FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat 1 I finish. ' ' LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION 111 The Memphis luminaire is styled to replicate the "teardrop" 1111 luminaires that lighted boulevards in the first half of this 35' — 0 ! I ! century. Designed for light control and ease of installation and maintenance, the Memphis has a precision optical system for 11 1 true street lighting performance. For complete specifications see LUM_MEMPHIS ICI — ' 1 II I Anchorage Detail i I 180° 01 I BOLT I 1 ------- - -- . CIRCLE , ANCHOR / PLATE 270° 90' I� i I J 43" OPENING - 1 ,i HANDHOLE 0° LOCATION -- 1 I• 024" Yakima WA Revitalization � � ! ; _ ; _ , � 35' FTS AB 1. 25 /BK- NY24CSB- CI /BK- BHC72 /1 -CA/BK �® ®� ���® BHLF /200- SCA/BK- MPU400'Pi1 V1 B4 SS ORDER#: TYPE: J & K DRAWING #' LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS An gilicuityBrandsCompany REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 1!12!05 TSG- 000868 I DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 1/11/05 PAGE:4 of 5 THIS DRAWING. WHEN APPROVED. SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO DE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE. A UNR OF SAMAR DESIBN MAY DE SUPPLIED, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BYTHE 1 CUSTOMER N WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR Sea TEMPLATE PRINTLVULL BE SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PRIMED. THLS PRINT IS THEPROPEitttOF HOLOPLWJE AND LS LOANED SU0IECTTO RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONDMON THAT IT WLL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY N ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE. -5 r.,5“ Maximum Effective Projected Area - 2.37 ft I i , Maximum Weight - 66 Ibs. Optional NEMA Turn -Lock 1 rte► i 1 11 Top Entry Photocontroi Receptacle V J ��. : TOO ass Threaded N — — latch For 1 -1/2" [APT mot`:' _. , •.. Wiring ,, Hinge �. Chamber - iii.. 1 � . II* I i 8 Ili 1 = P 1 1 n i i \ �? 1 Stainless O I i 1 1' +'' Steel . `` IJ \ I ' I CLO - �- ` Hinge ���, 0 ail ail S ag w /kill AA Glass Electrical/ '' �; Nair Teardrop Glass Reflector 0 k . 1 I Assembly .-1 Et Lit MPU Lino PM Z. L e - W O MPU ml T 7---T 12 8 6 T Ca s r: I -� COVER TYPE BALLAST TYPE Sri a TA^, HOUSING COLOR OPTICS p ,, MPU = Mem phis (MOGUL BASE/ 12 = 120 VOLT C ULUS A = As specified 4 = TEAR€3ROP a c L1G Milky 070HP = 70W HPS 20 = 208 VOLT B = Black ASYMMETRIC o k O 100HP =100W HPS 24 = 240 VOLT • Z 15AHP = 150W 55V HPS 27 = 277 VOLT CUUJS N Green tic ea o 250HP = 250W HPS 34 = 347 VOLT CUL Z = Bronze 6 = SAG CLEAR ...•••.: O 400HP = 400W HPS 48 =480 VOLT SYMMETRIC Z 175MH = 175W MH MA = MT (PREWIRED TO 120V, UL ONLY) 7 = SAG CLEAR y , i. cc 250MH = 250W MH MB = MT (PREWiRED TO 208V, UL ONLY) ASYMMETRIC III LL 400MH = 400W MH MC= MT (PREWIRED TO240V,ONLY) M 0 175PM =175W MH PULSE J MD = MT (PREWIRED TO 277V, UL ONLY) a 0 250PM = 250W MH PULSE 320PM = 320W MH PULSE 350PM = 350W MH PULSE g 400PM =400W MH PULSE E ggm�Y OPTIONS PCTWSTL120 = DTL TWIST -0FF PHOTOCONTROL FOR 105 -130 VOLT (USED WITH °Ft° OPTION) g, Z b PS - PROTECTED STARTER (HPS ONLY) TT_ m R ■TURN LOCKPHOTOCOROL � PCTWSTL347 - DTLTIST -O 42202s27= WIST -O ST OFFPHOFF PHOTOCONTROL FTDCONiFOR USE WITH 947 VOLT OLFOR105305VOLT( (USED wnhl'R° OPTIO € CN ) 121 a, DS= DEEP80RT PCTWSM804DTLTWI ST.O FFPHOTOCONiROLFORUSEWITH483 -530VOLT(USEDWITH"R'OPTION) HO SS= SHORT SKIRT PCTWSTSHORTCAP = SRTINO CAP 5 d „o°uWk m Specifications �° ° � DESCRIPTION ��, �� �� The Memphis l mini a is styled to replicate the teardrop' luminaires that righted boulevards in the first half of this century. Designed for light control ..."41§141g a g and ease of installation and maintenance, the Memphis has a precision optical system for true street fighting performance. WIRING CHAMBER > The wing chamber has a 1 -112 inch. gasketed, NPT threaded °Maytar pendant mounting. A stainless steel set screw locks the wit in position. Athree /pi 13 83 1c g r station terminal block w it accept #14 through #2 wires and is prewired to one half Otte plug assembly that connects to the removable electrical module. S 8 dg ' >t s ELECTRICAL. f REFLRCTOR ASSE ti= 8 Eg 3 The electrical / reflector assembly hinges dawn from the wiring chamber for ease in wiring and to facilf - ata the removal of the electrical module. The I4 3,, o assembly is secured in place by a stainless steel latch. The unitized electrical module consists of the ballast mounted to an aluminum plate that is easily ` 8 � I ( - removed by loosening two screws in keyhole slots. The disconnect plug connects the ballast to the terminal block in the wiring chamber. The socket 13 t street 6ghOng gradewdh nickel plated lamp grip shell, enter contact backed by a coiled spring and glazed porcelain body. The anodized and brightened reflector is formed velh %tee to control voltage rise in the lamp end to work in conjunction with the refractor to prove the desired distribution of Tight CO REFRACTOR / DOOR ASSEMBLY Z The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop or sag shaped therrrrei resistant tKN09li0ate glass refractor that controls the Tight to provide an i.ES, t1. symmetric or asymmetric cut off distribution. The combination of reflector, refractor and vertical burning lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of r i na ion white controlling krm nalre brightness. The refrac orassemby and decorative skirt (when applicable) assembly hinges from the electrical 1 Gemination reflector assembly and is latched by a stainless steel, captive, wing nut assembly. 4 2 ( (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet for specific operating characteristics) 1 0) D 160 watt and below 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) ballasts are High Power Factor Reactor type. Alt other 150 watt and below are High Power W 0 .J FactorAutotransfomler type. 250 and 400 watt HPS batlasis are Lead type. AI Metal Halide (MH) ballasts are Peak Lead Autotransfarmer type. FINISH 1 MATERIAL W o The luminaire is finished wgh polyester powder paint applied after a seven stage pretreatment process to insure maximum durability. Ail castings utilize UI ti) ir; 1 ai 6 aluminum for matdmum corrosion restatance and all exposed hardware is stainless steel. CC >... Q MULL LISTING Q CUL/U.L. fisting suitable for wet locations at 40 degrees C. 1 of 2 TYPE Standard Shallow Skirt Deep Skirt •� 4 lit _ll\ li♦ r���. r�ls. rilr. Poi 7 wit ,� il�. ~,� 13� r 11/4 5 ilk �I■ /MS ______ ago AI Teardrop 'Glass :� Asymmetric gr-� i—+ 7 171 Li > r.e Malik ,rallIk ..lilt►. LL. Cn Irak U . ■Ir . ■I■ . AA 0 ° __....\ Sag Glass N Symmetric o Asymmetric 0 [I ' % : 4e fl f Mark Appropriate Q Box for Trim Option i g Skirt Dimensions imli�g 'radii 1II . Off --, 11k r lEOPENE ATM .1"1101" ... jiiiimahhi_ co T ._ _______ W = 2 = - '" 02'_7" t 02' -7" ._ m o w w iii ui 0 o 00 2of2 DETAIL 1 0.50" (3.01" i TO 17.00 "Y) A... 1 ... 0 * D. 2 25" X1 4,94" .�yy�X ))) ))) � y � I f HANOl005 - 0,50 DIA. COWER- J 1(tW / i(�(Z��(t(i�l(fV!11U (�-9 2.75" UAL GRADE HOT ROLLED BAR 111 70' DESIGN NOTES 1.00" (4)- ANCHOR BOLTS WITH 13) HEX NUTS DESIGN CRITERIA: AASHTO 1594 MIN. 490 (2) WASHERS PER BOLT WITH TOP WINO SPEED: 80 MPH W /I.3 GUST END GALVANIZED AT LEAST 12" DETAIL 1 1 POLE TOP 42.13" ! 1u j DETAIL 5 1 ANCHOR BOLT TALL - HANOHOLE P1M FORMED POLE TUBE WALL ; I FROM 6" STD. 6LK - iiiiiiiiiiiiiiil , PIPE, 50 051 MIN V / L �� YIELD STRENGTH N *0.06 r/!�r SEE POLE T '-� i � , a DATA [27 -0 25' HEX HEAD A , 5EL D 43 "! SCREWS 55 STE ( THOLE NCHOR BOLT 45° ANGLES ALL COVER MTG,CLIP HANOHOLE COVER I EHANOHOLE CLOCKW[SEFflOMSMAND- ��- 31.50" 0.0. -- ^f HOLE AS VIEWED FROM 'jECTION A -4 - SMALL END OF POLE DETAIL 3 1 HN31AB DECORATIVE BASE RADIAL INDEX 5.63" DETAIL 2 0,50" NUT HOLDER - 7,75" 980. I DETAIL 3 i r ( 1\20' ' i 009 FASTENERS , ; �p HANOHOLE PER -t � FOR GROUNDING. DETAIL 2 7 31" , A 2 22" 2 75" I / ' L r d DETAIL 4 5ECTION P - TUBE POKY , i DETAIL 5 3 20" DETAIL 2 SEMI -FLUSH HANDHOLE i MATERIAL DATA t1 ALTHOUGH RARE. VIBFA0I0NS SEVERE ENOUGH TO CAUSE DAMAGE "M" ruse 8009 MIN. CAN OCCASIONALLY OCCUR IN STRUCTURES OF ALL TYPES. r5K, COMPONENT YIELD FINISH NOTES BECAUSE THEY ASE INFLUENCED BY MANY ]NTERACTING DESIGNATION (KSI) VARIABLES. VIBRATIONS ARE GENERALLY UNPREDICTABLE. THE "Y "- POLE SHAFT 8572 65 USER'S MAINTENANCE PROGRAM SHOULD INCLUDE OBSERVATION BASE PLATE A572 50 FOR EXCESSIVE VIBRATION ANO EXAMINATION FOR ANY 141 '5" ANCHOR 6OLTS 4615 GR,75 7 FINISH COAT: ]'6IC OR URETHANE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE OR 601T LOOSENING. THE VALMONT POLE BASE A LVAHI20NG A153 POLYESTER POWDER. WARRANTY SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDES 0501200 FAILURE OR DIA, +0.06" - COLOR: BLACK SIMILAR PHENOMENI, RESULTING FROM INDUCED VIBRATION, HARMONIC OSCILLATION OR RESONANCE ASSOCIATED WITH VALMONT SPEC: F -2544 MOVEMENT OF AIR CURRENTS AROUND THE PRODUCT. " VIBRATION DISCLAIMER DE1 4 1 HN31AB POLE BASE POLE DATA POLE TUBE POLE BASE ANCHOR BOLT ITEM OTY. BASE TOP GAUGE so ,,,,, BOLT TN< HOLE / SLOT TOP LENGTH OR " CIRCLE DIA, LENGTH HOOK THREAD DIA. DIA. (FT) THICK 5" "y., 'hl :4) IN (IN) (IN) 1I8) LENGTH 715) (I NI 11N) (IN) (IN) (I ( (IN) (IN) 1 2 /16.50 13.72 27,00 0.281 22 50 22.50 2.00 2 25 2.25 70,00 N/A 9,00 I NOTE: I 1. IF ANY WIRE ACCESS IS REQUIRED AT THE POLE. 1 IT NEEDS TO BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION. ��I /• AMA • HOLOPHANE LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS • — An9euKyBrandsCompany — 02002 ACUITY LIGHTING GROUP INC., 214 OAKWOOD AVE., NEWARK. OH 43055 — SOLO TO: 1108 YAKIMA VALMONT INDUSTRIES, INC. RESERVES ORDER NUMBER: 48957 -05 SNIP TO: THE RIGHT TO INSTALL VARIOUS, PAGE NUMBER: 1 OF 1 P O O. YAKIMA WA. ENGINEER APPROVED, MATERIAL HANGING ��� ®�� onAm045 MASER REv - RBC 12/19/05 RCV 12/27/05 - - AGENT: HOLOPNANE TITLE ACCOMMODATIONS TO FACILITATE THE 701107.NE 68064 REV OBANN or -Bare CHECK BY -GATE OESfAIPTION SPAN WIRE STRUCTURE MANUFACTURING PROCESS 14021 359-2201 WA4895705 • • TYPE M ISC'L.LAke NORTH YORKSHIRE Series Specifications Cast Aluminum Lighted Bollard DESCRIPTION The bollard shall be cast aluminum construction with a 12 -flute shaft and a tapered and fluted base. The bollard shall be provided • with an optical assembly mounted inside the shaft providing a I.E.S. Type V distribution with a cast aluminum ball or dome top. i ----- '\ 3 10 ∎ �� MATERIALS The bollard and top shall be heavy wall, cast aluminum 3' - 7,5" produced from certified ASTM 356.1 ingot per ASTM B179-95a or ASTM B26 -95. The castings shall be formed true to the pattem with complete detail. The fluted shaft shall be an aluminum extrusion, 6061 alloy, heat treated to T6 temper. The lens shall be white acrylic. All exposed hardware shall be tamper resistant stainless steel. Anchor bolts to be completely hot dip galvanized. CONSTRUCTION The bollard shall be made from a one -piece casting. The optical assembly shall be secured inside the shaft. All exposed welds shall be ground smooth. All welding shall be per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All welders shall r I r be certified per Section 5 of R LT I; k�( �\ ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. ,' ____ t ��1W�i� �/ DIMENSIONS The bollard shall be 3' -7.5" or 3'- 10.5" in height with a 17" 1 ' 1 diameter base, a 5" diameter shaft, and a 5" diameter ball or 5.5" diameter dome top. INSTALLATION The bollard shall be provided with four 1/2" diameter by 18" long, hot dip galvanized L -type anchor bolts to be installed on a 12" bolt / circle. A door shall be provided in the base for anchorage and wiring access. /!/ // J v k The bollard top shall be removable for optical assembly access. ( LIGHT SOURCE The lighted bollards shall be furnished with an HID. ballast J and socket assembly. Sockets shall be glazed porcelain, mogul or medium base, with a copper alloy nickel plated screw shell and center contact. The ballast shall be a core and coil, high power factor, regulating type. • BOUCH44 /12 /DT /L -CA/BK BOUCH47 /12 /BT /L -CA/BK For finish specifications and color options, see "Finish" section in catalog. ORDERING GUIDE sample catalog number BOL 1 NY44 / 171 DT / L-CA / BK-M70 1 120- EB -PEC 10" Dia. Cast Aluminum Opening Bollard (check appropriate boxes) Dome Top (4) 114" Sock. (Ball Top optional) Set Screws a BOL/NY44 /17 /DT (Bollard with Dome Top) � ❑ BOLNY47 /17!BT (Bollard with Ball Top) ,.ce ��.: 8.5" 3 „ /rDoor Material /Finish Voltage E ebolt � • Catalog Suffix Description (optional) — . _ I� , ipenii ♦ % a - CA/BK Cast Alum. /Black 6, /120 ❑ /208 ❑ /240 White Acrylic Lens 0 e� w r- ) I ❑ - CA/DG Cast Alum. /Dark Green 0 /277 ❑ /480 ❑ /OV t ❑ - CA/DB Cast Alum./Dark Bronze '. ❑ CA/ Cast Alum.IPrime Painted Porcelain Socket t iI � � a ❑ CA/CC Cast Alum. /Custom Color I Optional Equipment H.I.D Ballast iIl(for complete finish and color options, see " ❑ - Eyebolt mounted on bollard Components Finish" section in catalog) for use with chain by others ❑ - WPRB Weatherproof duplex Receptacle 5 "0 I 12" Dia. mounted inside base Bolt Circle Light Source 3.5" x 7 x 8 "H. �', H.I.D ballast &socket ❑ - DBB Direct Burial Base for mounting Door Opening for 'il ($Rr�i, h 40.5" without a concrete footing Anchorge Access ,l`ltf ml ❑ -HSO 50 watt Mercury Vapor ❑ - CLD Custom Logos cast into ❑ -1475 75 watt Mercury Vapor access door _ _ �"' ❑ - 14100 100 watt Mercury Vapor ❑ - HSS House Side Shield �t _ ❑ 450 50 watt Metal Halide ❑ - PEC Photo Electric Control l k-..-t-% �� ❑ M70 70 watt Metal Halide (120 volt) : �:, �' o ❑ 435 35 watt High Pressure Sodium ❑ -pEC2 Photo Electric Control ❑ -850 50 watt High Pressure Sodium (240 volt) ❑ 470 70 watt High Pressure Sodium ❑ -5100 100 watt High Pressure Sodium ....... _...., /1/2 "0 x 18" Hot Dip ' Galvanized L -type Anchor Botts (4 per Post) L"'• �.i 17'0 — •r A4�1 HOLOPHANE Holophane LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS 214 OAK WOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, 01110 43055 US -1906 page 2 of 2 T (PE N BQLL.Ak.J . NORTH YORKSHIRE Series Specifications Cast Aluminum Bollard DESCRIPTION The bollard shall be cast aluminum construction with a 12 -flute shaft and a tapered and fluted base. The bollard shall be provided with a cast aluminum ball or dome top. 3' -10.5" MATERIALS The bollard and top shall be heavy wall, cast 3' -7.5" aluminum produced from certified ASTM 356.1 ingot per ASTM B179 -95a or ASTM B26 -95. The castings shall be formed true to the pattem with complete detail. The fluted shaft shall be an aluminum extrusion, 6061 alloy, heat treated to T6 temper. All exposed hardware shall be tamper resistant stainless steel. Anchor bolts to be completely hot dip galvanized, CONSTRUCTION The bollard shall be made from a one -piece IIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIII casting with the cast Dan or dome top welded to the top. All OP I. �! exposed welds shall be ground smooth. All welding shall be r i i, i li il �, P 9 g per gp 1; -� p if Wy, } Il , ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All welders shall be certified per Section 5 ii, of ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. DIMENSIONS The bollard shall be 3'- 7.5" or 3`- 10.5" in height with a 17" diameter base, a 5" diameter shaft, and a 5" diameter ball or 5,5" diameter dome top. ll INSTALLATION The bollard shall be provided with four 1/2" diameter by 18" long, hot dip galvanized L-type anchor bolts to be installed on a 12" bolt circle. A door shall be provided in the -_ base for anchorage access. For finish specifications and color options, see " Finish" section BOL/CH44112 /D i CA/BK BOUCH47 /12/B T -CA BK in catalog. . • ORDERING GUIDE 5 13 sample catalog number Cast Aluminum Ball Top \ 10" Dia. BOL / NY44 l 17 ! BT - CA 1 BK - WPRB (Dome Top optional) Opening I 5 - Bollard (check appropriate boxes) Eyebolt er,4414. � �' 8.5" is BOL /NY44 /17 /DT (Bollard with Dome Top) (optional) / ,4: • . • \ / ❑ BOL NY47 /17 /BT (Bollard with Ball Top) :,:: uoor , i.. �:? Opening ,. r reio $'.::''' V::.:, " � Material/Finish � / Catalog Suffix Description ' ♦•'' - CA/BK CastAluminum/Black 5 ^0 % % % .. �� ❑ - CA/DG CastAluminum/DarkGreen IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ❑ - CA/DB Cast Aluminum/Dark Bronze 3.5" x 7" x 8 "H. %1 (_11- �I1 12" Dia. ❑ - CA/PP Cast Aluminum /Prime Painted . Door Opening for ;1 1-47 h 40.5" Boit Circle ❑ - CA/CC Cast Aluminum/Custom Color Anchorge Access .v �� I"' ` (for complete finish and color options, see "Finish" section in catalog) 1 1 1,..;7::: ._ 1 • �� %� Optional Equipment / u ` "�' `> �pa U,, t "Pg "11g I Catalog Suffix Description • ZiL ❑ - Eyebolt mounted on bollard for use with chain by others @ - WPRB Weathe 18" H rproof Duplex Receptacle mounted inside base ❑ - DBB Direct Burial Base for mounting without a concrete footing — 1/2 "0 x Hot Dip ❑ CLD Custom Logos cast into access door Galvanized L -type 1T0 Anchor Bolts (4 per Post) 4 HOLOPHANE Holophane LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK. OHIO 43055 • US -1906 page 1 of 2 1~0 Tyre t ® 1.-1.,0R22J Weatherproof Receptacles Internal, Base Location • Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles. Internal receptacles are typically installed for use • Test/Reset buttons on face of receptacles. by authorized personnel for special events and • All Cast Aluminum Covers. Not Plastic. owner maintenance purposes. Duplex Receptacle with Ground Fault Interrupter Weatherproof Cover 1111 _ Weatherproof Box Illir • Receptacle with Weatherproof Box and Cover Catalog part # RB /GFIIWPC RB - receptacle in base GFI - ground fault interrupter WPC - weatherproof cover SPECIFICATION A 20 amp, 125 volt, ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacle shall be mounted inside the post base, facing toward the access door. The receptacle shall be UL Listed according to E -48380 and UL 943 Class A and UL 498. The receptacle shall be mounted in a cast aluminum box and cover that is suitable for wet locations while not in use. The receptacle and cover shall mount to a outlet box with a gasket and stainless steel screws. For information on specifying orientation and mounting heights see Orientation Guide in the back of the Accessories section in the catalog. SI A WAWA HOLOPHANE ®An '54cuttyBrandsCompany LEADER IN LIG13TING SOLUTIONS 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE • NEWARK, OHIO 43055 US-2407 Specifications DESCRIPTION The post shall be all steel construction consisting of a pipe and cap. MATERIALS The post shall be 2" schedule 40 steel pipe. DIMENSIONS The post shall be 12' -0" in height with a 02%" shaft. I ( I I INSTALLATION FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat finish. 12' -0" ! 1 ! ! 1 1 - i 023/8' • GRADE • Yakima 4 . .. 12' steel pole LE IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS ® ORDER #: TYPE: DRAW"'G* n,� An OI cuityBrands Comp a REVISION: - REVISION DATE: 1 SG-000946 DRAWN: SA ORIGIN DATE: 1/25/06 PAGE: 1 of 1 - T HI S O R A N T R ' WHEN APPROVED. SHELL BECC* TEE COIRtETE SPECV CATON FOR 1TE$*TEAN/ ' R t*m BY IOLORWE ON TEE OM ER ABOVE AUNT OF SMEAR OESOJ MAT BE S&PPtED. BVT OHM AFTER APPROVAL BYTE COSTOAER N WRRNC ON POLE OROER50NAJCIOR BOITTOiaATE PRINT VAL BE EMCEED WIM EKNNOON BOLT ORLtgtTJMTCN THE POLE PROVCED. THIS PENT IS THE PROPERTY OF NOLOWWE NO E LOVED 518ECT TO RETURNIWON DEWED NO UPON EIPRESS COIDRONTET R WEL NOT SEWED DRECTLY OR FORECTLY NAVY WAYDETREENML TO OUR MERESTS. AO OW" NCOHECTON WRH WEI NL fl1Rt61ED BYNDLOPtwIE. • 1 /01 IF RP3624 Westlake Planter Size: 36" Dia, x 24" H, - -� Weight: 700 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. Wall Thickness: 3" at the top with a 2% pitch, ��•� n�� Features: Westlake 1 Band. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia. steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts. Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request, Options: Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2" Dia. Note: Options may change without notice. Anchoring: Optional. Call to confirm current options. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet, Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Westlake I Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of Othe planter, TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R LI 5 R LI tQ GENERAL LANJER SEC!FICAJIQNS TS A22e W PI n r 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on 36" drawings or specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials /�\ I 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 • 7/ \\ 1.5 SUBMITTALS • A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data M. edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature TOP VIEW d. Product warranty 3 „ 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general 30" _ — construction, component connections anchoring methods, 1 hardware and installation procedures. c c S 3. Samples as requested by Architect. 3- .625 "DiA Li TiNG _ .25'DIA STEEL REBAR INSERTS 1.6 QUALITY ASS URANCE A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in ' disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five .50 "DIATHREADED INSERTS years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters field proven for at least five years. SECTION A -A 1.10 WARRANTY Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. A 4 - 4' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ��" 6 DECORATIVE _ 1- A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as BAND Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. 4 2a PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based A on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material • FRONT VIEW and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388-8728 1 W 0 U 5 p Y Mal 4/00 T4O RP 1es1ke Pinter • Size: 42" Dia, x 24" H. Weight: 950 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete, ■•• Wall Thickness: 3" thick wall at the top. Color /Surface: See options. Features: Westlake 1 Band. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia, steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia, lifting inserts, Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request, Options: Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2' Dia. Note: Options may change without notice. Call to confirm current options. Anchoring: Optional. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Westlake I Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter. This design is also available on a waste container, snuffer, bollard and bench. Please ask your local representative for more details, TERRA -FORM DivisioN PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 W H 115111.1 gnat GENERAL PLANTER SECIFICAJIQNS T 4226 WURP4848 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY 36" A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials ° 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM 031 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. 1, Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty TOP VIEW 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general construction, component connections anchoring methods, 3 " hardware and installation procedures. • 30" P 3. Samples as requested by Architect. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3- .625 "DIA LIFTING 25'DIA STEEL REBAR A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by INSERTS specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in \\ 4° disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters ""' 50 "DIA THREADED INSERTS field proven for at least five years. 1.10 WARRANTY SECTION A -A Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as 4" Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. 11., 6„ DECORATIVE T PO Box 1520, Wausau, Wi 54402 -1520. 1, BAND (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 24" B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. A C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. FRONT VIEW 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturer's recommendations. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 W 11-U-5 R-L-J- 9/03 T 4229 11\11.RP4835 hest ake Planter Size: 48" Dia. x 35" H. - - -� Weight: 1350 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. 1 le. "- Wall Thickness: 3" thick wall at the top. Features: Member of the Westlake Series. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia. steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts, Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request. Options: Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2" Dia. Note: Options may change without notice. Anchoring: Optional. Call to confirm current options. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Shown with: Westlake 1 Design -- features an 8" carved bank around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series 1 sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter. Also available with: Westlake 2 Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with diagonal lines, triangles and pillars. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter, TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 W R LJ 5 11 U L GENERAL FLAMER SECIFICATIONS TF 4229 WURP4835 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials t 1. ASTM C33 2: ASTM x_150 3. ASTM C31 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data Z edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. TOP VIEW b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature • d. Product warranty 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general A construction, component connections anchoring methods, 4.25" -_ hardware and installation procedures. nF(:O12_ATI \/F BAND g° 3. Samples as requested by Architect. 4 35" I 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters A I field proven for at least five years. 30" —t FRONT VIEW 1.10 WARRANTY Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as - 3" - Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. 25 "DIA STEEL PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. II ' REBAR (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. 3- .625 "DIA Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material LIFTING and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. INSERTS C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. 4 -.50 "DIA THREADED INSERTS 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. SECTION A -A B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturer's recommendations. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R -U 5 -R U 1 4/00 IF 4160 RP418 P aster Size: 48" L x 18" W x 14" H. Weight: 570 Ibs, --■■10°.°11.1_°`' Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. Wall Thickness: 2" at the top with a 2% pitch, Features: Top edge is smooth on exposed and weatherstone finish. Fully exposed on GTX finish. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia, steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts, (2) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts. Options: Reservoir System: Not available. Note: Options may change without notice. Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2" Dia. Call to confirm current options. Anchoring: Optional. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Exposed Aggregate: Re -seal annually. Tan w /Gray Matrix - Tan w /Brown Matrix Packaging: Banded to pallet. Tan w /Sand Matrix - Misty Gray w /Gray Weatherstone: *NOTE: Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Granitex (GTX) 2078F, 4028F, 6208F, 1168F, 2098F Custom Options Available TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W H LI 5 R LI gThal • GENERAL LANIER SEC1FICAJI0NS TF 4160 RP418 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. 48" - 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials I A 1 I I A I 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 • 14" I I 18" 1.5 SUBMITTALS I A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. 11 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data TOP VIEW 2 edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty 2.5" 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general construction, component connections anchoring methods, 1 hardware and installation procedures. 14.5" 3. Samples as requested by Architect. I�I d 1.6 QUALITY Y ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in FRONT VIEW disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters field proven for at least five years. 1.10 WARRANTY 44" — Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the 1'I period of two years upon acceptance of products. 12.5" S i EEL .25"DIA I 2.125" R EBAR 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 8 d J A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as i l Q `" r TREADED Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra Form Division. 45" -[ INSERTS PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. (800) 388-8728 FAX (715) 355-4627 SECTION A -A B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. C. All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Coloring: Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturers recommendations. # # # TERRA - FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 - R- u- s -R -U- , V Loc Si n Post Anchor Models �i TAPCO g TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO , TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO. © www.tapconet.com ®� a ,. , r V -Loc® is the toughest sign anchoring system on the market. You won't find a 2 simpler, safer, more durable, functional and economical post anchor than V -Loc. p r" atic 'rgti S ti H � G While other mounting systems extend above ground level, allowing the potential T Ny i for roll - overs, ruptured tires or gas tanks, V -Loc installs at ground level for ' � ^ 1 maximum safety. We offer many types of models to suit almost any condition. !�— Choose the type of V -Loc that matches your soil or pavement type and post type. Asphalt /Earth Models 'Z Cleanout B M 'Z ■ 1 i I [. t 3 O O C: O [ 3 € E • �t r , ® 4th Fa ,i,.::::;-,7•:-,,,,-..., v . h 1 s i - v -• , ,-.,‘ _ I . 1 , ,, ..2 t i _ ,), [,• 1 ! , , z _ 9. =-:::l..v 1-4; : - ":pla i 47,.. - II I )1 A )1 :- )1 ' ::, " „Axe 4 • • .. �___.._ r...' �.. _.._...._.....:.'_�_.._...:._v. u._..._+... A.�� .fie oncrete Models VR2 VS2 19 -VR2 23 -VR2B 200 -VS2B O O 24” 24" 24" 24" 24" w/CTCA* 19 VR3B 1 ,.... ) ,. 4 -# 1 . /c. , 8 ,-- e , w/UCA* 30" Soft Soil Models 1 ] .-, VR1 VS1 19 -VR1 *'* ,.. i w/UCA* � r I Bottom Plate Models vZ NI ; 1 I 111 : 1 v k- 4 0 0 0 VR1P VS1P 19 -VR1P VR3 VS3 VR3 VR3B VS3B 30 -VR3B w /UCA* 30" 30" 30 ", 36" 30" 30" 36" *NCHRP 350 compliant. 36" 36" W /UCA* * NCHRP 350 compliant. 7 WP Order by Phone 1- 262 -814 -7000 7bll free 1 -800 -236 -0112 1/211 or Order by Fax 1- 262 -814 -7017 7b11 -free 1 -800- 444 -0331 1.111 1 \:/- p, _ - TA C 0 r- 1 V -Loc • TRAFFIC AND PARKING CONTROL CO., IN Table of Contents 0 Free Catalog 0 GSA 0 Contact Us 0 Whats New 0 TAPCO B1inkerSigns® i Digital j V -LOC MODEL SELECTIONS Parking n; Related Products Sinn * - ;, Sicns�Dietts vii AASHTO 2.5.2...Generally, breakaway supports should be provided whenever the support is exposed to traffic. 2.5.4...Where there is a probability of being struck by Streetscape errant vehicles, even supports outside (the) clear zone should preferably be breakaway. Traffic Control Yl • Round Post Models • Bottom Plate Models V-Loc Systems i • U - Channel Anchors • Square Post Models . rtit , ' A 40 Work Zone #, • U- Channel Adapters • Cleanout Bar Models t MAD 2 1 iltAVigp ±r rid Post od1l I a Model Item Number Wt. /Unit I Post OD Leg Angle Fin (pounds) (inches) Dimensions 19 -VR1 I 34 -25 I 4.40 I 1.90 I 2x2x.25x8" 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 19 -VR2 34 -26 10.00 1.90 2x2x.25x24" 10x12x12ga. 19 -VR3 34 -27 11.60 1.90 2x2x.25x30" 10x12x12ga. 20 -VR3 I 34-41 I 14.5 1 2.00 I 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 30"I 10 x 12 x 12 ga. a■1211)1 23 -VR1 34 -12 5.00 2.375 2.5x2.5x.25x8" 8x9.25x12 ga. 23 -VR2 34 -3 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23 -VR3 34 -14 14.80 2.375 J2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 30" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. . . 23A Models for Schedule 40 pipe only. 23A -VR1 23A -VR 15.00 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 8" 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 23A -VR2 23A -VR2 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23A -VR3 23A -VR3 14.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 30" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 28 -VR1 I 34 -28 6.40 I 2.875 3 x 3 x .25 x 8" 8 x 10 x 10 ga. P 1 1 MODEL Mou.NC HOW TO a ` �n n ORDE_E_R U Rack • Bike Fence • Sidewinder SIZE FINISH go . NUL � c q Inverted "U" racks — Models SU and WUm` 4,' a dal • Fabricated from 1.5" I.D. (1.9" O.D.) or 2.0" I.D. (2 3" O.D.) ASTM A53 Schedule 40 K, Steel Pipe. =' • 1.5" I.D. racks are designated SU 15 and WU 15 and 2.0" I.D. racks are designated SU 20 .. - - and WU 20. , T • Bicycle makes contact with the rack in two places for additional stability and security. •Simple, attractive, economical and space saving design is ideal for city sidewalks. • Optional center cross bars available to make the racks more ADA friendly and to provide greater stability. • MOUNTING OPTIONS: (Please see "INSTALLATION SECTION" on page 44 for r ,,� detailed mounting options): embedded mount (standard) or flanged surface mount (optional). '' f t Designate " - for embedded racks or " - for flanged racks after the model number. •# • FINISH OPTIONS: Hot - dipped galvanized (standard & recommended); polyester }' r ,,,- powder coated (optional); thermoplastic powder coat (optional); stainless steel with a #4 `5 - satin finish (optional). Designate " - ", " - ", " - ", or " -SS" for galvanized, powder coated, thermoplastic coated, or stainless steel finish respectively after the mounting designation. r. ' SU20 E SSa thermo P P Y g , 20 -FT - ' .`; =; ` • OPTIONAL CROSS BAR: Please designate " CB" after finish 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 Steel Pipe 2.0" Schedule 40 Steel Pipe option for optional cross bar. Model # Description Capacity Length Model # Description Capacity Length NOTE: Square tubing models SU 15 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe SU rack 2 21" SU 20 2.0" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe SU rack 2 22" WU 15 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe WU rack 2 30" WU 20 2.0" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe WU rack 2 30" shown below. NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. Square Tubing Inverted "U" racks— Models SUSQ 2 and WUSQ 2 a s # ,, D • Made from 2" x 2" x.188 wall square tubing (thicker wall than 2" Schedule 40 steel pipe). _. _ • Available in all the same sizes, finishes and mounting options as the SU and WU racks. • Offers all the advantages of the SU and WU racks with the added advantage of far superior security (please see top of page 37). Model # Description/Capacity Length - SUSQ 2 2" Square Steel Tubing SU rack 2 21" WUSQ 2 2" Square Steel Tubing WU rack 2 30" - . NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. WUSQ - 2 -F -P. 0 otTe- Bike FenceT`i -BF SeriesTM *Also available in square tubing e 4^ • One of our most rugged bicycle rack designs. y { .. ''��.. s t - • Enables bicycles to stand upright. - • Continuous mig welds at all joints for unsurpassed strength and durability. --.. """' • Available in 7 standard sizes to MODEL # DESCRIPTION/MAXIMUM CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ej , accommodate 4 through 24 BF - 4 space Bike Fence /6 bicycles 35 "L x 34 "H x 31"W r � ? • g bicycles. BF -6 6 space Bike Fence /8 bicycles 51 "L x 34 "H x 31"W "tv r, • Double or single side loading. BF -8 8 space Bike Fence /10 bicycles 67 "L x 34 "H x 31 W _ • 2" I.D. Schedule 40 steel pipe end BF -12 12 space Bike Fence /14 bicycles 99 "L x 34 "H x 31"W " "., : frames and headers and 1" I.D. BF -16 16 space Bike Fence /18 bicycles 131 "L x 34 "H x 31 W r Schedule 40 vertical slats. BF -20 20 space Bike Fence /22 bicycles 163 "L x 34 "H x 31"W k 4 s • Standard hot-clipped galvanized BF -24 24 space Bike Fence /26 bicycles 195 "L x 34 "H x 31"w � , 3 a finish. NOTE: OTHER SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. k r g j G U UTTE q SidewinderT�'` -SWT�` Series *Also available in square tubing 1a • Frame is constructed from 2%" O.D. Schedule 40 steel pipe. e3 n o • Hangers are constructed from heavy duty 11" solid round bar. !' , = al a �+ i � ' . � i • Triangular stand for freestanding rack is constructed from 2 h" x %" flat bar. t — "F `� • Available in standard embedded mount, optional flange mount and optional freestanding g � triangle mount. ! = .. • Standard hot - dipped galvanized MODEL #DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS i Ot :$ .. - a � finish. SW 8 8 space Sidewinder 102 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W 3r4i t f # c a ` + 1Li + ew x x SW 10 10 space Sidinder121 "L 33 "H 30 "W ` -'`�� • Hanger design promotes obvious, k intuitive and secure bicycle parking. SW 12 12 space Sidewinder140 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W +- :- • - _ '�:_ +z 4 - SW 14 14 space Sidewinder159 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W . - ` • All joints are continuous mig welds for _ _ _ _ e - Wd2 E G - unsurpassed strength and durability. • Available in 4 standard sizes to accommodate 8 through 14 bicycles (Optional sizes available). eitieli www.creativepipe.com IRV 1.800.644.8467 39 i t 1 Pedestal Mounted Drinking Fountains 1) ' 3511FR Model 3511FR is a "Hi -Lo ", freeze - resistant, antique style historical fountain made of a heavy -duty cast aluminum with a powder - coated finish. It is suited for architectural styles exhibiting an "old town" ambiance, as well as playgrounds and parks. The standard color is black; other colors available at additional cost. Please , contact customer service for color chart t or samples. I _ :r ! Push button pneumatic operated freeze- resistant valve system- installed hPlnw frost line allows fountain to ' f I • function year around. Model 3511 FR meets all current federal regulations for the disabilities act. (i Haws manufactures drinking fountains, electric water 4 ' coolers and electric drinking fountains to be lead -free by ; : • all known definitions including ANSI /NSF Standard 61, Section 9, California Proposition 65 and the Federal 1 Safe Drinking `,Water Act. f. • Components: Bubbler Head: Model 5705, sculpted, polished chrome - plated brass, shielded, anti - squirt, integral basin - shank, vandal- resistant bubbler head features laminar flow to prevent splashing. 1 1 Valve: Model 6518.2FR, reliable, dual, fully engineered system with pneumatic freeze - resistant operated valves installed below frost line to drain water to non - freezing depth allowing fountain to function year- round. Assembly can be lifted to surface and lowered back into casing for easy maintenance without disturbing the Standard Model 3511 shown. fountain. ' Waste Strainer: Model 6463 is a satin chrome - plated Options: (Additional costs may apply) Pedestal Drinking Fountain: Model 3511, barrier -free, vandal- resistant waste strainer with anti- airlock draining "hi -lo", antique style historical fountain made of a feature. Includes ""G' washer and 1-112" ` ""' " ""`' 1-112 NPS. heavy -duty cast aluminum with a black powder- coated finish. Push Button: Model 5881 PBA, polished chrome - plated Valve Box: Model 6625, ground box with lid for push -button requires less than 5 lbs. to activate. freeze - resistant ° valve od 6 and 6 Q 2FD a m�4�ls �, . an.. 51 �.�r r . DISCLAIMER: Continued product improvements make specifications subject to change without notice. 1455 IQeppe Lane, Sparks, NV 89431 R Nv v -4712 f.775 e) . e. haws @hawsco.com website. www.hawsco.com us 27 January, 2006 11 1/2 " -13 UNC MTG BOLTS 4X A (SUPPLIED) 9 3/4" 248mm 0 A MOUNTING SLOTS FOR gia in 14 1/8' ® • ® 1/2" ANCHOR BOLTS n1 359mm IN CONCRETE SLAB kg 248mm � 4X ai 3" 76mm 3' m �. t Pi 29 3/8" MOUNTING DETAIL 746mm 1R" 457mm P M 1 � 7 1 1/2" O.D. TAILPIECE 1 t ( SUPPUED) I 40-1/8" 36-1/8" 1019mm 918mm (TO SPOUT OUTLET) • (TO SPOUT OUTLET) 27" 686mm VALVE BOX (HAWS MODEL 30" SQUARE ' " �' S ` 0625 OR EQUAL). CONCRETE SLAB ± REMOVABLE CAP (BY OTHERS) : 1I1 : GROUND LEVEL 1 s • ��� N ��' ��' ��' o Q v p a a t : ■ to i v ° ° o ° a° ' �% \\ 8-1 6" / v ° e J • , u ° v ° o ► A ► ► A151/ / 216mm 152mm o° ° v ° ° D D v /.. 36" 4" , A*. j 914mm CONCRETE ANCHORS I / INSULATION TO 4X 1/2 " -13 UNC 702mm 4, (BY OTHERS) 67" 1702mm BURY DEPTHS OF 48 "[1219mm] AND 72 "/ I j PVC "Y" ASSEMBLY [1829mm). WASTE TO BE 1 -1/4" IPS 1 MINIMUM TO A POROUS GRAVEL FILL OR ■ i y MAIN SEWER UNE LOCATED BELOW I ' FOAM INSULATION FROST UNE (BY OTHERS). . < PVC PIPE, TRIM TO •'��� j DESIRED LENGTH. i FROST UNE Nu1IIIlI 3/8" SUPPLY TUBING �N ' TUBING FOR ACTUATION ��l \'t " 1a1s':,' ROD FOR HOSE s 1 TUBING F[ RI ACTUATIO j x.41 i1 % INSTALLATION • AIR RELEASE f � i s z 18" I [11 + o MIN' ' ,t" l j 1/2" IPS SUPPLY FROM ° � " TO FROST UNE _.-•.' ! r SHUTOFF (BY OTHERS), o t g X CHECK VALVE \, Via E � ► ' 1/ �� � % p ?i`s / ° e e ` • 1 2" IPS MALE �°. ° -n ° ° o. �' .--1W i' ° ° ° ° • SWIVEL FITTINGS :::: i MINIM UM 5 CUBIC FEET POROUS ° ° o e ° o� o ° ° ° o ° , GRAVEL FILL (BY OTHERS) \�° ° 0 ; °o e ° ° o e ° e ° 00 i ° ° ° ° ° ° o O O O O ° O ° O ° O° O M•.. :: F.D.A. AND NSF APPROVED o ° ° ° o ° ° o o ° ° 0 ° ° e o ° 0 ° ° o ° ° c ° ° ° ° ° ° � 1. ' gHIGH PRESSURE HOSE. ° ° . ° O e ° ° °° ° 1 e °o ° ° ta r °N° 14696AOO 1 Page 1 of 1 #� E? r /p tk .l t ! 0 /17. a '' H4ME 1.1/.2006 Drinking Fountains & Electric Water Coolers Emergency Equipment Purchase & Locate Rep About Haws Corporatic Find Your Representative Log In Email Th renr re for th I Iedi $e for n:ttatc fo z i p co 9S O2 M!# ... �. ... ................. . .... .. ... a ...... v ..c. r .v zip code Jv7vc .�: nrie CF .. Model# Search Serving Safety Market Keyword Search Western Safety Associates Advanced Search 267 Winfield Circle Corona, CA 92880 Phone: 951 - 371 -8685 Registration Fax: 951 - 371 -2496 Articles jennifer @wsasocal.com Literature Serving Plumbing Market Info Fax l e Industries, Inc.Johnson In S� 5, Codes Certificatic " 1015 S. Myrtle St. rneusrru€a Seattle, WA 98108 Industry Links Phone: 800-548-6895 Fax: 206 - 763 -1081 Folder Manager wjolivl9 @wport.com Ask The Authority Contact Us Site Map / Help Search by Zip Code (US Only) Search Search by Country (Outside US) Select One... Search Drinking Fountains & Electric Water Coolers • Emergency Equipment • Purchase & Locate Rep • About Haws • Home Send Haws products technical questions to techsupport ©hawsco.com Copyright 2006 by Haws Corporation Web Design by Global Studio, an advertising agency. Send wehsite technical questions to i nfo@nlnhalstudin com Visited Page History • r- 72" a` -I 25-1/4" 1 • • 1 32" CE AND END 17 - 1/4" STRAPS - 1 /8" X 1 -1/2" METAL 9 1 -0- 4 2" TYP, 9 7/16» DIA. HOLES' FOR ANCHORING DR FRINT VIEW CAST ALUMINUM STRAP GLIDES. AND SUPPORT l a n d s c a p e - F o r ri s' END VIEW 431 LAWNDALE AVE. PHONE: 800-521-2546 TITLE: 72" & 96' L - BACKED GRETCHEN'S BENCH - W/ ARMREST - FREESTANDING / SURFACE MOUNT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269 - 381 -3455 DESIGN: GRETCHEN CONFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FORMS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: GR3512 FORMS, INC. PRODUCTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO BE COPIED DR DATE: 3 -25 -92 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: OLM ® 1992 LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 22" TOP VIEW 1/8" 1 -1/2" METAL CENTER STRAP 72" ' 15 -5/8" / ` -" 2" TYP. \ 7/15" DIA, HOLES'' FOR ANCHORING DR GLIDES. FRINT VIEW CAST ALUMINUM STRAP END VIEW ANC) SUPPORT 1 a n d s c a p e f a r ri sa 431 LAWNDALE AVE. PHONE: 800 - 2546 TITLE: 72" & 96" L - BACKLESS GRETCHEN'S BENCH - FREESTANDING/ SURFACE MOUNT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269- 381 -3455 DESIGN: GRETCHEN CI]NFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FORMS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: GR3516 FORMS, INC. PRODUCTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO BE COPIED DR DATE: 3 -27 -92 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: OLM 1947 1 A.NDSCAPP FnRMS, Ihir ALL pig -ITS REY ' '. 024 1/2" LIFT ANO TURN LID TO EMPTY 6 -1/2" X 12 -1/2" AMINEMIM ■' OPENING LOCK 40" 1 (L Jl (L .Jl 1 - o- - 12° —0-1 FREESTANDING OR SURFACE MOUNT OPTIONS. NON - CORROSIVE ANCHORING HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. 7/16° DIA. MOUNTING HOLES. 1 o n d s c o p e f or ri s• 431 LAWtOALE AVE. PHONE: 800 -521 -2546 TITLE: SCARBOROUGH LITTER RECEPTACLE - 25' W X 40'H - SLOP- OPENING- VERTICAL BAR BEATIL WITH LOCK - 30 GALLON WITH LOCK- FREESTANDING OR SURFACE ONT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269-381 -3455 DESIGN: SCAR:i'l]LH CONFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FERNS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: SC5215 FORMS, INC. PRUUIXTS AND TIPIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR DATE: 09 -01 -94 DISCLOSED 10 OTHERS WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: LAD ON LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. SECTION 9 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS Z: \JAN\SPECS \05046- YK.DOC 9- 1 _I 1 \ Side Street 1 . ISOLATE WORKING AREAS WITH o BARRELS & PLASTIC SAFETY FENCING . 0 TEM PO RA RY PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY a) -- 2' - , o (5' WIDE MIN.) c j , o Q PARKING LANE (STAGING AREA) (Q , o E x . ° TEMPORARY GRAVEL APPROACHES co } x TO BUSINESS ACCESS (TYPICAL) 6 • rf_ CHAINLINK FENCE l um / - TYPE 1 BARRICADE Side Street CROSSWALK r imi t t i TA -22 (MUTCD) TEMPORARY LANE CLOSURE CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT #2116 HLA PROJECT #05046 Page 6H -4 2003 Edition Table 6H -2. Meaning of Symbols on Typical Application Diagrams • - • • • • • • Arrow panel • Arrow panel support or trailer o 0 ® (shown facing down) Changeable message sign or support trailer Channelizing device now Crash Cushion Direction of temporary traffic detour �► Direction of traffic r Flagger High level warning device (Flag tree) 4111s---• Luminaire \ \ \ \\ Pavement markings that should be removed for a long term project Sign (shown facing left) Sur veyor Temporary barrier j Temporary barrier with warning lights Traffic or Pedestrian signal Truck mounted attenuator pa, Type HI Barricade Warning lights Work space Work vehicle Sect. 61-1.01 2003 Edition Page 6H -5 Table 6H -3. Meaning of Letter Codes on Typical Application Diagrams Distance Between Signs ** Road Type A B C Urban (low speed)* 30 (100) 30 (100) 30 (100) • Urban (high speed)* 100 (350) 100 (350) 100 (350) • Rural 150 (500) 150 (500) 150 (500) Expressway / Freeway 300 (1,000) 450 (1,500) 800 (2,640) * Speed category to be determined by highway agency ** Distances are shown in meters (feet). The column headings A, B, and C are the dimensions shown in Figures 6H -1 through 6H -46. The A dimension is the distance from the transition or point of restriction to the first sign. The B dimension is the distance between the first and second signs. The C dimension is the distance between the second and third signs. (The third sign is the first one in a three -sign series encountered by a driver approaching a TTC zone.) Table 6H -4. Formulas for Determining Taper Lengths Taper Length (L) Taper Length (L) Speed Limit (S) Meters Speed Limit (S) Feet 60 km /h or less L = WS 40 mph or Tess L = WS2 155 60 70 km /h or more L = WS 45 mph or more L = WS 1.6 Where: L = taper length in meters (feet) W = width of offset in meters (feet) S = posted speed limit, or off -peak 85th - percentile speed prior to work starting, or the anticipated operating speed in km /h (mph) Sect. 6H.01 2003 Edition Page 611 -61 Figure 6H -28. Sidewalk Detour or Diversion (TA 28) - , -0. .? s ki '_VET < i i ` 1 o i i S w im-i 5 ?5,: a "4 :tf0 f Y r 2 F 3 Y ' AS' 4 s a , "r [ - t '.,? ;fi 4 f � �" £,� r , 3- z , t,.,..- ms ? n om z i ' ` 3H SSO a ; ,. .. 1 . `' 03501 NlVM30IS —7 ;4 �' 900 mm { t 1, _ X.:1'-', (36 in) o r 1 r� MIN. a 1 C 1 SiDEED j .7 S j E -.. `T'ero / CLOSED -1 1. 1 : : Fc r L . e SIDEWALK CLOSED) 1 ::::::::,Q0 a CROSS HERE y 1� x j Gc i . ^ ,J I -s4 , , r , K ' I_ --j j;, °, ,: r n Vi a rah i , s� 4' Y. r Z -'4 t,a ��.r�� ' "�o� ` a.,'-,. s • wfY s ss ; C i ,• : ' \c s `'may } $s �.y� ,,.., , #*> `��11 ...,A .• '.. --ill 5 Z:-'f' 12w 5 5¢, 3 ` ; , iii Q- . ._ — :Ile , 4 p _ v ( optional) • _of. '" ( 1 i f e k Y " i 1 1 I 1 1 i s ` - � . `z i 1 ?` .`. a;.7-la SIDEWALK DETOUR SIDEWALK DIVERSION , Typical Application 28 Note: See Tables 6H -2 and 6H -3 for the meaning of the symbols and /or letter codes used in this figure. Page 6H -60 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H- 28— Typical Application 28 Sidewalk Closures and Bypass Sidewalks Standard: 1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. Guidance: 2. Where high speeds are anticipated, a temporary traffic barrier and, if necessary, a crash cushion should be used to separate the temporary sidewalks from vehicular traffic. 3. Audible information devices should be considered where midblock closings and changed crosswalk areas cause inadequate communication to be provided to pedestrians who have visual disabilities. Option: 4. Street lighting may be considered. 5. Only the TTC devices related to pedestrians are shown. Other devices, such as lane closure signing or ROAD NARROWS signs, may be used to control vehicular traffic. 6. For nighttime closures, Type A Flashing warning lights may be used on barricades that support signs and close sidewalks. 7. Type C Steady -Burn or Type D 360 - degree Steady -Burn warning lights may be used on channelizing devices separating the temporary sidewalks from vehicular traffic flow. 8. Signs, such as KEEP RIGHT (LEFT), may be placed along a temporary sidewalk to guide or direct pedestrians. pe 6H-63 2003 Edition Pag Figure 6H-29. Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours (TA-29) (optional) :- ''" ., , -• - 2 ! ''`‘'------------, I \ 1 II ; 131 . , , - :, , ,... 4 -4, • : 4.,,.- 4 , 11 . i1 1 11'. 5 1 2 2 ____I ,%,v,- 00,.....- „4......4,,A.„.___I ( ,--- (L a. :I L-1 j, / A i Atli-ow:41:E: ' -) 1 91 : . I '''''''--.------- (:_ .--,,•---- e ; .L.-- 1 1 gi 1 ' r-: X'':--"l:' , m 2 WA - rf ' ,.1 • =',.. - ' r 'i.- 0 ):. ,, ,, • • ■ 4.... ,.., --, •A'A' , ..,, , . = , -vp . , • t•pl 7 , , ---;.:-,= , •'.;,- -- V:- ' 1-- -; rn ,4i. i ,' ,,,,, ' -- '. A i';', 0 A. ' Temporary . ,-, , , , q. : p .; ' ----- ..............-. - - ....,,,-.4 .. „-:;--„v tz..----- crosswalk lines , ' (cross-hatching - • • 'Ii -- , ;' 1 `";- 1'7 , IVY,:-.1 - 't -1 ,.A_:; !,•,,, g , - 1.,--;.--., e #. La optional) A/ . • ' . I. : r ..--.. _. ..,-.......-.:._.,,,, -. - -\ 7 [-,,,, . _, ,..r ■ ,,,,,,,,, F ,• „::- f...a A I -- e*...--_,z,-......' . z ,- , t..■ ' -i:,.:::,5,.: •V‘'.,..!':.:Y An z ..1. [ SIDEWALK i CLOSED 1 :"..% -.2r.T;c:i SIDEWALK CLOSED I 1 8,.... AHEAD ___ . I -- I 4111■ I. CROSS HERE - 1 ---- )4 :06 $ 74 WeArr- 7 . — awyegio-p4-:,i,- • .4 Ri ,...- fr Note: For long-term stationary ki ' ' ;'' L- — N • . ,.......i,,w..,,,i,....-1.0,0L.,2z5,30. - z , :- . .... - 1.' , work, the double yellow ..:,. - , ro: r - center ,,,, ratztozwaect.tt,, - - *-z•p::„ line and/or i'XP allefiMMTMOrwm - - lane lines should be Atif.r...ketaWt C I removed between the 4t.t I 1 A.A\ crosswalk lines. , , ;-;-4.2.4", VOX,' , See Tables 6H-2 and 6H-3 vow for the meaning of the , 4 1 ): 1 1- - It.,,,' / , " ajill-4 --- 'N'1.27 ' symbols and/or letter ,.. , - ,,,,;,. (optional) codes used in this figure. ,- :- l a ,,,%,-.- , , z ., Li - Typical Application 29 Page 6H -62 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H- 29— Typical Application 29 Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours Standard: 1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. 2. Curb parking shall be prohibited for at least 15 m (50 ft) in advance of the midblock crosswalk. Guidance: 3. Audible information devices should be considered where midblock closings and changed crosswalk areas cause inadequate communication to be provided to pedestrians who have visual disabilities. 4. Pedestrian traffic signal displays controlling closed crosswalks should be covered or deactivated. Option: 5. Street lighting may be considered. 6. Only the TTC devices related to pedestrians are shown. Other devices, such as lane closure signing or ROAD NARROWS signs, may be used to control vehicular traffic. 7. For nighttime closures, Type A Flashing warning lights may be used on barricades supporting signs and closing sidewalks. 8. Type C Steady -Burn warning lights may be used on channelizing devices separating the work space from vehicular traffic. 9. In order to maintain the systematic use of the fluorescent yellow -green background for pedestrian, bicycle, and school warning signs in a jurisdiction, the fluorescent yellow -green background for pedestrian, bicycle, and school warning signs may be used in TTC zones. 2003 Edition Page 6H -49 Figure 6H -22. Right Lane Closure on Far Side of Intersection (TA -22) f 4 r i (optional) t y ?E 0 J , ' . ,3 1, y ,,,. ``. 1 i M ir a A ? ;'`' ? 41 „di/Optional) x� k "f"' _V'ii' • ZZ 4 I y '� ; ... \ y . . yt F h} ,/ A 1.< I (optional) -use . •I `�� �� `�k � ,-� fi ve � C -,-,?-,<.,-_-.-__ ' - u ' " ? ` €. . S ,.r s k c4 �' r `r - ? 3�Y 5' 3 5 `/ .., '.. Tu : r3r„ .�S,4 `•: MP s .¢ 'C ', , , ` „--,,,,= x, ;v r ,,, br 1 s2. S �F`•Y ^, „Y c _ v Y F . 'f t T { ' a� RIGHT LANE > '{ 3- , , y MUST ELM, CF',iF 4 v ( optional) a �. '; .1. A TURN RIGHT (optional) * 2 y --- ` 5 �F� „,,,s, s" '.i..:::::i 7, . • „,,,,,::„...„mr , — :' , -,k,,, V.,A., , , ,, ,, , ,T, , „-.1.1. • Note: See Tables 6H -2 and 6H -3 for the meaning of the B symbols and /or letter F , codes used in this figure. l � u - ”" ,, . ' P ria , .._,.., , e4VJA:Val,:' - '"..... ____ ..../ \ ,:t zw .,,,, Typical Application 22 '` " `` Page 6H -48 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H -22— Typical Application 22 Right Lane Closure on Far Side of Intersection Guidance: 1. If the work space extends across a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed using the information and devices shown in Figure 6H -29. Option: 2. The normal procedure is to close on the near side of the intersection any lane that is not carried through the intersection. However, when this results in the closure of a right lane having significant right turning movements, then the right lane may be restricted to right turns only, as shown. This procedure increases the through capacity by eliminating right turns from the open through lane. 3. For intersection approaches reduced to a single lane, left- turning movements may be prohibited to maintain capacity for through vehicular traffic. 4. Flashing warning lights and/or flags may be used to call attention to the advance warning signs. 5. Where the turning radius is large, it may be possible to create a right -turn island using channelizing devices or pavement markings. j k Huibregtse, Lowman Associates, Inc. 12[M]ff - Q- ][ I�1v likr CIVIL ENGINEERING • LAND SURVEYING • PLANNING Phone: 509 - 966 -7000 / FAX: 509 - 965 -3800 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Date: April 13, 2006 Project No.: 05046 To: City of Yakima Attention: Chris Waarvick Public Works From: Steve Sziebert Re: Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS We are sending you attached the following items: 1 Original "City of Yakima" Contract 1 "City Engineer" copy of Contract Comments: For your records. Copy to: Signed: Steve Sziebert G:\Janis\Library-JK\FAXTRA-1.WPD ? % 6 Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. CIVIL ENGINEERING • LAND SURVEYING • PLANNING Jeffrey Louman,PE Theodore W. Pooler, PE Dennis J.Whitcher, PE Eric T. Herzog, PLS Michael T. Battle, PE Terry D.Alapeteri, PE April 5, 2006 Daniel L. Hesse, PE Gene W. Soules, PE MRM Construction, Inc. 503 South Water St. Ellensburg, WA 98926 Attn: Mike Forman Re: City of Yakima PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS City Project No. 2116 HLA Project No. 05046 Dear Mike: The City Manager for the City of Yakima on April 4, 2006, authorized an award of the Contract for the above referenced project to your company on the basis of your bid submitted on March 8, 2006, in the amount of $2,287,105.07. The original and four (4) copies of the Contract Documents are included herewith and are ready for your execution. Please execute the documents, furnish the required contract bond and certificate of insurance, and comply with the Labor Standards provisions of this Contract. Do not date the Contract and Contract Bond. They will be dated by the City of Yakima when they sign the Contract. All of these documents must be submitted and approved prior to starting work. One set of specifications marked "non- contract" is included for your use only. Please do not return this set. A preconstruction conference will be scheduled by Steve Sziebert of this office. The Notice to Proceed will be issued following receipt of all required documents. Please contact this office if you have any questions. Very truly yours, ene W. Soules, PE GWS /sn Enclosures Copy: City of Yakima Chris Waarvick, Public Works Director Steve Sziebert Becca Matson G: \SUSAN \Yakim a2 \67.wpd 801 North 39th Avenue • Yakima,WA 98902 •3 (509) 966 -7000 • FAX (509) 965 -3800 - ,, ' DE X11 ?7i1 E /' 01' FINANCE & BUDGET , , 129 North Second Street / f , ' F itt : :. . .' iv : '� Yakima, Waslu.ngton 98901 __ ^' SEP 2 6 2007 FINANCE DEPT • Date: 9 ,/ , i5 - 2 6 ' 7 TO,; ESCROW TRUSTEE: CONTRACT SUBJECT: 6" pai / / 6" or i //M ,1f/ AND / /ood d,Y4 d/ TO: CONTRACTOR: fi 4 syk Vii, , /J,4 yoriz6 We have received clearance certificates from the Department of Revenue and the Department of Labor & Industries for the completed public works contract and that to the best of our knowledge, there are no liens filed and unsettled. ' �i_i are hereby uthorized to release the retainage held in escrow by you in the amount of $___ / %�L: --- ;"" together with any / � , togeihc7. ti ilh and interesi or dividend earned. OC`/ $123,364.51 City of Yakima By:C-V771212-3Crit-12-- . Rita DeBord, Finance Director Original: Escrow Trustee cc: Contractor City Clerk Engineer File ;,dins iliMi :i;, ly ('irsiontcr S'ervirc (505) 575 6080 ^ /0,, tncc (509) 575 -6070 ^ Wumulion ,S'rsienis (509) 575 -6098 i', "^ ot- Huibregtse, L® an Associates, Inc. CIVIL ENGINEERING • LAND SURVEYING • PLANNING Jeffrey T. Louman, PE Theodore W. Pooler, PE Dennis J.Whitcher, PE • Eric T. Herzog, PLS March 1, 2007 Michael T. Battle, PE Terry D.Alapeteri, PE Daniel L. Hesse, PE PROJECT STATUS REPORT Gene W Soules, PE To: City of Yakima, City Council Re: Yakima Futures Initiative Projects Pedestrian Way Improvements (Yakima Ave., 1 to 9 St.) Historic District Renovation From: Gene Soules, PE Huibregtse Louman Associates, Inc. At the City's request Huibregtse Louman Associates, Inc. (HLA) has prepared the following report for the City Council's information in response to arecent report regarding the condition of newly constructed curb and sidewalk on the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative Projects. It is our understanding the Council was informed at its last Council meeting of damage observed to the new curb and sidewalks. Project Overview and Inspection Experience to Date: As part of HLA's Professional Services Agreement with the City of Yakima, HLA has provided construction observation and administration services through out the duration of the two projects. A full time resident engineer was on the job when the Contractor was doing work to observe construction and assure contract compliance in regards to materials, workmanship and adherence to the plans and specifications. The Contract specifications required the Contractor to provide materials testing on the concrete materials used on the project. Copies of these tests can be found in Appendix A of this report. All test results were in compliance with the Contract Specifications. During the construction of the curbs and sidewalks there were several locations where the workmanship of the concrete placement, finishing and /or stripping of forms was observed to not comply with the quality requirements of the Contract. The Contractor was required to remove and replace the concrete curb and sidewalk panels in these locations. In some cases minor damaged areas were patched to an acceptable appearance. Project's Current Concrete Conditions: HLA conducted a walk- through inspection of the full length of the two projects on February 22, 2007 and noted additional areas where damage has occurred to the concrete since our last inspection before the winter shutdown. These damage areas have been added the current "punch list" of items to be corrected once construction can resume in the spring. The types of damage observed can be described as follows: Sidewalks: Approximately 8 to10 concrete spalls, ranging in size from 1 to 5 square inches were found at the corners of the paver block out panels. These spalls were likely the result of the Contractor's lack of care in removing the forms used for paver panel block outs. The Contractor made repairs to these spalled areas with mortar patching material last summer. Over the winter, a small number of these repair patches have broken free. Until the typical freeze /thaw cycles of winter and spring have ceased, it is possible that additional patches or panels may fail. The Contractor will be directed to provide an acceptable method of repair or, at the option of City, will be required to replace the entire affected panels. G: \PROJECTS\ 2005\ 05046 \022807ProjectStatusReport.doc 801 North 39th Avenue • Yakima,WA 98902 • (509) 966 -7000 • FAX (509) 965 -3800 Concrete spalls were found in a few locations at the joint between the back of curb and the new sidewalk. This type of spalling appears to be associated with the movement of the sidewalk up and down in relation to the curb. This was likely caused by frost heaving experienced at various locations or in some cases, heavy wheel loads from vehicles driving up or across the sidewalk panels. It has been our observations on projects in other cities in Yakima County that there has been an unusual amount of frost heave this winter. We suspect it is primarily due to the fairly wet late fall and the lack of snow cover which allowed for deeper and longer sustained frost in the ground. Of the 8,100 SY of sidewalk poured on the Pedestrian Way Project only, we would estimate less than 0.4% of the total sidewalk has individual panels with spalls as described above. Curbs: The top of new curb and the curb faces near the top are where the most distress and damage is occurring on the projects. Both new and old curb sections have the same type of damage which could be spalling as result of freeze thaw cycles. It is interesting to note, however, that the areas where this type of damage is the most prevalent are where vehicles have been striking, rubbing up against or climbing over the curbs, as evidenced by the tire marks on the curb faces and tops. How much of the damage is a result of weather conditions, vehicular damage, or a combination of both is hard to determine. Of the total 2,075 LF of new curb constructed on the Pedestrian Way Project, it is estimated approximately 100 to 125 LF or 0.6% of the total new curb length has this type of distress. Current Project Status: Both the Yakima Avenue contract and the Historic District contract are still open and are currently under a winter shut down until the weather and conditions allow resumption of work this spring. Work remaining on the Historic District includes minor cleanup work and some sidewalk crack sealing over a few of the sidewalk basement areas. The work remaining on the Yakima Avenue Pedestrian Way Project involves the completion and testing of the irrigation system for the trees and planters, repairs to the paver panels that settled over the winter, sealing of the pavers not done last year or where they were done improperly, placing mortar under poles bases, and numerous cleanup items. A "punch list" of the remaining work items and repairs /corrections in December 2006 when the winter shutdown was issued to the Contractor. When the Contractor is given the order to resume work by the City this spring, the he will have approximately 11 Contract working days to complete all the work. After final completion of the projects and acceptance by the City has taken place, the Contract Provisions require the Contractor to warranty the project for any defective and unauthorized work for a period of one year. This will allow one more winter season to pass before the warranty expires. G:\PROJECTS\ 2005\ 05046 \022807PrajectStatusReport.doc Huibregtse, Lotman Associates, Inc. APPENIDIX A CONCRET E TEST RESULTS I CAF R e l L Testing and Consulting, Inc. 1 4 A A FIELD i ELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT t PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 4/27/06 si CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 530 4 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia k PLACEMENT LOCATION: Curb in Front of Hilton Hotel i. Air Temperature: 65 F Time Batched: 5:30 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 63 F Time Placed: Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 50715 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5" Mix ID Number: 3622 t Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 21 t Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Daravair, WRDA64, 8 Gal H2O 1 Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): " Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture 1. Number Tested Size Age In lbs. psi Type 530 -1 5 -2 -06 6x12 5 28.37 46090 1620 530 -2 5 -24 -06 6x12 28 28.37 90090 3180 530 -3 5 -24 -06 6x12 28 28.37 93580 3300 530 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold 28.37 1 1 i 1 1 Reviewed By: _�� - --r X C:G U z AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER 1 i PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 , Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 i *x. ..,.. -...,—:, �;.: rr�. axas� ..r.:sr'�.,..,.,...:.•,x .ra<- zmx^..svnn�.ra„x or.+ s j ; 1 s ec BAE Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 1 PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5/2/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 541 t CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: Columbia 4 i PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk in front of the Hilton Hotel 4 1 l Air Temperature: 45 F Time Batched: 7:22 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 56 F Time Placed: 7:59 AM t Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 50750 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6" Mix ID Number: 3623 r Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 22 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 8 Gallons H20 1 Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type i 541 -1 5 -9 -06 6x12 7 28.37 124025 4370 i 541 -2 5 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 114215 4030 I 541 -3 5 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 117980 4160 I 541 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold 28.37 1 4 I 4 #pti y Y I Reviewed By: °— 1 I L.= , - — ? AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER 4 PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 4 ; : . 3 wir «.,rem e BAER:sate Testing and Consulting, Inc. i FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT . P PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5 -22 -06 l CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 I TECHNICIAN: Guy Vincent WORK ORDER NUMBER: 588 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia ' PLACEMENT LOCATION: Yakima Ave. N. Curb Line A 1 Air Temperature: 58 F Time Batched: 5:34 A.M. fi Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 75 F Time Placed: 6:35 A.M. Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.4 Batch Ticket: 50970 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5 Mix ID Number: 3622 ', Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: CRMI9 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Durkee 1 + 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA64, Daravair 1000 Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): L Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size A•e in lbs. •si T pe 1 588 -1 5 -29 -06 6 x 12 7 28.37 65750 2320 588 -2 6 -19 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 109225 3850 588 -3 6 -19 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 111210 3920 t. 588 -4 HOLD 6 x 12 HOLD f I k' 1 i i f f, il k Reviewed By: °� AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER ii 1 PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 . BAERb Testing and Consulting, Inc. 1 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5/24/06 f CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 594 CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalks Air Temperature: 54 F Time Batched: 6:00 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 66 F Time Placed: 6:30 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 51014 S lump (ASTM C 143): 3 .75 M ix ID Number: 3 623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): Truck Number: 22 I Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Durkee 1 - Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): t Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 594 -1 5 -31 -06 6 x 12 7 28.37 86355 3040 594 -2 6 -21 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 104310 3680 f;, 594 -3 6 -21 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 112475 3960 ti i i : t I Reviewed By: AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER 1 I k PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER 1 �+, o Testing and Consulting, Inc. t. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5/30/06 CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Kevin K. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 615 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia 4 PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk on corner of 5th & Yakima Ave. t N t Air Temperature: 80 F Time Batched: 10:54 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 80 F Time Placed: 12:00 PM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.8 Batch Ticket: 51084 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6.5" Mix ID Number: 3623 1 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 17 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NR I Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 4 i l t L . Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 615 -1 6 -3 -06 6x12 3 28.37 76260 2688 615 -2 6 -6 -06 6x12 7 28.37 83010 2930 1' 615 -3 6 -27 -06 6x12 28 28.37. 113000 3980 615 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold 28.37 t i 1 1 t Reviewed By: g , -== :, AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER I PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 , ft z Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER # 'Si+ Test an d con Inc. 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT A PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/2/06 : CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 TECHNICIAN: Bobby Lee WORK ORDER NUMBER: 627 CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: C.R.M. a PLACEMENT LOCATION: 6" driveway @ Washington Mutual Air Temperature: 61 F Time Batched: 6:26 AM ri Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 73 F Time Placed: 6:53 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 6.6% Batch Ticket: 51143 Slump (ASTM C 143): 7" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 08 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA 64, Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 627 -1 6 -5 -06 6 x 12 3 28.37 75490 2660 627 -2 6 -14 -06 6 x 12 12 28.37 107225 3780 627 -3 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 627 -4 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 r- Reviewed By: ��� ^�� Y 1 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER c- PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 u . �1. f' �zS: f] fYGaIA`: t£idxGlu`1✓iRa.`4'i'LifSbSiia- ' F.:a "WhSmTl1'utu` Sash 6tlSlY'• w: Y. n ... 3iA: wi s.% LN6a" Wha' tifta3aak.' ek.::: aL '.is .1..'- .+,•_ui'Y.YX '••, -•..: .. ate ..,, t.. .. �.. t. .. .,'F a..,TttST.'J.'. °SYrt[cm'.^Fi :`_PRyn? ;.kmii^.. [r.+Y.A°.z£<'!SF?.::345 ^: T,. mtb ' ? +!^•ffm.,TknFr.....n; ::H,!i^P.emz.ei.4'nP... u..wm^.w!Y:ES.YUxx ..sn+RC3".hr<aa.MCSPAK:. •,......r... . r... _ ..... .. \Pr'`F^'•M.M _.... Y\ y s SAE' R *J' Testing and Consulting, Inc. I FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT g PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/2/06 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Bobby Lee WORK ORDER NUMBER: 627 i CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: C.R.M. i'' i PLACEMENT LOCATION: 6" driveway @ Washington Mutual i t Air Temperature: 61 F Time Batched: 6:26 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 73 F Time Placed: 6:53 AM 1 Air Content (ASTM C 231): 6.6% Batch Ticket: 51143 Slump (ASTM C 143): 7" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 08 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA 64, Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): j I' Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in z lbs. psi Type 627 -1 6 -5 -06 6 x 12 3 28.37 75490 2660 627 -2 6 -14 -06 6 x 12 12 28.37 107225 3780 627 -3 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 DAMAGED 627 -4 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 132035 4650 1 L I 1 i i Reviewed By: J. �.ri/ I AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER a PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 g' Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 1 haiis':i:+.:Yviatifw�pn4 -'�"^X.aaia:is4'vauzi iti:i.�a"xckicaiAS:`ss�'tiX's^ .. uaz,.:, c.. r.,. w. .. r., ur- arwe�. �.,.'...;: G'. u' cra>..« e3r»- Si.. �-,...: wuwu; wvF�' n 'sv..tatiaf.Haassss.'ww. "tavrs.. ':5�w:ixC:.SbFbtN':: vaR -, . " ..�. .yy °-ID... ` .. ' ,F ', -: •fi 1 , ,, B AERJ4 Testing and Consulting, Inc. I FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT E PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/7/06 i CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 t t TECHNICIAN: Kevin K WORK ORDER NUMBER: 633 i CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia r PLACEMENT LOCATION: Entrance to Washington Mutual Bank t P { Air Temperature: 62 F Time Batched: 6:32 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 74 F Time Placed: 7:10 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 64 Batch Ticket: 51231 Slump (ASTM C 143): 5 3/4" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 07 I Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28-day : 3000 Admixtures: q Y Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture . Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 633 -1 6 -14 -06 6x12 7 28.37 112445 3960 I 633 -2 7 -5 -06 6x12 28 28.37 138885 4900 633 -3 7 -5 -06 6x12 28 28.37 138655 4890 633 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold t . ti: i . t t Reviewed By: I AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 i' BAER $J; Test ing and Consulting, Inc. 1 , FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT t PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/8/06 i Y 3 CLIENT: MRM Constr. J OB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 638 3 ii CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia fl , PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk t i i Air Temperature: 68 F Time Batched: 5:25 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 76 F Time Placed: 6:10 AM = ` Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.2% Batch Ticket: 51252 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 19 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Daravair, WRDA64 Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): el t t Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type t. 638 -1 6 -15 -06 6x12 7 28.37 70925 2500 i I 638 -2 7 -6 -06 6x12 28 28.37 109380 3860 t 638 -3 7 -6 -06 6x12 28 28.37 113880 4010 i t t R f t. t. tr if r ; : t Reviewed By• - -` . k i l 1 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER if 1 PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 t Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 f. BAER di ti o Testing and Consulting, Inc. P FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT , PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/12/06 t CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 k TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 646 z, ti CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalks next to Petco E Air Temperature: 48 F Time Batched: 1 Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 61 F Time Placed: 6:00 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.7% Batch Ticket: NR Slump (ASTM C 143): 5" Mix ID Number: NR Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: NR Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 5 Gallons H2O Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): i ` Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in z Ibs. psi Type 646 -1 6 -19 -06 6x12 7 28.37 100075 3530 ; 646 -2 7 -10 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123570 4360' 1. 646 - 3 7 - 10 - 06 6x12 28 28.37 131680 4640 $$ I;. ` I 11 r tje 1 F Y. Reviewed By: °--_, = -- • F' AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 it BAER , oe, Testing and Consulting, Inc. tr i FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT o t PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/14/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06-128 1 1 TECHNICIAN: Bobby L. WORK ORDER NUMBER: I' R. 655 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia i' p PLACEMENT LOCATION: 2" Street Corner i Air Temperature: 59 F Time Batched: 5:26 AM f Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 74 F Time Placed: 6:15 AM 1 i Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.4% Batch Ticket: 51409 Slump (ASTM C 143): 5.75" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 19 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA, Daravair t ` Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): k t Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 655 -1 6 -21 -06 6x12 7 28.37 85110 3000 r 655 -2 7 -12 -06 6x12 28 28.37 148290 5230 655 -3 7 -12 -06 6x12 28 28.37 147900 5210 t 1 t 1 r t ' h j E Reviewed By: _ is AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 t BAER'� Testing and Consulting, Inc. i FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT k PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/16/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 1 it TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 668 v i CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk k Air Temperature: 45 F Time Batched: 6:15 AM 1 Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 56 F Time Placed: It I Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.8% Batch Ticket: NR Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5" Mix ID Number: NR Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: NR Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 11 t i Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 5 Gal H2O I h. Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): k 1: Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type Y , fi r l 668 -1 6 -23 -06 6x12 7 28.37 94035 3310 T 1 668 -2 7 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123260 4340 k 668 -3 7 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123605 4360 I E E t t f ti 1 Reviewed B ,r- .. , - - a i ii AN EQUAL OPP EMPLOYER r, PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 . _ . . . i 4 t it BA_ER ( Q 4 Testing and Consulting, Inc. 6 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 0 PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/27/06 I V k . 1 ' CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06-128 i TECHNICIAN: Luis A. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 694 1 i 1 CONTRACTOR: m RIM SUPPLIER: Columbia , 11 PLACEMENT LOCATION: Naches Ave. & Yakima Ave. South Side . A V 1 . Air Temperature: 68 F Time Batched: 4:41 AM 1 , . Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 80 F Time Placed: 5:30 AM - 3 • Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 51606 1 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6.5" Mix ID Number: 3623 I: . Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 12 g. Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: class 3000 it Required 28-day : 3000 Admixtures: NR . ii Compressive Strength (ASTM 039): 1 1 Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture I , i . Number Tested Size Age 1n 2 lbs. psi Type ,f.. 1 . 694-1 7-4-06 6x12 7 28.37 107655 3.80.0 : i . f : : 694-2 7-25-06 6x12 28 28.37 133990 4720 • 1 : : 694-3 7-25-06 6x12 28 28.37 1 4350 FO I : : 1 . t . t . f ' . 1 , ? , II 11 • i _ - ? I Reviewed By: ,-;---,-------,..-- ■r ' - ' AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER k 7..- . M. . PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 It Phone (509) 469-3068 Fax (509) 469-3070 .,„ j { : +.. ^.. •N�. ° was�a sou aw:. s m asaa.,: xze ,�::,..«�:�;a,.wazoam.,swszr .., : sse...3 BAER Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 7/26/06 t. CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 k` 1 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 783 I f CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION' i Yv . S dewalk in front of Sports Center �_ • f Air Temperature: 75 F Time Batched: 6:36 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 62 F Time Placed: NR Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.6% Batch Ticket: 52143 ' ' Slump (ASTM C 143): 5" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 12 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 - day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA64, Daravair, Recover, 5 gal H2O Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture I Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 783 -1 8 -2 -06 6x12 7 28.37 89360 3150 ' 783 -2 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 106645 3760 ti 783 -3 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 111540 3930 f is i F r Reviewed By: AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER ii 1 PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 3 � � ��� Testing estin and g Consulting, Inc. 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 1 r. PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 8/2/06 CLIENT: HLA JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 TECHNICIAN: Kevin Kask WORK ORDER NUMBER: 807 1 • CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: Columbia Ready Mix PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk on 2 Street & Yakima Ave 1 t 1 Air Temperature: 55 F Time Batched: 4:50 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 69 F Time Placed: 5:45 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.7% Batch Ticket: 52321 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6 3/4" Mix ID Number: 3623 i Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NA Truck Number: 16 Yield (ASTM C 138): NA Cement Type: NA Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NA Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 1 Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 807 -1 8 -9 -06 6x12 7 28.37 96560 3400 807 -2 8 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 116775 4120 { 807 -3 8 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 130085 4590 i 807 -4 HOLD 6x12 HOLD t 1 1 1 i. 0 1 Reviewed By: — -- ....0 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER g PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 . .. 'c "`" ....• .. `1 . rvr -. . ^ ._sJNG. #S iv phi= "aiuti:.:; ' . t thfl•.w-iYtsi siIISUV`CNA:4;Sae aehz"x3i 4ea:AVx i..Wink.3.l:.iv [ sv rw.'::+i.'..a4aelah.4ii. =9 tih.'. gkaiR' Ai5: 5wf3tYi `.1iSS'I4Ssf'Fr..'EVialtY .. ..•.•.•° •• ; BA—ER 6 2 4 Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT k i PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 6/19/06 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 671 CONTRACTOR: j & L SUPPLIER: CPM PLACEMENT LOCATION: Between 1 & Front St. sidewalks on Yakima Ave. t Air Temperature: 60 F p Time Batched: 8:00 AM F ; Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 71 F Time Placed: 8:20 AM Air Contenfi ASTM C 231): 5.1% ( ) Batch Ticket: 2416729 S fJ lump (ASTM C 143): 5.5" Mix ID Number: 321122 t= Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 85 it Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: WSDOT 3000 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NR Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 1 671 - 6 -26 -06 6x12 7 28.37 75535 2660 i 671 - 2 7 - 17 - 06 6x12 28 28.37 93495 3300 t 671 -3 7 -17 -06 6x12 28 28.37 96720 3410 1 v 4! . k i ii p;. i g f: Reviewed B-:27- - -7 E AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 t' + w.'' �a: s F +. , + .. x. a , es.; ur:: az>. a::;+, x.+ x..* w. t,.::x z..»,»... <;.s.....n. .x»-.,sa�<<ax; =c?x s.. r s waswaaam;:<. wa. uzei: r. sss. firo: a: c.: z xa;. aaax 'ruuv,.sraa'w- :.rrsaxuw.acrr° .v <. a' .... .......d.��- -.pus- ..._..�..� ,..�. > ....,,- ...:v.,._... BAER Testing and Consulting, g, Inc.'. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 6/28/06 3 fr CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 704 i CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: CPM PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk at 1 & Yakima Ave. Air Temperature: 81 F Time Batched: 6:00 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 81 F Time Placed: 6:40 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 6.5% Batch Ticket: 2417082 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6" Mix ID Number: 321722 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 34 `` Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Laf I -11 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: MBAE90,MB200N,CA, NC534 Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 'L 704 -1 7 -5 -06 6x12 7 28.37 68725 2420 704 -2 7 -26 -06 6x12 28 28.37 86205 3040 704 -3 7 -26 -06 6x12 28 28.37 89445 3150 i Reviewed By: I AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER 1 PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAE R!. Testing and Consulting, Inc. k FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Yakima Historic District f DATE TESTED: 7/17/06 r z: k b CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 f TECHNICIAN: Luis A WORK ORDER NUMBER: 745 • CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia t PLACEMENT LOCATION: 300' N Yakima Ave. R g Air Temperature: 68 F Ti ? Time Batched: 9:41 AM y Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 78 F Time Placed: 10:20 AM il 5 Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 51966 2 Slump (ASTM C 143): 7" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 16 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type i Required 28 -day : 3000 Yp ype 1 & 2 Admixtures: WRDA64, Daravair f Ad Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): i Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area . _ • Stre I ngth Number Tested - • . - 745 -1 7- 24-06 6x12 7 28.37 97885 3450 D 745 -2 8 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 133370 4700 g 745 -3 8 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 128760 4540 4 i t , 11 ( i 1, ti Reviewed By: / 1 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT i PROJECT: Yakima Historic District p DATE TESTED: 7/26/06 i CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 781 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: CPM } PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk t Air Temperature: 75 F Time Batched: 6:00 AM k Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 62 F Time Placed: 6:35 AM Air Content (ASTM 0 231): 4.8 Batch Ticket: 2509263 11 Slump (ASTM C 143): 4.0° Mix ID Number: 321122 A Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: Howard A Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Lafl -11 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: MBAE90, MB200N, CA, NC534 ll Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 781 -1 8 -2 -06 6x12 7 28.37 70765 2490 f 781 -2 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28,37 97250 3430 fi 781 -3 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 97230 3430 s I= ii Reviewed --" 1 i AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima Washington 98907 . . Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 i, { y , BAER 1/s • Testing E g a d Consulting, Inc. s FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 1 t , E PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 8/7/06 f CLIENT: MRM Concstruction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 i. TECHNICIAN: Jesse Vincent WORK ORDER NUMBER: 831 CONTRACTOR: SUPPLIER: C.P.M PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk on 1 & A street Air Temperature: so F Time Batched: 5:53 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 61 F Time Placed: 6:17 AM Air Content ASTM C 231 ( 231): 4.0 % Batch Ticket: 2418413 Slump (ASTM C 143): 41/2° Mix ID Number: 321122 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: NR Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type YPe 1 & 2 =- Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 10 Gallons H2O ... Compressive Strength (ASTM 039): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area . Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size . Age in lbs. psi Type 831-1 8 -14 -06 6x12 7 28.37 79250 2790 831 -2 9 -4 -06 6x12 28 28.37 102130 3600 831 -3 9 -4 -06 6x12 28 28.37 100330 3540 Reviewed By: Lie" 7- AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 ! Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER Testln and Consulting, 1 g sulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 4 PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 8/25/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Jesse Vincent WORK ORDER NUMBER: 896 4 CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: C.P.M. PLACEMENT LOCATION: Curb & Gutter 4 t 1 Air Temperature: 80 F Time Batched: 9:50 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 60 F P ( ) Time Placed: 10:15 AM ` Air Content (ASTM C 231): 3.5% Batch Ticket: 2419067 F Slump (ASTM C 143): 31/2" Mix ID Number: 32112 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NA g ( ) Truck Number: 94 Yield ASTM C 138): NA ( ) Cement Type: 1 -2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NA Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): NA Lab Date Specimen Specimen. Area Load Strength . Fracture. Number Tested: Size Age i lbs. psi Type 896 -1 9 -1 -06 6x12 14 28.37 75430 2660 s 896 -2 9 -22 -06 6x12. 28 28.37 91905 3240 1. 896 -3 9 -22 -06 6x12 28 28.37 87845 3100 t 5 4 t ■ 1 • Reviewed By: . , '., AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 < >:4rx 1 BAE Testing i and C ®nsul��x�g, Inc. ( FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT i PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 9/8/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction L JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Luis A WORK ORDER NUMBER: 934 ii it CONTRACTOR: Brian SUPPLIER: CPM • PLACEMENT LOCATION: Front Street Historical District e 1 0 Air Temperature: 68 F Time Batched: 6:57 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): so F Time Placed: 7 :30 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): NA Batch Ticket: 2510310 Slump (ASTM C 143): 51/4" Mix ID Number: 32122 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NA Truck Number: 155 Yield (ASTM C 138): NA Cement Type: 1 -2 Required 28 -day: ;l Admixtures: NA Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 3000 ft Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area l Load Strength Fracture Number Tested si Size Age ( in lbs. 934 9 28.37 79720 6x12: 7 28.10 Type 28.10 934 - 2 10 - 6 - 06 6x12 28 28.37 101775 3590 1 Ti 934 -3 10 -6 -06 6x12 28 28.37 102685 3620 934 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold • i Reviewed By: r , f ,, (.\,_ AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER E r PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 i Phone (509) 469-3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 APPENDIX B PHOTO'S —* co 0 •-•‘ e Ohl C Fri . .„*...,. . . • ' 14* i Mir 111 8.- . ... -, ., . f r .,,,,,\,....• 7217 ' 07 ---,.,..- New curb, existl'ig stc:,....vE.: - ,,t • - nel West of NW' NW9th . • 11 ; A 11--16 H NE13 . .,, • .4 dr • - oy -, , I 7-1 • • ' -22 2nd tree Eat :if NE6th — • I .ii J ---. . • . .: • , .,. IN tl) 3 W. ..- .. ... g ,, i • z , 2' 11 A Y ..,., .. /1 " — t' . ..._ _ - , ___ ,• • , Ne ;■ ./ new walk • , . . ' ' • NE6th. 1 . 4 4. iii img - Air' f ••, 2-262-07 ir.......04 ...rel. , CA --, isting curb, new walk , . E Naches. -_------' , - .4 ., . / Nhi I e ....:""'"""*.......... . . --..,, 0 r■.) i • F > 1■ 1 I I I I 111 I r 10. . _ . 7. 5 ; 3 = . .L. . ---.11 • ‘ , ii , . .... 0 -do , -.• / . - .:. . - - t.-.V ::•-. .. - • . - 1 . . - • -.,,- .., .... 2-22-07 , 2-22-07 , . ,., ..., . -. New curb at Eastside ,, Hilton drivew , New curb at East side • , e • . . , 2-22 -07 f New curb at GW bldg. // IIP \ a) Na, "..„ N rt , \ 0., n y 2 -22 -07 i- .--- -- -v-- New curb at GW bla, ra \ - . 2 -22 -07 i New /old curb tie -in - " In front of GW building /'� —' - — /. 22207 old new 1st Treewell East of NE3rd K . " - (punc t N i -_w '''1411 / 4 1/4116 4 4444444ctioiki 44 4640104,.. C1) - II i 2 -22 -07 New Curb at W /ch. ramp 2 -22 -07 z Bus Stop at Treewell at WaMu , ' _ / . ><---,,,....,„?tc, . / , / N N N N t 0 N walk / -‘, :y r + O 2 -22 -07 Al -0 ''.4 1 1 -n -,- 2nd Tree well N of the alley on 1st St. , ', ree South of the Alley a Greystone. ,, o i iiii \\* yr . 111111talli . A po, ... '7 - .�� 2 -22 -07 Driveway at < y Bank `_ SE1st St as Yakima 4 2-2 -07 Pa el in front of the T too Parlor. 1 4' L _ i 2-22-07 . " -- ` --New curb front of the Sports age -- __..._._..-_ _- •r 2-22-07 k Bus Depot. We of the Front door <-' , . I t, E corn of Bus - pot bldg. . ,_..;. - ,. i 2 -22 -07 a Taco Bell panels riuomill ;.„ ,,4..,, ..,.,,_ • 2 -22 -07 Taco Bell panels ( S ,J ` y,�' ,, DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT �(� v 1 :� ' t ' , „ William R. Cook, Director �, %V Engineering Division 129 North Second Street ' _ «" _= _ " Yakima, Washington 98901 Phone: (509) 575 -6111 • Fax (509) 576 -6305 June 22, 2007 West Coast Construction Co., Inc. 24205 Woodinville Snohomish Road • Woodinville, WA 98072 • • ATTN: Hunter Slather Re: Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 City of Yakima Project No. 2165 Dear Mr. Slather: The City Manager of the City of Yakima has authorized award of the above referenced project to your company on the basis of your low bid submitted on June 21, 2007, in the amount of $2,229,655.00 for the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 project. This letter is official notification of the award of the contract to your company by the City of Yakima. We have prepared three (3) copies of the Contract and performance bond, along with certificate of insurance information as well as one complete set of plans and specifications for your surety. You have ten (10) e of Insurance and return them to (3) The complete surety set is for you to Bond send t and to Cert surety. Your attention is directed to Section 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA only) of the APWA Supplement to the Standard Specifications for coverage limits, additional insurance requirements and special ACORD form wording. When these items have been approved, the City will execute the contract form and bind a signed contract, certificate, and proposal into contract document books. The three completed books will be distributed to the City Clerk, City Engineer, and Contractor. Please contact Bruce Floyd, (509) 575 -6138, within ten (10) days of this date, to schedule a pre - construction conference and discuss various forms and documentation that must be completed and turned in to him at that Conference. The Notice to Proceed will also be discussed at the Pre - construction Conference For your information, we are enclosing a Liability Certificate Checklist and a copy of the bid summary for this project. Sincerely, c21, Brett H. Sheffield, P.E., Chief Engineer cc: Michael Morales, Deputy Director, CED Robert Desgrosellier, Senior Engineer Bruce Floyd, Construction Supervisor Wendy Leinan, Contract Specialist Y akima City n Clerk l Finance 1 11111 WSDOT File 1991 (y,> 3C - 4 *** Huibregtse, Loan Associates, Inc. CIVIL ENGINEERING • LAND SURVEYING • PLANNING Jeffrey T. Louman, PE Theodore W. Pooler, PE Dennis J.Whitcher, PE Eric T. Herzog, PLS March 1, 2007 Michael T. Battle, PE Terry D.Alapeteri, PE Daniel L. Hesse, PE PROJECT STATUS REPORT Gene W. Soules, PE To: City of Yakima, City Council Re: Yakima Futures Initiative Protects Pedestrian Way Improvements (Yakima Ave., 1 to 9 St.) Historic District Renovation From: Gene Soules, PE Huibregtse Louman Associates, Inc. At the City's request Huibregtse Louman Associates, Inc. (HLA) has prepared the following report for the City Council's information in response to arecent report regarding the condition of newly constructed curb and sidewalk on the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative Projects. It is our understanding the Council was informed at its last Council meeting of damage observed to the new curb and sidewalks. Project Overview and Inspection Experience to Date: As part of HLA's Professional Services Agreement with the City of Yakima, HLA has provided construction observation and administration services through out the duration of the two projects. A full time resident engineer was on the job when the Contractor was doing work to observe construction and assure contract compliance in regards to materials, workmanship and adherence to the plans and specifications. The Contract specifications required the Contractor to provide materials testing on the concrete materials used on the project. Copies of these tests can be found in Appendix A of this report. All test results were in compliance with the Contract Specifications. During the construction of the curbs and sidewalks there were several locations where the workmanship of the concrete placement, finishing and /or stripping of forms was observed to not comply with the quality requirements of the Contract. The Contractor was required to remove and replace the concrete curb and sidewalk panels in these locations. In some cases minor damaged areas were patched to an acceptable appearance. Project's Current Concrete Conditions: HLA conducted a walk- through inspection of the full length of the two projects on February 22, 2007 and noted additional areas where damage has occurred to the concrete since our last inspection before the winter shutdown. These damage areas have been added the current "punch list" of items to be corrected once construction can resume in the spring. The types of damage observed can be described as follows: Sidewalks: Approximately 8 to10 concrete spalls, ranging in size from 1 to 5 square inches were found at the corners of the paver block out panels. These spalls were likely the result of the Contractor's lack of care in removing the forms used for paver panel block outs. The Contractor made repairs to these spalled areas with mortar patching material last summer. Over the winter, a small number of these repair patches have broken free. Until the typical freeze /thaw cycles of winter and spring have ceased, it is possible that additional patches or panels may fail. The Contractor will be directed to provide an acceptable method of repair or, at the option of City, will be required to replace the entire affected panels. G:1 PROJECTS12005105046 \022807ProjectStatusReporLdoc 801 North 39th Avenue • Yakima,WA 98902 • (509) 966 -7000 FAX (509) 965 -3800 • Concrete spalls were found in a few locations at the joint between the back of curb and the new sidewalk. This type of spelling appears to be associated with the movement of the sidewalk up and down in relation to the curb. This was likely caused by frost heaving experienced at various locations or in some cases, heavy wheel loads from vehicles driving up or across the sidewalk panels. It has been our observations on projects in other cities in Yakima County that there has been an unusual amount of frost heave this winter. We suspect it is primarily due to the fairly wet late fall and the lack of snow cover which allowed for deeper and longer sustained frost in the ground. Of the 8,100 SY of sidewalk poured on the Pedestrian Way Project only, we would estimate less than 0.4% of the total sidewalk has individual panels with spalls as described above. Curbs: The top of new curb and the curb faces near the top are where the most distress and damage is occurring on the projects. Both new and old curb sections have the same type of damage which could be spalling as result of freeze thaw cycles. It is interesting to note, however, that the areas where this type of damage is the most prevalent are where vehicles have been striking, rubbing up against or climbing over the curbs, as evidenced by the tire marks on the curb faces and tops. How much of the damage is a result of weather conditions, vehicular damage, or a combination of both is hard to determine. Of the total 2,075 LF of new curb constructed on the Pedestrian Way Project, it is estimated approximately 100 to 125 LF or 0.6% of the total new curb length has this type of distress. Current Project Status: Both the Yakima Avenue contract and the Historic District contract are still open and are currently under a winter shut down until the weather and conditions allow resumption of work this spring. Work remaining on the Historic District includes minor cleanup work and some sidewalk crack sealing over a few of the sidewalk basement areas. The work remaining on the Yakima Avenue Pedestrian Way Project involves the completion and testing of the irrigation system for the trees and planters, repairs to the paver panels that settled over the winter, sealing of the pavers not done last year or where they were done improperly, placing mortar under poles bases, and numerous cleanup items. A "punch list" of the remaining work items and repairs /corrections in December 2006 when the winter shutdown was issued to the Contractor. When the Contractor is given the order to resume work by the City this spring, the he will have approximately 11 Contract working days to complete all the work. After final completion of the projects and acceptance by the City has taken place, the Contract Provisions require the Contractor to warranty the project for any defective and unauthorized work for a period of one year. This will allow one more winter season to pass before the warranty expires. G:\ PROJECTS\ 2005\ 05046 \022807ProjectStatusReport.doc Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. APPENDIX A CONCRETE TEST RESULTS ja , BAE ; s�6; Testing and Consulting, g, Inc. , • FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 4/27/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 530 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Curb in Front of Hilton Hotel Air Temperature: 65 F Time Batched: 5:30 AM 41 Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 63 F Time Placed: Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 50715 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5" Mix ID Number: 3622 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 21 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Daravair, WRDA64, 8 Gal H2O Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): ,. 1 Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 530 -1 5 -2 -06 6x12 5 28.37 46090 1620 i 530 -2 5 -24 -06 6x12 28 28.37 90090 3180 I 530 -3 5 -24 -06 6x12 28 28.37 93580 3300 530 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold 28.37 tl ii 1 Reviewed : B ___----2 Y AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER t 4 PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469-3070 c BAER ,� ; Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5/2/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 1 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 541 i CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk in front of the Hilton Hotel Air Temperature: 45 F Time Batched: 7:22 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 56 F Time Placed: 7:59 AM i Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 50750 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6" Mix ID Number: 3623 1 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 22 Yield ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: ( ) yp Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 8 Gallons H2O Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture , Number Tested Size Age in Ibs. psi Type 541 -1 5 -9 -06 6x12 7 28.37 124025 4370 541 -2 5 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 114215 4030 541 -3 5 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 117980 4160 541 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold 28.37 qi 1 i i Reviewed By: = l - ` 1 — t AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 i Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER Testing and Consulting, Inc. • FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT t I PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5 -22 -06 CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 Y TECHNICIAN: Guy Vincent WORK ORDER NUMBER: 588 ,i! t CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia i PLACEMENT LOCATION: Yakima Ave. N. Curb Line i ri I: ii ,, Air Temperature: 58 F Time Batched: 5:34 A.M. Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 75 F Time Placed: 6:35 A.M. I, Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.4 Batch Ticket: 50970 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5 Mix ID Number: 3622 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: CRM19 0 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Durkee 1 + 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA64, Daravair 1000 Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): k' t Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size A•e _ in lbs. psi Type 588 -1 5 -29 -06 6 x 12 7 28.37 65750 2320 588 -2 6 -19 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 109225 3850 3 588 -3 6 -19 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 111210 3920 588 -4 HOLD 6 x 12 HOLD 1 t ; t i Reviewed By: 1 1 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER g i PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469-3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 t t + i 1 BAER i► °®c : Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT t PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5/24/06 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 594 t i, CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalks i 1 Air Temperature: 54 F Time Batched: 6:00 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 66 F Time Placed: 6:30 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 51014 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.75 Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): Truck Number: 22 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Durkee 1 - a Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 1 t Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type I 594 -1 5 -31 -06 6 x 12 7 28.37 86355 3040 594 -2 6 -21 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 104310 3680 t 594 -3 6 -21 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 112475 3960 i f g f, i j i Reviewed By: I AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER n y , PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 il Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 BAE Testing and Consulting, Inc. , FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 5/30/06 CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 il 4 TECHNICIAN: Kevin K. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 615 1 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia I PLACEMENT LOCATION: sidewalk on corner of 5 & Yakima Ave. ri Air Temperature: 80 F Time Batched: 10:54 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 80 F Time Placed: 12:00 PM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.8 Batch Ticket: 51084 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6.5" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 17 Yield ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: T ( ) Yp Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NR li Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 615 -1 6 -3 -06 6x12 3 28.37 76260 2688 615 -2 6 -6 -06 6x12 7 28:37 83010 2930 615 -3 6 -27 -06 6x12 28 28.37. 113000 3980 ki 615 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold 28.37 t I, f ti li } S3 1 4 N Reviewed By: � - -� �--- t • AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER :1 i PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 i B AER a . � • Testing and Consulting, Inc. t, FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/2/06 1 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 - 128 i TECHNICIAN: Bobby Lee WORK ORDER NUMBER: 627 CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: C.R.M. 1 PLACEMENT LOCATION: 6" driveway @ Washington Mutual 1 1 Air Temperature: 61 F Time Batched: 6:26 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 73 F Time Placed: 6:53 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 6.6% Batch Ticket: 51143 Slump (ASTM C 143): 7" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 08 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA 64, Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 627 -1 6 -5 -06 6 x 12 3 28.37 75490 2660 627 -2 6 -14 -06 6 x 12 12 28.37 107225 3780 iT : 627 -3 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 627 -4 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 1 t t it r Reviewed By: --- -5r-71----a2"----------- ' 1 1 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER fi. PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 a BA_ER 4.6 , a Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT fJ g PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/2/06 1 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Bobby Lee WORK ORDER NUMBER: 627 f CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: C.R.M. fl fl PLACEMENT LOCATION: 6" driveway @ Washington Mutual P, 1 Air Temperature: 61 F Time Batched: 6:26 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 73 F Time Placed: 6:53 AM i Air Content (ASTM C 231): 6.6% Batch Ticket: 51143 Slump (ASTM C 143): 7" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 08 Yield ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 ( ) Yp Y Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA 64, Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): V Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 627 -1 6 -5 -06 6 x 12 3 28.37 75490 2660 A 627 -2 6 -14 -06 6 x 12 12 28.37 107225 3780 { 627 -3 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 DAMAGED , 627 -4 6 -30 -06 6 x 12 28 28.37 132035 4650 2 4 i a A i Reviewed By: Jf._,�.i� L t AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER 5' PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 . �,..�. �� � ��, v �,.��.,� .��..�.�.�- �,,�,,,�. �.�,..F., .. . , . _. _. _ .. �... .,. , , , BAER•J .Testing and Consulting Inc FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/7/06 il i t CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 (: TECHNICIAN: Kevin K WORK ORDER NUMBER: 633 f CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia 4 i PLACEMENT LOCATION: Entrance to Washington Mutual Bank k t i Air Temperature: 62 F T ime Batched: 6:32 AM E Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 74 F Time Placed: 7:10 AM F. Air Content (ASTM C 231): 64 Batch Ticket: 51231 Slump (ASTM C 143): 5 3/4" Mix ID Number: 3623 I I U nit Weight (ASTM C 138): N T ruck Number: 0 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR C ement Type: T ype 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: t t Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): it t Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 4 r• 633 -1 6 -14 -06 6x12 7 28.37 112445 3960 633 -2 7 -5 -06 6x12 28 2 8.37 138885 4900 633 -3 7 -5 -06 6x12 28 28.37 138655 4890 _; 633 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold } r t t: I 1 a I Reviewed By: Li AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 1 i u axndNSwoyO"!T +* R: ?.�.::nT: - "YtsKan.K/davrsa•M3. N£:3 +.!'3Yk!�t'!nzxmnrarc�.a*• *u'+!i'F;vSC'.t..'r•+h:.'F- :C': , Rmx+mW.. �l. M?1 3:! R?iC"-.:.. 5'.. raafF"° rXt4+ szroron' Y' g?, r gTwS .}L'Sx'x+YYN.Y.v ?p'fiPFiCW?. o_ :...�t sv...dur`...v«nv BAER$ Testing and Consulting, Inc. 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT L PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/8/06 9 CLIENT: MRM Constr. JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 c TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 638 r CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia 1 PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk li P. A ir Temperature: 6 F T ime Batched: 5:25 AM i Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 76 F T ime Placed: 6:10 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.2% Batch Ticket: 51252 Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5" Mix ID Number: 3623 K Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 19 i i Yield (ASTM C 138): NR C ement Type: T ype 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Daravair, WRDA64 i s Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 638 - 6 - - 6x12 7 28.37 70925 2500 t 638 -2 7 -6 -06 6x12 28 28.37 109380 3860 kg 638 -3 7 -6 -06 6x12 28 28.37 113880 4010 1 i 1 1 0 ii 1 i Reviewed By: _ = Ii 4 AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER Y PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907' Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 - ,.' :w..,sacxi::,.,,.:. :;ccai,aa.w :,.s>>t a-..svasu ;. r..:, c. awc:-., WS. ;..:.tw..:- :;:.>.k.um.u..,..: y ..wa..i..:.ac...au aa:.asr�..,:.:aax.,. a'u;c3aucasrsaa =:,..• .... ...vt.am ax . .. a assn -aM, i AE * 61. Testing and Consulting, Inc. i FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 3 i PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/12/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 il TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 646 CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: Columbia f: g PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalks next to Petco a t Air Temperature: 48 F Time Batched: k. Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 61 F Time Placed: 6:00 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.7% , Batch Ticket: NR b Slump (ASTM C 143): 5" Mix ID Number: NR Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: NR Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 5 Gallons H2O t Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): is Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 4 2 g p Yp 646 -1 6 -19 -06 6x12 7 28.37 100075 3530 646 -2 7 -10 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123570 4360' 646 -3 7 -10 -06 6x12 28 28.37 131680 4640 It r. i k 4 i i 1 i Reviewed By: -- • v- A AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 . Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 VI I 08C 1 i BAEit w Testing and Consulting, Inc. i FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 1 1 PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/14/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Bobby L. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 655 1 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: 2 "d Street Corner 1 Air Temperature: 59 F Time Batched: 5:26 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 74 F Time Placed: 6:15 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.4% Batch Ticket: 51409 Slump (ASTM C 143): 5.75" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 19 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 t Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA, Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 1 Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 655 -1 6 -21 -06 6x12 7 28.37 85110 3000 655 -2 7 -12 -06 6x12 28 28.37 148290 5230 ii 655 -3 7 -12 -06 6x12 28 28.37 147900 5210 1 1 i k z t d . fir; t k s� Reviewed By,,_-: -_ - " �- f AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 - B AER • 14000 s 1 Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT g PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/16/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 K. K. TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 668 1 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk f Air Temperature: 45 F Time Batched: 6:15 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 56 F Time Placed: Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.8% Batch Ticket: NR Slump (ASTM C 143): 3.5" Mix ID Number: NR Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: NR ' Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 5 Gal H2O Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 668 -1 6 -23 -06 6x12 7 28.37 94035 3310 668 -2 7 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123260 4340 m ti 668 -3 7 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123605 4360 !: il f il - - - - - EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER ( Testing and Consulting Inc. W 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT tt PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 6/27/06 1 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Luis A. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 694 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: Columbia 1 PLACEMENT LOCATION: Naches Ave. & Yakima Ave. South Side it Air Temperature: 68 F Time Batched: 4:41 AM E Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 80 F Time Placed: 5:30 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 51606 Slump (ASTM C 143): 6.5" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 12 il Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Class 3000 I Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NR Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): li Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 694 -1 7 -4 -06 6x12 7 28.37 107655 3800 1 694 -2 7 -25 -06 6x12 28 28.37 133990 4720 694 -3 7 -25 -06 6x12 28 28.37 123310 4350 1 ` 1 is e Y li ft T L ' s iT Reviewed By: : �� - AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 mk.l..<.. c.: a,.vsu. +�$sr..waw.:a>:XFLicv °a : .:.e .asF..umx..:,ac tsAS.°. aaxa; ..••..... .rc9r....,_ .msmvY rvxs.:zrvm.¢,:.:x nraa4EHC .urryaa.>: +. 'a<:,x..xa a+fua' ldKKtat?..:�Via; ...; axLv :a&cos.:A..,.w..v c,.vamr5r:,w:wenxtmoia..:kn,g AE � si�� Testing and Consulting, Inc. g g g� t I FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT r, 4 PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 7/26/06 3 i„'' X CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 i TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 783 CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk in front of Sports Center f 1 f3 Air Temperature: 75 F Time Batched: 6:36 AM '' Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 62 F Time Placed: NR Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.6% Batch Ticket: 52143 Slump (ASTM C 143): 5° Mix ID Number: 3623 4 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: - 12 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 Required 28 - day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA64, Daravair, Recover, 5 g gal H2O g Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): i Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 783 -1 8 -2 -06 6x12 7 28.37 89360 3150 783 -2 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 106645 3760 r 783 -3 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 111540 3930 IA 3`. I; j. D / Reviewed By: , i AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 l��i ; # s Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 1 PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 8/2/06 1 CLIENT: HLA JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 TECHNICIAN: Kevin Kask WORK ORDER NUMBER: 807 1 CONTRACTOR: MRM Construction SUPPLIER: Columbia Ready Mix PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk on 2 Street & Yakima Ave 1 a i3 g t g Air Temperature: 55 F Time Batched: 4:50 AM 1 Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 69 F Time Placed: 5:45 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.7% Batch Ticket: 52321 Slump (ASTM C.143): 6 314" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM 0 138): NA Truck Number: 16 Yield (ASTM C 138): NA Cement Type: NA Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NA 4. Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): i Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture g Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 807 -1 8 -9 -06 6x12 7 28.37 96560 3400 807 -2 8 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 116775 4120 f. I 807 -3 8 -30 -06 6x12 28 28.37 130085 4590 i 807 -4 HOLD 6x12 HOLD P 1 1 R g • g 1 t Reviewed By: = i I AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER i' ii PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 K Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 - r BAER $J Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT E PROJECT: Pedestrian Way DATE TESTED: 8/14/06 CLIENT: MRM JOB NUMBER: 06 -128 1 il TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 856 CONTRACTOR: JDL SUPPLIER: CRM ! PLACEMENT LOCATION: Yakima Ave. (6 St.) 3 3 t E Air Temperature: 70 F Time Batched: 5:30 AM a Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 80 F Time Placed: 6:10 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 5.9 Batch Ticket: NR Slump (ASTM C 143): 8" Mix ID Number: 3623 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 16 i. Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 D Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: Recover 1 _ Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): ti Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type r. 856 -1 8 -21 -06 6x12 7 28.37 89460 3150 t 856 -2 9 -11 -06 6x12 28 28.37 108870 3840 fi fi 856 -3 9 -11 -06 6x12 28 28.37 113225 3990 a r i 5 a Y € € I 7 ,S F i Reviewed By: _ ___:_— AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER IT FT PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 1 BAER Testing and Consulting, Inc. P 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT I PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 6/19/06 1 CLIENT: MRM Const. JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 1" TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 671 e CONTRACTOR: J & L SUPPLIER: CPM t PLACEMENT LOCATION: Between 1 & Front St. sidewalks on Yakima Ave. I Air Temperature: 60 F Time Batched: 8:00 AM J Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 71 F Time Placed: 8:20 AM k Air Content 231): 5.1% 1 (ASTM C 231 ( ) Batch Ticket: 2416729 a Slump (ASTM C 143): 5.5" Mix ID Number: 321122 tt t Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR g ( ) Truck Number: 85 Yield ( ASTM C 138): N C ement Type: W SDOT 3000 Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: NR Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi g Type ure o 671 -1 6 -26 -06 6x12 7 28.37 75535 2660 671 -2 7 -17 -06 6x12 28 28.37 93495 3300 1 671 -3 7 -17 -06 6x12 28 28.37 96720 3410 i i I 1 t 1 f ,„ h I n Reviewed By -; — t 7 E, AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER 1 P PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 y L ..._________.._ ,_ ...,....,..,..___,____ Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 ,..„.._____,,,....„....,.._ ,...._.„,..._,_ -ti B. ER . Testing and Consulting Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 6/28/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Jerry P. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 704 CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: CPM 11, PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk at 1 & Yakima Ave. Air Temperature: 81 F ?` p Time Batched: 6:00 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 81 F Time Placed: 6:40 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 6.5% Batch Ticket: 2417082 k Slump (ASTM C 143): 6" Mix ID Number: 321722 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 34 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Laf I -II li Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: MBAE90,MB200N,CA, NC534 a Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 1 Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age in` lbs. psi _ Type 704 -1 7 -5 -06 6x12 7 28.37 68725 2420 g 704 -2 7 -26 -06 6x12 28 28.37 86205 3040 i I } 704 -3 7 -26 -06 6x12 28 28.37 89445 3150 iP se x t s . Reviewed By: -- -- AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 Testing and Consulting, Inc. . BAIEn.e FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT 1 PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 7/17/06 1 g CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Luis A k WORK ORDER NUMBER: 745 tl SUPPLIER CONTRACTOR: MRM Const. SUPPLIER: Columbia ii P PLACEMENT LOCATION: 300' N Yakima Ave. t t e Air Temperature: 68 F 0 Time Batched: 9:41 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 78 F P ( ) Time Placed: 10:20 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): NR Batch Ticket: 51966 Slump (ASTM C 143): 7" Mix ID Number: 3623 1 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: 16 Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 R Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: WRDA64, Daravair Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 1 Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture . Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 745 -1 7- 24+ -06 6x12 7 28.37 97885 3450 k 745 -2 8 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 133370 4700 ri 745 -3 8 -14 -06 6x12 28 28.37 128760 4540 f g . t T A t 4 • t Reviewed By: /ice i' AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 BAERs'. Testing and Consulting sulting, Inc. 1 FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 7/26/06 1 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 11 TECHNICIAN: Jesse V. WORK ORDER NUMBER: 781 CONTRACTOR: MRM SUPPLIER: CPM 1 PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk E F is Air Temperature: 75 F Time Batched: 6:00 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 62 F Time Placed: 6:35 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.8 Batch Ticket 2509263 • :° 1 Slump (ASTM C 143): 4.0" _• p ( ) Mix ID Number: 321122 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: Howard A (ASTM C 138 : NR 3, ( ) Cement Type: Lafl -II l; Yield Required 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: MBAE90, MB200N, CA, NC534 I Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): I Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size lAge in lbs. si p Type 1 781 -1 8 -2 -06 6x12 7 28.37 70765 2490 781 -2 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 97250 3430 781 -3 8 -23 -06 6x12 28 28.37 97230 3430 } t; , ti • 1• I Reviewed By: ,_:-. -.– AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 BAER Testing and Consulting, s lting, Inc. g I FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 8/7/06 1 CLIENT: MRM Concstruction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 E TECHNICIAN: Jesse Vincent WORK ORDER NUMBER: 831 CONTRACTOR: SUPPLIER: C.P.M s PLACEMENT LOCATION: Sidewalk on 1 & A street C 1 1 t Air Temperature: 60 F Time Batched: 5:53 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 61 F Time Placed: 6:17 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 4.0% Batch Ticket: 2418413 Slump (ASTM C 143): 4 1/2° Mix ID Number: 321122 1 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NR Truck Number: NR E. Yield (ASTM C 138): NR Cement Type: Type 1 & 2 g. R 1 equired 28 -day : 3000 Admixtures: 10 Gallons H2O Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): i Lab Date Specimen Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture - 1 • Tested Size A e in lbs. g psi Type 831-1 8 -14 -06 6x12: 7 ; 28.37 79250 2790 831 -2 - 9 4 -06 6x12 28 28.37 102130 360.0 i 831 -3 9 -4 -06 6x12 28 28.37 100330 3540 1 I 9 Reviewed By: , - --"– --- AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 1 � i Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 - AER Testing and Consulting Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 8/25/06 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 TECHNICIAN: Jesse Vincent WORK ORDER NUMBER: 896 CONTRACTOR: M RM Construction SUPPLIER: C.P.M. PLACEMENT LOCATION: Curb & Gutter Air Temperature: 80 F Time Batched: 9:50 AM Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): 60 F Time Placed: 10:15 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): 3.5% Batch Ticket: 2419067 Slump (ASTM C 143): 31/2" Mix ID Number: 32112 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NA Truck Number: 94 Yield (ASTM C 138): NA Cement Type: 1 -2 Required 28-day : 3 000 Admixtures: xtures. NA Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): NA Lab Date Specimen . Specimen. Area Load . Strength. Fracture Number Tested Size Age in lbs. psi Type 896 -1 9 -1 -06 6x12 1 28.37 75430 2660 896 -2 9 -22 -06 6x12 28 28.37" 91905 3240 896 -3 9 -22 -06 6x12 28 28.37 87845 3100 Reviewed B ) ' AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509) 469 -3068 Fax (509) 469 -3070 , ., n^ .. + s BAE (- i Testing and Consulting, Inc. FIELD CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORT i PROJECT: Yakima Historic District DATE TESTED: 9/8/06 X 1 CLIENT: MRM Construction JOB NUMBER: 06 -158 1 TECHNICIAN: Luis A WORK ORDER NUMBER: 934 CONTRACTOR: Brian SUPPLIER: CPM ii t 1 PLACEMENT LOCATION: Front Street Historical District a 1 Air Temperature: 68 F Time Batched: 6:57 AM i Concrete Temp (ASTM C 1064): so F Time Placed: 7:30 AM Air Content (ASTM C 231): NA Batch Ticket: 2510310 Slump (ASTM C 143): 51/4" Mix ID Number: 32122 Unit Weight (ASTM C 138): NA Truck Number: 155 Yield (ASTM C 138): NA Cement Type: 1 -2 it Required 28 -day: Admixtures: NA Compressive Strength (ASTM C39): 3000 1 Lab Date Specimen. Specimen Area Load Strength Fracture Number Tested Size Age i lbs. psi Type 9.34 -1 9 -15 -06 6x12: 7 28 79720 2810 1 934 -2 10 -6 -0.6 6x12 28 28.37 101775 3590 1 934 -3 10 -6 -06 6x12 28 28.37 102685 3620 934 -4 Hold 6x12 Hold i r. 1 P z i i it . > Reviewed By: N ,\,��,,�, caste AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER { PO Box 213 Yakima, Washington 98907 Phone (509 469 -3068 Fax (509 469 -3070 APPENDIX B PHOTO'S t + fn CD aI N ■ 7'N N Z is �` {� __ o r . . 2-22-07 2 2 07 New curb, exi - 1 . 7t anel West of NW• y " N W9th • i :. } / - iiir k . " 22 -- ----.— `�- 2nd tree Ea if N •th. 2 -22 - NE8 _ * N / •.• f iiil l " - ii ; , _ 6., - IF"- f � iv - 2 -22 -07 2 =- ` ` Ihmaiiiia ...... _ ..r New curb/w ' 1 � new . - - NE6th. , .v WI* 1 22207 ICA istrng curb, new walk E Naches. • : , _, . ___.--_ ,'.:-. rolliplir --,„, 1/''"44*%'%""*-----------'-'-'-ss'-' > — 6 1 D 1 111, 5 t 0 C , ii ". •.. •,,.. iiii...ir, --____ ....... .. _ ......, .. A CT • . . 2-22-07 - : 2-22-07 \ilk.. , -. New curb at Eastside 6f Hilton drivew New curb at East side . lk _ L2-22-07 t at GW bldg. • \ - . . i A \ . , . :..,t . ..........A ., , . ,_ ,N.1-, „ ;. 2-22-07 L____.----1,----" ' New curb at GW bl,7q • - .. ,. . AL ...r..: 22207 ,:. 1 New/old curb tie-in !!., In front of GW building `` --- . ` • ''':pielle,...,' ' . i old 2-22-07 1st T reewjIIastofjj3rd m / / .d4 irpmpir T N N - -- _____i ...... ,,. '`'N.... , . 44040100" A-- " o ` 2-22 -07 ���+++iii,,, New Curb at W /ch• ramp 2 -22 -07 Bus Stop at Tr at WaMu •�� . • - 'Ir -: .:::',.1 / / M > .... A . t ' . „, i = N Q N • lD v . Q ............. ' / • Ne 1 walk 0 2 -22 -07 .0-07 rn 2nd Tree well N of the alley on 1st St. 4 ., fee South of the Alley Greystone. o / --..„ D III ___ _..._,..... _ ... e _._ d r �a m _< • . • r: .. • / , ., • N 4110 ... ._ 10. ‘., ,. - i e E . 7 2 -22 -07 Driveway at Key Bark ............-•. ` SE1 st S t A Yakima ii •, . 2 2 07 Pa el in front of the T too Parlor 1 4 Iti- 41,' iw 44 4 it, 2 -22 -07 !S New curb, 2nd tree East of SE2n . — 1 .1.--H r" 2 -22 -07 / - —New curb in front of the Sports aqe -.. _ - ._ . _ __ . - ie iiiir , . . . .,4 . . • 2 -22 -07 1 \ Bus Depot. Wes of the Front door. i I ________ii ---2-22-07 E corner of Bus Depot bldg . 2 -22 -07 ` Taco Bell panels • if 2 -22 -07 Taco Bell panels MI OM 11.11 MI OM Mg MP MN OM MO 1.111 OM MI 1111. 111110 11111 MO Mil 1.111 Concrete Hanging Baskets Paving Outdoor Dining Stone and /or Unit Pavers // / / / /% ;; %/4 , + : / / // .' / � / / / /x /////////4/7/ / / / /�/�r ,/ , Y�i : ice• / �/ Transition Zone ; / - � AI � 1111 1� `` D • rS_ � ��•� � � _ +} 1 i • Pedestrian o 4 atria � [� b) , -i 1 a�.' ■ C Ii Travel Zone � ■ • �_`■ _- C ' i i ■■ ■ 441' !I Amenity Zone ? ■ I ` � , }`t + , { ..r9 1. u. 1 1001 1 _ r 1 k �/ f� ......... L / S / Street Light � Q\ Art Rail Street Tre e_ Banner Pedestrian Receptacle w /Plantings w /Grate Pole Light Sidewalk Planters Q� i i 0 0 5' 10' 20' & Lights , , , 7 //)/ L S . i ' w /Street ", ' '1 ' '' t �I' I , a�' % -- — -- j 1 !TT p — 2 4 8 16 D V H V 11. 1) O P T I O N Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. Ili f Y A K I M A AVENUE Hough BROCKWAY Beck • O &B acrd • RAAB, r Inc. July Hough Bck Baird uly t3, 2005 ✓:;f G ^ 1 �` {:''o OFFICE OF THE MAYOR . ', '% 129 North Second Street j , ' City Hall, Yakima, Washington 98901 , Phone (509) 575 -6050 0 Fax (509) 576 -6335 S'E =,' tI e4, December 19, 2005 The Honorable Alex Deccio The Honorable James Honeyford Senator, 14 Legislative District Senator, 15 District The Honorable Jim Clements The Honorable Bruce Chandler Representative, 14 Legislative District Representative, 15 Legislative District The Honorable Mary Skinner The Honorable Dan Newhouse Representative, 14 Legislative District Representative, 15 Legislative District RE: YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIATIVE 2006 CAPITAL BUDGET REQUEST Honorable Legislators: On behalf of the Yakima City Council, I extend our sincere gratitude for your efforts to secure funding in 2005 for Phase I of the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative (DFI). The project has become a catalyst for investment in the downtown, and has received broad based community support. In order to continue the "renaissance" of Downtown Yakima, we respectfully submit our 2006 Capital Budget request for Phase II of the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative: West Yakima Avenue Renovation. West Yakima Avenue is a business district in a positive transition period. In the past two years, numerous properties have changed hands, and the new owners are investing their own funds to redevelop some of Yakima's most significant historic commercial properties. These include The Savoy Hotel and the Talcott Building. New commercial construction projects have also emerged on West Yakima Avenue, including a new Banner Bank. The time is now to continue the improvements of the downtown core to the adjacent areas of the business district, creating a sense of place that defines a thriving Central Business District. Our 2006 request will complete the following elements of the Downtown Futures Initiative: ® Curb to building face improvements along Yakima Avenue, from 7 Avenue east to North Front Street — Safety lighting, sidewalks, ADA access, irrigation ® Improvements will be done in the "Vivid" theme adopted by the Yakima City Council for the first phase of the DPI. Yakima is the principal city of Central Washington, and downtown Yakima is the regional center of commerce, government, medicine, entertainment and the arts, and a premier site for conventions, exhibitions and sporting events in the Northwest. As the region's "main street ", our downtown reflects the image and impacts the financial health of the city, county and state. Yakima an•am,1caa+ii 11 1994 These infrastructure improvements are critical to the success of the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative: a focused, public - private effort to reposition and revitalize downtown. The City of Yakima's four -year $17.7 million capital budget request outlines the necessary public improvements needed to ensure our success and economic recovery. In 2004 and 2005, the city initiated a series of stakeholder meetings to develop the Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative: The basic premise of the plan is that no single investment or project is a panacea for development, but that each component will serve as a catalyst for investment in the districts within our CBD. These projects were developed in consultation with private property owners, small business operators and public facility managers in Yakima, who identified them as critical to their future investment. The seeds of this approach have begun to take root though projects such as the new Hilton Garden Inn (at the fonuier Yakima Mall site), the opening of Seasons Performance Hall, and the redevelopment of the Sports Center Restaurant.. New, locally owned wineries and restaurants have begun to sprout up, creating jobs and improving the image of downtown. Investing in downtown Yakima is in the economic interest of the city, the region and the state. This comprehensive capital funding plan is working to bring back the scores of businesses and jobs that have been lost to our downtown. Many of these infrastructure improvements will create new business opportunities on properties that have been underserved and undervalued for years, and become a catalyst for economic development that restores the value of this vital asset. We respectfully appreciate your serious consideration of this request. Sincerely, / Y+. Mayor Paul George 1 5 . S . \ , s „010 Z %, "1 1 -:\ , 74 1 + A - .L -, --\ \ , ., • ' , \ ,, „, 0. Pt, 7, . . ', , ' . Ai 4 . a ' ' - • - , 1 ' l, , \ ' \ - 1j1t t - - 0 K U . 'anti ' t i ° , W ' I D �- `ti ,. , ''fit ,,. ? � , Kai • b .:.-- • P I 4 0.401, _ % \cam•. 1 . 1 \� �. ° . ; . ' ;i �. . ' �F h @ 0 i" / p. ,I. 'l .1 I • cb . ,/,,,,,. ' . • A..._:-,' , t\ .. \ -.---).‘ ,..,...-, % . - 3 , 'It -.. •A, -g ." ..-1, 1 .."'"""‹ I c . , 1 6 ,1k„........ i - -.,',.%•.. T, 40 ..„ ' ' tr " ' ° ' .--\ . .,. ; , C K„,‘... I , IA 't \ ' - ‘-'1 ',,, , i *0 • . • _ „ ' 44 o .........V _ A - - -\ . CI ' Z41 ' ........ \...) • 1 ct c6 3 E " ; _ ' "�" Sant r './ ' u v = � , y, ; 77777 0 Q 1 ..... 1 9 . ' '' `--- ,NN4 ---------\, - - _\„..,A , ct. z , 0 .. ., ..,. .........., ...... ,..„--, . . 0.. ,...,-.., ‘._,... , .,---„T.,._ .. - . -1; .2 ■ A ' hl . ,,,;, CI), 0 Zt.. 1 < 1 ,,'�. * , • li .. ,..... 1 ' ...* 0 > - V ' c .. ..g \ ' 1 ...). cs.. ct.,,_ o I N 1 1 Yakima Ave - South 3rd Ave to South 2nd Ave M,; / i. `, .fit - RED �4 , i `�.�� WIND .� y SXOL DTII • _.L 6 j • 1 '` f I n � a f 1 __ .— - . 0 i ' } r _ " � - ` 1 _T -,..1717 E 1 c T2-r-1 IINI� Existing 1 , 1 ,,„,.. PIED .! /% Y i 'i� w N ; • / Irr1! { r per It.. I‘ 0 C :. d ,P. ��, �. ;; / y ' 4 mo m tr _ . 1 il . 6 A k V ' , M ,_�.7./. t . - *- . 'KV ilF i • I viliamiat _ -■ . 0 I Proposed I OQDL3 1 Schultz Building - South 3rd Ave. 1 . - 011r-r ,. f ) ;. liter r 1 I _„ . ,... r : . ,14. 1,1 1 ) I ; i . 1 .e •■1.01■••■ . 1 Existing .._....r■_ • 1 i 1 iiir! �- Rs - •mss. � - ' • . -.0 ." a i`' Limor: # • (17%:.9.0,110.1, =-- 1 11111 • .L - 4.i. • - ii ti Li 4 _ , i i'l, 0 ' ( ; • ''• t I 1 4 '.- A W. , 1 tt 1 1 1 i Proposed 1 e rtbk A 1 ♦.♦ Nuihrel se. Louaoan :lesaiates• hoe. 1 Talcott Building - Yakima Ave at South 3rd Ave 1 1 r --• .. I L- - ' k r f NLw N s_ : I 11 4 ki IL ki -j 1 i 1 , ' 4 . 1 , --a .. ■ . I mums mow 1 1 rte' 1 Existing 1 1 4 Elir - 7 i t ' • 4r y f < 1 " ' HOP ei tall is I r • ,� w ar x.., l l - j t _, Proposed 1 1 CI 411 • • Hui . Loumau�l+ In 1 1 Union Pacific Building - Yakima Ave & S 1st Ave 1 1 4. — t 4.. 41` ......a.ir • - K. 1' I 111 .i. /7" , ) Ibillp. A i r I lb , 471 I * j . .' - ti, - . . lki ' 1 Existing 1 1 �� N � \ N .0 i "7 1 ! \ l . ' ;� ■ , • , ti's _. _ . .3' ` 1 r, I 110_ i; _ ,,S• •• 11111 1� .4." titi) . t . t .Qii lit)i a . ,!. , Proposed - R 1 ... xnihr uwn ry. `�eiue, ina 1 1 1 1 - . .i, r r �_ — i _ __ 1 _ El �-•el Ml• Ki Ki .. 10 1 l �� I Work +.may } + i a r i �� 1 :- o u a: r� • .r—�� `�`! Existing 1 1 1 1 1 i I , • 1, - i - : - , .4- . 111 I Mil'ill Ki Ki ...... .. M ai t5 . ,i.,,,i, . _ !,,,,,, iii ,____,...., . , ice' � r isf1 r ' . Proposed 1 1 1 Huibregtse, Lo I 1 1 Associates, Inca 1141311111r CIVIL ENGINEERING o LAND SURVEYING o PLANNING William L Huibregtse, PE Jeffrey T. Louman, PE Th eodore W. Pooler, PE Dennis J.Whitcher, PE Eric T. Herzog, PtS Michael T. Battle, PE Terry D.Alapeteri, PE December 12, 2005 Daniel L Hesse, PE Gene W. Soules, PE City of Yakima 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. Yakima, WA 98902 Attn: Chris Waarvick Public Works Director Re: City of Yakima WEST YAKIMA AVENUE SIDEWALK IMPROVEMENT PROJECT Cost Estimate HLA Project No. 04087A Dear Chris: Please find below our current project cost estimate for the West Yakima Avenue Sidewalk Improvements which I e- mailed to you earlier this week. This is a conservative conceptual cost estimate. By this spring when the East Yakima Avenue and the Historic District Sidewalk Projects are opened for bid, we will have better cost figures to use for the West Yakima Avenue Project. Note that the estimate includes allowances for replacing the mid -block street lights. West Yakima Avenue Sidewalk Improvements: Project Sidewalk Length - Seventh Avenue to Front Street approx 4,920 LF Construction costs $410.00 /LF x 4,920 LF = $2,017,200 Street Light Replacement $70.00 /LF x 4,920 LF = $344,400 Design & Construction Engineering $112.00/LF x 4,920 LF = $551,040 Project Coordination $18.00 /LF x 4,920 LF = $88,560 TOTAL ESTIMATE $610.00 /LF Use $620.00 /LF x 4,920 LF = $3,050,400 +10% Contingencies, Inflation $3,355,000 Say $3.4 Million Very truly yours, ene Soules, PE GWS /sn Copy: George Pechtel G:1 SUSAN \Yakima2133.wpd 801 North 39th Avenue • Yakima,WA 98902 4 (509) 966 -7000 a FAX (509) 965 -3800 MIK 1 t 11 -ii crry OF yAKImA iI I I ! I f * ii*%\ , .� 5 East A Sena •♦ .♦ z ♦� \ PEDESTRIAN g &VI ISSTA,, , 1 I 1 400j4101111 . - - Tora***„4406101400•7.,..::'''\ ( SEVFNTII AVENUH TO FRONT STREET) a 0 p p l ow orotaw at o i r u • piwato - wo 114*. 0 ♦@� * City Yakima Project Number 2116 iS 10 0 , #1, ,, , Al 1 mrimmini Sheet Index 1. . 1 ■ ■■■ Sheet 1 Cover Sheet Plo •u _ o'��O' _ • '— Sheet 2 General Notes VICINITY MAP Sheet 3 - 5 Site Layout Plan LEGEND Sheet 6 - 7 Site Detail EX[STING FEATURES NEW FEATURES CONDUITS NEW ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT - ` : - FENCE a x NEW CURB AND GUTTER - .. GAS LJNE a ° NEW CEMENT SANITARY SEWER - CONCRETE SIDEWALK DOMESTIC WATER – v + NEW HANDICAP RAMP SO m i''':i `: -'? STORM DRAIN NEW WATER LINE OVERHEAD POWER aP aP NEW STORM DRAIN PIPE 100 e 1 30 68061e0a000eaoo. IRRIGATION — a m MANHOLE TREE CATCH BASIN ® APPROVALS UTILITY POLE �.uP DRYNELL APPROVALS MANHOLE O ,RINCTION BOX p DRYWELL 0 aw PEDESTRIAN LIGHT x � City of Yakima CATCH BASIN ® STREET LIGHT 0 FH FIRE HYDRANT t7 FIRE HYDRANT 1 WATER VALVE ax wv WATER VALVE ID WATER BLOWOFF ® WATER METER m City Engineer Date SPLICE BOX o S BANNER POLE Ea— STREET LIGHT ;O: BOLLARD WATER METER ®Wa ° V –LOCK' SIGN ANCHOR p TREE 'F . JOB NUMBER: DATE: �g� SHEET 04087a t2- 09- 05 / CITY Y ®� YL"'A p FILE NAMES: � Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 1 DRAVANG: Cover.dwg ,, ll. PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS TS (SEVENTH AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) OF DESIGNED BY: GWS :; h/' Cover Sheet 7 REVISION DATE ENTERED BY: KDY GENERA! SITE QLEARING NOTFS GENERAL SITE NOTFS I.ANDC.Ap NO s GENERAL PROJECT NOTES IRRIGATION NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED THAT THE 1. THIS LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN IS TO BE USED IN 1. ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP, AND CONSTRUCTION OF SITE IMPROVEMENTS SHALL t CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL UCENSES, FROM ALL UTIUTY COMPANIES PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK LOCATION AND /OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES, AS SHOWN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CIVIL, IRRIGATION, MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL, MEET OR EXCEED THE OWNER'S SITE WORK STANDARDS AND THE STANDARDS AND PERMITS, AND SALES TAXES APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. OR DISCONNECTION OF ANY SERVICES THE CONTRACTOR IS ON THESE PLANS, IS BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS AND ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLANS TO FORM COMPLETE INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS SET FORTH IN THE CITY OF YAKIMA PUBLIC WORKS REGULATIONS AND RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING AND COMPLYING WITH ALL UTILITY COMPANIES AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS REGARDING THIS NOTE_ PUDDL REQUIREMENTS OF THE RESPECTIVE UTILITY COMPANIES. TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT TO BE RELIED APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATION. WAI PLANS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY APPUCABLE STANDARDS. THERE IS CONFLICT BETWEEN QUALITY THESE S ALL TRENCHES TO BE AME DENSITY AS THE UNDISTURBED AND COMPACTED TO THE UPON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR 2. LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE S THE HIGHER QU SSTURBED ADJACENT SOIL 2. ALL VACATED UTILITIES INCLUDING STORM SEWER, MUST CALL THE LOCAL UTILITY LOCATION CENTER AT LEAST 48 STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND SHALL STANDARD SHALL APPLY. ALL WORK WITHIN PUBIC RIGHT OF WAY OR EASEMENTS SHALL BE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO SANITARY SEWER, AND WATER MAINS SHALL BE COMPLETELY HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY OF YAKIMA. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES CAUSED BY EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. REMOVED FROM THE GROUND UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. LOCATIONS OF THE UTILITIES. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, THE 3, AU. MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PERTINENT LOCATIONS AND ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 2. THE CONTRTOR GEN ES BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL NECESSYAKI PERMITS FROM JR 3. CONTRACTOR TE SHALL INSTALLATION T AND N OOINATE P 3. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL ELEVATIONS, ESPECIALLY AT THE CONNECTION POINTS AND AT ALL APPLICABLE AGENCIES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF YAKIMA IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLA110N WITH LANDSCAPE PLAN AND EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN IN SERVICE, POTENTIAL UTILITY CONFLICTS. IT SHALL BE THE 4. LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE SITE CONDITIONS ENGINEERING DIVISION INSPECTOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY EARTH EXISTING LANDSCAPE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, GAS, ELECTRIC, AND RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND NOTIFY THE DISTURBING ACTIVITY, OR CONSTRUCTION ON ANY AND ALL PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS. TELEPHONE ONES, CABLE TV, AND WATER, SANITARY, AND EXISTING UTILITIES THAT CONFUCT WITH THE PROPOSED GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING OF UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS. MEETING N P. ER L OV AGS AND E I EN NDAM MUST BE ADJUSTED O PROVIDE STORM SEWER UNES. IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 11 A PNEE THE CONT AND I THE LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES E S LL WORKS DEPARTMENT, MUSTER HAVE HEAD LY A U DPB CO 4. ALL I IN STRUCTURES NOT DESIGNATED TO REMAIN, INCLUDING THE ENGINEER, THE CONTRACTOR, ANNTERESTED UTILITY COMPANIES SHALL BE HELD A MUST HAVE HEADS PROPERLY ADJUSTED BEFORE FINAL MINIMUM OF ONE WEEK PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. CITY INSPECTOR SHALL BE GIVEN INSPECTION. BASEMENT ALL TRU CE, SLABS, ADD GNAT DTION, EA BE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND COOPERATE 5. BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, CONTACT APPROPRIATE UTILITY 48 -HOURS MINIMUM NOTICE PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. COMPLETE REMOVED FROM D F U I N D. ALL SHALL BE WITH THE CITY OF YAKIMA AND ALL UTILITY COMPANIES COMPANIES FOR U11UN LOCATIONS, AND COORDINATE VATH GENERAL IN 5. THIS DESIGN IS DIAGRAMMATIC, ALL EQUIPMENT AREAS SHALL BE BACK FILLED WITH CRUSHED SURFACING TOP XI INVOLVED WITH REGARD TO RELOCATIONS ADJUSTMENTS OF CONTRACTOR REGARD TO LOCATION OF PROPOSED UTILITIES, 4, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE ONE (1) SIGNED COPY OF THE APPROVED PLANS, ONE (1) PAVED AREAS IS FOR DRAWING CLARIFICATION TION ONLY NLY AND IS T S TO COURSE AND COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY. EXISTING UTILITIES DURING G A CONSTRUCTION AND TO ASSURE IRRIGATION N SLEEVES. SLEE EVES, CONDUITS, ETC. COPY OF THE APPROPRIATE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND A COPY OF ANY PERMITS BE INSTALLED WITHIN PLANTING AREA AS NECESSARY. THAT THE WORK IS ACCOMPLISHED IN A TIMELY FASHION AND AND EXTENSION AGREEMENTS NEEDED FOR THE JOB. ON -SITE AT ALL TIMES. WITH A MINIMUM DISRUPTION OF SERVICE. THE CONTRACTOR 6. ALL PLANT MATERIALS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED SIZE IN 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING ALL 5. NO EXISTING UTILITY, STRUCTURES, OR UNDERGROUND IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE ABANDON IN PLACE WI GHOUN THE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING ALL PARTIES SCHEDULES. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ASPECTS OF SAFETY INCLUDING. BUT EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. AFFECTED BY ANY DISRUPTION OF ANY UTILITY SERVICE. REFUSE PLANT MATERIALS WHICH DO NOT MEET THE QUALITY NOT LIMITED T0, EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, SHORING, TRAFFIC CONTROL, AND SECURITY. WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE ENGINEER, OWNER, AND REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT PER SPECIFICATIONS. ALL DECIDUOUS 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE COPIES OF DRAWING NOTES GOVERNING AGENCY. 3. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILI TY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY TREES SHALL HAVE FULL, WELL- SHAPED HEADS, ALL EVERGREENS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTION IN OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE TER PERTINENT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF UTILITY CONNECTION SHALL BE UNSHEARED AND FULL TO THE GROUND. 6. IF WORKERS E ETT ANY TRENCH OR OTHER EXCAVATION FOUR FEET OR MORE IN DEPTH MANUAL 6. ALL CLEARING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN POINTS AND UTILITY CROSSINGS. FIELD VERIFY DEPTHS BY THAT DOES NOT MEET THE OPEN PIT REQUIREMENTS OF WSDOT /APWA SECTION 2-09.3(3)B, IT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND POTHOLING PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY NEW CONSTRUCTION TO 7. ALL TREES TO BE STAKED OR GUYED PER DETAILS AND SHALL BE SHORED AND CRIBBED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR B. SYSTEM HAS BEEN DESIGNED WITH THE INTENT TO REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE ALLOW FOR ADJUSTMENT IN GRADE OR ALIGNMENT, NO SPECIFICATIONS. WORKER SAFETY AND THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY, ALL TRENCH SAFETY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION NGLL BE ALLOWED FOR POTHOLING SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE WASHINGTON INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND OPERATE ONE ZONE AT A TIME. IF OPERATOR SCHEDULES OF GRADES. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER HEALTH ACT, CHAPTER 49.17 RCW. (S) TO IRRIGATE DIFFERENTLY THAN PREVIOUSLY LIMITED T0, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, DISPOSAL, AND HOURS OF OR ADJUSTMENT CONTROLLER OPERATION. 8. ALL TREE AND SHRUB BED LOCATIONS ARE TO BE STAKED OUT STATED, SYSTEM PRESSURE WILL DECREASE AND CREATE IMMEDIATELY IF CONDITIONS ARE OTHER THAN DEPICTED. ON SITE FOR APPROVAL BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO 7. IF DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS CONDITIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED BY THE OPERATING AND COVERAGE DEFICIENCIES. 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL 4. ALL SITE AND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR, HIS SUBCONTRACTORS, OR OTHER AFFECTED PARTIES, WHICH COULD INDICATE A REQUIRED PERMITS FOR SITE CLEARING. COST OF ALL PERMITS THE LATEST EDI110N OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIN H E G NOT IDENTIFIED IN THE PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE ROAD, BRIDGE, AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION AS PUBLISHED O• ALL B&B PLANT MATERIAL SHALL HAVE FOR ALL WIRE, TWINE, OR CONTACT THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. INCLUDED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT. BY THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION REMOVED OTHER CONTAINMENT MATERI AN, EXCEPT FOR 1F0 HEMP BURLAP, (WSDOT) AND THE AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION TIN OM THE TRUNK AND ROOT BALL R T T HE PLANT PRIOR TO O, ALL REFERENCES ANY PUBLISHED STANDARDS SHALL REFER TO THE LATEST REVISION 8. ALL EXISTING BUSHES. TREES, AND TREE ROOTS SHALL BE TH PLEN REMHEE THE TOP 2/3 OF THE BURLAP AFTER PLACING OF SAID D STANDARD, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED OTHERWISE. REMOVED FROM THE SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. (APWA) AND E SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA THE PLANT IN THE PIT, FOR PRIVATE CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC FACIUTTES. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MUTCD • 9. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES FOR THE SITE 5. UNDERGROUND POWER, TELEPHONE, AND CABLE N TO THE APPROPRIATE RIGHT OF WAY AUTHORITY (CITY. COUNTY, OR STATE) FOR APPROVAL PERIMETER OR TO PROTECT EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE SERVICE CONDUIT LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. VERIFY STUB PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WITHIN, OR AFFECTING, THE RIGHT OF WAY. THE IN PLACE PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. LOCATIONS WITH SERVING UTILITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ANY AND ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES 10. AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM THE SITE. ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND TAKE NO BURNING WILL BE ALLOWED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ADEQUATE SAFEGUARDS, ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY REQUIRED TO SECURE AND OPERATE HIS OWN WASTE DISPOSAL SAFETY DEVICES, PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, FLATTERS, AND ANY OTHER NEEDED ACTIONS TO DURING DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. IT SHALL ALSO BE THE SITE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE FOR THE DISPOSAL OF ALL PROTECT THE LIFE, HEALTH, AND SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC, AND TO PROTECT PROPERTY IN CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INSPECT THE EXISTING UNSUITABLE MATERIAL, ASPHALT, CONCRETE, DEBRIS, WASTE CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK COVERED BY THIS CONTRACT. ALL SECTIONS STRUCTURES FOR ANY OTHER CONDITIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT MATERIAL, AND ANY OTHER OBJECTIONABLE MATERIAL WHICH IS OF THE WSDOT /APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 1 -10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC THE E DEMOLITION PROCEDURES. CONFUCTS SHOULD BE NOTED DIRECTED TO WASTE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY VAIN CONTROL, SHALL APPLY IF WORK WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY WILL INTERRUPT NORMAL TRAFFIC TO THE ENGINEER. THE STATE OF WASHINGTON REGULATIONS REGARDING DISPOSAL OPERATION. 11. ANY CONDITIONS WHICH MAY BE UNCOVERED DURING THE OF WASTE MATERIAL AS OUTLINED IN WAC 173 -304, PROCESS OF DEMOLITION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE NECESSARY SUBCHAPTER 461. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS ATTENTION OF THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY. ADDITIONAL NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE INTENDED IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THESE EXPENSES INCURRED BY UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS SHALL BE 7. MAXIMUM CROSS SLOPE ON ALL SIDEWALKS SHALL BE 2% DRAWINGS OR DESIGNATED TO BE PROVIDED, INSTALLED, CONSTRUCTED, REMOVED, AND RELOCATED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. APPROVED BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO THE ADDITIONAL WORK 8. AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR BEING PERFORMED. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTROLLING ON -SITE EROSION 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR KEEPING ROADWAYS FREE AND CLEAR DUE TO WIND AND RUNOFF. OF ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND DIRT TRACKED FROM THE SITE. 12. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT THE PROPERTY FOR TYPE AND QUANTITY OF CLEARING g. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECORDING AS -BUILT INFORMATION ON REQUIRED, PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF A BID. WITH THE REGULATIONS OF THE YAKIMA COUNTY CLEAN AIR A SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS KEPT AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE, AND AVAILABLE TO THE CITY 13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WATER ON SITE FOR AU IHORITY. A METHOD OF DUST CONTROL DURING OF YAKIMA INSPECTOR AT ALL TIMES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER THESE DRAWINGS TO CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. DUST ABATEMENT AT ALL TIMES DURING CLEARING ACTIVITIES. THE YAKIMA COUNTY CLEAN AIR AUTHORITY. A WRITTEN COPY 14. ANY DAMAGE TO PUBUC OR ADJACENT OF THEIR APPROVAL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE DEVELOPER. C UT 14. DIMENSIONS FOR LAYOUT AND CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT TO BE SCALED FROM ANY 14 OPANES AS A RESULT C U L CESAO ADJACENT SHALL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGNATE A PROJECT COORDINATOR DRAWING. IF PERTINENT DIMENSIONS ARE NOT SHOWN, CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE COLEARTOR. REPAIRS SHALL FOR CONTACT DURING CONSTRUCTION REGARDING ALLEGED AIR CLARIFICATION, AND ANNOTATE THE DIMENSION ON THE AS -BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS. BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. REPAIRS SHALL BE VIOLATIONS AND OTHER COMPLAINTS. BE MADE IN A TIMELY MANNER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE 15. ALL STRUCTURAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE INSTALLED, AT THE LIMITS OF DAMAGED PARTY. 10. REFER TO SITE PLAN FOR ADDITION AL SITE INFORMATION. CONSTRUCTION, PRIOR TO ANY OTHER GROUND - DISTURBING ACl1V1TY. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN GOOD REPAIR BY THE CONTRACTOR, UNTIL SUCH TIME AS 15. DURING THE COURSE OF SITE CLEARING, CONTRACTOR THE ENTIRE DISTURBED AREAS ARE STABILIZED WITH HARD SURFACE OR LANDSCAPING. SHALL PROVIDE SECURITY FENCING AND OTHER PRECAUTIONARY 16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SEQUENCE INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES IN SUCH A MANNER AS SAFETY MEASURES AS NECESSARY. TO MINIMIZE POTENTIAL UTILITY CONFLICTS. IN GENERAL STORM SEWER AND SANITARY SEWER SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WATER UNES AND DRY UTIUTIES. 17. ALL WORK WITHIN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY IS SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT STANDARD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PHASING PLAN FOR ALL WORK IN ALL PUBLIC ROADS AND RIGHTS OF WAY TO THE CITY OF YAKIMA ENGINEERING DIVISION BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK ON THESE STREETS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BEGIN WORK ONLY AFTER THE CITY OF YAKIMA APPROVES THE PHASING PLAN, AND A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING IS HELD BETWEEN THE CITY, THE ENGINEER, AND THE CONTRACTOR. 19. ALL OPERATIONS CONDUCTED ON THE PREMISES, INCLUDING THE WARMING UP. REPAIR, ' ARRIVAL. DEPARTURE, OR RUNNING OF TRUCKS. EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, AND ANY OTHER ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHALL GENERALLY BE UNITED TO THE PERIOD BETWEEN 6:00 A.M. AND 10:00 P.M. EVERY DAY UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. 20. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF 11 CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL UTILITY RELOCATIONS CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE FOR THIS PROJECT, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN AS IT RELATES TO THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES CONTEMPLATED IN THESE PLANS. JOB NUMBER: DATE: g+7 CITY �p p 04087a 12 -09 -05 • 4S' �,� CI 1 OF JL A - SHEET FILE NAMES: '411411111•t , Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 DRAWING: Notes.dwg (; PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS 2 / (SEVENTH AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) of DESIGNED GWS ' - - -- General General Notes t�S 7 TENSION DATE ENTERED BYY: : KDY _ N W UNIT PAVERS. = o io 20 40 MB 111=1111.1.11. SEE DETAIL min � ® 0 0 SHEET. >I jall11111111 d .. - -- sumin ..l a.ataaimmumal..a.a.ala.a.a. .a rnmesli ossmammumpal•lmlmwwiw�lw� orilmaw mmum l•1 r•'lw�l�i!•inl A t_ t� "r fl. - .1:: :...TAI ..I::• fll /I . a1.'. - i .• .. : 1 .:._L..,H 1 1.x::1.,...1 ;{ �iC :1.::1 h.: i 1�1._..1ar1:. :: 1._.L:. a .- 1::.;. :1 iR�1 ®, _ I 1... : :® 1�1 a :F ± kalter IMIllr I EIM M �= � lii• MIIIE MBMI lii MAIM "a I E {� ! ■IM IE 1111 , _ im �- ro I _ _ . 1� i, �._. n ii, iiii _ i \ 1 i I West Yakima Avenue i — —\\-\\\\\,, _ I 1 m Lu \ I I I ; d z ♦ ♦iiiii Ei Eit•IEI �twit, �.� ._.>..� .. �)L�)L�����p _ ,♦ > �•� , . .a_• -, . _._.�._. �._._•aaaar.aaax iiltl7iCfl I ! i [i ' , t i � i I ' I i - LJ .__..._,.. ..___ , fir mmmimm ( .. — � �� �Ls� K � >_�:� >I;: ::::®111::::•x:1:: <; I �••,. �: _ Q _.�.> ' � _. _ • �, 1��1�111;::a111�::1._:: i..:,: i :- 1: =I::::i n {:; >�f ®®' � ; . �* ,;,- • __,,.... e ♦ il 1w ltl al�/ wall l��l�l�l�l�lWwi�lwwi�l�l !•twl�l�i1•r�il�wl�t1•Wa►. � /'� �.• m1 ANGLE POINT NORTHING EASTING ` I PLANTER NORTHING EASTING AP# 1 4328.1364 6365.9884 CD 1 48" 4545.0538 7013.8989 AP# 2 4417,3191 6631.0581 42" 4546.8203 7017.7644 AP# 3 4448.0904 6724.6490 UNIT PAVERS. 36" 4543.0897 7017.3835 AP# 4 4496.0482 6866.8857 10 O (1. SEE SHEET. DETAIL AP# 5 4555.0216 7041.8748 n amnia l�/on musuma� l��ra omm .rm®eimum �. .� �r�..� �i Layout Notes . � ._... .�,.�._. �. # �;ae ....inr:.�iwal..alwaia . 1 �, ; , �. ., ...._,_! ,.�I/ isl-- I.:.I:....1 .F I::::1 -:II�i1. u.I, \� ' L1!1:::.I I L 1 I�1: 111 -_1:: I I II x • '' 1# `• OIMIEMIKOMMIl it lIE . V) ` "" ' O1 BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. SEE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET. •�'���' O BEGIN /END NEW ROLLED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET. ® SCOR NG P ATTERN L ASPDETAILED L PAVING JOINTS PER DETAIL es PAVEMENT w Avenue ® S INCH CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT COMMERCIAL APPROACH PER DETAIL Allh O. Q€ — — — — — — — — a — O INSTALL BOLLARDS ALONG EDGE OF BAGGAGE LOADING ZONE AT 10FT. 0.C. AS SHOWN ON I — _ PLANS. — V) © 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED AND TREE GRATE PER DETAIL Im p Li O7 TACTILE WARNING STRIP PAVERS 2'X4' -53¢" PANEL PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 5 -06. Z , 1 ® EXPANSION JOINT Ii �i�Fr�I�i�I�I�C�I� .��iC�ti♦IiII';ii♦i�i /I 'ii�Ii•iI1I �.cwa��� 'c /�I�� �I�lI��.`i�I�� 11 O SHEETS. LIGHT FIXTURE AND POLE PER DETAIL ® ArDi SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN 1a 1MINICII tl L .. 1... IV1..., {:.;;:I�L....IIE:•..C.;.:Irls,a :a :::ail::,.l:a>r :1:• ;;:; D ._..._._,. ._. .ar..._.o.. ._ ._....ar.a.._.n._._.s....m.�. I...Iirl " :1∎ i k 1 ,����1� �� � � �� i ili as :; 10 BANN POLE P DETAIL SEE ELECTRICAL AN _ E ER DE PLAN SHEET. IMP alnta/ atall alair.>• at�te/ ot�ianmtuiriairtaltl l.l� >•l�l /ial�iw1. %�ji '.� �'..- ,-, "-.. -_- - .-- ,.x__'-- (1, /a. 1 lalwlalai.lialial t .l a. 11 RAISED PLANTERS PER DETAIL SEE IRRIGATION PLAN SHEET. 1 12 SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL O I 13 RELOCATE EXISTING STREET LIGHT STANDARD AND FIXTURE. 14 INSTALL "V —LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. dOB 0408 NUMBER: 12 DATE s n ,_ CITY OF YA SHEET FILE NAMES: W '...% Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 3 0RAMNC: 04087A.dwg , 4 PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS ' " ( AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) OF DESIGNED By: GWS 0.** Site Layout Plan 7 REVISION DATE ENTERED BY: KDY Y • • N W QJ i S UNIT PAVERS. 0 10 20 40 a SEE DETAIL Nom all■=i 8 o e � � I. ai Q SHEET. ..w ■E m. m. 1_i.1.1.neI.1.n1.1a1_I..I.n.i eau .ua.>r # ,tmuuII�l�nmmmirma�Iwwrrim ��uu��rmam u.u�us.�i.���m�m��um.nmw�us� 717 ;altl it:: ; : :: . ' : :; a s ::;• : i z 5; I.I tl..... 1.... 1.... 1l �11::., . 11. 1[ 1..: .I.....t�l:...l.....1l1.....1� :.::: :.. �.�_�. .�_._._._ , _,_._._ � ,�._� �...1.1..L .tali � . I,1��1 1 1 1t� .L :L.. a® _:1..�.:1�1.1:1 ,::,I�u.:1.: :: 1:,::at.1::•: ::.:::::: :::._::::: :::.:::. .:.::::, IB �I>.1�1�1 =1.1�'�I�IC l•I e1��i�' 7l�Ii = �_ I,si,�l� ��■ II�j '- �1 ® 1��1� O� ®.";1 �. .I � 1... ` L .1 1... 1...1 , . 1 . 1 1 West Yakima Avenue West Yakima Avenue - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - 0_1 W co W W a (n w Z u nmi�l . h, .� it l%m a1�11111 = ' 'aIw E r�aI , � i ...r•..._._ �._ ;:,: �■1 _. it _ ,;,. � , •1 .. `:.ri� #' ^�. -. I MIMI' r I, I : i t k - E i I_•:. l♦l�'� tinim i -- : ,i i { I II i i . " 1 -- - U .1::: :7 .. x::;1:: ..1...111._... . d:::1:.:,:1� : . ... .... . :. _ . � .. _ 1...1....1..:1: }!:(:::::11(1::.•.::1::::.1 _ _ � _ _ � I 1111ttt1 .`�;a %;I��::c'. Ici; =�:'.: ;xi:1 � t�:� : I �� I I I .... �� ®����t�����t��� �l��L��1: 1��1��t /��)I��i�%lIIMLIMLL1Il�H. ,I�. 11 ,j II 1 11 . . II i 1 i . r, 'I I 7 ., I. It . . . it ANGLE POINT NORTHING EASTING PLANTER NORTHING EASTING AP# 1 4328.1364 6365.9884 a) 48" 4545.0538 7013.8989 AP# 2 4417.3191 6631.0581 42" 4546.8203 7017.7644 AP# 3 4448.0904 6724.6490 gI UNIT PAVERS. 36" 4543.0897 7017.3835 AP# 4 4496.0482 6866.8857 SEE DETAIL AP# 5 4555.0216 7041.8748 8 0 4 O SHEET. n�4t•mri� ,A I Layout Notes. ° `.d v � . mim .Y mun wsi. siumm mmmiatliAuip�ls/.l.1m1. mul unimmun orimum • " � C ' �'1 - " - - -- ° - -- '1/11 �, � ,1 :..• I�,t,:a�" r' " ,:, ' "`I ••;; �:1� �r � 1 ._1(11 1 - .....L.:.L....Itlf..:.1 -... - 1. O1 BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. SEE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET. Lit 7 1� = _ iil ll•l�w = ; �nlMi� r -t -¢° i ; n��l� l musil•1 , I . , 2 BEGIN /END NEW ROLLED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET. _ I I NCRETE O SC NG PATTERN L AS P DETAILED. WO PAVING JOINTS PER DETAIL PAVEMENT NIF West Yakima Avenue ® SIX INCH CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT COMMERCIAL APPROACH PER DETAIL Nur Mk O INSTALL BOLLARDS ALONG EDGE OF BAGGAGE LOADING ZONE AT 10FT. O.C. AS SHOWN ON - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PLANS. In a ® 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED AND TREE GRATE PER DETAIL a O TACTILE WARNING STRIP PAVERS 2'X4' -532 PANEL PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 5 -06. W 0 w IIII EXPANSION JOINT V) 1 �•�•�• �• 3 _ PEDESTRIAN UGHT FIXTURE AND POLE PER DETAIL ® SE � i � •� � O � SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN �,�� : �I����IFrr`�l�l��� Il�i��l�ll�i�1��1 _. 1�1�1 t. .:..111/ I • 1 : •. 1M1 •: 11 . 1 1 . . 1 :.1■11 I t II ._. . 1 :: 111:; :1:: 1 ::::1 * 1 : : 4 • ::1l ; c:! :x, ::• :;•: y : :: ; : ::; �a ::: ; 1 BANNER POLE PER DETAIL SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN SHEET. � r�= i \ �� ._._ _._._.._.__. _ . ..;:Q 1 .,.11.....1..... .....1.....1.....11 i _ : } + O.1.uai.iana.n.u.iat.� u nraiiii rilimi � ." ......" -a aliai ��.�a����������� � . � ��j 11 RAISED PLANTERS PER DETAIL SEE IRRIGATION PLAN SHEET. M i I 12 SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL _ � i 13 RELOCATE EXISTING STREET LIGHT STANDARD AND FIXTURE. 14 INSTALL ° V-LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. JOB NUMBER: DATE gi p 04087a 12-09 -05 _ 141 \ CITY A Y ®F Y1"'� SHEET \ Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 FILE NAMES: :7 ' . 4 DRANINC: 04087A.dwg - a' ` � j . . *i . PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS (SEVENTH AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) OF DESIGNED BY: GWS - * - g ^7 REVISION DATE ENTERED BY: KDY Site Layout Plan / N W 71 0 1 I S UNIT PAVERS. 0, o 10 20 40 Q) SEE DETAIL mot . amommom ® 0 0) 0 SHEET. min d 111•1111111111•11.9•11111 I '�i.u....p.iii•n. i.i. /.. g.m.n.9.iys...1.ii.i ..... .i.i.l..........i i . - <I 1...... .0liti. ialin...ice , i z �� ,. ,��..:,._._..__,� :,,__._. �_.__. �_ ...._._..._._.�� 1 IAA �i I,...l�i L,.,.L, .I!!It.,..r �, tl L,. IAI I i�i:::aw:,::a:.::;1 1 1 I■1;,:;:1:..:Iw::::a : - �. w1"w■ V (� II u Yc mammals.. , ., m mil �11'C" - , i® - -1 wIIIE I �: ; , }alE1 c IEwE1 lw111 1E` Etw1 E11 1 11" 7 1>�" .. .. - ... - .. - - . l•1 -.1 1 West Yakima Avenue 1 1 . L i W j _ I i m N . ` I - iwwI► 4. . 1111 41 -di aEiwE ;>•IEI>•1■I Iw1E1■IIE ,>llw. /IEICI wacl wl -, ' ■_ :.. _._ ... Y t r ; I I h • }_._._._,_.,_._.,_.m.,. W.�._._. ._._- •___•- . -jalwu ail i � ww 1 mo w:. ...:.; w..::Iw: _ ._._.__.�. _. _, 1 .1.1 :._::I�r;.:1N .....I r :.;I :L :.::W 1:: Iii 1 1 w�::r =:�1�m ®.q 4:;� . I =:1 :z:� w� -1�1 1 _::: I :L..:Iti;.w r Imo. :r 5 ' �� ®E I i�it/ iii• l�iMilirl iMile�(�i�IM�il�iil�i�IIIIII ilvli�inil�MI�iWIi�l��i�i�� MIMII i�l�iit7�l�w ' 1 i' ' i '' i I ,' • ' I I . � , I 1 . 1 .. : I- . ... ¢ i � ■I 1 I ANGLE POINT NORTHING EASTING AP# 1 4328.1364 6365.9884 AP# 2 4417.3191 6631.0581 AP# 3 4448.0904 6724.6490 UNIT PAVERS. I — N I AP# 4 4496.0482 6866.8857 SEE DETAIL g AP# 5 4555.0216 7041.8748 0 0 0 0 SHEET. W~`--F -, 9 -, . Immu :o:.immus nsum �; °ss! �r•# />• i�El �f a�iti� .�i>•i�i�i�i� — __.. Layout Notes. ;. � MI L _ _ 1 7 _■_ _ _ r�I r�l ..rr O BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. SEE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET. IWdf1111"IEI�Iw■ IIEICi 'EI� "EI ■1 !1!•ww ■ 11 ■_■_■.U. •�° 7 .M_ R G . s ir 1 O BEGIN /END NEW ROLLED CURB AND GUTTER. SEE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN SHEET. N O SCORING CONCRET COR NG PAITTERNLASPDETAILEDL ®� PAVING JOINTS PER DETAIL ® PAVEMENT — West Yaldrna Avenue -sT ss —.- ss ss ss - C0Nc ss ss s © ® SIX INCH CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT COMMERCIAL APPROACH PER DETAIL ley - - - - — O INSTALL BOLLARDS ALONG EDGE OF BAGGAGE LOADING ZONE AT 1OFT. O.C. AS SHOWN ON - - _ _ - - _ - - - - PLANS. O _ e ® 4'X6" TREE PLANTING BED AND TREE GRATE PER DETAIL Inv lin W W W W W W W ; O TACTILE WARNING STRIP PAVERS 2'X8, -W PANEL PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 5 -06. w ® EXPANSION JOINT l y 1 - ® PEDESTRIAN LIGHT FIXTURE AND POLE PER DETAIL ® SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN Z> w�. Me 11111.1 ■1 a111L /' a111L: % 11-111 • - ._ o .• � `: _•�� SHEETS. J f <= .t>r1i:::aE111 =s1 IMi.:1 wL;;t�i rtr1 1::: 1 .1■1: r :f> 1 t:..:Ii�ii a>11■I I :1ili 1: 1 :1`1 1 i1 10 BANNER POLE PER DETAIL � SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN SHEET. Uiiiiim.ii>a i i iii iri iMilliaialririMIiAiii Ali iMIiaiiiiiiiiiiiii11•iiiirirairaNiMis ' I 11 RAISED PLANTERS PER DETAIL SEE IRRIGATION PLAN SHEET. F- < _ I 12 SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL ler 1 13 RELOCATE EXISTING STREET LIGHT STANDARD AND FIXTURE. 1 14 INSTALL "V -LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. JOB NUMBER: DATE: 1' SHEET 04087a 12 -09-05 �, g. -1.., .,, CITY ®L' 1 �1� V FILE NAMES: ' � .. Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 OR05WG: 04087A.dwg , 1 z i �. ° <. PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS aki f _ (SEVENTH AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) OF DESIGNED BY: GWS °SI' S ite Layout Plan 7 REVISION DATE . ENTERED BY: KDY -- L J • \- fast Rom FR/ t GRATE BASECOV R=- Ill• SQUARE, SEPARATED FROM RA 3/16' A"uF MIE ANN MATERIAL E1¢ST■C MIME TAPER ETD= ABpZEGTE . r 1•i•1.1�. IIM =TM CL163iE1E STREET LIGHTING o � ., STATONID. .2 �> tNT t - ttMTRACTC R's RED CRRAWNTN- —°..: �� I : : ; =REX BASE COVER t BOX MATERIAL r ,.''�,''.,'a}' %" >�'9s ".v m AMALTFACTINER'S STAB MUM - 9x r OF CSBC COMPACTED OEM ;:' ✓ SIDEWALK NORTH YORKSHIRE won AT 8' B.G. ENSING 18' P° 48 DIA • STYLE ALUMINUM BASE sr' SEVER Al 4 7 vi ` t Ii* PAVEMENT ASPHAI.T ' tI _ . rwaxa _ 4 i' ��I�iO��I� �I rsY4 p_ 1 P , $ PREVIOl15 NEW • ■ 1S ' i , 0 .� :vv.n 'POUR J LAGEMfN7 v 4 } 1 F4XA5DABZ I 1 Mill . ---- ,.,.. • -- •• CMACTSS DEPTH) (3 FT. ' < , Gt.J 1 „ ; CRV9RD SASACIG POP AEV a>r■ t GI71ER CSTC 1 i FOUNDATION - 24 DIA. X 6' DEEP. L COURSE COMPACTED i0 (COMPACT 95X) • I? Iii 91 u AUGERED E POURE IN CLASS 3000 6' y JA!!!! !.G 1 99 PLANT( t�1 CONCRETE. POURED IN PLACE TOP 5 B.G. 1 ,. � I Valli CLASS 3 FINISH. #5 GRND. ROD " = a 5 *APPLY TACK COAT _y Ij EXIENOS b', CONDUIT EXTENDS 3' MIN. -.1111^ tY i ° X36'x4' GALV. STEEL ANCHOR BOLTS CN -I E E. 15.1"1 =1T 1575 B.C. MORENO 3)5'. 48 REBAR PLINTH OF (8) NO. 7 & (4) NO. 3 WRAP AROUND. GRADE 60 MEW F. Sit- CAADE 60 RENE SD- 073 SO. N/FS EACH WAY 0.15 S0. IN/FT EACH WAY CAST N RULE _ PRECAST BASE BASE W/ OREM. RISER DECORATIVE BOLLARD STREET LIGHT STANDARD FOUNDATION ® CATCH BASIN - TYPE 2, 48' DIA. 0 ASPHALT PAVEMENT REPAIR e CONSTRUCTION JOINT (TYP.) ( NOT TO SCALE' TO SrA NOT TO SCALE TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE ART CHRISTMAS DECORATION BRACKET (SEE SPECIAL - DUPtEx PR 1] OUTLET , r., "HARP" SERIES, 175 [ \` - T WATT METAL HALIDE, 1 I E ! 1 I 1 I i 1 MOGUL BASE, 120 V, ( I 1 to PHOTO RECEPTACLE, FUG ' _ i I BLACK FINISH. s ■. ' ■. •■ ■ . ■. •■ ■. ' ■. '■ ■: • ■. '■ BANNER & y �'� - 1 � ■■ ■ � 1. ■ . ■ �. 1 . ■ ■ ■ �. FLAG BY 1 ■ ■ 1 :::111111:111 I ■ ■ 1 ■ ■ 1 BRACISET , OTHERS � 1 ■. ■ ■. 1, ■�. ■. % : 1 :� r -'_` ,t. ' A��N IVY - I �■^ [)CYA & BO� - i 1I CI RC L ET e ��:� — ,� ° ■-/ ��� � _ I t �C -, �J / ! VII. Y)Ir1 Sri - -. 73 °r! I BANNER / iiir. q ° ;i; -� / ST P AN BRACKET \ � tl ' VANE. i BOLT CIRCLE DETAIL \ I � � ,�� i ■ ■■ ■■ 76° N \ ' ■ I ! \ 1 1 AB N DON DUSTING NEW ° 0 WATER SERA CE \ \ \' 3 — I, _ SERtiCE &METER (BY CITY). 1 , BOLLARD DETAIL ® , 42° I D 3 6 Jr LEVEL i I IiC =. IRRIGATION S ERVICE DETAIL e Iwo NOT TO SCALE I I 3 BT NOT TO SCALY . c ° ; i � ! I .^ GROUT P A D or — ■ PROJECOLTION BANNER POIF AIINNNNNIN c. (4) _"11 ANCHOR BOLTS . 4 B.C. WITH _° II 1111-.T SIDEWALK PRE u L M Artot C ND ( 4) 3; a ANCHOR BOLTS BASE DETAIL PAVER I PANEL O 12 -}5 B.C. WITH 3° c SIQEWAIJC PROJECTION. 1 FORM TOP 6 ° , t' -s" SQUARE WIREWAY 5)V siiii�Ar/iP2KarW o iiimio viiiuiiiiiilvi/i . i I 8: REVEL I. CSTO C Y i , r'S : + - 4.L i - ' ° - _ MEMO : 2Jf° BOLT / � , _ - . T I / J :._ I • . 1 t ... . -<' c c -c r 1' -.w v - .y - ;3 5, ; ,-, "; , '," `Yri is'il,' -i . ■ I IRCLE X , v V' �° . ii i . y _!:_-.2,..=,?.. o�i � z� d - CSTC MIN. . 'f,1'_'"` ' > , . -=' i i ■... ■ ?•• _• — COVER 7- • ,i r. BEDDING SAND : 7 - ? " .5 I ); \ \ \ _tu_nL (3) 2 0 CONDUITS -1,1, (P ( I L__7 1 3 1 i R ' °� > _� TO IRRI J T9 ELECT, ` L ( �1 A- ELECT, �t �""` - y : 7 ' ° ' °'•"'�" W " LED LIGHT 005 � 1 (ELECTRICAL) I rr (IRRIGATION) ..1-Box - L-- � " ." , . ,`. — 4� • _; :: t Y - B° WAN. X 3'_0° f • r j - CL 3000 CONCRETE .... _ � , jj (6) p4 ' ! , BOLT CIRCLE PETAL& t 4 ° ' h :" Y ., ' • 5 i: : - ^ ' - -' - INSIDE 2 ° 0 L PVC SLEEVES. LATERALS �f` }�`�` /; /`�� E SECTION A - 1 (3) @4 HOOPS I_, 4.5 MIN. I 17)¢ I Lei 3 MIN. PEDESTRIAN LIGHT & BANNER p BANNER POLE 0 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT 0 IRRIGATION & ELECTRICAL CORRIDORS 0 POLE FOUNDATION NOT To SCALE ® NOT TO SCALE V7 NOT TO SCALY NOT TO SCALE lar JOB NUMBER DATE: CITY OF Y A 1-� A SHEET 040870 12 -09 -05 . �11 .l ',1'4 CITY 1 FILE NAMES: Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 DRAVRiNG Details.dwg till '1 1 / \I, PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS ," "t , i (SEVENTH AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) of DESIGNED BY: GWS / / REVISION DATE ENTERED 8Y: NDY Site Details 7 . ' NOTE: 51/2° 1-/- VTR - --..1 I r It i NIIIIIIIIMIi=1. ..- 1 BATIER • ' 7 ,E. ?i,1• f . ...,.., . 4.:•■• •A. f•■• .4 .., - s...e. R i HP R 14 FLOW uuE sEr vi \ um PER PLANS I 11 11 171,7 "RC" BAND ALL EDGES OF ALL CONCRETE PANEL JOINTS WITH 2 FINISHING TOO AFTER L LIGHT BROOM FINISH. /171 111 111 1111 11 1 111111 11 k. 111.1 :II „I 1/2°R ° e. 1 1 ... ................,:::::: ..--:,. ..-',:--.....-,.- :-, `,.. IN ir '...,:::-.:,., ..... ...„..- 1/2 R ........ ..... .............. ::::::::::ga ::::.:::::: ' "' • " •-•., MIIIIIIIIIII.M.IMIMIMMIRIMIMIKEMIMWLt...f4;fw10M=IIMI. a - • L . • .. . • . - .• invm.-i• .12 •-•:-:: '. • " :1'...:' • ' . : - '-':.!......•;:.':•....• ...:::_1.Z.----- rafaMillell...11.1. ----____ ill I III !Km ill al i: 41:1111 ail 11111111110 CEMElfr CONCRETE BARRIER CURB SECTION 4• • ' 1 •:...':.•-•..":!:!.. : . L.::.• .1 . COMORETE A :‘ 1 -----s, 1/2.R .. _.:•,•• : ... ••• - - VALLEY GUTTER M EMMIIIIIIIMMEINENIMMINgta4-11311..11111K 1 i .-.. it. PLAN /Baseline ■ • 4217:111111111111 1 4 ._ 0 . 1 011OPY 7:4-,- ! . ".. -- ---.---- - . -- Is 1r I. 1 , i NOTE RAISED CURES4G MAY 1 141 411 ,,..„...., 15=1 . IlliiirrEP TTPE A CURB VIET %WIER i NNW E A lir .1V ---L_. c s 9 yE "'''''1 0 1° rem r ir I I:- 1. MOOT CUSS 3000 CCNCRETE NTH COARSE AGGREGATE GRADNG NO. 5. SURFACING To [ SURFACING / VARTE$ 1 1 1 6 0 1 i 4-5 -ar ' i 1 c-5.4;I CURB SECTION AT DRIVEWAY AND RAMPS aNNIA-1231vAcznem,,m....3t91111 LV-536' 1 -1 . -.5341 ° L 1 i NOTE 1. VEDOT CLASS 3000 CONCRETE MN COME AGOLEGATE CRACOW ND. 5. ma z° . SFF SITE LAYOUT compAcm) oosm CRUSHED SURFACNG. -I 1.0 FLOLIJNE TOPCOURSE IV CEMENT CONCRETE BARRIER CURB irk CEMENT CONCRETE ROLLED CURB VALLEY GUTTER TYPICAL SIDEWALK PANEL LAYOUT IP CITY STANDARD DETAIL RI NOT TO SC4LE ley CITY STANDARD DETAIL R3 NOT TO SCALE SECTION A-A SCALE: 1/4' =. 1' -0" NOTES 1. CURB & GUTTER. VALLEY GUTTER, AND CONCRETE APPROACH SHALL BE . SEPARATED BY 30 THICK EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL 2. THIS DETAIL INDICATES GENERAL CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENTS FOR 40001ka- COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY APPROACHES. STYLE AND LOCATION OF HANDICAP RAMP TEXTURE RAMPS WILL DEPEND UPON SITE CONDITIONS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED SIDEWALK ./ ACCORDING TO THE SPECIFIC PROJECT 511E PLAN APPROVED BY THE CITY ADJUST SCORING . tX.i# ENGINEER. TREE GRATE TREE GRATE 6' PATTERN TO i MOTH IROWEL 3. WSDOT CLASS 3000 CONCRETE WITH COARSE AGGREGATE GRADING NO. 5. STEEL FRAME, STAU. PER MEWS RECOMMENDATION/ s I ALL FRAME, __ A,' INSTALL PER D FIER'S IN RECOMMENATION 11111111 MATCH FRAME 1111.11111E - 4 . G G IN DIMENSION TACTILE WARNING -444 .....> .. ..i FINISH PAVER STRIP -4-. A). COMMERCIAL APPROACH NOT TO SCALE() , 1 . 73 e . ...-• - .... , . •.,• ..- ..- 5 NO UP .441111°- ..471 CITY STANDARD DTAIL R11 _ -.- AI 11E11 A ..... A -REBAR. TYP. sr, .0" '''' / 0 ~4 0 c - , „ 4: ,C7, o G 0 '=' 0 ' E 00 op G C , G,C,C7 GO .E.' .4.... ' CONCRETE CONCRETE • Ell SIDE1VALK CURB 3/e EXPANSION JOINT STIDGRADE 3'-113(3 SFCTION ISOMETRIC SECTION ISOMF7Ric (COLN= 95X) STANDARD '=" '--- TRIBE GRATE FRAME AT CONC. SIDFWAT FC TRFE GRATE FRALIF AT CONC CI MB NOTES: A- . 6 THICK X 6' IMDE PANELSAROUND PLANTER TREE CURB RAMPS WILL NOT BE POURED 1 .7W -.%.-. :. f . : ~4%1" " s .7 1 GRATES, PAVER , AND INTEGRAL IIITH SIDEWALK CR CURB & 4f9r0,44.°4*4°. ,%0 °,4?A•4:PA ,r , 44k, 4f,tCI1, BLOCK-OUTS. GUTTER, AND SHAU. BE ISOLATED BY EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL. ON AU ' ' , f ', , , TREE GRATE HARDWARE DETAIL PLAN VIEW SIDES BUT NOT AT THE END OF RAMP ADJACENT TO THE CURB. 111 • 0 SIDEWALK & RAMP SECTION (TYP.) ea SIDEWALK RAMP DETAIL frii 104 :.4 TREE GRATE FRAME DETAIL i gh NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE • 1/40 NOT TO SCALE 0 NW -4, o:o / l0 I • :)o:o/ , I ll i „• I 1 1 11 1 40- , 51100TH Ira 944 MI tel 1 1) 15- in ,,,,, nmi ll6PIAT ---\ [ T BACK CURT PERPEMCULAR 111111111"0111•111111" 111 :: -)io:°,4 ' . ,feAk-:\_4: t t CONTROL JOINT 11/ SMOOTH III 11.11.11:111 TROVE Mal (1 DEEP). E gl i JO SEAL COLOR TO COLOR I • TO 40 V40 IP 6 X r THXICENED EDGE (sEt spEam JaNTING SAND • - • •••••1'_....;,:;_• • :- .',.'• 11..11111.11.1.11 11111111MMIIII \ lie BELOW ADJACENT CONC. PAVNG RAINER ROO 3)+1 I/ 1 W ' _ od • 4.; • . • ..: .....• • ..• • /11L CONC. SDERACK Eria.:111111 ININVIIITIII =11111■111=■• ri. 11: ; ..1 Er • I .. 1 ,,,e4 orniorp .: 1 ....1.:. • WNS .• .... :././..".../ e z z /AK r z .‹.../ ... Awynge.er..., 1 I NREEN dri 40'.4 AMI 11 IF • ja. • Ng' • .1i .11 4904 1 Em rilim Mr1411=111 •110mATINIIIIINLNINIIN■111111NmpVII CONC. SIDEIYAUT • - .. . 4 CONNOTED • • SAND TH _ Srl • .. . . 4' -5 PAVER PAD 7'-5/4" PAVER PAD SUBCRAOE , VO41 (COLIPACT 9521) 15Mig,012A gER "fr CSTC-OrPri.UNIT _ PAVERS 0 - li • 1)004 6 4 NOTE: FIELD VERIFY WITH MOCK-UP PADS BEFORE - ' CONSTRUCTING BLOCK OUTS FOR SIDEWALK N.O.IL SPACED AT 20' O.C. MAX. 64,.• 0 • 0+0 " ° O• 0 •0 •%eg9 , , , , , .. .< % , ', . , ft,r,' , , " . ,,, i ,' , , CONSTRUCTION. UNIT PAVER DETAIL JOINT DETAIL le TREE GRATE DETAIL EA CONTRACTION JOINT SCORELINES 0 PAVER PAD .DETAILS Ail NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE vzir NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE my JOB NUMBER: DATE: CITY OF YAKIMA SHEET 04087a 12-09-05 ," ri;r t- r - k N FILE NAMES: .. , , Alirleb.::%.;\ .. Alil all ,„,,,,..,,) Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 7 DRAWING: DetoiIs.dwg PEDESTRIAN WAY IMPROVEMENTS .. . ' i,-,,,, (SEVENTH AVENUE TO FRONT STREET) OF .. .1 7 REVISION DATE DESIGNED BY: GWS '7 el Site Details i ...... . -- - R ro -7- ,, ,„,i " : , :::::- •-• ,,,, ," - .,,,,'''':',:-,..!-:. ' ,,.. , , , , . t-r, `, :i '. -',...-:,1lii ' ....................... .:;.:/i.:%; ti:::11 . 114i•Vi- l'.',:2;' , ,,;1■i•: , - - q 3,,,,, i , “1.4 . -W- , -=' ,,,,, i' , T. , !! . - • ' , • ': - errIP Wag- . . ., ..,. , . . ....„ , ..... : i El , .i , -.,,,,. —..., ,,,,,..,-, ,= ., . ...::::„., . , „. . , l ..,..;,- , „:,...T., , igh • Ai i.iiii:3 4 :i .:i.:::• , ....„..,;:o.. ' -'- rr'''. ''' 31:4 ; ,..,., :... - ri - gig -' ...:T! L':11:11 "::: *itiig. 1:':.:1:: pia h, a (9 :Or ..!:!: . -1!1: !,': ,- ,:il`" ;:lf MI ''■:■11i 1 i'''.! VP ' ii illY : lk: iftu. Jgthl :.:liii t., ,.., IV III Ell il t Engineering ..liivson ( -61, ,•.,.....1...„.,,,.„.•;•.i,...:.•,,,.„.:::::,,..:1_4,4•.11:::..-1...•„..:ii:.11,:itiiii14.7i74•4•271m6:1t,.:::,..„.,_-.4;:lv,,:41,.g„,„:;,..itt:::::1_,:„..:::„i:e.447.,:.,.:,,q4..„.:„.4,.:,,::.1:t.::::::!•.:::.1:„.iiiii,,:.•.21,11r.:iii,:iy.:,:li::4:..,:i...2.,:.i.„,...,i,.•...i.,.....,...::::::...,..........t.... Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements W. Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front St. . . „...-- ,.._....„ . ,_. „. ....., ''' ' .- .tft / -.it , 71,:i: ..",*-•,,-„-''''''',,,--: 4,-.- ' -: .',' ''' ' ,-.. 7 - '-• t ' . , : '• -• ,, - -' t.- ... ._ , . -: • 1 -,.. --- `.'= . .p - r: c . - -. ;•--- .,..„ ' ,. - . ir -.A...' • ''• ; - s - • --4 - 4 - -''''• ..it ' • ` l'- i ': - 4 . ''` 7. --.---: •-- L --.•,' - --. • ' i:... Pl'i" ,., ____ , - i: ,,: - „-;?.. gitt17,..s,,z,-,,, „ .... - --.. ,.. , -,:p. - ,.„, _, _ .,...-.... _. , ,,,,, ,.,,„,,_, , - -1, 4 , , j , ' ',, - - - i-if-Air-''''.!: . -*4-,tiiial 44%i: i',444.t;-',IN ,,, , , - - 1. . 1 4 ii -., 4„t* 1,. i : ' , ,, , ,. ' i'0', ' : , u ,.0. 4g,_i -, .. -- ,r, '.' , f - i s 4 "r '',' ' , i1A- ,,,,''':i:3' ':- ,,,,,,... — ...lf:I s t:! -- - .1- . '•-,,, ".. '.(1W 2-- '"!‘ '-' ' ' — _ - . .,• . Construction Contract Specifications & Bid Documents City Project Number 2165 „..,-----,-- - - 1 -'- 4 -•: - .--TA,k, - ,.... .......-- •,..,ov.....i, t — 4 gl ' : bp ... ill 1,..' ,t;.• 129 North Second Street Phone (509) 575-6111 Yakima, WA 98901 .5141-IP''',,,CAL:f N-‘.$‘4,f,44„Aillo Fax (509) 576.6314 ••• ,!--:-.: :t,.. June 2007 .. , . 1: 6 07 -; t Fair c o ax 7 NORTHWEST FAIR CONTRACTING ASSOCIATION r 3 824 W. LEWIS ST. SUITE 202, PASCO, WA 99301.509- 547 -0084 • www.nwfca.org 4 ssOciatin p 7004 1350 0004 8289 2647 March 14, 2008 Gilbert Patterson Concrete P.O. Box 262 Wapato, WA 98951 Re: Request for Certified Payroll Records- Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative (DFI) Phase 2 —Pedestrian Sidewalks Your company is presently or has recently, performed work on the above referenced project. In the performance of said work, your company has employed workman, laborers or mechanics which are required to be paid at the established prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates as determined by the Industrial Statistician for the Department of Labor & Industries. Washington Administrative Code 296 - 127 -320 requires the following: Each contractor shall keep accurate payroll records for three years from the date of acceptance of the public works project by the contract awarding agency, showing the name, address, Social Security number, trade or occupation, straight time rate, hourly rate of usual benefits as defined by WAC 296 -127 -014 (1), and overtime hours worked each day and week, including any employee authorizations executed pursuant to WAC 296 -127 -022, and the actual rate of wages paid, for each laborer, worker and mechanic employed by the contractor for work performed on a public works project. A contractor shall, within ten days after he receives a written request, from the department or from any interested party as defined by RCW 39.12.010 (4), file a certified copy of the payroll records with the agency that awarded the public works contract and with the department. A contractor non - compliance with this section shall constitute a violation of RCW 39.12.050. This letter is intended as, and should be construed to be a "Written Request" for your company to submit all Certified Payroll records as well as any pertinent 4 -10 Agreements, for your work on the above referenced project to the awarding agency and to: Department of Labor and Industries Specialty Compliance Services P.O. Box 44540 Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Attn: Laura Herman Please be advised that should your company fail to comply with this request, our Association will ask that the Department of Labor and Industries to seek compliance as provided in RCW 39.12.050. Sincerely, Mike Leininger Compliance Investigator 824 W. Lewis St., Suite 202 Pasco, WA. 99301 (509) 547 -0084 cc: Laura Herman, Industrial Relations Specialist, Dept. of Labor & Industries Robert Koshman, Industrial Relations Agent (Region 5), Dept. of L & I Deborah Moore, City Clerk, City of Yakima West Coast Construction Company, Inc., Prime Contractor Northwest Fair Contracting Association, Spokane Office File ov Yi DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT a( c, " William R. Cook, Director ; o '�' Engineering Division "• < • 129 North Second Street " "T`" Yakima, Washington 98901 Phone: (509) 575 -6111 • Fax (509) 576 -6305 ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA • for . , . • YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue — 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 BID OPENING: June 21st, 2007, 2:00 p.m., City Hall Council Chambers TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Documents shall be modified as follows: ITEM 1. Contract Provisions; Special Provisions Section 1 -02: Section 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS, (Page 48) 1 -07.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1- 02.4(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: A pre -bid conference will be held in the Yakima City Hall CED Conference Room, second floor, 129 No. 2 Street, Yakima, Washington on Tuesday June 12 2007, 10:00 a.m. for project discussion. A site visit will follow upon request. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specification. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. APPROVED: f • 47 Ai ' •I.. - ,Tu vt,e, (p 2 co7 Brett H. Sh: 10. d, P.E. Date 6-'3-1 Chief En :: eer * END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 4 ) Yakima M -w•.+v an YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements ' III J West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Proiect No 2165 Page I,nn, �,v YA' ",, DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT "'L'' tj'', William R. Cook, Director %,V Engineering Division < c + 129 North Second Street '' Yakima, Washington 98901 Phone: (509) 575 -6111 • Fax (509) 576 -6305 ADDENDUM NO. 2 • TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA for YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 BID OPENING: June 21st, 2007, 2:00 p.m., City Hall Council Chambers TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Contract Documents shall be modified as follows: ITEM 1. Contract Provisions; Special Provisions Section 8 -20: Section 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS AND ELECTRICAL 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes (Page 107) Revise the first sentence of the first paragraph to read as follows: All valve boxes, Junction boxes Type 1, 2 and 3, 12 "x12' junction boxes and access enclosures to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. ITEM 2. Plans: Plan Sheet El: Make revisions to this plan sheet as follows: 1. Detail 3 /E1 - revise the conduit for the utility secondary circuit to be a 2" conduit in lieu of a 3" conduit. 2. Detail 4 /El - delete the reference of "See Civil Drawings" for the concrete foundation and sand base. Plan Sheet E2: Make revisions to this plan sheet as follows: 1. Panelboard Circuit Schedule 178, add the following General Note: "* *Provide 5 mA circuit breaker at this pole space." 2. One Line Diagram: Revise the enclosure to be a NEMA 3R enclosure in lieu of a NEMA 1 enclosure. Yakima lsfrill re YAKIMA DOWN'T'OWN FUTURES IN1'1IAII'VE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 Page 1th. Plan Sheets E8 through E21: Make revisions to all Plan Sheets E8 through E21 as follows: 1. Revise Note 1 to read as follows: "Equipment, devices and circuits shown in foreground (Bold) are new unless otherwise noted. Devices shown in background (Gray or screened) represent one of the following: A. Site, grading and drainage or irrigation, water and sewer devices which are shown in background color on the electrical drawings to assist in determining the location of the devices. B. Devices that are existing to remain and be preserved and protected and brought to new finish grade." C. Devices that are existing to be removed and replaced in the same location except brought up to new level of grade or sidewalk. 2. Revise Note 2 as follows: A. The first sentence of Note 2 shall be deleted in its entirety. • B. Add the following sentence to the end of Note 2: "Where new pedestrian and street lighting pole bases conflict with the locations of existing conduits, circuits and junction boxes, reroute the existing conduits and circuits to avoid the new pole bases (existing junction boxes are already noted on drawings to be replaced and will need to be relocated if there is a conflict). Plan Sheet D3: Remove Plan Sheet D3 and replace with the following: Plan Sheet D3 labeled Addendum No. 2; 6/15/07. ITEM 3. Details: Additional Details: Add the Detail Sheet for Quazite Junction Box Type III to the Construction Contract Specifications and Bid Documents. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specification. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. APPROVED: -� tn'( Brett H. Sheffiel , P.E. Date Chief Engineer * END OF ADDENDUM NO. 2 YAKIMA DUWN'1'UWN URES IN1'1'IAl'1'VE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No, 2165 Page 2 Junction Box Type III fluazite Addendum #2 - June 15, 2007 SPECIFICATIONS /DATA 24" x 36" PG Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER 0 W/2 Bolts PG2436CA00 100 (45.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 d Gasketed w/2 Bolts PG2436CG00 100 (45.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 3/8 -16 UNC STAINLESS STEEL N No Bolts PG2436WA00 100 (45.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 HEX HEAD BOLT WI 0+ ( 24* WASHER (2) 5� Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PG2436HA00 115 (52.2 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 3 : ='•, 8 ® Gasketed Heavy Duty PG2436HG00 115 (52.2 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 , w/2 Bolts + Extra Heavy Duty PG2436HH00 122 (55.2 kg) 22,500 / 33,750 15* ° ~ ' ~� "(7 w/2 Bolts dy:::.: ' 1 /2" (13) • Covers with meter lids available upon request. X L" SLOT • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce PULL SLOT COMER 5 SKID the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure water tight. IST *Loadings comply provisions except s for HH covers com I with all test rovisions of ANSI /SCTE 77 that the + SU SU RR ST P . vertical design load is 22,500 lbs. with a test load of 33,750 lbs. over a 10" x 20" plate. 5 6 /116. 28+ 8+ 2g I 395 + �! 680 3 � , , A� (648(2" 0) (5 4" i 1/ i G LIFTING p 1 ) 3 BOLT ( 4) l (5 iiiiV,,,,fi__ 1 . y 1/2 m (203) [A(�]( (10) tio " r CD ''� f' BOX � (1 O 4 3/4" (121) X LIFTING BOLT (4) N EXTENSION 4 3/4" (121) __ fl,._ D C KNOCKOUTS (8) 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) MOUSEHOLES (PG2436BB only) I51 Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) "24 ", 30" & 42" deep boxes must be used as bottom of any stack ,3 DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER Z Q Open Bottom PG2436BA18 141 (64.0 kg) 18" (457 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "" N * PG2436BA24 180 (81.6 kg) 24" (610 mm) 21° (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436BA30 196 (88.9 kg) 30" (762 mm) 27" (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436BA42 265 (120.0 kg) 42° (1067 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** Q Open Bottom w/ PG2436BG18 141 (64.0 kg) 18" (457 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** Gasket * PG2436BG24 180 (81.6 kg) 24" (610 mm) 21° (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436BG30 196 (88.9 kg) 30" (762 mm) 27° (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "* * PG2436BG42 265 (120.0 kg) 42° (1067 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** Q Open Bottom w/ PG2436BB18 139 (63.1 kg) 18° (457 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 *" 2 Mouseholes * PG2436BB24 178 (80.7 kg) 24" (610 mm) 21" (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436BB30 194 (88.0 kg) 30" (762 mm) 27° (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 *" * PG2436BB42° 263 (119.3 kg) 42° (1067 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** ® Solid Bottom PG2436DA18 _181 (82.1 kg) 18 1/2" (470 mm) - 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "" * PG2436DA24 228 (103.4 kg) 24 1/2" (622 mm) 21" (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436DA30 238 (107.0 kg) 30 1/2" (775 mm) 27" (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "* ' * PG2436DA42 293 (133.0 kg) 42 1/2" (1080 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** Q Solid Bottom w/ PG2436DG18 181 (82.1 kg) 18 1/2° (470 mm) 15° (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** Gasket * PG2436DG24 228 (103.4 kg) 24 1/2" (622 mm) 21" (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436DG30 238 (107.0 kg) 30 1/2" (775 mm) 27" (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436DG42 293 (133.0 kg) 42 1/2° (1080 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** ° PG 24368842 is not UL Listed. ** Loadings comply with ANSI /SCTE 77. These boxes meet and exceed ANSI Tier 15 test provisions. Extensions (For use under 18" deep boxes only, one per box. For grade adjustable extension see page 41.) DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # C D LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PG2436EA08 57 (25.9 kg) 8 3/4" (222 mm) 1" (25 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" Solid Bottom _ PG2436RA08 95 (43.1 kg) 9 1/4" (235 mm) N/A 22,500 / 33,750 15* • • * Loadings comply with ANSI /SCTE 77. These extensions meet and exceed ANSI Tier 15 test provisions. C4=1:Wo Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. LENOIR CITY, INC. JULY 2006 Addendum #2 - 6 -15 -07 11 r c _0 ZONE ZONE ZONE � . 1 2 3 LEGEND IRRIGATION LEGEND . 34 CLASS 200 PVC LATERAL LINE ' ... Pedestrian Light 1" MAINUNE (SCH. 40 PVC) 03 .c d o SMART VALVE CONTROLLER (4 STATION) `vCr' f v' Maple /Pear Tree >''' L ' v . 3/4" LATERAL LINE (SCH. 40 PVC) W /2' MIN DIA. SCH. 40 PVC SLEEVE o MI III ,@ TYP. 1" CONTROL VALVE W/ WYE 0 c - 1" AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVE W/ WYE FILTER & REDUCING VALVE FILTER & PRESSURE REGULATOR Tree Frame & Grate ATOR Planter 48" VALVE. O MANUAL CONTROL VALVE — INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. U W °' r 17" x 30" ENCLOSURE 0 ® Planter 42 ® HUNTER SVC -400 SMART VALVE. PROVIDE & INSTALL 9V BATTERY AS REQUIRED. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 0M4. 1" SCHD. 40 PVC MAINUNE A QUICK COUPLER VALVE — 3/4" L' i 12 x 12 E W/ 3 4 MANUAL STOP AND DRAIN VALVE. PROVIDE & / �4 QUICK COUPLER � 13' x 24" ENC O1 " ' / / � -$ INSTALL 2" DIA. SLEEVE BETWEEN JUNCTION BOX & LIGHT POLE FOOTNG AS ll MANUAL CONTROL VALVE REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR DRIP TUBING INSTALLATION INTO POLE. COORDINATE • W/ POLE FOOTING INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED. 1' SCHD. 40 PVC MAINUNE IRRIGATION CONTROLLER ZONES A RAINBIRD WEE WELL RISER I¢TWR48CV01 (0.25 GPM). INSTALL FOUR (4) 'RISERS PER TREE GRATE. ZONE 1 — TREES N T ZONE 2 — PLANTERS • RAINBIRD 1812 SERIES POP —UP SPRAY HEAD W/ 12F NOZZLE W/ PC5 -040 N PRESSURE COMPENSATING SCREEN. C in ZONE 3 — PEDESTRIAN LIGHT — HANGING BASKETS N (..c) A PEDESTRIAN LIGHT W/ DRIP TUBING: RAINBIRD PT -025 TUBING & RAINBIRD N > N O I PC -07 PRESSURE — COMPENSATING MODULE. PROVIDE 3 EMIIItKS FOR EACH c Q z BASKET BRACKET. COORDINATE DRIP TUBING INSTALLATION WITHIN UGHT as E POLES AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A DRIP TUBING SHOP - — v ' .a) DRAWING TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL SHOP DRAWING SHALL SHOW n ' O ALL EQUIPMENT AND FITTINGS NECESSARY FOR OPERATION OF SYSTEM. LL '� I p --.— 24" x 24" ENCLOSURE 0 10 Q) as as as E C — O • NOTES: c • DCVA (INSTALL PER ›— °C >, ENCLOSURES SHALL BE "QUAZITE" CITY STANDARDS) O ENCLOSURES SUPPLIED BY STR NGWELL OR APPROVED EQUAL SEE SPECIAL U ' PROVISIONS. O VALVE BOX SHALL BE RICH MODEL IRRIGATION NOTES O IZ 940 — B(TOP), R -36 (BOTTOM) AND 044 (EXTENSION) 1. AIR BLOW IRRIGATION SYSTEM THROUGH QUICK COUPLERS TO 0 VALVE BOX ® STOP AND DRAIN VALVE 030 STOP AND DRAIN VALVE SHALL BE HAYS WINTERIZE IRRIGATION SYSTEM (SPRAY HEADS). DRIP EMITTER NUSEAL OR MUELLER MARK II ORISEAL TUBING SHALL BE WINTERIZED BY OPENING MANUAL DRAIN VALVES. I O O POINT CONNECTION TO EXISTING 2. UGHT POLE HANGING BASKETS SHALL BE PROVIDED & Z Z INSTALLED BY CITY. COORDINATE HANGING BASKET 0) O 0 Z Z INSTALLATION W/ LIGHT POLES AND IRRIGATION AS REQUIRED. 6th, 3 n W w 75 11 3. DRAWING IS SCHEMATIC. WHERE POSSIBLE ALL IRRIGATION Cn o EXISTING 3/4" OR 1" WATER ALLOW FOR FUTURE MAINTENANCE. A NTE ANCE. CONC. UNIT PAVERS TO o .N • OR TO BE METER & BOX a_ 0 • = > PROVIDED BY THE CITY CURB STOP en (a- 15--x7 03 o 4 � g E R SH WATERMAIN � . , e, E R nE r IRRIGATION POINT OF CONNECTION ` °' NOT TO SCALE X 0,4 " ' t' � ONAL .0 a EXPIRES 10/13/2007 D ADDENDUM #2 - 6/15/07 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 4 William R. Cook, Director Brett H. Sheffield P.F. Chief Engineer NalOW /. Engineering Division ��� • ` ° °'+F 129 North Second Street, 2 ° ` t Floor Yakima, Washington 98901 (509) 575-6111 - Fax (509) 576 -6305 .ADDENDUM NO.3 • TO THE BID DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CITY OF YAKIMA, WA for YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 BID OPENING: June 21st, 2007, 2:00 p.m., City Hall Council Chambers TO THE ATTENTION OF ALL BIDDERS AND PLAN HOLDERS: The Bid & Contract Documents shall be modified as follows: ITEM 1. Proposal: Item Proposal Bid Sheets: (pages 133 & 134) Remove Proposal Bid Sheet, pages133 & 134, and replace with the attached two (2) pages of Item Proposal Bid Sheets, labeled "Addendum No. 3 ", dated "June 20, 2007 ". One change has been made to these Proposal Bid Sheets. On Bid Item #11, CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE the quantity was changed to 1,200 Tons. This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specification. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. APPROVED: grat e. She i2fz4 P E 6-20-2007 Brett H. Sheffield, P.E. Date Chief Engineer YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 Page 1/3 ITEM PROPOSAL BID SHEET 1/2 - Addendum No. 3 June 20, 2007 City of Yakima Yakima DFI Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Front Street to 7 Avenue City Project No. 2165 ITE PROPOSAL ITEM j UNIT PRICE . AMOUNT • M PAYMENT SECTION QTY UNIT DOLLARS DOLLARS NO. SPCC PLAN 1 1 LS 1-07.15 MOBILIZATION 2 1 LS 1 -09.7 3 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (Min. bid $30,000) 1 LS 1 -10.5 4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS 2 -01.5 ROADSIDE CLEANUP 5 1 FA $50,000 $50,000 2 -01.5 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 6 1 LS 2 -02.5 7 SAW -CUT, PER INCH DEPTH 5600 LF 2 -02.5 8 REMOVING EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 8770 SY 2 -13.5 SAW CUTTING SIDEWALK MEET LINE 272 LF 2 -13.5 10 UNSUITABLE EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 50 CY 2 -03.5 I 1 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 1,200 TON 4 -04.5 12 PLANING BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT 1830 SY 5 -04.5 13 HMA CL. %z" PG 64 -28 320 TON 5 -04.5 14 PAVEMENT REPAIR 500 SY 5 -04.5 15 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 610 SF 5 -06.5 16 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 1 EA 7 -05.5 17 REVERSIBLE FRAME AND HERRINGBONE GRATE FOR TYPE I 1 EA 7 -05.5 18 REMOVING AND REPLACING FRAME AND GRATE 15 EA 7 -05.5 19 ADJUST CATCH BASIN 2 EA 7 -05.5 20 ESC LEAD 22 DAY 8 -01.5 21 ROOT BARRIER 1640 LF 8 -02.5 22 TREE GRATE 73 EA 8 -02.5 23 PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 42 IN. DIAM 14 EA 8 -02.5 YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 Page 2/3 ITEM PROPOSAL BID SHEET 2/2 - Addendum No. 3 June 20, 2007 ITE PROPOSAL ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT M PAYMENT SECTION QTY UNIT DOLLARS DOLLARS NO. • 24 PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 48 IN. DIAM. 14 EA 8 -02.5 25 PLANTER FENCE WITH PLANTERS 12 EA 8 -02.5 26 BANNER STRAIN POLE 2 EA 8 -02.5 27 TRASH RECEPTACLE 28 EA 8 -02.5 — • 28 BENCH WITH BACK 8 EA 8 -02.5 29 BICYCLE RACK 9 EA 8 -02.5 30 PSIPE: SCARLET SENTINEL MAPLE 38 EA 8 -02.5 31 PSIPE: CHANTICLEER FLOWERING PEAR 35 EA 8 -02.5 32 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 1 LS 8 -03.5 33 CEMENT CONC.TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 2250 LF 8 -04.5 34 COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY APPROACH 6 EA 8 -06.5 35 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 4 IN. THICK 7,876 SY 8 -14.5 36 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 6 IN. THICK 8 -14.5 894 SY 37 SIGNPOST SOCKETS 8 -14.5 30 EA 38 CEMENT CONCRETE TEST SECTION 1 LS 8 -14.5 39 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1A 18 EA 8 -14.5 40 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1B 12 EA 8 -14.5 41 ILLUMINATION SYSTEM 1 LS 8 -20.5 42 PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS 8 -20.5 43 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON SYSTEM MODIFICATION 1 LS 8 -20.5 44 TREE LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS 8 -20.5 45 FUTURE COMMUNICATION CONDUIT 1 LS 8 -20.5 46 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 1 FA $50,000 $50,000 8 -30.5 TOTAL: * END OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INITIAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements West Yakima Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 Page 3/3 City Of Yakima Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements (Front Street to 7 Avenue) City Project No. 2165 ER s - xx wAs.,,, - - A 30407 "4 k/CGISTV,10 I ONA 1 EXPIRES / . /7 00 7 CONTENTS CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Front Street to 7th Avenue City Project No. 2165 SECTION PAGE INVITATION TO BID 5 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Standard Specifications 7 Amendments to the 2006 Standard Specifications 7 CONTRACT PROVISIONS General Special Provisions 45 Project Description 46 1 -02 Bid Procedures and Conditions 47 1 -03 Award and Execution of Contract 52 1 -04 Scope of Work 54 1 -05 Control of Work 54 1 -06 Control of Materials 62 1 -07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 63 1 -08 Prosecution and Progress 72 1 -09 Measurement and Payment 75 1 -10 Temporary Traffic Control 77 2 -01 Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 78 2 -02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 78 2 -03 Roadway Excavation and Embankment 79 2 -07 Watering 81 2 -13 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Removal (New SectiOn) 82 4 -04 Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 83 5 -04 Hot Mix Asphalt 84 5 -06 Concrete Unit Paver (New Section) 88 7 -05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 93 8 -01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 94 8 -02 Roadway Restoration 95 8 -03 Irrigation Systems 101 8 -04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways 102 8 -06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances 102 8 -14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks 104 8 -20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical 106 8 -30 Repair or Replacement (New Section) 110 9 -03 Aggregates 111 9 -05 Drainage Structures, Culverts, and Conduits 111 9 -14 Erosion Control 112 9 -15 Irrigation System 113 9 -29 Illumination, Signals, Electrical 113 STANDARD PLANS 114 Contract Form 119 Performance Bond Form 121 Informational Certificate of Insurance 123 Informational Additional Insured Endorsement 125 3 Minimum Wage Affidavit Form 127 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Prevailing Wage Rates 129 (State Wage Rates attached as Supplements) PROPOSAL Proposal Form 131 Item Proposal Bid Sheet 133 Bid Bond Form 135 • Non - Collusion Declaration 137 Non- Discrimination Provision 139 Subcontractor List 141 Women and Minority Business Enterprise Policy 143 Council Resolution 145 Affirmative Action Plan 147 Bidders Certification 149 Materially and Responsiveness 151 Proposal Signature Sheet 153 Bidders Check List 155 PLANS & DETAILS • Project Details Standard Details Traffic Control Plan Construction Plans 4 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Yakima, 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901 until 2:00 pm on June 21, 2007 and will then and there be opened and publicly read for the construction of CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Sidewalk Improvements (Front Street to 7 Avenue) City Project No. 2165 Reconstruct existing sidewalk areas along Yakima Avenue from Front Street to 7 Avenue. Project will include the following approximate quantities: removing 8,600 square yards of existing sidewalk and 1,900 linear feet of curb and gutter, installing 8,000 square yards of sidewalk, 840 square feet of brick pavers, 1,900 linear feet of cement concrete traffic curb and gutter, planing and paving 16,500 square feet of existing ACP, placing new ADA ramps, 43 pedestrian lights, 16 street lights, 73 trees and tree grates, a tree lighting system, irrigation system, 14 benches, 28 precast concrete planters, 13 fence planters, and other related improvements all in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by the Chief Engineer of the City of Yakima. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Yakima. Plans and specifications may be obtained at the Office of the City Engineer located at 129 North 2nd Street upon payment of the amount of $35.00 for each set, non refundable. Informational copies of maps, plans, and specifications are on file for inspection in the Office of the City Engineer of Yakima in Yakima, Washington, and at Plan Centers in Yakima and Kennewick, Washington. The City of Yakima in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000 -4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in consideration for an award. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and proposals. DATED this 30 day of May, 2007 (SEAL) DEBBIE MOORE CITY CLERK PUBLISH: June 5, 2007 June 6, 2007 5 6 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Standard Specifications Amendments to the 2006 Standard Specifications INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2006 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. SECTION 1 -04, SCOPE OF THE WORK April 3, 2006 1 -04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities The third paragraph beginning with "If the adjusted final quantity of any items ", is revised to read: If the adjusted final quantity of any item does not vary from the quantity shown in the proposal by more than 25 %, then the Contractor and the Contracting Agency agree that all work under that item will be performed at the original contract unit price. SECTION 1 -06, CONTROL OF MATERIAL April 3, 2006 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior To Use The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall use the Qualified Product List (QPL), the Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database, or the Request for Approval of Material (RAM) form. Number 1 under the second paragraph is revised to read: 1. Shall be new, unless the Special Provisions or Standard Specifications permit otherwise; 1 06.1(1) Qualified Products List (QPL) This section is supplemented with the following: The current QPL can be accessed on -line at www.wsdot .wa.gov /biz/mats /QPUQPL.cfm The following new sub - section is inserted to follow 1- 06.1(2). 1 06.1(3) Aggregate Source Approval (ASA) Database The ASA is a database containing the results of WSDOT preliminary testing of aggregate sources. This database is used by the Contracting Agency to indicate 7 the approval status of these aggregate sources for applications that require preliminary testing as defined in the contract. The ASA 'Aggregate Source Approval Report' identifies the currently approved applications for each aggregate source listed. The acceptance and use of these aggregates is contingent upon additional job sampling and /or documentation. Aggregates approved for applications on the ASA `Aggregate Source Approval Report' not conforming to the specifications, not fulfilling the acceptance requirements, or improperly handled or installed, shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. For questions regarding the approval status of an aggregate source, contact the WSDOT Regional Materials Engineer for the Region the source is located in. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to make revisions to the ASA database at anytime. If there is a conflict between the ASA database and the contract, then the contract shall take precedence over the ASA database in accordance with Section 1.04 The ASA database can be accessed on-line at .; ^::N. isdot.wa.gov /bizImats / ASA 1 06.2(2)D Quality Level Analysis Item 9 under the first paragraph is revised to read: 9. Determine the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) for each lot. CPF = NEE) + f2(PF2) +..•+ fi(PFi) �f. I where: fi = price adjustment factor listed in these Specifications for the applicable material j = number of constituents being evaluated SECTION 1 -07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC April 2, 2007 1- 07.9(1) General The fifth paragraph is revised to read: If employing labor in a class not listed in the contract provisions on state funded projects only, the Contractor shall request a determination of the correct wage and benefits rate for that class and locality from the Industrial Statistician, Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (State L &I), and provide a copy of those determinations to the Engineer. The fifth paragraph is supplemented with the following new paragraph: 8 If employing labor in a class not listed in the contract provisions on federally funded projects, the Contractor shall request a determination of the correct wage and benefits for that class and locality from the U. S. Secretary of Labor through the project engineer's office. Generally, the Contractor initiates the request by preparing Standard Form 1444 Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate, available at http: / /www.wdol.gov /docs /sf1444.pdf, and submitting it to the Project Engineers' office for further action. 1 - 07.10 Worker's Benefits The fourth paragraph is revised to read: The Public Works Contract Division of the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries will provide the Contractor with applicable industrial insurance and medical aid classification and premium rates. After receipt of Revenue Release from the Washington State Department of Revenue, the contracting agency will verify through the Department of Labor and Industries that the Contractor is current with respect to the payments of industrial insurance and medical aid premiums. 1 - 07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control The first paragraph is revised to read: In an effort to prevent, control, and stop water pollution and erosion within the project, thereby protecting the work, nearby land, streams, and other bodies of water, the Contractor shall perform all work in strict accordance with all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations governing waters of the State, as well as permits acquired for the project. 1 - 07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall protect all private and public utilities from damage resulting from the Work. Among others, these utilities include: telephone, telegraph, and power lines; pipelines, sewer and water lines; railroad tracks and equipment; and highway lighting and signing systems. All costs required to protect public and private utilities shall be at the Contractor's expense, except as provided otherwise in this section. Chapter 19.122 of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) relates to underground utilities. In accordance with this RCW, the Contractor shall call the One - Number Locator Service for field location of utilities. If no locator service is available for the area, notice shall be provided individually to those owners of utilities known to, or suspected of, having underground facilities within the area of the proposed excavation. This section is supplemented with the following two new sub - sections: 1- 07.17(1) Utility Construction, Removal or Relocation by the Contractor If the Work requires removing or relocating a utility, the contract will assign the task to the Contractor or the utility owner. When the task is assigned to the Contractor it shall be performed in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions. New utility construction shall be performed according to the appropriate contract requirements. 9 To ease or streamline the Work for its own convenience, the Contractor may desire to ask utility owners to move, remove, or alter their equipment in ways other than those listed in the Plans or Special Provisions. The Contractor shall make the arrangements and pay all costs that arise from work performed by the utility owner at the Contractor's request. Two weeks prior to implementing any such utility work, the Contractor shall submit plans and details to the Engineer for approval describing the scope and schedule of all work performed at the Contractors request by the utility owner. in some cases, the Plans or special provisions may not show all underground facilities. If the Work requires these to be moved or protected, the Engineer will assign the task to others or issue a written change order requiring the Contractor to do so as provided in Section 1 -04.4. 1- 07.17(2) Utility Construction, Removal or Relocation by Others Any authorized agent of the Contracting Agency or utility owners may enter the highway right -of -way to repair, rearrange, alter, or connect their equipment. The Contractor shall cooperate with such efforts and shall avoid creating delays or hindrances to those doing the work. As needed, the Contractor shall arrange to coordinate work schedules. If the contract provides notice that utilities will be adjusted, relocated, replaced, or constructed by others during the prosecution of the work, the Special Provisions will establish the utility owners anticipated completion. The Contractor shall carry out the Work in a way that will minimize interference and delay for all forces involved. Any costs incurred prior to the utility owners anticipated completion (or if no completion is specified, within a reasonable period of time) that results from the coordination and prosecution of the Work regarding utility adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction shall be at the Contractor's expense as provided in Section 1- 05.14. When others delay the Work through late removal or relocation of any utility or similar facility, the Contractor shall adhere to the requirements of Section 1 -04.5. The Contracting Agency will either suspend Work according to Section 1 -08.6, or order the Contractor to coordinate the Work with the work of the utility owner in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. When ordered to coordinate the Work with the work of the utility owner, the Contractor shall prosecute the Work in a way that will minimize interference and delay for all forces involved. SECTION 1 -08, PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS December 4, 2006 1 -08.1 Subcontracting The eighth paragraph (beginning with - On all projects funded with both Contracting Agency funds and Federal assistance ...) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor has the option of submitting actual MBE(WBE or DBE payment data, on Federally assisted, Federally assisted and Contracting agency funded, and Contracting Agency funded only contracts to the contracting agency on a monthly basis using the Contract Monitoring and Tracking System (CMATS) through the BizWeb application located at http: / /www.omwbe.wa.gov /bizwebatwashinqton. Use of CMATS will become a requirement for all contractors effective January 7, 2008. 10 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule Section 1 -08.3 and all subsections are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following: 1 - 08.3 Progress Schedule 1- 08.3(1) General Requirements The Contractor shall submit Type A or Type B Progress Schedules and Schedule Updates to the Engineer for approval. Schedules shall show work that complies with all time and order of work requirements in the contract. Scheduling terms and practices shall conform to the standards established in Construction Planning and Scheduling, Second Edition, published by the Associated General Contractors of America. Except for Weekly Look -Ahead Schedules, all schedules shall meet these General Requirements, and provide the following information: 1. Include all activities necessary to physically complete the project. 2. Show the planned order of work activities in a logical sequence. 3. Show durations of work activities in working days as defined in Section 1 -08.5. 4. Show activities in durations that are reasonable for the intended work. 5. Define activity durations in sufficient detail to evaluate the progress of individual activities on a daily basis. 6. Show the physical completion of all work within the authorized contract time. The Contracting Agency allocates its resources to a contract based on the total time allowed in the contract. The Contracting Agency may accept a Progress Schedule indicating an early physical completion date but cannot guarantee the Contracting Agency's resources will be available to meet an accelerated schedule. No additional compensation will be allowed if the Contractor is not able to meet their accelerated schedule due to the unavailability of Contracting Agency's resources or for other reasons beyond the Contracting Agency's control. If the Engineer determines that the Progress Schedule or any necessary Schedule Update does not provide the required information, then the schedule will be returned to the Contractor for correction and resubmittal. The Engineer's approval of any schedule shall not transfer any of the Contractor's responsibilities to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor alone shall remain responsible for adjusting forces, equipment, and work schedules to ensure completion of the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. 1- 08.3(2) Progress Schedule Types Type A Progress Schedules are required on all projects that do not contain the bid item for Type B Progress Schedule. Type B Progress Schedules are required on all projects that contain the bid item for Type B Progress Schedule. 11 Weekly Look -Ahead Schedules and Schedule Updates are required on all projects. 1- 08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule The Contractor shall submit five copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than 10 days after the date the contract is executed, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the criticle path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1- 08.3(2)B Type B Progress Schedule The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Type B Progress Schedule no later than five calendar days after the date the contract is executed. The preliminary Type B Progress Schedule shall comply with all of these requirements and the requirements of Section 1- 08.3(1), except that it may be limited to only those activities occurring within the first 60 working days of the project. The Contractor shall submit five copies of a Type B Progress Schedule no later than 30 calendar days after the date the contract is executed. The schedule shall be a critical path method (CPM) schedule developed by the Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM). Restraints may be utilized, but may not serve to change the logic of the network or the critical path. The schedule shall display at least the following information: Contract Number and Title Construction Start Date Critical Path Activity Description Milestone Description Activity Duration Predecessor Activities Successor Activities Early Start (ES) and Early Finish (EF) for each activity Late Start (LS) and Late Finish (LF) for each activity Total Float (TF) and Free Float (FF) for each activity Physical Completion Date Data Date The Engineer will evaluate the Type B Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1- 08.3(2)C Vacant 1- 08.3(2)D Weekly Look -Ahead Schedule Each week that work will be performed, the Contractor shall submit a Weekly Look -Ahead Schedule showing the Contractor's and all subcontractors' proposed work activities for the next two weeks. The Weekly Look -Ahead Schedule shall include the description, duration and 12 sequence of work, along with the planned hours of work. This schedule may be a network schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. The Weekly Look -Ahead Schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer by the midpoint of the week preceding the scheduled work or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. 1- 08.3(3) Schedule Updates The Engineer may request a Schedule Update when any of the following events occur: 1. The project has experienced a change that affects the critical path. 2. The sequence of work is changed from that in the approved schedule. 3. The project is significantly delayed. 4. Upon receiving an extension of contract time. The Contractor shall submit five copies of a Type A or Type B Schedule Update within 15 calendar days of receiving a written request, or when an update is required by any other provision of the contract. A "significant" delay in time is defined as 10 working days or 10 percent of the original contract time, whichever is greater. In addition to the other requirements of this Section, Schedule Updates shall reflect the following information: 1. The actual duration and sequence of as- constructed work activities, including changed work. 2. Approved time extensions. 3. Any construction delays or other conditions that affect the progress of the work. 4. Any modifications to the as- planned sequence or duration of remaining activities. 5. The physical completion of all remaining work in the remaining contract time. Unresolved requests for time extensions shall be reflected in the Schedule Update by assuming no time extension will be granted, and by showing the effects to follow -on activities necessary to physically complete the project within the currently authorized time for completion. 1- 08.3(4) Measurement No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item for Type B Progress Schedule. 1- 08.3(5) Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item when it is included in the proposal: 13 "Type B Progress Schedule ", lump sum. The Lump Sum price shall be full pay for all costs for furnishing the Type B Progress Schedule and preliminary Type B Progress Schedule. Payment of 80 percent of the lump sum price will be made upon approval of the Progress Schedule. Payment will be increased to 100 percent of the lump sum price upon completion of 80 percent of the original total contract award amount. All costs for providing Type A Progress Schedules and Weekly Look-Ahead Schedules are considered incidental to other items of work in the contract. No payment will be made for Schedule Updates that are required due to the Contractors operations. Schedule Updates required by events that are attributed the of the Agency � paid for to the actions of the Contracting A will be paid for in accordance with Section 1 -09.4. 1 - 08.5 Time for Completion This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall complete all physical contract work within the number of "working days" stated in the Contract Provisions or as extended by the Engineer in accordance with Section 1 -08.8. Every day will be counted as a "working day" unless it is a nonworking day or an Engineer determined unworkable day. A nonworking day is defined as a Saturday, a Sunday, a whole or half day on which the contract specifically prohibits work on the critical path of the Contractor's approved progress schedule, or one of these holidays: January 1, the third Monday of January, the third Monday of February, Memorial orial Day, July 4, Labor Day, November 11, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. When any of these holidays fall on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be counted a nonworking day. When the holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be counted a nonworking day. The days between December 25 and January 1 will be classified as nonworking days. An unworkable day is defined as a half or whole day the Engineer declares to be unworkable because of weather or conditions caused by the weather that prevents satisfactory and timely performance of the work shown on the critical path of the Contractor's approved progress schedule. Other conditions beyond the control of the Contractor may qualify for an extension of time in accordance with Section 1- 08.8. Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the 21st calendar day after the date the Contracting Agency executes the contract. If the Contractor starts work on the project at an earlier date, then contract time shall begin on the first working day when onsite work begins. The contract provisions may specify another starting date for contract time, in which case, time will begin on the starting date specified. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the 14 authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any half or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the physical completion date for all work the contract requires. That date shall constitute the physical completion date of the contract, but shall not imply the Secretary's acceptance of the work or the contract. The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (Federal -aid Projects) b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Annual Report of Amounts Paid as MBE/WBE Participants or Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. FHWA 47 (Federal -aid Projects) e. Final Contract Voucher Certification 1 - 08.8 Extensions of Time Section 1 -08.8 is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit any requests for time extensions to the Engineer in writing no later than 10 working days after the delay occurs. The requests for time extension shall be limited to the affect on the critical path of the Contractor's approved schedule attributable to the change or event giving rise to the request. To be considered by the Engineer, the request shall be in sufficient detail (as determined by the Engineer) to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the time requested. The request shall include an updated schedule that supports the request and demonstrates that the change or event: (1) had a specific impact on the critical path, and except in cases of concurrent delay, was the sole cause of such impact, and (2) could not have been avoided by resequencing of the work or by using other reasonable alternatives. If a request combined with previous extension requests, equals 20 percent or more of the original contract time then the 15 Contractor's letter of request must bear consent of Surety. In evaluating any request, the Engineer will consider how well the Contractor used the time from contract execution up to the point of the delay and the effect the delay has on any completion times included in the special provisions. The Engineer will evaluate and respond within 15 calendar days of receiving the request. The authorized time for physical completion will be extended for a period equal to the time the Engineer determines the work was delayed because of: 1. Adverse weather causing the time requested to be unworkable, provided that the Engineer had not already declared the time to be unworkable and the Contractor has filed a written protest according to Section 1 -08.5. 2. Any action, neglect, or default of the Contracting Agency, its officers, or employees, or of any other contractor employed by the Contracting Agency. 3. Fire or other casualty for which the Contractor is not responsible. 4. Strikes. 5. Any other conditions for which these Specifications permit time extensions such as: a. In Section 1 -04.4 if a change increases the time to do any of the work including unchanged work. b. In Section 1 -04.5 if increased time is part of a protest that is found to be a valid protest. c. in Section 1 -04.7 if a changed condition is determined to exist that caused a delay in completing the contract. d. In Section 1 -05.3 if the Contracting Agency does not approve properly prepared and acceptable drawings within 30 calendar days. e. In Section 1 -07.13 if the performance of the work is delayed as a result of damage by others. f. In Section 1 -07.17 if the removal or the relocation of any utility by forces other than the Contractor caused a delay. g. In Section 1 -07.24 if a delay results from all the right of way necessary for the construction not being purchased and the special provisions does not make specific provisions regarding unpurchased right of way. h. In Section 1 -08.6 if the performance of the work is suspended, delayed, or interrupted for an unreasonable period of time that proves to be the responsibility of the Contracting Agency. 16 i. In Section 1- 09.11 if a dispute or claim also involves a delay in completing the contract and the dispute or claim proves to be valid. j. In Section 1 -09.6 for work performed on a force account basis. 6. If the actual quantity of work performed for a bid item was more than the original plan quantity and increased the duration of a critical activity. Extensions of time will be limited to only that quantity exceeding the original plan quantity. 7. Exceptional causes not specifically identified in items 1 through 6, provided the request letter proves the Contractor had no control over the cause of the delay and could have done nothing to avoid or shorten it. Working days added to the contract by time extensions, when time has overran, shall only apply to days on which liquidated damages or direct engineering have been charged, such as the following: If substantial completion has been granted prior to all of the authorized working days being used, then the number of days in the time extension will eliminate an equal number of days on which direct engineering charges have accrued. If the substantial completion date is established after all of the authorized working days have been used, then the number of days in the time extension will eliminate an equal number of days on which liquidated damages or direct engineering charges have accrued. The Engineer will not allow a time extension for any cause listed above if it resulted from the Contractor's default, collusion, action or inaction, or failure to comply with the contract. The Contracting Agency considers the time specified in the special provisions as sufficient to do all the work. For this reason, the Contracting Agency will not grant a time extension for: • Failure to obtain all materials and workers unless the failure was the result of exceptional causes as provided above in subsection 7; • Changes, protests, increased quantities, or changed conditions (Section 1- 04) that do not delay the completion of the contract or prove to be an invalid or inappropriate time extension request; • Delays caused by nonapproval of drawings or plans as provided in Section 1 -05.3; • Rejection of faulty or inappropriate equipment as provided in Section 1- 05.9; • Correction of thickness deficiency as provided in Section 5- 05.5(1)B. The Engineer will determine whether the time extension should be granted, the reasons for the extension, and the duration of the extension, if any. Such determination will be final as provided in Section 1 -05.1. 17 SECTION 1 -09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT December 4, 2006 1 -09.6 Force Account The last paragraph under "3. For Equipment" is revised to read: Copies of the AGC/WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement will be maintained on the Contracting Agency's web site at www.wsdot.wa.gov. 1=09.9(1) Retainage The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Release of the retainage will be made 60 days following the Completion Date (pursuant to RCW 39.12, and RCW 60.28) provided the following conditions are mat 1. On contracts totaling more than $20,000, a release has been obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue. 2. Affidavits of Wages Paid for the Contractor and all Subcontractors are on file with the Contracting Agency (RCW 39.12.040). 3. A certificate of Payment of Contributions Penalties and Interest on Public Works Contract is received from the Washington State Employment Security Department. 4. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (per section 1- 07.10) shows the Contractor is current with payments of industrial insurance and medical aid premiums. 5. All claims, as provided by law, filed against the retainage have been resolved. In the event claims are filed and provided the conditions of 1, 2, 3 and 4 are met, the Contractor will be paid such retained percentage less an amount sufficient to pay any such claims together with a sum determined by the Contracting Agency sufficient to pay the cost of foreclosing on claims and to cover attorney's fees. SECTION 2 -03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT August 7, 2006 2- 03.3(2) Rock Cuts This section is revised to read: 1. Preserving Rock Below Subgrade. The Contractor shall take care not to break down, loosen, or damage the rock under the subgrade line, except as provided by Section 2- 03.3(3). Normally cuts will be made from the top, lift by lift, to protect the rock bench that will remain. The Contractor shall be responsible for methods used and for any damage caused to the roadbed, regardless of any previous approvals by the Engineer. 18 2. Scaling and Dressing. To leave rock cuts in a safe, stable condition, the Contractor shall scale and dress them, removing all loose fragments and rocks not firmly fastened to the rock slope. The Contractor shall also remove any overhanging rock the Engineer sees as a hazard to roadway users. If the Engineer requires it, the Contractor shall remove loose fragments and rocks lying outside the slope stakes. Payment for such extra work shall be by force account as provided in Section 1 -09.6. The Contracting Agency will pay for loading and hauling these materials at the unit contract prices that apply or as provided in Section 1 -04.4. 3. Drilling and Blasting. Not less than two weeks prior to commencing drilling and blasting operations or at any time the Contractor proposes to change the drilling and blasting methods, the Contractor shall submit a blasting plan to the Engineer for review. The blasting plan shall contain the full details of the drilling and blasting patterns and controls the Contractor proposes to use for both the controlled and production blasting. The blasting plan submittal is required for all blasting operations and shall contain the following minimum information: a) Station limits of proposed shot. b) Plan and section views of proposed drill pattern including free face, burden, blast hole spacing, blast hole diameter, blast hole angles, lift height, and subdrill depth. c) Loading diagram showing type and amount of explosives, primers, initiators, and location and depth of stemming. d) Initiation sequence of blast holes including delay times and delay system. e) Manufacturer's data sheets for all explosives, primers, and initiators to be employed. Review of the blasting plan by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the accuracy and adequacy of the plan when implemented in the field. When blasting to establish slopes 1 / 2 to 1 or steeper, and more than 10 feet high, the Contractor shall use controlled blasting. The Engineer may require the Contractor to use controlled blasting to form the faces of other slopes, even if the slopes could be formed by nonblasting methods. Controlled blasting refers to the controlled use of explosives and blasting accessories in carefully spaced and aligned drill holes to provide a free surface or shear plane in the rock along the specified backslope. Controlled blasting techniques covered by this specification include presplitting and cushion blasting. In addition to the blasting plan submittal, when using controlled blasting the Contractor shall: 19 a) Prior to commencing full -scale blasting operations, the Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of the proposed blast plan by drilling, blasting, and excavating short test sections, up to 100 feet in length, to determine which combination of method, hole spacing, and charge works best. When field conditions warrant, the Contractor may be ordered to use test section lengths less than 100 feet. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall begin the tests with the controlled blast holes spaced 30- inches apart, then adjust if needed, until the Engineer approves the spacing to be used for full -scale blasting operations. b) The Contractor shall completely remove all overburden soil and loose or decomposed rock along the top of the excavation for a distance of at least 30 feet beyond the end of the production hole drilling limits, or to the end of the cut, before drilling the presplitting holes. c) The controlled blast holes shall be not less than 2 inches nor more than 3 inches in diameter. d) The Contractor shall control drilling operations by the use of the proper equipment and technique to ensure that no hole shall deviate from the plane of the planned slope by more than 9 inches either parallel or normal to the slope. Drill holes exceeding these limits shall not be paid for unless satisfactory slopes are being obtained. e) Controlled blast holes shall extend a minimum of 30 feet beyond the limits of the production holes to be detonated, or to the end of the cut as applicable. f) The length of controlled blast holes for any individual lift shall not exceed 20 feet unless the Contractor can demonstrate to the Engineer • the ability to stay within the above tolerances and produce a uniform slope. If greater than 5 percent of the presplit holes are misaligned in any one lift, the Contractor shall reduce the height of the lifts until the 9 -inch alignment tolerance is met. Upon satisfactory demonstration, the length of holes may be increased to a maximum of 60 feet with written approval of the Engineer. g) When the cut height requires more than one lift, a maximum 2 -foot offset between lifts will be permitted to allow for drill equipment clearances. The Contractor shall begin the control blast hole drilling at a point that will allow for necessary offsets and shall adjust, at the start of lower lifts, to compensate for any drift that may have occurred in the upper lifts. h) Before placing charges, the Contractor shall determine that the hole is free of obstructions for its entire depth. All necessary precautions shall be exercised so that the placing of the charges will not cause caving of material from the walls of the holes. i) The maximum diameter of explosives used in presplit holes shall not be greater than 1 / 2 the diameter of the presplit hole. 20 j) Only standard explosives manufactured especially for controlled blasting shall be used in controlled blast holes, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Bulk ammonium nitrate and fuel oil (ANFO) shall not be allowed to be loaded in the presplit holes. k) If fractional portions of standard explosive cartridges are used, they shall be firmly affixed to the detonating cord in a manner that the cartridges will not slip down the detonating cord nor bridge across the hole. Spacing of fractional cartridges along the length of the detonating cord shall not exceed 30 inches center to center and shall be adjusted to give the desired results. I) Continuous column cartridge type of explosives used with detonating cord shall be assembled and affixed to the detonating cord in accordance with the explosive manufacturer's instructions, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Engineer. m) The bottom charge of a presplit hole may be larger than the line charges but shall not be large enough to cause overbreak. The top charge of the presplitting hole shall be placed far enough below the collar, and reduced sufficiently, to avoid overbreaking and heaving. n) The upper portion of all presplit holes, from the top most charge to the hole collar, shall be stemmed. Stemming materials shall be sand or other dry angular material, all of which passes a 3 / 8 -inch sieve. o) If presplitting is specified, the detonation of these holes shall be fired first. p) If cushion blasting is specified, the detonation of these holes shall be fired last on an instantaneous delay after all other blasting has taken place in the excavation. q) Production blast holes shall not be drilled closer than 6 feet to the controlled blast line, unless approved by the Engineer. The bottom of the production holes shall not be lower than the bottom of the controlled blast holes. Production holes shall not exceed 6 inches in diameter, unless approved by the Engineer. Detonation of production holes shall be on a delay sequence toward a free face. r) The use of horizontal blast holes for either production or controlled blasting is prohibited. SECTION 2-09, STRUCTURE EXCAVATION April 2, 2007 2- 09.3(1)E Backfilling Paragraphs three through nine including the Controlled Density Fill (CDF) chart are deleted and replaced with the following: Alternative Sources. When material from structure excavation is unsuitable for use as backfill, the Engineer may: 21 1. require the Contractor to use other material covered by the contract if such substitution involves work that does not differ materially from what would otherwise have been required; 2. require the Contractor to substitute selected material in accordance with Section 2- 03.3(10); 3. require the Contractor to use Controlled Density Fill (CDF) also known as Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)), or; 4. require the Contractor to obtain material elsewhere. Material obtained elsewhere will be paid for in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. • Controlled Density Fill (CDF) or Controlled Low - Strength Material (CLSM). CDF is a self compacting, cementitious, flowable material requiring no subsequent vibration or tamping to achieve consolidation. The Contractor shall provide a mix design in writing to the Engineer on WSDOT Form 350 -040 and utilize ACI 229 as a guide to develop the CDF mix design. No CDF shall be placed until the Engineer has reviewed the mix design. CDF shall be designed to have a minimum 28 -day strength of 50 psi and a maximum 28 -day strength not to exceed 300 psi. The CDF consistency shall be flowable (approximate slump 3 to 10 inches). The following testing methods shall be used by the Contractor to develop the CDF mix design: 28 day compressive strength - ASTM D 4832, Unit weight, yield, and air content – ASTM D 6023, Test for slump shall be in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 119. The water/cement ratio shall be calculated on the total weight of cementitious material. The following are considered cementitious materials: Portland cement, fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica fume. Admixtures used in CDF shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -23.6, Admixtures for Concrete, and foaming agents, if used, shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 869. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and non - chloride accelerating admixtures may be used to accelerate the hardening of CDF. CDF shall meet the requirements of Section 6- 02.3(5)C and shall be accepted based on a Certificate of Compliance. The producer shall provide a Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of CDF in accordance with Section 6- 02.3(5)B. Item 1 of the first paragraph under Compaction is revised to read: 1. Backfill supporting roadbed, roadway embankments, or structures, including backfill providing lateral support for noise barrier wall foundations, luminaire poles, traffic signal standards, and roadside and overhead sign structure foundations — placed in horizontal layers no more than 6 inches thick with each layer compacted to 95 percent of the maximum density determined by the Compaction Control Test, Section 2- 03.3(14)D. 22 2- 09.3(3)B Excavation Using Open Pits — Extra Excavation This section is revised to read: The Contractor may dig open pits or perform extra excavation without shoring or cofferdams, if: 1. Footings can be placed in dry material away from running water. 2. The integrity of the completed structure and its surroundings is not reduced. 3. Worker safety is ensured as required by law. 4. The excavation does not disturb the existing pavement or any other adjacent structural elements. If a slide occurs in an open pit, the Contractor shall remove the slide material. If the slide disturbs an area over which a highway will be built, the Contractor shall backfill and compact the site to the original ground line as approved by the Engineer. If the slide damages an existing facility such as a roadway or structure, the Contractor shall repair the damage caused by the slide. The Contractor shall pay all costs related to removing slide material and restoring the slide area, including the repair of any pavement or structural elements damaged by the slide. The Contractor shall drain or pump any water from the pit, taking care not to stir up or soften the bottom. If equipment in the pit or inadequate water removal makes the foundation material unstable, the Contractor shall, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, remove and replace it with material the Engineer approves. When the Engineer believes ground water flow may impair a concrete footing, the Contractor shall place under it a layer of gravel at least 6 inches thick. Before placing the gravel, the Contractor shall excavate to whatever grade the Engineer requires. This provision shall not apply to the building of concrete seals. The Contractor may omit forms when the earthen sides of a footing excavation will stand vertically. In this case, the Contractor may excavate to the neat line dimensions of the footing and pour concrete against the undisturbed earth. If the hole is larger than neat line dimensions, the Contractor shall bear the cost of the extra concrete. For open temporary cuts, the following requirements shall be met: 1. No vehicular or construction traffic, or construction surcharge loads will be allowed within a distance of 5 -feet from the top of the cut. 2. Exposed soil along the slope shall be protected from surface erosion. 3. Construction activities shall be scheduled so that the length of time the temporary cut is left open is reduced to the extent practical. 4. Surface water shall be diverted away from the excavation. 23 Submittals and Design Requirements. The Contractor shall submit working drawings and calculations showing the geometry and construction sequencing of the proposed excavation slopes. The Contractor shall not begin excavation operations until receiving the Engineer's approval of the excavation submittal. The excavation stability design shall be conducted in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03). The stability of the excavation slopes shall be designed for site specific conditions which shall be shown and described in the working drawings. Examples of such items that shall be shown on the excavation submittal and supported by calculations include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Excavation geometry and controlling cross sections showing adjacent existing foundations, utilities, site constraints, and any surcharge loading conditions that could affect the stability of the slope; 2. A summary clearly describing subsurface soil and groundwater conditions, sequencing considerations, and governing assumptions; 3. Any supplemental subsurface explorations made to meet the requirements • for geotechnical design of excavation slopes, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual; 4. Supporting geotechnical calculations used to design the excavation, the soil and material properties selected for design, and the justification for the selection for those properties, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual; 5. Safety factors, or load and resistance factors used, and justification for their selection, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual, and referenced AASHTO design manuals; 6. Location and weight of construction equipment adjacent to the excavation top, and location of adjacent traffic; and, 7. A monitoring plan to evaluate the excavation performance throughout its design life. 2 09.3(3)D Shoring and Cofferdams Paragraphs one through seven are revised to read: Definitions. Structural shoring is defined as a shoring system that is installed prior to excavation. Structural shoring shall provide lateral support of soils and limit lateral movement of soils supporting structures, roadways, utilities, railroads, etc., such that these items are not damaged as a result of the lateral movement of the supporting soils. Structural shoring systems includes driven cantilever sheet piles, sheet piles with tiebacks, sheet pile cofferdams with wale rings or struts, prestressed spud piles, cantilever soldier piles with lagging, soldier piles with lagging and tiebacks, and multiple tier tieback systems. 24 Trench boxes, sliding trench shields, jacked shores, shoring systems that are installed after excavation, and soldier pile, sheet pile, or similar shoring walls installed in front of a pre- excavated slope, are not allowed as structural shoring. A cofferdam is any watertight enclosure, sealed at the bottom and designed for the dewatering operation, that surrounds the excavated area of a structure. The Contractor shall use steel sheet pile or interlocking steel pile cofferdams in all excavation that is under water or affected by ground water. Submittals and Design Requirements. The Contractor shall submit working drawings and calculations showing the proposed methods and construction details of structural shoring or cofferdams in accordance with Sections 6 -01.9 and 6- 02.3(16). The Contractor shall not begin construction of structural shoring or cofferdams, nor begin excavation operations, until approval of the structural shoring submittal has been given by the Project Engineer. Structural shoring and cofferdams shall be designed for conditions stated in this Section using methods shown in Division I Section 5 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges Seventeenth Edition - 2002 for allowable stress design, or the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, Third Edition, 2004 and current interims for load and resistance factor design. The USS Steel Sheet Piling Design Manuals, published by United States Steel, may be used for shoring walls that do not support other structures and that are 15 feet in height or less. Allowable stresses for materials shall not exceed stresses and conditions allowed by Section 6- 02.3(17)B. The shoring design shall also be in compliance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual (M46 -03). In the case of conflict or discrepancy between manuals, the Geotechnical Design Manual shall govern. For open temporary cuts associated with a shoring system, the requirements for open temporary cuts specified in Section 2- 09.3(3)B shall be met. The structural shoring system shall be designed for site specific conditions which shall be shown and described in the working drawings. The structural shoring system design shall include the design of the slopes for stability above and below the shoring system. Except as otherwise noted, the design height of all structural shoring in design calculations and working drawings shall be for the depth of excavation as required by the Plans, plus an additional 2 feet to account for the possibility of overexcavation. If the Contractor provides written documentation to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the soil conditions at the site are not likely to require overexcavation, the Engineer may waive the requirement for two feet of overexcavation design height. Examples of such items that shall be shown on the structural shoring submittal and supported by calculations include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Heights; soil slopes; soil benches; and controlling cross sections showing adjacent existing foundations, utilities, site constraints, and any surcharge loading conditions that could affect the stability of the shoring system, including any slopes above or below the shoring. 2. A summary clearly describing performance objectives, subsurface soil and groundwater conditions, sequencing considerations, and governing assumptions. 25 3. Any supplemental subsurface explorations made to meet the requirements for geotechnical design of excavation slopes, shoring walls, and other means of ground support, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual. 4. Supporting geotechnical calculations used to design the shoring system, including the stability evaluation of the shoring system in its completed form as well as intermediate shoring system construction stages, the soil and material properties selected for design, and the justification for the selection for those properties, in accordance with the WSDOT Geotechnical Design Manual. 5. Safety factors, or load and resistance factors used, and justification for their selection. 6. Location and weight of construction equipment adjacent to the excavation; location a traffic; shoring aerial IV(.a11U11 u adjacent t(clffic, and structural s1lVllllg system material spacing, d etails weld sizes and embedment properties, p g , J I Le, l VI 111C1. , , depths. 7. Structural shoring installation and construction sequence, procedure, length of time for procedure and time between operations; proof load testing procedure if any; deadman anchor design and geometry; no load zones; grouting material and strengths; and a list of all assumptions. 8. Methods and materials to be used to fill voids behind lagging, when soldier piles with lagging are used as structural shoring. 9. A monitoring /testing plan to evaluate the performance of the excavation /shoring system throughout its design life, and 10. An estimate of expected displacements or vibrations, threshold limits that would trigger remedial actions, and a list of potential remedial actions should thresholds be exceeded. Thresholds shall be established to prevent damage to adjacent facilities, as well as degradation of the soil properties due to deformation. SECTION 5-04, HOT MIX ASPHALT April 2, 2007 5- 04.3(1) HMA Mixing Plant The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 4. Sampling HMA. The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. 5 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Item 3 in this section is revised to read: 26 3. Sampling. Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC /AASHTO T 168. 5 04.3(10)B Control The second paragraph in item 3. is revised to read: For compaction lots falling below a 1.00 pay factor and thus subject to price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that cores be used for acceptance of HMA compaction. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after receiving the test results. The cores will be taken at approximately the same locations as the nuclear density gauge tests in the compaction lot being challenged. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract at the rate of $125 per core. SECTION 7-01, DRAINS August 7, 2006 7 -01.3 Construction Requirements This section is revised to read: A trench of the dimensions shown in the Plans or as specified by the Engineer shall be excavated to the grade and line given by the Engineer. Section 7 -01.3 is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 7 01.3(1) Drain Pipe Drain pipe shall be laid in conformity with the line and grades as shown in the Plans. The drain pipe shall be laid with soiltight joints unless otherwise specified. Concrete drain pipe shall be laid with the bell or larger end upstream. PVC drain pipe shall be jointed with a bell and spigot joint using a flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 -04.8. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE drain pipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, bell and spigot, or wraparound coupling bands as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. 7 01.3(2) Underdrain Pipe When underdrain pipe is being installed as a means of intercepting ground or surface water, the trench shall be fine- graded in the existing soil 3 inches below the grade of the pipe as shown in the Plans. Gravel backfill shall be used under the pipe. Gravel backfill shall be placed to the depth shown in the Plans or as designated by the Engineer. All backfill shall be placed in 12 -inch maximum layers and be thoroughly compacted with three passes of a vibratory compactor for each layer. The Contractor shall use care in placing the gravel backfill material to prevent its contamination. Class 2 perforations shall be used unless otherwise specified. When Class 1 perforations are specified the perforated pipe shall be laid with the perforations down. Upon final acceptance of the work, all drain pipes shall be open, clean, and 27 free draining. Perforated pipe does not require a watertight joint. PVC underdrain pipe shall be jointed using either the flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 -04.8 or solvent cement as described in Section 9 -04.9, at the option of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Plans. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE drainage tubing underdrain pipe shall be jointed with snap -on, screw -on, bell and spigot, or wraparound coupling bands, as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. SECTION 8 -01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL December 4, 2006 8- 01.3(1) General The eighth paragraph, beginning with "in western Washington, erodible soil ", is deleted and replaced with the following: Erodible soil not being worked, whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the following time period, using an approved soil covering practice, unless authorized otherwise by the Engineer: In western Washington (west of the Cascade Mountain crest): October 1 through April 30 2 days maximum May 1 to September 30 7 days maximum In eastern Washington (east of the Cascade Mountain crest.): October 1 through June 30 5 days maximum July 1 through September 30 10 days maximum 8 01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions and in the TESC plan. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by the Washington State Department of Ecology. The ESC Lead shall be listed on the Emergency Contact List required under Section 1- 05.13(1). The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 2. Updating the TESC plan to reflect current field conditions. When a TESC plan is included in the contract plans, the Contractor shall inspect all on -site erosion and sediment control BMPs at least once every calendar week and within 24 hours of runoff events in which stormwater discharges from the site. Inspections of temporarily stabilized, inactive sites may be reduced to once every calendar month. The Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Form (Form 28 Number 220 -030 EF) shall be completed for each inspection and a copy shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. 8 01.3(2)E Tacking Agent and Soil Binders The third paragraph, (PAM) is revised to read: Soil Binding Using Polyacrylamide (PAM) The PAM shall be applied on bare soil completely dissolved and mixed in water or applied as a dry powder. Dissolved PAM shall be applied at a rate of not more than 2/3 pound per 1,000 gallons of water per acre. A minimum of 200 pounds per acre of cellulose fiber mulch treated with a non -toxic dye shall be applied with the dissolved PAM. Dry powder applications may be at a rate of 5 pounds per acre using a hand -held fertilizer spreader or a tractor - mounted spreader. 8 01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch The second paragraph under East of the summit of the Cascade Range, beginning with "The Contractor will be responsible ", is deleted. 8 01.3(9)A Silt Fence The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Posts shall be either wood or steel. Wood posts shall have minimum dimensions of 1 1/4 inches by 1 1/4 inches by the minimum length shown in the Plans. Steel posts shall have a minimum weight of 0.90 lbs/ft 8 - 01.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: Coir log will be measured by the linear foot along the ground line of the completed installation. 8 - 01.5 Payment The following bid item is inserted after "Compost Sock ", per linear foot: "Coir Log ", per linear foot This section is supplemented with the following: "Mowing ", per acre. SECTION 8 -04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS December 4, 2006 8- 04.3(2) Extruded Asphalt Concrete Curbs, and Gutters The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Just prior to placing the curb, a tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to the existing pavement surface at the rate ordered by the Engineer. 29 8 -04.4 Measurement The first paragraph is revised to read: All curbs, gutters, and spillways will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed curbs, gutters, or spillways, including bends. Measurement of cement concrete curb and cement concrete curb and gutter, when constructed across driveways or sidewalk ramps, will include the width of the driveway or sidewalk ramp. SECTION 8 -06, CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES April 2, 2007 8 -06.2 Materials The second para is deleted 8 - 06.3 Construction Requirements The following new paragraph is inserted in front of existing paragraph one. Cement concrete driveway approaches shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 conforming to the requirements of Section 6 -02 or Portland Cement Concrete Pavement conforming to the requirements of Section 5 -05. SECTION 8 -14, CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS April 2, 2007 8 -14.2 Materials The second paragraph is deleted. 8 - 14.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph: The concrete in the sidewalks shall be air entrained concrete Class 3000 in accordance with the requirements of Section 6 -02. 8 - 14.5 Payment In the paragraph following "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type ", per each, the second sentence is revised to read: Otherwise, the Contractor shall make all excavations including haul and disposal, regardless of the depth required for constructing the sidewalk to the lines and grades shown, and shall include all costs thereof in the unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Conc. Sidewalk. ", "Cement Conc. Sidewalk with Raised Edge ", "Monolithic Cement Conc. Curb and Sidewalk ", or "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type ". SECTION 8 -20, ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL August 7, 2006 8- 20.3(2) Excavating and Backfilling The third paragraph is revised to read: 30 The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the requirements of Section 2- 09.3(1)E, Structure Excavation. 8 20.3(4) Foundations The second paragraph is revised to read: The bottom of concrete foundations shall rest on firm ground. If the portion of the foundation beneath the existing ground line is formed or cased instead of being cast against the existing soil forming the sides of the excavation, then all gaps between the existing soil and the completed foundation shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(1)E. The thirteenth paragraph is revised to read: Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moistened before placing concrete; however, excess water in the foundation excavation will not be permitted. Foundations shall have set at least 72 hours prior to the removal of the forms. All forms shall be removed, except when the Plans or Special Provisions specifically allow or require the forms or casing to remain. 8 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding The first two paragraphs are revised to read: All metallic appurtenances containing electrical conductors (luminaires, light standards, cabinets, metallic conduit, etc.) shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to form continuous systems, that shall be effectively grounded. Supplemental grounding shall be provided at light standards, signal standards, cantilever sign structures, and sign bridges. Steel sign posts which support signs with flashing beacons shall also have supplemental grounding. Foundations for these standards shall be installed with a bare, 6 AWG copper wire that is connected to the reinforcing cage with a listed connector suitable for use embedded in concrete and routed to connect to the pole at the grounding lug. Where conduit is installed, the installation shall include an equipment ground conductor, in addition to the conductors noted in the contract. Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in accordance with Section 9- 29.3 and NEC. Where existing conduits are used for the installation of new circuits, an equipment - grounding conductor shall be installed unless an existing equipment ground conductor is already present in the existing raceway. The equipment ground conductor between the isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures shall be a minimum of a 14 AWG stranded copper conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, the equipment - grounding conductor shall be sized by the largest overcurrent device serving any circuit contained within the conduit. 8 20.3(14)E Signal Standards The second paragraph is revised to read: Signal standards shall not be erected on concrete foundations until the foundations have attained 2400 psi or 14 days after concrete placement. Signal standards without mast arms may be erected after 72 hours. Type IV and V strain pole standards may be erected but the messenger cable (span wire) shall not be placed until the foundation has attained 2400 psi or 14 days after concrete placement. 31 SECTION 9 -00, DEFINITIONS AND TESTS January 3, 2006 9 -00.8 Sand Equivalent The second paragraph is revised to read: For acceptance, there must be a clear line of demarcation. If no clear line of demarcation has formed at the end of a 30 minute sedimentation period, the material will be considered as failing to meet the minimum specified sand equivalent. SECTION 9 -01, PORTLAND CEMENT April 2, 2007 9- 01.2(1) Portland Cement The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The total amount of processing additions used shall not exceed 1% of the weight of portland cement clinker and up to 3.0% cement kiln dust by mass of the cement as long as it complies with the requirements of ASTM C -465. 9 01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement The first paragraph is revised to read: Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP (MS), Type I (SM) (MS) or Type I (PM) (MS) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240, except that the content of alkalis shall not exceed 0.75 percent by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20 and except that the content of Tricalcium aluminate (C3A) shall not exceed 8 percent by weight calculated as 2.650Al203 minus 1.692Fe203, and meet the following additional requirement. SECTION 9 -03, AGGREGATES April 2, 2007 9- 03.1(4)A Deleterious Substances The reference to "AASHTO PT 61" in the second paragraph is revised to "AASHTO TP 61 ". 9 03.4(2) Grading and Quality The reference to "AASHTO PT 61" in the fourth paragraph is revised to " AASHTO TP 61 ". 32 9- 03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements In the first paragraph, item 2. and the associated graph are revised to read: 2. The fracture requirements for the combined coarse aggregate shall apply to the material retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve and above, when tested in accordance with FOP for AASHTO TP 61. ESAL's # Fractured % Fracture (millions) Faces < 10 1 or more 90 > 10 2 or more 90 9- 03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing The reference to "AASHTO PT 61" in the fourth paragraph is revised to "AASHTO TP 61 ". 9 - 03.20 Test Methods for Aggregates The test method for Percent of Fracture in Aggregates is revised from "AASHTO PT 61" to "AASHTO TP 61". SECTION 9 -05, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS April 2, 2007 9- 05.1(1) Concrete Drain Pipe This section is revised to read: Concrete drain pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 118, heavy duty drainage pipe. 9 05.1(6) Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing Drain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9 05.1(6) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe (up to 10 - inch) Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 252 type C (corrugated both inside and outside) or type S (corrugated outer wall and smooth inner liner). The maximum size pipe shall be 10 inches in diameter. 9 05.2(3) Perforated Bituminized Fiber Underdrain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9- 05.2(3) Vacant 9 05.1(7) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9 05.1(7) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe (12 - inch through 60 - inch) Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe, 12 -inch through 60 -inch - diameter maximum, shall meet the minimum requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type S or 12 -inch through 24 inch diameter maximum shall meet the minimum requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type C. 33 9- 05.2(7) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Tubing Underdrain Pipe This section including title is revised to read: 9- 05.2(7) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe (Up to 10 -inch) Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M252, Type CP or Type SP. Type CP shall be Type C pipe with Class 2 perforations and Type SP shall be Type S pipe with either Class 1 or Class 2 perforations. Additionally, Class 2 perforations shall be uniformly spaced along the length and circumference of the pipe. The maximum size pipe shall be 10 -inch diameter. 9 05.2(8) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe 1 IIIJ section including title Is revised to IedU. 9- 05.2(8) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe (12 -inch through 60 -inch) Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe, 12 -inch through 60 -inch diameter maximum, shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type CP or Type SP. Type CP shall be Type C pipe with Class 2 perforations and Type SP shall be Type S pipe with either Class 1 or Class 2 perforations. Additionally, Class 2 perforations shall be uniformly spaced along the length and circumference of the pipe. 9 05.3(1)A End Design and Joints The second paragraph is revised to read: The plane of the ends of the pipes shall be perpendicular to their longitudinal axes. 9 05.4(3) Protective Treatment In Treatment 1 and 2, the reference to 9 05.4(6) is revised to read 9 05,4(5). 9- 05.12(1) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe The first paragraph is revised to read: Solid wall PVC culvert pipe, solid wall PVC storm sewer pipe, and solid wall PVC sanitary sewer pipe and fittings shall be solid wall construction and shall conform to the following requirements: For pipe sizes up to 15 inches: ASTM D 3034 SDR 35 For pipe sizes from 18 to 48 inches: ASTM F 679 using a minimum pipe stiffness of 115 psi in accordance with Table 1. 9- 05.12(2) Profile Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Profile Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Profile Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe The first paragraph is revised to read: Profile wall PVC culvert pipe and profile wall PVC storm sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 794 Series 46, or ASTM F 1803. Profile wall PVC sanitary 34 sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 794 Series 46, or ASTM F 1803. The maximum pipe diameter shall be as specified in the Qualified Products List. The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Fittings for profile wall PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 794 Series 46, or ASTM F 1803. 9 - 05.15 Metal Castings This section is revised to read: For all metal castings the producing foundry shall provide certification stating the country of origin, the material meets the required ASTM or AASHTO specification noted in the subsections below. The producing foundry shall detail all test results from physical testing to determine compliance to the specifications. The test reports shall include physical properties of the material from each heat and shall include tensile, yield, and elongation as specified in the appropriate ASTM or AASHTO specification. For AASHTO M 306, Section 8, Certification is deleted and replaced with the above certification and testing requirements. Metal castings for drainage structures shall not be dipped, painted, welded, plugged, or repaired. Porosity in metal castings for drainage structures shall be considered a workmanship defect subject to rejection by the Engineer. Metal castings made from gray iron or ductile iron shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M 306, and metal castings made from cast steel shall conform to the requirements of Section 9 -06.8. All metal castings shall meet the proof load testing requirements of AASHTO M 306. 9 05.15(1) Manhole Ring and Cover This section is revised to read: Castings for manhole rings shall be gray iron or ductile iron and covers shall be ductile iron. All covers shall be interchangeable within the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. All mating surfaces shall be machine finished to ensure a nonrocking fit. The inside vertical recessed face of the ring and the vertical outside edge of the cover shall be machined or manufactured to the following tolerances: Ring +3/32 inch to -3/32 inch Cover +3/32 inch to -3/32 inch All manhole rings and covers shall be identified by the name or symbol of the producing foundry and country of casting origin. This identification shall be in a plainly visible location when the ring and cover are installed. Ductile iron shall be identified by the following, "DUC" or "Dl." The producing foundry and material identification shall be adjacent to each other and shall be minimum %2 inch to maximum 1 inch high letters, recessed to be flush with the adjacent surfaces. 35 9- 05.15(2) Metal Frame, Grate and Solid Metal Cover for Catch Basins or Inlets The first and second paragraphs are revised to read: Castings for metal frames for catch basins and inlets shall be cast steel, gray iron, or ductile iron, and as shown in the Standard Plans. Castings for grates and solid metal covers for catch basins and inlets shall be cast steel or ductile iron and as shown in the Standard Plans. Additionally, leveling pads are allowed on grates and solid metal covers with a height not to exceed 1/8 inch. The producing foundry's name and material designation shall be embossed on the top of the grate. The material shall be identified by the following: "CS" for cast steel or "DUC" or "Di" for ductile iron and shall be located near the producing foundry's name. 9 05.15(3) Cast Metal Inlets The first sentence is revised to read: The castings for cast metal inlets shall be cast steel or ductile iron, and as shown in the Standard Plans. 9 - 05.19 Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe The first paragraph is revised to read: Corrugated polyethylene culvert pipe shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type S or D for pipe 12 -inch to 60 -inch diameter with silt -tight joints. SECTION 9 -15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM August 7, 2007 9 -15.1 Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings The second paragraph is revised to read: Copper pipe or tubing shall be annealed, seamless, and conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88, and shall be a minimum of Type L rating. SECTION 9 -23, CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES April 2, 2007 9 -23.6 Admixture for Concrete The footnote for Accelerating Admixture is revised to read: * Accelerating admixtures are only allowed for use in the following applications: In Controlled Density Fill (also known as Controlled Low Strength Material) in accordance with Section 2- 09.3(1)E Backfilling, in Portland Cement Concrete Pavement in accordance with Section 5 -05, and in Section 5- 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Designs for Paving. fIR SECTION 9 -29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL December 4, 2006 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes Section 9 - 29.2 including title is revised to read: 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes 9- 29.2(1) Standard Junction Box This section including title is revised to read: 9- 29.2(1) Standard Duty and Heavy Duty Junction Boxes For the purposes of this specification concrete is defined as Portland Cement Concrete and non - concrete is all others. Standard Duty Junction Boxes are defined as Type 1, 2, 7 and 8, and Heavy Duty Junction Boxes are defined as Type 4, 5, and 6. The contractor shall provide shop drawings if their manufacturing process or standard production model includes any deviation from the Standard Plan. For each type of junction box, or whenever there is a design change to the junction box, a proof test, as defined in this specification, shall be performed once in the presence of the Engineer. This section is supplemented with the following new subsections: 9 29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes All Standard Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with 9- 29.2(1)C. A complete Type 7 or Type 8 Junction Box includes the spread footing shown in the Standard Plans. Concrete Junction Boxes The Standard Duty Concrete Junction Box steel frame, lid support, and lid shall be painted with a black paint containing rust inhibiters or painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6 -07.3, or hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 111. Concrete used in Standard Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 6000 psi when reinforced with a welded wire hoop, or 4000 psi when reinforced with welded wire fabric or fiber reinforcement. The frame shall be anchored to the box by welding the wire fabric to the frame or by welding headed studs 3/8 inch x 3 inches long, as specified in section 9- 06.15, to the frame. The wire fabric shall be attached to the studs and frame with standard tie practices. The box shall contain ten studs located near the centerline of the frame and box wall. The studs shall be placed one anchor in each corner, one at the middle of each width and two equally spaced on each length of the box. 37 Material for Type 1, 2, 7 and 8 Concrete Junction Boxes shall conform to the following: Concrete Section 6 -02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9 -07 Fiber Reinforcing ASTM C 1116, Type III Lid ASTM A786 diamond plate steel Frame ASTM A786 diamond plate steel or ASTM A36 flat steel Lid Support & Handle ASTM A36 steel Anchors (studs) Section 9 -06.15 Non= concrete Junction Boxes Material for the non - concrete junction boxes shall be of a quality that will provide for a similar life expectancy as Portland Cement Concrete in a direct burial application. Type 1, 2, 7, and 8 non - concrete junction boxes shall have a Design Load of 22,500 lbs. and shall be tested in accordance with 9- 29.2(1)C. Non- concrete junction boxes shall be gray in color and have an open bottom design with approximately the same inside dimensions, and present a load to the bearing surface that is less than or equal to the loading presented by the concrete junction boxes shown in the Standard Plans. Non- concrete junction box lids shall include a pull slot and shall be secured with two 1/2 inch stainless steel hex -head bolts factory coated with anti -seize compound and recessed into the cover. The tapped holes for the securing bolts shall extend completely through the box to prevent accumulation of debris. Bolts shall conform to ASTM F 593, stainless steel. 9 29.2(1)B Heavy Duty Junction Boxes Heavy Duty Junction Boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum vertical load rating of 46,000 pounds without permanent deformation and 60,000 pounds without failure when tested in accordance with 9- 29.2(1)C . The Heavy Duty Junction Box steel frame, lid support and lid shall be painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6 -07.3 The concrete used in Heavy Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4000 PSI. Material for Type 4, 5, and 6 Concrete Junction Boxes shall conform to the following: Concrete Section 6 -02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9 -07 Lid ASTM A786 diamond plate steel, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A572, grade 50 or ASTM A588 with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft -lb at 40 degrees F Frame and stiffener plates ASTM A572 grade 50 or ASTM A588, both with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft-lb at 40 degrees F 38 Handle ASTM A36 steel Anchors (studs) Section 9 -06.15 Bolts, Nuts, Washers ASTM F 593 or A 193, type 304 or 316 The lid stiffener plates shall bear on the frame, and be milled so that there is full even contact, around the perimeter, between the bearing seat and lid stiffener plates, after fabrication of the frame and lid. The bearing seat and lid perimeter bar shall be free from burrs, dirt and other foreign debris that would prevent solid seating. Bolts and nuts shall be liberally coated with anti -seize compound. Bolts shall be installed snug tight. The bearing seat and lid perimeter bar shall be machined to allow a minimum of 75% of the bearing areas to be seated with a tolerance of 0.0 to 0.005 inches measured with a feeler gage. The bearing area percentage will be measured for each side of the lid as it bears on the frame. 9 29.2(1)C Testing Requirements Junction boxes shall be tested by an independent materials testing facility, and a test report issued documenting the results of the tests performed. For concrete junction boxes the independent testing lab shall meet the requirements of AASHTO R 18 for Qualified Tester and Verified Test Equipment. The test shall be conducted in the presence of and signed off by the Engineer or a designated representative. The Contractor shall give the Engineer 30 days notice prior to testing. One copy of the test report shall be furnished to the Contracting Agency certifying that the box and cover meet or exceed the loading requirements for a concrete junction box, and shall include the following information: 1. Product identification. 2. Date of testing. 3. Description of testing apparatus and procedure. 4. All load deflection and failure data. 5. Weight of box and cover tested. 6. Upon completion of the required test(s) the box shall be loaded to failure. 7. A brief description of type and location of failure. For non - concrete junction boxes the testing facility shall be a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (witnessing is not required). One copy of the test report shall be furnished to the Contracting Agency certifying that the box and cover meet or exceed the loading requirements for a non - concrete junction box, and shall include the following information: 1. Product identification. 2. Date of testing. 3. Description of testing apparatus and procedure. 4. All load deflection data. 5. Weight of box and cover tested. Testing for Standard Duty Concrete Junction Boxes Standard Duty Concrete Junction Boxes shall be load tested to 22,500 pounds. The test load shall be applied uniformly through a 10 -inch x 10inch x 1 inch steel plate centered on the lid. The test load shall be applied and released ten times, and the deflection at the test load and released state shall be recorded for each interval. At each interval the junction box shall be inspected for lid 39 deformation, failure of the lid /frame welds, vertical and horizontal displacement of the lid /frame, cracks, and concrete spalling. Concrete junction boxes will be considered to have withstood the test if none of the following conditions are exhibited: 1. Permanent deformation of the lid or any impairment to the function of the lid. 2. Vertical or horizontal displacement of the lid frame. 3. Cracks wider than 0.012 inches that extend 12 inches or more. 4. Fracture or cracks passing through the entire thickness of the concrete. 5. Spading of the concrete. Testing for the Standard Duty non - concrete Junction Boxes Non - concrete Junction Boxes shall be tested to a minimum of 22,500 lbs as defined in the ANSI /SCTE 77 -2002 Tier 15 test method. In addition the contractor shall provide a Manufacture Certificate of Compliance for each non - concrete junction box installed. Testing for Heavy Duty Junction Boxes Heavy Duty Junction Boxes shall be load tested to 46,000 pounds. The test load shall be applied vertically through a 10 -inch x 20 -inch x 1 -inch steel plate centered on the lid with an orientation both on the long axis and the short axis of the junction box. The test load shall be applied and released ten times on each axis. The deflection at the test load and released state shall be recorded for each interval. At each interval the test box shall be inspected for lid deformation, failure of the lid or frame welds, vertical and horizontal displacement of the lid frame, cracks, and concrete spalling. After the twentieth loading interval the test shall be terminated with a 60,000 pound load being applied vertically through the steel plate centered on the lid and with the long edge of steel plate orientated parallel to the long axis of the box. Heavy Duty Junction Boxes will be considered to have withstood the 46,000 pounds test if none of the following conditions are exhibited: 1. Permanent deformation of the lid or any impairment to the function of the lid. 2. Vertical or horizontal displacement of the lid frame. 3. Cracks wider than 0.012- inches that extend 12- inches or more. 4. Fracture or cracks passing through the entire thickness of the concrete. 5. Spalling of the concrete. Heavy Duty Junction Boxes will be considered to have withstood the 60,000 pounds test if all of the following conditions are exhibited: 1. The lid is operational. 2. The lid is securely fastened. 3. The welds have not failed. 4. Permanent dishing or deformation of the lid is 1/4 inch or less. 5. No buckling or collapse of the box. 40 9 -29.2 (2) Vacant This section including title is revised to read: 9 29.2(2) Standard Duty and Heavy Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes Standard Duty and Heavy Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a concrete box and as a concrete lid. The lid for the Heavy Duty and Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be interchangeable and both shall fit the same box as shown in the Standard Plans. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings if their manufacturing process or standard production model includes any deviation from the Standard Plan. For each type of box or whenever there is a design change to the Cable Vault or Pull box, a proof test, as defined in this specification, shall be performed once in the presence of the Engineer. This section is supplemented with the following new sections: 9 29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum load rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with 9- 29.2(1)C for concrete Standard Duty Junction Boxes. Concrete for standard duty cable vaults and pull boxes shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. The frame shall be anchored to the vault/box by welding the wire fabric to the frame or by welding headed studs 3/8 inch x 3 inches long, as specified in Section 9- 06.15, to the frame. The wire fabric shall be attached to the studs and frame with standard tie practices. The vault/box shall contain ten studs located near the centerline of the frame and wall. Studs shall be placed one anchor in each corner, one at the middle of each width and two equally spaced on each length of the vault/box. The steel frame, lid support, and lid shall be painted with a black paint containing rust inhibiters or painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6 -07.3 or hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 111. Material for Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall conform to the following: Concrete Section 6 -02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9 -07 Lid ASTM A786 diamond plate steel Frame ASTM A786 diamond plate steel or ASTM A36 flat steel Lid Support & Handle ASTM A36 steel Anchors (studs) Section 9 -06.15 Bolts, Nuts, Washers ASTM F593 or A 193, type 304 or 316 9 29.2(2)B Heavy Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes Heavy Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be constructed of concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi, and have a minimum vertical load rating of 46,000 pounds without permanent deformation and 60,000 pounds without failure when tested in accordance with Section 9- 29.2(1)C for Heavy Duty Junction Boxes. Material for Heavy Duty Cable Vaults and Pull boxes shall conform to the following: 41 Concrete Section 6 -02 Reinforcing Steel Section 9 -07 Cover Section 9- 05.15(1) Ring Section 9- 05.15(1) Anchors (studs) Section 9 -06.15 Bolts, Nuts, Washers ASTM F593 or A193, type 304 or 316 9- 29.2(4) Cover Markings The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: Junction boxes, cable vaults, and pull boxes with metallic lids shall be marked with the appropriate legend in accordance with the bead weld details in the Standard Plans. Non- metallic lids shall be embossed with the _t_ legend ._J _1_:-1 surface. Legends i_.. metallic lids the appropriate ieyenu and a non -SKID surface. Legends for IIIeLaIII IIUS and non - metallic lids shall be 1 -inch nominal height. The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read: Junction boxes, cable vaults and pull boxes shall be marked or embossed for use in accordance with the plans and following schedule: 9- 29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware The last sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: Plate washers shall conform to ASTM A 36, and also shall conform to the flatness tolerances specified in AASHTO M 293 for circular washers. 9 29.6(5) Foundation Hardware The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: Anchor bolts, and associated nuts and washers, for Type CCTV, II, Ill, IV, and V signal standards and luminaire poles shall conform to Section 9- 06.5(4). Anchor rods conforming to ASTM A 449 may be substituted, provided that the galvanized ASTM A 449 anchor rods having an ultimate tensile strength above 145 ksi shall be tested for embrittlement in accordance with either ASTM A 143 (if the rod length is equal to or greater than five times the bolt diameter) or ASTM F 606 Section 7 (if the rod length is less than five times the nominal bolt diameter). All foundation hardware shall be 100% hot - dipped galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111 and AASHTO M 232. SECTION 9 -35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS April 3, 2006 9 -35.2 Construction Signs The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: Post mounted Class A construction signs shall conform to the requirements of this section and additionally shall conform to the requirements stated in section 9 -28. 42 The second paragraph is revised to read: Aluminum sheeting shall be used to fabricate all construction signs. The signs shall have a minimum thickness of 0.080- inches and a maximum thickness of 0.125 - inches. The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: The use of plywood, composite, fiberglass reinforced plastic, new fabric rollup signs, and any other previously approved sign materials except aluminum is prohibited. Any sign which otherwise meets the requirements of this section and was purchased prior to July 1, 2004, may be utilized until December 31, 2007. If a fabric sign is used, it shall have been fabricated with Type VI reflective sheeting. 43 CONTRACT PROVISIONS Special Provisions Contract Form Performance Bond Form Informational Certificate of Insurance Informational Additional Insured Endorsement Minimum Wage Affidavit Form SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special Provisions are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2006 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, and the foregoing Amendments to the Standard Specifications. Several types of Special Provisions are included in this contract; General, Region, Bridges and Structures, and Project Specific. Special Provisions types are differentiated as follows: (date) General Special Provision ( * * * * * *) Notes a revision to a General Special Provision and also notes a Project Specific Special Provision. (Regions' date) Region Special Provision (BSP date) Bridges and Structures Special Provision General Special Provisions are similar to Standard Specifications in that they typically apply to many projects, usually in more than one Region. Usually, the only difference from one project to another is the inclusion of variable project data, inserted as a "fill -in ". Region Special Provisions are commonly applicable within the designated Region. Region designations are as follows: Regions' ER Eastern Region NCR North Central Region NWR Northwest Region OR Olympic Region SCR South Central Region SWR Southwest Region WSF Washington State Ferries Division Bridges and Structures Special Provisions are similar to Standard Specifications in that they typically apply to many projects, usually in more than one Region. Usually, the only difference from one project to another is the inclusion of variable project data, inserted as a "fill -in ". Project Specific Special Provisions normally appear only in the contract for which they were developed. 45 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995) This contract provides for the improvement of * ** Yakima Avenue, from Front Street. to 7 Avenue, by removing existing sidewalk and trees, installing new sidewalks, brick pavers, curb and gutters, pedestrian lighting, street lights, trees, tree lighting system, irrigation system, banner poles, benches, planters, planter fence with planters and other work, all in accordance with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 1 -01.3 Definitions (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: Al! references in the Standard Specifications to the terms "State ", "Department of Transportation ", "Washington State Transportation Commission ", "Commission ", "Secretary of Transportation ", "Secretary", "Headquarters ", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency". All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location ". The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract ". Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the contract within which the work must be physically completed. Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the bids. Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive bidder for the work. 46 Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the agency to the contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair remains for the physical completion of the total contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the work specified in the contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the work as complete. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the bid. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the work and establishing the date on which the contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non - vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1 -02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1 -02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Bidders shall be qualified by experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the Contract Documents. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. 47 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11 " x 1 7") 10 Furnished automatically and Contract Provisions upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x N/A Furnished only upon 34 ") and Contract request. Provisions Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be purchased by the Contractor by payment of the cost stated in the Invitation to Bid. 1 -02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work 1- 02.4(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: No pre -bid approval on any proposed substitute equipment shall be granted prior to the bid opening unless specified otherwise in these Specifications. 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: At the request of a bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a proposal form for any project on which the bidder is eligible to bid. The proposal form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D /M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the proposal form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The 48 bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the proposal forms unless otherwise specified. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. The bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D /M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W /MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency- assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. 49 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Advertisement for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise stated in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. Public Opening Of Proposal JCI.UVII I IL la Jupp1CII ICI !MU WILII LIIC Iy.. Date Of Opening Bids Sealed bids are to be received at the following locations prior to the time specified: 1. At the City Clerk's Office, City of Yakima, 129 N. Second Street, Yakima, WA 98901 until 2:00 P.M of the bid opening date. The bid opening date for this project is as listed in the Invitation to Bid. Bids received will be publicly opened and read after 2:00 P.M. on this date. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise item 1 to read: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate bids, or conditions; d. The bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the bid proposal; f. The proposal form is not properly executed; g. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; h. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; or i. The bid proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the bid invitation. 50 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: A bidder may be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected if: 1. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a bidder under the same or different names; 2. Evidence of collusion exists with any other bidder or potential bidder. Participants in collusion will be restricted from submitting further bids; 3. The bidder, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, is not qualified for the work or to the full extent of the bid, or to the extent that the bid exceeds the authorized prequalification amount as may have been determined by a prequalification of the bidder; 4. An unsatisfactory performance record exists based on past or current Contracting Agency work or for work done for others, as judged from the standpoint of conduct of the work; workmanship; progress; affirmative action; equal employment opportunity practices; or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise, Minority Business Enterprise, or Women's Business Enterprise utilization; 5. There is uncompleted work (Contracting Agency or otherwise) which might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the work bid upon; 6. The bidder failed to settle bills for labor or materials on past or current contracts; 7. The bidder has failed to complete a written public contract or has been convicted of a crime arising from a previous public contract; 8. The bidder is unable, financially or otherwise, to perform the work; 9. A bidder is not authorized to do business in the State of Washington (not registered in accordance with RCW 18.27); 10. There are any other reasons deemed proper by the Contracting Agency. 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. A copy of State of Washington Contractor's Registration, or 8. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 51 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) • Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where applicable and such additives and /or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within Fourteen (14) calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1- 02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency- furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of Six (6) additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 52 1 -03.4 Contract Bond ( * * * ** APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: The successful bidder shall provide an executed contract bond for the full contract amount. This contract bond shall: 1. Be on a Contracting Agency- furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time; 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the contract, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, materialperson, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice - president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice - president). Add the following: The Contractor shall guarantee the material provided and workmanship performed under the Contract for a period o one year from and after the final acceptance therof by the Contracting Agency. In addition to the requirements from the Contract Bond according to SECTION 1- 03.4 of the Standard Specifications, the Bond shall further indemnify and hold the Contracting Agency, its employees, agents and elected or appointed officials harmless from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the Contract within a period of one year after final acceptance by the Contracting Agency. The Contract Bond shall be in the form of the Contract Bond document bound in these Specifications. 53 1 -03.7 Judicial Review Delete the last sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of Yakima County, Washington. SCOPE OF THE WORK 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda (vt.dJU I I, IJJ1 °w v Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, including APWA General Special Provisions, if they are included, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any), and 8. WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall do partial cleanup when he determines it is necessary or when, in the opinion of the Engineer, partial cleanup shall be done for public safety. The cleanup work shall be done immediately upon notification from the Engineer and other work shall not proceed until the partial cleanup is completed. CONTROL OF WORK 1 -05.1 Authority of the Engineer Add the following: Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda, the means and methods of construction shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the Engineer's right to reject means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will constitute or create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) will not produce finished work in accor- dance with the terms of the Contract. The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise his right to reject 54 such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to accom- plish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of such right to reject create a cause for action for damages. Conformity With And Deviations From Plans And Stakes Section 1 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: The Consultant will establish the line and grade of proposed construction by offset stakes and "blue top" hubs as defined below. The Contractor shall establish grades from the Consultant's stakes at suitable intervals in accordance with good practice and which meet with the approval of the Engineer. Where any information on the Plans is insufficient for establishing line and /or grade, the Contractor shall request additional information from the Consultant. Where new construction adjoins existing construction, the Contractor shall make such adjustments in grade as are directed by the Engineer. The Consultant will perform all surveying necessary to check compliance with the Specifications and as required for measuring the quantities of work as specified. The Contractor shall furnish assistance to the Engineer in checking depth and measuring quantities for payment purposes. Offset stakes will be provided by the Consultant one time only for back of curb alignment/top of curb grade at fifty (50) foot intervals, and at all curb returns and catch basins. The Consultant will provide slope staking one time only in areas of significant sloping, establish the centerline for minor structures, and establish bench marks at convenient locations for use by the Contractor. The Consultant will provide "blue top" hubs one time only at fifty (50) foot intervals at subgrade at curb and gutter. The Contractor shall request subgrade "blue top" hubs in accordance with staking request procedures herein specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing "blue top" hubs at fifty (50) foot intervals for each course of aggregate. All costs of staking performed by the Contractor shall be considered incidental to the various bid items of the project. Any charges incurred by the Consultant to replace stakes, markers, and monumentation which were not to be disturbed but were damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be calculated on an hourly basis at the Consultant's normal hourly billing rates in effect at that time for the individuals and equipment required to do the work, including travel time and overtime. The Contractor does hereby authorize the Contracting Agency to deduct such costs from the amounts due or to become due to him. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Consultant's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Consultant still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished the Consultant. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer and Consultant. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 55 1- 05.4(3) Construction Staking Requests (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications:: All staking requests shall be made on the "Construction Staking Request Form" found on the following page. The form shall be delivered or faxed to the Consultant's office at least three (3) working days prior to the date requested for staking. The Contractor shall provide a brief description of the staking needed the approximate location (station to station), and when the staking will be required. The request shall be reviewed with the Consultant and both parties shall sign the form. When the staking is completed, the survey party chief will initial and date the form. Requests for re- stakes shall be marked boldly in the description and initialed by both the Contractor and the Consultant. 56 CONSTRUCTION STAKING REQUEST FORM Project: CITY OF YAKIMA City Project No. 2165 PEDESTRIAN STREETSIDE IMPROVEMENTS Contractor: Date of Request: Time of Request The Contractor shall provide at least three (3) working days notice as required by the Contract Special Provisions. WHEN REQUIRED ITEM DESCRIPTION STATION TO STATION DATE TIME 1. 2. 3. 4. SIGNATURES STAKING COMPLETED Item By Date/Time 1. Murray Groenig Surveying 2. 3. 4. Contractor 57 1 -05.5 SURVEY MONUMENTS (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contracting Agency will, at its own cost, reference all known existing monu- ments or markers relating to subdivisions, plats, roads, street centerline inter- sections, etc. The Contractor shall take special care to protect these monuments or markers and also the reference points. In the event the Contractor is negligent in preserving such monuments and markers, the points will be reset by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work /lies#esi-e,r 4 O1V1K A DIM A P_CDl 1 VI..IV L1/4,/VV !1I V V/ VVI / Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1- 05.10(1) General Guaranty and Warranty (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: If, within one year after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and unauthorized work is discovered, the 58 Contractor shall promptly, upon written request by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, either correct such work or, if such work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the Project Site and replace it with non - defective and authorized work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written request to correct defective and unauthorized work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and unauthorized work corrected or rejected, removed, and replaced pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 1 -05.7 of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees the above one -year limitation shall not exclude nor diminish the Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 9.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing or liability, expressed or implied, arising out of a written agreement. 1 -05.11 Final Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1 -05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 59 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1 -05.7. The �_._i_ --`_ -- i �_ J extension L contract L :.�_ L___..__ l _ J_1_.. I Ile Contractor will not be allowed an extensiof1 UI co Illdcl time because UI a UCIdY in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 60 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the seventh paragraph to read: Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor's qualifications pursuant to Section 1 -02.1, it will take these performance reports into account. (March 13, 1995) Cooperation With Other Contractors Section 1 - 05.14 is supplemented with the following: Other Contracts Or Other Work It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work: 1. Yakima Grade Separations Phase 1, a City of Yakima project that will relocate /upgrade existing underground utilities and install brick pavers on Front Street adjacent to the project. Contact: Bruce Floyd (509) 575 -6111 2. City of Yakima Traffic Department. Contractor will need to coordinated with the City of Yakima Traffic Department when his work will involve removing, relocating or replacing existing street lights, existing or new electrical conduit runs and the irrigation system. Contact : Richard Dwyer (509) 575 -6005 3. City of Yakima Water Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Water Dept. when his work will involve new water services, adjustment of existing water services, water from City fire hydrants. Contact: Alvie Maxie (509- 575 -6005) 4. City of Yakima Parks Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Parks Dept. when his work will involve removing, relocating and capping existing irrigation facilities. Contact: Randy Murphy (509- 575 -6005) Add the following new section: 1 -05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. 61 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use This section shall be supplemented as follows: All lighting materials and sign posts to be supplied by the City of Yakima as specified elsewhere in these special provisions will be made available to the Contractor at no cost. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the City for access to their storage yard at the corner of South 3 Avenue and Pine Streets which is approximately 0.5 miles from the west end of the project limits. Loading and hauling equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. • 1 -06.2 Acceptance of Materials 1- 06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and paying for all material testing required for this project. All testing services shall be performed by an independent, certified testing firm and /or laboratory meeting the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit information relating to the qualifications of the proposed testing firm to the Engineer for review and approval prior to the preconstruction conference. The testing frequencies listed below may be modified to assure compliance with specifications. In each case, the Engineer may require additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required densities and results. Moisture density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer as construction progresses for Trench Backfilling, Embankment Compaction, Subgrade Preparation, and Ballast and Crushed Surfacing. The sampling frequency is as follows: Trench Backfillinq Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency and at depths sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for each 100 linear feet of main pipeline trench and one (1) test for each street crossing. At alternating 100 -foot locations along the main trench line, tests shall be taken at 1 -foot, 2 -foot and 3 -foot depths below finish grade. Compaction shall conform to Section 7- 08.3(3) or 7- 10.3(11) as applicable to the pipeline being constructed. At a minimum, compaction within the roadway area shall be to at least 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Embankment Construction Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5000 square feet of surface area for each lift of roadway embankment. 62 Roadway embankment compaction shall be as specified in Section 2- 03.3(14). Subgrade Preparation Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of roadway subgrade. Subgrade compaction shall be as specified in Section 2- 06.3(2). Ballast and Crushed Surfacing Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of ballast or crushed surfacing. Compaction of ballast and crushed surfacing shall be as specified in Section 4- 04.3(5). Asphalt Concrete Pavement Copies of the maximum Rice density test for each class of asphalt concrete pavement and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Density tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5000 square feet of surface area for each lift of asphalt concrete pavement. Compaction of asphalt concrete pavement shall be as specified in Section 5- 04.3(10) B of these Special Provisions. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not 63 be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working • hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and anent lacy of the C_ontractor's safety meas in, on, nr near the project site. State Taxes Section 1 -07.2 is supplemented with the following: (March 11 13, 1 995) • The work on this contract is to be performed upon lands whose ownership obligates the Contractor to pay Sales tax. The provisions of Section 1- 07.2(1) apply. Environmental Regulations 1- 07.5(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be liable for the payment of all fines and penalties resulting from failure to comply with the federal, state and local pollution control regulations. 1- 07.5(4) Air Quality This section is supplemented with the following: The local air pollution authority is the Yakima Regional Clean Air Authority, (509) 574 -1410. Permits And Licenses - Section 1 -07.6 is supplemented with the following: No hydraulic permits are required for this project unless the Contractor's operations use, divert, obstruct, or change the natural flow or bed of any river or stream, or utilize any of the waters of the State or materials from gravel or sand bars, or from stream beds. The Contractor shall have or obtain a valid City of Yakima Business License for the duration of this project. 64 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1- 07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic Replace with the following: When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize the street and associated facilities during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for damages to permanent work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and temporary facilities to accommodate both vehicular and pedestrian traffic during construction. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Replace the second paragraph with the following: The Contractor shall perform all temporary water pollution /erosion control measures shown in the Plans, specified in the Special Provisions or WSDOT Storm Drainage manual, proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, or ordered by the Engineer as work proceeds. Payment for all work necessary to comply with Section 1 -07.15 shall be included in other various bid items, and no separate payment shall be made. 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property This section is supplemented with the following: Stockpiling in City of Yakima right -of -way or on existing or new improvements shall not occur unless approved by the Engineer. All temporary stockpile sites shall be restored to their original condition or better. The Contractor shall contact all property owners and tenants in the vicinity of this project, via newsletter /mailing, a minimum of one (1) week prior to start of construction. The newsletter /mailing shall advise the owners and tenants of the construction schedule and indicate the Contractor's name, contact person, and telephone numbers. (February 5, 2001) Utilities And Similar Facilities Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented with the following: Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. Public and private utilities, or their contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. 65 The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Qwest 8 W 2nd Ave, Room 304 Yakima, Washington 98902 509 - 575 -7183 Charter Cable 1005 N 16th Avenue Yakima, Washington 98902 509 - 575 -1697 City of Yakima Water Division 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. Yakima, Washington 98902 509 - 575 -6154 City of Yakima Wastewater Division 2220 E. Viola, Yakima, Washington 98901 509 - 575 -6077 - Cascade Natural Gas Corporation 401 N 1st Street, Yakima, Washington 98901 509 -457 -5905 Pacific Power PO Box 1729 Yakima, Washington 98907 509 - 575 -3146 Level 3 Communications Dale Smith 253 - 209-3236 The Contractor shall notify the Upper Yakima Valley Utilities Coordinating Council -Area 5, telephone number 1- 800 - 553 -4344, at least 72 hours prior to start of excavation so that underground utilities may be marked. It shall be the contractor's Lil• y to investigate the and IL S t (Idll Ue U le (:onlldCaV� 5 re$�on$IUllll lU InVeSll dle the location of all utilities prior to bid opening and assess their impacts on his construction activities. Utilities, new or old, may be renewed, relocated, or adjusted for the proposed construction. The Contractor shall, prior to beginning any work, meet with all utility organizations (public and private) in the field to familiarize himself with plans and schedules of the installations on new, relocated, or adjusted utilities. Both public and private utility organizations may be doing utility installations within the area. The proposed construction work must be coordinated with these utility installations. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other contractors who may be working in the project area and cooperate with them. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ( * * * ** APWA GSP) 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force during the term of the contract and until 30 days after the physical completion date, unless otherwise indicated below, the following insurance with insurance companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to Title 48 RCW. The insurance provided must be with an insurance company with a rating of A -: VII or higher in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the state of Washington (or issued as a surplus line by a Washington Surplus lines - broker). The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve the security of the insurance provided, the company, terms and coverage, and the Certificate of Insurance. If any policy is written on a claims made form, the retroactive date shall be prior to or coincident with the effective date of this contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims made form 66 coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of three years following the expiration or earlier termination of this contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ( "tail ") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. The policies of insurance shall contain a "cross liability" endorsement substantially as follows: The inclusion of more than one insured under this policy shall not affect the rights of any insured as respects any claim, suit, or judgment made or brought by or for any other insured or by or for any employee of any other insured. This policy shall protect each insured in the same manner as though a separate policy had been issued to each, except that nothing herein shall operate to increase the company's liability beyond the amount or amounts for which the company would have been liable had only one insured been named. The policies of insurance for general, automobile, and pollution policies shall be specifically endorsed to name the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents and volunteers, and any other entity specifically required by the Contract Provisions, as additional insured(s). In addition, Contractor's insurance shall be primary as respects the Contracting Agency, and any other insurance maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess and not contributing insurance with the Contractor's insurance. The Contracting Agency shall be given at least 45 days prior written notice of any cancellation, reduction in coverage, or other material change in any insurance policy. Insurance shall provide coverage to the Contractor, all subcontractors, and the Contracting Agency. The coverage shall protect against claims for personal injuries, including accidental death, as well as claims for property damages which may arise from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. Contractor hereby assumes all risk of damage to its property, or injury to its officers, directors, agents, contractors, or invitees, in or about the Property from any cause, and hereby waives all claims against the Contracting Agency. The Contractor further waives, with respect to the Contracting Agency only, its immunity under RCW Title 51, Industrial Insurance. The Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency the original policy, or endorsement obtained, to a Contractor's policy currently in force. Including specifically, the additional insured endorsement as requested in the Evidence of Insurance Section. The Contractor shall not begin work under the contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, 67 immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit contract prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1- 07.18(2) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. • Providing coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1. A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an insurance industry standard occurrence form: (CG 00 01) or equivalent, including all the usual coverage known as: Per project aggregate endorsement (CG2503) Premises /Operations Liability Products /Completed Operations — for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. Personal /Advertising Injury Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Liability Stop Gap or Employers Contingent Liability Explosion, Collapse, or Underground (XCU), (as applicable)* Liquor Liability /Host Liquor Liability (as applicable)* Fire Damage Legal Blasting (as applicable)* * These coverage are only required when the Contractor's work under this agreement includes exposures to which these specified coverage respond. If the contract requires working over water, the following additional coverages are required, if so stated in the Contract Provisions: a. Watercraft, owned and non -owned b. U.S. Harborworkers' /Longshoremen and Jones Act If any structures are involved in the contract, the Contractor shall provide property insurance under an "All Risk Builder's Risk" form in an amount equal to the value of the structure. The structure shall have All Risk Builders Risk Insurance inclusive of earthquake and flood subject to customary industry deductibles. • Other additional coverages that may be required will be listed in the Contract Provisions. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limits: Bodily Injury and Property Damage $1,000,000 General Aggregate 68 $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 50,000 Fire Damage Stop Gap Employers Liability $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee 2. Commercial Automobile Liability: as specified by Insurance Services Office, form number CA 0001, Symbol 1 (any auto), with an MCS 90 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if "pollutants" as defined in exclusion 11 of the commercial auto policy are to be transported. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: Bodily Injury and Property Damage $1,000,000 combined single limit 3. Excess or Umbrella Liability $1 millionper occurrence and aggregate 4. A Pollution Liability policy, required if so stated in the Contract Provisions, providing coverage for claims involving remediation, disposal, or other handling of pollutants arising out of: (1) Contractor's operations related to this project; (2) transportation of hazardous materials to or from any site related to this project, including, but not limited to, the project site and any other site, including those owned by the Contractor or for which the Contractor is responsible; and (3) remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead -based paint or materials containing asbestos. Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum coverage for Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 per occurrence 5. Professional Liability: Required if design services are a part of the work, to cover damages resulting from professional errors and omissions. Such policy must provide the following minimum coverage: $1,000,000 per claim and annual aggregate. 6. A policy of Worker's Compensation, as required by the Industrial Insurance Laws of the State of Washington. As respects Workers' Compensation insurance in the state of Washington, Contractor shall secure its liability for industrial injury to its employees in accordance with the provisions of RCW Title 51. If Contractor is qualified as a self- insurer in accordance with RCW 51.14, Contractor shall so certify by letter signed by a corporate officer indicating that it is a qualified self insured, and setting forth the limits of any policy of excess insurance covering its employees. 1- 07.18(3) Subcontractors Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate evidence of insurance as stated above for each subcontractor. All 69 coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all the requirements stated herein and applicable to their profession. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance When the Contractor delivers the executed contract for the work to the Contracting Agency it shall be accompanied by a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth above. The certificate must conform to the following requirements: 1. An ACORD certificate Form 25 -S, showing the insuring company, policy effective dates, limits of liability and the Schedule of Forms and Endorsements. 2. A copy of the endorsement naming Contracting Agency and any other entities required by the Contract Provisions as Additional Insured(s), and stating that coverage is primary and noncontributory, showing the policy number, and signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company on Form CG2010 (ISO) or equivalent. 3. The certificate(s) shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation notification to the Contracting Agency: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company." 4. The City of Yakima, its agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials shall be named as additional insureds for Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside lmprovemetns on ACORD certificate of Insurance and any endorsements attached. 1- 07.18(5) Self- Insurance Should Contractor be self- insured for any liability coverage, a letter from the Corporate Risk Manager, or appropriate Finance Officer, is acceptable — stipulating if actuarially funded and fund limits; plus any excess declaration pages to meet the contract requirements. Further, this letter shall advise how Contractor would protect and defend the Contracting Agency as an Additional insured in their Self- Insured layer, and include claims- handling directions in the event of a claim. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add the following to the third paragraph: 5. The Contractor shall maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to businesses at all times that businesses are open unless the Contractor provides the Engineer with written agreement from the business owner for alternate accesses, hours of work or other agreements. Add the following to the sixth paragraph: 7. Open trenches and excavations shall be protected with proper barricades and at night they shall be distinctively indicated by adequately placed lights. To minimize the disruption to access to adjacent properties, and to Yakima Transit operations, any lane closure area shall be limited to that area of active work and necessary for appropriate lane closure tapers. The Contractor shall stage work to maintain access to and egress from all properties at all times. Contractor may consider 70 work immediately in front of business access to be done during non - business hours or schedule an agreeable time with each business owner. A safe pedestrian access shall be provided at all times through or around the current work areas. All lane closures shall be coordinated with the adjacent businesses, other contractors working within the project vicinity, local transit agencies and the City of Yakima. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, parking is a hazard to through traffic or to the construction work, parking may be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for restricting parking shall be approved by the City and placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain all such signs. The replacement of signs restricting parking shall be as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify all property owners and tenants of detours, street and alley closures, or other restrictions that may interfere with their access. Notification shall be at least twenty -four (24) hours in advance for residential property, and at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance for commercial property. Emergency traffic, such as police, fire, and disaster units, shall be provided access at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall coordinate his activities with all disposal firms and transit bus service that may be operating in the project area. It is the intent of the Contract to effectively prevent the deposition of debris on streets in areas of public traffic or where such debris may be transported into a drainage system. When construction operations are such that debris from the work is deposited on the roadway surfaces, the Contractor will remove all such debris before the end of the work day. Should daily removal be insufficient to keep the streets clean, the Contractor shall perform removal operations on a more frequent basis. If the Engineer determines that a more frequent cleaning is impractical or if the Contractor fails to keep the streets free from deposits and debris resulting from the work, the Contractor shall, upon order of the Engineer, provide facilities for and remove all deposits from the tires or between wheels before trucks or other equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to clean the streets in question, or the trucks or equipment in question, the Engineer may order the work suspended at the Contractor's risk until compliance with Contractor's obligations is assured, or the Engineer may order the streets in question cleaned by others and such costs incurred by the City in achieving compliance with these contract requirements, including cleaning of the streets, shall be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor next monthly estimate. The Contractor shall have not claim for delay or additional costs should the Engineer choose to suspend the Contractor's work until compliance is achieved. 1 -07.28 Safety Standards (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal health and safety codes, standards, regulations, and /or accepted industry standards. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that his work force and the public are adequately protected against any hazards. The Contracting Agency shall have the authority at all times to issue a stop work order at no penalty to the Contracting Agency if, in its opinion, working conditions present an undue hazard to the public, property, or the work force. Such authority 71 shall not, however, relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the maintenance of safe working conditions or assess any responsibility to the Contracting Agency or Engineer for the identification of any or all unsafe conditions. 1 -07.29 Notifying Property Owners (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: When construction activities will affect ingress and egress to a property along the project alignment, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the occu- pant/occupants of the property 24 hours prior to the construction activity begin- ning. If personal contact with the occupant is not possible, the Contractor shall leave written notification. 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section: 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; • 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. • 72 1 -08.1 Subcontracting This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall use the Subcontractors List and Subcontractor Certification Form included within these contract documents to comply with the specifications of this section. 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule The first and second paragraphs of Section 1 -08.3 are replaced with the following: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a Construction Progress and Completion Schedule using the Bar Graph or Critical Path Method. Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The schedule shall conform to the working modification by the Engineer. The schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order, which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. The Contractor's schedule shall allow for the following requirements: • The Contractor shall schedule his work to minimize the disruption and access impacts to the adjoining property and business owners. • The amount of disturbed area shall be limited to one side of three (3) adjacent city blocks. • The Contractor will not be allowed to work on both sides of the road at the same time unless prior permission is granted by the Engineer. • The Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflict with the Sunfair Parade scheduled for September 29, 2007. Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The Schedule shall detail each city block front's work individually from beginning to end. The Schedule shall conform to the working time and time of completion established under the terms of the Contract and shall be subject to modification by the Engineer. The Schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible) of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered in the planning and scheduling of work influenced by high or low ambient temperature or precipitation to ensure 73 the completion of the work within the Contract Time. No time extensions will be granted for the Contractor's failure to take into account such weather conditions for the location of the work and for the period of time in which the work is to be accomplished. This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a weekly activity schedule to the Construction Engineer before 9:00 a.m. on the Friday prior to the week indicated on the schedule. If the Contractor proceeds with work not indicated on this weekly activity schedule, or in a sequence differing form the which he has shown on this schedule, the Engineer may order the Contractor t delay unscheduled activities until they a r e included on a subsequent weekly activity schedule. Prosecution Of Work Revise this section to read: 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall commence construction activities on, or before July 16, 2007, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. Time For Completion (March 13, 1995) Section 1 -08.5 is supplemented with the following: This project shall be physically completed within * ** 110 * ** working days. (October 1, 2005 APWA (ASP) Revise the fourth and fifth paragraphs to read: • Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. The Contract Provisions may specify another starting date for contract time, in which case, time will begin on the starting date specified. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, beginning on the day after the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Provisions, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) 74 remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor elects to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4 -10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4 -10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the seventh paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (Federal -aid Projects) b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Annual Report of Amounts Paid as MBE/WBE Participants or Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. FHWA 47 (Federal -aid Projects) e. Final Contract Voucher Certification f. Property owner releases per Section 1 -07.24 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1 -07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 -09.6 Force Account (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this Section with the following: 75 Owner has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, Owner does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 1 -09.9 Payments (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following: Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction meeting. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor 1cw om� i of wc. the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payment. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the Final Payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — the estimated percentage complete multiplied by the Bid Forms amount for each Lump Sum Item, or per the schedule of values for that item. 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1- 09.9(1); 2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. Payments will be made by warrants, issued by the Contracting Agency's fiscal officer, against the appropriate fund source for the project. Payments received on account of work performed by a subcontractor are subject to the provisions of RCW 39.04.250. 1 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 76 Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1- 10.1(2) Description (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. Traffic Control Management General (August 2, 2004) Section 1- 10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers - Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297 -3035 Evergreen Safety Council 401 Pontius Ave. N. Seattle, WA 98109 1- 800 - 521 -0778 or (206) 382 -4090 Measurement (August 2, 2004) Section 1- 10.4(1) is supplemented with the following: The proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control," lump sum. The provisions of Section 1- 10.4(1) shall apply. 77 1- 10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the pay item name to read: "Project Temporary Traffic Control, min. Bid $ 30,000, lump sum. DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP Description (March 13, 1995) Clearing and grubbing on this project shall be performed within the following limits: From Station 25 +35 to Station 54 +10 between the existing curb line and existing right of way line on each side of the road. The Contractor shall temporarily remove and later replace to its original condition or relocate nearby as directed, all mail boxes, small trees, shrubs, street signs, culverts, irrigation facilities, or other similar obstructions which lie in or near the line of work and are not intended for removal. Should any damage be incurred, the cost of replacement or repair shall be borne by the Contractor. 2 -01.2 Disposal of Useable Material and Debris Revise the third paragraph as follows: Change the word "three" to "two." 2- 01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 — Open Burning This section is deleted. REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Description Section 2 -02.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of various existing improvements, including but not limited to: • 2250 linear feet of Curb and Gutter • 500 square yards of Asphalt Pavement • 1 Catch Basin • 18 Street Light Poles and foundations Luminaires and lamps shall be salvaged in good condition and delivered to the City of Yakima Public Works, located at 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. 78 • Other items necessary for the completion of the work. Construction Requirements Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks and Curbs Section 2- 02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall note that the condition of existing known and unknown private utility service line under the existing sidewalk surfaces may be questionable and therefore the Contractor should use caution in determining his methods of demolition and removal. The Contractor is cautioned that the basement of the Yesterday's Village building between Front Street and 1 Avenue expands underneath the sidewalk approximately three feet. The Contractor should use caution in determining his method of demolition and removal in this area. The Contractor shall arrange to inspect this basement area from below with the property owners before beginning his work. In those areas where asphalt pavement removal is required, the Contractor shall, prior to excavation, saw cut the edge of the asphalt pavement with an approved pavement cutter. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall take precautions to preserve the integrity of this neat, clean pavement edge. Should the pavement edge be damaged prior to asphalt paving activities, the Contractor shall be required to trim the edge with an approved pavement cutter as directed by the Engineer immediately prior to paving. Measurement Section 2 -02.4 is supplemented with the following: Saw Cut, Per Inch Depth will be measured by the linear foot per inch of depth. Payment Section 2 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Saw Cut, Per Inch Depth ", per linear foot. ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Description Section 2 -03.1 is supplemented with the following: Sidewalk excavation shall consist of removing the existing material of whatever nature encountered to the subgrade elevation and shaping the subgrade to conform to the cross - section shown on the Plans or as staked in the field. Construction Requirements 2- 03.3(3) Excavation Below Grade This section is supplemented with the following: 79 At the direction of the Engineer, areas within the sidewalk subgrade which exhibit instability due to high moisture content shall be: 1. Aerated and allowed to dry, 2. Overexcavated and backfilled with suitable project excavation, 3. Or a combination of any of the above. No separate compensation will be made for any equipment, tools, materials, or y/��+y labor required to perform this work. 2- 03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Materials 2- 03.3(7)A General Add the following: Excavated material shall be bladed or hauled to fill low sections within the project area, except for sod or extraneous material, which shall be hauled to waste. A waste site has not been provided by the Contracting Agency for disposal of unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, or any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the requests of the Contracting Agency for placement and compaction of excess excavated material back of new curb, as directed by the Engineer. Suitable materials from the excavations shall be used in the embankments. Unsuitable material or soft spots shall be removed from the roadway and replaced with suitable material and compacted as for embankments. Topsoil shall be saved to use for backfill adjacent to the new improvements. If additional topsoil is required, it shall be provided in accordance with SECTION 8 -01 of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. Embankment Construction 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments Compacting embankments and excavations shall be by Method "B" as specified under SECTION 2- 03.3(14)C of the Standard Specifications. 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests Section 2- 03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Compaction shall be 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when ready for in- place subgrade density tests. All costs associated with testing shall be the 80 responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of courses of aggregate shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 2 -03.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: No specific method of measurement will be made for sidewalk or roadway excavation. Unsuitable excavation incl. haul will be measured by the cubic yard for all material deemed unsuitable that is removed and hauled off the project. 2 -03.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: No separate payment shall be made for sidewalk and roadway excavation and all costs will be incidental to other bid items and shall include all labor, equipment, tools, and materials necessary to complete the work involved with excavating, hauling, compacting or disposing of excess excavations as specified. "Unsuitable Excavation Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. The cubic yard cost for "Unsuitable Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full pay to remove any material deemed unsuitable that is removed and hauled off the project. 2 -07 WATERING 2 -07.1 Description Add the following: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for dust control on this project and shall protect motoring public, adjacent homes and businesses, orchards, crops, and school yards from damage due to dust, by whatever means necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims for damages and shall protect the Contracting Agency, Yakima County, and the Consultant from any and all such claims. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide water for dust control within two hours of such order and have equipment and manpower available at all times including weekends and holidays to respond to orders for dust control measures. 2 -07.3 Construction Requirements Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall secure permission from and comply with all requirements of the water utility before obtaining water from fire hydrants. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer as soon as such permission is granted. 81 The Contractor shall use hydrant wrenches only to open hydrants. While using hydrants, the contractor shall make certain that the hydrant valve is fully open in order to prevent damage to the hydrant valve. A metered hydrant connection furnished by the water utility shall be used as an auxiliary valve on the outlet line for control purposes. Fire hydrant valves shall be closed slowly to avoid a surge in the system causing undue pressure on the water lines. The Contractor shall carefully note the importance of following these directions. If a hydrant is damaged due to the Contractor or an employee of the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately notify the water utility so that the damage can be repaired as quickly as possible. Upon completing the use of the hydrants, the Contractor shall notify the water utility so that the hydrants may be inspected for possible damage. Any damage resulting from the use of the hydrants by the Contractor will be repaired by the water utility, and the cost thereof shall be withheld, if necessary, from the final payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and tools, except the metered hydrant connection, that may be necessary to meet the requirements of the water distribution agency pertaining to hydrant us. Violation of these requirements will result in fines and will lay the Contractor liable for damage suits because of malfunctioning of damaged fire hydrants, in the event of fire. 2 -07.4 Measurement This section is revised to read: Water will be measured with the metered hydrant connection. 2 -07.5 Payment This section is revised to read as follows: Water will be furnished by the water utility without charge, but the Contractor shall convey the water from the nearest convenient hydrant or other source at his expense. 2 - 13 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK REMOVAL (NEW SECTION) 2 -13.1 Description The work described in this section includes the removal and disposal of cement concrete sidewalk pavement surfaces identified on the Plans or as marked by the Engineer. This includes all non - reinforced cement concrete sidewalk pavements or slabs having an average thickness of six inches or less. 2 -13.3 Construction Requirements All final meetlines shall be sawcut if an existing clean construction joint does not exist. 82 The removal of existing street and sidewalk improvements shall be conducted in such a manner as not to damage utilities, buildings, buildings footings or any portion of the improvement that is to remain in place. Any deviation in this matter will obligate the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, to repair, replace, or otherwise make proper restoration to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In the event a pavement averages more than the maximum thickness of six (6) inches, an additional payment will be made to cover the extra thickness removed by a proportional conversion into additional square yards. 2 -13.4 Measurement Sidewalk pavement removal will be measured per square yard as determined by the original topographic survey information. Saw cutting meetlines shall be measured by the linear foot. 2 -13.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item included in the proposal: "Remove Existing Cement Conc. Sidewalk ", per square yard. "Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meetline" per linear foot DIVISION 4 BASES BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING Shaping and Compaction Section 4- 04.3(5) is supplemented with the following: Each course of crushed materials shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Con- tractor shall provide crushed surfacing top course density tests through an independent test laboratory approved by the Engineer. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of successive courses of aggregate or concrete shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 83 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS HOT MIX ASPHALT 5 - 04.3 Construction Requirements 5- 04.3(5)E Pavement Repair This section is supplemented with the following: In areas where the new asphalt is to be placed against existing asphalt, the asphalt shall be repaired as follows: Six inches o f c r us hed su rfacing base course shall he placed and compacted to within three inches of the finished grade. Then, the edges of the existing pavement shall be painted with a hot asphalt tack coat, and hot mix asphalt shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emultion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Section is deleted and replaced with: ( * * * * *) 1. General. Prior to the production of HMA, the Contractor shall determine a design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732. Once the design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content have been determined, the Contractor shall submit the HMA mix design on DOT form 350 -042 demonstrating the design meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not needed. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. The mix design will be the initial Job Mix Formula (JMF) for the class of mix. Any additional adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Project Engineer and may be made per Section 9- 03.8(7). 2. Non Statistical Evaluation. Non statistical acceptance will apply to all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Non statistical acceptance testing will be conducted as outlined in 5- 04.3(8)A. 3. Commercial Evaluation. Where Commercial HMA is allowed it can be accepted by a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating the material meets the requirements in the contract Special Provisions. Where HMA Commercial is used for the traveled way, a minimum of one acceptance test to verify gradation, fracture, sand equivalent, and oil content is required in addition to the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 84 5- 04.3(8)A, Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Items 1 & 2 are deleted and replaced with: ( * * * * *) 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical or commercial evaluation. Sampling of HMA for nonstatistical evaluation will be as discussed in WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2006 edition, section 5- 04.3(8)A, sections 3 through 6. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and other classes of HMA as allowed by the contract. Commercial HMA may be used for amounts of HMA less than 2500 tons in any application. Testing beyond that specified in 5- 04.3(7)A, item 3 for Commercial HMA will be at the discretion of the engineer. Anti -strip additive, where required, will be verified and documented by the engineer. 2. Aggregates. The acceptance criteria for aggregate properties of sand equivalent, voids in mineral aggregate (VMA), fracture and gradation will be their conformance to the requirements of Section 9- 03.8(2) the Standard Specification, 2006 edition. 5- 04.3(8)A, Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Item 4, second paragraph is deleted. 5- 04.3(8)A, Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Item 7 is deleted. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness (January 5, 2004) The second sentence of this section is revised to read: The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to centerline. The last paragraph of this section is supplemented with the following: When utility appurtenances such as manhole rings and covers and valve boxes are encountered of are to be located within the HMA pavement area, these items are either to be removed or not put in place until after the paving operation has been completed. The location of each utility appurtenance and all Monuments shall be referenced prior to the start of paving operations and a temporary covering shall be placed over the appurtenances to facilitate the continuous paving operation. After paving has been completed, the Contractor shall furnish, install and adjust new castings on all new and existing public utility structures and new monument cases for all monuments as shown on the plans. Utility casting shall not be adjusted until the paving is complete. After which, the center of each structure and each monument shall be relocated from the references previously established by the Contractor. 85 The HMA shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the rim plus two feet. The new rim shall be placed on cement concrete or adjustment rings and wedged up to the desired grade. The base materials shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete shall be placed within the entire volume of the excavation up to, but not to exceed, 1 -1/2 inches below the finished pavement surface. On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the HMA and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with a hot asphalt tack coat. HMA Class 3/8 In. shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and u niformit y of grade. The mint between the patch and existing pa s hall the b ....�. � � ��.� of y ..,....v. The w wn Ia ...v.r.vvl I the patch I w Iu existing pavement IoI a �I Iu then I uc painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. 5- 04.3(15) HMA Road Approaches This l: _._ supplemented with the his section is supplemented with the following: Along the line of new work, it may be necessary to partially remove existing asphalt roadway surfaces, driveways, alleys or other asphalt paved areas. These areas will then be reconstructed to match the existing pavement section matching the new curb and sidewalk nr adjacent p aveme nt grades. Before excavating or trenching, these areas shall be cut or scored with an approved pavement cutter, such as a concrete saw. Before patching, all edges and joints shall be neatly trimmed to uniform line and a tack coat applied. The asphalt driveways shall be constructed of HMA Class 3/8" PG 64 -28 as specified in the Standard Specifications. 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture Section is deleted and replaced with: Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt content will be performed based on Section 1 -06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing: 1 1 /2", 1 ", 3/4", ' /2 ", 3/8" and No. 4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 52 5 -04.4 Measurement Add the following item to this section: Pavement Repair will be measured by the square yard for the actual amount of pavement repaired. 5 -04.5 Payment Add the following item to this section: 86 "Pavement Repair", per square yard. 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture Items 1 -3 are deleted and replaced with: A pay factor will be calculated for sieves listed in Section 9- 03.8(7) for the class of HMA and for the asphalt binder. 1. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatisical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1 -06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 2. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical or Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the composite pay factor. 5- 04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction Section is deleted and replaced with: The maximum CPF of a compaction lot is 1.00 For each compaction lot of HMA when the CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. THE NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCCF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. 87 5 -06 CONCRETE UNIT PAVER (NEW SECTION) 5 -06.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing and installing concrete unit pavers, including crushed surfacing top course, jointing sand, sand bedding course, concrete unit pavers, as detailed and shown on the plans. Concrete unit pavers shall be installed over a compacted base of crushed surfacing top course, geotextile fabric and a sand bed. Subgrades supporting the paver base and pavers shall be established and prepared in accordance with Section 2 -03 and 2 -06 and as shown on the drawings. All paver work shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. A copy of 11f 1 r'n riff.. installation instructions shall he pro fo fhe engineer prior to II IQI IUI UULUI G I J VYI ILLGII II IJLUIIULIVII II IJLI ULJLIUI IJ JI IUII LJ%.. provided IUI.0 LU L1 IU L 11�111vv1 1 .I11U1 Lv beginning work. 5 -06.2 Quality Assurance installation shall be by an installer with at least three (3) year's experience in placing interlocking concrete pavers. 5 -06.3 Submittals A . Contractor shall submit four (4) sets of the following: infollowing: : � 1. Manufacturer's "catalog cuts" for bedding sand, joint sand, joint sand stabilizer, geotextile fabric, and concrete unit pavers. B. Samples 1 Full size paver samples in shape, texture, and color specified. C. Paver Installer Paver installer to submit a list of three(3) successfully completed projects of similar scope for reference. D. Submit sieve analysis for grading of crushed surfacing top course and bedding and joint sand. E. Submit test results for compliance of paving unit requirements to ASTM C936 from an independent testing laboratory. 5 -06.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver and store in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. 5 -06.5 Environmental Conditions A. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. 88 B. Do not install frozen sand. C. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall inspect the site, carefully check all grades, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. D. Contractor shall report to the Engineer all deviation and /or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications, and Site Conditions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 5 -06.6 Protection of Work, Property, and Persons A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, as well as property, persons, walks, curbs, pavements, and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. 5 -06.8 Conduct of Work A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under control. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. 5 -06.9 Guarantee /Maintenance A. Guarantee work of this Specification section for one (1) year against all defects of materials and workmanship. The guarantee period begins on the date of final acceptance. 5 -06.10 Materials A. Bedding and jointing sand: clean, non - plastic, washed sand free from deleterious or foreign matter. Sand shall be free of soluble salts or contaminates that can contribute to efflorescence. Paver Joint Sand shall be Polymeric Joint Sand or approved equal. Supplied by Abbotsford Concrete Products, Abbotsford, British Columbia, Canada, (800) 663 -4091. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with documentation that all sand supplied has been tested and complies with the requirements below. Submit sieve analysis of bedding and jointing sand meeting the requirements outlined below for Engineer approval prior to beginning work. Grading requirements for bedding sand shall comply with ASTM C33 with the following grading limits. Sieve Size Percent Passing 89 3/8 inch . 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No.16 50to85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 No. 100 2 to 10 Grading for Jointing Sand shall comply with AST ,vi C144 with the following grading limits. Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 8 95 to 100 No. 16 70 to 100 No. 30 40 to 75 No. 50 10 to 35 No. 100 2 to 15 No. 200 0 B. Concrete Unit Pavers: Concrete Unit Pavers shall be Abbotsford Concrete Products, Standard Series Pavers. Concrete Unit Pavers shall be Standard (8-7/8" x 4- 7/16 "), Double Standard (8-7/8" x 8- 7/8 "), and Half Standard (4- 7/16" x 4- 7/16 "), 2 -3/8" thick, with Perma Finish Colors or approved equal. Color shall be evenly divided between paver sizes and be provided in the following percentages: Half Standard Pavers Double Standard & Standard Pavers Indian Summer 25% Indian Summer 25% Sand Brown 20% Sand Brown 30% Desert Sand 15 % Desert Sand 30% Brown 20% Brown 15% Shadow 20% Supplied by Abbotsford Concrete Products, Abbotsford, British Columbia, Canada, (800) 663 -4091 C. Construction Geotextile Fabric: As specified on drawings. D. Paver Sealer shall be Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. Certi -Vex 1315. Supplied by Trendset Concrete Pavers, Woodinville, Washington, (425) 486 -2192. E. Efflorescence Remover shall be Certi -vex Etch and Efflorescence Remover. Supplied by Trendset Concrete Pavers, Woodville, Washington, (425) 486- 2192. 5 -06.11 Construction Requirements 5- 06.11(1) Quality Assurance Installation shall be by an installer with at least three (3) years experience in placing concrete unit pavers. 90 5- 06.11(2) Quality Standard Panel The Contractor shall Install the first paver panel where directed by the Engineer as described in drawings and meeting the requirements of this section of the special provisions. This panel after approval by the Engineer will serve to determine bedding course, joint sizes, scorelines, laying pattern(s), color(s), and overall quality of the job. This panel shall be the standard from which the remaining paver work will be judged for acceptance by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(3) Product Handling Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or plastic wrapped pallets capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. 5- 06.11(4) Environmental Conditions Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. Do not install frozen sand. 5- 06.11(5) Verification of Subgrade A. The subgrade shall be compacted to 95% of Standard AASHTO maximum density. B. The subgrade shall be trimmed to one -half inch (1/2 ") of design levels. C. Further construction shall not proceed until the subgrade is inspected and approved by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(6) Crushed Surfacing Top Course A. The crushed surfacing top course shall nowhere be of lesser thickness than that specified and shall be spread in layers which when compacted do not exceed six inch (6 ") depth. B. Compaction of the base shall be not less than 95% of modified AASHTO maximum dry density. C. The upper surface of the base shall be sufficiently well graded to prevent the infiltration of the bedding sand into the base during construction and throughout its service life. Segregated areas shall be "blinded" with crushed fines, watered and compacted into the surface. D. The surface of the base shall be trimmed to (3/8 ") of the design profiles. E. Further construction shall not proceed until the base has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(7) Bedding Sand Course 91 A. The bedding sand shall be spread in a uniform layer to give a depth after compaction of between (3/4" — 1- 1/2 "). Under no circumstances shall the bedding sand layer exceed (1 -1/2 ") following compaction of the pavements. B. The sand shall be maintained at a uniform density. Screeded sand left overnight or subjected to rain shall be rechecked for level and raked and re- screeded where necessary. C. Do no allow any traffic on the bedding sand prior to paver installation. D. Bedding sand shall not be used for correcting out of tolerance base. !AC 44 !O\ ®... L..+a..I L.aC.... .i - vv. 1 1 I QV I 111.7LUIIQUV11 A. Establish layout pattern and create markings for directional references of joints and stringlines. B. Set pavers with nominal (1/8 ") joints. Ensure pavers do not touch one another, or use pavers with spacer ribs, C. Align pavers to maintain correct lines and patterns. D. The gaps at the edges shall be filled with standard edge pavers or pavers cut to fit. Cutting shall be done with a guillotine cutter or a masonry saw. No pieces shall be smaller than 1 /4 of a full paver. 5- 06.11(9) Compaction A. After paver installation, the bedding sand shall be fully compacted and the pavers brought to design levels by not less than three passes of suitable plate compactor. B. Do not compact within (3 ft.) of the laying edge. C. Compaction shall follow as closely as possible the laying of the pavers. D. Surface levels of the completed pavement at paving and curbs shall be left (1/8" to 1 /4") high to ensure positive drainage. 5- 06.11(10) Joint Filling A. As soon as practical after compaction and prior to the acceptance of construction traffic, jointing sand shall be spread over the pavement. Brush the jointing sand into the joints and re- vibrate with sufficient passes of the plate compactor until all joints are filled. B. Leave a thick layer of sand on the pavers until the pavement is ready to open to traffic. C. Seal joint sand with joint sand stabilizer per manufacturers recommendations. 5- 06.11(11) Clean -Up 92 A. Sweep sand from the surface prior to opening to traffic. 5- 06.11(12) Surface Profile A. The finished surface tolerance, when measured with a straight edge, shall be (1/2" in 7 feet). 5 -06.12 Measurement Concrete unit pavers shall be measured by the square foot. 5 -06.13 Payment "Concrete Unit Paver", per square foot. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs necessary to furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for the completion of the concrete unit pavers as specified. The compaction of subgrade, bedding sand, jointing sand, geotextile fabric, paver sealer, and efflorescence remover shall be considered incidental to the cost for the contract bid item, "Concrete Unit Paver". DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORMSEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS AND CONDUITS MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -05.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: This work shall also consist of removing and replacing catch basin frame and grate. 7 -05.2 Materials Section 7 -05.2 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Gravel Backfill for Drywells: Gravel backfill for drywells shall be as specified in Section 9- 03.12(5) of the Standard Specifications. Precast Concrete Catch Basin: Catch basins shall be WSDOT Standard Plan B -1 Catch Basin Type 1 and the reversible frame and herringbone grate shall be manufactured in accordance with Section 9- 05.15(2). 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Delete and replace with the following: Manholes, junction boxes, water valve boxes, and similar structures shall be adjusted prior to placement of sidewalk concrete or curb and gutter construction. 93 Catch basins and other utility castings to be adjusted in areas of hot mix asphalt shall be adjusted as detailed in Section 5- 04.3(13). When shown in the plans that the existing catch basins are located in areas where the curb and gutter is to be removed and replaced, the frame and grate of the catch basin shall be removed and replaced. The new frame and grates shall be a reversible frame and herringbone grate. 7-05.4 Measurement SI Innlement this certinn with the fnlInwing: Reversible frame and herringbone grate for type 1 will be measured per each for every frame 01IU a t e Iurni led 01IU installed. frame QIIU grate IUIIIIJIICU QIIU IIIJIAIICU. Removing and replacing frame and grate will be measured per each for each unit removed and replaced. 7 -05.5 Payment Add the following pay items: "Reversible Frame and Herringbone Grate for Type 1", per each. "Rel 1lovil lg 01 IId Replacing Frame and Grate", per each The unit contract price for "Removing and Replacing Frame and Grate" shall be full pay for removing the existing frames and grates, and furnishing and installing the new frames and grates. DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8 -01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 8 -01.3 Construction Requirements 8- 01.3(1) General Section 8- 01.3(1) is supplemented with the following: (April 3, 2006) Erodible Soil Eastern Washington The eighth paragraph of Section 8- 01.3(1) is revised to read: Erodible soil not being worked whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the following time period using an approved soil cover practice, unless authorized by the Engineer: July 1 through September 30 30 days October 1 through June 30 15 days 94 • ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8 -02.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: The work shall consist of preparing sub - grade, topsoil, installing tree root control provisions, fine grading and planting trees, shrubs and other plants, furnishing and installing precast concrete planters, fence rails, banner poles, benches, trash receptacles and tree grates in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Work shall include all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for finish testing, grading, spreading, imported topsoil, topsoil preparation, amendments and installation; planting of trees, protection, maintenance, guarantee, and replacement of plants; and related items necessary to complete the work indicated. Work includes providing all necessary equipment for watering until final acceptance and for establishing all plantings. 8 -02.3 Construction Requirements 8 -02.3 (1) Responsibility During Construction Landscape materials shall not be installed until weather permits and installation has been authorized by the Engineer. As of October 31, 2007, all tree wells constructed to date shall be planted with trees. Throughout planting operations, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from the Contractor's work. At the end of each work day, and as each planting area is completed, it shall be neatly dressed, and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. At the conclusion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a condition acceptable to the Engineer. 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan Within fourteen (14) calendar days after award of Contract, submit written documentation to the Engineer that all specified plant materials have been ordered. Documentation shall include list of suppliers' names, addresses, and phone numbers along with a list of respective growing or storage locations with addresses. The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size, species, variety, and quality noted and specified. The Contractor shall contract grow plant materials, if necessary, to ensure that the required size, species, variety, and quality of plant materials shall be provided. 8- 02.3(4)A Topsoil Type "A" The Contractor shall submit two (2) representative samples of proposed imported Topsoil Type "A" witnessed by the Engineer to the Soils and Plant Laboratory, Bellevue, WA, Ph. (206)746 -1665 for test #A05. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with test results from the laboratory and the laboratory's recommended fertilizer /amendments to the Contractor Topsoil Type "A" source for his approval prior to placement on the job. 95 Provide and install Topsoil Type "A" to a uniform depth in all tree and planting areas as shown or noted in the Plans. 8- 02.3(7) Layout of Planting The Contractor is responsible for determining the final quantities of plant materials to complete the Landscape Plan as shown based on the actual number of planters and sizes of areas shown in the plans, and notify the Engineer of any discrepancy prior to planting. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer the final location for all plant materials prior to site delivery, The Contractor shall neither deliver to the site nor install planting materials until authorized by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with at least one week notice prior to preparing plants for shipping. 8- 02.3(8) Planting Where the drainage of planting holes is limited or non - existent because of heavy clay, hardpan, or rock, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the Engineer who will determine if the drainage is adequate for planting. The Engineer will determine the method and extent of improved drainage required. All trees and plants shall be planted as detailed on the Plans. Protect plantings during delivery to prevent damage. Protect trees during transport by tying in branches and covering all exposed branches. Deliver all plants with legible identification nursery labels. Ali costs to furnish, deliver and plant the plants in the precast concrete planters as detailed in the plans shall be included in the unit contract price per each for the "Precast Concrete Planter In. Diam." Plant during periods normal for optimum growth, as determined by season, weather conditions, and accepted practice. Planting operations may be conducted under unseasonable conditions, without additional compensation, and by accepting FULL responsibility for any subsequent resulting losses. When performing th follo wing work, injure root system. Do not over L i �..ii the •Vi �, do not ii ijure the roof y viii. lJ nnot - LVvi excavate planting pit depth; however, over - excavation of planting pit width is desirable. Trees shall be handled by the rootball, not by the trunk. Plant trees upright; rotate to give the best appearance. Hold tree rigidly in position until topsoil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the ball or roots. When pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer plant tablets and stakes, if necessary, as shown on the Plans. Evenly space the fertilizer tablets around the perimeter of and immediately adjacent to the root system. Carefully place, water, and compact planting topsoil, and fill all voids. When planting pit is three - quarters (3/4) backfilled, fill with water and allow water to soak away. Fill pits with additional topsoil to finish grade, and continue backfilling as detailed on the Plans. Water immediately after planting. 8- 02.3(9) Pruning, Staking, Guying & Wrapping Contractor shall verify location of underground utilities prior to installation of tree stakes, and shall avoid and protect underground utilities as required. The cost for tree staking 96 shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price per each for "PSIPE 8- 02.3(10) Fertilizer Fertilizer shall be added to topsoil as defined in Section 9- 14.1(1), Topsoil Type "A" of the Special Provisions. The cost of fertilizer soil amendments shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for Topsoil Type "A ". Fertilizer for trees shall be brands acceptable to the City of Yakima Arborist and conforms to applicable State fertilizer laws. Fertilizer tablets, 21 -gram size, as manufactured by Agriform International Chemicals, Inc. 20 -1 -5 analysis shall be applied at a rate of 4 tablets /every foot of ball diameter, applied per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price per each for "PSIPE 8- 02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Mulch for trees planted in grass or existing planter areas shall be composted yard waste — medium grade material, screened and conditioned in storage piles for a least three months prior to use. Material as supplied by Cedar Grove Compost Company (206) 763 -2700 or approved equal. None of following content permitted: Resin, tannin, wood fiber, salts, or other compounds detrimental to plant life. Size range shall be 7/16" to 3/4" with maximum of 30% passing a 1/2" screen. 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting When the Contractor feels that the initial planting is complete, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request an inspection, after which the Engineer will make an inspection and prepare a list of all planting items that remain to be completed. The Contractor shall then complete or correct all items identified by the Engineer within five (5) working days and request another inspection. The Engineer shall then provide the Contractor with written notification of acceptance of initial planting, at which point the plant establishment period shall begin. The Contractor shall continue to maintain all plantings until such notification has been provided. Completion of initial planting includes the following: 1. Installation of all required planting materials (trees and groundcovers). 2. Planting area cleanup. 3. Full operation of the irrigation system, complete mulch coverage, and all planting areas in a weed free condition. 8- 02.3(19) Root Barrier New Section 8- 02.3(19) is added: Contractor shall provide and install root barrier as shown on Drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. Root Barrier shall be "BioBarrier"TM Root 97 Control Systems, supplied by BioGuard R &D Inc., Richland, WA; (509) 375 -3289 or approved equal. 8- 02.3(20) Tree Anchor Stakes New Section 8- 02.3(20) is added: Tree stakes shall be Foresight Products Duckbill Anchor #68 RBK Kit with Straps, supplied by Foresight Products, Commerce City, Colorado; (800) 325 -5360 or approved equal. 8- 02.3(21) Tree Grates New Section 8- 02.3(21) is added: Tree grates shall be an Urban Accessories Cast Iron Grate Chinook Series (4' x 6' size) modified with bolt -down option and where installed adjacent to back of curb will have a custom frame (three sides "S" Standard & one side inverted "R" frame), otherwise the frame will be four sides "S" Standard, treated with Corroseal rust converter prior to delivery, or approved equal, Supplied by Architecreation, Seattle, Washington, (206) 932 -4730. The frames shall be braced and supported prior to and after concrete work to ensure that they remain straight and do not warp. Each grate panel shall be bolted to the frame with flat head stainless steel, vandal proof bolts into pre - drilled holes in the frames. Grates shall lay flat and snug into frames. lf, following installation, the tree grates do not fit sling with a result of raised edges or movement, the frames and grates shall be removed and reset. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of frame and grate. Drawings shall indicate anchoring method to surrounding concrete, along with the method of blocking and supporting. 8- 02.3(22) Precast Concrete Planters New Section 8- 02.3(22) is added: Precast Concrete Planters shall be Wausau Tile Westlake Series Planter #TF4226 (42" Diameter) and #TF4229 )48" Diameter) with Westlake II Band on the 42" Planter and with Westlake 1 Band on the 48" Planters. Contractor shall submit color samples for Engineer's selection. Wausau Tile, Inc. Wausau, Wisconsin, (800) 388 -8728. 8- 02.3(23) Banner Poles New Section 8- 02.3(23) is added: Banner strain poles shall be HolophaneTM 26 ft steel strain pole with decorative base with FGIUS -SBKH duplex electrical receptacle with small in -use wet location • cover and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. Foundation for strain poles shall be as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(25) Benches New Section 8- 02.3(25) is added: Benches shall be supplied by Landscape Forms, "Gretchen" Style, Kalamazoo, MI. Contact Tim Gish, Phone 503 -292 -9102. 98 The benches shall have backs and be 72 inch long, PolySite seat with exterior loop arms, intermediate arm, and surface mount supports. Backed seat color shall be black. Benches shall be installed per manufacturer's standard detail for surface mounting. 8- 02.3(27) Trash Receptacle New Section 8- 02.3(27) is added: Trash receptacles shall be Landscape FormsTM "Scarborough" litter receptacle, with 30 gallon capacity, square bar side panel, keyed lock, black powdercoat, side opening, and surface mount. Phone: (503) 292 -9102. Trash receptacle shall be installed where indicated in the plans and per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 02.3(28) Planter Fence with Planters New Section 8- 02.3(28) is added: Planter fences shall be steel fabricated as detailed in the plans. Posts and fence panels shall be finished in a black powdercoat. All fasteners shall be stainless steel and vandal proof. Posts shall be set in a 6 inch diameter blocked out holes in the new sidewalk and grouted in place. Two planter block -outs shall be formed during sidewalk construction. Planters shall be filled with topsoil type A (Potting Soil). Planters shall be installed as detailed. Planters shall be Wausau Tile, TF4165 RP418 Planter, 1- 800 - 388 -8728, or approved equal. 8- 02.3(29) Bicycle Rack New Section 8- 02.3(29) is added: Bicycle rack shall be a square steel tubing "Inverted U" rack as supplied by Creative Pipe, Inc., www.creativepipe.com 1- 800 - 644 -8467, Model No. WUSQ 2- F-P-CB., or approved equal. Tubing shall be 2 -inch x 2 -inch 0.188 -inch wall, structural square tubing. Length shall be 30 inches. Mounting shall be surface flange mounted to concrete. Finish shall be Black Thermoplastic powder coat. 8 -02.4 Measurement Root Barrier will be measured by the linear foot not including the required overlap lengths recommended by the manufacturer. Tree Grate will be measured per each for each grate furnished and installed. Precast Concrete Planter In. Diameter will be measured per each for each planter furnished and installed. Planter Fence with Planters will be measured per each for each planter fence with planters furnished and installed. Banner Strain Pole will be measured per each for each strain pole furnished and installed. Trash Receptacle will be measured per each for each receptacle furnished and installed. 99 Bench will be measured per each for each bench furnished and installed. Bicycle Rack will be measured per each for each bicycle rack furnished and installed. No measurement will be made for Topsoil Type "A ", Potting Soil and Topsoil Blend soil mixes (see Drawings for installation locations), fertilizer, mulch, soil amendments, backfill for sand drain, geotextile fabric, and Gravel Backfill for Drains required for planter planting or drywells. 8 -02.5 Payment Section 8 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Root Barrier," per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Root Barrier" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing root barrier as detailed in the plans, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Tree Grate," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Tree Grate" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation including furnishing and installing tree grate as detailed in the plans and including supporting frame required at each location, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Precast Concrete Planter, In. Diameter," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Precast Concrete Planter In. Diameter" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing planter as detailed in the plans including potting soil, backfill for sand drains, geotextile fabric, gravel backfill for drains, planter plantings, and other related work. "Planter Fence With Planters," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Planter Fence" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing planter fence as detailed in the plans including forming block outs in sidewalk for posts and planters, grouting around posts, planters, potting soil, backfill for sand drains, geotextile fabric, gravel backfill for drains, and other items or related work. "Banner Strain Pole," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Banner Strain Pole" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation as detailed in the plans including excavation for foundation, constructing foundation, hauling and erecting pole in- place, conduit and conductors, and other related work. "Trash Receptacle," per each. 100 The unit contract price per each for "Trash Receptacle" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each trash receptacle including furnishing and installing as detailed in the plans, anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Bench with Back," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bench with Back" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each bench as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Bicycle Rack," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bicycle Rack" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each rack as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. 8 -03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 8 -03.3 Construction Requirements This section shall be supplemented with the follow: The Plans include the general location of a new 3/4" domestic water service and a schematic of the required items necessary between the City's new service meter and the system's zone laterals. The Contractor shall prepare a plan drawing of the various irrigation items from the City water meter through the zone control valve box. This drawing shall note the sizes and products to be used. This plan drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his review and approval before any materials are ordered. 8- 03.3(12) Cross Connection Control Device Installation This section is supplemented with the following: City of Yakima Irrigation Installation Specifications Below surface installation requirements for irrigation sprinkler systems shall utilize a double check valve assembly for backflow prevention: 3 / %" and 1" Size Devices Minimum vault size shall be one (1) 24" x 24" x 24" Quazite meter box. Vault lid shall have bolt down security feature. The assembly requires 12 inches of clearance from the wall of the vault to the test cocks. If the test cocks are located on top of the assembly, the 12 -inch clearance remains in effect to allow for repair of the device. Additionally, the assembly requires 12 inches of clearance under the device. The assembly shall be installed with two (2) schedule 80 PVC unions to allow for removal of the device in the winter. An approved stop and drain valve (Hays Nuseal or Mueller Mark II Oriseal) shall be installed between the assembly and the meter at a depth of five (5) feet (if 101 installed within twenty (20) feet of the meter); and must also be installed within five (5) feet of the approved backflow assembly to effectively drain for winter. 8 -04 CURBS, GUTTERS AND SPILLWAYS 8- 04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters and Spillways Add the following: Cement concrete curb and gutter constructed on this project shall be as shown on the Detail Sheet of the Plans. "Barrier" cement concrete curb and gutter sections ..L......... 4L... r\ - 4.. :1 Shie ..a . L... ....1 the ...A....... ..L......... th.. as JI IVWII 0111 the LJCldll JI ICCL Jl ldll UC UJCU 011 the rVQUVVcly as shown on the Plans. "Driveway Depression" cement concrete curb and gutter as shown on the Detail Sheet shall be used at all driveway and wheelchair ramp locations as shown on the Plans and as directed in the field by the Engineer. Cement concrete curb and gutter which does not comply with the section details on the Plans shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. A template shall be required to be placed at the back of curb for construction of driveway transitions from Barrier to Driveway curb and gutter. The Contractor shall also be required to use a template at the back of Driveway Depression curb and gutter to ensure a straight and uniform back of curb 1111 l,0I lfor Mai Il,e with the Details. The new concrete curb and gutter shall be cured in accordance with SECTION 5- 05.3(13)B of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8 -04.5 Payment Section 8 -04.5 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Traffic Curb and Gutter," per linear foot, shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to construct Barrier and Driveway Depression curb and gutter, including • curb and gutter adjacent to commercial driveway approaches, as shown on the Plans, including steel reinforcement in driveways or catch basins. 8 -06 CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES 8 -06.1 Description Supplement this section with the following: The work shall include the installation of commercial driveway approaches, and adjusting utility castings within the concrete apron of the approaches. 8 -06.3 Construction Requirements Supplement this section with the following: Commercial Driveway approach. Commercial Driveway Approaches shall be constructed as shown on the City of Yakima Standard Detail for Commercial 102 Approach. The sidewalks and the ramps shown on each side of the approach detailed on the standard detail shall be paid for under Section 8 -14 of the Standard Specifications. Traffic will not be allowed onto the new approaches until the concrete reaches a strength of 2500 psi. 8 -06.4 Measurement Supplement this section with the following: Commercial Driveway Approach shall be measured per each installed at the locations shown on the plans and in accordance with the standard detail. 8 -06.5 Payment Supplement this section with the following: "Commercial Driveway Approach ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Commercial Driveway Approaches" shall be full compensation for all work, equipment, materials and all other items necessary for the complete installation of the approaches where shown on the plans and in accordance with the City of Yakima standard detail. 103 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8 -14.1 Description Supplement this section with the following: This work shall also include furnishing and installing new signpost sockets, at locations shown on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 8 -14.2 Materials Add the following: Cign D.,c+ Cnnket Vi C Mode! #23- 1- VRC nrt Vlyl V V ...>1. VVVI \VV . �O .. .. Mode! ,i s- v . . ,. v v For use with 2 -3 /8" OD sign posts 8 -14.3 Construction Requirements 8- 14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete. Supplement this section by with the following: Prior to placing of any sidewalk, a pre -slab meeting will be held between the Contacting Agency and the Contractor to discuss the expectations of the sidewalk. Required at that meeting w ill b a rapr of the prime contractor along with the foreman over the concrete work. The first half block of cement concrete pavement placed on this project shall be deemed a test section where the Contractor will demonstrate his ability to place and finish the concrete sidewalk in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Any portions of the worked deemed unacceptable shall be removed and repaired in a manner acceptable to the Engineer, up to and including the total removal of the sidewalk. Once the test section has been approved by the Engineer, it will be referenced during construction for comparison of newly poured concrete sidewalk. Any section of cement concrete sidewalk not meeting the quality of work of this test section shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All sidewalks not located in driveway approach areas shall be four (4) inches in thickness, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. All sidewalks located in a driveway approach area shall be six (6) inches in thickness. Existing sidewalks at match lines shall be removed to the nearest convenient existing joint or sawcut in a neat vertical, straight transverse line at locations approved by the Engineer. Joint filler material to form a new expansion joint shall be placed as indicated on the Standard Detail for Sidewalk. At all driveway and handicap ramp depressions, the back of the sidewalk grade shall be depressed to maintain a 2 percent transverse grade from back of curb to back of sidewalk, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Signpost Sockets shall be set 1/2 inch above the finished sidewalk so that the erected signs will be plumb when installed. The Contractor shall correct any misaligned sockets at his own expense. 104 The completed surface of the sidewalk shall not vary more than 1 /4 -inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the curbing. The Contractor shall provide construction joints as detailed in the Plans, where it is necessary, to stage the forming of sidewalk work in order to maintain access to adjoining businesses. All existing and new utility boxes located or to be located in the finished sidewalk areas shall be adjusted and supported to be flush with the finish grade of the new sidewalk prior to the sidewalk being placed around them. The utility boxes shall be aligned to have two sides matching concrete joints or score lines. ADA Pavers to be used in the ADA curb ramp construction shall be supplied by Masons Supply Company, Woodinville, WA 425 -487 -6161. Contractor shall provide the Engineer color samples for final selection prior to them being ordered by the Contractor. ADA pavers shall be charcoal in color and installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. Sidewalks shall be scored as detailed in the plans and 15 -pound roofing felt shall be used as a bond breaker at the construction joints adjacent to the building, the joints adjacent to the curb and around the light bases. Every third transverse score joint (every 18') shall be made to a depth of 1.5 inches. Concrete sidewalk shall be cured in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(13)A of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Failure to properly secure or seal the cement concrete sidewalk will require the Contractor to remove and replace the sidewalk section at his expense. No mars shall be allowed in the concrete finish. The Contractor shall remove and replace any slabs that have any mars, such as, scuff marks, scratched in lettering, etc. at no cost to the Contracting Agency, no matter who or what the cause. 8 -14.4 Measurement Supplement this section with the following: Signpost Sockets will be measured per each in place. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of cement concrete sidewalk test section. 8 -14.5 Payment Supplement this section with the following: "Cement Conc. Sidewalk In. Thick ", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Conc. Sidewalk _ In. Thick" shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing the sidewalk, including furnishing, placing and compacting the crushed surfacing top course as detailed in the Plans. "Signpost Sockets ", per each. 105 The unit contract price per each for "Signpost Sockets" shall be full compensation for furnishing the sockets, and for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of the sockets at the locations shown on the plans or as located by the Engineer. "Cement Concrete Sidewalk Test Section ", lump sum. The lump sum unit price for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk Test Section" shall be full pay for furnishing and placing a half block of cement concrete sidewalk to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It is estimated that this work will require approximately 300 square yards of cement concrete sidewalk. 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8 -20.1 Description This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add to the list of systems: 4. Pedestrian Lighting System 5. Pedestrian Push Button System Modification 6. Tree Lighting System 8 -20.2 Materials Add the following items: Provide new materials and equipment approved and labeled for the purpose for which they are to be used by a nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory. Similar items of equipment shall be of the same manufacture and quality. The equipment and materials shall meet applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. Conduit: All conduit installed above grade on this project shall be rigid metal conduit unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Provide rigid steel elbows for all underground PVC runs. Electrical Service: Electrical service equipment shall be as manufactured by Square D, Cutler- Hammer, or Siemens and shall be rated for use as service entrance equipment. Breakers shall bolt to the bus and shall be fully rated for the interrupting capacity shown on the drawings. Main breakers shall be vertically mounted. Busing shall be copper. Neutrals shall be insulated but bondable. Provide grounding bus. Service enclosures shall be manufactured by Skyline Manufacturing Company or approved equal. Enclosures: Device boxes and covers (for receptacles installed in trees) for connection to tree mounted lighting fixtures shall be heavy duty, die cast with lockable hasp (Intermatic WP1010MC or equal). Lighting fixture cord shall enter the bottom of the device box cover. Contractor shall install a stainless steel nameplate on the device box with circuit and service identification (Le. "169 -13" designating that lighting is served from Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). 106 8 -20.3 Construction Requirements 8- 20.3(1) General Add the following to this Section: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Washington Department of Labor & Industries for all required inspections for the electrical systems for this project. 8- 20.3(4) Foundations This Section shall be supplemented with the following: The top 6 inches of anchor bases shall be formed and finished 18 inches round for pedestrian Tight standard foundations. The top 6 inches of the anchors bases for Banner Strain Poles shall be formed and finished 36 -inch round. Tops shall be 3 /4 - inch chamfer edges and finished at sidewalk grade. The top 6 inches shall be separated from adjacent concrete surfaces by means of 15 -pound roofing felt. 8- 20.3(5) Conduit This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Existing and new PVC conduit runs are indicated on the Plans. Conduits shall be installed by open trench method for new runs called for in the conduit schedule. However, any adjacent existing empty conduits that are found during the course of the project may be used in place of a new conduit of the same diameter called for in the Conduit Schedule. All 90- degree elbows shall be galvanized steel. The ten feet of rigid conduit is not required. A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. A new 3" diameter PVC conduit for future communication needs shall be installed from Front Street to 7 Avenue on both the north and south sides of Yakima Avenue. Conduit shall be placed in the same trench as new electrical power conduits. A type 2 junction box shall be installed at each end of each block where directed by the Engineer. A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the conduit and junction boxes including excavation, gravel backfill, compaction, adjustment to grade, and pull rope shall be included in the lump sum contract price for "Future Communication Conduit" per linear foot. 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This Section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access enclosures to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum 107 surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi. over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Illumination" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062 or approved equal. The terms "pulibox" and "junction box" are interchangeable. Pullboxes shall be constructed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the City of Yakima Standard Details. Pullboxes shall not be located in wheelchair ramps or landing areas. Asphalt joint filler material shall not be installed between puliboxes and other concrete surfaces. 8- 20.3(8) Wiring Supplement this section as follows: All electrical wiring: Branch circuit conductors shall each run from the services to the appropriate they branch the devices. Conductor shall shown puilboxes where they branch to the devices. Conductor sizes shall be as shown on the Plans. Conductors shall be individually tagged in each junction box (including junction boxes associated with tree lighting circuits) with circuit and service identification (i.e. "169 -13" designating Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). Circuits routed in a common conduit shall be laced or bundled with spiral wrap. In -line fuses shall be installed in each lighting standard base. 8- 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding Supplement this section as follows: Bonding jumpers or equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated wire sized as shown on the plans ( #10 AWG minimum). 8- 20.3(10) Electrical Service Add the following: Six new 120/240V electrical services shall be provided where and as shown on the Plans. Contractor shall coordinate the location of these services with Pacific Power. A State electrical permit will be required for the services. All wiring and equipment shall conform to the appropriate electrical codes. The Contractor shall provide all materials required which are not supplied by Pacific Power. Installation and materials shall meet the requirements of Pacific Power. 8- 20.3(13)A Light Standards The Contractor shall remove dispose of the existing street light standards and their foundation but salvage the luminaire heads and deliver them to the City of Yakima Public Works Dept., 2301 Fruitvale Blvd., Yakima, WA. New foundations shall be constructed where directed by the Engineer and the existing power circuit shall be connected to the new street light. The new light standards shall be HolophaneTM North Yorkshire Style iron and steel 35 ft. fluted poles with clam shell bases and 6 foot Boston Harbor Arms. The luminaire shall be HolophaneTM Memphis Style, 400 watt Pulse Metal Halide multi - tap wired for 240 volts. Both the light standards and luminaries will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. 8- 20.3(13)B Decorative Light Standards (Pedestrian Light Standards) 108 Pedestrian Light Standards shall be HolophaneTM North Yorkshire Tapered Fluted Case Aluminum Poles and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire pedestrian light system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)C Luminaires Pedestrian light luminaries shall be HolophaneTM Harp Series 175 watt Metal Halide Mogul Base, Multi -tap wired for 120 volts and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. 8- 20.3(13)D Tree Lighting System (New) The Contractor shall provide power to each tree planting location as detail in the plans. All circuits to trees shall be GFCI. The Contractor shall provide three strings of 70 lights each for each tree location. The tree lights shall be purchased from Display Sales, 70 Strawberry Mini LED Clear, product no. MLVLEDCLR. The contact information for Display Sales is: http: / /www.dispsales.com /dsistore /product.asp ?category =LED M IN I &part %5Fno= MLVLEDCLR &fi nd %5Fcategory = LEDMIN I& find %5Fdescription = LED +MINI +LIGHTS &find %5Fpart %5Fdesc = http: / /www.dispsales.com /dsistore/ find. asp? find %5Fcategory = LEDMIN I &find %5Fdescription =LE D +MINI +LIGHTS All of the trees that are planted prior to December 1, 2007 shall be strung with lights prior to December 14, 2007. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire tree lighting system as detailed in the plans shall be included in the contract bid item, "Tree Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(14) G Pedestrian Push Button Modification (New) As detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall remove and relocate an existing pedestrian push button post on the southwest corner of 1 Avenue and Yakima Avenue. The Contractor shall reuse the existing pedestrian push button pole. Conduit runs and junction boxes shall be adjusted to match the new location. Leads to pedestrian buttons shall not be cut or spliced. Damage to any wiring will be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. If additional wiring is required the existing wire from the pull box shall be replaced with a new wire run. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the modifications to the pedestrian push button locations as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Push Button Modification" per lump sum. 8 -20.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: The lump sum contract price for "Pedestrian Lighting System ", "Pedestrian Push Button Modification ", "Tree Lighting System" and "Future Communication Conduit" 109 shall be full pay for the construction of the complete electrical system, modifying existing systems, or both, as shown in the Plans and herein specified including excavation, backfilling, concrete foundations, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, new electrical services, making all required tests and inspections, and modifications to existing services. All additional materials and labor, not shown in the plans or called for herein and which are required to complete the electrical system, shall be included in the lump sum contract price. 8 -30 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT (New Section) 8 =30.1 Description The work shall consist of repair of any incidental damages to landscaping, fencing, private irrigation, top soil, turf, reconnection or realignment of side services to the new sanitary sewer trunkline, or other miscellaneous items within or adjacent to the project area. This includes complete replacement of items that are beyond repair as determined by the Engineer. 8 -30.5 Payment Payment will be made for the following bid items: "Repair or Replacement ", by force account. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, and for that purpose only, the City has estimated the force account for "Repair or Replacement ", and has arbitrarily entered the amount for the pay item in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 110 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS 9 -03 AGGREGATES 9 -03.8 Aggregates for Asphalt Concrete 9- 03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Item 1 is deleted and replaced with: ( * * * *) 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the JMF is determined as required in 5- 04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Nonstatistical Commercial Evaluation Evaluation Aggregate, percent passing 1", 3 /4 ", '/2 ", and 3/8" sieves ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 4 sieve ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 8 sieve ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 200 sieve ±2.0% ±3.0% Asphalt Binder ±0.5% ±0.7% These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1 -06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control points section, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99 -100. The tolerance limits on sieves shall only apply to sieves with control points. 9 -05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 9 -05.15 Metal Castings 9- 05.15(1) Manhole Ring and Cover Revise this section to read: All new manhole rings and covers shall be purchased by the Contractor from Olympic Foundry, Casting NO. MH33Y, Yakima Standard Ring and Cover. The Contractor shall also provide all labor and equipment for handling the manhole rings and covers. All used castings shall become the property of the City of Yakima and shall be delivered to the Wastewater Collection- Maintenance Facility at 204 W. Pine by the Contractor. Prior arrangements must be made to assure the facility will be open for delivery. 9- 05.15(2) Metal Frame, Grate and Solid Metal Cover for Catch Basins or Inlets This section is supplemented with the following: Castings for the Catch Basins on this project shall be as shown on the City of Yakima Standard Detail. 111 9 -14 EROSION CONTROL 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type A Section 9 -14.1 shall be supplemented with the following: A. Topsoil Type A mix for planters shall be "Potting Soil" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA, (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. B. Topsoil Type A for street trees shall be "Topsoil Blend" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. C. Contractor shall send minimum on one (1) representative sample of "Potting Soil" and "Topsoil Blend" to an approved soil- testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) to determine FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus levels, calcium, minor elements, soluble salts /conductivity and pH). The results shall be submitted to the Engineer (WITH TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH) for approval prior to use on the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for what ever soil additives may be required, as recommended by the testing laboratory. The cost for testing and soil additions must be borne by the Contractor. 9 -14.3 Fertilizer General: Fertilizer must be delivered to job sites, mixed as specified, and in standard size unopened containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Material shall be uniform in composition, free - flowing, and suitable for application by mechanical equipment. All elements shall be protected from the weather, particularly moisture, both on and off the job site. Fertilizer for the trees and groundcover shall be 21 -gram Agriform tablets 20 -10 -5. Fertilizer for topsoil shall be per Specification Section 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type "A ". 9- 14.6(5) Inspection The review and approval of all plant materials by the Engineer, prior to planting, is mandatory. The Contractor shall have plant samples available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to reject, through his /her agent, any or all plant material at any time until final inspections and acceptance. Contractor is to remove rejected plants immediately from site. 9- 14.6(7) Temporary Storage Ball and burlapped plants that cannot be planted within one (1) day after arrival are to be heeled -in or otherwise temporarily stored, as specified and in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and as specified herein. 112 9 -15 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 9 -15.3 Automatic Controllers This section is supplemented with the following: Controller for the three station irrigation system shall be a 9 -volt battery powered Hunter TM Smart Valve Controller, Model No. SVC — 400. Controller and valves shall be installed in a valve box with a lockable lid. 9 -15.5 Valve Boxes and Protective Sleeves This section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access boxes to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Irrigation" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062. 9- 15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves This section is supplemented with the following: Control valves for the three stations required on this project shall be 1" PGV flow control valves with solenoids. Each valve shall be labeled as to which station it serves. 9 -29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct Supplement this section as follows: All conduits below grade on this project shall be schedule 40 PVC underground conduits (electrical grade - gray color) with pull rope. Additional materials to be installed on this project include, but are not limited to, junction boxes cables and electrical conductors. The pull rope shall be a 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength (similar to King Cotton Products #5051- 4 -1/8), and shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. When cable is pulled, this rope shall be re- pulled along with the cable. 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes Supplement this section as follows: Junction boxes shall be Type 1, 2,or 3 as shown on the plans. They shall be constructed of polymer concrete and reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Boxes and covers shall be concrete gray color and rated for no less than 15,000 113 pounds over a 10" x 10" area and designed and tested to temperatures of —50 F. The covers shall be marked with a "Traffic Signal" or "Street Lighting" logo. Existing junction boxes shall be removed as shown on the plans and returned to the City of Yakima Traffic Signal Shop. New replacement junction boxes shall be installed even with the new finished sidewalk level or finished grade and positioned so as to properly house all existing exposed conduit stub -ups, wires and cables. The junction boxes shall be aligned to have two sides matching concrete joints or score lines. STANDARD PLANS April 2, 2007 The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21 -01 transmitted under Publications Transmittal No. PT 07 -008, effective April 2, 2007 is made a part of this contract. The Standard Plans are revised as follows: All Standard Plans All references in the Standard Plans to "Asphalt Concrete Pavement" shall be revised to read "Hot Mix Asphalt ". All references in the Standard Plans to the abbreviation "ACP" shall be revised to read "HMA ". C -11 b Sheets 1 and 2 In the PRECAST FOOTING, ELEVATION view (Sheet 1) and in the CAST -IN- PLACE FOOTING, ELEVATION view (Sheet 2), COMMERCIAL CONCRETE is revised to CONCRETE CLASS 4000. In the BREAKAWAY ANCHOR ANGLE, ELEVATION view (Sheet 2), the welding symbols are revised to indicate that the 1/4" Inside Gussets have 1/4" fillet weld joints, and the 1/2" End Gussets have 1/2" fillet weld joints. D-la Sheet 2& D-lb Sheet 2 Reinforcing Steel Bar marked "R1" (see lower left corner): the dimension 1' - 2 1/2" is revised to 1' - 0 1/2 ". G -8g Sheet 1 In the ELEVATION views, in the labels LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT: the parenthetical specification "12 GAGE" is revised to "7 GAGE ". 1 -10 In NOTE 1: the reference to Standard Specification 8- 01.3(5)A is revised to Standard Specification 8- 01.3(6)A. The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date shown in the lower right -hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates shall not be used in this contract. 114 A -1 10/24/06 A -3 5/30/02 A -6 2/24/03 A -2 12/20/06 A -5 2/24/03 A -7 10/04/05 B- 5.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.50 -00 6/01/06 B- 75.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 5.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.70 -00 6/01/06 B- 75.50 -00 6/08/06 B- 5.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.80 -00 6/08/06 B- 75.60 -00 6/08/06 B- 10.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.90 -00 6/08/06 B- 80.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 10.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 35.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 80.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 10.60 -00 6/08/06 B- 35.40 -00 6/08/06 B- 82.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 15.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 40.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.10 -00 6/01/06 B- 15.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 40.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 15.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 45.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.30 -00 6/01/06 B- 20.20 -01 11/21/06 B- 45.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.40 -00 6/08/06 B- 20.40 -01 11/21/06 B- 50.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.50 -00 6/08/06 B- 20.60 -01 11/21/06 B- 55.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.10 -00 6/08/06 B- 25.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 60.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 90.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 25.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 60.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.30 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.10 -00 6/08/06 B- 65.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.40 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.20 -01 11/21/06 B- 65.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.50 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.30 -00 6/01/06 B- 70.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 95.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 70.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 95.40 -00 6/08/06 C -1 2/06/07 C -3b 10/04/05 C -13 4/16/99 C-la 7/31/98 C -3c 6/21/06 C -13a 4/16/99 C-lb 10/31/03 C -3d 3/03/05 C -13b 4/16/99 C-lc 5/30/97 C -4 2/21/07 C -14a 7/26/02 C -1 d 10/31/03 C -4a 2/21/07 C -14b 7/26/02 C -2 1/06/00 C -4b 6/08/06 C -14c 7/26/02 C -2a 6/21/06 C -4e 2/20/03 C -14d 7/26/02 C -2b 6/21/06 C -4f 6/30/04 C -14e 7/26/02 C -2c 6/21/06 C -5 10/31/03 C -14f 9/02/05 C -2d 6/21/06 C -6 5/30/97 C -14g 11/21/06 C -2e 6/21/06 C -6a 3/14/97 C -14h 1/11/06 C -2f 3/14/97 C -6c 1/06/00 C -14i 12/02/03 C -2g 7/27/01 C -6d 5/30/97 C -14j 12/02/03 C -2h 3/28/97 C -6f 7/25/97 C -14k 1/11/06 C -21 3/28/97 C -7 10/31/03 C -16a 11/08/05 C -2j 6/12/98 C -7a 10/31/03 C -16b 11/08/05 C -2k 7/27/01 C -8 4/27/04 C- 20.14 -00 2/06/07 C -2n 7/27/01 C -8a 7/25/97 C- 20.40 -00 2/06/07 C -2o 7/13/01 C -8b 1/11/06 C- 22.40 -00 2/06/07 C -2p 10/31/03 C -8e 2/21/07 C- 23.60 -00 2/06/07 C -2q 3/03/05 C -8f 6/30/04 C- 25.18 -00 2/06/07 C -2r 3/03/05 C -10 7/31/98 C- 25.20 -00 2/06/07 C -2s 3/03/05 0-11 5/20/04 C- 25.22 -00 2/21/07 C -2t 3/03/05 0-11 a 5/20/04 C- 28.40 -00 2/06/07 0-3 10/04/05 C -11 b 5/20/04 C -3a 10/04/05 C -12 7/27/01 D-la 1/23/02 D- 2.30 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.80 -00 11/10/05 D -lb 10/06/99 D- 2.32 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.82 -00 11/10/05 115 D-lc 10/06/99 D- 2.34 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.84 -00 11/10/05 D -1 d 10/06/99 D- 2.36 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.86 -00 11/10/05 D -1 e 1/23/02 D- 2.38 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.88 -00 11/10/05 D -1f 10/06/99 D- 2.40 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.92 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.02 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.42 -00 11/10/05 D -3 7/13/05 D- 2.04 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.44 -00 11/10/05 D -3a 6/30/04 D- 2.06 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.46 -00 11/10/05 D -3b 6/30/04 D- 2.08 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.48 -00 11/10/05 D -3c 6/30/04 D- 2.10 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.60 -00 11/10/05 D -4 12/11/98 D- 2.12- 00......... 11/10/05 D- 2.62- 00 ... ..... 11/10/05 D -6 ................. 6/19/98 D- 2.14 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.64 -00 11/10/05 D -7 10/06/99 D- 2.16 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.66 -00 11/10/05 D -7a 10/06/99 D- 2.18 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.68 -00 11/10/05 D -9 12/11/98 D- 2.20 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.78 -00 11/10/05 E -1 2/21/07 E -4 8/27/03 E -2 5/29/98 E -4a 8/27/03 i /23/07 F- 40.15 -00 2/07/07 F-10.12-00 12/20/06 F- 10.64 -00 ' F- 10.16 -00 12/20/06 F- 30.10 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.16 -00 2/07/07 • F- 10.40 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.10 -00 2/07/07 F- 40.18 -00 2/07/07 F- 10.42 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.12 -00 2/07/07 F- 80.10 -00 1/23/07 F- 10.62 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.14 -00 2/07/07 G -1 2/21/07 G -6 8/27/03 G -8e 8/18/04 G -2 6/04/02 G -6a 8/27/03 G -8f 11/09/05 G -2a 6/04/02 G -6b 8/27/03 G -8g 11/09/05 G -3 11/09/05 G -7 6/08/06 G -9a 6/25/02 G -3a 11/09/05 G -8a 12/15/04 G -9b 6/08/06 G -3b 11/09/05 G -8b 11/09/05 G -9d 6/08/06 G -4a 11/09/05 G -8c 8/18/04 G -4b 6/30/04 G -8d 12/15/04 H -1 1/10/02 H -4a 2/25/05 H -12 2/25/05 H-la 4/14/00 H -4b 10/24/06 H -12a 2/25/05 H -lb 6/21 /06 H -6 10/29/03 H -12b 2/25/05 H-lc 3/04/05 H -7 8/10/98 H -13 2/25/05 H -1 d 6/21/06 H -8 9/18/98 H -13a 2/25/05 H -le 6/21/06 H -9 4/18/97 H -14 2/09/05 H -4 8/18/04 H -10 5/29/98 1 -1 7/18/97 1 -6 7/17/03 1 -11 9/11/03 1 -2 4/23/99 1 -7 7/17/03 1 -12 7/17/03 1 -3 8/20/99 1 -8 7/17/03 1 -13 7/17/03 1 -4 7/17/03 1 -9 7/17/03 1 -14 7/17/03 1 -5 7/17/03 1 -10 7/17/03 1 -15 1/23/07 J -1 b .................. 10/08/99 J -6g 12/12/02 J -11 b 9/02/05 J -1 c 4/24/98 J -6h 4/24/98 J -11 c 6/21/06 J -1 d 1/11/06 J -7a 9/12/01 J -12 11/08/05 J-le 1/11/06 J -7c 6/19/98 J -15a 10/04/05 J -1f 6/23/00 J -7d 4/24/98 J -15b 10/04/05 J -3 8/01/97 J -8a 5/20/04 J -16a 3/04/05 116 J -3b 3/04/05 J -8b 5/20/04 J -16b 9/02/05 J -3c 6/24/02 J -8c 5/20/04 J -18 9/02/05 J -3d 11/05/03 J -8d 5/20/04 J -19 9/02/05 J -5 8/01/97 J -9a 4/24/98 J -20 9/02/05 J -6c 4/24/98 J -10 7/18/97 J -6f 4/24/98 J -11 a 9/02/05 K- 10.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 26.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 10.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 30.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.80 -00 2/15/07 K- 20.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 30.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 55.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 20.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 60.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 20.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 60.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 22.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 70.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 24.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.80 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.10 -00 2/21/07 K- 24.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 34.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.20- 00...12/20/06 K- 24.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 36.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.30 -00 2/21/07 K- 24.80 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.35 -00 2/21/07 K- 26.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.37 -00 2/21/07 L- 10.10 -00 2/21/07 L- 40.10 -00 2/21/07 L- 70.10 -00 1/30/07 L- 20.10 -00 2/07/07 L- 40.15 -00 2/21/07 L- 70.20 -00 1/30/07 L- 30.10 -00 2/07/07 L- 40.20 -00 2/21/07 M- 1.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 3.30 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 1.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 3.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 1.60 -01 1/30/07 M- 3.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.30 -01 1/30/07 M- 1.80 -01 1/30/07 M- 5.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 2.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 7.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 2.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 9.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 24.20 -01 5/31/06 M- 2.60 -01 1/30/07 M- 11.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 24.40 -01 5/31/06 M- 3.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 15.10 -01 2/06/07 M- 24.60 -02 2/06/07 M- 3.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 17.10 -01 1/30/07 117 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in triplicate, this day of , 2007, by and between the City of Yakima, hereinafter called the Owner, and West Coast Construction Co., Inc., a Washington Corporation, hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, labor and equipment for THE BID AMOUNT OF: $ 2,229,655.00, for Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2, Project No. 2165, all in accordance with, and as described in the attached plans and specifications and the 2006 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this contract and every part thereof. Work shall start within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed in One hundred -ten (110) working days. The first chargeable working day shall be the 11th working day after the date on which the City issues the Notice to Proceed or July 16, 2007, whichever comes first. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner the sum specified in the Standard Specifications for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, as liquidated damages. The Contractors shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the City of Yakima. 11. The City of Yakima hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached plans and specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract. III. The Contractor for himself, and for his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. IV. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City of Yakima by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and year first herein above written. Countersigned: CITY OF YAKIMA WEST COAsi CO., Inc this ®, ' day of J I O 2007. , a orpor.tio Contractor `) By: City Manager Attest: (Print Name) -' / r CrZY1 0 City Clerk Its 1 (President, Owner, etc .)�� ) a�► } ;; ,. Address: NAST C i;S 3 t t#;r IO CO; 1 1 ill BO 419 PERFORMANCE BOND Bondi/ 104971089 BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, West Coast Construction Co. Inc. a Washington Corporation as Principal and Travelers Casualty & Surety Co o f America corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of CT as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF YAKIMA in the penal sum of $ 2,229,655.00 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinances of the CITY OF YAKIMA. DATED at Yakima, Washington, this 5th day of July 20 07 Never -the -less, the conditions of the above obligations are such that: WHEREAS, pursuant to action taken by the Yakima City Council on June 21st , 2007 , the City Manager and City Clerk of the CITY OF YAKIMA has let or is about to let to the said West Coast Construction Co. Inc. , the above bounded Principal, a certain contract, the said contract being numbered 2165 , and providing for ** (which contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and, WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW THEREFORE, if the saidWest Coast Construction Co. Inc. shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, sub - contractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply said principal or sub - contractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said CITY OF YAKIMA, their employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any sub- contractor in the performance of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. West Coast Construction Co. Inc (C`ontract4r9�1 ''�'��� � By: PPS/ / , / (Print Name) Approve{i as to fo : / '° ;: Its: jl (President, Owner, etc...) (City Attorney) Travelers Casualty & surety Co of America (S fety) t i ff ey L Stewart (Print Name) its: Attorney in fact ** Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative, Phase 2 WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER TRAVELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney -In Fact No. 218742 Certificate No. 001680802 . i KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey L. Stewart, Frank S. McAllister, and Constance L. McLenaghan of the City of Kirkland , State of Washington , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 7th I IN WITNES the Comparalve caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this i day of Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company r ,I.SU.� � SWt£Ty ' ` ,' �t1••,r. yFtitE N,.� ..., JANp FµpTY t ^ J y ° jn, R 4 O opP: � L � `c on°wop @ G Yr 'c L. c � ; • : ., � 3 `� ............. '6 •'- p G 'Q�^' c 4� C O �p p _mo P, RPOR 05 0 9 5 S n WCOAPateto s N 6° m. CO A >t-m� iW:'cORPORgTt :,lnE 3 % �NCOfydplFD 1 98 2 O a 1977 1 9'� -c ry = (-$! ; S ; £: -... ; 0 : W HARTFORD < g � HAATfO � ' 1951 N �� '•SEA `�t CONN n CON 1896 `�/ - ! i 1 • ' !�a s d Dr o'•'•. ........ `d s �b ' �y �N ° OFhFN RnNCF. d 4 N - ts' r?,.r'� � dt �a +3 t � , v /) AN 0:0A1 State of Connecticut By: r` City of Hartford ss. Georg Thompson, senior ice President 7th June 2007 On this the day of , , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. G,TIFT In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. . t t W I✓" t a`o LQ My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011. C pU A *' Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public y 58440 - - 06 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St, Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the I Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if requited) by one or more Aitorneys -in -Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, M any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby 1 certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been 1 revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of , 20 _ Kori M. Johanso Assistant Secretary _ ,c : - G ,,„ TYr11n- ' li, DSt�RE7y s i ..3`FAE �4a0y. ...•,"NSU'... ASVfl� t4,_ 2 0 �b 4� q r' 1 J O \. ......9 ,,,,l," ` I 1 yJ 0.."AHD N r7Y Y, � �� "vJ O ° a C7 dyry`y G G * C 6r �P< CpR PO RA>' 9 Z aQp' ..1 Zp u L9 3 G (t C 13/7 m ' ,: Ftut t el ,1 R POR AT ' p a � ' ° �. WCOSRpRgTfO �° 19� Z e«- _ �; -' ..._ f w 1982 0 w R.i z a p i a HARTFORD < 1 Z ��ag % 1, 1951 g 9 t &• _ • ,\ r �• H :4 . p- 7 d . . Er ' -7•= • .... Z!3 �y GYM. �+ N i � s . - r OF n£N �.�. Eo 1.,. '� � F To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1 -800- 421 -3880 or contact us at www.stpaultravelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER From: FAXmaker To: 14254858143 Page: 2/5 Date: 7/13/2007 6:42:05 PM 141...L1111.4 (tK 111 1 t C31 LIRtSIL1 1 Y IN 1 07/05/2007 PRODUCER (425)827 -7400 FAX (425)827 -7402 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION McDonald Insurance Group Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 416 6th St S HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. PO Box 3089 Ki rkl and, WA 98083 -3089 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED West Coast Construction Co. , Inc. INSURER A' Ohio Casualty PO Box 419 INSURER B: Woodinville, WA 98072 INSURERC INSURER D INSURER E. COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR AMYL TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR INSRC DATE (MM/DDIYY) DATE (MMIDDIYY) GENERAL LIABILITY BK053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILTY DAMAGE TO RENTED 100 000 PRFMISFS (Fa orrurenre) $ CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Arty one person) $ 10,000 A PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 — I POLICY F PEa — 1 LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BA053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS APPROVED AS TO FORM BODILY INJURY A SCHEDULED AUTOS a 7 7 //o -7 (Per person) HIRED AUTOS (( ®® 6 DATE � 8eBIL+; INJURY NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE „(cident) CITY ATTORNEY GARAGE LIABILITY CITY OF YAKIMA AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESSIUMBRELLALIABILITY US053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 A $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND BK053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 1 TORY IMI s X O EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 A ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICERNEMBEREXCLUDED? STOP GAP E L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 OTHER A DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS 1 VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS the City of Yakima, its employees, agents, elected and appointed officials, are additional insured as respects work performed by the named for Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside improvements Insurance is primary and non contributing to the extent provided by form CG8330. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION - SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL X ,XXX /AIL 45 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, City of Yakima X �X X XX XX X1 D6 XIXFXXrXXXXXX 129 N 2nd St XXIIANNIXXXXXXXXORtXXXX*XXIMXFXIXXXV6WXXXXXXXXXXX Yakima, WA 98901 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 1 Jeffrey Stewart /PETER if/ ACORD 25 (2001108) © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 This fax was sent with GFI FAXmaker fax server. For more information, visit: http: / /www.gfi.com Ht.VKI. , UtK 11I -IU FH From: unknown Uh 2/5 1 Y 7/18/207 8:50:13 AM 07 /05 /2007 PRODUCER (425)827 -7400 FAX (425)827 -7402 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION McDonald Insurance Group Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 416 6th St S HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. PO Box 3089 Kirkland, WA 98083 -3089 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # . INSURED West Coast Construction Co. , Inc. INSURER A' Ohio Casualty PO Box 419 INSURER B: Woodinville, WA 98072 INSURER C. INSURER D. INSURER E COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADM_ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR INSRC DATE (MWODM'1 DATE (MMIDDM') GENERAL LIABILITY BK053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO RENTED $ 100 000 PREMISES (Fa errurnnca) s CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10 , 000 A PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 7 POLICY F P 4 LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BA053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) 1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) A HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY- EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ EXCESS/UMBRELLALIABILITY US053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000, 000 )7 OCCUR OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 A $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND BK053340843 05/01/2007 05/01/2008 I WCSTA - X O EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY E L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 A ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? STOP GAP E L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If SPE describe under AL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 OTHER A DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS /VEHICLES/EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS the City of Yakima is additional insured as respects work performed by the named insured re: Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside improvements Insurance is primary and non contributing to the extent provided by form CG8330. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL NXXADIXXXIAIL 45 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, City of Yakima KOMAXXXXXXXVANMANNXXXWOOKKOMNXXXXXIMXXXXXXX 129 N 2nd St WANNVOAXXXNNXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&XXXXXXXXXXX Yakima, WA 98901 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Q1' v �a L— : / }- Jeffrey Stewart /PETER �// ACORD 25 (2001/08) @ACORD CORPORATION 1988 This fax was received by GFI FAXmaker fax server. For more information, visit: http: / /www.gfi.com From: FAXmaker To: 14254858143 Page: 3/5 Date: 7/13/2007 6:42:05 PM IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2001108) This fax was sent with GFI FAXmaker fax server. For more information, visit: http: / /www.gfi.com COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG83301203 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. GENERAL LIABILITY • MASTER PAKo This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART INDEX SUBJECT PAGE BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (OWNERS, LESSEES, CONTRACTORS OR LESSORS) 2 FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT 3 NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT 4 SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS (BAIL BONDS) 4 PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION 5 AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER LOCATION) 5 AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER PROJECT) • 5 VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 6 OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL COVERAGE 6 NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS 7 DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 BODILY INJURY (MENTAL ANGUISH) 8 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS 8 MEDICAL PAYMENTS 8 Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 ® ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 1 of 8 1. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (Owners, Lessees, Contractors or Lessors) (Includes a Primary /Non- Contributory provision) Who Is An Insured Section 11 is amended to include as an insured any person or organization whom you are required to name as an additional insured on this policy in a written contract or written agreement. The written contract or written agreement must be currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy and executed prior to the "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury." The insurance provided the additional insured is limited as follows: A. The person or organization is only an additional insured with respect to liability: 1. Arising out of real property, as described in a written contract or written agreement, that you own, rent, lease or occupy; or 2. Caused in whole or in part by your ongoing operations performed for that insured. The insurance provided the additional Insured in 1.A.2. above does not apply to: a_ Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Coverage B - Personal and Ad- vertising Injury Liability or defense coverage under the Supplementary Payments arising out of an architect's, engineer's or surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any professional services including; (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opin- ions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. • b. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) were performed by or on behalf of the additional Insured(s) at the site where the covered operations have been completed; or (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontrac- tor engaged in performing a principal as part of the same project. B. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or written agreement or the limits of Insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined in Section 11I - Limits Of Insurance of this policy, whichever are Tess. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. C. The Insurance provided the additional insured does not apply to the liability resulting from the sole negligence of the additional insured. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with Its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 2 of 8 D. As respects the coverage provided to the additional insured under this endorsement, Section IV- Conditions is amended as follows: 1. The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, or Suit An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: a. Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense, that may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance to us; b. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to all insurers whom also have Insurance available to the additional insured; and c. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. 2. The following is added to Condition 3. Legal Action Against Us: We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a claim or "suit" from the additional insured. 3. The following is added to Paragraph a., Primary insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: If the additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making Its policy excess, and a Named Insured has agreed In a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional insured's policy for damages we cover. 4. The following is added to Paragraph b., Excess Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: i Except as provided in Paragraph 4.a. Primary Insurance as amended above, any coverage provided hereunder shall be excess over any other valid and collectible Insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. In the event an additional insured has other coverage available for an "occurrence" by virtue of also being an additional Insured on other policies, this Insurance is excess over those other policies. 2. FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT If Damage To Premises Rented To You under Coverage A is not otherwise excluded from this policy, the following applies: A. The last paragraph of 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A is replaced by the following: If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded, Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III - Limits Of Insurance. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 3 of 8 B. Paragraph 6 of Section 111 - Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown in the Summary of Limits and Charges section of this policy is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to premises rented to you•ortemporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner arising out of any one fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage Incident. • C. Paragraph b. (1)(b) of Condition 4. Other insurance (Section IV - Conditions) is replaced by the follow- ing: (1) That is Fire, Lightning, Explosion or Sprinkler Leakage insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner; D. Paragraph 9.a. of the definition of "insured contract" in Section V- Definitions Is replaced by the following: 9. "Insured contract" means: a. A contract for the lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damages by fire, lightning, "explo- sion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner is not an "insured contract "; E. The following definition is added to Section V - Definitions: "Explosion" means a sudden release of expanding pressure accompanied by a noise, a bursting forth • of material and evidence of the scattering of debris to locations further than would have resulted by gravity alone. "Explosion" does not include any of the following: 1. Artificially generated electrical current including electrical arcing that disturbs electrical de- vices, appliances or wires; 2. Rupture or bursting of water pipes; 3. Explosion of steam boilers, steam pipes, steam engines or steam turbines owned or leased by you, or operated under your control; or 4. Rupture or bursting caused by centrifugal force. 3. NON - OWNED WATERCRAFT Subparagraph g.(2) of Paragraph 2., Exclusions ofSection! - Coverage A is replaced by the following: (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 51 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS In the Supplementary Payments - Coverages A and B provision: The limit for the cost of bail bonds in Paragraph 1.b. is changed from $250 to $1000. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 o ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 4 of 8 5. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION Paragraphs 14.b., d. and e. of Section V - Definitions are replaced by the following: b. Malicious prosecution or abuse of process; d. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a person's or organization's goods, products or services; e. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that violates a person's right of privacy; The following is added to Paragraph 14. "Personal and Advertising Injury" of Section V - Definitions: h. Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but only if such discrimination or humiliation is: (1) Not done intentionally by or at the direction of: (a) An insured; or (b) Any "executive officer" director, stockholder, partner or member of the insured; and (2) Not directly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment or termination of employment of any person or persons by any insured. Subparagraphs b. and c. of 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage B - Personal And Advertising Injury Liability are replaced by the following: b. Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity "Personal and advertising injury" arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material, if done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsity; c. Material Published Prior To Policy Period "Personal and advertising injury arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material whose, first publication took place before the beginning of the policy pe- riod; . . 6. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER LOCATION) The General Aggregate Limit under Section III Limits Of Insurance applies separately to each of your "locations" owned by or rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right -of -way of a railroad. 7. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER PROJECT) The General Aggregate Limit under Section 111 Limits Of insurance applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you. includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 5 of 8 8. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE At your request, we will pay for "loss" to property of others caused by your business operations. The most we will pay for this coverage is $500 each "occurrence." The "loss" must occur during the policy period. - The "occurrence" must take place in the "coverage territory ". "Loss" means unintended damage or destruction. "Loss" does not mean disappearance, abstraction or theft. This coverage does not apply to: 1. Damage arising out of the use of any "auto "; • 2. Property you own, occupy, rent or lease from others; or --- 3. Property on your premises for sale, service, repair or storage. None of the other policy exclusions apply to this coverage. If the policy to which this endorsement is attached is written with a property damage liability deductible, the deductible shall apply to Voluntary Property Damage. The limit of coverage stated above shall not be reduced by the amount of this deductible. 9. OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL COVERAGE A. We will pay those sums that you become legally obligated to pay as damages because of "property damage" to personal property of others while in your or your "employees" care, custody or control or real property of others over which you or your "employees" are exercising physical control if the "property damage" arises out of your business operations. This Coverage is subject to sections B., C., D. and E. below. 13. Exclusions This insurance shall not apply to: 1. "Property damage" of property at premises owned, rented, leased, operated or used by you; 2. "Property damage" of property while in transit; 3. The cost of repairing or replacing: (a) Any of your work defectively or incorrectly done by you or by others on your behalf; or (b) Any product manufactured, sold or supplied by you, unless the "property damage" is caused directly by you after delivery of the product or completion of the work and resulting from a subsequent undertaking; or 4. "Property damage" of property caused by or arising out of the "products-completed operations hazard ". C. Limits Of Insurance - The most we will pay for "property damage" under this Section 9. is $5,000 for each "occurrence ". The most we will pay for the sum of all damages covered under this Section 9. because of "property damage" Is an annual aggregate limit of $25,000. The Limits Of Insurance provided under this Section 9. are inclusive of and not in addition to any other limits provided in the policy or endorsements attached to it. D. Deductible - We will not pay for "property damage" in any one "occurrence" until the amount of "property damage" exceeds $250. If the policy to which this endorsement is attached contains a "property damage" deductible, that deductible shall apply if it Is greater than $250. E. In the event of "property damage" covered by this endorsement, you shall, if requested by us, replace the property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. Includes copyrighted material of 150 Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 6 of 8 10. NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS A. Paragraph 4. of Section I1- Who Is An Insured is deleted and replaced by the following: 4. Any business entity acquired by you or incorporated or organized by you under the laws of any - - individual state of the United States of America over which you maintain majority ownership interest exceeding fifty percent. Such acquired or newly formed organization will qualify as a Named Insured if there Is no similar insurance available to that entity. However: a. Coverage under this provision applies only until the expiration of the policy period in which the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before the entity was acquired or incorporated or organized by you. d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. 13. This Section 10. does not apply to newly formed or acquired organizations if coverage is excluded either by provisions of the Coverage Part or by other endorsement(s) attached to it. 11. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT A. The requirements in Section IV - Conditions, Paragraph 2.a., that you must see to It that we are notified of an "occurrence" applies only when the "occurrence" Is known to: 1. You, if you are an individual; 2. A partner, if you are a partnership; 3. A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company; 4. An executive officer or designee, if you are a corporation; 5. A trustee, if you are a trust; or 6. A designee, if you are any other type of organization. • 13. The requirements in Section IV - Conditions, Paragraph 2.b., that you must see to it that we receive written notice of a claim or "suit" will not be c onsidered breached unless the breach occurs after such claim or "suit" is known to 1. You, if you are an individual; 2. A partner, if you area partnership; 3. A member or manager if you are a limited liability company; • 4. An executive officer or designee, if you are a corporation; 5. A trustee, if you are a trust; or 6. A designee, if you are any other type of organization.. Knowledge of an "occurrence," claim or "suit" by the agent, servant or "employee" of any Insured shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an officer or designee shall have received notice from its agent, servant or "employee ". • • Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 03 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 7 of 8 12. BODILY INJURY Paragraph 3. of the definition of "bodily injury" in the Section V - Definitions is replaced by the following: 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental anguish or death resulting from any of these at any time. 13. WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against any person or organization for whom you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us. This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the agreement. 14. MEDICAL PAYMENTS If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Expense Limit provided by this policy shall be the greater of: A. $10,000; or . B. The amount shown In the Declarations. All other terms and conditions of your policy remain unchanged. • • • • • • • Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 83 30 12 83 ® ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 8 of 8 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON) ) ss COUNTY OF YAKIMA ) I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work, payment for which this voucher is submitted, I have paid the following rate per hour to each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, as indicated upon the attached list, now referred to and by such reference incorporated in and made an integral part hereof, for all such employed in the performance of such work; and no laborer, workman or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 200 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing at 127 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Department of labor & Industries Statement Prevailing Wage Rates for Yakima County DOLI - Manufacture & Fabrication Notice Benefit Code Key PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW, as amended. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries are by reference made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein. The current schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this contract will be performed, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are included in these contract documents. Inasmuch as the contractor will be held responsible for paying the prevailing wages, it is imperative that all contractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, before submitting bids based on these specifications. In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State and his decision therein shall be final and conclusive and biding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060 as amended. Current prevailing wage rules and data can be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. You may submit your request to: Department of Labor and Industries ESAC Division PO Box 44540 Olympia, Washington 98504 -4540 Telephone: 360- 902 -5335 129 State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone (360) 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not Tess than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -07 ********************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.81 1M 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $47.47 1C 5N BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $35.37 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $19.24 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $32.70 1M 5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $40.99 1M 5D CARPENTER $32.70 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $32.70 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $32.70 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $32.70 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $32.70 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $32.70 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT $41.99 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $40.99 1M 5D SAWFILER $32.70 1M 5D SHINGLER $32.70 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $32.70 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $32.70 1M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.46 1N 5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER $85.75 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $44.22 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $42.02 1T 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $41.51 1T 5D 8L BOATMEN $42.02 1T 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $42.07 1T 5D 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $43.64 1T 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $41.51 IT 5D 8L MATES $42.02 1T 5D 8L OILER $41.64 1T 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.44 1P 5A ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE JOURNEY LEVEL $44.54 1E 5A ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $55.40 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $49.64 4A 5A , • GROUNDPERSON $35.92 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $37.88 4A 5A HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $49.64 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $37.88 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $49.64 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $42.26 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $49.64 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $37.88 4A 5A ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS Page 1 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -07 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.40 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $57.88 4A 60 MECHANIC IN CHARGE $63.45 4A 6Q FENCE ERECTORS . FENCE ERECTOR $21.64 1 CLACCERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.09 1M 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $21.51 1B 6! HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $23.18 1 HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28.29 1M 5D INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.91 1 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $43.45 10 5A LABORERS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $18.12 1 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $7.93 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $15.45 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $7.93 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.70 1M 5D PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.05 1 PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $41.23 1R 5A PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $51.65 10 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $39.57 1M 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD & UNDER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD & UNDER 6 YD) $42.84 1M 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER WITH $43.39 1M 5D 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $42.35 1M 5D 8L ' BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $42.35 1M 5D 8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $41.93 1M 5D 8L BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $39.57 1M 5D 8L BROOMS $39.57 1M 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $42.35 1M 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $42.84 1M 5D 8L CHIPPER $42.35 1M 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $39.57 1M 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $39.57 1M 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $41.93 1M 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $42.35 1M 5D 8L CONVEYORS $41.93 1M 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $41.93 1M 5D 8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $42.35 1M 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING $42.84 1M 5D 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $43.39 1M 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $43.96 1M 5D 8L Page 2 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -07 ********************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $39.57 1M 5D 8L CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON $41.93 1M 5D 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $44.52 1M 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) $42.35 1M 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (45 - 99 TONS) $42.84 1M 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) $43.39 1M 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $43.39 1M 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $43.96 1M 5D 8L CRUSHERS $42.35 1M 5D 8L DECK ENGINEER/DECK WINCHES (POWER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L DERRICK, BUILDING $42.84 1M 5D 8L DOZERS, D -9 & UNDER $41.93 1M 5D 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $41.93 1M 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $42.35 1M 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT -TYPE $39.57 1M 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L FINISHING MACHINE /BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $42.35 1M 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $39.57 1M 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $41.93 1M 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $39.57 1M 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $42.35 1M 5D 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS $41.93 1M 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $41.93 1M 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $42.35 1M 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) $39.57 1M 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $41.93 1M 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $42.84 1M 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) $43.39 1M 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED $42.35 1M 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $42.35 1M 5D 8L MECHANICS, ALL $42.84 1M 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $42.35 1M 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $42.35 1M 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING) $41.93 1M 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD $42.84 1M 50 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $39.57 1M 5D 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $39.57 1M 5D 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $42.35 1M 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT, CRUSHER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $39.57 1M 5D 8L POWER PLANT $39.57 1M 5D 8L PUMPS, WATER $39.57 1M 5D 8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD-41 $42.84 1M 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $42.84 1M 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $39.57 1M 5D 8L ROLLAGON $42.84 1M 5D 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $39.57 1M 5D 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $41.93 1M 5D 8L ROTO -MILL, ROTO- GRINDER $42.35 1M 5D 8L SAWS, CONCRETE $41.93 1M 5D 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $42.35 1M 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $42.84 1M 5D 8L Page 3 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -07 ********************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $41.93 1M 5D 8L SCREED MAN $42,35 1M 59 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $39.57 1M 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $42.84 1M 5D 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $42.35 1M 5D 8L SU GRADE TRIMMER $42.35 1M 5U tSL TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $41.93 1M 5D 8L TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $42.35 1M 5D 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $42.35 1M 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $42.84 1M 5D 8L TRENCHING ivMACHI NES $41.93 1M 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) $41.93 1M 50 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $42.35 1M 5D 8L . WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $39.57 1M 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $42.35 1M 5D 8L POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $35.62 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $33.82 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $34.27 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $31.88 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $24.03 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $51.65 1Q 5A ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.75 2P 51 USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $32.75 2P 51 SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $40.51 1B 5A SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.11 IN 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $7.93 1 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $41.70 1R 5Q SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.25 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $12.05 1 PARTY CHIEF $15.05 1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.00 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $29.89 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER/GROUND PERSON $16.81 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $20.00 LO OA JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $27.82 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I $29.89 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER 11 $29.30 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $29.89 28 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $27.82 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $15.96 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER $21.17 2B 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $25.15 2B 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $22.64 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $27.82 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.57 2M 5A Page 4 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -07 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $23.62 2M 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.90 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX $14.19 1 DUMP TRUCK $30.93 2G 61 DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $30.93 2G 61 OTHER TRUCKS $30.93 2G 61 TRANSIT MIXER $30.93 2G 61 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $11.15 1 OILER $9.20 1 WELL DRILLER $17.68 1 Page 5 • Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non- standard" Items) Below is the department's (State L &I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non- standard ". For items not 'appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non - standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly /fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 1 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally f by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non - standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L &I's policy statement. ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1. Manhole Ring & Cover - manhole type 1, 2, 3, and 4. X For use with Catch Basin type 2, The casting to meet AASHTO -M -105, class 30 gray _ iron casting. See Std. Plan B- 30.10, B- 30.70, B- 30.80, and E =5. 2. Frame & Grate - frame and Grate for Catch Basin type X 1, 1 L, 1 P, 2, and Concrete Inlets. Cast frame may be grade 70 -36 steel, class 30 gray cast iron or grade 80 -55 -06 ductile iron. The cast grate may be grade 70 -36 steel or grade 80 -55 -06 ductile iron. See Std. Plan B- 25.20, B- 30.20, B- 30.30, B- 30.40, and B- 30.50. 3. Grate Inlet & Drop Inlet Frame & Grate - Frame and X Grate for Grate Inlets Type 1 or 2 or Drop Inlets Type 1 or 2. Angle iron frame to be cast into top of inlet. See Std. Plan B- 35.20, B- 40.20, B- 40.40, and B- 50.20. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced X concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced X concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 2 YES NO 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated X pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. • 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam X corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, #5. 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for X mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stock. See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail X conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of X major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of X minor steel items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and /or boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing X conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 3 YES NO 13. Concrete Piling -- Precast- Prestressed concrete piling for X use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to Section 9 -19.1 of Std. Spec.. Shop drawings for approval shall be provided per Section 6- 05.3(3) of the Std. Spec. See Std. Plans E-4 and E -4a 14. Manhole Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 - Precast Manholes with risers X and flat top slab and /or cones. See Std. Plans B- 15.20, B- 15.40, and B- 15.60. 15. Drywell - Drywell as specified in Section 9 -12.7 r the Std. See Std. 2n 2n o 2 nn VI the JLU. Sec. OCC OIU. Plan B-20.20, L7-L V.YV, and B- 20.60. X 16. Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1L, 1P, and 2, X including risers, frames maybe cast into riser. See Std. Plans B -5.20, B -5.40, B -5.60, B- 10.20, B- 10.40, and B- 10.60. 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - Concrete Inlet with risers, X frames may be cast into risers. See Std. Plan B- 25.60. 18. Drop Inlet Type 1 - Drop Inlet Type 1 with support X angles and grate. See Std. Plans B- 45.20. 19. Drop Inlet Type 2 - Drop net type 2 with support X angles and grate. See Std. Plans B- 45.40. 20. Grate Inlet Type 2 - Grate Inlet Type 2 with risers and X top unit with bearing angles. See Std. Plans B- 35.40. 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete X utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction requirements. Shop drawings Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 4 YES NO are to be provided for approval prior to casting. 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities X Vaults. • 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. X See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for X use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels - Reinforced X Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - X tilt -up wall panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure X Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed X Girder - Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 5 YES NO 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4 -14 - X • Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec, Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 30. Prestressed Tri -Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri -Beam X Girders for u se in structures. Fabri n!ant ha annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 31. Prestressed Precast Hollow -Core Slab - Precast X Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. S 6- 02.3(25)c. 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed X Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(26)A. 33. Monument Case and Cover - To meet AASHTO -M -105 class X 30 gray iron casting. See Std. Plan H -7. 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure X fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -183. See Std. Plans G -3, G -3a, G -3b, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 35. Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge X fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for approval are required prior to fabrication. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 6 YES NO 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated X from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans G -2, G2a, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated steel sign posts as detailed X in Std. Plan G -8a, G -8b, G -8c, G -8d, G -8e, G -8f, and G -8g. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to fabrication. 38. Light Standard - Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow, X concrete poles. 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use X on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plan J -1 a. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for X use on highway and /or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans J -7a and J -7c. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 41. Traffic Curb, Type A or C Precast - Type A or C X Precast traffic curb, for use in construction of raised channelization, and other traffic delineation uses such as parking lots, rest areas, etc. NOTE: Acceptance based on inspection of Fabrication Plant and an advance sample of curb section to be submitted for approval by Engineer. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 7 YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator X X of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following custom std. materials must be submitted and approved msg msg for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. NOTE: ""` Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sian Fabrication Inspector to b st 1 alJ11VGlIV11 ,,, ,,�...V, to � installed. �,,..,.,. 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel X 44. Guardrail components X X custom standard end sect. sect. • 45. Aggregates /Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296- 127 -018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296- 127 -018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring /components X 49. Treated or untreated timber piles X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) X Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 8 YES NO 51. Standard Dimension lumber X 52. Irrigation components X 53. Fencing materials X 54. Guide Posts X 55. Raised Pavement Markers X 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing X 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles X 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings X 61. Steel pile tips, standard X 62. Steel pile tips, custom X Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 9 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/3/07 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla and Whitman Fitter 12.76 1 Welder 12.76 1 Machine Operator 12.66 1 Painter 10.20 1 Laborer 8.13 1 Counties Covered: Benton Welder 16.70 1 Machine Operator 10.53 1 Painter 9.76 1 Counties Covered: Chelan Fitter 15.04 1 Welder 12.24 1 Machine Operator 9.71 1 Painter 9.93 1 Laborer 9.40 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan and Skagit Fitter 15.16 1 Welder 15.16 1 Machine Operator 10.66 1 Painter 11.41 1 Laborer 11.13 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 10 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/3/07 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Clark Layerout 27.20 1E 6B Fitter 25.92 1 E 6B Welder 25.32 1E 6B Painter 23.74 1 E 6B Machine Operator 25.92 1E 6B Laborer 17.64 1E 6B Counties Covered: Snohomish Fitter 15.38 1 Welder 15.38 1 Machine Operator 8.84 1 Painter 9.98 1 Laborer 9.79 1 Counties Covered: Spokane Fitter 12.59 1 Welder 10.80 1 Machine Operator 13.26 1 Painter 10.27 1 Laborer 7.98 1 Counties Covered: Thurston Layerout 26.77 1A 6T Fitter 24.70 1A 6T Welder 22.63 1A 6T Machine Operator 19.54 1A 6T Laborer 16.43 1A 6T Counties Covered: Whatcom Fitter/Welder 13.81 1 Machine Operator 13.81 1 Laborer 9.00 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 11 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/3/07 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Yakima Fitter 12.00 1 VVeider 11.32 1 Machine Operator 11.32 1 Painter 12.00 1 Laborer 10.31 1 Counties Covered: Crawl it-7 • Fitter 24.48 1 B 6V Welder 24.48 1 B 6V Machine Operator 24.48 1 B 6V Counties Covered: Grant Fitter 10.79 1 Welder 10.79 1 Painter 7.63 1 Counties Covered: King Fitter 15.86 1 Welder 15.48 1 Machine Operator 13.04 1 Painter 11.10 1 Laborer 9.78 1 Counties Covered: Kitsap Fitter 26.96 1 Welder 13.83 1 Machine Operator 13.83 1 Laborer 7.63 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 12 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/3/07 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Klickitat, Skamania and Wahkiakum Fitter /Welder 16.99 1 Machine Operator 17.21 1 Painter 17.03 1 Laborer 10.44 1 Counties Covered: Pierce Fitter 15.25 1 Welder 13.98 1 Machine Operator 13.98 1 Laborer 10.18 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 13 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES m EFFECTIVE 03/3/07 F • ABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Benton, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla, and Whitman All Classifications 9.96 1 Counties Covered: Franklin All Classifications 11.50 1 Counties Covered: King Al! Classifications 12.30 2K 5B Counties Covered: Pierce All Classifications 9.28 1 Counties Covered: Chelan, Kittitas, Klickitat and Skamania At Classifications 8.61 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Kitsap, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Thurston, Wahkiakum All Classifications 13.50 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 14 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/3/07 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Spokane All Classifications 20.23 1 Counties Covered: Yakima Craftsman 8.65 1 Laborer 7.63 1 Counties Covered: Whatcom All Classifications 13.67 1 Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 15 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) The following two letters from the State Department of Labor and Industries (State Lai) dated August 18, 1992 and June 18, 1999, clarify the intent and establish policy for administrating the provisions of WAC, 296- 127 -018 COVERAGE AND EXEMPTIONS OF WORKERS INVOLVED IN THE PRODUCTION AND DELIVERY OF GRAVEL, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, OR SIMILAR MATERIALS. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, these letters, or for determinations of covered d and nnn- covereedi workers shall be directed to State L Q i at (360) 90n 5 33n S .��.a....e clrei,�ctr to �a�c �cxi at � vv/ 902-5330. Effective September 1, 1993, minimum prevailing wages for all work covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 for the production and /or delivery of materials to a public works contract will be found under the regular classification of work for Teamsters, Power Equipment Operators, etc. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 16 • • ESAC DIVISION - TELEPHONE (206) 586 -6887 PO BOX 44540, OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -4540 August 18, 1992 • TO: All Interested Parties FROM: Jim P. Christensen Acting Industrial Statistician SUBJECT: Materials Suppliers - WAC 296- 127 -018 This memo is intended to provide greater clarity regarding the application of WAC 296 - 127 -018 to awarding agencies, contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and other interested parties. The information contained herein should not be construed to cover all possible scenarios which might require the payment of prevailing wage. The absence of a particular activity under the heading "PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR" does not mean that the activity is not covered. Separate Material Supplier Equipment Operator rates have been eliminated. For those cases where a production facility is set up for the specific purpose of supplying materials to a public works construction site, prevailing wage rates for operators of equipment such as crushers and batch plants can be found under Power Equipment Operators. PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR: 1. Hauling materials away from a public works project site, including excavated materials, demolished materials, etc. 2. Delivery of materials to a public works project site using a method that involves incorporation of the delivered materials into the project site, such as spreading, leveling, rolling, etc. 3. The production of materials at a facility that is established for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for a public works project. 4. Delivery of the materials mentioned in #3 above, regardless of the method of delivery. PREVAILING WAGES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR: 1. The production of materials by employees of an established materials supplier, in a permanent facility, as well as the delivery of these materials, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 2. Delivery of materials by a common or contract carrier, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 3. Production of materials for unspecified future use. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 17 k's �yf ii:,‘o 4°. STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Milne 1R 1999 • TO: Kerry S. Radcliff, Editor Washington State Register FROM: Gary Moore, Director Department of Labor and Industries SUB N r WAC 296_127 -019 Coverage .sv -�b. ��e, vervC�at�C aioU exemptions of Workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials The department wishes to publish the following Notice in the next edition of the Washington State Register: NOTICE Under the current material supplier regulations, WAC 296- 127 -018, the department takes the position that prevailing wages do not apply to the delivery of wet concrete to public works sites, unless the drivers do something more than just deliver the concrete. Drivers delivering concrete into a crane and bucket, hopper of a pump truck, or forms or footings, are not entitled to prevailing wages unless they operate machinery or use tools that screed, float, or put a finish on the concrete. This position applies only to the delivery of wet concrete. It does not extend to the delivery of asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed rock, or other similar materials covered under WAC 296- 127 -018. The department's position applies only to this regulation. If you need additional information regarding this matter, please contact Greg Mowat, Program Manager, Employment Standards, at P.O. Box 44510, Olympia, WA 98504 -4510, or call (360) 902 -5310. Please publish the above Notice in WSR 99 -13. If you have questions or need additional information, please call Selwyn Walters at 902 -4206. Thank you. Cc: Selwyn Walters, Rules Coordinator Patrick Woods, Assistant Director Greg Mowat, Program Manager Supplemental to Wage Rates 18 BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -3 -07 ***************************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER. ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS BEFORE OR AFTER A FIVE - EIGHT (8) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY OR A FOUR - TEN (10) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED THE NEXT DAY AFTER EITHER WORKWEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL ADDITIONAL HOURS WORKED AND ALL WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY OVER TWELVE (12) HOURS AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED OVER TEN (10) HOURS MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS, HOLIDAYS AND AFTER TWELVE (12) HOURS, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, AND AFTER TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF CIRCUMSTANCES WARRANT) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -07 -2- 1. Q. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND UP TO TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. S. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVFRTIMF HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, CT-TAT T RE PATH AT [ 'IRT F THE HOURLY Y RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. T. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, EXCEPT MAKE -UP DAYS, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6:OOPM SATURDAY TO 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLYRATE OF WAGE. V. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKE -UP DAYS DUE TO CONDITIONS BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE EMPLOYER)) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. X. THE FIRST FOUR (4) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TWELVE (12) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED OVER TWELVE (12) HOURS MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. WHEN HOLIDAY FALLS ON SATURDAY OR SUNDAY, THE DAY BEFORE SATURDAY, FRIDAY, AND THE DAY AFTER SUNDAY, MONDAY, SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE HOLIDAY AND ALL WORK PERFORMED SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -07 -3- 2. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT 8) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDAY CODES 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). F. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). I. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). J. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). P. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, ONE -HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (7 1/2). BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -07 -4- 5. S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND THE DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS (10). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS. W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). Y. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). Z. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 6. e PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). B. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY, NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE'S DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). D. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (9). F. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). I. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). UNPAID HOLIDAY: PRESIDENTS' DAY. T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY (9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE • EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE (9). W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (10). X. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (11). BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -07 -5- NOTE CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - $2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250' - $5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 150' - $1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150' TO 200' - $2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL $1.00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $0.75, LEVEL B: $0.50, AND LEVEL C: $0.25. M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS: LEVELS A & B: $1.00, LEVELS C & D: $0.50. N. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $1.00, LEVEL B: $0.75, LEVEL C: $0.50, AND LEVEL D: $0.25. PROPOSAL Proposal Form Item Proposal Bid Sheet Bid Bond Form Non- Collusion Declaration Non - Discrimination Provision Subcontractor List Women and Minority Business Enterprise Policy Council Resolution Affirmative Action Plan Bidders Certification Subcontractors Certification Proposal Signature Sheet Bidders Check List PROPOSAL To the City Clerk Yakima, Washington This certifies that the undersigned has examined the location of: City of Yakima Yakima DFI Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Front Street to 7 th Avenue City Project No. 2165 and that the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, is understood. The undersigned hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract, and the following schedule of rates and prices. NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid, shall be shown, and be written in ink or typed. Show unit prices in figures only. Figures written to the right of the dot (decimal) in the dollars column shall be considered as cents. 131 132 FRG :1 : C II Or ' '1'AK I MA ENGINEERING FAX NO. : 509 575 5305 Jun. 2E1 2007 09 �C. ...Fa ITEM PROPOSAL BID S.HEE'l' 1/2 - Addendum No. 3 June 20, 2007 City of Yakima Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Front Street to 7 Avenue City Project No. 2165 ITE r PROPOSAL ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT M PAYMENT SECTION QTY UNIT DOLLARS DOLLARS } NO. _ — s 1 SPCC' PLAN 1 LS ,' 0,. 1. -07.15 b �?C t +, c` 2 MOBILIZATION 1 L S - y a 1- . . 1 2 : ) 7 0(x C'S' 1 PROJECT TEMPORARY '1'RAFFTC: CON'T'ROL (Min. bid $30,000] 1 I ' S 1 -10,5 5X >CV :). tf'`i'✓.co 4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS 201.5 i 22, f CO -C). i ` . -6>c= dc. 5 ROADSIDE CLEANUP 1 FA 2 -01.5 ; $50,000 $50,000 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 Ls ' >�, l- " . .evt , _, 2 - 02,5 ^. • 7 SAW - CUT, PER. INCH DEPTH 5000 LF 202.5 Q: i I z %,,,;(7) 8 REMOVING EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 8770 SY , `' " C'C3 //,./ 6 ,,,,, z , ' C'�' 2 -13.5 1 + E — 9 SAW CLTTTINGSIDEWALK MEET LINE 272 LF 2 „ 13.5 3, or, F�'i 6,.e -c,% 1 0 UNSUITABLE FYC.'AVA'I'1ON INC'I.- HAUL, 5(1 C'Y _ ` L. f C3 C %._ e__ 2.f)3.5 . cRUSHP,T) SURFACING TOP COURSE 11 1,200 TON 4 -04.5 2.5 , e'c3 3c) o °C:% d oc, j PLANING BITUMINOIIS PAVEMENT ,tal 12 5 -()4.5 1830 SY / Z, , / e i3 HMA CL. %” PG 64 -28 320 TON �° �0 5 - 04.5 R _,. _ 14 PAVEMENT RE 50(} SY J ° ) c° _ ,5.,04.5 r° `� . '°� IS CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 610 SF / Z , c/G 2� .L c) , >(' 5 - 06.5 ' _ ° — 16 7 05.5;H BASIN TYPE 1 1 EA j F, C} a i �� 4 c R1Wl RS113LE FRAMP, AND HERRINGBONE GRATE FOR TYPE 1 17 7.05,5 I EA 60 C-� 5.c- C- 51'% 18 REMOVING AND REPLACING FRAME AND GRATE 15 EA 705.5 3,,,,_),„ C` .? il E;(141-' s C=am 19 ADJUST CATC:IT BASIN 2 EA 7-05.5 5" t`e .. / 0c 3m.a - ESC LEAD � {; ql � 20 8 -01.5 22 DAY L°t: . C 4 'l �. ct,; 21 ROOT F1ARRTER 1640 T.F w 8 - 023 ` , t r�«-� �' Cl , C.9 —, 22 TREE i GRATE 73 EA 8 -02.5 /'12 C': CZ). -c. r,) PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 42 IN. IMAM 2- s 015 14 l A ii co, Car} i 5 Li( )..a - ,) YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES 1NI'1'IAITVE, PHASE 2 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements • West Y Avenue - 7th Avenue to Front Street City Project No. 2165 Page 2/3 FRR:`9 [ALT OF YAKIMA ENGINEERING FAX NO. :569 576 63 05 Jun. 20 2007 9 : 19M I F3' , I'T'EM PROPOSAL BID SHEET 2/2 - Addendum )VO. 3 fling 20 2007 — 1TE PROPOSAL ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT M PAYMENT SECTION QTV UNIT DOLLARS DOLLARS ' NO. 24 PRECAST CONCRETT PLANTER, 48 IN. D1AM- 14 FA s ' E 8 -02.5 DC' ..`;C 0t.e." i7 25 PLANTER .F ENCE WITH PLANTERS 8 -02.5 EA ger°, , E'J i '' (.'t� , cf.) 26 BANNER STRAIN POLE 2 EA Jt a 6 J (fi 8.02.5 C N. ,s 27 TRASH RECEPTACLE EA r � 8 -02,5 i • ' !),C , c0 , • CX� Eill BENCH WITH HACK EA 8.02,5 1' € BICYCLE .RACK 29 8 02.5 EA i C.y . i t.3 30 PSIPE: SCARLET SENTINEL MAPLE 38 EA NM 6 i - tt . �:., 8 -02.5 . 31 PSI.P1 -: CHANTICLEER FLOWERING PEAR EA 8 -02..5 / ' S . IRRIGA`.G ION SYSTEM C% 8 -03.5 32 LS / 33 0l CSC). 33 CEMENT CONC.TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 2250 r.> c: 34 COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY APPROACH EA t ,� d 0 II CEMENT CONC. S1DEWAT.K, 4 IN, THICK 8.14.,5 SY 2-9/ : 7 •C� CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 6 TN. THICK 8-1 894 c Jir L ) II lagailiall EA 1 45i > 38 CEMENT CONCRETE TEST SECTION LS ' "_ 8 -14.5 /'SAC' 39 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE IA 18 El ',> '�, 8-J4.5 �� C �' �° C lil CEMENT CONC, SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 113 12 EA C> (' ME ILLUMINATION SYSTEM 1 LS ad's' C) I° ;�Cl 5 -20.5 �° �% 0 L,) . ) °: 1 42 PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS B CJ) ) ea, En PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON SYSTEM MODIFICATION 1 8 -20.5 I S a " z cJ , • - f9c - `�. ci . > ri> , TREE LIGHTING SYSTEM 8 -20,5 }5 FUTURE T COMMUNICATION CONDUIT 1 m C IMEMIZI o ^ REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT I $50,000 $50,000 8 -30.5 . 1111111111111 1111111111111 .. TOTAL: NL .ILL ° ( ?[9 * ENT) OF ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURES INL`I'IAITVE, PI -TASE 2 Pedestrian Streetsitlti Improvements We-it Yakima Avenue - 7 Avenue to Front Street City Project No, 2:165 ?age 3/3 ic Bond No.: BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we West Coast Construction Co. , Inc. as Principal, and Travelers Casualty and:Surety Company of America a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of PT as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Yakima as Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent of Amount Bid for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, Principal and Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Yakima DFI, Phase 2 Pedestrian Sidewalk Improvements. Proj # 2165 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 21st day of June , 2007 PRINCIPAL:W st Coas o uction Co., SURETY: Travel, -zra Casualty & Surety Company r ) / Inc. of America 440 7 Jeffr fSte,'wai~t A- urney- in-`t�Cr N . . y/ CONFORMS TO AIA DOCUMENT A310 2/70 ED. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER TRAVELERS POWER OF ATTORNEY Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Ltsurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Attorney -In Fact No. 21 8742 Certificate No. 001680800 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, that St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, that Farmington Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, that United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies "), and that I the Companies do hereby make, constitute and appoint Jeffrey L. Stewart, Frank S. McAllister, and Constance L. McLenaghan of the City of Kirkland , State of Washington , their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. 7th IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Compan 66awe caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this June day of Farmington Casualty Company St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company i Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Seaboard Surety Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company `ll•> 0 . „. m6kyy N IN ,•. .w INS t YA u,�� 'tY . � SURET V,p ro Y � 0 �' s Cy" ..... .. . 9 ..........,4 pF '�t'0 RI �' �c°a ?Q � G * 4r rs' %. Q. s }; 2' p G P c ?� t n }� I PIC rC °RPOR� >F 51 ; P: aPORA n ` y { INC 982 O a 1977 1951 °" uTeD 1927 g m' m t z Tf �.�^' a � • < � »a _ - f' _.e . �: a HARTFORD, � �Fi4 RtF6 t. a 4c CC+' a F N ;� �y �a.•SEAL>o' 4' if ;� o° C CVN u 1 96 J l ,� 9 lt' ti AG O. -.6 C g,. . ti ., <r . �OF NEW n >;nuc a s .. A � +y i �g : -. v - �,�'•i S"... '�.( ...'. 1€ 1 I.tY • �� f*/ State of Connecticut By: I City of Hartford ss. Georg Thompson, `enior ice President • 7th June 2007 On this the day of , , before me personally appeared George W. Thompson, who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. G.TlT _ . In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. wr lr W . My Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2011. * "IWO * Marie C. Tetreault, Notary Public 58440 - 8 - 06 Printed in U.S.A. WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER s This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St, Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows: RESOLVED. that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys -in -Fact and Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with the Company's name and seal with the • Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the power given him or her; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company, provided that each such delegation is in writing and a copy . thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the FURTHER se b ' y a . or Assistant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by one or more Attorneys --in -Fact and Agcnts pursuant to we power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys -in -Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached. I, Kori M. Johanson, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, of Farmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, and United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company do hereby i certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of , 20 Ir Kori M. JohansoWAssistant Secretary - ' TYl,t ` 't. i •,, , ,. St�RETJ. Q Y , FlRE4 �� 7 K + IS i p •. .... PtY A NO $U9 tYe�,_ 2 0 l A aron " 9 M1 ' rn ( 1 1 it; 'L O ..9 JP...N.....9' y J ,, !?a f7Y 0 '•0J R1f L c T 4 ( � Yf @ @ @Y r 'pRPORA )' Z sC. . L C i L � l � C a 'y '�' n, ...AVOWED ihl za w F.m i W :C,,P R4 .', n /,..."_ !3 2 0 7��1 19 .,1 s .1 # €f: .°1 a HARTFORD, t iikar . z 19 c + a _� g f n i o: w CONN. n CDNN. .R N 9896hp _ y c 's- � .. , 1951 # ,n, a . . 4 ::, GO, y:.SEAI,,�i % t,..SEALin > i e �.,. 0 , . y . sb a t ro` Attie y ti .� ?� . � `�OF F yn ^,nNCEO� g . p r t N `�........+ ,...,MN's` W To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney, call 1- 800 -421 -3880 or contact us at www.stpaultravelersbond.com. Please refer to the Attorney -In -Fact number, the above -named individuals and the details of the bond to which the power is attached. I WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER 1 • NON - COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report bid rigging activities call: I - 800 -424 -9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. 137 NON - DISCRIMINATION PROVISION During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. *(2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. *(3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. "(4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. *(5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. "(6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. "(7) The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders 01 the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States." 139 • SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended (To be submitted with the Bid Proposal) Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW will result in your bid being non - responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below. The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name EC- re / C__ Item Numbers L G °-( ( Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Bid Items to be performed by the Prime Contractor: Prime Contractor Name We 3T- ° o .0 - Item Numbers 1 -6 •E, (0• -t t - --eS f .Z-.7- ( ) 33 ° `( 146 141 WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities. To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts. In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program. The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations. All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10 %) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000. Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished. This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities and women employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs. Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans /specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible. 143 RESOLUTION NO. D"4816 A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with Women And Minority Business Enter- prises for the performance of public works, and WHEREAS, it is the intention of the City of Yakima that Women And Minority Business Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of such public works, and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding process through the adoption of the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached hereto, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy ", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. • ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this •.-i;4Gh, day of ,c- ,...t_..- , 1983. 01 nn A • c h1+1ka-C Mayor ATTEST: 7 , City Clerk 145 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima, This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps. However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington. In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training. Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors and subcontractors subject to this contract must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps: a. The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response. b. The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore. If suchworker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore. c. The contractor shall promptly notify the City of Yakima Engineering Division an Contract Compliance Officer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal. d. The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the Department of Labor. e. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees. f. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically 147 including minority news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. g. The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and oral) recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority students, minority recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas. h. The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives. i. The contractor shall validate all man specifications; selection requirements, tests, etc. j. The contractor shall make every effort to promote after school, summer and vacation employment to minority youth. k. The contractor shaii develop on -the -job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid. I. The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities. m. The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc., do not have a discriminatory effect. n. The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non- segregated. o. The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO policy is being carried out. p. The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority and women contractor associations. q. Non cooperation: In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minorities and women. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor shall immediately notify the City of Yakima Engineering Department or the City of Yakima Compliance Officer. 148 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation for bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: a ✓ �- rte'• ccya�9� certifies that: (BIDDER) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract P. rya / v C i AAA :;4J.. and; as to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: ALA 7 OG and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub - contract under this contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. (Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder) 149 Materially and Responsiveness The certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of his bid. Failure to submit the certification will render the bid non responsive. Compliance and Enforcement Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable). Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on September 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible' bidder for, government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order. The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any bidder, or contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non - compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet it fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, and shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the Consequences thereof. In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets its goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor of the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractors or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to him the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be 151 taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or Subcontractor can comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national security. Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty days. Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to the: Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering agency or the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance. 152 PROPOSAL Yakima DFI Phase 2, Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Front Street to 7 Avenue City Project No. 2165 The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he /she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5 %) of the total bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above prices and in the form as indicated below, is attached hereto: CASH ❑ IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK ❑ DOLLARS CERTIFIED CHECK ❑ ($ ) PAYABLE TO THE STATE TREASURER PROPOSAL BOND a IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID " Receipt is hereby acknowledged of addendum(s) No.(s) 1 , 2.. & SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL(s) QP FIRM NAME D 6"5" <. G;'°` i e, (ADRESS) o yC qt e PHONE NUMBER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONTRACTORS LICENSE NUMBER E' r - 73 /0o FEDERAL ID No. 19 1 1 16 1 1 le I c21 6'`i 1 01 Note: (1) This proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the firm's name entered hereon without prior permission from the Secretary of Transportation will be cause for considering the proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the bid. (2) Please refer to section 1 -02.6 of the standard specifications, re: "Preparation of Proposal," or "Article 4" of the Instructions to Bidders for building construction jobs. (3) Should it be necessary to modify this proposal either in writing or by electronic means, please make reference to the following proposal number in your communication. 153 • BIDDER'S CHECK LIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed, as required, and submitted on the form purchased from the City and bound in the Contract Documents: A. PROPOSAL The unit prices, extensions and total amounts bid must be shown in the spaces provided. B. BID BOND ACCOMPANYING BID This Bid Bond form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not Tess than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. C. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST The form must be filled in. Failure to provide this information at time of bid WILL NOT render the bid non - responsive. D. BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION E. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET Must be filled in and signed by the bidder. F. MBE/WBE FORM It is requested that The Bidder's Certification of the "Affirmative Action Profile" in the MBE/WBE Form be filled in and signed by the bidder. Failure to provide this information WILL NOT render the bid non - responsive. The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded: A. CONTRACT This agreement is to be executed by the successful bidder. B. PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and his /her surety company. C. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Refer to attached Informational Certificate of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement. Also refer to Section 1 -07.18 (APWA) of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. D. DOT Form 420 -004EF Refer to Required Contract Provisions Federal -Aid Construction Contracts FHWA- 1273. 155 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Construction Details (Plans Follow) A r r- C `j JUN CTION BOX DIMENSION TABLE NOTES: 1 BOX TYPE ITE 1. All box dimensions are nominal. Exact configurations vary I ■ 1 I 1 TYPE t TYPE 2 TYPE 3 among different manufacturers. T - A OUTSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 22" 33" 42" ' 'j N P _ (4 I B OUTSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX C INSI LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 1T" 18 " -18" 22112" 30' 28" 38 "- 2. The noted (Id thicknesses are overall minimums. The diamond ` -` `- °` - – ^ pattern for Type 1 or 2 boxes shall be 28% minimum of overall _ ....... . -.. D INSIDE IMDTH OF JUNCTION BOX 13 " - 14" 17" 24" thickness. The diamond pattern for Type 3 boxes shall have "' E LID LENGTH 1B" 28 1/2" _ 38" a minimum thickness of 3/32 ". SEE LEGEND F UD WIDTH 13" 17" 28" .., ........ 0 DEPTH OF JUNCTION BOX 12" 12" 12" 3. Lid support members shall be 3/18 " min. thick steel C, L or T • H LID AND FRAME DEPTH We" 5/16" 1/2" shape welded to the frame. ��� "�� J MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS 112" 112" 3" "; K WELDED WIRE HOOP - SIZE NUMBER (SEE NOTE 8) W 2.9 (8 GAGE) W 2.9 (8 GAGE) W 6 (3 GAGE) 4. When specified In the Contract, Type 2 and Type 3 boxes shall a a1 O _ F- 8 ® L WELDED WIRE FABRIC - SIZE (SEE NOTE 8) 4 X 4 W 2.9 X W 2.9 (8 GAGE) be provided with 12" deep extension boxes. I N FRAM WA NIA SEE DETAIL 6 A 1/4" NC x3/4" Stainless Steel Ground Stud with S.S. Nut shall I M N FRAME E SLOT MARK WA WA SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL be welded t0 the bottom Of the Ild. E 0 HOOK P UD HOOD MARK WA NIA SEE DETAIL g See the Standard Specifications for alternate use of reinforcement 1 I I O OUTSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION NIA WA 48' 1 i R OUTSIDE IMDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 36" r .t 8 INSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 38" �_ -. ._....._......_...._........ 1 _ __ _ T INSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 20• LEGEND �� N P �� N U MINIMUM FOUNDATION DEPTH N/A WA 3" V WELDED WIRE HOOP -SIZE NUMBER N/A N/A W 6 (3 GAGE) CAPACITY - CONDUIT DIAMETERS 8" 12" 24" F` 1 PLAN NOTE: A 1% TOLERANCE IS ALLOWED LT31" C 0 M Mir 1/2" HANDLE LID LIGHTING SYSTEM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM cH LEVEL WITH LID 7 a r HANDLE 1/8 LID `, /B T TELJ T k / -L V 1" X 1 "X3/16 ", C7 j y STOP y.- 1" LONG TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM TELEPHONE SYSTEM IF I f 1 HOOK DETAIL (TWO HOOKS 1 " HANDLE DETAIL NUT OR WELDED (MARK 0) PER LID) t� > (MARK M) WASHER I TSI1" FRAME TOP INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ELEVATION FRAME TOP ( CENTEF BEAD \ FORM LETTERS WITH 1/8" WELD BEAD. O 1/8" WELD BEAD T HOOK \ S 1" OMINAtJ 1 °NOMINAL- ' 1/8" WELD BEAD 41 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL '11.. ~ , �' ; `� Up - SUPPORT HOOK -' y FOUNDATION FOR TYPE 3 V E SLOT LID CENNTETE R B • . .4 D. RIC,p JUNCTION BOX ON SLOT LID HOOD MARK DETAIL t 1 1 WAsw 'f FRAME SLOT MARK (MARK N) (MARK P) 'S 5 °.0 ?, '4 1 INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA r 1" NOMINAL t INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA 1 NOMINAL J 'y I _ of ¢ 8" MI � ���® ° / / Sim ; /��i - <V 1 3" MIN 8" MAX 3 " MIN k T t I _8" MIN I t O .P 24655 .0 1'Q (TYP) (TYP) I 3" MIN 8 " MAX 3" MIN � J , 8 / STY. 1 I S• ONA1. Q•• i i 2" MIN ' 2" MIN t (NP) 4 ,F 4 ( (p) I 1 — (EXPIRES OCTOBER 26, 20021 /r /.a• ► • . •� �� A' " :LI IMI r y . • . "'• •. . i i si STANDARD „_,��e .. �•� �• i %:: = �•�':;;..� s 6s • k + r��.. • . •� a.:� . � t1 • ' . . ,. t . t : JUNCTION BOX .�I;.M� 0.4-0105. A16-9,;:- • • • • .4 Pliik ∎4 it ♦ !'x•111400 e ms • ' �i � ::: M •� A . �• • • `i •� ^ .� •ltd +r t " Ri •s ue 041 � • i !•• ! te �. . _._•. 1....a��::..;. . •als...a. ..�.. �. — :� !►• ...ilk, _ ► . .... e ..: ..• . • • • 'J STANDARD PLAN J -11 TYPE 1 OR 2 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 6" GRAVEL PAD TYPE 3 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 8" GRAVEL PAD MOTE: w RWH.vN.NGyAIMAL Me Apn ."uva.N?� AN.C. i O "G APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION TI. 0071114. 40NFD.Y116LJI ENRAMDAPPIK.0/ORF.4UGM"L lm" ION al At7.1".n...,71 A1..VM..dnO•Mlx.ro.tA1104 AC11 WAY. NN6VAFWE➢T. Harold J. PeterfGSO 09 -12 -01 Ae71.. STATE D 89N ENGINEER DATE T WmWngbn Stab Depalfn.d d Transportation NOTES 1. PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8-01.3(15). 2. SIZE THE BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE (BGID) FOR THE STORM WATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. GRATE 5" MAX. TRIM GEOTEXTILE 3. THE BGID SHALL HAVE A BUILT-IN HIGH -FLOW RELIEF SYSTEM (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 4. THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BGID WITHOUT SPILLING THE FRAME ... 11 11 COLLECTED MATERIAL. I: � � OVERFLOW BYPASS ° ° ° ' °° GRATE • ° ° T W . SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS RETRIEVAL SYSTEM Ell FILTERED WATER L $ OVERFLOW BYPASS .• c. ° GEOTEXTILE • • a ',00,...,,, e ° CROSS SECTION ISOMETRIC VIEW NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE STATE OF �n(�qj_ WASHINGTON U � REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MARK W. MAURFR CERTIFICATE NO. 000598 PREFABRICATED BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE DETAILS STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION STANDARD PLAN 1 -7 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 07 -17 -03 NOT. INNILMINNOTALOOTANNONITMOISOCCUNSNTINTANNTICTNOINTOUKKATN. KAT[OI ON Et466666 OM nootab . wavmlrnamemenwsomno mrupurxwroNUwrome '� W Lnarol ilk" M dT Ar1MW 4D1p1O STAmWMl OITONIROMPONTArMN AOVVwvuo>Al1D •„ P d r al uONKaNRr. Ali% 1 NOTES 1. As on acceptable alternate to rebor, wire mesh having a minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot may be used 1;1 I ,..._ I / 1.,If / I I •6 Bars at 7" spacing /� � for adjustment sections. / SI> 2 I 20 "' x 24 / 12" l TYP ) 24"DIA. 48" DIA / or 54" DIA Hole 2" Ii71)1471- — 12" alling s 4 1" MIN 2%2" MAX 96" FLAT SLAB TOP TYPICAL ORIENTATION 41 FOR ACCESS AND STEPS v �.44 1II S 2 3 0 �12 0 ,1 , '5 Bars at 6" spacing PREFABRICATED LADDER � / jt ° / 6" or 12" (s 12" MIN M 24 "DIA, 48" DIA 40� V r 20" x 24". �T �� or 54" DIA Hole L u j 4._ 2" ITYP)�� One "3 bar hoop for 6" Two "3 bor hoops for 12" STEP 8" - 1" MIN RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 2�/2" MAX 72" FLAT SLAB TOP MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS FOR MANHOLES AND .111A, lit ^ 34., CATCH BASINS 4 0 , •4 Bars at 6" spacing . I, ►'II / A One •3 bar hoop fig., Lam! /i / 20" x 24" or 24" DIA Hole �� / /%� z x CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 8"---4 �d!}s . IiYP) s s f r. v t-1" MIN 2%2" MAX r L 48" MIN pi 48 ". 54" or 60" FLAT SLAB TOP ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION (Al NOTES 29 1 /4" 1. This frame Is designed to accommodate 20" x 24" grates or covers as r 1 shown on Standard Plans 13-2, B -2b, B -2c and B -2d. 2. When bolt down grates or covers are specified in the Contract, provide two holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. Tap each hole to accept a 5/8" x -11 NC x 2" alien head cap screw. Location of bolt down holes varies among different manufacturers 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9- 05.15(2) for additional requirements. 5/8" x -11 NC (TYP., SEE NOTE 2) 7/8 " 1 ' 1/8" 3/4" v 1 'v .,- N RECESSED ALLEN IN / _ HEAD CAP SCREW (SEE NOTE 2) I 15/8" GRATE OR / /// SOLID COVER i I 2 1/2" D , \ I ` �\\ DETAIL "A" FRAME v is' 4_ -.7, c, l BOLT DOWN DETAIL e 4 , :: ; 0D 36l p Q0 24 1/4" A � � l' ' 8 s70 Qt‘G I EXPRES JULY 4 2003 R B CATCH BAS N OR FOR / / STANDARD PLAN 11.2a % i�il \ SHEET 1 OF 1 S A Rene nwawaxorAuauelawren +nooau"wrwr.w .,,wL s aoawu�a APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION ....K nraanwu. Ro"uRrlwa"rsrAAwAmawnswwRr naV"mrDVru "'"`""°"'R'°"' " °°"""'"°"°°'"''`°"'"'` "`°'""' " ""'""`° Harold J. Peterleso 06 -17 -02 SEE DETAIL "A" "" "`"""' "'"Vi DEL[IID SRITEI "DDED IO.T "" DE LILT RD ITA1 DIRIDN W 3N DAIS NOIES '�7� wmhinylm a,. D.palmlM.IT.n.podDtlpD DATE REVISION IY -" 4 ® - p 0 ' PUSH m O m ' 0 ® ) IPUSH 4 ` BUTTON BUTTON 111 n +o 'I �, h FOR FOR , � to I Y, 6 1 g 111 m t METAL POLE INSTALLATION 4111111W (ID PPB -M �� ( Pedestrian PushButton -Metal Pole) W0O0 POLE INSTALLATION PPB-W (Bottom feed shown) (Pedestrian PushButton - Wood Pole) R10-4001 R10 - 4002 1 3.374" NOTES 2 , 5 " 11 When "PPB-MR" or "PPB -WR" ore specified N >1 in the contract, the arrow shall be 5 „ installed In the opposite direction L. 1.75" than as shown for "PPB M " or PPB W " L, - - It 2.875" loi 2.75" • M . O N In �; O - 11 R10-4002 { INV O 0.391" hole M b R10 -4001 .187 "-0.14--f---0.14—.187" 0.875" hole for `n Top View Top View metal post mount 0.391'" hole for s. I{� 5" —1 — wood post mount - n 1 t ? ► 0.9375 " " MO O IIII I 1.375" C. i t 1 42.8L25 "A. Front View Side View N 1 w f H 411ti CAST ALUMINUM CONDULET 0.391" hole 1 11 n 0.875 "' hole �� 1 I ,_ ' � \ u M O P W 11 I (TYPI PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON in V N 11 Front View Side View DETAILS II J PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ASSEMBLY Front View Side View ALUMINUM 'H' EXTRUSION .EY 1 Pushbutton switch assembly 0 Aluminum 'H' extrusion 2 Cost metal housing Chose nipple - /" hex head x I /Z' pipe thread x 2�// " long 3 Protective collar a) 3 /i" - 16 X 2 stainless steel bolt with washer 4 Pushbutton switch ® 3i" X 4" I og bolt with washer 5 Gasket ® Drill and tap shaft for /8" bolt 6 Stainless steel fastener ilD Drill and tap shaft for %2" nipple 7 Cost aluminum condulet ® Conduit and fittings as required for timber pole installation= 8 Aluminum plug with 1/6" drilled weep hole. reverse condulet and conduit for top feed On timber pole installation, remove plug for wire 16 Drill pilot hole for 3 4"" lag bolt entrance and drill weep hole in condulet. TYPE PPB, PS, & I STANDARD DETAILS SIGNAL STANDARD TYPE DESIGNATIONS —.T1 Q O - __ ft" 1/9 ANCHOR BOLT. NUT, & WASHER SIZES �y a 3� I fY a ST ANDARD DIMENSIONS - ■iffll P = 5 TYPE PPB 4- 1/2" DIA x 12" x 2 " IZ8 S TYPE PS & I 4 - Ws' DIA x 30" x 4" S TYPE FB & RM 3 - Y4" DIA x 30" x 4" oo • 346 c.Ni EL EVATION T . E flikl on rL o 0 PLAN TYPE PPB TYPE PS TYPE I & RM TYPE FB TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V TWO THREADS MIN PED. PUSH PED. HEAD VEHICLE HEAD FLASHING MAST ARM LIGHTING AND STRAIN POLE LIGHTING AND 5 /B " MAX L $ 2" CLEARANCE BUTTON STANDARD AND RAMP METER BEACON STANDARD MAST ARM STANDARD STRAIN POLE Y4 " CHAMFER �. K POST STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD PAVED AREA UNPAVED AREA � ' , TYPE PPB, PS, [, RM & FB STANDARD DIMEN$IDN CHART - r . . a a '2 ,t TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE TYPE 1," TO 2" ' • i N r ' � p it ITEM PPB P5 I RM FB II II v. ��• t A HEIGHT 4 " -6" 8' -0" 10' -0" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 • IN, a II a ' a I� B POLE BASE DIA 2%/' + + + • S R . jCx . , ' il.' � it v C PLATE THICKNESS 1/2" '/" %2" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 D ' 1 " ,.9 WASy ` N v • ;1 , a ... ' ! a ' , v 0 PLATE WIDTH 5" 9" 9" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 F.. ,�� % ek s " E HOLE DIA % " 1" 1" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 `' u ' N i , � r I ' ': , ' :' + �/2 " B �/� B " SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 F BOLT CIRCLE 4 1 N v � _l� v _____ O ilo G FOUNDATION DEPTH (' -6'" 3'-0" 3 " -0 "" 3' -O" 3' -0" %,--‘ � , •% _ _g am _ - „ • ,,. H1 FOUNDATION WIDT 1 ' -6 " 2 2' -0" 2' -O" 2' -O" ' - — O 24655 M 1 1 . a �,1 a �} to H2 FOUNDATION DIA 2'-0'" 2' - 3" 2' - 2' -3 "' '��a 9B a /9TE� ti�� u.„.—,_ - 11 - - " ' J NUT & WASHER Four % 2 " 3'4 3/4 3'4" 3'4" 'P,p� �QG v • • • v 11 • 1 + v '" ' v K GROUT PAD THICKNESS NONE r .. SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 ANAL Al • s „ • i __, .,i • L PLASTIC DRAIN TUBE DIA NONE 3 /a" %" %" 3 /e " (EXPIRES OCTOBER 26,20021 2'/2 " CLEARANCE "I a it a ., - -Q II, . M VERTICAL RE-BAR NONE, Eight •4 Eight o4 Eight •4 Eight •4 li • v • " 11 'v N HORIZ. RE -BAR HOOP NONE Three •4 Three •4 Three "4 Three •4 SIGNAL STANDARD TYPE ii' • • iN • . •i': P HANOHOLE SIZE NONE 31/2" x 4" 3 "" x 4" 3 x 4" 31/2" x 4" DESIGNATIONS AND TYPE 11 • • w 1 l r 0 SLIPFITTER DIA (1.0.1 NONE 4" 4" 4" 4" PPB, PS, 1, RM, & FB DETAILS •e4.- 4_ , - --a'a --- Q=- -'� 21/2" R CAP DIA 2" NONE NONE NONE NONE I • - N• 1 + TAPERED ROUND OR OCTAGONAL SHAFT, 11 GAGE, 4 OD AT SLIPFITTER WELD. TAPER = 0.14 INCHES /FT. STANDARD PLAN J -7a • 2" CLEARANCE \ •+ LEVELING NUT HEIGHT 1" MAXIMUM. "° SHEET10F2sHEETB H1 ( $OUARE7 N LEVELI NUTS NOT REQUIRED FOR TYPE PPB STANDARD '•' TM" PLUMMY " la ay. av° t' �w ° °°cu'm" r°'^ ""°'m"a"° n'u'�'+. APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION J. Peferfeso 09 IIr' rlmu00W. auvmarMIMIMO.AM mOVEDFOvwrlunGn NIMROvsu ' MR. Rworo ,uvmnuwRnNwrl>oRaxNralrAnoY. 4« +� Harold H2 (ROUND) wov•vw:. sure DU8N RIO9W MU FOUNDATION DETAILS vol IRELONGSYMBOLSIMM MHO :// Washington sale o•po,foaM•lTranspologon OM REVISION BY • GENERAL NOTES IN r 117 1 WIDTH EQUAL TO STANDOFF DIMENSION KEY 200 AMP TYPE 120/240 15 SERVICE CAB SAFETY SOCKET BOX O TYP• AS SPECIFIED BY 1 METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 1. SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9. 20.24, SERVICE CABINETS. SERVING UTILITY AS A MINIMUM, TILE METER BASE SHALL BE SAFETY SOCKET I I 10-32 SCREWS A 1 r 1 12 7YP. BOX WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY 2. HINGES 8HALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS PINS. I 4 EACH PER , THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUSERC DRAWING 305. 3.' CABINETS SHALL. BE RATED NEMA 3R AND SHALL MOUNTING BLOCK �DDMt■11� INCLUDE TWO RAIN TIGHT VENTS. l IMMIIBI I3" 12 GA, PATE WEI GEE OZ MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) 4. METERING EQUIPMENT DOOR SHALL BE PAD LOCKABLE. ButDf ONTO EACH END OF 3 PHOTOCELL BREAKER (SPST 15 AMP - 120240 VOLT) Z M OUNTING BLOCK 12" EACH DOOR SHALL BE GASKETED. INSTALL BEST CX MOUNTING I � I �� A 1 �4 TEST SWITCH (SPDT SNAP ACTON, POSITIVE CLOSE CONSTRUCTION CORE ON RIGHT DOOR. SEE DOOR HINGE 16 AMP - 120/277 VOLT - -r RATED) DETAIL, SHEET 1 OF 2. 1 FRONT MOUNTING BLOCK DETAL SECTION A -A 5. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT NATHIN THE SERVICE OF SAFETY 12 GA. - MATERIAL TO BE SAME © PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL, STD. SPEC. 9 - 29.11(2) ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE AN APPROPRIATELY ENGRAVED , , PHOTOCELL SOCKET BOX AS CABINET MATERIAL © BRANCH BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED WITH SCREWS OR RIVETS: KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 AND 18. INSIDE FACE 0 SIGNAL BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL READ: I OF DOOR "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST I BYPASS © CONTACTOR (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) OFF- AUTOMATIC". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL. TEST ON 0 RECEPTACLE BREAKER (SPIT 20 AMP - 120240 VOLT) LEFT SIDE- SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL 6. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT MOUNTING BLOCKS AFTER VERIFYING THE qO 10 RECEPTACLE, GROUNDED (OFCI 20 MAP - 126 VOLT) SERVING UTLJ0E8. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER SERVICE UTILITY STAND OFF DIMENSION. N NEUTRAL BUSS, 14 LUG COPPER BASE MOUNTING IN THE ENCLOSURE, ON THE SIDE OR 6" 0 P9OTOCUL ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE (1TILITY MAY rear 12 PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE - ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED � REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN THE DOOR AND ® REMOVABLE 1 FROM 5/6" EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH WELDED SEAMS THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET BOX TO BE LESS I O " EA AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE LEFT SIDE - SAFETY Io ?f� ill . 0 MOUNTING PANEL SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL THE CONTRACTOR 3 FABRICATION. TYPE 6052 - H32 ALUMINUM VNTH &8' x NB" ': • n' © M� 'MET OPENINGS 'M OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO W8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH . •- _ ,. SHALL VERIFY THE SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS - 1 ® , • �� m' SLID MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL SEE PHOTOCELL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF AND INBTALUNG THE O ,_.. ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL, SHEET 2 OF 2. SERVICE EQUIPMENT. -/ 10" LID 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM AND SHALL BE �` `/ .Cd� I LATCH CH HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR WITH 4" x 4" MIN. POUSHED ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VARIOUS SIZES _ O tom, WIRE GLASS WINDOW. OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. SEE NOTE 8 11" ® o It/KM)/1 P r( ® HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH 1/4 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE LATCH. 8. ALL BUSSWORK SHALL BE HIGH GRADE COPPER AND L L ENOTE II 8 r7 ®m 1111 14 /3 16 CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER. BUSS SHALL BE 4 LUG SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THE MAN BREAKER RATING. T' LaJ TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAN BONDING JUMPER ALL BREAKERS SHALL BOLT ONTO 711E BUSSWORK. BARRIER 0 1 DETAIL ON SHEET 2 OF 2. JUMPERING OF BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 18 SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPBT 20AMP- 120/240 VOLT) BUSSWORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE ALL FUTURE MOUNTING O EQUIPMENT A8 SHOWN IN THE BREAKER SCHEDULE. PANEL LitEilail 17 O METAL SIRING DIAGRAM HOLDER WA 9. THE PHOTOCELL UNIT SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE 18 `+�� I � 1/4" DIAMETER DRAIN HOLE DRILL BEFORE GALVANIZING. PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE TO PERMIT 380 DEGREE ID ROTATION OF THE PHOTOCELL WITHOUT REMOVAL 0 MOUNTING HOLE. SEE SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS. ENCLOSURE TOCELL UNIT OR THE PHOTOCELL 1 19` 1 1 -10 I • _ Q 18 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD - MINIMUM SIZE WITH SEPARATE MAIN BREAKER. 10. ALL INTERNAL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED VIA71H SEE DOOR 3'- 4" 21 LABEL CABINET WITH BUSSWORK RATING. TO .. FROM" CODED TAGS LABELED WITH THE CODE LEFT SIDE HINGE DETAIL FRONT 120240 VAC LETTERS AND/OR NUMBERS 8t10WN ON THE SCHEDULES. SERVICE CABINET DETAIL APPROVED PVC OR POLYOLEFIN WIRE MARKING SLEEVES SHALL BE USED. 11. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS USED FOR MOUNTING © "r" THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL 1/4" x 1 1/4' CLOSED CELL , 12. A 1% TOLERANCE 18 ALLOWED FOR ALL DIMENSIONS. NEOPRENE GASKET CABINET DOOR O2 it 131 'LM C p T T Z 13. UNISTRUT TYPE CHANNEL AND MOUNTING HARDWARE g 8 PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST off PHOTOCr4N.1eeT S DP 1'ASy� l� ' SHALL SLLL 8E STAINLESS STEEL CONDUIT CLAMPS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED, GALVANIZED STEEL OR CABINET OR 4 4 SIGNAL CKT O O OFF AUTOMATIC � qQ, r y s _ PANEL WALL ' ? STAINLESS STEEL j 14. INSTALL CONDUIT COUPLINGS ON ALL CONDUITS. -- •--: ' 1118 TMP• DOOR HINGE DETAL 16 I ILL CKT A PLACE COUPLNOS FLUSH WITH TOP OF PIANO SPARE CKT ,, ALTERNATE FOR TYPE B MODIFIED CABINET _ �� �s ''� CONCRETE FOUNDATION. HINGE SEE NOTE 17 •A / ,��. At 15. NOTE 16 HAS BEEN DELETED. �� 8 .o 8 . O, 8 � 1 } � 10. THE METER BASE PORTION OF THIS SERVICE WAS TM 1/8 I PANEL DOOR CABINET DOOR O 11 ILL CKT B FSY V,*(' V4 " x 518" DESIGNED TO MEET METERING PORTION OF EUSERC 0 DRAWING 309 REQUIREMENTS, NEOPRENE B ■ „ Q9 10 16 GASKET Typ, ■ N� O j EXPIRES MAY 5, 2005 17. WHEN USING ALTERNATE DOOR HINGE REMOVE 1/8 I ■ HINGE NI HINGE PIN PRIOR TO W 2" HIGH x 2 OPEN WELDING HINGE TO CABINET DOOR HINGE DETAIL • " " • SERVICE CABINET TYPE B i AND PRIOR TO HOT DIP GALVANIZING CABINET. 318" BARREL �TQ2�1�1 AFTER GAI.VANIZING, REPLACE PIN WITH BRASS PIN ? SIZE PER NEC. MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE AND SOLDER IN PACE' LAP VVELD MINIMUM SIZE 52 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) VIEW B-B WIRING SCHEMATIC STANDARD PLAN J -3b SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBUCATON Harold J. Peterfeso 11-05-03 . N QIt ,, aw Axu xomlza uavouuaava mamrrwrANHSGawea"rcuz it *rf OffwN 111101N11101 DAn nuMOW,4 a0"Q,aYM&11e A0* ,0MrMNWKAI+a'4YN[^rtlllY 01'2003 *001100 KM 17 NK a W Dols DpWIW111 e1Trampetlo6M AIMIWA fsw *rmNOYA,,MTmIIw,rOfmaWYMTA00* ACWTM4TMOa AOEO V71 WOMMgADT. OM *00151011 DY SEE NOTE 8 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" 12 GA. 2" POLICE PANEL 3/8" BOLT (TWO FOR EACH SERVICE CABINET L CLTED \ \\ SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL) NOT REQUIRED SEE STRAP DETAIL TO BLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL kk j pp '7 ) SEE NOTE 8 BRACKET (SEE SERVICE �s:(!1 Cl.... CHANNEL BRACKETS 'KV) _ �_. FOR STRUT MOUNT �, � 5� (TWO REQUIRED) CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS r „ I I - - - 11 SPRING NUT _I. � ik AND STRAP DETAIL) I I T 11 -1 FRONT OF SERVICE l III BEVEL 1/2" • 8 a II CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. CON TROLLER I PLUMB CONDUIT t 1' CABINET CABINET ' 8 8 1 6/8" x 1 5/8" 12 LOA i SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 -11 �1 • BLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL IIIIII�III 1 I , BRACKETS BOLTE TO - ' 1 6 /8" x 2 7118' 12 OA ` POST USE TWO - 3/8" 80138, WASHERS • 111 1( S LOTTED STEEL CHANNEL I � _ AND NUTS BRACKEI'3 (9 REQ'D), EMBED I O TIMM I�I Il FOR EACH CHANNEL. © 1Y MIN. IN FOUNDATION. PEEN BOLT THREADS, AP (SEE SERVICE MOUNTING 2 l C�' :... �. s. PLUMB CONDOR 3 1' DETAILS ND STRAP DETAIL) :? BOLT BOLT.) I�� SLOTTED STEEL H io C_ CHANNEL BRA WITH LO K ' [ BOLT SIZED FOR SLOTTED STEEL ' I� I 1 O 7ED CHANNEL 1 lY JS 1'11( fTI 4 .- #4 HOOPS 24" I II _ I I I T (3 FOR EACH CHANNEL) i jr BRACKETS BOLTED TO It I p LL/ - C _ TO UTLU1Y -6 _ '',/ , I 11 l -- WASHERS AND NUTS BOLTS, 8" � a + - - _ _ � ` I CABINET BRACKET MOUNTING DETAIL � J � ` , 1/ ' Ili 1/ il. GROUND ROD � I TOLUMINAIRES —t TO CONTROLLER CABINET PEEN BOTTHREADB. 3"•-+I �, 3" 3 " - '"1 1" (TYp) 3"--.-I - 8 x 8 TREATED TIMBER CONDUIT COUPLING (TYP.) 0. 13" DIAMETER DRAIN TILE (Iil1l1 POST, 10 LONG RIGHTS SIDE Of SERVICE CABINET SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 WITH APPROVED COVER. (TYP.) SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET TO UTIUTY TO CONTROLLER RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET 2" x 1/8" HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STRAP TO LUMINAIRES CABINET FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET POST MOUNT (ELIA11I STRUT MOUNT METAL WASHERS ,�, NUT , :41,.. _ _ PHOTOCELL RUBBER WASHER (APPLY SILICONE \ _ .3— ENCLOSURE GROUND ROD Q SEALER TO BOTH SIDES OF RUBBER 111 AND NUT, BOLT. FLANGE 3/8" • x 1" BOLT, LOCK WASHER WASHER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION NUT SERVICE (TYP.) 24" L CABINET BASE I 24" �-� CABINET POST MOUNT STRAP DETAIL I -' 1" -1I +- 1" I TWO 84 HOOPS '•' 1/4" x 1' MACHINE BOLT b� r . II _ ANC BOLT (TYP.) PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL 1 F ...,,, CONTROLL . CAR NET SEE STANDARD PLAN J-84 \�\� � .--• I "CABINET FOUNDATION DETAILS ", 1/2" MIN. P. FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. (TYP.) 1/4" x 2" STAINLESS STEEL BOLT "� � `� R 9 I BUSS WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL NUTS. LIBERALLY COAT THIS ASSEMBLY G TT Z t � '_' '� ` I I ""' I 1O DRIVE GROUND RODS BEFORE PLACING 1!8 r Q E Zr - WITH ANTI OXIDANT COMPOUND. S 64 WAry� CONCRETE. MOVE RODS) ND DRAIN ' �� TRIM) WITH COVER(S) AS REQUIRED TO - - BELLE.VILLE e ILLI ACHIEVE FULL GROUND PENETRATION. rj STAINLE STEEL D f 1 S I (•; I MAINTAIN A 8' MINIMUM CLEARANCE - CABINET SPRING WASHER CABINET 11 �, I BETWEEN GROUND RODS AS DETAILED (] SIDE WALL f 6 . _ _ - _ _ : - V `4 ON STD. PLAN J- 04'TYPICAL GROUNDING / W . W „ " ��' I I . ` . 1 1 DETAILS". STAINLESS � T14 O /� �; O R. M - — — — _ ; Q ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING CABINET A A ALLEN HEAD FW ELD i It 11 I rr'� �4•' BTe�� G t / i, d , , LL �SHA BETERMINATEDVITHGROUNDING :I - _ �� s �ONAL 1 � : � END BUSHING AND BONDED TO THE - ( - N / " \ � �- N CABINET GROUNDING BUS. ier ...... L Q 4" DIAM. x 1/2" DEEP SUMP. SLOPE CABINET EXPIRES MAY 5, 2005 T FOUNDATION TOWARDS SUMP. 3/8" DIAM. SIDE WALL STAINLESS STEEL POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER DRAIN PIPE. 1/8" x 1 1/4" x 1 114" x 8' ANGLE FLAT WASHER SERVICE CABINET TYPE B 84 BAR EACH CORNER Q GROUND ROD SLOPE TO DRAIN OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE O TO SERVICE GROUND - PER STD. PLAN JAa ELEVATION VIEW BIDE VIEW DETAIL A-A 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) PLAN VIEW OF SERVICE CABINET "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS" CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J - SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peferfeso 11 -05-03 NOTE ROPULYM OTAIlOKISNO,NIMO0odMNIVIR VYSCINONCOtYMGR STATE DEMIGNORISEI DAVI mg Arngw4 .Mmno/y.....sn,wD YU ... CS/20E3 REVISED SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING QUAIL WC WRY BbR DR °NTT°rVRe1aMRR ATIWNIMMOTOMSTANDIA WNTOPMA 'YRTATpM AWVWYYMAw® 7RI�'E^I 1100.1101.40 DATE REVISION ET -" T RADIUS POINT OF CURB RETURN RADIUS W' 7' -0" W• 4' -0" W• 6' -0 w- r -o W. T -0" ;� (AT CURB FACE) X X Y Y 20FEET 8 -6112" 4' - 6 Y 12" 4'- 81/2" 8' -0' 4' X -1" T - 2 3/4" 3' X -T 8' -312" 3' - 9' - 2 Y 12" C � CUReFgC 30 FEET 7' -3 314" 7' -1" 6' -61/2' 8'- 111/2' 6' -9114" 1a -7' 6' -21/2" 12' -0" 4' -83/4" 13' -31/4" O �1C 40 FEET 8'- 912" 9' -212 7" 1/2" 7' 11' -61/4" 7' 13' -412 6' 1/2" 8' 15' 3/4" - 1 1/2" 16' -71/4" T 60 FEET 10'- 3/4" 11'- 3/4" 0'- 1/4" 13'- 71/4" 8' -212" 16' -91/2" T -812" 17' -9' 6'- 11914" 19' -61/4" , CEMENT CONCRETE 80 FEET 11' -212" 17 -8314' 10'- 314" 16 -812" C -21/4" 1T- 713/4" 8' -63/4" 20' -13/4' T- 1012" 22' -112" PEDESTRIAN CURB • 70 FEET 12' -23/4" 14' -31/4" 11' - 1/4" 17' -4" 10' -1" 19' - 11 3/4" 9' -3 314" 22' - 4 1/4" 8' -81/4" 24' -61/4" 3/8' EXPANSION JOINT DETECTABLE WARNING (SEE 8TD. PLAN F-3) PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) 80 FEET 13' - 2" 16' - 8 12' 11' -10 12" 18' - 11 3/4" 10 - 10 3/4" 21' - 10" 10' - 1" 24' - 4 314' 7 - 6" 28' - 8 314" 0 90 FEET 14' - 1/2" 17' - 1/2" 12' -81/4" 20 -012" 11' -73/4" 23' -T 10' -93/4" 26' -33/4" 10' -11/4" 28' -912" 700 FEET 14' -1012" 18' -33/4' 13' -6 12" 27 -0" 17- 41/4" 26' -23/4" 11' -63/4" 26' -112" 10 -9" 30' -9" 1I] INTERMEDIATE RADII CAN BE INTERPOLATED 1 1 - — _ � DETECTABLE WARNING PATTERN AREA SHALL BE YELLOW, IN COMPLIANCE WITH STD, SPEC. 8- 14.3(3) � �� CROSSWALKS F. A B I RAMP NOTES (SEE STD. PLAN H-Ec) i me w 1. Avoid plating drainage structures, junction boxes or other e - o" X O obstructions In front of ramp access areas. BUFFER DISTANCE FROM P.C. RAMP LANDING 2. Detectable wamin ttems may be created b an method ' STRIP AI I 1 8 8 Pa Y Y MIN. MAX. that will achieve the truncated dome dimensions and spacing SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4B A 16/8" 2 3/8" I shown. PLAN B 6/8" 1 12" PLAN 3. Curb and gutter shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb C 7/16" 3/4" k. design specified. See Std. Plan F -1 for curb details. D 7/8" 17/16" i h- 4. See Std. Plan F -3 for aldewatk Joint placement and details. 6 - 0 " w i r+ BUFFER STRIP I I i „ 5. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1 V. TOP OF ELEVATION 2% M ROADWAY TRUNCATED DOMES (BEE NOTE 2) " W ° V 1°`MIINSV ' l s - 0" y r1P 1 DETECTABLE WARNING BUFFER STRIP PATTERN DETAIL Pe CEMENT i, Bi g+ CONCRETE SECTION O CEMENT CONCRETE VARIES VARIES 0 TOW CURB&GUTTER 4� OP NASyj � 0 TO8" t' 4 D :" SIDEWALK (SEE NOTE 3) CA 4 I TOP OF ROADWAY �� d ', N . .' . . . . . . . . .4 L .. . 14L G . its; y� ■ CEMENT CONCRETE D, y 21 861 4,1 4.1 CEMB & R CEMENT CONCRETE �' 3 T PEDESTRIAN CURB SECTION O (SEE NOTE 3) � s IONAL I (SEE STD. PLAN F -1) 318" EXPANSION JOINT - I EXPIRES MAY IS, 2003 (SEE STD. PLAN F3) 6' 0" �?: r RAMP CEMENT „„ .. ,... '"'"' I ''' SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4B _ CONCRETE I { ” "" " ^ "' ° F 81DENWLK 4 E — I 1 LANDING ROAD \� —� /----/ I �— STANDARD PLAN F -3. ,�:r..N . i e" ISOMETRIC VIEW SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET DEPRESSED APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION DETECTABLE WARNING CURB & GUTTER PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) (SEE NOTE 3) Harold J. Peterfeso 01 -13-03 DAIll SECTION OB 1ww. " TO M � MO01m,ov ao" AT 1.1.10 070. OW "MI DOWN . D. 8 1.0 .vn"o,T OF mwvwar nm ACOM IAW"aarAwa NV w°'I' °^ D"MOrT parmNen MY/ MOWN? Y i Toward 1 ,r� W' wide drain Roadway Ate: ' ' hole In grout pad Grout ad 3';' wide drain a P hole in grout pad ua.a�a I Anchor bolts I _ ( ,I _J,E Install pole base plate , u � nl�i ii, r -- u 4"� Pole "I directly on leveling TTtt`` base Pole base plate nuts and washers. I III i,l Ly l � l ,� Strop templates plate — 11171V Ill - -1' (See Detail) 1101111p IXED E BAS � "- - 1�� I III ' Condui II II E i g ht •T bars 11� ^C ` Toward D I — � I I — evenl spaced • \ C ` r ) i" �,U r 7 RoaQ.vey Anchor bo I is �Q Anch I III I �� I F bolts _,�- L E I - 1 II I "4 Hoops at I " 1 1' -0" centers . a1 >• I N N I SLIP BASE 1 4` _ 2" clearance — - (TYP) Foundation .Towtrd y ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT SUP BASE FIXED BASE Square or round PLAN PLAN FOUNDATION DETAIL (See Note 1) T. N Roadway LIGHT STANDARD ORIENTATION • Toward aoaaway Plate washer (TYP) I 1" clamping bolts Pole base plate —TDweld ay Keeper plate "----------' I Hardened washers (TYP) Roo !VW' anchor plate TIM �/e � 1' slip p late I I A �j� I fP �'1 x 3 „ or y1 Top of foundation /J I� I - �� � �� Oy gl p�� ° z F MIN� . .r :l ■1 ; LLL .+ )'',1" chomfer (TYP) /' . I ° : 1 � ° y ',- 'a v/ ., .. . . "vI �/ \ \ \!/!n \\\�!/// �^ Place grout even with 0 14742 q q 6" hollow in top of foundation after 11 See Note 4 A � � e �IBTE & � ' ti center of grout pad plumbing light standard s s�ONAL ::: 1 ■1 EX PIRES JU 00 1 11 FIXED BASE I1 ELEVATION STEEL LIGHT STANDARD BASE DETAILS SLIP BASE Three 1" anchor bolts, Details similar to slip base except where noted 4' -6" long (see Notes 3 and 4> STANDARD PLAN J -1 b ELEVATION SHEET 1 OF 3 SHEETS NOM: 7108PLAN III NOT/ "JOWL c•Lwe 0000.6NrsOTA"ruCMOraODwuan APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION NO ORIGINAL, SIO.1411,Ne SAILINVIM NO A,wnov a FOR wwanat MOM' MP. ATTN• w1YHNO1ON •TAT.OVMRIHMTOPTRANSPORTATIOA[ A L0VY1141.1t O•TAwBD , WONw•cDnT. Clifford E. Mansfield 10/08/99 10 -99 'NS DEPUTY STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE WASHINGTON ST DATE REVISION BY O E EY 1 A , OFTRANSPORTATION CEMENT CONCRETE (1;:> /� CURB AND GUTTER 9/8' PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER � `/ IL IP111Hh1'1IIII 11 11.7: IL . 6 ' -0 'R il16n11it16 I 5..0" Ft. 4' - 81/4" 8" 8" 4' - 81/4" • r CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATE GUTTER PAN (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) PLAN VIEW CATCH BASIN GUTTER PAN 2 ' -8' SLOPE GUTTER PAN 812" DOWN TO FRAME B 12- AND GRATE 6 12" 1" MATCH 1/2" R. 1" R. MATCH 12` R 1' R. ROADWAY 8" ROADWAY SLOPE 1 SLOPE R. ((J� RECESS TOP OF 12' RO II8 1/2" 12" R. ROADWAY o m I 1111 `. - ---- VARIES p .. p . p ' v 0 1. Pg7. 4� p ADJUSTMENT SECTION I VARIES J e - V, •�+ (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) CATCH BASIN OR INLET f t. (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) U O IMI SECTION OB o o-, SECTION O - 8 /ONAL / *- I EXPIRES MAY 16. 2003 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PAN STANDARD PLAN F -1a SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Pelerfeso 12-17-02 w wMe r.r.... ...wppnwrmeacrwacoauvca "Mg M.* UM". Mn rww oe a ep "rwwawremworrmreoruraa+unonwawa,. AM.. Wa"hinpbn State DepmYrmnl W Lomparlaabn • Trww, arm omneurzmwra axraanawaw�araa.raw.wraenr -r, won AD DETECTABLE WARNING B S RAM AND PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) CURB IUS POINT OF RE (NP.) BACK EDGE OF SIDEWALK IS PARALLEL. i C/s, till TO APPROACH ROADWAY (TYP.) 1' J Q J 1� �I 318" EXPANSION \ \ JOINT cryp.) (SEE STD. PLAN F-3) / I\ Ct V - - 4 ' - e" ( . O. .3 �\ " di s /u� _, d SEE RAMP DETAIL 'a + � SEE RAMP DETAIL ��•�� • 4 • CROSBWALK (TYPE _� I tTYPJ SE i (SEE STD. PLIW 1 ( (TY P.) DETAIL I SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1B SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1C SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1D SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1A PLAN PLAN PLAN PLAN � NOTES �� (A ] 4 Cr MIN. 8' - 0" MIN. 1. Avoid placing drainage structures, junction boxes or other obstructions to `./\ LANDING RAMP front of ramp access arses. r 0" m 2. Detectable warning patterns may be created by any method that will EXPANSION J ' TOP OF achieve the truncated dome dimensions and spacing shown. JOINT PANS 2 %' 6 / ROADWAY (SEE STD. PLAN F-3) '� „, wm ° 40114t ... ■�.. 3. Curb and gutter shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb design �Rlii specified. See Std. Plan F -1 for curb details. CEMENT CONCRETE \ DETECTABLE WARNING SIDEWALK DETECTABLE WARNING DEPRESSED 4. The plan views for SIDEWALK RAMP TYPES 1B, 1C & 1D are provided i�I./ PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) CURB 8 GUTTER to define each ramp type. See the RAMP DETAIL on this sheet. See �' (SEE NOTE 3) Std. Plan F -3 for sidewalk Joint placement and details. - _ � � i � ■ 4 d SECTION O 5. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1V. - 6, p ].Pj. /g.d' I ` r 8- 2' -p A B ELLOW,INCP N 4 PATTERN AREA IX SHALL MIN. � eQ ' � A �� CROSSWALK WITH STD. SPEC. 614.3(3) I 2% TOP OF l t 0 (SEE STD. PLAN 11-86) A ROADWAY r 1 %f < RAMP DETAIL B ONC RETE ° .P (? r 1 0. Q+ FOR SIDEWALK RAMP .P 2t6it O � � TYPES 1B, 1C, 1D - I O CEMENT C SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE -- -- _..; / � T ONAL e � G ` " 'jjj ” ' CURB 8 GUTTER � A� - t B SECTION 0 (SEE NOTE 3) , O - EXPIRES MAY 16, 2003 MIN. MAX. A 168" 23/8" PLAN to -m MIN. � _ SIDEWALK RAMP B era" 11rr to c ili % TYPES 1A, 1B, 1C & 1 D to c 7116^ 9l +" 718" °; I 2% 1 R OF / ISOMETRIC VIEW STANDARD PLAN F-3a D 1 J , II _ '_D .. . SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET \\ \ \•�• '•• APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION ELEVATION CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE Harold J. Peterfes° 01 -29 -03 TRUNCATED DOMES (SEE NOTE 2) CURB 8 GUTTER , 110N,,w,"10r,, ,a ,,,,,I ZW ,- .,,,, , .n "..... ...W10., mt wn DETECTABLE WARNING SECTION CI (SEE NOTE 3) ,N.a.a+w.wKO.n,.aoWICHI,w ASOrp., w,t u.0.rw.,, W..I, len SM. D�pvinwpdTm PATTERN DETAIL +rus h rorw �coomm nonnom nom AoOwwruO..1, ".o°M OXO^ NOTES 1. Wien bolt down grates are specified In the Contract. provide two slots In the grate that are vertically aligned with the holes in the frame. Location of bolt down slots varies among different manufacturers. 2. Refer to Standard Specification 9-05.15(2) for additional requirements. i 8 LEVELING PADS 2" x 1 1/8" x 1/8" 3. For frame details, see Standard Plan B -2a. 4 . The thickness of the grate shall not exceed 1 5/8 ". : _ i 07 --- fib d ri , o s ' 3/4" { I— 1 1/4" u) 1 ' I 1 1 N \ i I \o o. 1" OPENING (TYP.) N SLOT DETAIL No J. W ' - t ' � , sesy,.r� O - t 0 A � 0 O 155110 p y 4' � 6 �B CrsTe ." % - I /ONAL a * 24" EXPIRES JULY 1, 2003 HERRINGBONE GRATE FOR SEE SLOT DETAIL & NOTE 1 CATCH BASIN AND INLET STANDARD PLAN B -2d SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET NOR i"nw.wpwrA,muIM1.11 ooauvxrwMwaacrnuwarl.n APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 77MONAMI.SPV02 WilliiIIMMIWINJOAPAROVIMPOSPIM.1.11014111 WIOMMS Ar1New: ruvsr�'"'''hwramwwnAmW'"'" fn'"' Harold J.Peferfeso 06 -17-02 V \. wcwNV•au"rr. J 1 RATE VIMON@ORMIX Pill T WashI gb $I i n . Deportment et Tmmpololbn CENTRAL 71/2" TRUCK GENERAL NOTE ISLAND 61/2' Y APRON 1/2" R 1" R. See Standard Plan F for Curb Expansion and Contraction Joint spacing. S FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB • • t TRUCK 10" 12" ROUNDABOUT r . • APRON LANE 1/2" R. 1/2" R 6" CEMENT CRET ° ' TOP OF 4 " 8" R. 1 " R. CEMENT CONCRETE 1" R 8IDEWALK CON RAMP, LANDING , ROADWAY SIDEWALK OR VARIES OR DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE b ° 12" R. ASPHALT CONCRETE FROM 4 ° 12" R. TOP OF ID PASSAGEWAY 8" TO 0 1 r r.f,O I O ROADWAY 6 " . 1/4" PREMOLDED r • . ° ' '. ° ID ROUNDABOUT 1 /4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER JOINT FILLER I • \ o- LANE CROSS (WHEN ADJACENT TO CEMENT SI 1' - 70' CONCRETE DEWLin A a 1/2' 1 CEMENT CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON PEDESTRIAN CURB AT AND DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES INNER CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OUTER CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER VARIES 12" TO 24' FACE OF CURB V cTE02Y 1' FACE OF CURB ONIS F C U SLOPE r8EE CONTRACT) 8 1/2" 6 72" VARIES FROM 8" TO 0, FACE OF CURB 6 112" 1" FACE OF CURB 1" R. ON SIDE OF CURB MATCH ROADWAY 1" L 1' R MATCH 1/2" R. 1" R. MATCH LEVEL T77 / 7 /7 ROADWAY -\ MATCH ROADWAY "•� e / K �f / c TOP OF ° . / SLOPE TOP OF 1n" R• TOP SLOPE SLOPE R LEVEL, il SLOPE TOP OF 12' R. • / 12' R \ R WAY l 112" R. ROADWAY 1/2" R. ROADWAY ROADWAY /7 \ ° . bb \\ / /// • / D ! °' r . • :° ° '. D • � • °. .° a F r. ". D ° ' ° • I I / 111/2" _ 111/2' ,\ I 1'-8" _I� FL GUTTER 1 - 1' - 6" I� il" RAMP ENTRANCE 111 DUAL -FACED CEMENT CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE DEPRESSED CURB SECTION TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER AT SIDEWALK RAMPS AND p VD P87,2, DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES 4 � os WASH/ :to j e S' 4:7 to VARIES 12" TO 24" r , • f�. VARI 1" 10' TO 42" 1" 8 1/2" 7 1/4" FACE OF CURB 1 :, ,.4„ %�'' FACE OF CURB (SEE CONTRAC FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB p 9eCt BT8 &�V `�� 612" 1" 1 112" R. 1"R. —\ LEVEL / 7- 1" R. 1/2" R. 1" R. 1/2" R. // �� 1 ONAL T.' ROADWAY b Or ° R / TOP OF 1 110 TOP OF EXPIRES MAY IS, 2003 ROADWAY ROADWAY ° 4r 4r IN CEMENT CONCRETE CURBS 1- STANDARD PLAN F-1 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET rge nrsru iolog umn u nw°wawwrwruieam"amaar m I 4 APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 19/4' 1314" 8 1/4" i +T+ + ^ IA•er un,vx°,mwnruuu I 8 1/4" I I 111 ° ° "n°°"'"4M ° ""°°""° "°° ' NYAO" Ilt "'111 Harold J. Peterfeso 12 -17 -02 ° "'II° DUAL -FACED CEMENT CEMENT CONCRETE MOUNTABLE CEMENT "°R an T W c'htpion she. 04parhn.Md Transportation CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB TRAFFIC CURB CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB -„ .ice .j"G40 NOTES ' *� �� 1. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE TO REBAR, WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM \• AREA OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT MAY BE USED. WIRE MESH SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN KNOCKOUTS. 2. THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 20". KNOCKOUTS FRAME AND VANED GRATE SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2" MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9 -04.3. 3. THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE PIPE INVERT SHALL BE 5'. 30. , ?p, 4. FRAME AND GRATE MAY BE INSTALLED WITH FLANGE DOWN OR CAST INTO ADJUSTMENT SECTION. 5. THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED FLOOR AND THE WALLS I 8• MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF 1:24 OR STEEPER. Illiko 1SO \ 8. OPENING SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE PRECAST BASE SECTION. 8" OR 12" \ ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" TWO #3 BAR HOOPS FOR 12" RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION PIPE ALLOWANCES MAXIMUM INSIDE t Z � 61 494E ?2. PIPE MATERIAL DIAMETER „, �O lopi> N 6) PLAIN CONCRE E 12" � �$w J /p REINFORCED OR .0 04 pASB/ �' Q� ALL METAL PIPE 16" •T `� ' n� li CPSSP * 12" o �r'-. 11pli /LA 0 (STD. SPEC. 9- 05.20) s, i•, .. ,� ,/ .. Q Q! #3 BAR EACH CORNER SOLID WALL PVC 15" � �P 8 /0N p l '4 G`2 18" MIN. (STD. SPEC. 9 -05 )) .12(1 0 Z PROFILE WALL PVC EXPIRES JULY 1. 2005 II (STD. SPEC. 9-05.12(2)) 15" * CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 #3 BAR HOOP STORM SEWER PIPE / STANDARD PLAN B -1 r SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION `* Harold J. Peterfeso 07 -21 -03 NOM Wo...+m.urwneo"wmwUMa STAIR MUM6Maaam DAIS PRECAST BASE SECTION " ' ""°"'"°"a`°"""'G"'°"" 1.'°" "" WI Wa�,tastaa Uwe o.poma.rraTn awonaxon Ili AT WA NT. MI NNAt.[. IONGIA PNAIONDFOR LVIMI YTWU NOTES CATCH BASIN FRAME AND VANED GRATE 1. No steps are required when height Is 4' or lees. OR MANHOLE RING AND COVER 2. The bottom of the precast catch basin may be sloped to / / HANDHOLD facilitate cleaning. k 3. Frame and grate may be installed with flange down or g 1 RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION cast into adjustment section. OR CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION ;: /.', 4. Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to .• 2.5" maximum. Provide a 1.5" minimum gap between • the knockout wae. fter •' • ' • ; `, , ` ." . FIAT SLAB TOP pipe H installed, fit and the the gap with outside Joint of mo rt in A accordance the ,• with Std. Spec. 9-04.3. ■ • • CATCH BASIN DIMENSIONS 48", 64 ", 80", 72", OR 96" , r CATCH DISTANCE BASE IN EACH DIRECTION STEEL r! • ' • MORTAR (TYP.) WALL BABE MAXIMUM DISTANC In IN EACTI DIAMETER THICKNESS THICKNESS KNOCKOUT BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS INTEGRAL SEPARATE ... . " .` • • .... .; ' '\ • . ` • ' 48" 4" 8" 38" 8" 0.16 0.23 STEPS OR LADDER 64" 4.6" 8" 42" 8" 0.19 0.19 60" 6" 8" 48" 8" 0.25 0.25 -« H - -- TT 8" 8" 80" 12" 0.24 0.35 0.39 ' 96" 8' 12" 84" 12' 0.29 �. " Y :. , '.a y e Z I ' • 1" MIN. �— • . PIPE ALLOWANCES MORTAR . 2.6" MAX, l REINFORCING STEEL FILLET i ' N � . CATCH PIPE MATERIAL WITH MAXIMUM INSIDE DIAMETER �• ` 12 ' BASIN SOLID PROFILE �Q'w J �/ :• ` . • DIAMETER CONCRETE METAL CPSSP WALL WALL 1...,46,!01 T'4SITYT�C� ''; I T6„ m PVC ® PVC ® , r e I v V. w .... , —L 48" 24" 30" 24' 27" 30" d <' SEPARATE BASE INTEGRAL BASE 54" 30 38" 30" 27" 38" "� @@@��� CAST IN PLACE PRECAST WITH RISER 80" 38" 42" 38" 38" 42" ? �' el 3 TS* C S "0" RING 72" 42" 54" 42' 38" 48" 'ORAL ' GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR ,' 12" 98 " 80" 72" 80" 38" 48 " EXPIRES JULY I, 2003 PIPE ZONE BEDDING Y,.� -� :I ,l,' . ; • , m CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE (Std. Spec. 9.05.20) CATCH BASIN TYPE 2 ® (Std. Spec. 9-05.12(1)) © (Std. spec. 9-05.12(2)) SEPARATE BASE STANDARD PLAN B -1 e PRECAST SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET NOM IMP IRAN APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION ME"w.uaN.r1•an.Y 111.0 en."PUSwa1P.w..ewcm.AMRSI oNTA1 AT MI NM3. 0104317 ALG"YwVISWM.ID Harold J. Petedeao 01-28-02 IIPONIEVILIT N f OOG /01 AOD PIPE AltOVAN T..LL KATE CORM BNGINREIf RATS Wf W.hNgan Stab wpolrN.Ir.f Tnmupwxnfn DATE REVISION eY -„ fluazitc IANNIIIIIIIIMII SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 13" x 24" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly /— 3/8 -18 UNC / STAINLESS STEEL HEX HEAD BOLT 14 1/4.. wASHt� O (3g 4" • 2 >> 9 _: Q �..- 1/2" (13) X 4" (102) PULL SLOT ....4%4414•••0•••••••00" SKID RESISTANT SURFACE 3/8 -16 UNC CARRIAGE BOLT COVerS (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/ COVER ® DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # TEST LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PC1324CA00 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Gasketed w/2 Bolts PC1324CG00 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 C. No Bolts PC1324WA00 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 it CO Z • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure water tight. l8 S + (4 2t6 '0 ..,.. IF wr (6 A 4i,_ {33" IL "MI 11 1/4" 1/2" (286) (13) 1/2 - BOX (13) '"11 B 1 2X 4" (102) X 4 - (10 MOUSEHOLES (PC13248B only) Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PC1324BAl2 50 (22.7 kg) 17 (305 mm) N/A 5,000 /7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1324BG12 50 (22.7 kg) 17 (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w/2 PC1324BB12 50 (227 kg) 17 (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Mouseholes 41 :. P 1: 4 . • e : um ►: !yS .10 ® Sold Bottom w /Gasket PC1324DG12 60 (27.2 kq) 121/7 (318 mm) N/A 5,000 /7,500 5 V Footed Box PC1324JAl2 57 (25.9 kg) 121/7 (318 mm) 2 7/8" (73 mm) 5,000 /7,500 5 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent STRONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 24 23 Ouazitas ul..... SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 17" x 30" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly 3/8-16 UNC — STAINLESS STEEL '-''''''''-'<'-'. 18 HEX HEAD BOLT 1/2" (13) X 4" (102) ® (4, x"44 /4► W/ WASHER PULL SLOT _ � 1/ r 31,144 j 3119) O y Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) T. • 3/8 -16 UNC .S C0F SKID DESIGN/TEST CARRIAGE BOLT RESISTANT SURFACE DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER A CS COVER ® W/2 Botts PC1730CA00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Z ® Gasketed w/2 Botts PC1730CG00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 e No Bolts PC1730WA00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 4 • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed CC box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure ._ CC water tight W CC CD . 33 �� , _ 1118" , . ,>,, . W ' , 1 g 2 5� ()� L. 2 �► 11 1/4" 1/2 (286) (13) 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) Box 1/2" :I B MOUSEHOLES (PC1730BB only (13) t" Boxes (Stackable with self- aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT* A B LOAD # ANSI TIER • Open Bottom PC1730BAl2 58 (28.3 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Q Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1730BG12 58 (26.3 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Open Bottom w/2 PC1730BB12 58 (28.3 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Mouseholes Q Solid Bottom PC1730DAl2 83 (37.6 kg) 12 1/7 (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 e Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1730DG12 83 (37.6 kg) 12 1/2' (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ®i Footed Box PC1730JAl2 67 (30.4 kg) 12 1/2' (318 mm) _ 2 7/8' (73 mm) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent STRONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 26 • 1luazite SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 24" x 24" PG Style (Stackable) Assembly • Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Botts PG2424CA00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Gasketed w/2 Bolts PG2424CG00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® No Bolts PG2424WA00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PG2424HA00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Gasketed Heavy Duty PG2424HG00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 w/2 Botts • Covers with meter lids available upon request. • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a 3/8 - UNC gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not STAINLESS STEEL make the enclosure water tight HEX HEAD BOLT w/ WASHER (2) 5 15 �) 6' $ 1N e V (65 AID 6 coves cia R IST SKID Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ Nut) RESISTANT SURFACE DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER 1/2" (13) x 4" (102) IN Open Bottom PG2424BA24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 /22,500 15 PULL SLOT W/ ® 01/4" (6) CENTER PIN ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PG2424BG24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 p ® Open Bottom w/2 Mouseholes PG2424BB24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom PG2424DA24 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000 /22,500 15 ,6� ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PG2424DG24 178 (82.0 kg) _ 15,000 / 22,500 15 <21 1 2 � > 1 ,i 14(51) r.. ft., P e y UFTING BOLT (4) (13) EXTENSION LIFTING BOLT (4) 1 13/16' 1..._ Box (46) 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) MOUSEHOLES (PG24248B ONLY) Extensions (Stackable - can be used as a top or bottom extension) DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PG2424EA06 71 (32.0 kg) 8' (203 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424EAl2 105 (48.0 kg) 14' (356 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Solid Bottom PG2424RA08 96 (44.0 kg) 8 1/2' (216 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424RAl2 130 (59.0 kg) 141/2' (368 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent STRGNGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 30 ler fluazitc® us...... . SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 12" x 12" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PC1212CA00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Gasketed w/4 Bolts PC1212CG00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 3/8 - UNC ® No Botts PC1212WA00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 STAINLESS STEEL ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PC1212HA00 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 HEX HEAD BOLT ® Gasketed Heavy PC1212HG00 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 W/ WASHER (2) Duty w/4 Botts • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the V 1 b. enclosure water tight. < ------'---c) 1 x ( 3 , 8 O � v � 3� 9) ` :.:: ' 1 /LL (13) X 2 1/2 (64) = PULL SLOT COVER .5 COF SKID RESISTANT SURFACE a k 3/ 1 ip 4) , () {305) 12 ( 1/2" (13) 1/2 "j - �X (13) (25) Boxes (Stackahle with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD it ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1212BAl2 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4' (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1212BG12 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4' (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom PC1212DAl2 37 (16.8 kg) 13 1/4' (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1212DG12 37 (16.8 kg) 13 1/4' (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent STRONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 21 72" Specifications , „= DESCRIPTION I` The lighting post shall be cast iron and steel construction is consisting of a cast iron clamshell base and a 16 flute steel is post with a 03” x 5" tall tenon, an aluminum roadway arm and I two cast aluminum bolt on plant holders with irrigation holes. I MATERIALS The post assembly shall be steel. The clamshell base shall be I ! cast iron, (ASTM A48 class 30) formed true to pattern with complete detail. The roadway arm shall be cast aluminum, II' (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattem with complete detail and 2" schedule 80 6061 -T6 pipe. All hardware shall be I tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be hot -dip galvanized steel. l i DIMENSIONS I The post shall be 35'-0" in height with a 09" butt tapered I fluted .1196" wall shaft , a 024 x 43" tall clamshell base and a "' 03" x 5" tall tenon. . i I NSTALLATION Past provided with (4)01Y4-hot Clip galvanized steel L-type ?I: anchor bolts. A handhole is located in the shaft to provide ,! wiring access. A handhole is located in the base to provide - III' handhole access. III FINISH I The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat finish. III LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION The Memphis luminaire is styled to replicate the "teardrop" luminaires that lighted boulevards in the first half of this 35' — 0 century. Designed for light control and ease of installation and maintenance, the Memphis has a precislon optical system for j ; I true street lighting performance. For complete specifications see LUM_MEMPHIS II i i ,• ,III I F � Anchorage Detail III 190° 95 1 , ' BOLT 12i" CIRCLE ANCHOR I' PLATE 270° 90 ,„, 71 i 08 � 3/4 ,. » OPENING �, 43 , HANDHOLE 0 ' •=1. HANDHOLE I ----1 k 024 j Yakima WA Revitalization I . �; ; , l 35' FTS AB 1. 25 /BK- NY24CSB- Ct /BK- BHC72 /1 -CA/BK � A • BHLF /200- SCA/BK- MPU400P11 v3 B4 SS ��� ® ORDER #: TYPE J & K 0HAW1F'c'k LEADER TN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS I An eincuityBrandsCompany REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 1 /12/05 TSG- 400868 I ; DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 1/11/05 PAGE:4 of 5 I THIS 0IUVNO, WHEN APPROVED. SHALL BECOME THE CONPHETESPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY NCLOPHAHE CN TEORDERNOTED ABOVE.* IMET OF SIMILAR DE9pH MAY BE SUPPUFD. BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE i CJJSTOIER N WMfNO. ON POLE ORDERS AN NICHRN DOLT TEMPLATE PRINT YELL BESO4UED WITH EACH ANCHOR BO- TO} B) ERTTIANTcH TK POE PROVOEO. TH4PRNfOTHB PROPERTY OP HOfFIMIE NO IS UIW ®.SUBJECT TO RETURN IACH 0611/ ND AND UPON DMUS CONDITION TIMT ITWEL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR NOHRECTLY N ANYWAY DETRUIMTAL TO CORM: RESTS, MO DIHLYN CONNECTION WIN MAMMAL FURNISHED BY NOLOPIWE. n 1-5" . , Maximum Effective Projected Area - 2.37 fts i ',. .� Maximum Weight -66 Iles. Optional NEMATum -Lock • ll Top Entry Photocontrol Receptacle • �•' a t..4 Tool-less Threaded N �� latch ��� For 1 -112 NixT ,,� � Y. r Wiring �� / , • Chamber Hinge A L ...7..._Iri,..... 11, ;� 1: li 5 al Ai: -\. , 7 -- 40 i Steel `t ' NMI "'4 /1111 � "' Latch b vZ Hinge ii it . , �l� Sag L LLI 1'li /1& Glass Reflector Q 0 Teardrop Glass Assemb < 0 .r Ca MPU 1- 111.Q..PM '2_1 $ W Q MPU ?5AHP 12 B 6 la Z o i , I 7 T T i • COVER TYPE BALLAST TYPE VOLTAGE HOUSING COLOR OPTICS M MPU = Memphis ih U BASE) 12 a 120 VOLT CULUS A = As Specified 4 = TEARDROP re Utilfly 070HP = 70W HPS 20 = 208 VOLT B = Black ASYMMETRIC 0 100HP = 100W HPS 24 = 240 VOLT m 15 =150W 55V I-PS 27 - 277 VOLT CULAIS N = °men ro Z 250HP = 250W HPS 34 is 347 VOLT CUL Z = Bronze 6 = SAG CLEAR 4 5 0 400HP= 400WHPS 43 -480 VOLT SYMMETRIC = +.: : ea z 175k - = 175W MH MA = MT (PREWIRED TO 120V, UL ONLY) 7 = SAG CLEAR n t 250MH = 250W MH MB = an (PREIYiRED TO 208V, UL ONLY) ASYMMETRIC W 400MH = 400W MH MC = MT (PREWIRED TO 240V, LL ONLY) O 175PM =175W MH < PULSE MD = MT (PREWIRED TO 277V, UL ONLY) Ce 250PM = 250W MH PULSE 320PM s 320W PAH PULSE 350PM = 350W MH PULSE —a} 400PM =400W MH PULSE III 51 la OPTIONS PCiWS7L120= DTL TWIST -OFF PHOTOCON1ROL FOR 105 -130 VOLT (USED WITH W OPTION) 2 4 . PS - PROTECTED STARTER (HPS ONLY) • POTWSTLi22A2427 s On TMST•OFF PHOTOCONTROL FOR 105.305 VOLT (USE) WITH 'Fr OPTION) $ y r R - TURN•LOCN PHOTOCONTROL RECEPTACLE FM/31 247 .. OTLTWLST -OFF PHDTOCONiROL FOR USE WITH 34T VOLT (USED WITIVIr OPTION) ; (' 111 fig i 1 DS = DEEP CJRT PC TWSTiA80 - OR. TWIST -OFF PHOTDCOFRROL FOR USE WMIF142D330 VOLT (USED WITH W OPiiON) EEI I3 r i } o t DS; SHORT PCTWSTsHORTCAP- 9HoRr7NGCAP Y aNri F' a2 Specifications d� (ail DESCRIPTION (MPhil, p1= hantrialres that an d Memphis 11ns�tallation and malo� mnce, thlicate Memphisbras opt lighted system for tr et g mane Designed for 11gM control it x - ga l WIRING CHAMBiIR gi :€ The caking chamber has a 1 -112 itch, gasketed, NET threaded entry for pendant mounting. A stainless steel setscrew locks the unx Allow in poeition. Allow 3 ; 4 = f station terming block vdU accept #14 through #2 wine and is prewired to one half oft* plug assembly that connects to the removable electrical module. sS da ELECTRICAL /REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY 6 & g The electrical l / reflector assembly hinges dawn from the wiring chamber for ease In wiring and to facilitate the removal of the electrical module. The Mg € asSI5888a - assembly is secured in piece by a stainless steel latch. The unitized electrical module consists of the Wiest mounted to an aluminum plate that is easy removed by loosening two screws in keyhole slots. The disconnect plug Connects the ballast to the terminal block in the wiring chamber. The socket is sheet kitting grade with nickel plated lamp trip shell, center contact balked by a coiled spring and glazed porcelain body. The anodized and brightened rellectar is foamed nth Isles to oorntd voltage rise in the tamp and to work in conjunction with the refractor to provide the desired dstnlwton of light. CO REFRACTOR l DOOR ASSEMBLY S The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop or sag shaped, thermal realstant borodiceln glass refractor that controls the light to provide an L.E.S. a. aynrnetric or asymmetric a! of/distribution. The combination of reflector, refractor and vertical bumnlog lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of musntr aton white =droning l minaire brightness. The r(ractorassembly and decorative skirt (when applicable) assembly hinges from the electrical / reflector assembly and is lahed tc by a stainless steel, captive, wing n'd assembly. Q � I BALLAST = (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet for specific operating characteristic :a) 1 c j D 150 watt and below 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) ballad are High Power Factor Reactor type. All other 150 watt and below are High Power CD 0 --i Factor Autott fbmwr type. 250 and 400 waft HPS balasls ate Lead type. AI Metal Halide (MH} belaats are Peg' teed Authomnertype. FINISH 1 MATERIAL CZ Z The luminaire is finished wdh polyester powder pant applied alter a seven stage prehea rnent process to insure maximum durability. AU castings Witte Wp di ILI 0 Ci- a A! 5 aluminum for maodmam corrosion MASSY= end all exposed hardware is stainless steal O G C O CULIU.L listing suitable far wet locations at 40 degrees C. 1 of 2 TYPE Standard Shallow Skirt Deep Skirt 11 Alt W. r /IS. .r /I■. $ I1 �1 "l .7 > .:s. >� . /111111 /Ilk . MI 5 CU tl Teardrop Glass U . '� Asymmetric . C I'i w ce riles r /I� ./I�►. dX Q = 11�• �1°• r Ilk a t- AMR. ,n7iir I .111571. 11.1 0 . Ala Al& • MK n Sag Glass M e Symmetric i Asymmetric o GO C u El 1 1 3 Mark Appropriate Box for Trim Option PIN f. Skirt Dimensions i�j11 WOW litillill ' I rat � s �$��� � t 11101111, ,TI• na 11"1111" _______ iliiiiiiiikh, Ill.1111111116.-. C/3 11, IF z a M in Ili :74 x c �l Ch M r 02' -7" I. 02-7" m z 0 CI00 2 of 2 DETAIL 1 13.01' '' 0.50" TO 4.94" I 'C' HOOK FOR WIRING ANO '.I T+ T1)A Vn•1r7, �'Il' F.--9' 2.75' -�I 1I , HANDLING - 0.50' DIA. COWER- III A.'• +i +l�i(i�i(i��l I 70 ' CIAL GRADE HOT ROLLED BAR -- 117 - DESIGN NOTES: 1.00" (4) - ANCHOR BOLTS WITH 13) HEX NUTS DESIGN CRITERIA: AASHTO 1994 NIN. ANO 121 WASHERS PER BOLT WITH TOP WINO SPEED: 80 MPH 9/1.3 GUST ENO GALVANI2E0 AT LEAST 12" DETAIL 1 1 POLE TOP 42.13• DETAIL 5 1 ANCHOR BOLT TALL FROM HANDHOLE RIN FORMED POLE TUBE WALL FROM 6 STD. MIN. PIPE. 50 Mtn. , !��d {IrAM1�I ► 11� /Ali? YIELD STRENGTH ruee T'M• SEE O.Oe' r 4 POLE 121 -0.25' HEX fEAO DATA STAINLE55 STEEL _ SCREWS FANCHOR BOLT 45' 0'43 HOLE ALL ANGLES MEASURED COVER MTG.0116 HANOIKX.E COVER I-.------31.50' 0.0. —«j I S.HANOHOLE CLOCKWISE FROM HAND - HOLE AS VIEWED FROM $FCTIPN p -A SMALL ENO OF POLE DETAIL 3 1 HN31AB DECORATIVE BASE RADIAL INDEX 5.63" DETAIL 2 + � 7.73' RAO. 0.50' NUi HOLDER HANOHOLE PER WITH FASTENERS 1�� A ' _ \, A 11111111 DETAIL 3 '� FOR GR0UN0ING. 1 ' DETAIL 2 \ 20. 7.31' _ 2.22" 2.75" L -- • 1 Eg 5ECTI0N 8 -8 . DETAIL 5 DETAIL 4 TUBE .1 V." o.oe 20" DETAIL 2 SEMI —FLUSH HANOHOLE _'.__ MATERIAL DATA ALTHOUGH RARE, VIBRATIONS SEVERE ENOUGH TO CAUSE DAMAGE MIN. CAN OCCASIONALLY OCCUR IN STRUCTURES OF ALL TYPES. 705E " ' • COMPONENT ASTM YIELD FINISH NOTES BECAUSE TREY ARE INFLUENCED BY MANY INTERACTING NH. TR i DESIGNATION 1KSI) VARIABLES. VIBRATIONS ARE GENERALLY UNPREDICTABLE. THE "7" POLE SHAFT A572 65 USER'S MAINTENANCE PROGRAM SHOULD INCLUDE OBSERVATION . BASE PLATE A572 50 FOR EXCESSIVE VIBRATION AND EXAMINATION FOR ANY . ANCHOR BOLTS 4615 GR.75 75 FINISH COAT: TGIC OR URETHANE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE OR BOLT LOOSENING. THE VALMONT POLE BASE GALVANIZING 4153 POLYESTER POWDER. WARRANTY SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDES FATIGUE FAILURE DR DIA. +0.06" 1 10 1 COLOR BLACK SIMILAR PHENOMENA RESULTING FROM INDUCED VIBRATION. . HARMONIC OSCILLATION OR RESONANCE ASSOCIATED WITH VALMONT SPEC: F -264A MOVEMENT OF AIR CURRENTS AROUND THE PRODUCT. • VIBRATION DISCLAIMER DETAIL 4 1 HN31AB POLE BASE POLE DATA POLE TUBE POLE BASE ANCHOR BOLT ITEM OTY. BASE TOP GAUGE 50UA9E SOLI TMK. HOLE / SLOT TOP LENGTH OR CIRCLE DIA. LENGTH HOOK THREAD DIA. DIA. 'S" "N' "2" (IN) (18) (FT) THICK (IN) (IN) (IN) (I8) (10) (IN) (IN) LENOiH 1 2 16.50 13.72 27.00 0.281 22.50 22.50 2.00 2.25 2.25 70.00 N/A 9.00 NOTE: 1. IF ANY WIRE ACCESS IS REQUIRED AT THE POLE, IT NEEDS TO BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO RELEASE FOR PRODUCTION. 4: • HOLOPHANE LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS • Ano44cuHy82ndsCompany , 2002 ACUITY LIGHTING GROUP INC., 214 OAKW000 AVE.. NEWARK. OH 43055 • SOLO T@ 'i YAKIMA VALMONT INDUSTRIES, INC. RESERVES ORDER NUMBER: 48957 -03 911P TO: THE RIGHT TO INSTALL VARIOU5, P HUNGER 1 OF 1 4 P.O. , YAKIMA WA. ENGINEER APPROVED, MATERIAL HANGING valmont PIMMIIK MU4MI REV — ROC 12/19/05 RCV 12/27/05 - - ASENT: HOLOPHANE ACCOMMODATIONS TO FACILITATE THE 5011.0.06 68064 Wile 165 5511W BY-DATE 01601 ev -DATE 005007rt1a SPAN WIRE STRUCTURE MANUFACTURING PROCESS (402) 359 -2201 WA4895705 • Specifications POST DESCRIPTION The post shall be all cast aluminum construction with a classic tapered and fluted base and a gracefully tapered 12 -flute cast shaft. The post shall be Holophanes' catalog number NY13C/20 -CABK. Two 26" bolt Q 1 on banner arms, a bolt on flag pole holder, and OSPA style planter arm will mount at specified heights and orientations. v MATERIALS �P y The post shall be heavy wall, cast aluminum produced from certified ASTM 356.1 ingot per ASTM 8179 -95a or ASTM 826.95. The castings shall be formed true to the pattern with complete detail. All hardware shall be tamper resistant stainless steel. Anchor bolts to be completely hot dip galvanized. CONSTRUCTION The cast shaft shall be circumferentially welded to the base casting and shipped as one piece for maximum structural integrity. All exposed welds below 8' shall be ground smooth. All welding shall be per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All welders shall be certified per Section 5 of ANSI/AWS D1.2 -90. DIMENSIONS The post shall be 12' -11" in height with a 20" diameter base. The shaft diameter shall taper from 3.5" at the top to 5.5" above the base. An — integral 3" O.D. tenon shall be provided at the top for luminaire 2' - — mounting. The post top shall include a transitional donut between the fluted shaft and the tenon. INSTALLATION The post shall be provided with four, hot dip galvanized L -type anchor bolts to be installed on a 15" bolt circle. A door shall be provided in the base for anchorage and wiring access. A grounding screw shall be provided inside the base opposite the door. NOTE: POLE AND PLANTER ARM AND PROVISION ARE TO BE DRILLED FOR 3/8" IRRIGATION LINES. r ANCHORAGE GUIDE !1� Door 10.6" Opening � - 012" Opening 015" Bolt Circle IVAN 111 i 3^ 0 3/4 "�•�yO Hot Dip Galvanized \ L -type Anchor Bolts (4 per Post) Catalog /Cs: ZNY13C/20 -CA/BK - AB -31-4 - (1)0SPAIBO -CA/BK - � — 01' (2)BA26H /1/B0- CA/BK- (1)FHP1/BO -CA/BK Yakima Revitalization Project Yakima, WA NOLOP ® ORDER #: TYPE: DRAINING #: LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 05 -30 -07 TSG 002634 An a4lcuityBrandsCompany DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 05 -23 -07 PAGE: 1 of 1 THIS DRAWING, MEN APPROVE), SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE AUNT OF SIMILAR DESIGN MAY BE SUPPLED. BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PPM WILL SE SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR SOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. THIS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPWJE ANO IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON DEATH AND UPON EXPRESS CONDITION THAT IT WILL NOT BE USED ORECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY H OLOPIIME rok. TyP E E t'OLt, Flagpole Holders Cast Aluminum SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION The flagpole holders shall be one piece construction. The holders 1 " Flagpole 3/4" Flagpole — shall consist of a piece of j alum -r—� —T ,�—r inum tubing welded at 45° to , ' . - a mounting plate. All welding shall be per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All • _1„.._ . ItiL. welders shall be certified per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90 Section 5. . '�,, MATERIALS FPHIBO FPH.7511210 The flagpole holders shall be (holler for 1" pole (holder for 3/4" pole gP with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) aluminum, ASTM 6061 alloy, heat treated to a T6 temper. All 1 -1/4" Flagpole " 1 -1/2" Flagpole hardware shall be stainless steel. � T om- -<54 r�� INSTALLATION The flagpole holders shall bolt to a mounting channel on the side of the post with four stainless steel screws. The clamp -on mounting _L—,T—L_ - v&-L- shall clamp around the post, FPH1.25B0 FPH1.5B0 secured with four 3/8" hex head (holder for 1 -1/4" pole (holder for 1 -1/2" pole bolts. (Post diameter at mounting with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) point must be specified.) Holders are available for 3/4 ", 1", 1 -1/4 ", and 1 -1/2" O.D. flag poles. (For OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS information on specifying orientation and mounting heights 1" Flagpole - 3/4" Flagpole — see "Orientation Guide" in the —�r� back of the Accessories section.) ,,,c, (Flags and flag poles provided by ',; .� others.) iloi ; iI ' Il For finish specifications and color options see "Finish" section in cata -log. - � _,.._._,t_.—_ FPH1 /CO FPH.75/CO (holder for 1" pole (holder for 3/4" pole with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) 1 -1/4" Flagpole 1 -1/2" Flagpole 11 , ■ ff ■ ■ - `1 - ` i . vi _ ...........1.........._ HOLOPHANE FPH1.251C0 FPH1.5/C0 (holder for 1 -1/4" pole (holder for 1 -1/2" pole LEADER 114 LIGHTING SOLUTIONS with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) An trAcuityBrandsCompany 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, OHIO 43055 Flags can add substantial wind loading to the post you select. Please coordinate the correct poet size and style with the factory. US-2404 2. fcR TYPa_. .1 f o Banner Arms Cast Aluminum MOUNTING DETAILS Post Top Mounting Clamp On Mounting -�,' NI Clamp with (4) 3/8" Hex Hd. Bolts to Clamp On Post )QC 1 -."— (4) Stainless Steel Screws to Post , ? , -Xc, r I ‘ Sill - FP1-11 /BO 21___.+___L . FPH1 /COXX --- J SUGGESTED FLAGPOLE USAGE # :: N orientation ## - i # #aL "' Orientation • 4" . .' . 1 .- -. --0 FPH1 /BO # . (Flag Pole Holder, for t'0 pole / Bolt-On) FPH1/90 °! ,-� , ` I ' (Flag 1"0 pole / r I f • Far holders for two (or more) gobs %WM button mounam add 2 (or requkad no.) before the part no. (2FPH11BO) orientation * w a ## 4a a .o- #. _ '6�4 # p . 4 p # A # # � ' p 4 #� � Y # # FPH11C04(90)5 Pok Holder for 1 i ( /Cg er pole orientation / clamp s° at -.:!. • o ` �, , �i orierltatort FPH1/CO2(180)5 , (Flag Pole Holder, for 1 pole / Clamp -On with 2 holders at NOTE: 180', 5"0 post shalt) " For information on specifying orientation and mounting heights see FPH11CO3(90)5 Orierttaion Guide in the back of the Armories section in the catalog. (Flag Pole Holder, for fro pole �/'- / Clamp - On with 3 holders at "Flags not famished by Hobphane. 90•, 5"0 post shaft) sample catalog number Flagpole Holder Mounting Option Material/Finish ORDERING GUIDE FPH1/CO2(9o)4.5-CA/BK FPH1 /CO2(90)4.5 -CA/BK Flagpole Holder for 1" pole Clamp On, 2 at 90', 4.5 0 post Cast Aluminum/Black Flagpole Holders Mounting Options Material / Finish ❑ FPH.75 Flagpole Holder for 3/4" pole (idl a1 _ _ with diameter of post shalt at damp Inches) , in es) um -CA/BK Cast AIumJBlack (Std) ® FPH1 Flagpole Holier for 1" pole • /BO Bolt On (Bolts onto Post) ❑ -CA/:)B Cast Alum /Dark Bronze ❑ FPH1.25 Flagpole Holder for 1 -1/4" pole ❑ /CO Clamp On (Clamps around Post) ❑ -CA/DG Cast Alum/Dark Green ❑ FPH1.5 Flagpole Holder for 1 -1/2" pole 0 1CO2(180)__ Clamp On (two arms at 180 °) ❑ -CA/CC Cast AlumJCustom Color 0 1CO2(90)__ Clamp On (two amts at 907 ❑ -CA/PP Cast Alum /Prime Painted ' ❑ /CO3(90)__ Clamp On (three arms at 90 ") , 0 /C04(90)__ Clamp On (four arms at 90 °) i , ... . ', � I M rrb ;,.+ 1. 1.OAMImM....amr�,a�o US -2404 1— T`(P E C� , Harp Series Specifications Milwaukee Style with Standard 3" Diameter Tenon Mounting Maximum weight - 75 Ibs GENERAL DESCRIPTION Maximum effective projected area - 3.8 sq. ft. The Milwaukee Harp Luminaire is styled to replicate the 24" "Harp" Series Luminaires that illuminated boulevards at the 18. _ tum of the century. Designed for Fight control and ease of _ I installation and maintenance, the Milwaukee Harp Luminaire has a precision optical system for true street - lighting performance. CAST ALUMINUM SOCKET v REFLECTOR REFRACTOR 1 DOOR ASSEMBLY HOUSING iii,14 \ 4 The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop shaped `: thermal resistant borosilicate prismatic glass refractor, that controls the light to provide I.E.S. type IV and type V cut off distributions. The combination of reflector, refractor and CAST ALUMINUM Vertical buming lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of MOUNTING ARM illumination while controlling luminaire brightness. The ' refractor assembly hinges from the Harp assembly and is latched by a stainless steel, captive hex head bolt. 42•&3• DOOR FRAME UNRIZED ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY OVERALL AND TEARDROP STYLE REFRACTOR Located below the refractor under a removable decorative cap, the unitized electrical assembly consists of the ballast ( mounted to a cast aluminum plate that is easily removed by loosening three screws in keyhole slots. The disconnect HEIGHT 7 2 CAST ALUMINUM BALLAST plug connects the ballast to the terminal block in the wiring HOUSING WITH Chamber. t • • l ) REMOVABLE CAP HARP / FITTER ASSEMBLY l sava The Harp assembly consists of a top cover casting, . . I • 0 li chimney casting, two arm castings, and a fitter / ballast • housing casting, all welded together. The fitter is - designed 'i , i to mount on 8 3 " diameter tenon. The anodized and brightened intemal aluminum reflector located in the top ° cover is formed with flutes to control voltage rise in the ° CAST ALUMINUM FITTER FOR lamp and to work with the refractor to provide the desired 3' DIAMETER MOUNTING TENON distributions. The socket, located in the top housing, preset ORDERING INFORMATION for the proper light center of the reflector and pre -wired to EXAMPLE: MH 070HP 24 3 B 4 A the terminal block, is street fighting grade with nickel plated MH i 7 SM f I Z 3 a 4 A lamp grip shell, center contact backed by a coiled spring, I i T T T and a glazed porcelain body. BALLAST TYPE I I BALLAST (MOGUL BASE) 05OHP = SOW HPS (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet for specific operating • 070HP =70WHPS VOLTAGE MOUNTING FINISH OPTICAL ASSEMBLY 100HP = 100W HPS 12 = 120 VOLT 3 = SUPrI I I tIt B = BLACK 4 = ASYMMETRIC characteristics) 15AHP =150W 55V HPS 20 = 208 VOLT FOR 3' z= BRONZE TEARDROP, TYPE N 35 - 100 watt 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) 175MH =175W MH 24 = 240 VOLT DIAMETER BY N = GREEN DISTRIBUTION ballasts are High Power Factor Reactor type. All other 100MV =100W MV 27 = 277 VOLT 4' TALL TENON A = AS SPECIFIED 5 =SYpIMETRic HPS ballasts are High Power Factor Autotransformer type. 175M EA V =175W My 34 = 347 VOLT TEARDROP, TYPE V 9 tYP 48 =480 VOLT DISTRIBUTION 175 watt Metal Halide (MH) ballasts are Peak Lead BALLAST TYPE (ALWAYS USES Autotransformer type. 70 and 100 watt MH units are (MEDIUM BASE) A ORIENTATION) avalable only with (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V) High Power 35DIP = 35W HPS (120V ONLY) F actor High igh Reactance type ballast 70DHP =70W HPS •PnCAL • - IENTAnON All Mercury Vapor (MV) ballasts are High Power Factor IODHP =100W HPS A = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PERPENDICULAR TO HARP Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) type. 15DHP = 150W 55V HPS B = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PARALLEL TO HARP 700MH = 70W MH (MT ONLY) 10OMH =100W MH (MT ONLY) FINISH / MATERIAL ' 1513MH = 150W MH (MT ONLY) The luminaire is finished with ester powder paint 17DMH = 175W MH polyester 2ODIN = 200W INCANDESCENT applied after a seven stage pretreatment process, to Insure OPTIONS maximum durability. All castings making the harp are sand S = SINGLE FESTOON RECEPTACLE, LOCATED IN BALLAST BASE HOUSING. SAME SIDE AS DOOR HINGE cast from aluminum alloy #358, for better corrosion TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE resistance. All extemal hardware is stainless steel. R = NEMA TWISTLOCK PHOTOCONTROL RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT TOP OF LUMINAIRE. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE P = PROTECTED STARTER FOR HPS UNITS ONLY. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE W = DECORATIVE WHITE WNDOWS (DECALS) G = DECORATIVE GOLD WINDOWS (DECALS) ACCESSORIES LAMP = SHIP APPROPRIATE LAMP AS A UNE ITEM. SEE LAMP SHEET • ARCHITECTURAL OUTDOOR ORDER #: TYPE: DRAWING NO: US -3176 THIS DRAWING, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR • THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE • # SCALE: N/A A UNIT OF SIMILAR DESIGN MAY BE SUPPLED, BUT A. ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE .• ,•• CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE NT %MU. BE HOLOPHANE DRAWN: MJH SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. THS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO ADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS APP'D: RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS COMMON THAT WILL NOT BE USED An 4 cuft'yBrandsCompany DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY 214 oARWOOD AVENUE -NEWARK, OHIO 43055 DATE: 04 -30 -02 IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE. STRAIGHT METER ADAPTER PLASTIC IRRIGATION BOX 6" AMETEK LID -110 -1.- - T ; cr '• 3 / METER 2 _ C TO DCVA —*- 6" PVC PIPE --ix— . ` _ ■�■ FIPxSUP PVC COUPLING ANGLE BALL VALVE STRAIGHT CURB STOP CURB STOP METER x PJ STOP /WASTE PJxFIP ---\\ MINI . FLOW -�-- 90' MIPxPJ ELBOW COPPER OR CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE NOTE 1. ALL FITTINGS ARE TO BE BRASS. W17 3/4" & 2" IRRIGATION METER SET NTS City of Yakima — Engineering Division APPROVED: 7.9.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL 1 3/4" & 2" IRRIG. METER SET I W17 C, 4/00 TF4$ WLIRP4224 1 Papier Size: 42' Dia. x 24' H. Weight: 950 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. " n n. Wall Thickness: 3° thick wall at the top. �'����� ��- Color /Surface: See options. Features: Westlake 1 Band. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia. steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia, lifting inserts. Options: Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request. Note: Options may change without notice. Drain Hole: (1) 1 1/2' Dia. Call to confirm current options. Anchoring: Optional. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY, Westlake I Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter, This design is also available on a waste container, snuffer, bollard and bench. Please ask your local representative for more details. TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R U 5 R V Stnal ti3 GENERAL PLANTER SPECIFICATIONS TF 4226 tUP4848 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY 36^ A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. ® 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty TOP VIEW 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general 3" construction, component connections anchoring methods, 30" hardware and installation procedures. 3. Samples as requested by Architect. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3- .625 "DIA LIFTING 25'DIA STEEL REBAR A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by b10) INSERTS specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in 4" disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters .50 "DIA THREADED INSERTS field proven for at least five years. 1.10 WARRANTY SECTION A -A Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as I 111111=111.11111 4" Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. DECORATIVE s" PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. BAND (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 24" B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. A C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. FRONT VIEW 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturer's recommendations. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R L1511 LI guir3 9/03 1F4229 WURP483 P anter Size: 48° Dia. x 35° H. Weight: 1350 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. �• .�� �_ n Wall Thickness: 3° thick wail at the top. Features: Member of the Westlake Series. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia. steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts. Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request. Options: Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2° Dia. Note: Options may change without notice. Anchoring: Optional. Call to confirm current options. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Shown with: Westlake 1 Design -- features an 8" carved bank around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series 1 sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter. Also available with: Westlake 2 Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with diagonal lines, triangles and pillars. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter. TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUsAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W H L15 R u 1 /4 4 GENERAL PLANTER SPECIFICATIONS TF4229 ILIRP4835 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on 1 drawings or specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 9 42" 48" 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data edited specifically for proposed system, including the following 1 specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. TOP VIEW b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general A construction, component connections anchoring methods, 4.25" -=11111111 Y hardware and installation procedures. 3. Samples as requested by Architect. DECORATIVE BAND 8" 35" 7 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 ill, A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters A i field proven for at least five years. —3-- 30" FRONT VIEW 1.10 WARRANTY Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as _ 3" _ Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. 25 "DIA STEEL PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. I r REBAR (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 11 B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. 3-.625 "DIA Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material LIFTING INSERTS and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. �' C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. i �''� 4 -.50 "DIA IN ERT 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. SECTION A - B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturer's recommendations. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W : 11 LI crila I i 4/00 IF 4160 RP418 P1811161' Site: 48' L x 18" W x 14" H, Weight: 570 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. Wall Thickness: 2" at the top with a 2% pitch. Features: Top edge is smooth on exposed and weatherstone finish. Fully exposed on GTX finish. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia, steel rebar. Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (2) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts. Options: Reservoir System: Not available. Note: Options may change without notice. Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2" Dia. Call to confirm current options. Anchoring: Optional. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Exposed Aggregate: Re -seal annually. Tan w /Gray Matrix - Tan w/Brown Matrix Packaging: Banded to pallet. Tan w /Sand Matrix - Misty Gray w /Gray Weatherstone: *NOTE: Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Granitex (GTX) 2078F, 4028F, 6208F, 1168F, 2098F Custom Options Available TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R V 5 R U Te tlrl GENERAL PLANTER SPECIFICATIONS TF 4160 D44 8 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. 48" — 1.2 REFERENCES A A r A. American Society for Testing & Materials l i 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 14" ' 0 I 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. i 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data TOP VIEW a 2" edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty 2.5" 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general construction, component connections anchoring methods, hardware and installation procedures. 14.5" 3. Samples as requested by Architect. r 8 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in FRONT VIEW disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters field proven for at least five years. • 1.10 WARRANTY -� Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the i - .25"DIA period of two years upon acceptance of products. — 12.5" STEEL 2125" REBAR 2.1 MANUFACTURERS d A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as 4-.50 "DIA Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. 45" 4 I INSERTS PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355-4627 SECTION A -A B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. C. All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. 2.2 MATERIALS • A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Coloring: Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturers recommendations. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 W R LI 5 R L! I V -Loc Sin Post Anchor Models Ir TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO: TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO J www.tapconet.com �___ 67 V -Loc® is the toughest sign anchoring system on the market. You won't find a simpler, safer more durable functional and economical post anchor than V -Loc. 5 TO N � While other mounting systems extend above ground level, allowing the potential PS G for roll - overs, ruptured tires or gas tanks, V -Loc installs at ground level for T• maximum safety. We offer many types of models to suit almost any condition. Choose the type of V -Loc that matches your soil or pavement type and post type. V � Asphalt / Earth Models Cleanout Bar Models 'Z s �� a / Ir _ .." ; 3.S0 � i 7 L � --' ti 4 b ; S ) i 1 oncrete Models € VR2 VS2 19 -VR2 23 -VR2B 200 -VS2B rcio) S \ C 24" .. 24" 24" 24" 24" w/UCA* 19 -VR3B i _ TAP- �_."':3 30" . J w/UCA* 30 Soft Soil Models O ► L O �►- O VR1 VS1 19 - VR1 .-- -- 1 — / 1 ' w /UCA* t _> e 1 \ € ` \ `\ A -1 i 5 1 1 . 1 1 ` 1 z Bottom Plate Models `'Z ,) 1 ,A , g 1 E t •y , 1 tt 1 1 1 1 VR1P VS1P 19 -VR1P VR3 VS3 VR3 VR3B VS3B 30 -VR3B w /UCA* 30" 30" 30 ", 36" 30" 30" 36" *NCHRP 350 compliant. 36" 36" w /UCA* * NCHRP 350 compliant. t Order by Phone 1- 262 - 814 -7000 7b11 -free 1 -800- 236 -0112 /Ail or Order by Fax 1- 262- 814 -7017 Mill- ee 1 -800 -444 -0331 ■� y �" b0 x . , ,. .. V -Loc TRAFFIC .AND:.PARKING CON 'ROL CO , . Table ofear>ferl s • .., ' 'FA Catalog 0 GSA - 0 Contacts" 45 Wliat le r 0 TAPC4 BlinkerSignse Digital _. V -LOC MODEL SELECTIONS Parking ii Related Products Signals D 1 A ASHTO 2.5.2...Generally, breakaway supports should be provided whenever the 51 ns/ support is exposed to traffic. 2.5.4...Where there is a probability of being struck by Slreetscape errant vehicles, even supports outside (the) clear zone should preferably be breakaway. Traffic Control_ • Round Post Models • Bottom Plate Models ttiVt1).? V -Loc Systems F • U- Channel Anchors • Square Post Models !MEW* Work Zone , • U- Channel Adapters • Cleanout Bar Models i �.(2 J ound Post Models Model Item Number WtJUnit Post OD Leg Angle Fin (pounds) (inches) Dimensions 19 -VR1 34 -25 4.40 1.90 2x2x.25x8" 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 19 -VR2 34 -26 10.00 1.90 2 x 2 x .25 x 24" 10 x 12 x 12 ga. 19 -VR3 34 -27 11.60 1.90 2x2x.25x30" 10x12x12ga. 20 -VR3 I 34-41 I 14.5 I 2.00 I 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 30" I 10 x 12 x 12 ga. ....", dip 34 -12 5.00 2.375 2.5x2.5x.25x8" 8x9.25x12 ga. 23 -VR2 34 -3 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23 -VR3 34 -14 14.80 2.375 2.5x2.5x.25x30" 10x15x12ga. 23A Models for Schedule 40 pipe only. 23A -VR1 23A -VR 15.00 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 8" 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 23A-VR2 23A -VR2 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23A -VR3 23A -VR3 14.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 30" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 28 -VR1 I 34 -28 I 6.40 I 2.875 I 3x3x.25x8" I 8 x 10 x 10 ga. r 7 2" 111111`" 1 25-1/4" 1 _ _ _ _ ---„, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " . . .,-_ ... 32 • , glailliill II. PP [-- g —P.= C AND END 17-1/4 I STRAPS - 1/8" X 1 -1/2" METAL "I. gm si 6—+ TYP. 7/16" DIA. HOLES FOR ANCHORING DR FRONT VIEW CAST ALUMINUM STRAP GLIDES. AND SUPPORT l a n d s c a p e - f o r in s• END VIEW 431 LAWNDALE AVE. POE: 800 -521 -2546 TITLE: 72" & 96" L - BACKED GRETCHEN'S BENCH - W/ ARMREST - FREESTANDING / SURFACE MOUNT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269 -381 -3455 DESIGN: GRETCHEN COKFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED I-EREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FORMS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: GR3512 FORMS, INC. PRODUCTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWIN6 IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR DATE: 3 -25 -92 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITOT THE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: ULM b D 1992 LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. A 22" TOP VIEW 1/8" X 1 - 1/2" METAL CENTER STRAP 72" Mir C r 11 4 1 • 16 -5/8" i 2" TYP.1 --1 " 7/16" DIA. HOLES/ FOR ANCHORING OR GLIDES. FRONT VIEW CAST ALUMINUM STRAP END VIEW AND SUPPORT 1 a n d s c a p e f o r ri s• 431 LAVOIE AVE. PHONE: 800 - 2546 TITLE: 72° & 96° L - BACKLESS GRETCHEN'S BENCH - FREESTANDING/ SURFACE MOUNT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269- 381 -3455 DESIGN: GRET[HEN CONFICENTIAL [PAWING INUMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FORMS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: 683516 FORMS, INC. PRODUCTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO OE COPIED DR DATE: 3 -27-92 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT TIf CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: DLM m 199 t ANDSCAPP Pn4MS, rur ALL PtrnTS RESFaurn 024 I/2" \ j LIFT AND TURN LID TO EMPTY i-' 6 -I/2' X I2 -1/2' 4�l` OPENING in Ili 1 LOCK 40' r: -r.: t 011 L Jl (L. Jl 1 -- 12 " - ►I FREESTANDING OR SURFACE MOUNT Z OPTIONS. NON - CORROSIVE ANCHORING HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. 7/16' DIA. MOUNTING HOL.ES. I o n d s c o p e f o r rn s• 431 LAWNDALE AVE. PHONE: 800-521 -2546 TITLE: SCARBOROUGH LITTER RECEPTACLE - 25' V X 40'H - S10E- IPENING- VERTICAL BAR OIEATIL WITH LOCK - 30 GALLON WITH LOCK- FREESTANDING DR SURFACE MT KALAMAZ41, NI 49048 FAX: 269 -381 -3455 DESIGN: SCAREOZDIGH CUNFIOENTIAL DRAWING INFORNA11W CONTAINED IEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FERNS, IN[. 1NIEMEEO USE IS LIMITED TO E(S1(N PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: 5C5215 FERMIS, Di. PRIAIETS AM) TIER DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO BE COPIED ER DATE: 09-01 -94 DISCLOSED 10 OTHERS WITHOUT TIE CONSENT CF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHER: LAO 1994 LANDSCAPE FIRMS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. p Side Street I r o ISOLATE WORKING AREAS WITH BARRELS & PLASTIC SAFETY FENCING 0 0 TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY 2' o (5' WIDE MIN.) a PARKING LANE (STAGING AREA) TEMPORARY GRAVEL APPROACHES TO BUSINESS ACCESS (TYPICAL) I o 6 ' CHAINLINK FENCE TYPE 1 BARRICADE Side Street CROSSWALK 1 TA -22 (MUTCD) TEMPORARY LANE CLOSURE CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT #2116 HLA PROJECT #05046 Page 6H-4 2003 Edition Table 6H -2. Meaning of Symbols on Typical Application Diagrams �• Arrow panel • Arrow panel support or trailer O O 0 (shown facing down) `--1 Changeable message sign or support trailer Channelizing device :; Crash Cushion 1 Direction of temporary traffic detour 1■0. Direction of traffic Flagger High level warning device (Flag tree) - ■S Luminaire \ \ \ \\ Pavement markings that should be removed for a long term project Sign (shown facing left) Surveyor 1 Temporary barrier 1 0 1 Temporary barrier with warning lights Traffic or Pedestrian signal Truck mounted attenuator MAXI Type I11 Barricade Warning lights Work space �to Work vehicle Sect. 611.01 2003 Edition Page 6H -5 Table 6H -3. Meaning of Letter Codes on Typical Application Diagrams Distance Between Signs ** Road Type A B C Urban (low speed)* 30 (100) 30 (100) 30 (100) Urban (high speed)* 100 (350) 100 (350) 100 (350) Rural 150 (500) 150 (500) 150 (500) Expressway / Freeway 300 (1,000) 450 (1,500) 800 (2,640) * Speed category to be determined by highway agency ** Distances are shown in meters (feet). The column headings A, B, and C are the dimensions shown in Figures 6H -1 through 6H -46. The A dimension is the distance from the transition or point of restriction to the first sign. The B dimension is the distance between the first and second signs. The C dimension is the distance between the second and third signs. (The third sign is the first one in a three -sign series encountered by a driver approaching a TTC zone.) Table 6H -4. Formulas for Determining Taper Lengths Taper Length (L) Taper Length (L) Speed Limit (S) Meters Speed Limit (S) Feet 60 km/h or less L = WS2 40 mph or Tess L = WS 155 60 70 km/h or more L = WS 45 mph or more L = WS 1.6 Where: L = taper length in meters (feet) W = width of offset in meters (feet) S = posted speed limit, or off-peak 85th- percentile speed prior to work starting, or the anticipated operating speed in km/h (mph) Sect. 6H.01 2003 Edition Page 6H -61 Figure 6H -28. Sidewalk Detour or Diversion (TA 28) rn ,41 _ t y F a. 5 S sa x f C � , s f v -'. i --X '. 11 . ■ H S 6 E ^ `.. a ra- 4::::-;-."-`''''':':.: F P , u ' Sr ;a 1 n , -, r �� �i -L �L yr 1 Y ■l - - ,. - -� t 3a3H SSOH3 03SO1 -1S --1 ' r 900 mm 1 % ' / (36 in) MIN. j � SIDEWALK ;1 ■ _ / / CLOSED i 1 .______ + ` < i SIDEWALK CLOSED + } � ♦— L ( z , CROSS HERE — 7'•••......______....---" _ y� II a �c ► ` .a< �d �`- ' I an -E 7\ C L � r - (optional) i �:� SIDEWALK DETOUR SIDEWALK DIVERSION Typical Application 28 Note: See Tables 6H -2 and 6H -3 for the meaning of the symbols and/or letter codes used in this figure. Page 6H -60 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H-28---Typical Application 28 Sidewalk Closures and Bypass Sidewalks Standard: 1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. Guidance: 2. Where high speeds are anticipated, a temporary traffic barrier and, if necessary, a crash cushion should be used to separate the temporary sidewalks from vehicular traffic. 3. Audible information devices should be considered where midblock closings and changed crosswalk areas cause inadequate communication to be provided to pedestrians who have visual disabilities. Option: 4. Street lighting may be considered. 5. Only the TTC devices related to pedestrians are shown. Other devices, such as lane closure signing or ROAD NARROWS signs, may be used to control vehicular traffic. 6. For nighttime closures, Type A Flashing warning lights may be used on barricades that support signs and close sidewalks. 7. Type C Steady -Burn or Type D 360 - degree Steady -Burn warning lights may be used on channelizing devices separating the temporary sidewalks from vehicular traffic flow. 8. Signs, such as KEEP RIGHT (LEFT), may be placed along a temporary sidewalk to guide or direct pedestrians. 2003 Edition Page 6H -63 Figure 6H -29. Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours (TA -29) u (optional) • * i ' ,5• , 42.--:, Tc , -o z ,� j - ci 1QCIQJ F � : s O cn m � Q �« i. ,� :"'—' -• : -- = 7t ' ilE1 v A 1 y o r ', } Temporary I r s (t crosswalk lines — marking for C , - crossw ' • - �� (cross- hatching Nlii ilk �si / �� �� 1.1 . optional) • F� % / � % / / / % � /i � i `ti, ti .,. ' •�� s\-,--,, t o m 1 \J i ! !_ ! S 1 I J i `/ 1 SIDEWALK CLOSED - SIDEWALK CLOSED aim r AHEAD iimimum ■ 1 CROSS HERE .� 1. Note: For ng e staonary work lo , the double yellow centerline -t and/or , •� �, „ � ;,�: lane lines should be 1 removed between ti the � 1�r,�` .' - crosswalk lines. si %— - < <l \ . j L yo Se Tables 6H -2 aH -3. for he meaning of th e sym bols and/or letter i r (optional) codes used in this figure. 6 Typical Application 29 Page 611-62 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H -29— Typical Application 29 Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours Standard: 1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. 2. Curb parking shall be prohibited for at least 15 in (50 ft) in advance of the midblock crosswalk. Guidance: 3. Audible information devices should be considered where midblock closings and changed crosswalk areas cause inadequate communication to be provided to pedestrians who have visual disabilities. 4. Pedestrian traffic signal displays controlling closed crosswalks should be covered or deactivated. Option: 5. Street lighting may be considered. 6. Only the TTC devices related to pedestrians are shown. Other devices, such as lane closure signing or ROAD NARROWS signs, may be used to control vehicular traffic. 7. For nighttime closures, Type A Flashing warning lights may be used on barricades supporting signs and closing sidewalks. 8. Type C Steady -Burn warning lights may be used on channelizing devices separating the work space from vehicular traffic. 9. In order to maintain the systematic use of the fluorescent yellow -green background for pedestrian, bicycle, and school warning signs in a jurisdiction, the fluorescent yellow -green background for pedestrian, bicycle, and school warning signs may be used in TTC zones. 64 2003 Edition Page 6H-49 • 6H-22. Right Lane Figure 6H- Closure on Far Side of Intersection (TA-22) 1 ii -1,-, -..-‘,, `5-':. t=' L :- .:--Z,-• -=:--1.i' ;:"-..4:':? (optional) 1 ' l i II ----Th ,-,,,,,,_. _-_,_ ,,...., -:- -- ' : ,-- - P,iii:JE tad 11 AT/IC,13:1 ,‘ jo ;;;L:':- --:------ - > I: 1 i(optional) . - ,:- J. 4--- ..-- "--"-.-.7.-,y_ . - -::.-t \ / .. -- 1 - r-- - . --- -' , e • \ <„, Lp_-, ;_---. ---.-,-• -0 ,,„,. . — . .L' -.--_,-,. -,,- -- . • \: \• / • -,-,.. , - .,- IL- lr/Aor , • • • 1) - ;, • . - .- 3 1 A 1 ,---, — , -: , ...., , . .... .-.. _, , - _ ' , ' . - -..'"• -,t'.i4--:-..-g.--;.-X,-- •"-‘:"•:-•:- r '—'"-- ,, ,- , (771°na1):-.,=as*S-?r...:::itV-s.'..---. r- ,,„,-7,:,..,:4,.,'1;.",;•z-':,,,,,,,,::::;,-„,„:-.,_-.4_,,-:,:,;:.:,-,;---!2,:;---,:-.--,:;., , - ,,, , - ._-, . ':.-- . ,: 7, ," - — - _ _, __. --; •„-,.---..'„,-:2..--,1:1= .:=:-.: _ ' ,__-• -„,,,,- t.-i,:sc'-'.:=-'-7.,,,,,.---,,j,45..;,-;_,,,:17 -i -' - , C 1;;;-'41.--K-,o,'..-s- -"--:-.-.1.:7--,f, `,`,;=-:-:--"-•'; -' - _ IN -4-- --=-2, 1 •-.',...-i____,.,,,,,--.7.,-.. -. ... -, :.47 ,-, ' - - - .;.- • Fa-7 .. -- q° ..., , ,_. 5 _ 7. • \ ' \ 74._ -.-- ' --- T R u l G M R HNUT RIGHT A I G T N H E T \\,\ / 1 I (optional) A . , I ' , . ' I. 1-- - ; ' . - - - v - il \, ,..„,.: I .,1.2.7 N, . , .., . ' , .,..'-' ,■/=i--T: - ) Note : f S o e r e h. T . b n: 1 e 16iHnog-r2i0eafttnt:dre B 6H -3 -t, - , 7., - j\‘, sym I° "... ._ "_is figure. n. ..,_.] I., codes used in In Typical Application 22 , '., / Page 6H-48 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H- 22— Typical Application 22 Right Lane Closure on Far Side of Intersection Guidance: 1. If the work space extends across a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed using the information and devices shown in Figure 6H -29. Option: 2. The normal procedure is to close on the near side of the intersection any lane that is not carried through the intersection. However, when this results in the closure of a right lane having significant right turning movements, then the right lane may be restricted to right turns only, as shown. This procedure increases the through capacity by eliminating right turns from the open through lane. 3. For intersection approaches reduced to a single lane, left - turning movements may be prohibited to maintain capacity for through vehicular traffic. 4. Flashing warning lights and/or flags may be used to call attention to the advance warning signs. 5. Where the turning radius is large, it may be possible to create a right -turn island using channelizing devices or pavement markings. CLSeK - oR1MAL 0 .fir City of a ima Engineering Division Yakima Downtown Futures Initiative Phase 3 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements N. 1st, N. & S. 2nd & N. 3rd Streets & leaches Avenue • .fti 't airy 7 ; .. " ' 4W, Construction Contract Specifications & Bid Documents City Project Number 2216 yY YY,'Ii 129 North Second Street +, f Phone 5 -6111 Yakima, WA 98901 Fax �� Fax (509) 576 -6314 June 2008 Change Order #6 PROJECT: The Capitol Theatre -- Production Center CONTRACTOR: Leone, Keeble & Moen Joint Venture 516 South Fifth Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 OWNER: The City of Yakima 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98901 ARCHITECT: Traho Architects, PS 1460 North 16 Avenue, Suite A Yakima, WA 98902 This Contract is changed as follows: 1. Reduce the sum allocated for Contractor Contingency (CC) within the GMP by $132,856. 2. Reduce the sum allocated for Negotiated Support Services (NSS) within the Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) by $90,000. 3. Contractor agrees to complete all remaining work within the adjusted contract sum and contract time including the work described in the following Change Order Proposals (COP's) and Construction Change Directives (CCD's). Funds for this work will be deducted from Contractor Contingency: 61 HVAC at control room $2395 62 Modify ceiling grid ($452) 63 Retaining wall revisions $13,458 65 Shell storage modifications $945 67 Powder coat handrail ($2709) 68 Aisle lighting $1488 69 Relocate utility sink at stage $4115 71 Added gyp board at CT signs $2591 72 Add ceiling at elev equip room $3073 73 Reverse closers $2160 CCD -1 NE Stair /sewer pipe $8200 80 Rebar dowel @ future terrace $1300 81 Restock charge for cornice $2100 82 Delete landscaping ($4000) 84 Add code required signage $2000 Total $36,664 Page 1 of 3 8111110 4. Modify the Substantial Completion date of this contract to September 30, 2010. Contractor agrees that GMP sum is adequate compensation for this contract extension. 5. Installation of owner supplied equipment by Contractor will not be considered for substantial completion. 6. Contractor shall continue to accommodate Capitol Theatre productions and other reasonable requests during the remaining construction period including but not limited to allowing access to the loading docks, maintaining dust control, security and limited noise when requested. 7. This Change Order supersedes previous change orders in establishing the Contract Sum (GMP) and Substantial Completion date. 8. Use of Contractor Contingency and Negotiated Support Services through Change Order #6 is attached. 9. ANY ADDITION WORK ITEMS ADDED TO THIS CONTRACT WILL BE ADDED BY CHANGE ORDER AND AUTHORIZED IN WRITING BY THE CITY OF YAKIMA ONLY. Original Guaranteed Maximum Price $5,390,425.00 Change Orders 1, 2, 3, 4 no change to GMP Change Order #5 $288,461.62 Previous Guaranteed Maximum Price $5,678,906.62 Reduce Negotiated Support Services Sum ($90,000) Reduce Contractor Contingency Sum ($132,856) Guaranteed Maximum Price $5,456,050.62 Traho Architects, P.S. Leone, Keeble, & Moen City of Yakima Joint Venture 1460 North 16 Suite A 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98902 516 South Fifth Avenue Yakima, WA 98901 Yakima, WA 98902 / , BY BY sATE DATE //1//c:" DATE Page 2 of 3 3/11110 MACC Contingency and Negotiated Support Services —Recap as of CO #6 MACC Contin.enc Beginning Balance :< $ 249,280, _ In -GMP to cover Contractor Risks Change Order #1 $ (5,683) Mod NE stair, remove hydrant Change Order #2 $ (5,562) Alter CMU, conc piers, wp elev pit Change Order #3 $ (4,364) Add CMU sill Change Order #4 $ (64,151) CMU changes, lighting switching, Change Order #5 - Added $288,481.62 to GMP, not taken from Contingency Change Order #6 $ (36,664) Retaining wall revs, replace fence sub, HVAC at cont room Total draws against MACC Contingency $ (116,424) Remaining Balance $ 132,856 Deductive Change Order to GMP Negotiated Support Services Beginning Balance $ 328,051 Allowance in GMP for clean up, temp power, conduit Spend to date as of July 1, 2010 $ (84,124) Projected cost to complete $ (153,927) Includes significant allowance for com conduit repair Remaining Balance $ 90,000 Deductive Change Order to GMP Page 3 of 3 8/11/10 09 30/ BUSINESS OF THE CITY COUNCIL YAKIMA, WASHINGTON AGENDA STATEMENT Item No. 1 %-13 For Meeting Of 4/21/09 ITEM TITLE: Final Contract Payment for Downtown Futures Initiative Phase 3 — City Project No.: CB2216 SUBMITTED BY: Department of Community & Economic Development CONTACT PERSON/TELEPHONE: Doug Mayo — City Engineer 509 - 576 -6678 SUMMARY EXPLANATION: This project reconstructed existing sidewalk areas along the east side of 1 St. between Yakima Ave. and 'A' St., both sides of 2 " St. between Chestnut and 'A' St., both sides of 3 St. between Yakima Ave. and 'A' St. and the west side of Naches Ave. between Yakima Ave. and `A' St. This project removed 6,050 sq. yards of sidewalk and 1,135 linear ft. of curb and gutter, installing 4,750 sq. yards of sidewalk, 800 sq. ft. of brick pavers, 1,135 linear ft. of cement concrete traffic curb and gutter, placing 38 ADA ramps, 56 pedestrian lights, 65 trees and 26 tree grates, a tree lighting system, irrigation system, 12 benches, 28 precast concrete planters and other related improvements. Final inspection for this project was made and the recommendation is that the project be accepted. This Council action is to accept the project and approve the final construction costs. Contractor: KRCI, LLC Contract Award: 7/10/08 Contract Bid Cost: $1,509,825.00 Final Contract Cost: $1,553,949.32 Amt. This Payment: -0- The above total contract cost is for construction only and does not include engineering and other costs. Resolution Ordinance X Other (Specify) Final Contract Payment Contract Mail to (name and address): Funding Source CBD Capital Improvement Fund APPROVED FOR SUBMITTAL: -- h City Manager STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Accept the project and approve final estimate. COUNCIL ACTION: Al Cenh rn e -- d / �/ o Yl 2� 1 PROJU ' #2216 CITY OF YAKIMA CON `R: KRCI, LLC PROJECT NAME: YAKIMA DOWNTOWN FUTURE 'IATIVE - PHASE 3 3/19/2009 PROL • ESTIMATE NO. 7 FINAL ORIGINAL NO. ITEM BID UNIT TOTAL TO DATE UNIT AMOUNT % OF CONTRACT PREVIOUS AMOUNT SCEEDULE A QUANTITY QUANTITY PRICE TO DATE CONT AMOUNT PAYMENT DUE 1 SPCC PLAN 1 LS 100% $600.00 $600.00 100% $600.00 $600.00 $0.00 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS 100% $138,721.00 $138,721.00 100% $138,721.00 $138,721.00 $0.00 3 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 LS 100% $30,000.00 $30,000.00 100 %" $30,000.00 $30,000.00 $0.00 4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS 100% $24,412.00 $24,412.00 100% $24,412.00 $24,412.00 $0.00 5 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 LS 100% $24,691.00 $24,691.00 100% $24,691.00 $24,691.00 $0.00 6 SAW CUT, PER INCH DEPTH 5,000 LF 13768 $0.22 $3,028.96 275% $1,100.00 $3,028.96 $0.00 7 REMOVING EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEE 6,050 SY 5729 $17.00 $97,393.00 95% $102,850.00 $97,393.00 $0.00 • 8 SAW CUTTING SIDEWALK MEET LINE 80 LF 240 $1.80 $432.00 300% $144.00 $432.00 $0.00 9 UNSUITABLE EXCAVATION INCL HAUL 50 CY 0.00 $25.00 $0.00 0% $1,250.00 $0.00 $0.00 10 EMBANKMENT COMPACTION 50 CY 0.00 $15.00 $0.00 0% $750.00 $0.00 $0.00 11 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 800 TON 584.64 $17.00 $9,938.88 73% $13,600.00 $9,938.88 $0.00 12 PAVEMENT REPAIR 200 SY 406 $100.00 $40,600.00 203% $20,000.00 $40,600.00 $0.00 13 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 800 SF 760 $10.00 $7,600.00 95% $8,000.00 $7,600.00 $0.00 14 REMOVING AND REPLACING FRAME AND GRATE 2 EA 2 $750.00 $1,500.00 100% $1,500.00 $1,500.00 $0.00 15 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 1 EA 1 $1,400.00 $1,400.00 100% $1,400.00 $1,400.00 $0.00 16 ESC LEAD 12 DAY 0 $200.00 $0.00 0% $2,400.00 $0.00 $0.00 17 ROOT BARRIER 1,500 LF 1280 $10.00 $12,800.00 85% $15,000.00 $12,800.00 $0.00 18 TREE GRATE 28 EA 28 $2,000.00 $56,000.00 100% $56,000.00 $56,000.00 $0.00 19 PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 42 IN. DIAM 15 EA 15 $1,500.00 $22,500.00 100% $22,500.00 $22,500.00 $0.00 20 PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 48 IN. DIAM 13 DAY 13 $1,700.00 $22,100.00 100% $22,100.00 $22,100.00 $0.00 21 TRASH RECEPTACLE 13 EA 15 $1,200.00 $18,000.00 115% $15,600.00 $18,000.00 $0.00 22 BENCH WITH BACK 9 EA 9 $1,800.00 $16,200.00 100% $16,200.00 $16,200.00 $0.00 23 BICYCLE RACK 12 EA 10 $200.00 $2,000.00 83% $2,400.00 $2,000.00 $0.00 24 PSIPE SCARLET SENTINEL MAPLE 34 EA 40 $420.00 $16,800.00 118% $14,280.00 $16,800.00 $0.00 25 PSIPE CHANTICLEER FLOWERING PEAR 31 EA 30 $420.00 $12,600.00 97% $13,020.00 $12,600.00 $0.00 26 SOD INSTALLATION 450 SY 500 $4.00 $2,000.00 111% $1,800.00 $2,000.00 $0.00 27 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 1 LS 100% $140,000.00 $140,000.00 100% $140,000.00 $140,000.00 $0.00 28 CEMENT CONC. TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 1,135 LF 1603 $25.00 $40,075.00 141% $28,375.00 $40,075.00 ' $0.00 29 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 4 IN. THICK 4,800 SY 4972 $50.00 $248,600.00 104% $240,000.00 $248,600.00 $0.00 30 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 6 IN. THICK 320 SY 420 $50.00 $21,000.00 131% $16,000.00 $21,000.00 $0.00 31 SIGNPOST SOCKETS 12 EA 17 $61.00 $1,037.00 142% $732.00 $1,037.00 $0.00 32 CEMENT CONCRETE TEST SECTION 1 LS 100% $12,000.00 $12,000.00 100% $12,000.00 $12,000.00 $0.00 33 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE lA 31 EA 31 $800.00 $24,800.00 100% $24,800.00 $24,800.00 $0.00 34 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4A 7 EA 8 $800.00 $6,400.00 114% $5,600.00 $6,400.00 $0.00 35 PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS 100% $220,000.00 $220,000.00 100% $220,000.00 $220,000.00 $0.00 36 TREE LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS 100% $220,000.00 $220,000.00 100% $220,000.00 $220,000.00 $0.00 37 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON MODIFICATION 1 LS 100% $2,000.00 $2,000.00 100% $2,000.00 $2,000.00 $0.00 38 REPAIR & REPLACEMENT 1 FA 56720.48 $1.00 $56,720.48 113% $50,000.00 $56,720.48 $0.00 TOTAL $1,553,949.32 103% $1,509,825.00 $1,553,949.32 $0.00 PREVIOUS PAYMENTS MATERIALS ON HAND ITEM # 18 $37,960.00 $0.00 1 $198,336.26 2 $553,505.69 LESS PREVIOUSLY PAID 1 $1,553,949.321 3 $356,454.73 Total Amt. 30 $372,119.32 $338,943.00 $372,119.32 $0.00 4 $285,077.11 Total Amt. 61 $418,830.00 $409,982.00 $418,830.00 $0.00 5 $140,802.13 Total Amt. 70 $763,000.00 $760,900.00 $763,000.00 $0.00 6 $13,180.33 Total $1,553,949.32 $1,509,825.00 $1,553,949.32 $0.00 7 $6,593.07 RETAINAGE BOND $0.00 , TOTAL AMOUNT DUE TO CONTRACTOR I $0.00 $0.00 k_ BID SUMMARY KRC1 LLC GRANITE NW, INC. BELSAAS & WEST COAST MRM CONSTRUCTION 1 Yakima DFI Phase 3 - Pedestrian Streetside Improvements ENGINEERS SMITH CONST. INC. CONST. CO., INC. INC. CITY PROJECT NO. 2216 ESTIMATE Wenatchee, WA Yakima, WA Ellensburg, WA Woodinville WA Ellensburg, WA ' ITEM Bid Security 5% BID BOND 5% BID BOND 5% BID BOND 5% BID BOND 5% BID BOND NO. ITEM ( QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 1 SPCC PLAN 1 LS 500.00 500.00 600.00 600.00 ^- 500.00 500.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 100.00 100.00 1,150.00 1,150.00_ 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS 109,112.40 109,112.40 138,721.00 138,721.00 150,000.00 150,000.00 95,000.00 95,000.00 158,000.00 158,000.00 139,936.00 139,936.00 3 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (Min. bid $30,000) 1 LS 40,000.00 40,000.00 30.000.00 30,000.00 46,357.00 46,357.00 38,000.00 38,000.00 76,000.00 _ 76,000.00 40,000.00 40,000.00 4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 1 LS 20,000.00 20,000.00 24,412.00 24,412.00 20,000.00 20,000.00 57,300.00 57,300.00 53,000.00 53,000.00 22,200.00 22,200.00 5 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 LS 40,000.00 40,000.00 24,691.00 24,691.00 25,000.00 25,000.00 19,700.00 19,700.00 20,000.00 20,000.00_ 13,400.00_ 13,400.00 , 6 SAW -CUT, PER INCH DEPTH 5,000 LF 0.30 1,500.00 0.22 1,100.00 0.76 3,800.00 1.00 5,000.00 0.20 1,000.00 0.28 1,400.00_ 7 REMOVING EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 6,050 SY 15.00 90,750.00 17.00 102,850.00 8.00 48,400.00 21.00 127,050.00 19.00_ 114,950.00 32.20_ 194,810.00 8 SAW CUTTING SIDEWALK MEET LINE 80 LF 3.50 280.00 _ 1.80 144.00 3.00 240.00 10.00 800.00 3.00 240.00 3.85 308.00 9 UNSUITABLE EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 50 CY 40.00 2,000.00 25.00 1.250.00 80.00 4,000.00 56.00 2,800.00 5.00 250.00 42.80 2,140.00 10 EMBANKMENT COMPACTION 50 CY 10.00 500.00 15.00 750.00 60.00 3,000.00 51.00 2,550.00 5.00 250.00 36.00 1,800.00 . 11 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 800 TON 15.00 12,000.00 17.00 13,600.00 70.00 56,000.00 51.00 40,800.00 25.00 20,000.00 39.90 31,920.00 12 PAVEMENT REPAIR 200 SY 40.00 8,000.00 100.00 20,000.00 120.00 24,000.00 82.00 16,400.00 82.00 16,400.00 85.00 17,000.00 13 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 800 SF 15.00 12,000.00 10.00 8,000.00 16.80 13,440.00 9.00 7,200.00 16.00 12,800.00 9.00 7,200.00 14 REMOVING AND REPLACING FRAME AND GRATE 2 EA 500.00 1,000.00 750.00 1,500.00 1,410.00 2,820.00 620.00 1,240.00 300.00 600.00 625.00 1,250.00 15 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 1 EA 2,000.00 2,000.00 1.400.00 1,400.00 5,280.00 5,280.00 1,775.00 1,775.00 1,500.00 1,500.00 1,260.00 1,260.00 16 ESC LEAD 12 DAY 400.00 4,800.00 200.00 2,400.00 200.00 2,400.00 180.00 2,160.00 10.00 120.00 141.00 1,692.00 17 ROOT BARRIER 1,500 LF_ 8.00 12,000.00 10.00 15,000.00 8.40 12,600.00 4.00 6,000.00 8.00 12,000.00 25.60 38,400.00 18 TREE GRATE 28 EA 2,000.00 56,000.00 2,000.00 56,000.00 2,100.00 58,800.00 1,960.00 54,880.00 2,000.00 56,000.00 2,050.00 57,400.00 ' 19 PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 42 IN. DIAM 15 EA 1,200.00 18,000.00 1,500.00 22,500.00 1,630.00 24,450.00 1,780.00 26,700.00 1,560.00_ 23,400.00 822.00 12,330.00 , 20 _ PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 48 IN. DIAM. 13 EA 1,400.00 18,200.00 1,700.00 22,100.00 2,130.00 27,690.00 2,180.00 28,340.00 2,000.00 26,000.00 996.00 12,948.00 21 TRASH RECEPTACLE 13 EA 1,500.00 19,500.00 1,200.00 15,600.00 1,700.00 22,100.00 1,400.00 18,200.00 1,500.00 19,500.00 1,460.00 18,980.00 22 BENCH WITH BACK 9 EA 2,000.00 18,000.00 1,800.00 16.200.002,330.00 20,970.00 2,100.00 18,900.00 2,500.00 22,500.00 2,210.00 19,890.00 23 BICYCLE RACK 12 EA 200.00 2,400.00 200.00 2,400.00 690.00 8,280.00 200.00 2,400.00 600.00 7,200.00 149.00 1,788.00 24 PSIPE: SCARLET SENTINEL MAPLE 34 EA 500.00 17,000.00 420.00 14,280.00 500.00 17,000.00 800.00 27,200.00_ 480.00 16,320.00 577.00 19,618.00 25 PSIPE: CHANTICLEER FLOWERING PEAR _ 31 EA 500.00 15,500.00 420.00 13,020.00 500.00 15,500.00 800.00 24,800.00 480.00 14,880.00 577.00 17,887.00 . 26 SOD INSTALLATION 450 SY 30.00 13,500.00 4.00 1,800.00 10.20 4,590.00 26.00 11,700.00 10.00 4,500.00 12.80 5,760.00 27 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 1 LS 130,000.00 130,000.00 140,000.00 140,000.00 125,000.00 125,000.00 121,300.00 121,300.00 134,000.00 134,000.00 120,000.00 120,000.00 28 CEMENT CONC.TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 1,135 LF 25.00 28,375.00 25.00 28,375.00 20.00 22,700.00 25.00 28,375.00 19.00_ 21,565.00 23.70 26,899.50 29 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 4 IN. THICK 4,800 SY 40.00 192,000.00 50 00 240,000.00_ 40.00 192,000.00 48.00 230,400.00 37.00 177,600.00 47.20 226,560.00 30 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 6 IN. THICK 320 SY 45.00 14,400.00 50.00 16.000.00 45.00 14,400.00 54.00 17,280.00 39.00 12,480.00 49.4015,808.00 31 SIGNPOST SOCKETS 12 EA 150.00 1,800.00 61.00 732.00 150.00 1,800.00 140.00 1,680.00 150.00 1,800.00 51.30 615.60 32 CEMENT CONCRETE TEST SECTION 1 LS 2,000.00 2,000.00 12,000.00 12,000.00 12,000.00 12,000.00 15,000.00 15,000.00 11,000.00 11,000.00 - 10,000.00 10,000.00 (continued on page 2) ---I I + l H CITY ENGINEERS REPORT CITY OF YAKIMA a71 COMPETITIVE BIDS WERE OPENED ON JULY 1, 2008. ?0f - ALL BIDS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THIS OFFICE. , 4 .I Yakima DPI Phase 3 - Pedestrian Streetside improvements I RECOMMEND THE CONTRACT BE AWARDED TO ( r I 1 a N. 1st St N. 8., S. 2nd Si , N. 3rd St, & Neches Ave r �` I '' � MANAGER AWARD MADE BY CITY MA K RC! L LC. r , ' .. r sy ' s , °� 7 � "' ! p % PROJECT NO. 2216 1 • ., - c., i - v y f a { " ~ " '� C-----„, .._�` , DATE: July 1, 2008 Ail., 7 1 --l.� ER FILE: Yakima Ave DFI Phase 3 Bid Sum.pub DATE r CITY ENGINEER \,�� Rnog�7£p.. DATE CITY MAN SHEET 1 of 2 1 • BID SUMMARY KRCI LLC GRANITE NW, INC. BELSAAS & WEST COAST MRM CONSTRUCTION Yakima OF! Phase 3 - Pedestrian Streetside Improvements ENGINEERS SMITH CONST. INC. CONST. CO., INC. INC. ESTIMATE Wenatchee, WA Yakima, WA Ellensburg, WA CITY PROJECT NO. 2216 g Woodinville, WA Ellensburg,.WA ITEM Bid Security - _ s NO. ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT (continued from page 1) 33 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1A 31 EA 800.00 24,800.00 800.00 24,800.00 800.00 24,800.00 1,025.00 31,775.00 800.00 24,800.00 961.00 29,791.00 34 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4A 7 EA 800.00 5,600.00 800.00 5,600.00 800.00 5,600.00 1,025.00 7,175.00 800.00 5,600.00 961.00 6,727.00 35 PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS 225,000.00 225,000.00 220,000.20 220,000.00 220,000.00 220,000.00 210,000.00 210,000.00 225,000.00 225,000.00 249,000.00 249,000.00 36 TREE LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS 250,000.00 250,000.00 220,000.30 220,000.00 230,000.00 230,000.00 220,000.00 220,000.00 235,000.00 235,000.00 260,000.00 260,000.00 37 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON MODIFICATION 1 LS 15,000.00 15,000.00 2,000.30 2.000.00 2,000.00 2,000.00 3,000.00 3,000.00 2,200.00 2,200.00 2,450.00 _ 2,450.00 38 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 1 FA 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 ~ TOTALS 1,473,517.40 1,509,825.00 1,517,517.00 1,574,880.00 1,578,555.00 - 1,680,318.10 1 I I � • CITY ENGINEERS REPORT "�a CITY OF YAKIMA COMPETITIVE BIDS WERE OPENED ON JULY 1, 2008. �r ALL BIDS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THIS OFFICE. �tt i Yc Ima DFI Phase 3 ° Pedestrian Streetside Irrtorcvements I RECOMMEND THE CONTRACT BE AWARDED T0: ,■!:.A N. 1st St, N. & S. 2nd St, N. 3rd St, 8 Niches Ave AWARD MADE BY CITY MANAGER }eRCI LLC. • rY PROJECT NO 2216 DATE: July 1, 2008 • . ( ,f\ i�'� `�- "�i ~� �� FILE: Yakima Ave DR Phase 3 Bid Sum .pub 4 0 RP OR TEO DATE CITY ENGINEER t -�1 \' \- -- DATE CITY MANAGER "' SHEET 2 of 2 City Of Yakima Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements (1 St , 2nd, and 3 Streets and Naches Avenue) City Project No. 2216 CO " _.r I c =:'-_E" {c ; 10/13/2009 1 CONTENTS CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements 1st, 2 and 3rd Streets and Naches Avenue City Project No. 2216 SECTION PAGE INVITATION TO BID 5 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Standard Specifications 7 Amendments to the 2006 Standard Specifications 7 CONTRACT PROVISIONS General Special Provisions 23 Project Description 24 1 -02 Bid Procedures and Conditions 25 1 -03 Award and Execution of Contract 30 1 -04 Scope of Work 32 1 -05 Control of Work 32 1 -06 Control of Materials 40 1 -07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 41 1 -08 Prosecution and Progress 50 1 -09 Measurement and Payment 53 1 -10 Temporary Traffic Control 55 2 -01 Clearing, Grubbing, and Roadside Cleanup 56 2 -02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 56 2 -03 Roadway Excavation and Embankment 57 2 -07 Watering 59 2 -13 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Removal (New SectiOn) 60 4 -04 Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 61 5 -04 Hot Mix Asphalt 62 5 -06 Concrete Unit Paver (New Section) 66 7 -05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 71 8 -01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 72 8 -02 Roadway Restoration 73 8 -03 Irrigation Systems 78 8 -04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways 79 8 -14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks 80 8 -20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, and Electrical 82 8 -30 Repair or Replacement (New Section) 86 9 -03 Aggregates 86 9 -05 Drainage Structures, Culverts, and Conduits 87 9 -14 Erosion Control 87 9 -15 Irrigation System 88 9 -29 Illumination, Signals, Electrical 89 STANDARD PLANS 90 Contract Form 95 Performance Bond Form 97 Informational Certificate of Insurance 99 Informational Additional Insured Endorsement 101 Minimum Wage Affidavit Form 103 3 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Prevailing Wage Rates 105 (State Wage Rates attached as Supplements) PROPOSAL Proposal Form 107 Item Proposal Bid Sheet 109 Bid Bond Form 113 Non - Collusion Declaration 115 Non - Discrimination Provision 117 Subcontractor List 119 Women and Minority Business Enterprise Policy 121 Council Resolution 123 Affirmative Action Plan 125 Bidders Certification 127 Materially and Responsiveness 129 Proposal Signature Sheet 131 Bidders Check List 133 PLANS & DETAILS Project Details Standard Details Traffic Control Plan Construction Plans 4 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Yakima, 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901 until 2:00 pm on July 1, 2008 and will then and there be opened and publicly read for the construction of CITY OF YAKIMA Yakima DFI - Phase 3; Pedestrian Sidewalk Improvements (1St, 2nd and •rd Streets and Naches Avenue) City Project No. 2216 Reconstruct existing sidewalk areas along the east side of 1 Street between Yakima Avenue and 'A' Street, both sides of 2" Street between Chestnut and 'A' Street, both sides of 3 Street between Yakima Avenue and 'A' Street and the west side of Naches Avenue between Yakima Avenue and 'A' Street. Project will include the following approximate quantities: removing 6,050 square yards of existing sidewalk and 1,135 linear feet of curb and gutter, installing 4,750 square yards of sidewalk, 800 square feet of brick pavers, 1,135 linear feet of cement concrete traffic curb and gutter, placing 38 ADA ramps, 56 pedestrian lights, 65 trees and 28 tree grates, a tree lighting system, irrigation system, 12 benches, 28 precast concrete planters and other related improvements all in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by the Chief Engineer of the City of Yakima. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Yakima. Plans and specifications may be obtained at the Office of the City Engineer located at 129 North 2nd Street upon payment of the amount of $35.00 for each set, non refundable. Informational copies of maps, plans, and specifications are on file for inspection in the Office of the City Engineer of Yakima in Yakima, Washington, and at Plan Centers in Yakima and Kennewick, Washington. The City of Yakima in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000 -4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in consideration for an award. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and proposals. DATED this 10 day of June, 2008 (SEAL) Deborah J. Moore CITY CLERK PUBLISH: June 12, 2008 June 19, 2008 5 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Standard Specifications Amendments to the 2006 Standard Specifications STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The 2008 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction published by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, by this reference, are made a part of these Contract Documents. Except as may be amended, modified, or supplemented hereinafter, each section of the Standard Specifications shall be considered as much a part of these Contract Documents as if they were actually set forth herein. INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2008 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. SECTION 1-03, AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT April 7, 2008 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids This section is supplemented with the following new sub - section. 1 03.1(1) Tied Bids After opening Bids, if two or more lowest responsive Bid totals are exactly equal, then the tie - breaker will be determined by drawing as described in this Section. Two or more slips of paper will be marked as follows: one marked 'Winner" and the other(s) marked "unsuccessful ". The slips will be folded to make the marking unseen. The slips will be placed inside a box. One authorized representative of each Bidder shall draw a slip from the box. Bidders shall draw in alphabetic order by the name of the firm as registered with the Washington State Department of Licensing. The slips shall be unfolded and the firm with the slip marked "Winner" will be determined to be the successful Bidder and eligible for Award of the Contract. Only those Bidders that submitted a Bid total that is exactly equal to the lowest responsive Bid are eligible to draw. SECTION 1 -04, SCOPE OF THE WORK April 7, 2008 1- 04.4(1) Minor Changes The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 7 Payments or credits for changes amounting to $15,000 or less may be made under the bid item "Minor Change." 1 - 04.5 Procedure and Protest by the Contractor In the second paragraph, number 2, the reference to 7 calendar days is revised to 14 calendar days. The second sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read: The determination will be provided within 14- calendar days after receipt of the Contractor's supplemental written statement (including any additional information requested by the Project Engineer to support a continuing protest) described in item 2 above. SECTION 1 -05, CONTROL OF WORK April 7, 2008 1 -05.1 Authority of the Engineer The fourth paragraph is revised to read: At the Contractor's risk, the Project Engineer may suspend all or part of the Work according to Section 1 -08.6. 1 - 05.12 Final Acceptance The second paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor agrees that neither completion nor final acceptance shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim or loss resulting from the failure of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, materialpersons, or any other person who provides labor, supplies, or provisions for carrying out the Work or for any payments required for unemployment compensation under Title 50 RCW or for industrial insurance and medical aid required under Title 51 RCW. SECTION 1 -07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC April 7, 2008 1- 07.2(2) State Sales Tax: Work on State -Owned or Private Land The following new paragraph is inserted in front of the first paragraph: State Department of Revenue Rule 170 and its related rules apply for this section. 1 07.9(1) General The following new paragraph is inserted to follow the sixth paragraph: The Contractor shall ensure that any firm (Supplier, Manufacturer, or Fabricator) that falls under the provisions of RCW 39.12 because of the definition "Contractor" in WAC 296- 127 -010, complies with all the requirements of RCW 39.12. 1- 07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall prepare a project- specific spill prevention, control, and countermeasures plan (SPCC Plan) that will be used for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall submit the plan to the Project Engineer no later than the date of the preconstruction conference. No on -site construction activities may commence until WSDOT accepts an SPCC Plan for the project. The term "hazardous materials ", as used in this Specification, is defined in Chapter 447 of the WSDOT Environmental Procedures Manual (M31 -11). Occupational safety and health requirements that may pertain to SPCC Plan implementation are contained in but not limited to WAC 296 -824 and WAC 296 -843. Implementation Requirements The SPCC Plan shall be updated by the Contractor throughout project construction so that the written plan reflects actual site conditions and practices. The Contractor shall update the SPCC Plan at least annually and maintain a copy of the updated SPCC Plan on the project site. All project employees shall be trained in spill prevention and containment, and shall know where the SPCC Plan and spill response kits are located and have immediate access to them. If hazardous materials are encountered or spilled during construction, the Contractor shall do everything possible to control and contain the material until appropriate measures can be taken. The Contractor shall supply and maintain spill response kits of appropriate size within close proximity to hazardous materials and equipment. The Contractor shall implement the spill prevention measures identified in the SPCC Plan before performing any of the following: 1. Placing materials or equipment in staging or storage areas. 2. Refueling, washing, or maintaining equipment. 3. Stockpiling contaminated materials. SPCC Plan Element Requirements The SPCC Plan shall set forth the following information in the following order: 1. Responsible Personnel Identify the name(s), title(s), and contact information for the personnel responsible for implementing and updating the plan, including all spill responders. 2. Spill Reporting List the names and telephone numbers of the federal, State, and local agencies the Contractor shall notify in the event of a spill. 3. Project and Site Information Describe the following items: A. The project Work. 9 B. The site location and boundaries. C. The drainage pathways from the site. D. Nearby waterways and sensitive areas and their distances from the site. 4. Potential Spill Sources Describe each of the following for all potentially hazardous materials • brought or generated on -site (including materials used for equipment operation, refueling, maintenance, or cleaning): A. Name of material and its intended use. B. Estimated maximum amount on -site at any one time. C. Location(s) (including any equipment used below the ordinary high water line) where the material will be staged, used, and stored and the distance(s) from nearby waterways and sensitive areas. D. Decontamination location and procedure for equipment that comes into contact with the material. E. Disposal procedures. 5. Pre - Existing Contamination Describe any pre- existing contamination and contaminant sources (such as buried pipes or tanks) in the project area that are described in the Contract documents. Identify equipment and work practices that will be used to prevent the release of contamination. 6. Spill Prevention and Response Training Describe how and when all personnel (including refueling contractors and Subcontractors) will be trained in spill prevention, containment and response in accordance with the Plan. Describe how and when all spill responders will be trained in accordance with WAC 296 -824. 7. Spill Prevention Describe the following items: A. Spill response kit contents and location(s). B. Security measures for potential spill sources. • C. Secondary containment practices and structures for hazardous materials. D. Methods used to prevent stormwater from contacting hazardous materials. E. Site inspection procedures and frequency. 10 F. Equipment and structure maintenance practices. G. Daily inspection and cleanup procedures that ensure all equipment used below the ordinary high water line is free of all external petroleum based products. H. Refueling procedures for equipment that cannot be moved from below the ordinary high water line. 8. Spill Response Outline the response procedures the Contractor will follow for each scenario listed below. Include a description of the actions the Contractor shall take and the specific, on -site, spill response equipment that shall be used to assess the spill, secure the area, contain and eliminate the spill source, and clean up and dispose of spilled and contaminated material. A. A spill of each type of hazardous material at each location identified in 4, above. B. Stormwater that has come into contact with hazardous materials. C. A release or spill of any pre- existing contamination and contaminant source described in 5, above. D. A release or spill of any unknown pre- existing contamination and contaminant sources (such as buried pipes or tanks) encountered during project Work. E. A spill occurring during Work with equipment used below the ordinary high water line. If the Contractor will use a Subcontractor for spill response, provide contact information for the Subcontractor under item 1 (above), identify when the Subcontractor will be used, and describe actions the Contractor shall take while waiting for the Subcontractor to respond. 9. Project Site Map Provide a map showing the following items: A. Site location and boundaries. B. Site access roads. C. Drainage pathways from the site. D. Nearby waterways and sensitive areas. E. Hazardous materials, equipment, and decontamination areas identified in 4, above. F. Pre - existing contamination or contaminant sources described in 5, above. 11 G. Spill prevention and response equipment described in 7 and 8, above. 10. Spill Report Forms Provide a copy of the spill report form(s) that the Contractor will use in the event of a release or spill. Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1 for the following Bid item when it is included in the Proposal: aiQDrSC° Plan", lump sum. vi vv t wii , Iu1iI When the written SPCC is accepted by WSDOT, the Contractor shall receive 50- percent of the lump sum Contract price for the plan. The remaining 50- percent of the lump sum price will be paid after the materials and equipment called for in the plan are mobilized to the project. The lump sum payment for "SPCC Plan" shall be full pay for: 1. All costs associated with creating the accepted SPCC Plan. 2. All costs associated with providing and maintaining the on -site spill prevention equipment described in the accepted SPCC Plan. 3. All costs associated with providing and maintaining the on -site standby spill response equipment and materials described in the accepted SPCC Plan. 4. All costs associated with implementing the spill prevention measures identified in the accepted SPCC Plan. 5. All costs associated with updating the SPCC Plan as required by this Specification. As to other costs associated with releases or spills, the Contractor may request payment as provided for in the Contract. No payment shall be made if the release or spill was caused by or resulted from the Contractor's operations, negligence, or omissions. 1 07.17(2) Utility Construction, Removal or Relocation by Others The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: If the Contract provides notice that utility work (including furnishing, adjusting, relocating, replacing, or constructing utilities) will be performed by others during the prosecution of the Work, the Special Provisions will establish the utility owners anticipated completion. The first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: 12 When others delay the Work through late performance of utility work, the Contractor shall adhere to the requirements of Section 1 -04.5. SECTION 1 -08, PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS April 7, 2008 1- 08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedule This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall submit five copies of a Type A Progress Schedule no later than 10 days after the date the contract is executed, or some other mutually agreed upon submittal time. The schedule may be a critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format. Regardless of which format used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15 calendar days of receiving the submittal. 1 - 08.5 Time for Completion The third sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: A nonworking day is defined as a Saturday, a Sunday, a whole or half day on which the Contract specifically prohibits Work on the critical path of the Contractor's approved progress schedule, or one of these holidays: January 1, the third Monday of January, the third Monday of February, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, . November 11, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day. 1 - 08.6 Suspension of Work The first paragraph is revised to read: The Engineer may order suspension of all or any part of the Work if: 1. Unsuitable weather that prevents satisfactory and timely performance of the Work; or 2. The Contractor does not comply with the Contract: or 3. It is in the public interest. 1 - 08.7 Maintenance During Suspension The first sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read: If the Engineer determines that the Contractor has pursued the Work diligently before the suspension, then the Contracting Agency will maintain the temporary Roadway (and bear its cost). The fifth paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall protect and maintain all other Work in areas not used by traffic. All costs associated with protecting and maintaining such Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, except those costs associated with implementing the TESC Plan according to Section 8 -01. 13 The seventh paragraph is revised to read: After any suspension, the Contractor shall resume all responsibilities the Contract assigns for the Work. SECTION 1 -09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT April 7, 2008 1 -09.9 Payments The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: For items Bid as lump sum, the Contractor shall submit a breakdown of their lump sum price in sufficient detail for the Project Engineer to determine the value of the Work performed on a monthly basis. Lump sum breakdowns shall be provided to the Project Engineer no later than the date of the preconstruction meeting. The second sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: Unless otherwise provided in the payment clause of the applicable Specifications, partial payment for lump sum Bid items will be a percentage of the price in the Proposal based on the Project Engineer's determination of the amount of Work performed, with consideration given to but not exclusively based on the Contractors lump sum breakdown. The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1 -05.1. 1 09.9(1) Retainage In the fourth paragraph, number 1, the reference to $20,000 is revised to read $35,000. SECTION 1 -10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL January 7, 2008 1- 10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) This section is revised to read: "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. The lump sum Contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Contract Work defined in Section 1 -10, except for costs compensated by Bid Proposal items inserted through Contract Provisions as • described in Section 1- 10.4(3). 14 SECTION 2 -01, CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP April 7, 2008 2- 01.3(1) Clearing Item 3 is deleted. The first sentence in Item 4. is revised to read: Follow these requirements for all stumps that will be buried deeper than 5 -feet from the top, side, or end surface of the embankment or any structure: 2 01.3(2) Grubbing Item 2. e, is revised to read: Upon which embankments will be placed except stumps may be close -cut or trimmed as allowed in Section 2- 01.3(1) item 4. SECTION 2 -02, REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS April 7, 2008 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters The first sentence in 3. is supplemented with the following: For removal of bituminous pavement, asphalt planing equipment may be used in lieu of sawcutting provided that a clean vertical edge remains. SECTION 2 -03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT January 7, 2008 2 -03.1 Description The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Work described in this section, regardless of the nature or type of the materials encountered, includes excavating and grading the Roadway, excavating in borrow pits, excavating below grade, excavating channels and ditches, removing slide material, and disposing of all excavated material. 2 03.3(3) Excavation Below Grade The section title is revised to read: 2 03.3(3) Excavation Below Subgrade The first sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read: Compaction. If the density of the natural earth under any area of the Roadway is less than that required in Section 2- 03.3(14)C, Method B, the Engineer may order the Contractor to perform any or all of the following: 2 03.3(14)M Excavation of Channels This section including title is revised to read: 15 2- 03.3(14)M Excavation of Channels and Ditches Channel Excavation: Open excavations 8 -feet or more wide at the bottom, but excludes channels that are part of the Roadway. Ditch Excavation: Open excavations less than 8 -feet wide at the bottom, but excludes ditches that are part of the Roadway. Before excavating channels or ditches, the Contractor shall clear and grub the area in accordance with Section 2 -01. 2 - 03.4 Measurement The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: Roadway excavation, channel excavation, ditch excavation, unsuitable foundation • excavation, and common borrow items will be measured by the cubic yard. The fourth sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: For Roadway excavation, channel excavation and ditch excavation items, the original ground will be compared with the planned finished section shown in the Plans. 2 - 03.5 Payment The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: "Channel Excavation ", per cubic yard. "Channel Excavation Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. "Ditch Excavation ", per cubic yard. "Ditch Excavation Incl. Haul ", per cubic yard. The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: The unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Roadway Excavation ", "Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul", "Roadway Excavation — Area ", "Roadway Excavation Incl. Haul — Area ", "Channel Excavation ", "Channel Excavation Incl. Haul", "Ditch Excavation" and "Ditch Excavation incl. Haul" shall be full compensation for all costs incurred for excavating, loading, placing, or otherwise disposing of the material. The second paragraph is supplemented with the following: When a bid item is not included in the proposal for channel excavation or ditch excavation all costs shall be included in roadway excavation. The third paragraph is revised to read: When the Engineer orders Work according to Section 2- 03.3(3), unit Contract prices shall apply, unless the Work differs materially from the excavation above Subgrade, then payment will be in accordance with Section 1 -04.4. 16 SECTION 5 -04, HOT MIX ASPHALT April 7, 2008 5- 04.3(12)B Longitudinal Joints The first two paragraphs are revised to read: The longitudinal joint in any 1 course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6- inches nor less than 2- inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. On one -lane ramps a longitudinal joint may be constructed at the center of the traffic lane, subject to approval by the Project Engineer, if: 1. The ramp must remain open to traffic, or 2. The ramp is closed to traffic and a hot -lap joint is constructed. a. If a hot -lap joint is allowed at the center of the traffic lane, 2 paving machines shall be used; a minimum compacted density in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(10)B shall be achieved throughout the traffic lane; and construction equipment other than rollers shall not operate on any uncompacted mix. The reference to Standard Plan A -1 in the third paragraph is revised to read "Standard Plan A40.10 -00." 5 04.3(21) Asphalt Binder Revision This section is revised to read: When the Contracting Agency provides a source of aggregate, the expected percentage content of asphalt binder in the resulting mix will be identified in the Contract documents. Should the percentage of asphalt binder shown in the job mix formula for Hot Mix Asphalt produced with Agency - provided aggregate vary by more than plus or minus 0.3- percent from the amount shown in the Contract documents, an adjustment in payment will be made. The adjustment in payment (plus or minus) will be based on the invoice unit cost, including shipping cost, without any markups. The quantity subject to an adjustment shall be the difference between the JMF asphalt binder percentage and the contract document asphalt binder percentage except that the first 0.3% of this difference shall not apply. No adjustment will be made when the Contractor elects not to use a Contracting Agency - provided source, or when no source is made available by the Contracting Agency. 17 SECTION 6 -02, CONCRETE STRUCTURES April 7, 2008 6- 02.3(17)N Removal of Falsework and Forms The fifth paragraph, beginning with "The Contractor may remove side forms, traffic barrier form, and pedestrian barrier forms" etc, is deleted. 6 02.3(17)0 Early Concrete Test Cylinder Breaks The third paragraph is revised to read: The cylinders shall be cured in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 23. 6- 02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings The title for this Section (on page 6 -71) is revised to read: 6- 02.3(20) Grout for Anchor Bolts and Bridge Bearings 6- 02.3(25)L Handling and Storage The fifth sentence in the third paragraph is deleted. SECTION 8 -01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL April 7, 2008 8- 01.3(1) General The ninth paragraph is revised to read: If the Engineer, under Section 1 -08.6, orders the Work suspended, the Contractor shall continue to control erosion, pollution, and runoff during the shutdown. 8 01.3(1)C Water Management Item 2. "Process Water" is supplemented with the following new first paragraph: High pH process water or wastewater (non - stormwater) that is generated on -site, including water generated during concrete grinding, rubblizing, washout, and hydrodemolition activities, shall not be discharged to waters of the state. Water may be infiltrated upon the approval of the Engineer. Off -site disposal of concrete process water shall be in accordance with Standard Specification 5- 01.3(11). 8 01.3(6)D Wattle Check Dam The reference to Section 8 01.3(10) is revised to Section 9 14.5(5). 8 01.3(12) Compost Sock The last paragraph is deleted. 8 01.3(13) Temporary Curb The first paragraph is revised to read: Temporary curbs may consist of asphalt, concrete, sand bags, compost socks, wattles, or geotextile /plastic encased berms of sand or gravel, or as approved by the Engineer. 18 SECTION 8 -20, ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL April 7, 2008 8- 20.3(4) Foundations The fifth paragraph is revised to read: Where soil conditions are poor, the Engineer may order the Contractor to extend the foundations shown in the Plans to provide additional depth. Such additional Work will be paid for according to Section 1 -04.4. SECTION 9 -14, EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING April 7, 2008 9- 14.4(8) Compost This section is revised to read: Compost products shall be the result of the biological degradation and transformation of plant- derived materials under controlled conditions designed to promote aerobic decomposition. Compost shall be stable with regard to oxygen consumption and carbon dioxide generation. Compost shall be mature with regard to its suitability for serving as a soil amendment or an erosion control BMP as defined below. The compost shall have a moisture content that has no visible free water or dust produced when handling the material. Compost production and quality shall comply with Chapter 173 -350 WAC. Compost products shall meet the following physical criteria: 1. Compost material shall be tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council Testing Methods for the Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC) 02.02 -B, "Sample Sieving for Aggregate Size Classification ". Fine Compost shall meet the following: Min. Max. Percent passing 2" 100% Percent passing 1" 95% 100% Percent passing 5/8" 90% 100% Percent passing '/" 75% 100% Maximum particle length of 6 inches Coarse Compost shall meet the following: Min. Max. Percent passing 3" 100% Percent passing 1" 90% 100% Percent passing 3 /4" 70% 100% Percent passing ' / 4" 40% 60% Maximum particle length of 6 inches 19 2. The pH shall be between 6.0 and 8.5 when tested in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 04.11 -A, "1:5 Slurry pH ". 3. Manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics, metal, etc.) shall be less than 1.0 percent by weight as determined by U.S. Composting Council TMECC 03.08 -A "Classification of Inerts by Sieve Size ". 4. Minimum organic matter shall be 40 percent by dry weight basis as determined by U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.07A "Loss -On- ignition Organic Matter Method (LOI) ". 5. Soluble salt contents shall be less than 4.0 mmhos /cm when tested in accordance with U.S. Composting r'....... 1 TMECC !l4 1 "Electrical El 4.....1 accordance with VV VVIII It�. VVIJI II.II I IVILI�Ii VY. IV LLlel,LI llrCll Conductivity ". 6. Maturity shall be greater than 80% in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.05 -A, "Germination and Root Elongation ". 7. Stability shall be 7 mg CO —C /g OM /day or below in accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.08 -B "Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate ". 8. The compost product must originate a minimum of 65 percent by volume from recycled plant waste as defined in WAC 173 -350 as "Type 1 Feedstocks." A maximum of 35 percent by volume of "Type 2 Feedstocks," source - separated food waste, and /or biosolids may be substituted for recycled plant waste. The manufacturer shall provide a list of feedstock sources by percentage in the final compost product. 9. The Engineer may also evaluate compost for maturity using U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.08 -E "Solvita® Maturity Index ". Fine Compost shall score a number 6 or above on the Solvita® Compost Maturity Test. Coarse Compost shall score a 5 or above on the Solvita® Compost Maturity Test. This section is supplemented with the following new sub - sections: 9 14.4(8)A Compost Approval The Contractor shall either select a compost manufacturer from the Qualified Products List, or submit the following information to the Engineer for approval: 1. A Request for Approval of Material Source. 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the manufacturer by the Jurisdictional Health Department as per WAC 173 -350 (Minimum Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling). 3. The manufacturer shall verify in writing, and provide lab analyses that the material complies with the processes, testing, and standards specified in WAC 173 -350 and these specifications. An independent Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) Program certified laboratory shall perform the analysis. 4. A copy of the manufacturer's Seal of Testing Assurance STA certification as issued by the U.S. Composting Council. 7n 9- 14.4(8)B Compost Acceptance Seven days prior to initial application of any compost the Contractor shall submit a compost sample, a STA test report dated within 90 calendar days, and the list of feedstocks by volume for each compost type to the Engineer for review. The Contractor shall use only compost that has been tested within 90 calendar days of application and meets the requirements in section 9- 14.4(8). Compost not conforming to the above requirements or taken from a source other than those tested and accepted shall be immediately removed from the project and replaced at no cost to the Contracting Agency. SECTION 9 -29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNAL, ELECTRICAL April 7, 2008 9 -29.6 Light and Signal Standards This section is supplemented with the following: Materials for steel light and signal standards, and associated anchorage and fastening hardware, shall conform to Sections 9- 29.6(1), 9- 29.6(2) and 9- 29.6(5) unless otherwise specified in one of the following documents: 1. The steel light and signal standard fabricator's pre- approved plan as approved by the Washington State Department of Transportation and as identified in the Special Provisions. 2. The steel light and signal standard fabricator's shop drawing submittal, including supporting design calculations, as submitted in accordance with Sections 6 -01.9 and 8- 20.2(1) and the Special Provisions, and as approved by the Engineer. 21 CONTRACT PROVISIONS Special Provisions Contract Form Performance Bond Form Informational Certificate of Insurance Informational Additional Insured Endorsement Minimum Wage Affidavit Form SPECIAL PROVISIONS The following Special Provisions are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2008 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, and the foregoing Amendments to the Standard Specifications. Several types of Special Provisions are included in this contract; General, Region, Bridges and Structures, and Project Specific. Special Provisions types are differentiated as follows: (date) General Special Provision ( * * * * * *) Notes a revision to a General Special Provision and also notes a Project Specific Special Provision. (Regions' date) Region Special Provision (BSP date) Bridges and Structures Special Provision General Special Provisions are similar to Standard Specifications in that they typically apply to many projects, usually in more than one Region. Usually, the only difference from one project to another is the inclusion of variable project data, inserted as a "fill -in ". Region Special Provisions are commonly applicable within the designated Region. Region designations are as follows: Regions' ER Eastern Region NCR North Central Region NWR Northwest Region OR Olympic Region SCR South Central Region SWR Southwest Region WSF Washington State Ferries Division Bridges and Structures Special Provisions are similar to Standard Specifications in that they typically apply to many projects, usually in more than one Region. Usually, the only difference from one project to another is the inclusion of variable project data, inserted as a "fill -in ". Project Specific Special Provisions normally appear only in the contract for which they were developed. 23 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION OF WORK (March 13, 1995) This contract provides for the improvement of ' 1st, 2 "d , and 3rd Street and Naches Avenue, from Chestnut to `A' Street, by removing existing curb, gutter, sidewalk and trees, installing new sidewalks, brick pavers, curb and gutters, pedestrian lighting, , trees, tree grates, tree lighting system, irrigation system, benches, planters and other work, all in acwi dal ice with the attached Contract Plans, these Contract Provisions, and the Standard Specifications. 1 -01.3 Definitions (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) This Section is supplemented with the following: All references in the Standard Specifications to the terms "State ", "Department of Transportation", "Washington State Transportation Commission", "Commission", "Secretary of Transportation", "Secretary ", "Headquarters", and "State Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency ". All references to "State Materials Laboratory" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency designated location ". The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency's headquarters are located. Additive A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the proposal, which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base bid. Alternate One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods or material of construction for performing the same work. Contract Documents See definition for "Contract ". Contract Time The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the contract within which the work must be physically completed. Dates Bid Opening Date The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the bids. 24 Award Date The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive bidder for the work. Contract Execution Date The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the agency to the contract. Notice to Proceed Date The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the contract time begins. Substantial Completion Date The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, and only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair remains for the physical completion of the total contract. Physical Completion Date The day all of the work is physically completed on the project. All documentation required by the contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be furnished by the Contractor by this date. Completion Date The day all the work specified in the contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation required by the contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor before establishment of this date. Final Acceptance Date The date on which the Contracting Agency accepts the work as complete. Notice of Award The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the Contracting Agency's acceptance of the bid. Notice to Proceed The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with the work and establishing the date on which the contract time begins. Traffic Both vehicular and non - vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1 -02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: 1 -02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Bidders shall be qualified by experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the work called for in the Contract Documents. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the bidder to perform the work satisfactorily. 25 1 -02.2 Plans and Specifications (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work. After award of the contract, plans and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced plans (11" x 17 ") 10 Furnished automatically and Contract Provisions upon award. Large plans (e.g., 22" x N/A Furnished only upon 34 ") and Contract request. Provisions Additional plans and Contract Provisions may be purchased by the Contractor by payment of the cost stated in the Invitation to Bid. 1 -02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work 1- 02.4(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: No pre -bid approval on any proposed substitute equipment shall be granted prior to the bid opening unless specified otherwise in these Specifications. 1 -02.5 Proposal Forms (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this section and replace it with the following: At the request of a bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a proposal form for any project on which the bidder is eligible to bid. The proposal form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda; the bidder's name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder's D /M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor's Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the proposal form. • The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The 26 bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the proposal forms unless otherwise specified. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. The bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D /M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any DAN/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Supplement the second paragraph with the following: 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 1 -02.7 Bid Deposit (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: Bid bonds shall contain the following: 1. Contracting Agency- assigned number for the project; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder's officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said signature; 6. The signature of the surety's officer empowered to sign the bond and the power of attorney. If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract Provisions. 27 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with the Project Name and Project Number as stated in the Advertisement for Bids clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, or as otherwise stated in the Bid Documents, to ensure proper handling and delivery. ( * * * * *) Public Opening Of Proposal Section 1 02.1 is supplemented with the following: Date Of Opening Bids Sealed bids are to be received at the following locations prior to the time specified: 1. At the City Clerk's Office, City of Yakima, 129 N. Second Street, Yakima, WA 98901 until 2:00 P.M. of the bid opening date. The bid opening date for this project is as listed in the Invitation to Bid. Bids received will be publicly opened and read after 2:00 P.M. on this date. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise item 1 to read: 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required; b, The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The completed proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate bids, or conditions; d. The bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the bid proposal; f. The proposal form is not properly executed; g. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1 -02.6; h Th bidd fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged, Minority or Women's Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in • Section 1 -02.6; or i. The bid proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the bid invitation. 28 1 -02.14 Disqualification of Bidders (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: A bidder may be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected if: 1. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a bidder under the same or different names; 2. Evidence of collusion exists with any other bidder or potential bidder. Participants in collusion will be restricted from submitting further bids; 3. The bidder, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, is not qualified for the work or to the full extent of the bid, or to the extent that the bid exceeds the authorized prequalification amount as may have been determined by a prequalification of the bidder; 4. An unsatisfactory performance record exists based on past or current Contracting Agency work or for work done for others, as fudged from the standpoint of conduct of the work; workmanship; progress; affirmative action; equal employment opportunity practices; or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise, Minority Business Enterprise, or Women's Business Enterprise utilization; 5. There is uncompleted work (Contracting Agency or otherwise) which might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the work bid upon; 6. The bidder failed to settle bills for labor or materials on past or current contracts; 7. The bidder has failed to complete a written public contract or has been convicted of a crime arising from a previous public contract; 8. The bidder is unable, financially or otherwise, to perform the work; 9. A bidder is not authorized to do business in the State of Washington (not registered in accordance with RCW 18.27); 10. There are any other reasons deemed proper by the Contracting Agency. 1 -02.15 Pre Award Information (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used, 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests, 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of and time required for the various phases of the work, 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item, 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer, 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or county where the work is located. 7. A copy of State of Washington Contractor's Registration, or 8. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 29 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.1 Consideration of Bids (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder's unit or lump sum price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes VYhere applicable and such additives al ld%or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the A warded Contract Price amount and the amount of the contract bond. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise this section to read: Copies of the Contract Provisions, including the unsigned Form of Contract, will be available for signature by the successful bidder on the first business day following award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor will be determined by the Contracting Agency. Within Fourteen (14) calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1 -03.4. Before execution of the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre -award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1- 02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency - furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of Six (6) additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. 30 1 -03.4 Contract Bond ( * * * ** APWA GSP) Revise the first paragraph to read: The successful bidder shall provide an executed contract bond for the full contract amount. This contract bond shall: 1. Be on a Contracting Agency- furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner, 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time; 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the contract, or b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, materialperson, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out the work; 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety's officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice - president, unless accompanied by written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice - president). Add the following: The Contractor shall guarantee the material provided and workmanship performed under the Contract for a period o one year from and after the final acceptance therof by the Contracting Agency. In addition to the requirements from the Contract Bond according to SECTION 1- 03.4 of the Standard Specifications, the Bond shall further indemnify and hold the Contracting Agency, its employees, agents and elected or appointed officials harmless from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the Contract within a period of one year after final acceptance by the Contracting Agency. The Contract Bond shall be in the form of the Contract Bond document bound in these Specifications. 31 1 -03.7 Judicial Review Delete the last sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of Yakima County, Washington. SCOPE OF THE WORK 1 -04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications, and Addenda ("October 1, 2005 A PINA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, • 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, including APWA General Special Provisions, if they are included, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to the Standard Specifications, 6. WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 7. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any), and 8. WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall do partial cleanup when he determines it is necessary or when, in the opinion of the Engineer, partial cleanup shall be done for public safety. The cleanup work shall be done immediately upon notification from the Engineer and other work shall not proceed until the partial cleanup is completed. CONTROL OF WORK 1 -05.1 Authority of the Engineer Add the following: Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda, the means and methods of construction shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the Engineer's right to reject means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will constitute or create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) will not produce finished work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise his right 32 to reject such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to accomplish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of such right to reject create a cause for action for damages. Conformity With And Deviations From Plans And Stakes Section 1 -05.4 is supplemented with the following: The Consultant will establish the line and grade of proposed construction by offset stakes and "blue top" hubs as defined below. The Contractor shall establish grades from the Consultant's stakes at suitable intervals in accordance with good practice and which meet with the approval of the Engineer. Where any information on the Plans is insufficient for establishing line and /or grade, the Contractor shall request additional information from the Consultant. Where new construction adjoins existing construction, the Contractor shall make such adjustments in grade as are directed by the Engineer. The Consultant will perform all surveying necessary to check compliance with the Specifications and as required for measuring the quantities of work as specified. The Contractor shall furnish assistance to the Engineer in checking depth and measuring quantities for payment purposes. Offset stakes will be provided by the Consultant one time only for back of curb alignment/top of curb grade at fifty (50) foot intervals, and at all curb returns and catch basins. The Consultant will provide slope staking one time only in areas of significant sloping, establish the centerline for minor structures, and establish bench marks at convenient locations for use by the Contractor. The Consultant will provide "blue top" hubs one time only at fifty (50) foot intervals at subgrade at curb and gutter. The Contractor shall request subgrade "blue top" hubs in accordance with staking request procedures herein specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing "blue top" hubs at fifty (50) foot intervals for each course of aggregate. All costs of staking performed by the Contractor shall be considered incidental to the various bid items of the project. Any charges incurred by the Consultant to replace stakes, markers, and monumentation which were not to be disturbed but were damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be calculated on an hourly basis at the Consultant's normal hourly billing rates in effect at that time for the individuals and equipment required to do the work, including travel time and overtime. The Contractor does hereby authorize the Contracting Agency to deduct such costs from the amounts due or to become due to him. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Consultant's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Consultant still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished the Consultant. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer and Consultant. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 33 1- 05.4(3) Construction Staking Requests (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications:: All staking requests shall be made on the "Construction Staking Request Form" found on the following page. The form shall be delivered or faxed to the Consultant's office at least three (3) working days prior to the date requested for staking. The Contractor shall provide a brief description of the staking needed the approximate location (station to station), and when the staking will be required. The request shall be reviewed with the Consultant and both parties shall sign the form. When the staking is completed, the survey party chief will initial and date the form. Requests for re- stakes shall be marked boldly in the description and initialed by both the Contractor and the Consultant. n4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING REQUEST FORM Project: CITY OF YAKIMA City Project No. 2216 PEDESTRIAN STREETSIDE IMPROVEMENTS Contractor: Date of Request: Time of Request The Contractor shall provide at least three (3) working days notice as required by the Contract Special Provisions. WHEN REQUIRED ITEM DESCRIPTION STATION TO STATION DATE TIME 1. 2. 3. 4. SIGNATURES STAKING COMPLETED Item By Date/Time 1. Murray Groenig Surveying 2. 3. 4. Contractor 35 1 -05.5 SURVEY MONUMENTS (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contracting Agency will, at its own cost, reference all known existing monuments or markers relating to subdivisions, plats, roads, street centerline intersections, etc. The Contractor shall take special care to protect these monuments or markers and also the reference points. In the event the Contractor is negligent in preserving such monuments and markers, the points will be reset by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 1 -05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work (VI-AU /VI I , 7/ll1C A - VVP /'+O(71 (v�wuci i cvv.� rur vvey Supplement this section with the following: If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer • determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor's unauthorized work. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency's rights provided by this Section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency's right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor's failure to perform the work as required. 1- 05.10(1) General Guaranty and Warranty (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: If, within one year after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and unauthorized work is discovered, the 1F Contractor shall promptly, upon written request by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, either correct such work or, if such work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the Project Site and replace it with non - defective and authorized work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written request to correct defective and unauthorized work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and unauthorized work corrected or rejected, removed, and replaced pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 1 -05.7 of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees the above one -year limitation shall not exclude nor diminish the Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 9.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing or liability, expressed or implied, arising out of a written agreement. 1 -05.11 Final Inspection Delete this section and replace it with the following: 1 -05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) 1- 05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Contractor's request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefor. Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work. The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection. 37 1- 05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection, the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1 -05.7. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer's right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have been fulfilled. 1- 05.11(3) Operational Testing It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar work it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer's guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract. 38 1 -05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the seventh paragraph to read: Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor's qualifications pursuant to Section 1 -02.1, it will take these performance reports into account. (March 13, 1995) Cooperation With Other Contractors Section 1 - 05.14 is supplemented with the following: Other Contracts Or Other Work It is anticipated that the following work adjacent to or within the limits of this project will be performed by others during the course of this project and will require coordination of the work: 1. City of Yakima Traffic Department. Contractor will need to coordinated with the City of Yakima Traffic Department when his work will involve removing, relocating or replacing existing street lights, existing or new electrical conduit runs and the irrigation system. Contact : Richard Dwyer (509) 575 -6005 2. City of Yakima Water Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Water Dept. when his work will involve new water services, adjustment of existing water services, water from City fire hydrants. Contact: James Dean (509- 575 -6196) 3. City of Yakima Parks Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Parks Dept. when his work will involve removing, relocating and capping existing irrigation facilities. Contact: Randy Murphy (509- 575 -6005) Add the following new section: 1 -05.16 Water and Power (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and water as a pay item. 39 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1 -06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use This section is supplemented with the following: All lighting materials and sign posts to be supplied by the City of Yakima as specified elsewhere in these special provisions will be made available to the Contractor at no cost. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the City for access to their storage yard at the corner of South 3rd Avenue and Pine Streets which is approximately 0.5 miles from the west end of the project limits. Loading and hauling equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 1 -06.2 Acceptance of Materials 1- 06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and paying for all material testing required for this project. All testing services shall be performed by an independent, certified testing firm and /or laboratory meeting the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit information relating to the qualifications of the proposed testing firm to the Engineer for review and approval prior to the preconstruction conference. The testing frequencies listed below may be modified to assure compliance with specifications. In each case, the Engineer may require additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required densities and results. Moisture density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be submitted to the Engineer as construction progresses for Trench Backfilling, Embankment Compaction, Subgrade Preparation, and Ballast and Crushed Surfacing. The sampling frequency is as follows: Trench Backfilling Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency and at depths sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for each 100 linear feet of main pipeline trench and one (1) test for each street crossing. At alternating 100 -foot locations along the main trench line, tests shall be taken at 1 -foot, 2 -foot and 3 -foot depths below finish grade. Compaction shall conform to Section 7- 08.3(3) or 7- 10.3(11) as applicable to the pipeline being constructed. At a minimum, compaction within the roadway area shall be to at least 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Embankment Construction Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5000 square feet of surface area for each lift of roadway embankment. 40 Roadway embankment compaction shall be as specified in Section 2- 03.3(14). Subgrade Preparation Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of roadway subgrade. Subgrade compaction shall be as specified in Section 2- 06.3(2). Ballast and Crushed Surfacing Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of ballast or crushed surfacing. Compaction of ballast and crushed surfacing shall be as specified in Section 4- 04.3(5). Asphalt Concrete Pavement Copies of the maximum Rice density test for each class of asphalt concrete pavement and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Density tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5000 square feet of surface area for each lift of asphalt concrete pavement. Compaction of asphalt concrete pavement shall be as specified in Section 5- 04.3(10) B of these Special Provisions. Cement Concrete Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk One test shall be taken for every 500 cubic yards of concrete placed for curb, gutter or sidewalk. The concrete shall be tested for temperature, air content, slump and compressive strength. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 - 07.1 Laws to be Observed (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this section with the following: In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). 41 The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital, or doctor's care, persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor's plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply contini Ina slv and not be limited to normal w orkin g hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor's performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the project site. State Taxes Section 1 -0 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995) The work on this contract is to be performed upon lands whose ownership obligates the Contractor to pay Sales tax. The provisions of Section 1- 07.2(1) apply. Environmental Regulations 1- 07.5(1) General This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall be liable for the payment of all fines and penalties resulting from failure to comply with the federal, state and local pollution control regulations. 1- 07.5(4) Air Quality This section is supplemented with the following: The local air pollution authority is the Yakima Regional Clean Air Authority, (509) 574 -1410. Permits And Licenses - Section 1 -07.6 is supplemented with the following: No hydraulic permits are required for this project unless the Contractor's operations use, divert, obstruct, or change the natural flow or bed of any river or stream, or utilize any of the waters of the State or materials from gravel or sand bars, or from stream beds. The Contractor shall have or obtain a valid City of Yakima Business License for the duration of this project. A n 't4 Contractor's Responsibility for Work 1- 07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic Replace with the following: When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize the street and associated facilities during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for damages to permanent work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and temporary facilities to accommodate both vehicular and pedestrian traffic during construction. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Replace the second paragraph with the following: The Contractor shall perform all temporary water pollution /erosion control measures shown in the Plans, specified in the Special Provisions or WSDOT Storm Drainage manual, proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, or ordered by the Engineer as work proceeds. Payment for all work necessary to comply with Section 1 -07.15 shall be included in other various bid items, and no separate payment shall be made. 1 -07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property This section is supplemented with the following: Stockpiling in City of Yakima right -of -way or on existing or new improvements shall not occur unless approved by the Engineer. All temporary stockpile sites shall be restored to their original condition or better. The Contractor shall contact all property owners and tenants in the vicinity of this project, via newsletter /mailing, a minimum of one (1) week prior to start of construction. The newsletter /mailing shall advise the owners and tenants of the construction schedule and indicate the Contractor's name, contact person, and telephone numbers. (February 5, 2001) Utilities And Similar Facilities Section 1 -07.17 is supplemented with the following: Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. Public and private utilities, or their contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. 43 The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Qwest 8 W 2nd Ave, Room 304 Yakima, Washington 98902 509 - 575 -7183 Charter Cable 1005 N 16th Avenue Yakima, Washington 98902 509 - 575 -1697 City of Yakima Water Division 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. Yakima, Washington 98902 509 - 575 -6154 City of Yakima Wastewater Division 2220 E. Viola, Yakima, Washington 98901 509 - 575 -6077 • Cascade Natural Gas Corporation 401 N 1st Street, Yakima, Washington 98901 509 -457 -5905 Pacific Power PO Box 1729 Yakima, Washington 98907 509 - 575 -3146 Level 3 Communications Dale Smith 253 - 209 -3236 The Contractor shall notify the Upper Yakima Valley Utilities Coordinating Council -Area 5, telephone number 1 -800 -553 -4344, at least 72 hours prior to start of excavation so that underground utilities may be marked. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to investigate the presence and location of all utilities prior to bid opening and assess their impacts on his rnn irtinn artivitiee Utilities, new or old, may be renewed, relocated, or adjusted for the proposed construction. The Contractor shall, prior to beginning any work, meet with all utility organizations (public and private) in the field to familiarize himself with plans and schedules of the installations on new, relocated, or adjusted utilities. Both public and private utility organizations may be doing utility installations within the area. The proposed construction work must be coordinated with these utility installations. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other contractors who may be working in the project area and cooperate with them. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance ( * * * ** APWA GSP) 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force during the term of the contract and until 30 days after the physical completion date, unless otherwise indicated below, the following insurance with insurance companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to Title 48 RCW. The insurance provided must be with an insurance company with a rating of A -: Vii or higher in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide, which is licensed to do business in the state of Washington (or issued as a surplus line by a Washington Surplus lines broker). The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve the security of the insurance provided, the company, terms and coverage, and the Certificate of Insurance. If any policy is written on a claims made form, the retroactive date shall be prior to or coincident with the effective date of this contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made, and state the retroactive date. Claims made form 44 coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor for a minimum of three years following the expiration or earlier termination of this contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended reporting period ( "tail ") or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services performed. The policies of insurance shall contain a "cross liability" endorsement substantially as follows: The inclusion of more than one insured under this policy shall not affect the rights of any insured as respects any claim, suit, or judgment made or brought by or for any other insured or by or for any employee of any other insured. This policy shall protect each insured in the same manner as though a separate policy had been issued to each, except that nothing herein shall operate to increase the company's liability beyond the amount or amounts for which the company would have been liable had only one insured been named. The policies of insurance for general, automobile, and pollution policies shall be specifically endorsed to name the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents and volunteers, and any other entity specifically required by the Contract Provisions, as additional insured(s). In addition, Contractor's insurance shall be primary as respects the Contracting Agency, and any other insurance maintained by the Contracting Agency shall be excess and not contributing insurance with the Contractor's insurance. The Contracting Agency shall be given at least 45 days prior written notice of any cancellation, reduction in coverage, or other material change in any insurance policy. Insurance shall provide coverage to the Contractor, all subcontractors, and the Contracting Agency. The coverage shall protect against claims for personal injuries, including accidental death, as well as claims for property damages which may arise from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. Contractor hereby assumes all risk of damage to its property, or injury to its officers, directors, agents, contractors, or invitees, in or about the Property from any cause, and hereby waives all claims against the Contracting Agency. The Contractor further waives, with respect to the Contracting Agency only, its immunity under RCW Title 51, Industrial Insurance. The Contractor shall forward to the Contracting Agency the original policy, or endorsement obtained, to a Contractor's policy currently in force. Including specifically, the additional insured endorsement as requested in the Evidence of Insurance Section. The Contractor shall not begin work under the contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, 45 immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit contract prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1- 07,18(2) Coverages and Limits The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Providing coverage in these stated minimum limits shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. All deductibles must be disclosed and are subject to approval by the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible shall he the responsibility of the Contractor. 1. A policy of Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an insurance industry standard occurrence form: (CG 00 01) or equivalent, including all the usual coverage known as: Per project aggregate endorsement (CG2503) Premises /Operations Liability Products /Completed Operations — for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. Personal /Advertising Injury Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Liability Stop Gap or Employers Contingent Liability Explosion, Collapse, or Underground (XCU), (as applicable)* Liquor Liability /Host Liquor Liability (as applicable)* Fire Damage Legal Blasting (as applicable)* * These coverage are only required when the Contractor's work under this agreement includes exposures to which these specified coverage respond. If the contract requires working over water, the following additional coverages are required, if so stated in the Contract Provisions: a. Watercraft, owned and non -owned b. U.S. Harborworkers' /Longshoremen and Jones Act If any structures are involved in the contract, the Contractor shall provide property insurance under an "All Risk Builder's Risk" form in an amount equal to the value of the structure. The structure shall have All Risk Builders Risk Insurance inclusive of earthquake and flood subject to customary industry deductibles. Other additional coverages that may be required will be listed in the Contract Provisions. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limits: Bodily Injury and Property Damage $1,000,000 General Aggregate 46 $1,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 50,000 Fire Damage Stop Gap Employers Liability $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Disease - Policy Limit $1,000,000 Disease - Each Employee 2. Commercial Automobile Liability: as specified by Insurance Services Office, form number CA 0001, Symbol 1 (any auto), with an MCS 90 endorsement and a CA 9948 endorsement attached if "pollutants" as defined in exclusion 11 of the commercial auto policy are to be transported. Such policy(ies) must provide the following minimum limit: Bodily Injury and Property Damage $1,000,000 combined single limit 3. Excess or Umbrella Liability $1 millionper occurrence and aggregate 4. A Pollution Liability policy, required if so stated in the Contract Provisions, providing coverage for claims involving remediation, disposal, or other handling of pollutants arising out of: (1) Contractor's operations related to this project; (2) transportation of hazardous materials to or from any site related to this project, including, but not limited to, the project site and any other site, including those owned by the Contractor or for which the Contractor is responsible; and (3) remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead -based paint or materials containing asbestos. Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum coverage for Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 per occurrence 5. Professional Liability: Required if design services are a part of the work, to cover damages resulting from professional errors and omissions. Such policy must provide the following minimum coverage: $1,000,000 per claim and annual aggregate. 6. A policy of Worker's Compensation, as required by the Industrial Insurance Laws of the State of Washington. As respects Workers' Compensation insurance in the state of Washington, Contractor shall secure its liability for industrial injury to its employees in accordance with the provisions of RCW Title 51. If Contractor is qualified as a self- insurer in accordance with RCW 51.14, Contractor shall so certify by letter signed by a corporate officer indicating that it is a qualified self insured, and setting forth the limits of any policy of excess insurance covering its employees. 1- 07.18(3) Subcontractors Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate evidence of insurance as stated above for each subcontractor. All 47 coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all the requirements stated herein and applicable to their profession. 1- 07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance When the Contractor delivers the executed contract for the work to the Contracting Agency it shall be accompanied by a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth above. The certificate must conform to the following requirements: 1. n r ACORD ,.a:r:,...a.. Form n w the policy . An ACORD ce1 i icate Form 25-S, showing Ie insuring company, policy effective dates, limits of liability and the Schedule of Forms and Endorsements. 2. A copy of the endorsement naming Contracting Agency and any other entities required by the Contract Provisions as Additional insured(s), and stating that coverage is primary and noncontributory, showing the policy number, and signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company on Form C'G2nI n (ISO) or equivalent. !. The certificate(s) _ shall not contai the f or s i m il ar wording r cancellation notification to the Contracting Agency: "Failure t mai such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company." 4. The City of Yakima, its agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials shall be named as additional insureds for Yakima DFl, Phase 2 Pedestrian Streetside lmprovemetns on A CORD certificate of Insurance and any endorsements attached. 1- 07.18(5) Self- Insurance Should Contractor be self- insured for any liability coverage, a letter from the Corporate Risk Manager, or appropriate Finance Officer, is acceptable — stipulating if actuarially funded and fund limits; plus any excess declaration pages to meet the contract requirements. Further, this letter shall advise how Contractor would protect and defend the Contracting Agency as an Additional Insured in their Self- Insured layer, and include claims - handling directions in the event of a claim. 1 -07.23 Public Convenience and Safety This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add the following to the third paragraph: 5. The Contractor shall maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to businesses at all times that businesses are open unless the Contractor provides the Engineer with written agreement from the business owner for alternate accesses, hours of work or other agreements. Add the following to the sixth paragraph: 7. Open trenches and excavations shall be protected with proper barricades and at night they shall be distinctively indicated by adequately placed lights. To minimize the disruption to access to adjacent properties, and to Yakima Transit operations, any lane closure area shall be limited to that area of active work and necessary for appropriate lane closure tapers. The Contractor shall stage work to maintain access to and egress from all properties at all times. Contractor may consider 48 work immediately in front of business access to be done during non - business hours or schedule an agreeable time with each business owner. A safe pedestrian access shall be provided at all times through or around the current work areas. All lane closures shall be coordinated with the adjacent businesses, other contractors working within the project vicinity, local transit agencies and the City of Yakima. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, parking is a hazard to through traffic or to the construction work, parking may be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for restricting parking shall be approved by the City and placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain all such signs. The replacement of signs restricting parking shall be as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify all property owners and tenants of detours, street and alley closures, or other restrictions that may interfere with their access. Notification shall be at least twenty -four (24) hours in advance for residential property, and at least forty -eight (48) hours in advance for commercial property. Emergency traffic, such as police, fire, and disaster units, shall be provided access at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall coordinate his activities with all disposal firms and transit bus service that may be operating in the project area. It is the intent of the Contract to effectively prevent the deposition of debris on streets in areas of public traffic or where such debris may be transported into a drainage system. When construction operations are such that debris from the work is deposited on the roadway surfaces, the Contractor will remove all such debris before the end of the work day. Should daily removal be insufficient to keep the streets clean, the Contractor shall perform removal operations on a more frequent basis. If the Engineer determines that a more frequent cleaning is impractical or if the Contractor fails to keep the streets free from deposits and debris resulting from the work, the Contractor shall, upon order of the Engineer, provide facilities for and remove all deposits from the tires or between wheels before trucks or other equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to clean the streets in question, or the trucks or equipment in question, the Engineer may order the work suspended at the Contractor's risk until compliance with Contractor's obligations is assured, or the Engineer may order the streets in question cleaned by others and such costs incurred by the City in achieving compliance with these contract requirements, including cleaning of the streets, shall be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor next monthly estimate. The Contractor shall have not claim for delay or additional costs should the Engineer choose to suspend the Contractor's work until compliance is achieved. 1 -07.28 Safety Standards (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal health and safety codes, standards, regulations, and /or accepted industry standards. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that his work force and the public are adequately protected against any hazards. The Contracting Agency shall have the authority at all times to issue a stop work order at no penalty to the Contracting Agency if, in its opinion, working conditions present an undue hazard to the public, property, or the work force. Such authority 49 shall not, however, relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the maintenance of safe working conditions or assess any responsibility to the Contracting Agency or Engineer for the identification of any or all unsafe conditions. 1 -07.29 Notifying Property Owners (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: When construction activities will affect ingress and egress to a property along the project alignment, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the • occupant/occupants of the property 24 hours prior to the construction activity beginning. If personal contact with the occupant is not possible, the Contractor .. Il II leave otifi a L: JIIQII ICa Ve written notification. llVll. 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Add the following new section: 1 -08.0 Preliminary Matters (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Add the following new section: 1- 08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Prior to the Contractor beginning the work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be: 1. To review the initial progress schedule; 2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or affected by the work; 3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals, submittals, etc.; 4. To establish normal working hours for the work; 5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and 6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting the following: 1. A breakdown of all lump sum items; • 2. A preliminary schedule of working drawing submittals; and 3. A list of material sources for approval if applicable. 50 1 -08.1 Subcontracting This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall use the Subcontractors List and Subcontractor Certification Form included within these contract documents to comply with the specifications of this section. 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule The first and second paragraphs of Section 1 -08.3 are replaced with the following: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a Construction Progress and Completion Schedule using the Bar Graph or Critical Path Method. Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The schedule shall conform to the working modification by the Engineer. The schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order, which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. The Contractor's schedule shall allow for the following requirements: • The Contractor shall schedule his work to minimize the disruption and access impacts to the adjoining property and business owners. • The Contractor shall begin his work on 2 " Street. • The amount of disturbed area shall be limited to one street at a time. Tree removal shall be limited to one street at a time, and shall not occur until immediately prior to the demo of that street. • The Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflict with the Sunfair Parade scheduled for September 27, 2008. Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The Schedule shall detail each city block front's work individually from beginning to end. The Schedule shall conform to the working time and time of completion established under the terms of the Contract and shall be subject to modification by the Engineer. The Schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible) of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered in the planning and scheduling of work influenced by high or low ambient temperature or precipitation to ensure 51 the completion of the work within the Contract Time. No time extensions will be granted for the Contractor's failure to take into account such weather conditions for the location of the work and for the period of time in which the work is to be accomplished. This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a weekly activity schedule to the Construction Engineer before 9:00 a.m. on the Friday prior to the week indicated on the schedule. If the Contractor proceeds with work not indicated on this weekly activity schedule, or in a sequence differing form the which he has shown on this schedule, the C...,..7...,...- .d... th.. Contractor to delay heduI...a activities until £L_... Engineer IccI i i lay order I the vvntl dt.LUI to UCldy U IIJI.I IGUUICU dL.iuvllJCJ iii nu they are included on a subsequent weekly activity schedule. Prosecution Of Work Revise this section to read: 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work ( * * * * *) Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. Time For Completion (March 13, 1995) Section 1 -08.5 is supplemented with the following: This project shall be physically completed within * ** 75 * ** working days. (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the fourth and fifth paragraphs to read: Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date. The Contract Provisions may specify another starting date for contract time, in which case, time will begin on the starting date specified. Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, beginning on the day after the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Provisions, until the contract work is physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and (3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show 52 the nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. Within 10 calendar days after the date of each statement, the Contractor shall file a written protest of any alleged discrepancies in it. To be considered by the Engineer, the protest shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of time disputed. By not filing such detailed protest in that period, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct. If the Contractor elects to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4 -10 schedule) and the fifth day of the week in which a 4 -10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. Revise the seventh paragraph to read: The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract after all the Contractor's obligations under the contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (Federal -aid Projects) b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Annual Report of Amounts Paid as MBE/WBE Participants or Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. FHWA 47 (Federal -aid Projects) e. Final Contract Voucher Certification f. Property owner releases per Section 1 -07.24 1 -08.7 Maintenance During Suspension (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Revise the second paragraph to read: At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1 -07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1 -09.6 Force Account (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Supplement this Section with the following: Owner has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such 53 dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, Owner does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work actually authorized by Engineer. 1 -09.9 Payments (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following: Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the piCl,VIItIU., IVIII IIICeIII The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payment. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the Final Payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable units of work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — the estimated percentage complete multiplied by the Bid Forms amount for each Lump Sum Item, or per the schedule of values for that item. 3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1- 09.9(1); 2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed. Payments will be made by warrants, issued by the Contracting Agency's fiscal officer, against the appropriate fund source for the project. Payments received on account of work performed by a subcontractor are subject to the provisions of RCW 39.04.250. �a ' 1- 09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less (October 1, 2005 APWA GSP) Delete this Section and replace it with the following: The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1 -09.11 and not resolved by nonbinding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1- 10.1(2) Description (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the third paragraph to read: The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. Traffic Control Management General (August 2, 2004) Section 1- 10.2(1) is supplemented with the following: The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be certified by one of the following: The Northwest Laborers - Employers Training Trust 27055 Ohio Ave. Kingston, WA 98346 (360) 297 -3035 Evergreen Safety Council 401 Pontius Ave. N. Seattle, WA 98109 1- 800 - 521 -0778 or (206) 382 -4090 Measurement (August 2, 2004) Section 1- 10.4(1) is supplemented with the following: The proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control," lump sum. The provisions of Section 1- 10.4(1) shall apply. 55 1- 10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project Temporary Traffic Control(No Unit Items) (January 23, 2006 APWA GSP) Revise the pay item name to read: "Project Temporary Traffic Control, min. Bid $ 30,000, lump sum. DIVISION 2 EARTHWORK CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP Description (March i 13, 1 995) Clearing and grubbing on this project shall be performed within the following limits: Between the existing right of way lines as detailed in the plans at the following locations: • The east side of 1 Street from Yakima Avenue to 'A' Street. • Both sides of 2 Street from Chestnut to 'A' Street. • Both sides of 3rd Street from Yakima Avenue to 'A' Street. • The west side and median of Naches Avenue from Yakima Avenue to 'A' Street. The Contractor shall temporarily remove and later replace to its original condition or relocate nearby as directed, all mail boxes, small trees, shrubs, street signs, culverts, irrigation facilities, or other similar obstructions which lie in or near the line of work and are not intended for removal. Should any damage be incurred, the cost of replacement or repair shall be borne by the Contractor. 2 -01.2 Disposal of Useable Material and Debris Revise the third paragraph as follows: Change the word "three" to "two." 2- 01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 — Open Burning This section is deleted. REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Description Section 2 -02.1 is supplemented with the following: This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of various existing improvements, including but not limited to: 56 • 1135 linear feet of Curb and Gutter • 350 square yards of Asphalt Pavement and underlying materials • Other items necessary for the completion of the work. Construction Requirements Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks and Curbs Section 2- 02.3(3) is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall note that the condition of existing known and unknown private utility service line under the existing sidewalk surfaces may be questionable and therefore the Contractor should use caution in determining his methods of demolition and removal. In those areas where asphalt pavement removal is required, the Contractor shall, prior to excavation, saw cut the edge of the asphalt pavement with an approved pavement cutter. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall take precautions to preserve the integrity of this neat, clean pavement edge. Should the pavement edge be damaged prior to asphalt paving activities, the Contractor shall be required to trim the edge with an approved pavement cutter as directed by the Engineer immediately prior to paving. Measurement Section 2 -02.4 is supplemented with the following: Saw Cut, Per Inch Depth will be measured by the linear foot per inch of depth. Payment Section 2 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Saw Cut, Per Inch Depth ", per linear foot. ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Description Section 2 -03.1 is supplemented with the following: Sidewalk excavation shall consist of removing the existing material of whatever nature encountered to the subgrade elevation and shaping the subgrade to conform to the cross - section shown on the Plans or as staked in the field. Construction Requirements 2- 03.3(3) Excavation Below Grade This section is supplemented with the following: At the direction of the Engineer, areas within the sidewalk subgrade which exhibit instability due to high moisture content shall be: 1. Aerated and allowed to dry, 2. Overexcavated and backfilled with suitable project excavation, 57 3. Or a combination of any of the above. No separate compensation will be made for any equipment, tools, materials, or labor required to perform this work. 2- 03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Materials 2- 03.3(7)A General Add the following: J i_�:_1 L.11 1.. hauled A 1_ L.. L__._ Excavated material shall be hauled to a waste site. A Waste site has riot been provided by the Contracting Agency for disposal of unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, or any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the requests of the Contracting Agency for placement and compaction of excess excavated material back of new curb, as directed by the Engineer. Suitable materials from the excavations shall be used in the embankments. Unsuitable material or soft spots shall be removed from the roadway and replaced • with suitable material and compacted as for embankments. Topsoil shall be saved to use for backfill adjacent to the new improvements. If additional topsoil is required, it shall be provided in accordance with SECTION 8 -01 of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. Embankment Construction 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments Compacting embankments and excavations shall be by Method "B" as specified under SECTION 2- 03.3(14)C of the Standard Specifications. 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests Section 2- 03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Compaction shall be 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when ready for in- place subgrade density tests. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of courses of aggregate shall not proceed until density requirements are met. RR 2 -03.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: No specific method of measurement will be made for sidewalk or roadway excavation. Unsuitable excavation incl. haul will be measured by the cubic yard for all material deemed unsuitable that is removed and hauled off the project. 2 -03.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: No separate payment shall be made for sidewalk and roadway excavation and all costs will be incidental to other bid items and shall include all labor, equipment, tools, and materials necessary to complete the work involved with excavating, hauling, compacting or disposing of excess excavations as specified. "Unsuitable Excavation Incl. Haul", per cubic yard. The cubic yard cost for "Unsuitable Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full pay to remove any material deemed unsuitable that is removed and hauled off the project. 2 -07 WATERING 2 -07.1 Description Add the following: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for dust control on this project and shall protect motoring public, adjacent homes and businesses, orchards, crops, and school yards from damage due to dust, by whatever means necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims for damages and shall protect the Contracting Agency, Yakima County, and the Consultant from any and all such claims. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide water for dust control within two hours of such order and have equipment and manpower available at all times including weekends and holidays to respond to orders for dust control measures. 2 -07.3 Construction Requirements Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall secure permission from and comply with all requirements of the water utility before obtaining water from fire hydrants. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer as soon as such permission is granted. The Contractor shall use hydrant wrenches only to open hydrants. While using hydrants, the contractor shall make certain that the hydrant valve is fully open in order to prevent damage to the hydrant valve. A metered hydrant connection 59 furnished by the water utility shall be used as an auxiliary valve on the outlet line for control purposes. Fire hydrant valves shall be closed slowly to avoid a surge in the system causing undue pressure on the water lines. The Contractor shall carefully note the importance of following these directions. If a hydrant is damaged due to the Contractor or an employee of the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately notify the water utility so that the damage can be repaired as quickly as possible. Upon completing the use of the hydrants, the Contractor shall notify the water utility so that the hydrants may be inspected for possible damage. Any damage resulting from the use of the hydrants by the Contractor will be repaired by the water utility, and the cost thereof shall be withheld, if necessary, from the final payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and tools, except the metered hydrant connection, that may be necessary to meet the requirements of the water distribution agency pertaining to hydrant us. Violation of these requirements will result in fines and will lay the Contractor liable for damage suits because of malfunctioning of damaged fire hydrants, in the event of fire. 2 -07.4 Measurement This section is revised to read: Water will be measured with the metered hydrant connection. 2 -07.5 Payment This section is revised to read as follows: Water will be furnished by the water utility without charge, but the Contractor shall convey the water from the nearest convenient hydrant or other source at his expense. 2 -13 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK REMOVAL (NEW SECTION) 2 -13.1 Description The work described in this section includes the removal and disposal of cement concrete sidewalk pavement surfaces identified on the Plans or as marked by the Engineer. This includes all non - reinforced cement concrete sidewalk pavements or slabs having an average thickness of six inches or less. 2 -13.3 Construction Requirements - All final meetlines shall be sawcut if an existing clean construction joint does not exist. The removal of existing street and sidewalk improvements shall be conducted in such a manner as not to damage utilities, buildings, buildings footings or any portion of the improvement that is to remain in place. Any deviation in this matter 60 will obligate the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, to repair, replace, or otherwise make proper restoration to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In the event a pavement averages more than the maximum thickness of six (6) inches, an additional payment will be made to cover the extra thickness removed by a proportional conversion into additional square yards. 2 -13.4 Measurement Sidewalk pavement removal will be measured per square yard as determined by the original topographic survey information. Saw cutting meetlines shall be measured by the linear foot. 2 -13.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item included in the proposal: "Remove Existing Cement Conc. Sidewalk ", per square yard. "Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meetline" per linear foot DIVISION 4 BASES BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING Shaping and Compaction Section 4- 04.3(5) is supplemented with the following: Each course of crushed materials shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall provide crushed surfacing top course density tests through an independent test laboratory approved by the Engineer. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of successive courses of aggregate or concrete shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 61 DIVISION 5 SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS HOT MIX ASPHALT 5 -04.3 Construction Requirements 5- 04.3(5)E Pavement Repair This section is supplemented with the following: In areas where the new asphalt is to be placed against existing asphalt, the asphalt shall be repaired as follows: Six inches of crushed surfacing base course shall be placed and compacted to within three inches of the finished grade. Then, the edges of the existing pavement shall be painted with a hot asphalt tack coat, and hot mix asphalt shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emultion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design (May 25; 2006 APWA GSP) Section is deleted and replaced with: ( * * * * *) 1. General. Prior to the production of HMA, the Contractor shall determine a design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732. Once the design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content have been determined, the Contractor shall submit the HMA mix design on DOT form 350 -042 demonstrating the design meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 03.8(6). Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not needed. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. The mix design will be the initial Job Mix Formula (JMF) for the class of mix. Any additional adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Project Engineer and may be made per Section 9- 03.8(7). 2. Non Statistical Evaluation. Non statistical acceptance will apply to all HMA not • designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Non statistical acceptance testing will be conducted as outlined in 5- 04.3(8)A. 3. Commercial Evaluation. Where Commercial HMA is allowed it can be accepted by a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating the material meets the requirements in the contract Special Provisions. Where HMA Commercial is used for the traveled way, a minimum of one acceptance test to verify gradation, fracture, sand equivalent, and oil content is required in addition to the Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance. 62 5- 04.3(8)A, Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Items 1 & 2 are deleted and replaced with: 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical or commercial evaluation. Sampling of HMA for nonstatistical evaluation will be as discussed in WSDOT Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, 2008 edition, section 5- 04.3(8)A, sections 3 through 6. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and other classes of HMA as allowed by the contract. Commercial HMA may be used for amounts of HMA less than 2500 tons in any application. Testing beyond that specified in 5- 04.3(7)A, item 3 for Commercial HMA will be at the discretion of the engineer. Anti -strip additive, where required, will be verified and documented by the engineer. 2. Aggregates. The acceptance criteria for aggregate properties of sand equivalent, voids in mineral aggregate (VMA), fracture and gradation will be their conformance to the requirements of Section 9- 03.8(2) the Standard Specification, 2008 edition. 5- 04.3(8)A, Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Item 4, second paragraph is deleted. 5- 04.3(8)A, Acceptance Sampling and Testing — HMA Mixture Item 7 is deleted. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness (January 5, 2004) The second sentence of this section is revised to read: The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/4 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to centerline. The last paragraph of this section is supplemented with the following: When utility appurtenances such as manhole rings and covers and valve boxes are encountered of are to be located within the HMA pavement area, these items are either to be removed or not put in place until after the paving operation has been completed. The location of each utility appurtenance and all Monuments shall be referenced prior to the start of paving operations and a temporary covering shall be placed over the appurtenances to facilitate the continuous paving operation. After paving has been completed, the Contractor shall furnish, install and adjust new castings on all new and existing public utility structures and new monument cases for all monuments as shown on the plans. Utility casting shall not be adjusted until the paving is complete. After which, the center of each structure and each monument shall be relocated from the references previously established by the Contractor. 63 The HMA shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the rim plus two feet. The new rim shall be placed on cement concrete or adjustment rings and wedged up to the desired grade. The base materials shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete shall be placed within the entire volume of the excavation up to, but not to exceed, 1 -1/2 inches below the finished pavement surface. On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the HMA and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with a hot asphalt tack coat. HMA Class 3/8 In. shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before th as ph a lt cement solidifies. 5- 04.3(15) HMA Road Approaches This section is supplemented with the following: Along the line of new work, it may be necessary to partially remove existing asphalt roadway surfaces, driveways, alleys or other asphalt paved areas. These areas will then be reconstructed to match the existing pavement section matching the new curb and sidewalk or adjacent pavement grades. Before excavating or trenching, these areas shall be cut or scored with an approved pavement cutter, such as a concrete saw. Before patching, all edges and joints shall be neatly trimmed to uniform line and a tack coat applied. The asphalt driveways shall be constructed of HMA Class 3/8" PG 64 -28 as specified in the Standard Specifications. 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture Section is deleted and replaced with: ( * * * * *) Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt content will be performed based on Section 1 -06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing: 1 %2 ", 1", 3 4 ", 'l2", 3/8" and No. 4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 52 5 -04.4 Measurement Add the following item to this section: Pavement Repair will be measured by the square yard for the actual amount of pavement repaired. 64 5 -04.5 Payment Add the following item to this section: "Pavement Repair", per square yard. 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Mixture Items 1 -3 are deleted and replaced with: A pay factor will be calculated for sieves listed in Section 9- 03.8(7) for the class of HMA and for the asphalt binder. 1. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatisical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1 -06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 2. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial acceptance tolerance limits in Section 9- 03.8(7), the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical or Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the composite pay factor. 5- 04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Compaction Section is deleted and replaced with: The maximum CPF of a compaction lot is 1.00 For each compaction lot of HMA when the CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. THE NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the 65 NCCF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons and the unit contract price per ton of the mix. 5 - 06 CONCRETE UNIT PAVER (NEW SECTION) 5 -06.1 Description This work shall consist of furnishing and installing concrete unit pavers. including crushed surfacing top course, jointing sand, sand bedding course, concrete unit pavers, as detailed and shown on the plans. Concrete unit pavers shall be installed over a compacted base of crushed surfacing top course, geotextile fabric and a sand bed. Subgrades supporting the paver base and pavers shall be established and prepared in accordance with Section 2 -03 and 2 -06 and as shown on the drawings. All paver work shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations. A copy of manufacturer's written installation instructions shall be provided to the Engineer prior to beginning work. 5 -06.2 Quality Assurance Installation shall be by an installer with at least three (3) year's experience in placing interlocking concrete pavers. 5 -06.3 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit four (4) sets of the following: 1. Manufacturer's "catalog cuts" for bedding sand, joint sand, joint sand stabilizer, geotextile fabric, and concrete unit pavers. B. Samples 1 Full size paver samples in shape, texture, and color specified. C. Paver Installer Paver installer to submit a list of three(3) successfully completed projects of similar scope for reference. D. Submit sieve analysis for grading of crushed surfacing top course and bedding and joint sand. E. Submit test results for compliance of paving unit requirements to ASTM C936 from an independent testing laboratory. 5 -06.4 Delivery, Storage and Handling A. Deliver and store in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. 66 5 -06.5 Environmental Conditions A. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. B. Do not install frozen sand. C. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall inspect the site, carefully check all grades, and verify all dimensions and conditions affecting the work. D. Contractor shall report to the Engineer all deviation and /or conflicts between Drawings, Specifications, and Site Conditions. Extra work arising from failure to do so shall be done at the Contractor's expense. 5 -06.6 Protection of Work, Property, and Persons A. Take all necessary precautions to protect work in progress, as well as property, persons, walks, curbs, pavements, and buildings from any damage that might be incurred arising from this Contract. 5 -06.8 Conduct of Work A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain a competent superintendent or foreman during the progress of the work, with the authority to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the work under control. B. The Contractor shall confine operations to the working areas allotted by the Owner for operations, including material and equipment storage. C. The Contractor shall progressively clean the work site of debris and rubbish as the work proceeds. 5 -06.9 Guarantee /Maintenance A. Guarantee work of this Specification section for one (1) year against all defects of materials and workmanship. The guarantee period begins on the date of final acceptance. 5 -06.10 Materials A. Bedding and jointing sand: clean, non - plastic, washed sand free from deleterious or foreign matter. Sand shall be free of soluble salts or contaminates that can contribute to efflorescence. Paver Joint Sand shall be Polymeric Joint Sand or approved equal. Supplied by Abbotsford Concrete Products, Abbotsford, British Columbia, Canada, (800) 663 -4091. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with documentation that all sand supplied has been tested and complies with the requirements below. Submit sieve analysis of bedding and jointing sand meeting the requirements outlined below for Engineer approval prior to beginning work. 67 Grading requirements for bedding sand shall comply with ASTM C33 with the following grading limits. Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/8 inch 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 50 to 85 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 30 • No. 100 2 to 10 Grading for jointing Sand shall comply with AS! ivi C144 with the following grading limits. Sieve Size Percent Passing No. 4 100 No. 8 95 to 100 No. 16 70 to 100 No. 30 40 to 75 No. 50 10 to 35 No. 100 2 to 15 No. 200 0 B. Concrete Unit Pavers: Concrete Unit Pavers shall be Abbotsford Concrete Products, Standard Series Pavers. Concrete Unit Pavers shall be Standard (8 -7/8" x 4- 7/16 "), Double Standard (8 -7/8" x 8- 7/8 "), and Half Standard (4- 7/16" x 4- 7/16 "), 2 -3/8" thick, with Perma Finish Colors or approved equal. Color shall be evenly divided between paver sizes and be provided in the following percentages: Half Standard Pavers Double Standard & Standard Pavers Indian Summer 25% Indian Summer 25% Sand Brown 20% Sand Brown 30% Desert Sand 15% Desert Sand 30% Brown 20% Brown 15% Shadow 20% Supplied by Abbotsford Concrete Products, Abbotsford, British Columbia, Canada, (800) 663 -4091 C. Construction Geotextile Fabric: As specified on drawings. D. Paver Sealer shall be Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. Certi -Vex 1315. Supplied by Trendset Concrete Pavers, Woodinville, Washington, (425) 486 -2192. E. Efflorescence Remover shall be Certi -vex Etch and Efflorescence Remover. Supplied by Trendset Concrete Pavers, Woodville, Washington, (425) 486- 2192. 5 -06.11 Construction Requirements 68 5- 06.11(1) Quality Assurance Installation shall be by an installer with at least three (3) years experience in placing concrete unit pavers. 5- 06.11(2) Quality Standard Panel The Contractor shall Install the first paver panel where directed by the Engineer as described in drawings and meeting the requirements of this section of the special provisions. This panel after approval by the Engineer will serve to determine bedding course, joint sizes, scorelines, laying pattern(s), color(s), and overall quality of the job. This panel shall be the standard from which the remaining paver work will be judged for acceptance by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(3) Product Handling Deliver concrete pavers to the site in steel banded, plastic banded or plastic wrapped pallets capable of transfer by forklift or clamp lift. Unload pavers at job site in such a manner that no damage occurs to the product. Sand shall be covered with waterproof covering to prevent exposure to rainfall or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. 5- 06.11(4) Environmental Conditions Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall. Do not install frozen sand. 5- 06.11(5) Verification of Subgrade A. The subgrade shall be compacted to 95% of Standard AASHTO maximum density. B. The subgrade shall be trimmed to one -half inch (1/2 ") of design levels. C. Further construction shall not proceed until the subgrade is inspected and approved by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(6) Crushed Surfacing Top Course A. The crushed surfacing top course shall nowhere be of lesser thickness than that specified and shall be spread in layers which when compacted do not exceed six inch (6 ") depth. B. Compaction of the base shall be not less than 95% of modified AASHTO maximum dry density. C. The upper surface of the base shall be sufficiently well graded to prevent the infiltration of the bedding sand into the base during construction and throughout its service life. Segregated areas shall be "blinded" with crushed fines, watered and compacted into the surface. D. The surface of the base shall be trimmed to (3/8 ") of the design profiles. 69 E. Further construction shall not proceed until the base has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. 5- 06.11(7) Bedding Sand Course A. The bedding sand shall be spread in a uniform layer to give a depth after compaction of between (3/4" — 1- 1/2 "). Under no circumstances shall the bedding sand layer exceed (1 -1/2 ") following compaction of the pavements. B. The sand shall be maintained at a uniform density. Screeded sand left overnight or subjected to rain shall be rechecked for level and raked and re- screeded where necessary. C. Do no allow any traffic on the bedding sand prior to paver installation. D. Bedding sand shall not be used for correcting out of tolerance base. 5- 06.11(8) Paver installation A. Establish layout pattern and create markings for directional references of joints and stringlines. B. Set pavers with nominal (1/8 ") joints. Ensure pavers do not touch one another, or use pavers with spacer ribs. C. Align pavers to maintain correct lines and patterns. D. The gaps at the edges shall be filled with standard edge pavers or pavers cut to fit. Cutting shall be done with a guillotine cutter or a masonry saw. No pieces shall be smaller than 1 /4 of a full paver. 5- 06.11(9) Compaction A. After paver installation, the bedding sand shall be fully compacted and the pavers brought to design levels by not less than three passes of suitable plate compactor. B. Do not compact within (3 ft.) of the laying edge. C. Compaction shall follow as closely as possible the laying of the pavers. D. Surface levels of the completed pavement at paving and curbs shall be left (1/8" to 1 /4 ") high to ensure positive drainage. 5- 06.11(10) Joint Filling A. As soon as practical after compaction and prior to the acceptance of construction traffic, jointing sand shall be spread over the pavement. Brush the jointing sand into the joints and re- vibrate with sufficient passes of the plate compactor until all joints are filled. B. Leave a thick layer of sand on the pavers until the pavement is ready to open to traffic. 70 C. Seal joint sand with joint sand stabilizer per manufacturers recommendations. 5- 06.11(11) Clean -Up A. Sweep sand from the surface prior to opening to traffic. 5- 06.11(12) Surface Profile A. The finished surface tolerance, when measured with a straight edge, shall be (1/2" in 7 feet). 5 -06.12 Measurement Concrete unit pavers shall be measured by the square foot. 5 -06.13 Payment "Concrete Unit Paver", per square foot. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs necessary to furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for the completion of the concrete unit pavers as specified. The compaction of subgrade, bedding sand, jointing sand, geotextile fabric, paver sealer, and efflorescence remover shall be considered incidental to the cost for the contract bid item, "Concrete Unit Paver". DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORMSEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS AND CONDUITS MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -05.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: This work shall also consist of removing and replacing catch basin frame and grate. 7 -05.2 Materials Section 7 -05.2 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Gravel Backfill for Drvwells: Gravel backfill for drywells shall be as specified in Section 9- 03.12(5) of the Standard Specifications. Precast Concrete Catch Basin: Catch basins shall be WSDOT Standard Plan B -1 Catch Basin Type 1 and the reversible frame and herringbone grate shall be manufactured in accordance with Section 9- 05.15(2). 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Delete and replace with the following: 71 Manholes, junction boxes, water valve boxes, and similar structures shall be adjusted prior to placement of sidewalk concrete or curb and gutter construction. Catch basins and other utility castings to be adjusted in areas of hot mix asphalt shall be adjusted as detailed in Section 5- 04.3(13). When shown in the plans that the existing catch basins are located in areas where the curb and gutter is to be removed and replaced, the frame and grate of the catch basin shall be removed and replaced. The new frame and grates shall be a reversible frame and herringbone grate. 7-05.4 I.'4 IVICQSUI eI I ICI IL Supplement this section with the following: Removing and replacing frame and grate will be measured per each for each unit removed and replaced. 7 -05.5 Payment Add the following pay items: "Removing and Replacing Frame and Grate ", per each The unit contract price for "Removing and Replacing Frame and Grate" shall be full pay for removing the existing frames and grates, and furnishing and installing the new frames and grates. DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8 -01 EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 8 -01.3 Construction Requirements 8- 01.3(1) General Section 8- 01.3(1) is supplemented with the following: (April 3, 2006) Erodible Soil Eastern Washington The eighth paragraph of Section 8- 01.3(1) is revised to read: Erodible soil not being worked whether at final grade or not, shall be covered within the following time period using an approved soil cover practice, unless authorized by the Engineer: July 1 through September 30 30 days October 1 through June 30 15 days 72 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8 -02.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: The work shall consist of preparing sub - grade, topsoil, installing tree root control provisions, fine grading and planting trees, shrubs and other plants, furnishing and installing precast concrete planters, benches, trash receptacles and tree grates in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Work shall include all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for finish testing, grading, spreading, imported topsoil, topsoil preparation, amendments and installation; planting of trees, protection, maintenance, guarantee, and replacement of plants; and related items necessary to complete the work indicated. Work includes providing all necessary equipment for watering until final acceptance and for establishing all plantings. 8 -02.3 Construction Requirements 8 -02.3 (1) Responsibility During Construction Landscape materials shall not be installed until weather permits and installation has been authorized by the Engineer. As of October 31, 2008, all tree wells constructed to date shall be planted with trees. Throughout planting operations, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from the Contractor's work. At the end of each work day, and as each planting area is completed, it shall be neatly dressed, and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. At the conclusion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a condition acceptable to the Engineer. 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan Within fourteen (14) calendar days after award of Contract, the Contractor shall submit written documentation to the Engineer that all specified plant materials have been ordered. Documentation shall include list of suppliers' names, addresses, and phone numbers along with a list of respective growing or storage locations with addresses. The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size, species, variety, and quality noted and specified. The Contractor shall contract grow plant materials, if necessary, to ensure that the required size, species, variety, and quality of plant materials shall be provided. 8- 02.3(4)A Topsoil Type "A" The Contractor shall submit two (2) representative samples of proposed imported Topsoil Type "A" witnessed by the Engineer to the Soils and Plant Laboratory, Bellevue, WA, Ph. (206)746 -1665 for test #A05. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with test results from the laboratory and the laboratory's recommended fertilizer /amendments to the Contractor Topsoil Type "A" source for his approval prior to placement on the job. 73 The Contractor shall provide and install Topsoil Type "A" to a uniform depth in all tree and planting areas as shown or noted in the Plans. A topsoil layer of 3 inches shall be placed under the sod installation in the median of Naches Avenue. 8- 02.3(7) Layout of Planting The Contractor is responsible for determining the final quantities of plant materials to complete the Landscape Plan as shown based on the actual number of planters and sizes of areas shown in the plans, and notify the Engineer of any discrepancy prior to planting. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer the final location for all plant materials .. to site delivery. Contractor shall neither materials prior to site delivery. The Contr ac or shall neither deliver to the site nor install planting materials until authorized by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with at least one week notice prior to preparing plants for shipping 8- 02.3(8) Planting Where the drainage of planting holes is limited or non - existent because of heavy clay, hardpan, or rock, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the Engineer who will determine if the drainage is adequate for planting. The Engineer will determine the method and extent of improved drainage required. All trees and plants shall be planted as detailed on the Plans. Protect plantings during delivery to prevent damage. Protect trees during transport by tying in branches and covering all exposed branches. Deliver all plants with legible identification nursery labels. All costs to furnish, deliver and plant the plants in the precast concrete planters as detailed in the plans shall be included in the unit contract price per each for the "Precast Concrete Planter In. Diam." Plant during periods normal for optimum growth, as determined by season, weather conditions, and accepted practice. Planting operations may be conducted under unseasonable conditions, without additional compensation, and by accepting FULL responsibility for any subsequent resulting losses. When performing the following work, do not injure the root system. Do not over - excavate planting pit depth; however, over - excavation of planting pit width is desirable. Trees shall be handled by the rootball, not by the trunk. Plant trees upright; rotate to give the best appearance. Hold tree rigidly in position until topsoil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the ball or roots. When pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer plant tablets and stakes, if necessary, as shown on the Plans. Evenly space the fertilizer tablets around the perimeter of and immediately adjacent to the root system. Carefully place, water, and compact planting topsoil, and fill all voids. When planting pit is three - quarters (3/4) backfilled, fill with water and allow water to soak away. Fill pits with additional topsoil to finish grade, and continue backfilling as detailed on the Plans. Water immediately after planting. 8- 02.3(9) Pruning, Staking, Guying & Wrapping 74 Contractor shall verify location of underground utilities prior to installation of tree stakes, and shall avoid and protect underground utilities as required. The cost for tree staking shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price per each for "PSIPE " 8- 02.3(10) Fertilizer Fertilizer shall be added to topsoil as defined in Section 9- 14.1(1), Topsoil Type "A" of the Special Provisions. The cost of fertilizer soil amendments shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price for Topsoil Type "A ". Fertilizer for trees shall be brands acceptable to the City of Yakima Arborist and conforms to applicable State fertilizer laws. Fertilizer tablets, 21 -gram size, as manufactured by Agriform International Chemicals, Inc. 20 -1 -5 analysis shall be applied at a rate of 4 tablets /every foot of ball diameter, applied per manufacturer's recommendations and shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract price per each for "PSIPE 8- 02.3(11) Bark or Wood Chip Mulch Mulch for trees planted in grass or existing planter areas shall be composted yard waste — medium grade material, screened and conditioned in storage piles for a least three months prior to use. Material as supplied by Cedar Grove Compost Company (206) 763 -2700 or approved equal. None of following content permitted: Resin, tannin, wood fiber, salts, or other compounds detrimental to plant life. Size range shall be 7/16" to 3/4" with maximum of 30% passing a 1/2" screen. 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting When the Contractor feels that the initial planting is complete, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and request an inspection, after which the Engineer will make an inspection and prepare a list of all planting items that remain to be completed. The Contractor shall then complete or correct all items identified by the Engineer within five (5) working days and request another inspection. The Engineer shall then provide the Contractor with written notification of acceptance of initial planting, at which point the plant establishment period shall begin. The Contractor shall continue to maintain all plantings until such notification has been provided. Completion of initial planting includes the following: 1. Installation of all required planting materials (trees and groundcovers). 2. Planting area cleanup. 3. Full operation of the irrigation system, complete mulch coverage, and all planting areas in a weed free condition. 8- 02.3(19) Root Barrier New Section 8- 02.3(19) is added: 75 Contractor shall provide and install root barrier as shown on Drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer. Root Barrier shall be "BioBarrier"TM Root Control Systems, supplied by BioGuard R &D Inc., Richland, WA; (509) 375 -3289 or approved equal. 8- 02.3(20) Tree Anchor Stakes New Section 8- 02.3(20) is added: Tree stakes shall be Foresight Products Duckbill Anchor #68 RBK Kit with Straps, supplied by Foresight Products, Commerce City, Colorado; (800) 325 -5360 or approved equal. 8-02.3(21) Tree Grates New Section 8- 02.3(21) is added: Tree grates shall be an Urban Accessories Cast Iron Grate Chinook Series (4' x 6' size) modified with bolt -down option and where installed adjacent to back of curb will have a custom frame (three sides "S" Standard & one side inverted "R" frame), otherwise the frame will be four sides "S" Standard, treated with Corroseal rust converter prior to delivery, or approved equal, Supplied by Architecreation, Seattle, Washington, (206) 932 -4730. The frames shall be braced and supported prior to and after concrete work to ensure that they remain straight and do not warp. Each grate panel shall be bolted to the frame with flat head stainless steel, vandal proof bolts into pre - drilled holes in the frames. Grates shall lay flat and snug into frames. If, following installation, the tree grates do not fit snug with a result of raised edges or movement, the frames and grates shall be removed and reset. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of frame and grate. Drawings shall indicate anchoring method to surrounding concrete, along with the method of blocking and supporting. 8- 02.3(22) Precast Concrete Planters New Section 8- 02.3(22) is added: Precast Concrete Planters shall be Wausau Tile Westlake Series Planter #TF4226 (42" Diameter) and #TF4229 )48" Diameter) with Westlake II Band on the 42" Planter and with Westlake 1 Band on the 48" Planters. Contractor shall submit color samples for Engineer's selection. Wausau Tile, Inc. Wausau, Wisconsin, (800) 388 -8728. 8- 02.3(25) Benches New Section 8- 02.3(25) is added: Benches shall be supplied by Landscape Forms, "Gretchen" Style, Kalamazoo, MI. Contact Tim Gish, Phone 503 - 292 -9102. The benches shall have backs and be 72 inch long, PolySite seat with exterior loop arms, intermediate arm, and surface mount supports. Backed seat color shall be black. Benches shall be installed per manufacturer's standard detail for surface mounting. 8- 02.3(27) Trash Receptacle New Section 8- 02.3(27) is added: 76 Trash receptacles shall be Landscape Forms "Scarborough" litter receptacle, with 30 gallon capacity, square bar side panel, keyed lock, black powdercoat, side opening, and surface mount. Phone: (503) 292 -9102. Trash receptacle shall be installed where indicated in the plans and per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 02.3(29) Bicycle Rack New Section 8- 02.3(29) is added: The bicycle racks to be installed shall be supplied by the Contracting Agency. The bicycle racks shall be surface flange mounted to the concrete sidewalk. 8 -02A Measurement Root Barrier will be measured by the linear foot not including the required overlap lengths recommended by the manufacturer. Tree Grate will be measured per each for each grate furnished and installed. Precast Concrete Planter In. Diameter will be measured per each for each planter furnished and installed. Trash Receptacle will be measured per each for each receptacle furnished and installed. Bench will be measured per each for each bench furnished and installed. Bicycle Rack will be measured per each for each bicycle rack installed. No measurement will be made for Topsoil Type "A ", Potting Soil and Topsoil Blend soil mixes (see Drawings for installation locations), fertilizer, mulch, soil amendments, backfill for sand drain, geotextile fabric, and Gravel Backfill for Drains required for planter planting or drywells. 8 -02.5 Payment Section 8 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Root Barrier," per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Root Barrier" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing root barrier as detailed in the plans, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Tree Grate," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Tree Grate" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation including furnishing and installing tree grate as detailed in the plans and including supporting frame required at each location, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Precast Concrete Planter, In. Diameter," per each. 77 The unit contract price per each for "Precast Concrete Planter In. Diameter" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing planter as detailed in the plans including potting soil, backfill for sand drains, geotextile fabric, gravel backfill for drains, planter plantings, and other related work. "Trash Receptacle," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Trash Receptacle" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each trash receptacle including furnishing and installing as detailed in the plans, anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Bench with Back," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bench with Back" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each bench as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Bicycle Rack," per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bicycle Rack" shall be full pay for all costs to install the bicycle rack. 8 -03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 8 -03.2 Matierials This section is supplemented with the following: To maintain uniformity with other areas in the City of Yakima, and the convenience of storage, maintenance, operation, repair, and interchangeability of parts, the sprinklers to be installed for the lawn in the median of Naches Avenue shall be manufactured by either HUNTER or TORO and be non - impact as detailed in Section 9 -15.4. 8 -03.3 Construction Requirements This section is supplemented with the follow: The Plans include the general location of a new 3/4" domestic water service and a schematic of the required items necessary between the City's new service meter and the system's zone laterals. The Contractor shall prepare a plan drawing of the various irrigation items from the City water meter through the zone control valve box. This drawing shall note the sizes and products to be used. This plan drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer for his review and approval before any materials are ordered. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, layout and installation of an irrigation system that will provide the proper coverage and application rate for the new lawn area in the median of Naches Avenue. The Contractor will prepare a working drawing for his design showing the physical arrangement of all irrigation equipment. 70 V The sizing and spacing of mains and laterals as well as the selection of the type of sprinkler head and appurtenances shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall obtain all information necessary to properly layout, design and construct the new irrigation system by the use of existing record maps, if appropriate, or by field measurement if required. 8- 03.3(12) Cross Connection Control Device Installation This section is supplemented with the following: City of Yakima Irrigation Installation Specifications Below surface installation requirements for irrigation sprinkler systems shall utilize a double check valve assembly for backflow prevention: 3 /4" and 1" Size Devices Minimum vault size shall be one (1) 24" x 24" x 24" Quazite meter box. Vault lid shall have bolt down security feature. The assembly requires 12 inches of clearance from the wall of the vault to the test cocks. If the test cocks are located on top of the assembly, the 12 -inch clearance remains in effect to allow for repair of the device. Additionally, the assembly requires 12 inches of clearance under the device. The assembly shall be installed with two (2) schedule 80 PVC unions to allow for removal of the device in the winter. An approved stop and drain valve (Hays Nuseal or Mueller Mark II Oriseal) shall be installed between the assembly and the meter at a depth of five (5) feet (if installed within twenty (20) feet of the meter); and must also be installed within five (5) feet of the approved backflow assembly to effectively drain for winter. 8 -04 CURBS, GUTTERS AND SPILLWAYS 8- 04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters and Spillways Add the following: Cement concrete curb and gutter constructed on this project shall be as shown on the Detail Sheet of the Plans. "Barrier" cement concrete curb and gutter sections as shown on the Detail Sheet shall be used on the roadway as shown on the Plans. "Driveway Depression" cement concrete curb and gutter as shown on the Detail Sheet shall be used at all driveway and wheelchair ramp locations as shown on the Plans and as directed in the field by the Engineer. Cement concrete curb and gutter which does not comply with the section details on the Plans shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. A template shall be required to be placed at the back of curb for construction of driveway transitions from Barrier to Driveway curb and gutter. The Contractor shall also be required to use a template at the back of Driveway Depression curb and gutter to ensure a straight and uniform back of curb in conformance with the Details. 79 The new concrete curb and gutter shall be cured in accordance with SECTION 5- 05.3(13)B of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 8 -04.5 Payment Section 8 -04.5 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Traffic Curb and Gutter," per linear foot, shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to construct Barrier and Driveway Depression curb and gutter, including curb and gutter adjacent to commercial driveway approaches, as shown on the Plans, including steel reinforcement in driveways or catch basins. 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8 -14.1 Description Supplement this section with the following: This work shall also include furnishing and installing new signpost sockets, at locations shown on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 8 -14.2 Materials Add the following: Sign Post Socket VLOC Model #23 -VR1- Concrete For use with 2 -3/8" OD sign posts 8 -14.3 Construction Requirements 8- 14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete. Supplement this section by with the following: Prior to placing of any sidewalk, a pre -slab meeting will be held between the Contacting Agency and the Contractor to discuss the expectations of the sidewalk. Required at that meeting will be a representative of the prime contractor along with the foreman over the concrete work. The first half block of cement concrete pavement placed on this project shall be deemed a test section where the Contractor will demonstrate his ability to place and finish the concrete sidewalk in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Any portions of the worked deemed unacceptable shall be removed and repaired in a manner acceptable to the Engineer, up to and including the total removal of the sidewalk. Once the test section has been approved by the Engineer, it will be referenced during construction for comparison of newly poured concrete sidewalk. Any section of cement concrete sidewalk not meeting the quality of work of this test section shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. A four -inch shine shall be placed on the edge of all sidewalk joints. All sidewalks not located in driveway approach areas shall be four (4) inches in thickness, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. All sidewalks located in a driveway approach area shall be six (6) inches in thickness. 80 Existing sidewalks at match lines shall be removed to the nearest convenient existing joint or sawcut in a neat vertical, straight transverse line at locations approved by the Engineer. Joint filler material to form a new expansion joint shall be placed as indicated on the Standard Detail for Sidewalk. At all driveway and handicap ramp depressions, the back of the sidewalk grade shall be depressed to maintain a 2 percent transverse grade from back of curb to back of sidewalk, unless otherwise noted on the plans. Signpost Sockets shall be set 1/2 inch above the finished sidewalk so that the erected signs will be plumb when installed. The Contractor shall correct any misaligned sockets at his own expense. The completed surface of the sidewalk shall not vary more than % -inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the curbing. The Contractor shall provide construction joints as detailed in the Plans, where it is necessary, to stage the forming of sidewalk work in order to maintain access to adjoining businesses. All existing and new utility boxes located or to be located in the finished sidewalk areas shall be adjusted and supported to be flush with the finish grade of the new sidewalk prior to the sidewalk being placed around them. The utility boxes shall be aligned to have two sides matching concrete joints or score lines. ADA Pavers to be used in the ADA curb ramp construction shall be supplied by Masons Supply Company, Woodinville, WA 425 -487 -6161. Contractor shall provide the Engineer color samples for final selection prior to them being ordered by the Contractor. ADA pavers shall be charcoal in color and installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. Sidewalks shall be scored as detailed in the plans and 15 -pound roofing felt shall be used as a bond breaker at the construction joints adjacent to the building, the joints adjacent to the curb and around the light bases. Every third transverse score joint (every 18') shall be made to a depth of 1.5 inches. Concrete sidewalk shall be cured in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(13)A of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Failure to properly secure or seal the cement concrete sidewalk will require the Contractor to remove and replace the sidewalk section at his expense. No mars shall be allowed in the concrete finish. The Contractor shall remove and replace any slabs that have any mars, such as, scuff marks, scratched in lettering, etc. at no cost to the Contracting Agency, no matter who or what the cause. 8 -14.4 Measurement Supplement this section with the following: Signpost Sockets will be measured per each in place. No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of cement concrete sidewalk test section. 81 8 -14.5 Payment Supplement this section with the following: "Cement Conc. Sidewalk In. Thick ", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Conc. Sidewalk In. Thick" shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing the sidewalk, including furnishing, placing and compacting the crushed surfacing top course as detailed in the Plans. "Signpost Sockets ", per each. The unit contract price per each for "Signpost Sockets" shall be full compensation for furnishing the sockets, and for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of the sockets at the locations shown on the plans or as located by the Engineer. "Cement Concrete Sidewalk Test Section ", lump sum. The lump sum unit price for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk Test Section" shall be full pay for furnishing and placing a half block of cement concrete sidewalk to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It is estimated that this work will require approximately 300 square yards of cement concrete sidewalk. 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8 -20.1 Description This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add to the list of systems: 4. Pedestrian Lighting System 5. Tree Lighting System 8 -20.2 Materials Add the following items: Provide new materials and equipment approved and labeled for the purpose for which they are to be used by a nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory. Similar items of equipment shall be of the same manufacture and quality. The equipment and materials shall meet applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. Conduit: All conduit installed above grade on this project shall be rigid metal conduit unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Provide rigid steel elbows for all underground PVC runs. Electrical Service: Electrical service equipment shall be as manufactured by Square D, Cutler- Hammer, or Siemens and shall be rated for use as service entrance equipment. Breakers shall bolt to the bus and shall be fully rated for the interrupting capacity shown on the drawings. Main breakers shall be vertically 82 mounted. Busing shall be copper. Neutrals shall be insulated but bondable. Provide grounding bus. Service enclosures shall be manufactured by Skyline Manufacturing Company or approved equal. Enclosures: Device boxes and covers (for receptacles installed in trees) for connection to tree mounted lighting fixtures shall be heavy duty, die cast with lockable hasp (Intermatic WP1010MC or equal). Lighting fixture cord shall enter the bottom of the device box cover. Contractor shall install a stainless steel nameplate on the device box with circuit and service identification (i.e. "169 -13" designating that lighting is served from Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). 8 -20.3 Construction Requirements 8- 20.3(1) General Add the following to this Section: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Washington Department of Labor & Industries for all required inspections for the electrical systems for this project. 8- 20.3(4) Foundations This Section shall be supplemented with the following: The top 6 inches of anchor bases shall be formed and finished 18 inches round for pedestrian light standard foundations. Tops shall be 3 /4 -inch chamfer edges and finished at sidewalk grade. The top 6 inches shall be separated from adjacent concrete surfaces by means of 15 -pound roofing felt. 8- 20.3(5) Conduit This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Existing and new PVC conduit runs are indicated on the Plans. Conduits shall be installed by open trench method for new runs called for in the conduit schedule. However, any adjacent existing empty conduits that are found during the course of the project may be used in place of a new conduit of the same diameter called for in the Conduit Schedule. All 90- degree elbows shall be galvanized steel. The ten feet of rigid conduit is not required. A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. A new 3" diameter PVC conduit for future communication needs shall be installed from Front Street to 7 Avenue on both the north and south sides of Yakima Avenue. Conduit shall be placed in the same trench as new electrical power conduits. A type 2 junction box shall be installed at each end of each block where directed by the Engineer. A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the conduit and junction boxes including excavation, gravel backfill, compaction, adjustment to grade, and pull rope shall be included in the lump sum contract price for "Future Communication Conduit" per linear foot. 83 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This Section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access enclosures to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi. over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Illumination" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062 or approved equal. The terms "pullbox" and "junction box" are interchangeable. Pullboxes shall be constructed as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the City of Yakima Standard Details. Pullboxes shall not be located in wheelchair ramps or landing areas. Asphalt joint filler material shall not be installed between pullboxes and other concrete surfaces. 8- 20.3(8) Wiring Supplement this section as follows: All electrical wiring: Branch circuit conductors shall each run from the services to the appropriate pullboxes where they branch to the devices. Conductor sizes shall be as shown on the Plans. Conductors shall be individually tagged in each junction box (including junction boxes associated with tree lighting circuits) with circuit and service identification (i.e. "169 -13" designating Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). Circuits routed in a common conduit shall be laced or bundled with spiral wrap. In -line fuses shall be installed in each lighting standard base. 8- 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding Supplement this section as follows: Bonding jumpers or equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated wire sized as shown on the plans ( #10 AWG minimum). 8- 20.3(10) Electrical Service Add the following: One new 120/240V electrical service shall be provided and five (5) existing services shall be modified where and as shown on the Plans . The Contractor shall coordinate the location of this service with Pacific Power. A State electrical permit will be required for the service. All wiring and equipment shall conform to the appropriate electrical codes. The Contractor shall provide all materials required which are not supplied by Pacific Power. Installation and materials shall meet the requirements of Pacific Power. 8- 20.3(13)B Decorative Light Standards (Pedestrian Light Standards) Pedestrian Light Standards shall be HolophaneTM North Yorkshire Tapered Fluted Case Aluminum Poles and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the 84 entire pedestrian light system as detailed in the plans shall be included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)C Luminaires Pedestrian light luminaries shall be HolophaneTM Harp Series 150 Watt Pulse Start Metal Halide Medium Base, Multi -tap wired for 240 volts and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. 8- 20.3(13)D Tree Lighting System (New) The Contractor shall provide power to each tree planting location as detail in the plans. All circuits to trees shall be GFCI. The Contractor shall provide three strings of 70 lights each for each tree location, unless the tree is specified without tree lights on the plans. The tree lights shall be purchased from Display Sales, 70 Strawberry Mini LED Clear, product no. MLVLEDCLR. The contact information for Display Sales is: http : / /www.dispsales.com /dsistore /find. asp? find %5Fcatec ory= LEDMINI &find %5Fdescription =LE D +MINI +LIGHTS All of the trees that are planted prior to December 1, 2008 shall be strung with lights prior to December 14, 2008. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire tree lighting system as detailed in the plans shall be included in the contract bid item, "Tree Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(14) G Pedestrian Push Button Modification (New) As detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall remove and relocate an existing pedestrian push button post on the northwest corner of 3rd Street and 'A' Street and install a new pedestrian push button post on the northeast corner of 3` Street and 'A' Street. The new pedestrian push button post shall match the other push button post in the vicinity. The Contractor shall reuse the existing pedestrian push button pole. Conduit runs and junction boxes shall be adjusted to match the new location. Leads to pedestrian buttons shall not be cut or spliced. Damage to any wiring will be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. If additional wiring is required the existing wire from the pull box shall be replaced with a new wire run. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the modifications to the pedestrian push button locations as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Push Button Modification" per lump sum. 8 -20.5 Payment This section is supplemented with the following: The lump sum contract price for "Pedestrian Lighting System ", "Pedestrian Push Button Modification" and "Tree Lighting System" shall be full pay for the construction of the complete electrical system, modifying existing systems, or both, as shown in the Plans and herein specified including excavation, backfilling, concrete foundations, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, new electrical services, making all required tests and inspections, and modifications to existing services. All 85 additional materials and labor, not shown in the plans or called for herein and which are required to complete the electrical system, shall be included in the lump sum contract price. 8 -30 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT (New Section) 8 -30.1 Description The work shall consist of repair of any incidental damages to landscaping, fencing, private irrigation, top soil, turf, reconnection or realignment of side services to the new sanitary sewer trunkline, or other miscellaneous items within or adjacent to the project area. This includes complete replacement of items that are beyond repair as determined h.. +1.... c.....'. Uy IG t1 1_1 I1�. II IGGI. 8 -30.5 Payment Payment will be made for the following bid items: "Repair or Replacement ", by force account. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, and for that purpose only, the City has estimated the force account for "Repair or Replacement ", and has arbitrarily entered the amount for the pay item in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. DIVISION 9 MATERIALS 9 -03 AGGREGATES 9 -03.8 Aggregates for Asphalt Concrete 9- 03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments (May 25, 2006 APWA GSP) Item 1 is deleted and replaced with: ( * *** *) 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the JMF is determined as required in 5- 04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Nonstatistical Commercial Evaluation Evaluation Aggregate, percent passing 1", 3 % ", %a ", and 3/8" sieves ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 4 sieve ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 8 sieve ±6% ±8% U.S. No. 200 sieve ±2.0% ±3.0% Asphalt Binder ±0.5% ±0.7% These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1 -06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control points section, 86 except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99 -100. The tolerance limits on sieves shall only apply to sieves with control points. 9 -05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 9 -05.15 Metal Castings 9- 05.15(1) Manhole Ring and Cover Revise this section to read: All new manhole rings and covers shall be purchased by the Contractor from Olympic Foundry, Casting NO. MH33Y, Yakima Standard Ring and Cover. The Contractor shall also provide all labor and equipment for handling the manhole rings and covers. All used castings shall become the property of the City of Yakima and shall be delivered to the Wastewater Collection- Maintenance Facility at 204 W. Pine by the Contractor. Prior arrangements must be made to assure the facility will be open for delivery. 9- 05.15(2) Metal Frame, Grate and Solid Metal Cover for Catch Basins or Inlets This section is supplemented with the following: Castings for the Catch Basins on this project shall be as shown on the City of Yakima Standard Detail. 9 -14 EROSION CONTROL 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type A Section 9 -14.1 shall be supplemented with the following: A. Topsoil Type A mix for planters shall be "Potting Soil" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA, (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. B. Topsoil Type A for street trees shall be "Topsoil Blend" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. C. Contractor shall send minimum on one (1) representative sample of "Potting Soil" and "Topsoil Blend" to an approved soil- testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) to determine FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus levels, calcium, minor elements, soluble salts /conductivity and pH). The results shall be submitted to the Engineer (WITH TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH) for approval prior to use on the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for what ever soil additives may be required, as recommended by the testing laboratory. The cost for testing and soil additions must be borne by the Contractor. 9 -14.3 Fertilizer General: Fertilizer must be delivered to job sites, mixed as specified, and in standard size unopened containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Material shall be uniform in composition, free - flowing, and suitable for application by 87 mechanical equipment. All elements shall be protected from the weather, particularly moisture, both on and off the job site. Fertilizer for the trees and groundcover shall be 21 -gram Agriform tablets 20 -10 -5. Fertilizer for topsoil shall be per Specification Section 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type "A ". 9- 14.6(5) Inspection The review and approval of all plant materials by the Engineer, prior to planting, is mandatory. The Contractor shall have plant samples available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. TI-Ie Contracting Agency ah.. right a.. ..a h.........L his ..... agent, I I IC I.iUI ILI dI. LII IL,. � lL y reserves the Illy. 1 IL LU reject, t LI II UUIj. I I I IIJ /I ICI dgel IL, cal ly or all plant material at any time until final inspections and acceptance. Contractor is to remove rejected plants immediately from site. 9- 14.6(7) Temporary Storage Bail and buriapped plants that cannot be planted within one (1) day after arrival are to be heeled -in or otherwise temporarily stored, as specified and in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and as specified herein. 9 -15 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 9 -15.3 Automatic Controllers This section is supplemented with the following: Controller for the three station irrigation system shall be a 9 -volt battery powered Hunter TM Smart Valve Controller, Model No. SVC — 400. Controller and valves shall be installed in a valve box with a lockable lid. The controller for the lawn area within the Naches Avenue median shall be a TORO XF -416 Series or approved equal, with capacity large enough to meet the needs of the system to be installed at the park. The box for the controller shall be a metal box of weatherproof design with a hasp for locking. The box shall be as manufactured by Haffman and have a catalog number of A- 18R186 with an enclosure type of 3R or approved equal. 9 -15.5 Valve Boxes and Protective Sleeves This section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access boxes to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Irrigation" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062. 9- 15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves 88 This section is supplemented with the following: Control valves for the three stations required on this project shall be 1" PGV flow control valves with solenoids. Each valve shall be labeled as to which station it serves. 9 -29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct Supplement this section as follows: All conduits below grade on this project shall be schedule 40 PVC underground conduits (electrical grade - gray color) with pull rope. Additional materials to be installed on this project include, but are not limited to, junction boxes cables and electrical conductors. The pull rope shall be a 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength (similar to King Cotton Products #5051- 4 -1/8), and shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. When cable is pulled, this rope shall be re- pulled along with the cable. 9 -29.2 Junction Boxes Supplement this section as follows: Junction boxes shall be Type 1, 2, or 3 as shown on the plans. They shall be constructed of polymer concrete and reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Boxes and covers shall be concrete gray color and rated for no less than 15,000 pounds over a 10" x 10" area and designed and tested to temperatures of —50 F. The covers shall be marked with a "Traffic Signal" or "Street Lighting" logo. Existing junction boxes shall be removed as shown on the plans and returned to the City of Yakima Traffic Signal Shop. New replacement junction boxes shall be installed even with the new finished sidewalk level or finished grade and positioned so as to properly house all existing exposed conduit stub -ups, wires and cables. The junction boxes shall be aligned to have two sides matching concrete joints or score lines. 89 STANDARD PLANS April 2, 2007 The State of Washington Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction M21 -01 transmitted under Publications Transmittal No. PT 07 -008, effective April 2, 2007 is made a part of this contract. The Standard Plans are revised as follows: All Standard Plans All references in the Standard Plans to "Asphalt Concrete Pavement" shall be revised to read "Hot Mix Asphalt ". All references in the Standard Plans to the abbreviation "ACP" shall be revised to read "HMA". C -11 b Sheets 1 and 2 In the PRECAST FOOTING, ELEVATION view (Sheet 1) and in the CAST -IN- PLACE FOOTING, ELEVATION view (Sheet 2), COMMERCIAL CONCRETE is revised to CONCRETE CLASS 4000. In the BREAKAWAY ANCHOR ANGLE, ELEVATION view (Sheet 2), the welding symbols are revised to indicate that the 1/4" Inside Gussets have 1/4" fillet weld joints, and the 1/2" End Gussets have 1/2" fillet weld joints. D-la Sheet 2& D-lb Sheet 2 Reinforcing Steel Bar marked "R1" (see lower left corner): the dimension 1' - 2 1/2" is revised to 1' - 0 1/2 ". G -8q Sheet 1 In the ELEVATION views, in the labels LOWER SIGN POST SUPPORT: the parenthetical specification "12 GAGE" is revised to "7 GAGE ". 1 -10 In NOTE 1: the reference to Standard Specification 8- 01.3(5)A is revised to Standard Specification 8- 01.3(6)A. The following are the Standard Plan numbers applicable at the time this project was advertised. The date shown with each plan number is the publication approval date shown in the lower right -hand corner of that plan. Standard Plans showing different dates shall not be used in this contract. A -1 10/24/06 A -3 5/30/02 A -6 2/24/03 A -2 12/20/06 A -5 2/24/03 A -7 10/04/05 B- 5.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.50 -00 6/01/06 B- 75.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 5.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.70 -00 6/01/06 B- 75.50 -00 6/08/06 B- 5.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.80 -00 6/08/06 B- 75.60 -00 6/08/06 B- 10.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 30.90 -00 6/08/06 B- 80.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 10.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 35.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 80.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 10.60 -00 6/08/06 B- 35.40 -00 6/08/06 B- 82.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 15.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 40.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.10 -00 6/01/06 90 B- 15.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 40.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 15.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 45.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.30 -00 6/01/06 B- 20.20 -01 11/21/06 B- 45.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.40 -00 6/08/06 B- 20.40 -01 11/21/06 B- 50.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 85.50 -00 6/08/06 B- 20.60 -01 11/21/06 B- 55.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.10 -00 6/08/06 B- 25.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 60.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 90.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 25.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 60.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.30 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.10 -00 6/08/06 B- 65.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.40 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.20 -01 11/21/06 B- 65.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 90.50 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.30 -00 6/01/06 B- 70.20 -00 6/01/06 B- 95.20 -00 6/08/06 B- 30.40 -00 6/01/06 B- 70.60 -00 6/01/06 B- 95.40 -00 6/08/06 C -1 2/06/07 C -3b 10/04/05 C -13 4/16/99 C-la 7/31/98 C -3c 6/21/06 C -13a 4/16/99 C-lb 10/31/03 C -3d 3/03/05 C -13b 4/16/99 C -1c 5/30/97 C -4 2/21/07 C -14a 7/26/02 C -1 d 10/31/03 C-4a 2/21/07 C -14b 7/26/02 C -2 1/06/00 C -4b 6/08/06 C -14c 7/26/02 C -2a 6/21/06 C-4e 2/20/03 C -14d 7/26/02 C -2b 6/21/06 C -4f 6/30/04 C -14e 7/26/02 C -2c 6/21/06 C -5 10/31/03 C -14f 9/02/05 C -2d 6/21/06 C -6 5/30/97 C -14g 11/21/06 C -2e 6/21/06 C -6a 3/14/97 C -14h 1/11/06 C -2f 3/14/97 C -6c 1/06/00 C -14i 12/02/03 C -2g 7/27/01 C -6d 5/30/97 C -14j 12/02/03 C -2h 3/28/97 C -6f 7/25/97 C -14k 1/11/06 C -2i 3/28/97 C -7 10/31/03 C -16a 11/08/05 C -2j 6/12/98 C -7a 10/31/03 C -16b 11/08/05 C -2k 7/27/01 C -8 4/27/04 C- 20.14 -00 2/06/07 C -2n 7/27/01 C -8a 7/25/97 C- 20.40 -00 2/06/07 C -2o 7/13/01 C -8b 1/11/06 C- 22.40 -00 2/06/07 C -2p 10/31/03 C -8e 2/21/07 C- 23.60 -00 2/06/07 C -2q 3/03/05 C -8f 6/30/04 C- 25.18 -00 2/06/07 C -2r 3/03/05 C -10 7/31/98 C- 25.20 -00 2/06/07 C -2s 3/03/05 C -11 5/20/04 C- 25.22 -00 2/21/07 C -2t 3/03/05 C -11a 5/20/04 C- 28.40 -00 2/06/07 C -3 10/04/05 C -11 b 5/20/04 C -3a 10/04/05 C -12 7/27/01 D-la 1/23/02 D- 2.30 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.80 -00 11/10/05 D -1b 10/06/99 D- 2.32 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.82 -00 11/10/05 D -1 c 10/06/99 D- 2.34 -00 11/10/05 0- 2.84 -00 11/10/05 D -1d 10/06/99 D- 2.36 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.86 -00 11/10/05 D -1 e 1/23/02 D- 2.38 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.88 -00 11/10/05 0-1f 10/06/99 D- 2.40 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.92 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.02 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.42 -00 11/10/05 D -3 7/13/05 D- 2.04 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.44 -00 11/10/05 D -3a 6/30/04 D- 2.06 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.46 -00 11/10/05 D -3b 6/30/04 0- 2.08 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.48 -00 11/10/05 D -3c 6/30/04 D- 2.10 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.60 -00 11/10/05 D -4 12/11/98 0- 2.12 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.62 -00 11/10/05 0-6 6/19/98 0- 2.14 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.64 -00 11/10/05 D -7 10/06/99 91 D- 2.16 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.66 -00 11/10/05 D -7a 10/06/99 D- 2.18 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.68 -00 11/10/05 D -9 12/11/98 D- 2.20 -00 11/10/05 D- 2.78 -00 11/10/05 E -1 2/21/07 E -4 8/27/03 E -2 5/29/98 E -4a 8/27/03 F- 10.12 -00 12/20/06 F- 10.64 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.15 -00 2/07/07 F- 10.16 -00 12/20/06 F- 30.10 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.16 -00 2/07/07 F- 10.40 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.10 -00 2/07/07 F- 40.18 -00 2/07/07 F- 10.42 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.12 -00 2/07/07 F- 80.10 -00 1/23/07 F- 10.62 -00 1/23/07 F- 40.14 -00 2/07/07 G -1 2/21/07 G -6 8/27/03 G -8e 8/18/04 G- 2 ....................6 /04/02 G -6a 8/27/03 G -8f 11/09/05 G -2a 6/04/02 G -6b 8/27/03 G -8g ............. 11/09/05 G -3 11/09/05 G -7 6/08/06 G -9a 6/25/02 G -3a 11/09/05 G -8a 12/15/04 G- 9b,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6/08/06 G -3b 11/09/05 G -8b 11/09/05 G -9d 6/08/06 G -4a 11/09/05 G -8c 8/18/04 G -4b 6/30/04 G -8d 12/15/04 1 1 A JA I9 A I I /� {� III H- 1/ 1 02 H -4a 2/25/05 H -1 2 2/25/05 H -1 a 4/14/00 H -4b 10/24/06 H -12a ............. 2/25/05 H-lb 6/21/06 H -6 10/29/03 H -12b 2/25/05 H -1 c 3/04/05 H -7 8/10/98 H -13 2/25/05 H -1d 6/21/06 H -8 9/18/98 H -13a 2/25/05 H -1 a 6/21/06 H -9 4/18/97 H -14 2/09/05 H -4 8/18/04 H -10 5/29/98 1-1 7/18/97 1 -6 7/17/03 1-11 9/11/03 1 -2 4/23/99 1 -7 7/17/03 1 -12 7/17/03 1 -3 8/20/99 1 -8 7/17/03 1 -13 7/17/03 1 -4 7/17/03 1 -9 7/17/03 1 -14 7/17/03 1 -5 7/17/03 1 -10 7/17/03 1 -15 1/23/07 J -1 b 10/08/99 J -6g 12/12/02 J -11 b 9/02/05 J -1 c 4/24/98 J -6h 4/24/98 J -11 c 6/21/06 J-ld 1/11/06 J -7a 9/12/01 J -12 11/08/05 J -1 e 1/11/06 J -7c 6/19/98 J -15a 10/04/05 J-lf 6/23/00 J -7d 4/24/98 J -15b 10/04/05 J -3 8/01/97 J -8a 5/20/04 J -16a 3/04/05 J -3b 3/04/05 J -8b 5/20/04 J -16b 9/02/05 J -3c 6/24/02 J -8c 5/20/04 J -18 9/02/05 J -3d 11/05/03 J -8d 5/20/04 J -19 9/02/05 J -5 8/01/97 J -9a 4/24/98 J -20 9/02/05 J -6c 4/24/98 J -10 7/18/97 J -6f 4/24/98 J -11 a 9/02/05 K- 10.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 26.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 10.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 30.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.80 -00 2/15/07 K- 20.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 30.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 55.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 20.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 60.20 -00 2/15/07 92 K- 20.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 60.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 22.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 70.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 24.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 32.80 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.10 -00 2/21/07 K- 24.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 34.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.20- 00...12/20/06 K- 24.60 -00 2/15/07 K- 36.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.30 -00 2/21/07 K- 24.80 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.35 -00 2/21/07 K- 26.20 -00 2/15/07 K- 40.40 -00 2/15/07 K- 80.37 -00 2/21/07 L- 10.10 -00 2/21/07 L- 40.10 -00 2/21/07 L- 70.10 -00 1/30/07 L- 20.10 -00 2/07/07 L- 40.15 -00 2/21/07 L- 70.20 -00 1/30/07 L- 30.10 -00 2/07/07 L- 40.20 -00 2/21/07 M- 1.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 3.30 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 1.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 3.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 1.60 -01 1/30/07 M- 3.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.30 -01 1/30/07 M- 1.80 -01 1/30/07 M- 5.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 2.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 7.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 20.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 2.40 -01 1/30/07 M- 9.50 -01 1/30/07 M- 24.20 -01 5/31/06 M- 2.60 -01 1/30/07 M- 11.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 24.40 -01 5/31/06 M- 3.10 -01 1/30/07 M- 15.10 -01 2/06/07 M- 24.60 -02 2/06/07 M- 3.20 -01 1/30/07 M- 17.10 -01 1/30/07 93 • 94 • CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in triplicate, this 10 day of u % , 2008, by and between the City of Yakima, hereinafter called the Owner, and KRCI, LLC, a Washington Corporation, hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, labor and equipment for THE BID AMOUNT OF: $ 1,509,825.00, for Yakima DFI - Phase 3; Pedestrian Streetside Improvements, Project No. 2216, all in accordance with, and as described in the attached plans and specifications and the 2008 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this contract and every part thereof. Work shall start within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed in Seventy -five (75) working days. The first chargeable working day shall be the 11th working day after the date on which the City issues the Notice to Proceed. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner the sum specified in the Standard Specifications for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, as liquidated damages. The Contractors shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the City of Yakima. 11. The City of Yakima hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached plans and specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract. III. The Contractor for himself, and for his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. IV. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City of Yakima by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and year first herein above written. Countersigned: CITY OF YAKIMA CONTRACTOR this L -i ` day of Ti) I.) 2008. KLLL LLC , a A. LLC.- Corporation ()tractor B City M: �.'•er i_ Attest: 1 Do v i k i)binsU :-) ( (Print Name) City Clerk n J� �f� I ItS ► ", Cl,�U-U) u t � (4\12A _ '✓(Presid nt, Owner, etc.) f` ll Address: Pi Icy JZv W-e tdrp 9-MT . . . . , - • . , - • . , - , - PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. 2278862 . • • . BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA. KNOW ALLMEN 8Y,THESE PRESENTS': . .. KRCI,LLC That we;:the undersigned, • Limited Liability Company Insurance Company of the West a 03.orppr.atias Principal: and —, . a . . California corporation and existing ifinderittielaws:of the State of ,, . . . . .. , .... .. . as esurety .. . orporation,: and qualif ied underthe laws of the StateofiWashingtotto betome-statly upon bonds of contractortWithMulliciPial corporations, as surety, and sevetallyhelci artd:firmlybound:to the.CITY OF YAK(MA in theoenst sum of 5 99,825.00 for the payment which sum ondemandiwetind ourselves and =successors, heirs, adlninishatore or :ReisoffaliePreserrlekesas the oaSe may be, This obligation: is entered:Into irt:pursuanee-of statutes of the'State'of'Washington, the Ordinances ofthe.OITY0E-YAKIMA„ 'DATED atYaklma, Washington, this.. . day of • - , 20 Never-the-less, the-conditions of obligations are suchiihat: 08 WHEREAS, pursuant to.action taken-by.thoiYakima Clty.Council on .. _ 20_:the Cily:Managerand City•Clerk of the MY QE YAKIMA has: let OriiS:iabraut to let' to the-saki K RCI,LLC „ the above bounded.Prinoipal, a certain contract, the .,,. said cut actbeing.numbered 2216 and providing for:Yakima DFI Phase 3 .. . (whichcontract is referred to hereinarid is.made.a part hereof asithough attached hereto), and WHEREAS, the said Principal:has. accepted, oris:about(o:acceptthesaid contract, and the-work therein :proVided for Milt manner arid:within Itte-tmeitet forth; . NOW THEREFOR; Itihe sa . id KRCI,LLC shall.faithfully perform all of the provisions-of- said contract in the .manner and within the: time therein set forth, or within such extensions of lime- as may he contraet, and ishalf pay all laborers, mecheillOs; sub-contraCtors and material men, and all persons who shall said principal. or sub with provisions and supplies-forthe carrying on of:said work,. and -shall hold said CITY OF YAKIMA, their employees, agents; and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of .any carelessness:or negligence on the part of said principal, or any sub- :contractor in the:performance of said work antishall indemnify and held: the CITY OF YAKIMA, agents; and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure:of performance as Specified:In said contract or fromdefects.oppearkg the:material- or vorkmanstilp provided or performed under said contract' within - a:period of one year aftefits:acCeptande thereof:by-the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in fhat•eyerjt. this shall:be butotherwise, It shall be -and remain Infull.forca. and effect. K RCI,LLC or ,..„,.9,,, ____ a ' 6 -14 --- V- 1 n — 1 OrIntNama) ... -' . _ . its: PA clA.0,-5 ii1/4.- iYtki 4A19 cc- ApProved es tOMit ,(, .z , - resident; °valor, etc:4 ("- '''< '' r ) Insurance Company of the West pity:Attorney) / ../ / (Suretyy) i / 9 ; ./ le : 4061 _ Ci Theresa A. Lamb . (Print:Narne) Attorney-in-Fact ' . . . .. . i No. 0004276 ICW GROUP Power of Attorney Insurance Company of the West Explorer Insurance Company Independence Casualty and Surety Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Insurance Company of the West, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, Explorer Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Texas, (collectively referred to as the "Companies "), do hereby appoint STEVEN K. BUSH, M.J. COTTON, S.M. SCOTT, NANCY J. OSBORNE, DARLENE JAKIELSKI JULIE M. GLOVER, JIM W. DOYLE, MICHAEL A. MURPHY, JIM S. KUICH, CHAD M. EPPLE BRANDON K. BUSH, ANDY D. PRILL, THERESA A. LAMB, STEVEN M. WAGNER their true and lawful Attorney(s) -in -Fact with authority to date, execute, sign, seal, and deliver on behalf of the Companies, fidelity and surety bonds, undertakings, and other similar contracts of suretyship, and any related documents. In witness whereof, the Companies have caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 2nd day of January, 2008. .2S''' APAHYDA' 4°e o k c c J TY .6 F. O Vi e`" `��,5APOAATFp - � ° , ' p - v x t' ,� INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST + � o B BL w , EXPLORER INSURANCE COMPANY �'�RCH i, 14Y� ~ °�f- 2 /a`o INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY .9 T v� m , sue/ 4 ` T , / J � fZ y2+YLE'/ y ✓ ✓e per' J J Jeffrey D. Sweeney, Assistant Secretary J. Douglas Browne, Senior Vice President State of California }ss. County of San Diego On January 2, 2008, before me, Mary Cobb, Notary Public, personally appeared J. Douglas Browne and Jeffrey D. Sweeney, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument, the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal. ,.:. , MARY GC38B t� COMM. #1602390 Pi �r 6 '•: v . - - —.` N OTARYPUBUUC -�Ato / 7 , t� M y CoDIEGO. s�Dn T SEPTEMBER 2D. 2009 Mary Cobb, Notary Public RESOLUTIONS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed, sealed and notarized with facsimile signatures and seals under authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of each of the Companies: "RESOLVED: That the President, an Executive or Senior Vice President of the Company, together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, are hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney appointing the person(s) named as Attomey(s) -in -Fact to date, execute, sign, seal, and deliver on behalf of the Company, fidelity and surety bonds, undertakings, and other similar contracts of suretyship, and any related documents. RESOLVED FURTHER: That the signatures of the officers making the appointment, and the signature of any officer certifying the validity and current status of the appointment, may be facsimile representations of those signatures; and the signature and seal of any notary, and the seal of the Company, may be facsimile representations of those signatures and seals, and such facsimile representations shall have the same force and effect as if manually affixed. The facsimile representations referred to herein may be affixed by stamping, printing, typing, or photocopying." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Insurance Company of the West, Explorer Insurance Company, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect, and has not been revoked, and that the above resolutions were duly adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of the Companies, and are now in full force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand this day of , . - 3 ,/ ,/ Jeffrey D. Sweeney, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney you may call 1- 800 - 877 -1111 and ask for the Surety Division. Please refer to the Power of Attorney Number, the above named individual(s) and details of the bond to which the power is attached. For information or filing claims, please contact Surety Claims, ICW Group, 11455 El Camino Real, San Diego, CA 92130 -2045 or call (858) 350 -2400. ' ' Bond No. 2278861 RETAINAGE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that we KRCI LLC a corporation under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Washington and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as Principal, and Insurance Company of the West a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of California and authorized to transact business of surety in the State of Washington, as Surety, are jointly and severally held and bound unto City of Yakima hereinafter referred to as Obligee, as Obligee, and are similarly held and bound unto the beneficiaries of the trust fund created by RCW 60.28 and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, in the penal sum of SEVENTY -FIVE THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED NINETY -ONE AND 25 /100THS Dollars $75,491.25 ) plus 5% of any increases in the contract amount that have occurred or may occur, due to change orders, increases in the quantities or the addition of any new item of work. WHEREAS, on the day of , , the said Principal herein executed a contract with City of Yakima for Yakima DFI Phase 3 WHEREAS, said contract and RCW 60.28 require the Obligee to withhold from the Principal the sum of 5% from monies earned by the Principal on estimates during the progress of the work, hereinafter referred to as earned retained funds. WHEREAS, the Principal has requested that the Obligee accept a bond in lieu of earned retained funds as allowed under Chapter 60.28 RCW. NOW THEREFORE, this obligation is such that the Surety, its successors and assigns are held and bound unto the Obligee and unto all beneficiaries of the trust fund created by RCW 60.28.011(1) in the aforesaid sum. This bond, including any proceeds therefrom, is subject to all claims and liens and in the same manner and priority as set forth for retained percentages in Chapter 60.28 RCW. The condition of this obligation is also that if the Principal shall satisfy all payment obligations to persons who may lawfully claim under the trust fund created pursuant to Chapter 60.28 RCW, to the Obligee, and indemnify and hold the Obligee harmless from any and all lost, costs and damages that the Obligee may sustain by release of said retainage to the Principal, then this obligation shall be null and void, provided the Surety is notified by the Obligee that the requirements of RCW 60.28.021 have been satisfied and the obligation is duly released by the Obligee. Retainage Bond No.2278864 Page 2 of 2 IT IS HEREBY DECLARED AND AGREED that the Surety shall be liable under this obligation as Principal. The Surety will not be discharged or released from liability for any act, omission or defenses of any kind or nature that would not also discharge the Principal. IT IS HEREBY FURTHER DECLARED AND AGREED that this obligation shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Principal, the Surety, the Obligee, the beneficiaries of the trust fund created by Chapter 60.28, Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Principal and said Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 1 lth day of July , 2008 . KRCI LLC By Principa Insurance Company of the West Surety By: 2.h�.,;x��' C 1-_ap1/4_ Theresa A. Lamb Attorney -in -fact No. 0004276 ICW GROUP Power of Attorney Insurance Company of the West Explorer Insurance Company Independence Casualty and Surety Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Insurance Company of the West, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, Explorer Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Texas, (collectively referred to as the "Companies "), do hereby appoint STEVEN K. BUSH, M.J. COTTON, S.M. SCOTT, NANCY J. OSBORNE, DARLENE JAKIELSKI JULIE M. GLOVER, JIM W. DOYLE, MICHAEL A. MURPHY, JIM S. KUICH, CHAD M. EPPLE BRANDON K. BUSH, ANDY D. PRILL, THERESA A. LAMB, STEVEN M. WAGNER their true and lawful Attomey(s) -in -Fact with authority to date, execute, sign, seal, and deliver on behalf of the Companies, fidelity and surety bonds, undertakings, and other similar contracts of suretyship, and any related documents. In witness whereof, the Companies have caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 2nd day of January, 2008. �G�caaaraNro ,y @- i o �9 <(, c Tr ary „ `° G �¢� \a �OpPUflAT FO at o 'F n w -Y INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST a 0 0 SEAL m . E a 7� n EXPLORER IN SURANCE COMPANY ��RC 1, +9 o f � e• FOnuia -`'V �� a i INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY rAtrroR0 �QM ke ? ci C:1 Jeffrey D. Sweeney, Assistant Secretary J. Douglas Browne, Senior Vice President State of California } ss. County of San Diego On January 2, 2008, before me, Maly Cobb, Notary Public, personally appeared J. Douglas Browne and Jeffrey D. Sweeney, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument, the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal. r.= 7 MARY COBS 4 1NCr COMM. *1602390 0 „n n --.1 NOTARY PUBIC- CALWGRMA t, / !` rs ., ' M V C ommiis�n Exp il SEPT E1YBiER 2D 2009 Mary Cobb, Notary Public RESOLUTIONS This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed, sealed and notarized with facsimile signatures and seals under authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of each of the Companies: "RESOLVED: That the President, an Executive or Senior Vice President of the Company, together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, are hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney appointing the person(s) named as Attomey(s) -in -Fact to date, execute, sign, seal, and deliver on behalf of the Company, fidelity and surety bonds, undertakings, and other similar contracts of suretyship, and any related documents. RESOLVED FURTHER: That the signatures of the officers making the appointment, and the signature of any officer certifying the validity and current status of the appointment, may be facsimile representations of those signatures; and the signature and seal of any notary, and the seal of the Company, may be facsimile representations of those signatures and seals, and such facsimile representations shall have the same force and effect as if manually affixed. The facsimile representations referred to herein may be affixed by stamping, printing, typing, or photocopying.” CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Insurance Company of the West, Explorer Insurance Company, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attomey is in full force and effect, and has not s' •n revoked, and that the above resolutions were duly adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of the Companies, and are now in full force. �� y j IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand this II t day of . _g -. A (> .t _ . :4,::'.* -1,:,_ ,./ Jeffrey D. Sweeney, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attomey you may call 1- 800 - 877 -1111 and ask for the Surety Division. Please refer to the Power of Attorney Number, the above named individual(s) and details of the bond to which the power is attached. For information or filing claims, please contact Surety Claims, ICW Group, 11455 El Camino Real, San Diego, CA 92130 -2045 or call (858) 350 -2400. 1 ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE O ID ME DATE(MMIDD/YYYY) KRCIL -1 07/10/08 RODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Hub International Northwest HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR '. O. Box 3018 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. 3othe1l WA 98041 -3018 I Phone: 425 - 489 -4500 Fax:425- 489 -4501 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURER A: CNA Insurance Companies INSURER B: I KRCI, LLC INSURER C: David Robinson PO Box 5120 INSURER D: Wenatchee WA 98807 INSURER E: OVERAGES 1 THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. iNSk UU'L POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR INSRC TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE (MMIDDIYY) DATE (MM /DD/YY) GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 UAMAUE I V REN I ED $ 5 0, 0 0 0 A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2094672121 03/09/08 03/09/09 PREMISES (Ea occurence) I CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ Excluded PERSONAL & ACV INJURY $ 1, 0 0 0, 000 X WA STOP GAP $1M GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GE 'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY X jECOT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT A X ANY AUTO 2094672135 03/09/08 03/09/09 (Ea accident) $ $1,000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ X NON -OWNED AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE $ (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY AGG $ EXCESS /UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ ' WORKERS COMPENSATION AND TORY SIAI X O ER A EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 2094672121 03/09/08 03/09/09 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $$1,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER /EXECUTIVE OFFICER /MEMBER EXCLUDED? WA STOP GAP - E.L. E.L. DISEASE - EA FMPLOYEE $ $1 , 000,000 I If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ $1 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 OTHER 1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS CITY OF YAKIMA, THEIR AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, AND ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS ARE ADDED AS ADDITIONAL INSURED AS REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT. SEE I ATTACHED AI AND PER PROJECT ENDORSEMENTS. RE: YAKIMA DFI PHASE 3 - CITY PROJECT NO. 2216 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CIYAKIM SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL 8ND757C[XMAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN CITY OF YAKIMA NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, ATTN: MR. BRUCE FLOYD 129 NORTH 2ND STREET YAKIMA WA 98901 AUTH IZED REPRE 1CORD 25 (2001/08) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 I, (J140331A UMU1 rage i or z IMPORTANT: THIS ENDORSEMENT CONTAINS DUTIES THAT APPLY TO THE ADDITIONAL INSURED IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT. SEE PARAGRAPH C.1. OF THIS ENDORSEMENT FOR THESE DUTIES. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULED AND BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT WITH PRODUCTS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS COVERAGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: Designated Project: (Coverage under this endorsement is not affected by an entry or lack of entry in the Schedule above.) A. WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured any person or organization, including any person or organization shown in the schedule above, (called additional insured) whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or written agreement; but the written contract or written agreement must be: 1. Currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy; and 2. Executed prior to the "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury". B. The insurance provided to the additional insured is limited as follows: 1. That person or organization is an additional insured solely for liability due to your negligence specifically resulting from "your work" for the additional insured which is the subject of the written contract or written agreement. No coverage applies to liability resulting from the sole negligence of the additional insured. 2. The Limits of Insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in the written contract or written agreement or in the Declarations of this policy, whichever is less. These Limits of Insurance are inclusive of, and not in addition to, the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 3. The coverage provided to the additional insured by this endorsement and paragraph f. of the definition of "insured contract" under DEFINITIONS (Section V) do not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the "products- completed operations hazard" unless required by the written contract or written agreement. 4. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to "bodily injury," "property damage," or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an architect's, engineer's, or surveyor's G140331A 0101 Page 2 of 2 rendering of or failure to render any professional services including: a. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and b. Supervisory, or inspection activities performed as part of any related architectural or engineering activities. C. As respects the coverage provided under this endorsement, SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS are amended as follows: 1. The following is added to the Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit Condition: e. An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: (1) Give written notice of an occurrence or an offense to us which may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance; (2) Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any other insurer which also has insurance for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part; and (3) Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. f. We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a claim or "suit" from the additional insured. 2. Paragraph 4.b. of the Other Insurance Condition is deleted and replaced with the following: 4. Other Insurance b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over any other insurance naming the additional insured as an insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless a written contract or written agreement specifically requires that this insurance be either primary or primary and noncontributing. G18652G 1104 Page 1 of 7 CNA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS' GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART Coverage afforded under this extension of coverage endorsement does not apply to any person or organization covered as an additional insured on any other endorsement now or hereafter attached to this Coverage Part. 1. MISCELLANEOUS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to include as an insured any person or organization (called additional insured) described in paragraphs 2.a. through 2.g. below whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or agreement but the written contract or agreement must be: 1. Currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy; and 2. Executed prior to the "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal injury and advertising injury," but Only the following persons or organizations are additional insureds under this endorsement and coverage provided to such additional insureds is limited as provided herein: a. State or Political Subdivisions A state or political subdivision subject to the following provisions: (1) This insurance applies only with respect to the following hazards for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit in connection with premises you own, rent, or control and to which this insurance applies: (a) The existence, maintenance, repair, construction, erection, or removal of advertising signs, awnings, canopies, cellar entrances, coal holes, driveways, manholes, marquees, hoistaway openings, sidewalk vaults, street banners, or decorations and similar exposures; or (b) The construction, erection, or removal of elevators; or (2) This insurance applies only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit. This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality. b. Controlling Interest Any persons or organizations with a controlling interest in you but only with respect to their liability arising out of: (1) Their financial control of you; or (2) Premises they own, maintain or control while you lease or occupy these premises. This insurance does not apply to structural alterations, new construction and demolition operations performed by or for such additional insured. c. Managers or Lessors of Premises A manager or lessor of premises but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that specific part of the premises leased to you and subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: (1) Any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such additional insured. d. Mortgagee, Assignee or Receiver A mortgagee, assignee or receiver but only with respect to their liability as mortgagee, assignee, or receiver and arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of a premises by you. This insurance does not apply to structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or for such additional insured. http:// formnet- ci.cna.com/glhtm/cna4518.htm 4/21/2006 .■ G18652G 1104 Page 2 of 7 e. Owners /Other Interests — Land is Leased An owner or other interest from whom land has been leased by you but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that specific part of the land leased to you and subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: (1) Any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to lease that land; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such additional insured. f. Co - owner of Insured Premises A co -owner of a premises co -owned by you and covered under this insurance but only with respect to the co- owners liability as co -owner of such premises. g. Lessor of Equipment Any person or organization from whom you lease equipment. Such person or organization are insureds only with respect to their liability arising out of the maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment leased to you by such person or organization. A person's or organization's status as an insured under this endorsement ends when their written contract or agreement with you for such leased equipment ends. With respect to the insurance afforded these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply: (1) To any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires; or (2) To "bodily injury", "property damage ", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the sole negligence of such additional insured. Any insurance provided to an additional insured designated under paragraphs a. through g. above does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products- completed operations hazard ". As respects the coverage provided under this endorsement, Paragraph 4.b. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is deleted and replaced with the following: 4. Other Insurance b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over: Any other insurance naming the additional insured as an insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless a written contract or agreement specifically requires that this insurance be either primary or primary and noncontributing. Where required by written contract or agreement, we will consider any other insurance maintained by the additional insured for injury or damage covered by this endorsement to be excess and noncontributing with this insurance. 2. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS — HEALTH CARE SERVICES Paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) of Section II — Who Is An Insured is deleted. 3. JOINT VENTURES / PARTNERSHIP / LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY COVERAGE A. The following is added to Section II — Who Is An Insured: 4. You are an insured when you had an interest in a joint venture, partnership or limited liability company which terminated or ended prior to or during this policy period but only to the extent of your interest in such joint venture, partnership or limited liability company. This coverage does not apply: a. Prior to the termination date of any joint venture, partnership or limited liability company; or b. If there is other valid and collectible insurance purchased specifically to insure the partnership, joint venture or limited liability company. c. To a joint venture, partnership or limited liability company which is or was insured under a "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program ". "Consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" means a construction, erection or demolition project for which the prime contractor /project manager or owner of the construction project has secured general liability insurance covering some or all of the contractors or subcontractors involved in the project, otherwise referred to as an Owner Controlled Insurance Program (O.C.I.P.) or Contractor Controlled http:// formnet- ci.cna.com/g1htm/ena4518.htm 4/21/2006 G18652G 1104 Page 3 of 7 Insurance Program (C.C.I.P.). B. The last paragraph of Section II — Who Is An Insured is deleted and replaced by the following: Except as provided in 4. above, no person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. 4. EXPANDED PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY A. The following is added to Section V — Definitions, the definition of "Personal and advertising injury": h. Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but only if such discrimination or humiliation is: (1) Not done intentionally by or at the direction of: (a) The insured; or (b) Any "executive officer", director, stockholder, partner, member or manager (if you are a limited liability company) of the insured; and (2) Not directly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment, past employment or termination of employment of any person or persons by any insured. B. Exclusions of Section I — Coverage B — Personal and Advertising Injury Liability is amended to include the following: p. Discrimination Relating To Room, Dwelling or Premises Caused by discrimination directly or indirectly related to the sale, rental, lease or sub -lease or prospective sale, rental, lease or sub -lease of any room, dwelling or premises by or at the direction of any insured. q. Fines Or Penalties Fines or penalties levied or imposed by a governmental entity because of discrimination. C. This provision 4. (EXPANDED PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY COVERAGE) does not apply to discrimination or humiliation committed in the states of New York or Ohio. Also, EXPANDED PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY COVERAGE does not apply to policies issued in the states of New York or Ohio. D. This provision 4. (EXPANDED PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY COVERAGE) does not apply if Section I — Coverage B — Personal And Advertising Injury Liability is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Part or by endorsement. 5. MEDICAL PAYMENTS A. Paragraph 7. Medical Expense Limit, of Section III — Limits of Insurance is deleted and replaced by the following: 7. Subject to 5. above (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Medical Expense Limit is the most we will pay under Section — I — Coverage C for all medical expenses because of "bodily injury" sustained by any one person. The Medical Expense Limit is the greater of: (1) $15,000; or (2) The amount shown in the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. B. This provision 5. (Medical Payments) does not apply if Section I — Coverage C Medical Payments is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Part or by endorsement. C. Paragraph 1 .a.(3)(2) of Section 1 — Coverage C — Medical Payments, is replaced by the following: The expenses are incurred and reported to us within three years of the date of the accident; and 6. LEGAL LIABILITY AND BORROWED EQUIPMENT A. Under Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage 2. Exclusions, Exclusion j. is replaced by the following. "Property damage" to: (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy; (2) Premises you sell, give away or abandon, if the "property damage" arises out of any part of those premises; (3) Property loaned to you; (4) Personal property in the care, custody or control of the insured; (5) That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or subcontractors http:// formnet- ci.cna.com/g1htm/cna4518.htm 4/21/2006 G18652G 1104 Page 4 of 7 working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing operations, if the "property damage" arises out of those operations; or (6) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because "your work" was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "your work" and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to: (i) "property damage" to tools or equipment loaned to you if the tools or equipment are not being used to perform operations at the time of loss; or (ii) "property damage" (other than damage by fire) to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, or to the contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to "property damage" included in the "products - completed operations hazard ". B. Under Section 1 — Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage the last paragraph of 2. Exclusions is deleted and replaced by the following. Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner or to the contents of premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. C. Paragraph 6. Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit of Section III — Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: 6. Subject to 5. above, (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Section — I — Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to any one premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner, including contents of such premises rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the greater of: a. $200,000; or b. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown in the Declarations. D. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) of Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions is deleted and replaced by the following: (b) That is property insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner; or E. This provision 6. (LEGAL LIABILITY AND BORROWED EQUIPMENT) does not apply if Damage To Premises Rented To You Liability under Section I — Coverage A is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Part or by endorsement. 7. NON - OWNED WATERCRAFT Under Section I — Coverage A, Exclusion 2.g., subparagraph (2) is deleted and replaced by the following. (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 55 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. 8. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT Exclusion 2.g. of Section 1 — Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage, does not apply to an aircraft you do not own, provided that: 1. The pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating that person as a commercial or airline transport pilot; 2. It is rented with a trained, paid crew; and 3. It does not transport persons or cargo for a charge. http:// formnet- ci.cna.com/g1htm/cna4518.htm 4/21/2006 G18652G 1 104 Page 5 of 7 9. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY Exclusion e. Contractual Liability of Section I — Coverage B is deleted. 10. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS A. Under Section I — Supplementary Payments — Coverages A and B, Paragraph 1.b., the limit of $250 • shown for the cost of bail bonds is replaced by $2,500: B. In Paragraph 1.d., the limit of $250 shown for daily loss of earnings is replaced by $1,000. 11. LIQUOR LIABILITY Exclusion c. of Section I — Coverage A is deleted. 12. NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS Paragraph 3.a. of Section II — Who Is An Insured is deleted and replaced by the following: Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period or the next anniversary of this policy's effective date after you acquire or form the organization, whichever is earlier. 13. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE If we adopt a change in our forms or rules which would broaden coverage for contractors without an additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the additional coverages as of the date the revision is effective in your state. 14. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Based on our reliance on your representations as to existing hazards, if unintentionally you should fail to disclose all such hazards at the inception date of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. 15. NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE The following is added to paragraph 2. of Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions — Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: Your rights under this Coverage Part will not be prejudiced if you fail to give us notice of an "occurrence ", offense, claim or "suit" and that failure is solely due to your reasonable belief that the "bodily injury" or "property damage" is not covered under this Coverage Part. However, you shall give written notice of this "occurrence", offense, claim or "suit" to us as soon as you are aware that this insurance may apply to such "occurrence ", offense claim or "suit ". 16. BROAD KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE The following is added to paragraph 2. of Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions — Duties in The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: You must give us or our authorized representative notice of an "occurrence ", offense, claim, or "suit" only when the "occurrence ", offense, claim or "suit" is known to: (1) You, if you are an individual; (2) A partner, if you are a partnership; (3) An executive officer or the employee designated by you to give such notice, if you are a corporation; or (4) A manager, if you are a limited liability company. 17. AGGREGATE LIMITS PER PROJECT A. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under COVERAGE A (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under COVERAGE C (SECTION I), which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured: 1. A separate Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. 2. The Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under COVERAGE A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products- completed operations hazard ", and for medical expenses under COVERAGE C regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or http: // formnet- ci.cna.com/glhtm/cna4518.htm 4/21/2006 G18652G 1104 Page 6 of 7 c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits ". 3. Any payments made under COVERAGE A for damages or under COVERAGE C for medical expenses shall reduce the Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for that construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in this Declarations nor shall they reduce any other Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other separate construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured. 4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Fire Damage and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under COVERAGE A (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under COVERAGE C (SECTION 1), which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured: 1. Any payments made under COVERAGE A for damages or under COVERAGE C for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products - Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2. Such payments shall not reduce any Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. C. When coverage for liability arising out of the "products- completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products - completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products - Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate Limit nor the Single Construction Project General Aggregate Limit. D. If a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the insured has been abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. E. The provisions of Limits of Insurance (SECTION 111) not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. 18. EXPANDED BODILY INJURY Section V — Definitions, the definition of "bodily injury" is changed to read: "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death, humiliation, shock, mental anguish or mental injury by that person at any time which results as a consequence of the bodily injury, sickness or disease. 19. EXPECTED OR INTENDED INJURY Exclusion a. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability is replaced by the following: - a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. 20. OWNER CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAM, CONTRACTOR CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAM OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP -UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS The endorsement EXCLUSION — CONSTRUCTION WRAP - UP PROGRAM which is attached to this policy is amended as follows: A. This exclusion does not apply to: 1. Coverage available to you under this policy which is broader in scope than coverage provided to you under a "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" for a construction project in which you are involved; 2. Coverage for your interest only for ongoing operations in excess of all coverage available to you under a "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" for a construction project in which you are involved; and 3. Coverage for your interest only for operations included within the "products - completed operations hazard" in excess of all coverage available to you under a "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" for a construction project in which you are or have been involved. Paragraphs A.1., A.2. and A.3. above do not apply to a "residential" "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance http:// formnet- ci.cna.com/glhtm/cna4518.htm 4/21/2006 G18652G 1104 Page 7 of 7 program". B. The following is added immediately after the first paragraph of provision b. Excess Insurance of Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions — Other Insurance: This insurance is excess, over any of the other insurance whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis that is insurance available to you as a result of your being a participant in a "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program ", but only as respects your involvement in that "consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program ". C. The following is added to Section V — Definitions: "Consolidated (wrap -up) insurance program" means a construction, erection or demolition project for which the prime contractor /project manager or owner of the construction project has secured general liability insurance covering some or all of the contractors or subcontractors involved in the project, otherwise referred to as an Owner Controlled Insurance Program ( O.C.I.P.) or Contractor Controlled Insurance Program (C.C.I.P.). "Residential" means new construction or major rehabilitation of multifamily owned developments, "tract housing" developments or condominium projects. "Tract housing" means developments where the houses are similar in price, physical characteristics, lot size and square footage; numerous houses of similar or complementary design constructed on a given expanse of land. 21. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS With respect to operations performed within 50 feet of railroad property and for which a Railroad Protective Liability policy in the name of the railroad has been provided, the definition of "insured contract" in the SECTION V — DEFINITIONS is replaced by the following: "Insured Contract" means: a. A contract for a lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is not an "insured contract"; b. A sidetrack agreement; c. Any easement or license agreement; d. An obligation, as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality, except in connection with work for a municipality; e. An elevator maintenance agreement; f. That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality) under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury" or "property damage" to a third person or organization. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f. does not include that part of any contract or agreement: (1) That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a) Preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (b) Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage; (2) Under which the insured, if an architect, engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services, including those listed in paragraph (1) above and supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. http: // formnet- ci.cna.com/glhtm/cna4518.htm 4/21/2006 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON) ) ss COUNTY OF YAKIMA ) I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work, payment for which this voucher is submitted, I have paid the following rate per hour to each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, as indicated upon the attached list, now referred to and by such reference incorporated in and made an integral part hereof, for all such employed in the performance of such work; and no laborer, workman or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 200 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing at 103 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Department of labor & Industries Statement Prevailing Wage Rates for Yakima County DOLI - Manufacture & Fabrication Notice Benefit Code Key PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW, as amended. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries are by reference made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein. The current schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this contract will be performed, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are included in these contract documents. Inasmuch as the contractor will be held responsible for paying the prevailing wages, it is imperative that all contractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, before submitting bids based on these specifications. In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State and his decision therein shall be final and conclusive and biding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060 as amended. Current prevailing wage rules and data can be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. You may submit your request to: Department of Labor and Industries ESAC Division PO Box 44540 Olympia, Washington 98504 -4540 Telephone: 360- 902 -5335 105 106 State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone (360) 902 -5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not Tess than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.00 1H 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $50.33 1C 5N BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.47 2M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $19.24 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $34.10 1M 5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $43.34 1M 5D CARPENTER $34.10 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $34.10 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $34.10 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $34.10 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $34.10 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $34.10 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT $44.34 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $43.54 1M 5D SAWFILER $34.10 1M 5D SHINGLER $34.10 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $34.10 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $34.10 1M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.59 1N 5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER $85.75 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $44.22 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $44.59 1T 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $44.08 1T 5D 8L BOATMEN $44.59 1T 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $44.64 1T 5D 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $46.21 1T 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $44.08 1T 5D 8L MATES $44.59 1T 5D 8L OILER $44.21 IT 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.44 1P 5A ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.99 1 Page 1 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE JOURNEY LEVEL $46.13 1E 5A ELECTRICIANS - MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN $15.37 2A 6C JOURNEY LEVEL $14.69 2A 6C ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $56.53 4A 5A CERT!F!ED LINE WELDER $5 i .S4 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $37.15 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $39.19 4A 5A HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $51.64 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $39.19 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $51 64 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $43.83 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $51,64 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $39.19 4A 5A ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.40 1 EL EVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $60.85 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $66.25 4A 6Q FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS CRAFTSMAN $8.72 1 LABORER $8 1 FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $21.64 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.20 1H 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.43 1B 61 HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $23.18 1 HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC $13.91 1 HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.50 1H 5D INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC $15.65 1 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL $9.24 1 • INSPECTION /CLEANING /SEALING OF SEWER & WATER SYSTEMS BY DC\AATE CONTROL CLEANER OPERATOR, FOAMER OPERATOR $9.73 1 GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR $11.48 1 HEAD OPERATOR $12.78 1 TECHNICIAN $8.07 1 TV TRUCK OPERATOR $10.53 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.91 1 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $44.52 10 5A Page 2 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code LABORERS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $18.12 1 LABORERS - UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER GENERAL LABORER $29.00 1H 5D PIPE LAYER $29.50 1H 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $9.00 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $15.45 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $9.00 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $34.10 1M 5D METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) FITTER $12.00 1 LABORER $10.31 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $11.32 1 PAINTER $12.00 1 WELDER $11.32 1 MODULAR BUILDINGS JOURNEY LEVEL $14.11 1 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.05 1 PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $43.10 1R 5B PLAYGROUND & PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.07 1 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $54.24 1Q 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $42.14 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD & UNDER) $44.92 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD & UNDER 6 YD) $45.41 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER WITH ATTACHMENTS) $45.96 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER) $44.50 IT 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $44.92 IT 5D 8L BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $44.92 1T 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $44.92 1T 5D 8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $44.50 1T 5D 8L BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $42.14 1T 5D 8L BROOMS $42.14 IT 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $44.92 1T 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $45.41 1T 5D 8L CHIPPER $44.92 1T 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $42.14 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $42.14 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $44.50 IT 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $44.92 1T 5D 8L CONVEYORS $44.50 1T 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $44.50 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $44.92 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $45.41 IT 5D 8L WITH ATACHMENTS) Page 3 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $45.96 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $46.53 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $42.14 1T 50 8L CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON $44.50 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $47.09 1T 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) $44.92 i I 50 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (45 - 99 TONS) $45.41 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) $45.96 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $45.96 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $46.53 1T 5D 8L CRASHERS $44.92 1T 5D 8L DECK ENGINEER/DECK WINCHES (POWER) $44.92 1T 5D 8L DERRICK, BUILDING $45.41 1T 5D 8L DOZERS, D -9 & UNDER $44.50 1T 5D 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $44.50 1T 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $44.92 1T 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIF T , PERMANENT AND SHAFT-TYPE $42.14 1 T 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $44.50 1T 5D 8L FINISHING MACHINE /BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $44.92 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $44.50 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $42.14 1T 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $44.50 1T 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $42.14 1T 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $44.92 1T 5D 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS $44.50 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $44.50 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $44.92 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) $42.14 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $44.50 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $45.41 1T 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) $45.96 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED $44.92 iT 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $44.92 1T 5D 8L MECHANICS, ALL $45.41 1T 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $44.92 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $44.92 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING) $44.50 1T 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD $45.41 1T 5D 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $42.14 1T 5D 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $42.14 1T 5D 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $44.92 1T 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT, CRUSHER) $44.50 1T 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $42.14 1T 5D 8L POWER PLANT $42.14 1T 5D 8L PUMPS, WATER $42.14 1T 5D 8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD-41 $45.41 1T 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $45.41 1T 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $42.14 1T 5D 8L Page 4 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 *************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING lime Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ROLLAGON $45.41 1T 5D 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $42.14 IT 5D 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $44.50 1T 5D 8L ROTO -MILL, ROTO- GRINDER $44.92 1T 5D 8L SAWS, CONCRETE $44.50 IT 5D 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $44.92 1T 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $45.41 1T 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $44.50 1T 5D 8L SCREED MAN $44.92 1T 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $42.14 1T 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $45.41 1T 5D 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $44.92 1T 5D 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $44.92 1T 5D 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $44.50 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) $44.50 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $44.92 1T 5D 8L TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $44.92 IT 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $45.41 1T 5D 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $44.50 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) $44.50 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) $44.92 IT 5D 8L TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $44.92 1T 5D 8L WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $42.14 1T 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $44.92 1T 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $37.61 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $35.73 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $36.19 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $33.68 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $25.43 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $54.24 1Q 5A RESIDENTIAL BRICK & MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.00 1 RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $14.58 1 RESIDENTIAL CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $11.86 1 RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $19.08 1 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $21.98 1 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.43 1B 61 RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $10.00 1 RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.07 1 Page 5 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $13.89 1 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $15.56 1 RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $30.87 1B 5A • RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL 517.55 1 RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZO/TILE FINISHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $17.00 1 ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.18 2P 51 USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $3_3.18 2P 51 SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $42.78 1B 5A SIGN MAKERS & INSTALLERS (NON- ELECTRICAL) JOURNEY LEVEL $14.65 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.11 1N 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.07 1 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $43.50 1R 5Q STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS (NON STRUCTURAL) JOURNEY LEVEL $13.23 1 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.25 1 - INSTRUMENT PERSON $12.05 1 PARTY CHIEF $15.05 1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.00 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $30.66 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER/GROUND PERSON $17.19 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $29.41 2B 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $28.53 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I $30.66 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $30.05 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $30.66 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $28.53 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $16.31 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER $21.68 2B 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $35.78 2B 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $23.19 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $28.53 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.82 2M 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $23.87 2M 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $36.40 1K 5A Page 6 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -02 -08 *************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX $14.19 1 DUMP TRUCK $31.56 2G 61 DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $31.56 2G 61 OTHER TRUCKS $31.56 2G 61 TRANSIT MIXER $31.56 2G 61 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $25.44 1 OILER $9.20 1 WELL DRILLER $18.00 1 Page 7 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non- standard" Items) Below is the department's (State L &I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non- standard ". For items not appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non - standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly /fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. Supplemental to Wage Rates 1 WSDOT°s Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non - standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria desc described in Qtate and I A_I' policy statemont. ribed in v .uw and � ,� policy .a�uwi � poi n. ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1. Metal rectangular frames, solid metal covers, herringbone grates, � and bi- directional vaned grates for Catch Basin Types 1, 'IL, 1 P, and 2 and Concrete Inlets. See Std. Plans 2. Metal circular frames (rings) and covers, circular grates, and prefabricated ladders for Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3, Drywell Types 1, 2, and 3 and Catch Basin Type 2. X See Std. Plans 3. Prefabricated steel grate supports and welded grates, metal frames and dual vaned grates, and Type 1, 2, and 3 structural tubing grates for Drop Inlets. See Std. Plans. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. X 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. X 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, #5. Supplemental to Wage Rates 2 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stock. X See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be X in accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. X 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of minor steel Items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and /or X boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in X accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). 13. Concrete Piling -- Precast- Prestressed concrete piling for use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to Section 9 -19.1 of Std. Spec.. X 14. Precast Manhole Types 1, 2, and 3 with cones, adjustment X sections and flat top slabs. See Std. Plans. 15. Precast Drywell Types 1, 2, and with cones and adjustment Sections. X See Std. Plans. 16. Precast Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1P, and 2 With adjustment sections. See Std. Plans. X Supplemental to Wage Rates 3 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - with adjustment sections, See Std. Plans X 18. Precast Drop Inlet Type 1 and 2 with metal grate sup ports. See Std. Plans. X A A Precast Grate Inlet Type Precast Grate Mier ype 2 with extension and top units. See Std. Plans X 20. Metal frames, vaned grates, and hoods for Combination Inlets. See Std. Plans X 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities Vaults. X 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as X permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels — Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. X Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt -up wall panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used Supplemental to Wage Rates 4 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder — Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to )( casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4 -14 - Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 30. Prestressed Tri -Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri -Beam Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 31. Prestressed Precast Hollow -Core Slab — Precast Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A. 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)A 33. Monument Case and Cover X See Std. Plan. Supplemental to Wage Rates 5 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 3 4 . Can tfleVe1 Sign Structure Cantlie ver Sign Stru fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -183. See Std. • Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 36. Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for approval are required prior to fabrication. 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure X shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated Steel Sign Posts as detailed in Std Plans. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to X fabrication 38. Light Standard - Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow concrete poles. X 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plans. See Specia ;X Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for use on highway and /or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings 41. Precast Concrete Sloped Mountable Curb (Single and DualFaced) x See Std. Plans. Supplemental to Wage Rates 6 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following materials must be submitted and approved for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. X X NOTE: * ** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed Custom Std Signing Message Message 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel 44. Guardrail components X I X Custom Standard End Sec I Sec 45. Aggregates /Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296 - 127 -018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring /components X 49. treated or untreated timber pile X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) x 51. Standard Dimension lumber 52. Irrigation components X • Supplemental to Wage Rates 7 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufactures - Fabricator ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 53. Fencing materials later ials I I I X 54. Guide Posts X 55. Traffic Buttons X 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing_ 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles X 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings � X 61. Steel pile tips, standard _ X 62. Steel pile tips, custom X Supplemental to Wage Rates 8 State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone (360) 902 - PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) EFFECTIVE 03-02 -2008 (See Benefit Code Key) • Classification Code Prevailing Overtime Holiday Wage Code Code Counties Covered: ADAMS, ASOTIN, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, KITTITAS LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND ORIELLE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN FITTER/WELDER $12.76 1 LABORER $8.13 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $12.66 1 PAINTER $10.20 1 Counties Covered: BENTON MACHINE OPERATOR $10.53 1 PAINTER $9.76 1 WELDER $16.70 1 1 Counties Covered: CHELAN FITTER $15.04 1 LABORER $9.54 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $9.71 1 PAINTER $9.93 1 WELDER $12.24 1 Counties Covered: CLALLAM, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC SAN JUAN AND SKAGIT FITTER/WELDER $15.16 1 LABORER $11.13 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $10.66 1 PAINTER $11.41 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 9 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) EFFECTIVE 03- 02-2008 (See Benefit Code Key) Classification Code Prevailing Overtime Holiday Wage Code Code Counties Covered: CLARK FITTER $27.80 1 LABORER $19.52 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $29.08 1 PAINTER $25.62 1 WELDER $27.20 1 Counties Covered: COWLITZ MACHINE OPERATOR $24.46 1B 6V PAINTER $24.46 1B 6V WELDER $24.46 1B 6V Counties Covered: GRANT FITTER/WELDER $10.79 1 PAINTER $8.07 1 Counties Covered: KING FITTER $15.86 1 LABORER $9.78 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13.04 1 PAINTER $11.10 1 WELDER 15.48 Counties Covered: KITSAP FITTER $26.96 1 LABORER $8.07 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13.83 1 WELDER $13.83 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 10 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) EFFECTIVE 03-02 -2008 *************A AAAA **************************** ** ***** * * *** ***** * * * *** * * * *** ** *irk *fir * * **** * * * * * * ** ** ** (See Benefit Code Key) Classification Code Prevailing Overtime Holiday Wage Code Code Counties Covered: KLICKITAT, SKAMANIA, WAHKIAKUM FITTER/WELDER $16.99 1 LABORER $10.44 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $17.21 1 PAINTER $17.03 1 Counties Covered: PIERCE FITTER $15.25 1 LABORER $10.32 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13.98 1 WELDER $13.98 1 Counties Covered: SNOHOMISH FITTER/WELDER $15.38 1 LABORER $9.79 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $8.84 1 PAINTER $9.98 1 Counties Covered: SPOKANE FITTER $12.59 1 LABORER $8.07 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13.26 1 PAINTER $10.27 1 WELDER $10.80 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 11 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) EFFECTIVE 0302 ®2008 (See Benefit Code Key) Classification Code Prevailing Overtime Holiday Wage l...04J le Code Counties Covered: THURSTON FITTER $24.88 1A 6T LABORER $16.61 1A 6T MACHINE OPERATOR $26.95 lA 61 PAINTER $19.72 1A 6T WELDER $22.81 1A 6T Counties Covered: WHATCOM FITTER/WELDER $13.81 1 LABORER $9.00 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $13.81 1 Counties Covered: YAKIMA FITTER $12.00 1 LABORER $10.31 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $11.32 1 PAINTER $12.00 1 WELDER $11.32 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 12 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS • EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -2008 (See Benefit Code Key) Classification Code Prevailing Overtime Holiday Wage Code Code Counties Covered: ADAMS, ASOTIN, BENTON, COLUMBIA, DOUGLAS, FERRY, GARFIELD, GRANT, LINCOLN, OKANOGAN, PEND OREILLE, STEVENS, WALLA WALLA AND WHITMAN ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $9.96 1 Counties Covered: CHELAN, KITTITAS, KLICKITAT AND SKAMANIA ALL CLASSIFICATIONS 8.61 1 Counties Covered: CLALLAM, CLARK, COWLITZ, GRAYS HARBOR, ISLAND, JEFFERSON, KITSAP,LEWIS, MASON, PACIFIC, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, THURSTON AND WAHKIAKUM ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $13.50 1 Counties Covered: FRANKLIN ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $11.50 1 Counties Covered: KING ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $13.50 2K 5B Counties Covered: PIERCE ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $9.28 1 Counties Covered: SPOKANE ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $20.23 1 Counties Covered: WHATCOM ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $13.67 1 Counties Covered: YAKIMA CRAFTSMAN $8.72 1 LABORER $8.07 1 Supplemental to Wage Rates 13 WSDOT's List of State Occupations not applicable to Heavy and Highway Construction Projects This project is subject to the state hourly minimum rates for wages and fringe benefits in the contract provisions, as provided by the state Department of Labor and Industries. The following list of occupations, is comprised of those occupations that are not normally used the construction of heavy d hi i useu in the %onS u�,�iu� i o� � icavy and highway ivva proje%w. When considering job classifications for use and / or payment when bidding on, or building heavy and highway construction projects for, or administered by WSDOT, these Occupations will be excepted from the included "Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Work Contracts" documents. 6 Electrical Fixture Maintenance Workers • Electricians - Motor Shop • Heating Equipment Mechanics • Industrial Engine and Machine Mechanics • Industrial Power Vacuum Cleaners • Inspection, Cleaning, Sealing of Water Systems by Remote Control • Laborers - Underground Sewer & Water • Machinists (Hydroelectric Site Work) • Modular Buildings • Playground & Park Equipment Installers • Power Equipment Operators - Underground Sewer & Water • Residential ***ALL ASSOCIATED RATES * ** • Sign Makers and Installers (Non - Electrical) • Sign Makers and Installers (Electrical) • Stage Rigging Mechanics (Non Structural) The following occupations may be used only as outlined in the preceding text concerning "WSDOT's list for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators" • Fabricated Precast Concrete Products • Metal Fabrication (In Shop) Definitions for the Scope of Work for prevailing wages may be found at the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries web site and in WAC Chapter 296 -127. Supplemental to Wage Rates 14 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) The following two letters from the State Department of Labor and Industries (State L &I) dated August 18, 1992 and June 18, 1999, clarify the intent and establish policy for administrating the provisions of WAC 296- 127 -018 COVERAGE AND EXEMPTIONS OF WORKERS INVOLVED IN THE PRODUCTION AND DELIVERY OF GRAVEL, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, OR SIMILAR MATERIALS. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, these letters, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. Effective September 1, 1993, minimum prevailing wages for all work covered by WAC 296- 127 -018 for the production and /or delivery of materials to a public works contract will be found under the regular classification of work for Teamsters, Power Equipment Operators, etc. Supplemental to Wage Rates 15 ESAC DIVISION - TELEPHONE (206) 586 -6887 PO BOX 44540, OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -4540 August 18, 1992 TO: All Interested Parties FROM: Jim P. Christensen Acting Industrial Statistician SUBJECT: Materials Suppliers - WAC 296- 127 -018 This memo is intended to provide greater clarity regarding the application of WAC 296- 127 -018 to awarding agencies, contractors, subcontractors. material suppliers and other interested parties. The information contained herein should not be construed to cover all possible scenarios which might require the payment of prevailing wage. The absence of a particular activity under the heading "PREVAIL INCA WAGES ARF REQUIRED FOR" does not mean that the activity is not covered. Separate Material Supplier Equipment Operator rates have been eliminated. For those cases where a production facility is set up for the specific purpose of supplying materials to a public works construction site, prevailing wage rates for operators of equipment such as crushers and batch plants can be found under Power Equipment Operators. PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR: 1. Hauling materials away from a public works project site, including excavated materials, demolished materials, etc. 2. Delivery of materials to a public works project site using a method that involves incorporation of the delivered materials into the project site, such as spreading, leveling, rolling, etc. 3. The production of materials at a facility that is established for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for a public works project. 4. Delivery of the materials mentioned in #3 above, regardless of the method of delivery. PREVAILING WAGES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR: 1. The production of materials by employees of an established materials supplier, in a permanent facility, as well as the delivery of these materials, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 2. Delivery of materials by a common or contract carrier, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 3. Production of materials for unspecified future use. Supplemental to Wage Rates 16 a f aye + „,��.,n STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES June 18, 1999 TO: Kerry S. Radcliff, Editor Washington State Register FROM: Gary Moore, Director Department of Labor and Industries SUBJECT: Notice re WAC 296- 127 -018, Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials The department wishes to publish the following Notice in the next edition of the Washington State Register: NOTICE Under the current material supplier regulations, WAC 296 - 127 -018, the department takes the position that prevailing wages do not apply to the delivery of wet concrete to public works sites, unless the drivers do something more than just deliver the concrete. Drivers delivering concrete into a crane and bucket, hopper of a pump truck, or forms or footings, are not entitled to prevailing wages unless they operate machinery or use tools that screed, float, or put a finish on the concrete. This position applies only to the delivery of wet concrete. It does not extend to the delivery of asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed rock, or other similar materials covered under WAC 296- 127 -018. The department's position applies only to this regulation. If you need additional information regarding this matter, please contact Greg Mowat, Program Manager, Employment Standards, at P.O. Box 44510, Olympia, WA 98504 -4510, or call (360) 902 -5310. Please publish the above Notice in WSR 99 -13. If you have questions or need additional information, please call Selwyn Walters at 902 -4206. Thank you. Cc: Selwyn Walters, Rules Coordinator Patrick Woods, Assistant Director Greg Mowat, Program Manager Supplemental to Wage Rates 17 BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -08 OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER. ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS BEFORE OR AFTER A FIVE - EIGHT (8) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY OR A FOUR - TEN (10) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED THE NEXT DAY AFTER EITHER WORKWEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL ADDITIONAL HOURS WORKED AND ALL WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY OVER TWELVE (12) HOURS AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED OVER TEN (10) HOURS MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS, HOLIDAYS AND AFTER TWELVE (12) HOURS, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, AND AFTER TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF CIRCUMSTANCES WARRANT) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -08 -2- 1. Q. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND UP TO TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. S. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER n O V ERT I1V1E HOURS YY ORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAIL AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE. OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. T. WORK PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS OF STRAIGHT TIME PER DAY, OR TEN (10) HOURS OF STRAIGHT TIME PER DAY WHEN FOUR TEN (10) HOUR SHIFTS ARE ESTABLISHED, OR FORTY (40) HOURS OF STRAIGHT TIME PER WEEK, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, OR OUTSIDE THE NORMAL SHIFT, AND ALL WORK ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TIME AND ONE -HALF THE STRAIGHT TIME RATE. HOURS WORKED OVER TWELVE HOURS (12) IN A SINGLE SHIFT AND ALL WORK PERFORMED AFTER 6:00 PM SATURDAY TO 6:00 AM MONDAY AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE STRAIGHT TIME RATE OF PAY. THE EMPLOYER SHALL HAVE THE SOLE DISCRETION TO ASSIGN OVERTIME WORK TO EMPLOYEES. PRIMARY CONSIDERATION FOR OVERTIME WORK SHALL BE GIVEN TO EMPLOYEES REGULARLY ASSIGNED TO THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED ON OVERTIME SITUATIONS. AFTER AN EMPLOYEE HAS WORKED EIGHT (8) HOURS AT AN APPLICABLE OVERTIME RATE, ALL ADDITIONAL HOURS SHALL BE AT THE APPLICABLE OVERTIME RATE UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE EMPLOYEE HAS HAD A BREAK OF EIGHT (8) HOURS OR MORE.. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLYRATE OF WAGE. V. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKE -UP DAYS DUE TO CONDITIONS BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE EMPLOYER)) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. X. THE FIRST FOUR (4) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TWELVE (12) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED OVER TWELVE (12) HOURS MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. WHEN HOLIDAY FALLS ON SATURDAY OR SUNDAY, THE DAY BEFORE SATURDAY, FRIDAY, AND THE DAY AFTER SUNDAY, MONDAY, SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE HOLIDAY AND ALL WORK PERFORMED SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL IIOURS BE WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SIIALL B PAID A T T YY O TIMES TIIE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. • BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -08 -3- G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT 8) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. Q. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDAY CODES 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). F. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). I. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). J. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -08 -4 K. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). M. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). P. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, ONE -HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (7 1/2). 5. S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER TH_ANKSGIV1NG DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND THE DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS (10). U. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS. W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). Y. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). Z. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 6. A. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). B. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY, NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE'S DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). D. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (9). E. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND A HALF -DAY ON CHRISTMAS EVE DAY. (9 1/2). F. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -08 - G. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS EVE DAY (11). H. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS, AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (10). I. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). J. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS, AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (9). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). UNPAID HOLIDAY_ PRESIDENTS' DAY. T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY (9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE (9). W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (10). X. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (II). NOTE CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - $2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250' - $5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 150' - $1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150' TO 200' - $2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL $1.00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $0.75, LEVEL B: $0.50, AND LEVEL C: $0.25. • BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -02 -08 -6- M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS: LEVELS A & B: $1.00, LEVELS C & D: $0.50. N. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $1.00, LEVEL B: $0.75, LEVEL C: $0.50, AND LEVEL D: $0.25. 9. A. SHIFT DIFFERENTIAL: SWING FROM 4:30 PM TO 1 AM IS WAGE PLUS 17.3% GRAVEYARD FROM 12:30 AM TO 9:00 AM IS WAGE PLUS 31.4% B. SHIFT DIFFERENTIAL: SWING FROM 4:30 PM TO 12 :30 AM IS WAGE PLUS 10% FOR 7 '/z HOURS WORKED GRAVEYARD FROM 12:30 AM TO 9:00 AM IS WAGE PLUS 15% 7 HOURS WORKED PROPOSAL Proposal Form Item Proposal Bid Sheet Bid Bond Form Non - Collusion Declaration Non - Discrimination Provision Subcontractor List Women and Minority Business Enterprise Policy Council Resolution Affirmative Action Plan Bidders Certification Subcontractors Certification Proposal Signature Sheet Bidders Check List PROPOSAL To the City Clerk Yakima, Washington This certifies that the undersigned has examined the location of: City of Yakima Yakima DFI - Phase 3; Pedestrian Streetside Improvements 1 St , 2nd and 3 Streets and Naches Avenue City Project No. 2216 and that the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, is understood. The undersigned hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract, and the following schedule of rates and prices. NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid, shall be shown, and be written in ink or typed. Show unit prices in figures only. Figures written to the right of the dot (decimal) in the dollars column shall be considered as cents. 107 108 ITEM PROPOSAL BID SHEET City of Yakima Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements 1 St , 2 and 3 and Naches Avenue City Project No. 2216 ITEM PROPOSAL ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. PAYMENT SECTION DOLLARS DOLLARS 1 SPCC 07 15 PLAN 1 LS �� ©\i �a0 . 2 MOBILIZATION 1 1 -09.7 LS I i� w7 1 � � 3 PROJECT TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL (Min. bid $30,000) 043 DV 1 -10.5 1 LS b I ()MO, CLEARING AND GRUBBING � ?' 4 2 -01.5 1 LS 24't 1 i. . X4'1 1 2 5 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 LS 2,4 Vi (,� ��(O1 2 -02.5 6 SAW -CUT, PER INCH DEPTH 5,000 LF ® 1 f bO 2 -02.5 REMOVING EXISTING CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK 06 0�$5 ®'00 7 2 -13.5 6,050 SY I -, 8 SAW CUTTING SIDEWALK MEET LINE 80 LF ad �� 00 2 -13 UNSUITABLE EXCAVATION INCL. HAUL 50 CY c+0 o 9 2 -03.5 2-5. 1 ZSo• 10 EMBANKMENT COMPACTION 50 CY 2 -03.5 I S ®o " 7 r j o. 11 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 800 TON °� EX, 13(700, f30 4 -04.5 12 PAVEMENT REPAIR 200 SY 5 -04.5 ®O ZOOM 13 CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS 800 SF 5 -06.5 III ?)000, 14 REMOVING AND REPLACING FRAME AND GRATE 0 ( 504 0 , 00 7 -05.5 2 EA 750, -- 15 CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 1 I t, ( � O e� I, 7 -05.5 T ) '( 16 ESC LEAD 12 DAY Z00 Z,1100/&9 8 -01.5 17 ROOT BARRIER 1,500 LF /0 , o--- 4 5 ®®O , 8 -02.5 18 TREE GRATE �0 8 -02.5 28 EA 4. 09 5 /0 coo ,, , 19 PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 42 IN. DIAM 15 EA 00 ,O� "1 "1 C p �- 8 -02.5 t7e �` PRECAST CONCRETE PLANTER, 48 IN. DIAM. 00 00 20 8 -02.5 13 EA t 7 CCU , — aat b©, `'/ 21 TRASH RECEPTACLE 13 EA DA) 1 �� C 5 co 0 0 , C....- ---- 8 -02.5 BENCH WITH BACK r `r, 0 ...i / 1� t3� 22 8 -02.5 9 EA 4 q (, . v`� .� 23 BICYCLE RACK 12 EA ' �i R 00 , °-. 8 -02.5 24 8 02 5: SCARLET SENTINEL MAPLE 34 EA qac� , <>es o, 109 ITEM PROPOSAL ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO. PAYMENT SECTION DOLLARS DOLLARS 25 PSIPE: CHANTICLEER FLOWERING PEAR 31 EA 0:).0 8 -02.5 SOD INSTALLATION ®0 06 26 8 -02.5 450 SY (','- I SCO IRRIGATION SYSTEM 0' 00 27 8 -03.5 1 LS l WOOO. (9Oc oo CEMENT CONC.TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER 1,135 LF 00 28 8 -04.5 'L � r Z� 5 r 29 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 4 IN. THICK 4,800 SY 91- „NO 00 Y b� 8 -14.5 30 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK, 6 IN. THICK 320 SY 8- 14.5 f�f s SIGNPOST SOCKETS 00 eto 31 8 -14.5 12 EA ` � 132 32 CEMENT CONCRETE TEST SECTION 1 LS so OS 8 -1 � LOW. ®00, 33 CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1A 31 EA �� � 8- 14.5 • (e Z4SCO • CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4A oo �^� p p 34 8 -14.5 7 EA $0o, r J 60, -' 35 PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS aaO O 36 TREE LIGHTING SYSTEM 1 LS ' �y 8 -20.5 Q lJ COO . 37 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON MODIFICATION 1 LS , 8 -20.5 38 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 1 FA $50,000 $50,000 8 -30.5 dILO TOTAL: 1w 111 BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashiers check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ which amount is not less than five percent of the total bid. Sign Here BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, KRCI LLC , as principal, and Insurance Company of the West ri ve s Sur a heldaand firmly Amount-bid unto the City of Yakima, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation Is such that If the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal f Yakima downtown futures initiative phase 3 " , according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee In accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, In case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise It shalt be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. *Pedestrian Streetside Improvements N. 1st, N. & S. 2nd & N. 3rd S & Naches Avenue, Project No. 2216 SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 1st D p J u y , 20 08 KRCI LLC .lvlc� 1 Principal Insurance Company of the West 0/./A/J4/41',-- /4 k( 7 Theresa A. Lamb, Attorney -in -Fact 20 Received return of deposit in the sure of $ 113 i No. 0004276 ICW GROUP Power of Attorney Insurance Company of the West Explorer Insurance Company Independence Casualty and Surety Company KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Insurance Company of the West, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, Explorer Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of California, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company, a Corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Texas, (collectively referred to as the "Companies "), do hereby appoint STEVEN K. BUSH, M.J. COTTON, S.M. SCOTT, NANCY J. OSBORNE, DARLENE JAKIELSKI JULIE M. GLOVER, JIM W. DOYLE, MICHAEL A. MURPHY, JIM S. KUICH, CHAD M. EPPLE BRANDON K. BUSH, ANDY D. PRILL, THERESA A. LAMB, STEVEN M. WAGNER their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact with authority to date, execute, sign, seal, and deliver on behalf of the Companies, fidelity and surety bonds, undertakings, and other similar contracts of suretyship, and any related documents. In witness whereof, the Companies have caused these presents to be executed by its duly authorized officers this 2nd day of January, 2008. �OMPAMYO Sa� � c?-01;" qno� y ¢ @ � u ��OPPOAAJE O f '�i d W c ?* ft� ®' t fi INSURANCE COMPANY OF THE WEST 2 4 o SEAL n 3: w /` a EXPLORER INSURANCE COMPANY K i•iftal 1, As'' ~ / 9 l, RO$N A gy p ° � INDEPENDENCE CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY CIrOR11 \A O., 4 ?..d.)a,(efr 4-0.4y1.6,/ Jeffrey D. Sweeney, Assistant Secretary rJ J. Douglas Browne, Senior Vice President State of California } ss. County of San Diego On January 2, 2008, before me, Mary Cobb, Notary Public, personally appeared J. Douglas Browne and Jeffrey D. Sweeney, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument, the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. Witness my hand and official seal. COMM. *1602390 e / ' - N OTARY PUSUC- CALWORMA at y SAN ommis�n Expo 0 SEPTEMBER 20. 2009 Mary Cobb, Notary Public RESOLUTIONS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed, sealed and notarized with facsimile signatures and seals under authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of each of the Companies: "RESOLVED: That the President, an Executive or Senior Vice President of the Company, together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, are hereby authorized to execute Powers of Attorney appointing the person(s) named as Attorney(s)-in-Fact to date, execute, sign, seal, and deliver on behalf of the Company, fidelity and surety bonds, undertakings, and other similar contracts of suretyship, and any related documents. RESOLVED FURTHER: That the signatures of the officers making the appointment, and the signature of any officer certifying the validity and current status of the appointment, may be facsimile representations of those signatures; and the signature and seal of any notary, and the seal of the Company, may be facsimile representations of those signatures and seals, and such facsimile representations shall have the same force and effect as if manually affixed. The facsimile representations referred to herein may be affixed by stamping, printing, typing, or photocopying." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Insurance Company of the West, Explorer Insurance Company, and Independence Casualty and Surety Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is in full force and effect, and has not be revoked, and that the above resolutions were duly adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of the Companies, and are now in full force. ( /, f' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand this / day of / t`" g „mod �....� Jeffrey D. Sweeney, Assistant Secretary To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney you may call 1- 800 - 877 -1111 and ask for the Surety Division. Please refer to the Power of Attorney Number, the above named individual(s) and details of the bond to which the power is attached. For information or filing claims, please contact Surety Claims, ICW Group, 11455 El Camino Real, San Diego, Ct192130 -2045 or call (858) 350 -2400. NON - COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report bid rigging activities call: I - 800 -424 -9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) operates the above toll -free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. 115 116 NON - DISCRIMINATION PROVISION During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. *(2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. *(3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. "(4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. *(5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. "(6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. "(7) The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders 01 the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States." 117 118 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended (To be submitted with the Bid Proposal) Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW will result in your bid being non - responsive and therefore void. • Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below. The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name N firwsPK, HVAc. (Wdv► Item Numbers Subcontractor Name ¥ n o be\C I p _c '- c l L Item Numbers 3S 36 / Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Bid Items to be performed by the Prime Contractor: ( ) Prime Contractor Name kkd LLC. Item Numbers qtl ;11.wic eALk. Govwt,v'et• ptvt tiQ.dr;(41 119 4 120 WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities. To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts. In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program. The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations. All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10 %) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000. Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished. This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities and women employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs. Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans /specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible. 121 122 RESOLUTION NO. D "' 418 1 6 A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with. Women And Minority Business Enter- prises for the performance of public works, and WHEREAS, it is the intention of the City of Yakima that Women And Minority Business Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of such public works, and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding process through the adoption of the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached hereto, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy ", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. ���QQ • ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this . 3 d. day of , 1983. C Oa A mtxt IsAfw• • Mayor ATTEST: - loo -tc�� City Clerk 123 124 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima, This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps. However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington. In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training. Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors and subcontractors subject to this contract must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps: a. The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response. b. The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore. If suchworker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore. c. The contractor shall promptly notify the City of Yakima Engineering Division an Contract Compliance Officer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal. d. The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the Department of Labor. e. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees. f. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically 125 including minority news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. g. The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and oral) recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority students, minority recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas. h. The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives. i. The contractor shall validate all man specifications; selection requirements, tests, etc. 1 The rnntr ehall moire ovary affnrf fn nrmmnfa affar erhnnl e,ummar anri yarniinn u uv.v. ......II I ....I...... . 1 ........ w r .........w .... w. ..........., ........ 11... employment to minority y youth. k. The contractor shall develop on-the-job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid. I. The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities. m. The contractor shall m ak e sure that s practices job rlassificatiOns etr do n have a discriminatory effect. n. The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non- segregated. o. The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO policy is being carried out. p. The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority and women contractor associations. q. Non cooperation: In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minorities and women. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor shall immediately notify the City of Yakima Engineering Department or the City of Yakima Compliance Officer. 126 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation for bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: Ka, L-I-C.- certifies that: (BIDDER) 1. It intends to use the follo listed construction trades in the work under the contract } and; as to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: oarsne _ G,_ cttomid. and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub - contract under this contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. Si n ature of Authorized Representative of Bidder) 127 128 Materially and Responsiveness The certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of his bid. Failure to submit the certification will render the bid non responsive. Compliance and Enforcement Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable). Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on September 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible' bidder for, government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order. The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any bidder, or contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non - compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet it fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, and shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer • represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the Consequences thereof. In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets its goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor of the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractors or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to him the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be 129 taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or Subcontractor can comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national security. Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty days. Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to the: Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall he required by the contracting nr administering agency nr the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance. 130 PROPOSAL Yakima DFI - Phase 3; Pedestrian Streetside Improvements • 1 St ' 2 "d and 3 4 Streets and Naches Avenue City Project No. 2216 The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he /she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5 %) of the total bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above prices and in the form as indicated below, is attached hereto: CASH ❑ IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK ❑ DOLLARS CERTIFIED CHECK ❑ ($ ) PAYABLE TO THE STATE TREASURER PROPOSAL BOND 0 IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID " Receipt is hereby acknowledged of addendum(s) No.(s) , & SIG RE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL(s) QQ' FIRM NAME Kt c . u.,C, (ADRESS) bt.A ILO Veq -5-a5 '3 (AQv .l, (0307 PHONE NUMBER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONTRACTORS LICENSE NUMBER 11i;4i-L..- °1�3p FEDERAL ID No. 15 l b 1 2.151b1116171 WA STATE EMPLOYMENT SECURITY REFERENCE NO. 32. SZ Z6 C>03 Note: (1) This proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the firm's name entered hereon without prior permission from the Secretary of Transportation will be cause for considering the proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the bid. (2) Please refer to section 1 -02.6 of the standard specifications, re: "Preparation of Proposal," or "Article 4" of the Instructions to Bidders for building construction jobs. (3) Should it be necessary to modify this proposal either in writing or by electronic means, please make reference to the following proposal number in your communication. 131 2 . Y 132 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed, as required, and submitted on the form purchased from the City and bound in the Contract Documents: A. PROPOSAL The unit prices, extensions and total amounts bid must be shown in the spaces provided. B. BID BOND ACCOMPANYING BID This Bid Bond form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not Tess than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. C. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST The form must be filled in. Failure to provide this information at time of bid WILL NOT render the bid non - responsive. D. BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION E. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET Must be filled in and signed by the bidder. F. MBE(WBE FORM It is requested that The Bidder's Certification of the "Affirmative Action Profile" in the MBE)WBE Form be filled in and signed by the bidder. Failure to provide this information WILL NOT render the bid non - responsive. The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded: A. CONTRACT This agreement is to be executed by the successful bidder. B. PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and his /her surety company. C. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Refer to attached Informational Certificate of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement. Also refer to Section 1 -07.18 (APWA) of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. D. DOT Form 420 -004EF Refer to Required Contract Provisions Federal -Aid Construction Contracts FHWA- 1273. 133 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Construction Details (Plans Follow) A BOX DIMENSION TABLE NOTES: r r D 1 Y BOX TYPE IT EM 1. All box dimensions are nominal. Exact configurations va f I i I TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 g ry among different manufacturers. N _ "_ N I A OUTSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 22" 33" 42" _ — �� --- - P - - 6 OUTSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX 17" 22 1/2" 30" 2. The noted lid thicknesses are overall minimums. The diamond 1 - I - L ..... � 1 C INSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 18 " - 19" 28" 38' pattern for Type 1 or 2 boxes shall be 28% minimum of overall D INSIDE IMOTH OF JUNCTION BOX 13 " - 14" 17" 24" thickness. The diamond attem for T p Type 3 boxes shall have . E LID LENGTH 18" 28 1/2" 38" a minimum thickness of 3/32 ". SEE LEGEND F LID WDTH 13' 17" 28" G DEPTH OF JUNCTION BOX 12" 12" 12" 3. Lid support members shall be 3/16 " min. thick steel C, L or T H LID AND FRAME DEPTH 6/18" 6118" 12" shape welded to the frame. J MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS 1 1/2" 1 12" 3" m p i s r "� . F , - LL ® I K WELDED WIRE HOOP - SIZE NUMBER (SEE NOTE 8) W 2.9 (8 GAGE) W 2.053 GAGE) W 6 (3 GAGE) 4. when specified In the Contract, Type 2 and Type 3 boxes shall L WELDED WIRE FABRIC - SIZE (SEE NOTE 8) 4 X 4 W 2.9 X W 2.9 (8 GAGE) be provided with 12" deep extension boxes. M HANDLE WA N/A SEE DETAIL M I N FRAME SLOT MARK NIA WA SEE DET AIL 5. A 1/4" NC x 3/4" Stainless Steel Ground Stud with S.S. Nut shall E 1 0 HOOK SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL be welded 10 the bottom Of the Ild. P LID HOOD MARK N/A WA SEE DETAIL N/A N/A 48" 6. See the Standard Specifications for alternate use of reinforcement 1 0 OUTSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION • OUTSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 38' • • 8 INSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 36" � 1 T INSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A WA 20 LEGEND 7111/. N P �� N U MINIMUM FOUNDATION DEPTH N/A NIA 3" ' V WELDED WIRE HOOP SIZE NUMBER N/A N/A W 6 (9 GAGE) CAPACITY - CONDUIT DIAMETERS 8" 12" 24" h t 1 "1 PLAN NOTE: A 1% TOLERANCE IS ALLOWED LTI1" C O M Mir 1/2" HANDLE • LID LIGHTING SYSTEM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM r H LEVEL WITH LID T t-i"--- (:) .................. . ..................---....... -, LID L 8 1 _ -, 1 Y"'1 ,::i. T TS�1" TE LI1" —L HANDLE 1/8 V 1" X 1" X 3/18 ", 0 I STOP r g' K7 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM TELEPHONE SYSTEM f K _ \ HOOK DETAIL 1" LONG (Two 1" HANDLE DETAIL L NUT OR WELDED (MARK 0) PER LID) ID) 1.--.1 (MARK M) WASHER ' TSI1" FRAME TOP ELEVATION I J..I FRAME TOP INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM CENTS BEAD \ \1 FORM LETTERS NUN 1 /B" WELD BEAD. a S 1" OMINAL 1/8" WELD BEAD AT HOOK AU. DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL ) I 1" NOMINAL 1/8' WELD BEAD 4 . LID - SUPPORT i 1 \ ,HOOK-' HOOK-'1-1- FOUNDATION FOR TYPE 3 . V CENTER B T LID JUNCTION BOX ON SLOT .% D R I C $ FRAME SLOT MARK (MARK N) LID HOOD MARK DETAIL � �� �� . Q qp . WASy INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA ' 1" NOMINAL (MARK P) ..t* / Sp 'y 1 INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA ._ L 1" NOMINA d* 8" MIN) 3" MIN — 8.. MA)( 3" MIN I 1 _8" MIN � �n : ,/ ,. c v (TYP) (TYP) I i 3" MIN 8" MAX 3" MIN � •n ,' ' � 2 p/ sill' , s � �G ' x, s /ONA l' 2" MIN ..��JJ •° I (TYP) 1 ,. " r ( -..I EXPIRES OCTOBER 26, 20021 Aipit��' . -S z ; siowroggi Ills - liP12 4 Lv � " e 4 .� i a a 4, - -it : � znio STANDARD i/b • ►�joyel.• •i *i i •4:4 i� 7�ir", •i' . ' - . e,t0 • �. �i .P i ;- • x • r 4•e ? 1V • o _ gr ►fa Ltd ricoo' R vAvt R ki Ai l. a i i►.� wrt. JUNCTION BOX :! ..ste ttli :sew .`.:e1.. • Id .4mlii.. 'oral _ — STANDARD PLAN J -11 a TYPE 1 OR 2 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 8" GRAVEL PAD TYPE 3 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 8" GRAVEL PAD NOM TIN PUN ° NOT A PN01N ERW0OOCIME"o'n""' PIECIPOWCOLMJCATE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION TIE OM.. •MOO Or alENOWE.MOAPPADb OFA9gmUGnN ,, NWT 010. Ar UM I MOVED: D• " "° ""°" " "� "`°° °A"P °°" "`° Harold J. Peterfeso 09 -12 -01 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE . T wwmn6lon We Deportment of Transportation V\ NOTES 1. PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8- 01.3(15). 2. SIZE THE BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE (BOLD) FOR THE STORM WATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. GRATE 5" MAX. TRIM GEOTEXTILE — 3. THE BGID SHALL HAVE A BUILT-IN HIGH -FLOW RELIEF SYSTEM (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 4. THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BGID WITHOUT SPILLING THE ' 0 , %. �. FRAME ������ COLLECTED MATERIAL. „` MO „ OVERFLOW BYPASS A a a • la' ° .d...'„,4 GRATE •° ° SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS RETRIEVAL SYSTEM A • d MIN El -may FILTERED WATER 5 V ,,, 4, ,..._,1‘ 7 ,,,r. OVERFLOW BYPASS ° d . d GEOTEXTILE A d• . r ', ; CROSS SECTION ISOMETRIC VIEW NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT Q MARK W.MAURER • CERTIFICATE NO. 000698 PREFABRICATED BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE DETAILS STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION STANDARD PLAN 1 -7 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 07 -17 -03 nom man.VY"oTAI[".LL examema accumwar .urAn°zcnamto WKlR "."...ON .0..A OATS neannwu. rc wmrrnicroww .woA.vnonIVIIMM..AINNrwru Wmh n fM" D" ArIwNNa m»rorartnDOGIIMMIVOnaAA'DORTVIaN ACm ...sm. 1.11h pmnngN W TrmspwwNon , aswuwor. Alt 1 NOTES 1 1. As on acceptable alternate to rebar, wire mesh having o \ minimum ores of 0.12 square inches per foot may be used il v' / / i �I tl '6 Bors of 7" spacing for adjustment sections. [:: _11, 1,1)19 20" x 24 A , '1/y 12" 1 TYP ) 24 "DIA, 48" DIA / or 54" DIA Hole 2" I TYP) . _ — i I 12" a NI -,,, 1" MIN 2�/2" MAX 96" FLAT SLAB TOP 6" TYPICAL ORIENTATION FOR ACCESS AND STEPS I% 3 20 30 `e1 ,,, :etc,,,,,,,,,,(1:‘ PREFABRICATED LADDER •'` 1� '5 Bors at 6" spacing 1 1 s-. •I IL.0 1... or 12" 1 2" MIN 20" x 24 ". 24 "DIA, 48" DIA V 1O (::::::�j_ or 54" 014 Hole U � 2" ITYP1�� One '3 bar hoop for 6" L. Two '3 bar hoops for 12" STEP t ___ rill1W1 4 8" I" MIN 2 MAX RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 72" FLAT SLAB TOP ieli161;1 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS FOR MANHOLES AND ' ` '4 Bars at 6" spacing CATCH BAS [ NS L� - � I� One '3 bar hoof•• � S 20" x 24" or — 24" DIA Hole %� = X CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION ;/ - a 8'- T2.' ITYP) — — 1" MIN 2'/ " MAX L 48" MIN J '. 48 ", 54" or 60" FLAT SLAB TOP ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION W NOTES 29 1/4" 1. This frame Is designed to accommodate 20" x 24" grates or covers as shown on Standard Plans B -2, B -2b, B -2c and B -2d. 2. When bolt down grates or covers are specified In the Contract, provide two holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. Tap each hole to accept a 5/8" x - 11 NC x 2" alien head cap screw. Location . of bolt down holes varies among different manufacturers 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9- 05.15(2) for additional requirements. 5/8" x -11 NC (TYP., SEE NOTE 2) 1/8" 3/4", kr I n RECESSED ALLEN 11111 / HEAD CAP SCREW / (SEE NOTE 2) v 1 5/8" r ..... GRATE OR :4 - .7 // SOLID COVER v i� L 21/2" O \ ; \ DETAIL "A" FRAME j j �� @W J k ' .s op WASy, kb,. v , l BOLT DOWN DETAIL .o -i < 241/4" 0 q ss o e p 4r ?' ' 0 1STVv I sf /ONAL Q'k- EXPIRES JULY 1, 2003 REVERSIBLE FRAME FOR % CATCH G CONCRETE IN S ET / STANDARD PLAN B -2a \ /" ` SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET \ \\ MOM '"n^ """"OTA1L0LL°I'0WC'N°00w"'"E WM EXCIRONMIOURAVE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION TMUW70 . F0 Wl V. IIWI SaA"OA""o0BOSOAW/n1G'nGKYWTWWI : = 7:r"A" "4fA"" ..""'" ""°ETA""° Harold J. Peterfeso 00 -97 -02 SEE DETAIL "A " 0 ,,,,,,,, z S( DELETE01500 D D0ATE NOTES T A00ED OM OW DETAIL , ND STATE DESIGN (1101"000 ATE D 7 Aill' W mhNyita, W. DApD,lnlonl of honAp(r10 DATE EEYISIDN E Y , 1 m 7 O • U 4 m [ .... q ® a PUSH PUSH r r BUTTON BUTTON 1 h } o 4 111 I h FOR FOR if 41) METAL POLE INSTALLATION PPB-M olio. 40.11 (Pedestrian PushButton - Metal Pole) WOOD POLE INSTALLATION PPB-W (Bottom feed shown) (Pedestrian PushButton - Wood Pole) R10-4001 R10 -4002 14 3.374 NOTE: 14 2 ' S + When " "PPB -MR" or "PPB-WR" ore specified In the contract, the arrow shall be 5 •• Installed to the opposite direction t � "� ...H. 1.75...H. than as shown for "PPB -M" or "PPB -W" 1 ■-■ in © � � 2 Al 2.75" u, in 1 ' o in in .-. C N N II . RI0-4002 0 () 0.391" hole b I -4001 .187 "._ I, 3 y L_.187 "' % 0.875" hole for u : Top View Top View metal post mount v 0.391" hole for fill 1 5 " y wood post mount �1� 2" 0.9375" O 1 I 11 6,2.8125" si 1 v 11 Front view Side View N LI 1 CAST ALUMINUM CONDULET 0.391" hole 11 In 0.875" hole — - I I I ,- " i N H P p . , LI o 11 (TYP1 PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON N II Front View Side View DETAILS J \ Ii r PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ASSEMBLY Front View Side View ALUMINUM 'H' EXTRUSION Pushbutton switch assembly O Aluminum 'H' extrusion Cast metal housing (ID Chose nipple - 7 4" hex head x I /Z Z' pipe thread x 2 /p " long Protective collar a) NI" - 16 X 2 stainless steel bolt with washer Pushbutton switch ® 3 /8" X 4 "log bolt with washer Casket ® Drill and tap shaft for %g" bolt Stainless steel fastener Drill and tap shaft for %2" nipple , Cost aluminum condulet ® Conduit and fittings as required for timber pole Instollotlon: Aluminum plug with 1 /g' drilled weep hole. reverse condulet and conduit for top feed On timber pole installation, remove plug for wire 0 Drill pilot hole for 3 4" lag bolt entrance and drill weep hole In condulet. a v 18" 1 KEY GENERAL NOTES WIDTH EQUAL TO STANDOFF DIMENSION 200 AMP TYPE 120/240 L SERVICE CABINET SAFETY SOCKET BOX 1 TYP AS SPECIFIED BY O7 METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 1. SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8- 29.24, SERVICE CABINETS. SERVING UTILITY AS A MINIMUM, THE METER BASE SHALL BE SAFETY SOCKET • 1032 SCREWS B OX WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY 2. HINGES SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS PINS. WI A 1 112 8 TMP .. r 4 EACH PER ' THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUBERC DRAWING 306. 3.' CABINETS SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R AND SHALL MOUNTING BLOCK INCLUDE TWO RAIN TIGHT VENTS. I3" 12 GA. PLATE WELDED O2 MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) 4. METERING EQUIPMENT DOOR SHALL BE PAD LOCKABLE. I ONTO EACH END OF O PHOTOCELL BREAKER (SPST 16 AMP - 120240 VOLT) EACH DOOR SHALL BE GASKETED. INSTALL BEST CX 4 A Z 112" 1 MOUNTING BLOCK CONSTRUCTION CORE ON RIGHT DOOR. SEE DOOR HINGE MOUNTING BL I 4O TEST SWITCH (SPDT SNAP ACTION, POSITIVE CLOSE DETAIL, SHEET 1 OF 2. MOUNTING BLOCK DETAIL SECTION A -A 5. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT 15 AMP - 120277 VOLT - "T" RATED) FRONT FACE 6 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL, STD. SPEC. 8 - 20.11(2) ENCLOSURE SHALL HAVE AN APPROPRIATELY I THE SERVICE OF SAFETY 12 GA. - MATERIAL TO BE SAME O PROPRIATELY ENGRAVED J I SOCKET BOX AS CABINET MATERIAL BRANCH BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED WITH SCREWVS OR RIVETS: KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 8, 7, B, 0 AND 18. INSIDE FACE PHOTOCELL SIGNAL BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) RE KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL AD: OF DOOR "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST ! BYPASS © CONTACTOR (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) OFF- AUTOMATIC ". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL TEST ON O RECEPTACLE BREAKER (SPST 20 AMP - 120240 VOLT) 6. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT LEFT SIDE' SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL SERVING UTILITIES. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER FABRICATE MOUNTING BLOCKS AFTER VERIFYING THE qO 10 RECEPTACLE, GROUNDED (OFCI 20 AMP - 126 VOLT) BASE MOUNTING 114 THE ENCLOSURE, ON THE SIDE OR SERVICE UTILITY STAND OFF DIMENSION. P xoTOCEtL 11 NEUTRAL BUSS, 14 LUG COPPER ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE UTILITY MAY 8" ® re 12 PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE - ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN THE DOOR AND I ��I THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET BOX TO BE LESS ® REMOVABLE FROM 6IB° EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH WELDED SEAMS THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE LEFT SIDE - SAFETY Io -- 0 MOUNTING PANEL n $ O AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL. THE CONTRACTOR ;: ., FABRICATION. TYPE 6052 - 1132 ALUMINUM WITH 5/8" x 516" SHALL VERIFY THE SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS — ��t� � � OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO 6/6" EXPANDED STEEL MESH 1" PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF AND INSTALLING THE ® '— FRO MOUNTING DETAIL, SHEET 2 OF MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL SEE PHOTOCELL SERVICE EQUIPMENT. 1 O I � ■ 10"iRT1 I ,, SLID DOOR N 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM AND SHALL BE ` ■Y�1 I \,-' LATCH I \ 13 HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR WITH 4" x 4" " MIN. POLISHED ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VARIOUS SIZES ti., [4+IC( 11 _ WIRE OLABS WINDOW. • OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. BEE NOTE 8 ,4 iT r 4� ®� 14 O HINGED HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH 1/4 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE LATCH. 8. ALL BUSSWWDRK SHALL BE HIGH GRADE COPPER AND e K+l]r SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THE MAIN BREAKER RATING. SEE NO 8 \ {{Lr' ®� I ill 16 CABINET MAIN BONGING JUMPER. BUSS SHALL BE 4 LUO ALL BREAKERS 8HALL BOLT ONTO THE BUSSYWORK. �j TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER JUMPERING OF BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. VENTS DETAIL ON SHEET 2 OF 2. BUSSWORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE ALL FUTURE MOUNTING EQUIPMENT [] 16 SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPBT 20AMP- 1201210 VOLT) AS SHOWN IN THE BREAKER SCHEDULE. PANEL �6•, 17 METAL WIRING DIAGRAM HOLDER 9. THE PHOTOCELL UNIT SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE TfI 18 1/4" DIAMETER DRAIN HOLE. DRILL BEFORE GALVANIZING. PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE TO PERMIT 380 DEGREE OF `�� i , � � O ROTATION THE PHOTOCELL WITHOUT REMOVAL MOUNTING HOLE. SEE SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS. ENC TION PHOTOCELL UNIT OR THE PHOTOCELL I 18" I 1' -10" 0 _ � OD 18 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD - MINIMUM SIZE NTH SEPARATE MAIN BREAKER. 10. ALL INTERNAL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH SEE DOOR k I 3' -4' I 21 LABEL CABINET WITH BUSBWORK RATING. "TO - FROM° CODED TAGS LABELED WITH THE CODE HINGE DETAIL LETTERS AND/OR NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULES. LEFT BIDE FRONT 120/240 VAC APPROVED PVC OR POLYOLEFIN WIRE MARKING SERVICE CABINET DETAIL SLEEVES SHALL BE USED. H� 11. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS USED FOR MOUNTING 1/4" x 1 114' CLOSED CELL 0 ill THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL NEOPRENE CASSED O 9 [7i� 12. A 1% TOLERANCE I8 ALLOW LL ED FOR A DIMENSIONS. DOOR IQ E 19. UNISTRUT TYPE CWWNEL AND MOUNTING HARDWARE CABINET O X • S C OTT ! zCTi COMPONENTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL CONDUIT 0 B PHOTOCELL STEMS TEST ON -- "" PHOTOCELL TEST pF ABy� �ia p CLAMPS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED, GALVANIZED STEEL OR CABINET OR ` 11 SIGNAL CKT OFF • AUTOUATIC �R� ' '' '! STAINLESS STEEL PANEL WALL T T Q, O a, f 14. INSTALL CONDUIT COUPLINGS ON ALL CONDUITS. ------------------ ' • 7/8 T"' 18 DOOR HINGE DETAIL 11 ia ILL CKT A ,J'^ - -` PLACE COUPLINGS FLUSH WITH TOP OF PIANO r ALTERNATE FOR TYPE MODIFIED CABINET SPARE CKT �`C O 8 -o • ..-/Y ,— . 4 CONCRETE FOUNDATION. HINGE .% � 8 o SEE NOTE 17 •y ' c y li HAS 28680 Q Qa 16. NOTE IAB BEEN DELETED. I / , k � $4. S Te 0 . t� ' 1!B PANEL DOOR 0 1 ILL CKT B :, G 18. THE METER BASE PORTION OF THIS SERVICE WAS 1!4" x 6l8" CABINET DOOR I O NA L Y ' DESIGNED TO MEET METERING PORTION OF EUBERC 8 DRAWING 300 REQUIREMENTS. NEOPRENE B ■ Q, 10 r EXPIRES MAY 5. 2005 17. WHEN USING ALTERNATE DOOR HINGE REMOVE GASKET TYP. 1/8 I " ' HINGE (� HINGE PIN PRIOR TO WELDING HINGE TO CABINET DOOR HINGE DETAIL ■ 2" HIGH x 2" OPEN AND PRIOR TO HOT DIP GALVANIZING CABINET. • 3/8" BARREL t� SERVICE CABINET TYPE B AND GALVANIZING, REPLACE PIN WITH BRASS PIN MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE m T SIZE PER NEC. LAP WELD I MINIMUM SIZE 82 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) VIEW 13-B WIRING SCHEMATIC STANDARD PLAN J -3b SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 11 -05-03 107E MNIUMMIANALEMAWWMOWNIVMMITOMANON7wWWW..M IT TEDEIONENOW20R OAn ■ o."axu.samsow ownwmamoionOam w scomas noma iprru NN 09/200] REVISED MOTE 13 G AMIN 1 1 3 11130 rm71.1%.nw•ram.11.17u•A A mn MPV110auxm T Wotdnpb Hw n D0pam 1 nn of Taan.poHDlbn Y saNMI:11MT OM REVISION 0Y ��/ : SEE NOTE 8 TO OT CABINET BOLTED \ \\ ( 1 54Y x 1 6JB" 1 2 GA. p• POLICE PANEL 3/8" BOLT (TWO FOR EACH SEE STRAP DETAIL TO SL D STEEL CHANNEL j SLOTTED STEEL �: CHANNEL) NOT REQUIRED SEE NOTE _F OTE 8 • t CHANNEL BRACKETS - r-. FOR STRUT MOUNT , � BRACKET (SEE SERVICE ; • • (TWO REQUIRED) _ AND STRAP DETAIL) DETAILS CABINET MOUNTING f I II 11 FRONT OF SPRING NUT - 1 t�� BEVEL 1/2 „ . 8 8 II CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. CONTROLLER SERVICE I T 8 8 � �III ► 8 PLUMB CONDUIT t 1' CABINET CABINET 1 L6/OTTED CKETB” x 1 618 S S T" BOLTED TO NEL I ■ POST USE TUUO b 2" MI.IIN L7 DT I t - ■ SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL I WASHERS NU- TS " BOLTS, © FOUNDAT1ON.BED (I 8 © Tor II I _ _ FOR EACH C HANNEL I PEEN BOLT THREADS. ANCHOR I I ) I I § ' (SEE SERV ICE MOUNTING 4 CHANNEL BRACKET BOLT MP.) SLOTTED STEEL in s - +' PLUMB CONDUIT t 1' JJ I DETAILS AND STRAP DETAIL) CHANRCORNER , } III N��la BOLT SIZED FOR SLOTTED STEEL 10' _ f• I TTfI 4 .- N4 HOOPS 24" - 11 I — 8" WA HER & SPRING NUTS LOCK 111111 EACH SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL. fftt ..711--1 I� —11 (3 FOR EACH CHANNEL) / 1 I I I BRACKETS BOLTED TO S" 1 1 F L11I -4 `� f1 "�'t� ° t °' �- 1' CABINET BRACKET MOUNTING DETAIL TO UTILITY —) �/ I I (`� _' ® POST USE TWO.3/B" BOLTS, WASHERS AND NUTS • _ I , � i IR i( rl TO LUMINAIRES— t 1 ��TO CONTROLLER CABINET FOR EACH CHANNEL �^(� ��� 3" 3 " � �- GROUND ROD L �'"�''�`'� TREATED TIMBER PEEN BOLT THREADS. , ° °''-- """^^II m S " � 1 I(illii POST10' LONG RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET CONDUIT COUPLING (TYP.) O. 13" DIAMETER DRAIN TILE BEE GENERAL NOTE 14 _ WITH APPROVED COVER. (TYP.) SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET TO UTILITY TO CONTROLLER RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET TO LUMINAIRES CABINET 2" x 1/8" HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STRAP FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET POST MOUNT L� ; f 41` STRUT MOUNT METAL WASHERS NUT ' : f I AND ,1 PHOTOCELL i� RUBBER WASHER (APPLY SILICON ENCLOSURE GROUND ROD 10 SEALER TO BOTH SIDES OF RUBBER � 'I�I —� FLANGE 3/8" • x 1" BOLT, LOCK WASHER WASHER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION III NUT AND NUT. (TYP.) SERVICE I 24" ��CABINET BAS 12 CABINET NET POST MOUNT STRAP DETAIL 1 7WO Y4 HOOPS 111 1/4" x 1" MACHINE BOLT b II _ 11 i - ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) • � „- PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL I `S 1 1 .- C - ONTROU.ER CABINET I SEE STANDARD PLAN ..4111 �s.` .— "CABINET FOUNDATION DETAILS ", (TYP.) � . ' �� FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. U2" MIN. P 1/4” x 2" STAINLESS STEEL BOLT 1.2_,'N _ A y I BUSS WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL NUTS. D oT T Z g � � IT MOW! 10 DRIVE GROUND RODS BEFORE PLACING 118 F LIBERALLY COAT THIS ASSEMBLY CONCRETE. MOVE ROD(S) AND DRAIN I 1 - WI1H ANTI OXIDANT COMPOUND. C r pp wo L �, V � TILE(3) WITH COVER(S) AS REQUIRED TO �% BE LLEVILLE 4 4 ' ` r te SERVICE \ ACHIEVE FULL GROUND PENETRATION. L I I r MAINTAIN A S MINIMUM CLEARANCE O .� CABINET ♦ STAINLESS STEEL G ,.` _ _ _ I CABINET 11 ♦. � 1-+ - -- �: -- �� I ,Ij I ON STD, PLAN J-91 'TYPICAL GROUNDENO SIDE WALL SPRING WASHER y _ _ — \ \ \I1 DETAILS". 0 STAINLESS \ 1 ■.' 71 �� E �' 9 ' %Ir *' A14,) f / / - �� - 0 ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING CABINET . FILLET - -11 -=11 WO �0 Off, 'Pte �� O �Q+ � �� SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH GROUNDING A - ���� A ALLEN HEAD WELD RI �� �'SJ' L BTB � DD„, ,,0 0.• \\,�, END BUSHING AND BONDED TO THE i �� /ONAL Q N / CABINET GROUNDING BUS. `. / 0 4" DIAM. x 1R" DEEP SUMP. SLOPE CABINET EXPIRES MAY 5, 2005 1 FOUNDATION TOWARDS SUMP. 3/8" DIAM. SIDE WALL STAINLESS STEEL POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER DRAIN PIPE FLAT WASHER SERVICE CABINET TYPE B Y4 BAR EACH CORNER 01 1f8" x 1 114" x 1 1f4" x 8' ANGLE GROUND ROD SLOPE TO DRAIN OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE O TO SERVICE GROUND -PER STD. PLAN J•Ba ELEVATION VIEW SIDE VIEW DETAILA -A "TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS" 120/24O SINGLE PHASE) PLAN VIEW OF SERVICE CABINET CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J -3b SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS , APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 11-05-03 NOM PIMA. NNOTAI FON0M. 15.1000Nx,urg4sin,RWGOIr.M'.IDE NTATN D0&000002±EN OM oaara44 0000 nwr x0asr0*0a..Nov,w,xpa4..,...... 09/2003 REVISED SERVICE CABINET WONTING DETAIL 11110 ar.1“61 E010NSTATEDEPAM{NNrOVvtwn1noo. A 00/1'Y0118 OIT.VNNI T Wallington Rol. Dap.Mn -n1 A Transpmf0Non 000"RUaan DATE REVISION 9T WA" RADIUS POINT OF II NOTES SIDEWALK RAMP AND EDGE OF SIDEWALK IS PARALLEL 1. The bottom of the ramp shall have a level area (not in excess of 2% in c . CURB RETURN (TYP.) TO APPROACH ROADWAY (TYP,) 'll (� any direction), 4' x 4'. \ \ \ 4 J BACK E 2. Layouts 1, 2, & 3 require two (2) of this bld Item: "Cement Conc. Side - walk Ramp Type 1 ". The bid item does not include the adjacent \ CI MENT COP TC YPIEDEWAL K (or Curb &Gutter), or Sidewalk. (TYP.) 3. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1V. ;) j 4. To The maximum extent feasible, ramp cross slopes shall not exceed 2 %. SIDEWLK / j 1 SIDEWALK / SIDEW 5. Avoid placing drelnage structures, Junction boxes or other obstructions in front of ramp access areas. C EMENT CONC. MENT CONC. Nf 6. Curb & Gutter Is shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb design J J EWALK RA specified. See Standard Plan F -10.12 for curb details. SIDEWALK RAMP I TYPE 1 ! , TYPE 1 7, See Standard Plan F -30.10 for sidewalk joint placement and details. _ I , PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW I ., . PLAN VIEW I A I RAMP , LAYOUT 1 LAYOUT 2 LAYOUT 3 B SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 I SEE NOTE 2 S / °'', Ii :l ^s 1' "'"� a %�y s AI ; „ � Y , ' MIN. MAX ,i1`I M1 ' r,` ;g:;' 2 `t Y „` ;,� A 1 6/8" 2 318" 0" 7 - - DETECTABLE WARNING t ai ,r Q B 618" 1 1/2" PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) V ;y, . ta „I • B 4' - 0" MIN. _ B' • 0" MIN. y LANDING RAMP Q L_ PLAN C 7118" 3/4' I I C D 7 /8" 1 7118' TOP OF 2% MAX. . F FLUSH ROADWAY li ) ` ® Z THIS PATTERN AREA SHALL CEMENT / ELEVATION BE YELLOW IN COLOR CONCRETE DEPRESSED SIDEWALK CURB & GUTTER SIDEWALK SECTION O (SEE NOTE 8) .4 `� W DETECTABLE WARNING PATTERN DETAIL DETEC ARNING TABLE 3/8 " EXPANSION ., I �, PAI7ERN JOINT (TYP.) (SEE , "?� }, :: ✓�� \ (SEE DETAIL) , STD. PLAN F- 30.10) ` "i��' � ' FACE OF CURB 8 S co 8 '- O'MIN. 1 �� � q � � CH, P4,5, �I v S d O ar 0 WASIi C O e a TOP OF CURB, OR CURB 1 1 : "\ O AT FACE OF CURB Qi � ' �41� V''s .r'''' I ?Li MAX. + ROADWAY AND GUTTER 6 ' \ '44 .., • 7 - 0" 4 ke B f gio CEMENT CONCRETE _.... __L _.. ._...._ _ � G e E Y CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1 i SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE 1 CROSSW o �'! S T 7R O 1 =44 w ii CURB & GUTTER B SECTION 0 (SEE NOTE 8) PLAN VIEW S �DN AL B � g SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1 JUNE 19. 20081 I: t i FOR LAYOUTS 1, 2, & 3 4,:ia .: / 1 f = SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1 7 - / W ITH LA YOUTS �',., STANDARD PLAN F- 40.10 -01 ' TOP OF „„ 2 %MAX. '41 :ia(. ,� ROADWAY / SHEE 1 OF 1 SH EET \ \•�• ' ' 1 l , i -� � APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION CEMENT CONCRETE ( Pasco Bakotich Ill 10-05-07 SIDEWALK CEMENT CONCRETE ISOMETRIC VIEW STATE DESIGN exwxea DAM CURB &GUTTER 4011. We.m,glen sxae wPalonrn of Tra sparkden SECTION CO (SEE NOTE 8) -„ • • RADIUS POINT OF RADIUS X Y NOTES ' CURB RETURN AT FACE OF CURB LANDING DISTANCE N D Q FROM P.C. 1. This layout Is used to provide access to a single crosswalk )) 2 0 FEET e' - 2 1/z" 1' - 7 parallel to the major street The bid item "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type 4A" does not include the adjacent Curb Nov W 30 FEET e' - ova" 3' _ g• (or Curb & Gutter), the Sidewalk, or the Cement Conc. Ped- ( qTF N 40 FEET 9' - 81/4• 5' - 43/4" estrian Curb. COA w 50 FEET 10' - 9 314" 6' _ 11" 2. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1 V. ' CV O ° Cr R e J 60 FEET 11' - 11 1n" 8' - 3 1/2" 3. Avoid placing drainage structures, junction boxes or other 70 FEET 13' - 0" 9' - 8 tn• obstructions In front of ramp access areas. 80 FEET 13' -11 1/2" 10' - 8 1/ ' 4. Curb & Gutter Is shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb CEMENT CONCRETE desl n s ecified. See Standard Plan F -10.12 for curb details. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4A CEMENT CONCRETE CURB, OR CURB 90 FEET 14' - 10 1n" 11' - 9 3/4" ® p PEDESTRIAN CURB ND GUTTER 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT 100 FEET 15.8 3/4" 12' - 10 1 /4" 5. See Std. Plan F - 30.10 for sidewalk joint placement and details. (SEE STD. PLAN F 30.10) 1 7' - 0" RAMP INTERMEDIATE RADII CAN BE INTERPOLATED �, 7.0" B. The bottom of the ramp shall have a level area (not in excess (( SIDEWALK of 2% in any direction), 4' x 4'. 1 7 •; zo .....3 X I b A j RAMP 1 e LANDING A:. •�; B M MAX IN. MA `_ Y . ,.. A 15/8" 2 3/8' • C '' , B 5/8" 1 1 / 2 ' DETECTABLE WARNING . C MAJOR STREET b PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) " PLAN C 7/16" 3/4" �I -1 D 7/8" 17/18' a1 PLAN VIEW SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 4A t I I D LAYOUT -I I-- THIS PATTERN AREA SHALL ELEVATION BE YELLOW IN COLOR DETECTABLE WARNING PATTERN DETAIL b 2% MAX. 'r� TOP OF �i�j,�{,�� ' - T �(� CEMENT CONCRETE ROADWAY ''�' H " t ( "- PEDESTRIAN CURB VARIES: �ER(7 Y 8 F ¢ EL CEMENT CONCRETE (SEE STD. PLAN F- 10.12) D to 8" TOP OF of WA t v t. N/ � SIDEWALK a 5 i \ CEMENT CONCRETE �' qY 'V y CURB & GUTTER ROADWAY SF � 88 I SECTION O (SEE NOTE 4) WV 11. m N�11 Nisi y DEPRESSED ":$0.,,,,(.318n �R 56 k11 CEMENT CONC. RAMP CURB & GUTTER as (S EE NOTE4 TP. O <u Ca ` i C ) 4'8, STB F� 11 i SECTION �� ti � a 0 oNA� u �� CEMENT CONC. 2' - 0" - DETECTABLE WARNING �^ ` EXPIRES AUGUST 26, 2007 Y E PATTE ( SE E D E TAIL) �� @ SIDEWALK/ r -0" = SIDEWALK 4 LANDING RAMP „1 „ WALK RAMP TYPE 4A TOP OF ----",:',Z-1:-,':= , > ; WITH LAYOUT ,✓ L %.•• _ FLUSH ROADWAY —��' % '` %` STANDARD PLAN F- 40.16 -00 , 3/8” EXPANSION JOINT ISOMETRIC VIEW SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET (SEE STD. PLAN F- 30.10) DEPRESSED APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION LANDING CURB & GUTTER (SEE NOTE 4) Ken L. Smith 02 -07-07 !TATE Mil. ENGINEER ME SECTION 0 7 Washington awls DopvhnrdofTransportation BID ITEM (INCLUDES SIDEWALK RAMPS) BID ITEM 8' - 0' VARIES: 14' MIN. (SEE CONTRACT) 8' • 0" - 6' - 0" _ 2' - 8" 1 VARIES: 14' MIN. (SEE CONTRACT) _2' - 8" _ 5' - 0" DRIVEWAY r SEE NOTE 1 318" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) I iir— ENTRANCE (SEE STD. PLAN F•30.10) SIDEWALK NM CEMENT CONC. PEDESTRIAN CURB (TYP.) (TYP•) 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) (WHEN SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT) CEMENT CONCRETE a (SEE STD. PLAN F30.10) (SEE STD. PLAN F- 10.12) SIDEWALK = CEMENT CONC. SIDEWALK , L.110 b lo - -•1111- __— - -- — TAPER (TYP.) CEMENTCONCRETE 5' -0" 2' -8" CURB 8 GUTTER SIDE DRIVEWAY (TYP.) SEE NOTE 1 CEMENT CONCRETE (SEE NOTE 3) RAMP WITH 12H:1V CURB & GUTTER PLAN VIEW SLOPE (TYP.) B P.) (SEE NOTE 3) PLAN VIEW NOTES CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 2 CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 1 1. When the driveway width exceeds 15 feet, construct a full depth expansion Joint (see Std. Plan F- 30.10) with 3/8" joint filler along the driveway centerline. VARIES: 8" to 0 DRIVEWAY DRIVEWAY Construct expansion Joints parallel with the center- ENTRANCE ENTRANCE 8' - 0" VARIES: 14' MIN. _ e' -0' line as required at 15' maximum spacing when T" 6" VARIES: 14' MIN. ' " SIDE SLOPE _ SIDEWALK r RAMP (SEE CONTRACT) RAMP driveway widths exceed 30'. DRIVEWAY TAPER (SEE CONTRACT) VARIES: VARIES: 6' -0 "to0 0 T 7' - 6" CEMENT CONC. PEDESTRIAN ) � r 2. See Std. Plan F - 30.10 for sidewalk details. r,.1 a I VARIES: Y - 8" to 0 1 \ a 4. CURB : ,.. 4 + ° a a 3. Curb and gutter shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb design specified. See f 5 Standard Plan F -10.12 for curb details. • • . a CEMENT CONCRETE 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) CEMENT CONCRETE 3l8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) 4. Avoid placing drainage structures, Junction SIDEWALK SECTION O (SEE STD. PLAN F- 30.10) SIDEWALK SECTION O (SEE STD. PLAN F30.10) boxes or other obstructions In front of , driveway entrances. FLUSH 4' -0" ,,J� 6' -0" 8' - 0' 8' -0' FLUSH 1/2 "R(fYP) a DEPRESSED CURB & 1/2" R (TYP.) to I GUTTER (SEE NOTE 3) s DEPRESSED CURB & GUTTER 2% MAX. a , Y VARIES (SEE NOTE 3) c �a� - r a 2% MAX. ...- ., ......................... ® Q 4. ,* oe wASyl r j a a J ' ‘ ,.f . gi"VS• DRIVEWAY 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT DRIVEWAY 318" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) (BY OTHERS) (SEE STD. PLAN F-30.10) Oj (BY OTHERS) (SEE STD. PLAN F- 30.10) SECTION 0 SECTION OD 'P 4 O � 3 os o v : I 8 s 411111 E . 9F �(STBR ,I' t_. $ 8 DRVEWAY All" I nn ^::= (BY OTHERS) J's� N A L �G ...' / "" iu gg (BY OTHERS) m ' EX PIRES AUGUST 26. 2007 C F \....... ' �� "' �� '°` CEMENT CONCRETE .,er,... . ± � + c •I CEMENT CONC. CEMENT CONCRETE .e. ^4 y,.} (SEE NOTE 3) ER , ' - :` ', (SEE NOTE ER DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE CEMENT CONCRETE ,. .;; ,, y ..t�, _�, .> .•r. PEDESTRIAN CURB ow.) "I UnllUplll ,n ` 5 ;, 1211:1V zy, ',. J DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPES 1, 2, 3 8s 4 4 11 0 rtf.:` °d ° < SLOPE (TYP.) •i4W.' � "'''" ( � SIDE SLOPE [TYP.) STANDARD PLAN F- 80.10 -00 CEMENT / ; ;,,-;'. s h� �. i�ti�cY�' ,: : » :w'^ w :t , � . q i;, v:�,;:. CONCRETE ,,,,e,'," , , ;' ?,`ti DEPRESSED CEMENT CONCRETE , 't DEPRESSED SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS -' CURB & GUTTER SIDEWALK _ '""t . CURB & GUTTER SIDEWALK y , 1,p T t !r r _ APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Z '� .,2•f,,,.r. ' (SEE NOTE 3) (SEE N OTE 3) Sa,u, , ,,d, _ -- w >�; ..= t:It,: ' '' ` Ken L Smith 01-23-07 X t'" G. •,' ,( V CAW DOWN BIOINFHI GTE o "�/ '6 1 — ISOMETRIC VIEW -. r PE 2 ISOMETRIC VIEW war SM. u.� «x aT norwn VARIES: 14' MIN. (SEE CONTRACT) i 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) BID ITEM _ � (SEE STD. PLAN F- 30.10) i , o 8' - 0" _ _ VARIES: 14' MIN. (SEE CONTRACT) 8' • 0' _ CEMENT CONCRETE ,� P r SIDEWALK ` b 3/8' EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) 1 b ,,,. *al to (SEE STD, PLAN F-30. 1 0) b G ‘173 b x "' �� 1 .. SIDE w , "" x DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SEE NOTE 1 J CEMENT CONCRET ( SIDE SLOPE (TYP.) CURB &GUTTER • `\ ��y� (SEE NOTE 3) , ' PLAN VIEW BUFFER STRIP (TM.) ,, , SEE NOTE 1 E _z' -e" r -9" CURB &TGUTTERETE CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 4 • Y ■ BID ITEM (SEE NOTE 3) THIS ENTRANCE SHALL NOT BE USED ON AN ADA ACCESSIBLE PEDESTRIAN ROUTE ttt"' ‘, DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SIDE SLOPE (TYP.) ■ X Y s ` VARIES: V - 0" to 0 _ VARIES: 14' MIN. . VARIES: 8' - 0" to 0 2' - 0" 12' - 3" \6 PLAN VIEW (SEE CONTRACT) DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE VARIES: 8" to 0 3' - 0" 10' • 4' SIDE SLOPE (TYP.) 4 -o s -i" CEMENT CONCRETE DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE TYPE 3 b 10 6'•0" 6' -31/4' \ / / `` / � e\' / \ /\��/ c.c. 1' - 1314" 5 -0" _ 8' -0" _ DRIVEWAY OTHERS) R (TYP.) b DEPRESSED (BY O 3/8" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) CURB & GUTTER SECTION O (SEE STD. PLAN F- 30.10) 2% MAX. To b (SEE NOTE 3) 318" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) INIM wair g - 0" . (SEE STD. PLAN P40.10) DEPRESSED SECTION OE 1/2" R (TYP.) So :DJ CURB & GUTTER .. �■ (SEE NOTE 3) ....17- v 1(7 ::!.; VARIES: VARIER: VARIES: 14` MIN. DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DRIVEWAY \,TRO i 7 - 8" to 0 7 - 8' to 0 j (SEE CONiR4C1) SIDE SLOPE (TYP.) (BY OTHERS) pp WAS b r V TIES: B" to 0 b BUFFER STRIP SECTION OH - 4 . A grrl.tvs. /J (TYP.) o q 31E105 4 ; tii SECTI ON O DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE F cp fir l STe� 8 !II „n ^ j0� SIDE SLOP (TYP.) Ali”' r�:s:: , . o mm NAL DRIVEWAY nno noo m ; ,;.. +' '` CURB & (BY OTHERS) "m ml ESA UGUST 26, 20071 t ) ��� =� %' � � � �.��� IE %PIRES A ���� ( BY OTHERS " " ,,,,,,le.: � �M. 1, 1 J.�� ;. .;" • (SEE NOTE 3) ,. ' r ,; ' r CEMENT CONCRETE d / s'" DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE ♦ .�^ DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE , 1 TYPES 1, 2, 3 & 4 " �; "SIDE SLOPE (TYP.) / CEMENT CONCRETE . IIII am "" ,a ' " > ,. E ... ✓ r ' r CEMENT CONCRETE I PI P P DEPRESSED STANDARD PLAN F- 80.10 -00 fi' DEPRESSED '?' CURB & GUTTER SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS ' SIDEWALK +!' CURB &GUTTER ':4:,,4,'',s,;:,,..-::,-3 ` r ,, r' y C URB & GUTTER ( SEE NOTE 3 •-" (8EE NOTE 3) ` y (8EE NOTE 3) APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION X ES z ? i. " Ken L. Smith 01 -23-07 ,, , s' t TYPE 3 — ISOMETRIC VIEW v ` a' c ,..4.3", C ,, 5 • TYPE 4 — ISOMETRIC VIEW STATE SEISMS ENGINEER GATE , , ,e � < . : �: .:.; . T WothInglen Del. Dopartment of Innsporlation • CEMENT CONCRETE A B CURB AND GUTTER 3/r PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER • 11 11 6 ' -0 " R. uIIuIWI6d 5' -0" R • 4'- 81/4" 6" \_ 4' - 81/4" r - CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATE GUTTER PAN (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) PLAN VIEW CATCH BASIN GUTTER PAN 2' - 8" SLOPE GUTTER PAN 0 1M" DOWN TO FRAME . 5 1/r AND GRATE 6 11? 1" MATCH MATCH ' UY R 1" R ROADWAY b" 1/2" R. 1" R. 777 ROADWAY 1 SLOPE SLOPE (� RECESS TOP OF 1 _.-.. TOP OF q B 1/2" , 112" R ROADWAY D _ ( O 1/2" R. ROADWAY m .,..41,','M VARIES . � D . '•° • ° ° . 10 � p ]. ADJUSTMENT SECTION II \ I VARIES ° I \ 4�y OQ pABy� +Q�� (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) Z' , Ii‘ . d N CATCH BASIN OR INLET (NOT INCLUDED IN BID REM) `• IMO .0 fr. ....,, Ai SECTION 0 Fi x O� 9� 21661 4, . SECTION OA �� C'G s� ° I EXPIRES MAY 16. 2003 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PAN STANDARD PLAN F -1a SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 12 -17 -02 R NwH.wm 4F ,aauwawaowunowwWvrm 8zc11a.oQawwfe RAW 066W. EHQINEEN MT! m .Dw.w.. .ONSIMI KNwwvA.wD,w.w121, rD,."uKA.a. "PTO.. T wad w. $b$. .MaTlwn nano. ArncwAVawmv.r maw.wn aawn wrtwunay. Aea"r.wr.eo.roan v7 tau O.v°� .. • NOTES 1. When bolt down grates are specified In the Contract, provide two slots In the grate that are vertically aligned with the holes In the frame. Location of bolt down slots varies among different manufacturers. 2. Refer to Standard Specification 9- 05.15(2) for additional requirements. 8 LEVELING PADS f 2 x 1 1/8" x 1/8" 3. For frame details, see Standard Pian B -2a. 4. The thickness of the grate shall not exceed 1 5/8 ". I r O O ' 1 m re v ( 1 . re A I , 3/4" Il I:g 1 1/4" 03 1 ' , I N I \ 1" OPENING (TYP.) N , I SLOT DETAIL 3 �,E J, Wj I 12 0- - - - ,C, i d tip_ .O ,,, --- /tom � O 4, 15588 C of rat .084., yONAL QG 24" EXPIRES JULY I, 2003 HERRINGBONE GRATE FOR SEE SLOT DETAIL & NOTE 1 CATCH BASIN AND INLET STANDARD PLAN B -2d SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET NM rHneuNnxomAa(a1tY AWBW tW4NWlWt"xnLCmWaOOWO 1Z APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION • U` ° " °°" ° "" "`""""°"" ° Har old J. Peterfeso 06-17-02 1 na4,aan.. STATE C NION EH"INFFA RATE VI/ V0Abvan Spam" D"p".im"n1 o1Trmnpalnrbn CENTRAL 7112" TRUCK ISLAND 6 1n" 2. APRON GENERAL NOTE 1n" R. /- 1" R. See Standard Plan F - 3 for Curb Expansion and Contraction Joint spacing. S FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB • • r TRUCK 10" 12" ROUNDABOUT 8" • • . APRON LANE b ° ' TOP OF 1n" R. 4' B' R. 12' R. 1 1 1" R. SIDEWALK O CONCRETE VARIES in" R. 6" 1" R OR DRIVEWAY EN RANCE ROADWAY ASPHALT CONCRETE F 1v : ° 1n " R• TOP OF t0 PASSAGEWAY CV TO 0 ° ° ..�� 1 i O ROADWAY 2:11 6" j Nallialel ROUNDABOUT 114" PREMOLDED . 1/4" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER JOINT FILLER III I I 1' -10" ,{I I - 0 LAN EE ROSS (WHEN ADJACENT TO CEMENT I s U2" I CONCRETE SIDEWALK) CEMENT CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON ROUNDABOUT TRUCK APRON PEDESTRIAN CURB AT SIDEWALK RAMPS 8 LANDINGS, INNER CEMENT CONCRETE CURB OUTER CEMENT CONCRETE AND DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES CURB AND GUTTER VARIES 12' TO 24 ", FACE OF CURB � V 8 1/2" itSEE 10' TO 2Y 81n VARIES FROM 8" TO 0, " FACE OF CURB CONTRACTN FACE OF CURB 61n" 1" FACE OF CURB O $ DE C RS MATCH r 1• R LEVEL 1" R MATCH LEVEL 1" R. WAY ROADWAY \ J 12" R. 1" R. MATCH MATCH ROADWAY ROAD SLOPE / J ROADWAY TOP OF / /` SLOPE •. ° SLOPE TOP OF ° •. �� J SLOPE TOP OF 1 R / 1/2" R. ROADWAY R. • ° 1n• R ROADWAY 1n" R ROADWAY i TOP OF ROADWAY/v2. . i f gi °• . • e' °..\ • .•° O. • . \ °" ° 91 14 °. , ° ' ° � •• •' to s e °.. •o' t0 °'. I tO • • • ° ° ° b / 111,2. 111/2 \ r 1' -6" I FLUSH T HGUTT LR I- 1' -8 " �� tr' 11 PAN RAMP ENTRANCE DUAL -FACED CEMENT CONCRETE CEMENT CONCRETE DEPRESSED CURB SECTION TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER TRAFFIC CURB AND GUTTER AT SIDEWALK RAMPS AND 03 3 ' p E Tin e DRIVEWAY ENTRANCES 4'}. x .04 WA _4 , kt e v� cf. VARIES 17 TO 24• U , 0 ARIES ���" '�fa 1' 10' TO 22" 1 8 1n" 7 1/4• FACE OF CURB 9 ' � /'�� FACE OF CURB (SEE CONTRACT) FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB O� y 21861 QD 4 � 61n' 1• 1 in" R . 6' 6. 1 STB � � 1" R. � LEVEL /- 1• R. 1/2 R. 1" R 1n" R. // �'PiONA - ' T«' OF TOP OF ROADWAY b ° R OADWA Y 1 l� TOP OF TOP OF ( EXPIRES MAY 16. 2003 if > ' I� ° ROADWAY ROADWAY o 6. • CEMENT CONCRETE . CURBS STANDARD PLAN F -1 ° SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET 1 1 3/4" 1 1 3/4" 1 b ' R.O °°°° M°"°°i^cu°. APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 11 1_ III 81/4" w° uO Oa. 0ITMO IO•OOOUVAIromwRROLCAOKOMPI°MSU I 81/4' I. A ''AMMV°�h TOMOI•M�TO/ OIL AN/✓W 1 . DMVOCOLS 9T. Harold J. Petedeso 12 -17 -02 DUAL -FACED CEMENT CEMENT CONCRETE MOUNTABLE CEMENT r Washington Slots Deportment of Transpoitation CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB TRAFFIC CURB CONCRETE TRAFFIC CURB 7 / ice � � NOTES �� ' , � 1 1. AS ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE T E MESH H MINIMUM \ \ \ � AREA A OF 0.12 SQUARE INCHES PER R FOOOO MAY FOOT MAY BE USED. WIRE IRE MESH SHALL NOT BE PLACED IN KNOCKOUTS. 2. THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 20 ". KNOCKOUTS FRAME AND VANED GRATE SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2" MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9-04.3. 3. THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE PIPE INVERT SHALL BE 5'. 4 ach Z a" ?p., 4. FRAME AND GRATE MAY BE INSTALLED WITH FLANGE DOWN OR CAST INTO ADJUSTMENT SECTION. S, 5. THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED FLOOR AND THE WALLS 5 MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF 1:24 OR STEEPER. 1 I 111014 i '''''''''6" 6. OPENING SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE PRECAST BASE SECTION. OR 12" Piti ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" TWO #3 BAR HOOPS FOR 12" RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION PIPE ALLOWANCES MAXIMUM INSIDE 28o . � 0l (sF 22" PIPE MATERIAL DIAMETER N lc'��� ~ O FGJ REINFORCED OR 12" / / PLAIN CONCRETE ��EP) J. CIA 4 s. 01 vuslf, e `� \` ' ' ALL METAL PIPE 15" , 0 4 r I CPSSP * 12" Ir I (S SPEC. 9-05.2 #3 BAR EACH CORNER SOLID WALL PVC 18" MIN. (STD. SPEC. 9 -05.1 2(1)) 15" S �ONA 4 T PROFILE WALL PV 15 „ LY I, j (STD. SPEC. 9-0 N * CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE CATCH BASIN TYPE 1 ■ #3 BAR HOOP ST OR M SEWER PIPE STA NDARD E %FIRES JU PLA 2 005 B -1 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION ■' Harold J. Peterfeso 07 -21 -03 < PRECAST BASE SECTION . >», "�YA w.A "eN wo.nw P�w1 s ue . a CIA TS Armeww womv,unOWM11.7,07.4.1lA1KYl ACQM4lYYORAYYD Pam ."dTbmP."4. 1.wwaunr. O SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 13" x 24" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly ,— / 3/8 -16 UNC / STAINLESS STEEL HE 14 w/ X w HEAD as HER OLT B (3 2 ) 2ti 6A . a 3/ • OHO 1/2" (13) X 4" (102) \-i PU SLOT SKID RESISTANT ` SURFACE 3/8 -16 UNC `^ CARRIAGE BOLT Covers nk unless logo is sp ecifi ed) DESIGN/ cov DE S C RIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # TEST LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 B PC1324CA00 23 (10.4 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Ga w Bolts PC1324CG00 2 3 (1 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 N o Bo lts P C1324W A0 0 2 (1 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 • Gas k eted (Bla co vers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gas kets red the inflow of fluid but do not make the enclosure water tight 1 4 {4t 3}4• 2(692) poo, , �� {3 13 ; 4 .e r- 11 1/4" 1/2" (286) t (13) j r �t- •J • BOX t• � 1 8 1._ 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) MOUSEHOLES (PC1324813 only) Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1324BAl2 50 (22.7 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1324BG12 50 (22.7 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Q Open Bottom w/2 PC1324BB12 50 (22.7 kg) 12" (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Mouseholes Solid Bottom PC13240Al2 60 (27.2 kal 12 1/2' (318 mml N/A 5.000 / 7.500 5 ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1324DG12 60 (27.2 kg) 12 1/2' (318 mm) N/A 5,000 /7,500 5 ® Footed Box PC1324JAl2 57 (25.9 kg) 12 112' (318 mm) 2 7/8' (73 mm) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. STRONGWELL 3621 industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 24 6> 2 Oua zit ® • SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 17" x 30" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly 3/8 -16 UNC — STAINLESS STEEL 1 @ HEX HEAD BOLT 1/2' (13) X 4" (102) 0. (j W/ WASHER PULL SLOT V°44 • 1 1/ s09 i / 3 �9) !' Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) 3/8 -16 UNC .5 COF SKID DESIGN/TEST CARRIAGE BOLT RESISTANT SURFACE DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER 03 COVER ® W/2 Bolts PC1730CA00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 Z ® Gasketed w/2 Botts PC1730CG00 33 (15.0 kg) 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® No Bolts PC1730WA00 33 (15.0 kg) _ 5,000 / 7,500 5 Q CC • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure /` watertight � ' ZO 1 C3 3� 1) , (51 {8. 1 „ 1 1g ,,1 2 /6 (4z)$. _ iI / P 9 (266) (13) I r —R 2X 4- (102) X 4" (102) Box 1/2" I MOUSEHOLES (PC1730BB only (13) B h� Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) • DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1730BAl2 58 (26.3 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1730BG12 58 (26.3 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Open Bottom w/2 PC1730BB12 58 (28.3 kg) 12' (305 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 Mouseholes ® Solid Bottom PC1730DAl2 83 (37.6 kg) 121/? (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1730DG12 83 (37.6 kg) 121/2' (318 mm) N/A 5,000 / 7,500 5 ® Footed Box _ PC1730JAl2 67 (30.4 kg) 121/2' (318 mm) 2 7/8' (73 mm) _ 5,000 / 7,500 5 Dimensions 8 weights in parentheses are metric equivalent STR0NGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 26 • Ouazite SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 24" x 24" PG Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PG2424CA00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Gasketed w!2 Bolts PG2424CG00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® No Bolts PG2424WA00 70 (32.0 kq) 8,000 /12,000 8 ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PG2424HA00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Gasketed Heavy Duty PG2424HG00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 w/2 Botts • Covers with meter lids available upon request 3/8 - fi UNC • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not STAINLESS STEEL make the enclosure watertight HEX HEAD BOLT w/ WASHER (2) ` 7 5 'S9) 6'� 8 1 1 e Z (6 5 5a A 6 COVER ® .: ♦v im ® i(51) CO: D \ Boxes (Stackable with self- aligning, replaceable E2 Nut) RESISTANT SURFACE DESIGNITE .5 S t DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER 1/2" (13) x 4" (102) 91 Open Bottom • Open Bottom w /Gasket PG2424BA24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 PG2424BG24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PULL SLOT W/ 01/4" (6) CENTER PIN 15 O ® Open Bottom w/2 Mouseholes PG2424BB24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom PG2424DA24 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 tb ®Solid Bottom w /Gasket PG2424DG24 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000 /22,500 15 2' 1; 2 � , 10 lll`��I) ,,r41-- i �1 " 8 - I 3 ) (6 13c 8° ' ♦ A B LIFTING BOLT (4) (13) EXTENSION LIFTING BOLT (4) 1 13/1s� BOX (46) _I 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) MOUSEHOLES (PG2424BB ONLY) Extensions (Stackable - can be used as a top or bottom extension) DIMENSION - DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PG2424EA06 71 (32.0 kg) 8' (203 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424EAl2 105 (48.0 kg) 14' (356 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Solid Bottom PG2424RA06 96 (44.0 kg) 8 1/2' (216 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424RAl2 130 (59.0 kg) 14 1/2' (368 mm) 15,000122,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent S'1 RONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 - 3062.• (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585' • , 30 P Ozite® • mom= SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 12" x 12" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PC1212CA00 12 (5.4 kq) 8,000 / 12,000 8 e Gasketed w/4 Bolts PC1212CG00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 7 3/8 - UNC Bolts PC1212WA00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 STAINLESS STEEL • Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PC1212HA00 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 /22,500 15 HEX HEAD BOLT ® Gasketed Heavy PC1212H000 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 W/ WASHER (2) Duty w/4 Botts • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must he used with a gasketed $� 9 • box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the 9 1 enclosure watertight O e. 12 ( a' O "te O C (� 9) ' 400000.- 1U X 2 1/2" ( PULL SLO (64) ::; `' r PULL SLOT COVER .5 COF SKID RESISTANT SURFACE a' t �3�5) {� 3�4 5) () (315 0 i _ 12 (305) r 112. (13) • 1' BOX (13) (25) Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER ® Open Bottom PC1212BAl2 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4' (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1212BG12 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4' (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom PC1212DAl2 37 (16.8 kg) 13 1/4' (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1212DG12 37 (16.8 kg) 13 1/4' (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent S'IRONGWEI.,L 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 21 Junction Box Type 111 nuLaZite® SPECIFICATIONS /DATA 24" x 36" PG Style (Stackable) Assembly Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) • _ DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Bolts PG2436CA00 100 (45.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 Gasketed w/2 Bolts PG2436CG00 100 (45.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 3/8 -16 UNC STAINLESS STEEL HEX ® No Bolts PG2436WA00 100 (45.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 WASHER (2) OLT • W/ 5/ 8 ' 2q+ Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PG2436HA00 115 (52.2 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 9 pS ; g1 0 ® Gasketed Heavy Duty ' PG2436HG00 115 (52.2 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 w/2 Extra Bolts � '' A ( Extra Heavy Duty PG2436HH00 122 (55.2 kg) 22,500 / 33,750 15* 0 7 36) w/2 Bolts ®•.s 1/2" (13) • Covers with meter lids available upon request. ki:r:. X 4" (102) • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce PULL SLOT the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure water tight. COVER 5 COF SKID • Loadings for HH covers comply with all test provisions of ANSI /SCTE 77 except that the RESISTANT SURFACE vertical design load is 22,500 lbs. with a test load of 33,750 lbs. over a 10" x 20" plate. 5i , ....b. . ,q (g 3� 5 1 {a 1 � 8 t BO 3 ( ��' 1 42` 33 /0). ( 5g5 ) 4. , t/ 1/2 21' - (' G LIFTING A il 851 ( ( BOLT (4) ` i ` I e 8 - 3/8" (13) Z �-4 f' (203) (10) ► I � •h C7 r 2' I 4 3/4" (121) X 1 BOX (51 C/1 EXTENSION 4 3/4" (121) 0 LIFTING BOLT (4) C KNOCKOUTS (8) 2X 4' (102) X 4' (102) ZI MOUSEHOLES (PG2436BB only) R7 Boxes (Stackable with self - aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) '24 ", 30" & 42" deep boxes must be used as bottom of any stack o 23 DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A B LOAD # ANSI TIER Z ® Open Bottom PG2436BA18 141 (64.0 kg) 18" (457 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "" y * PG2436BA24 180 (81.6 kg) 24" (610 mm) 21° (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** • PG2436BA30 196 (88.9 kg) 30" (762 mm) 27" (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436BA42 265 (120.0 kg) 42" (1067 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 *" ® Open Bottom w/ PG2436BG18 141 (64.0 kg) 18" (457 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** Gasket * PG2436BG24 180 (81.6 kg) 24" (610 mm) 21" (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "" * PG2436BG30 196 (88.9 kg) 30° (762 mm) 27' (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "' ' PG2436BG42 265 (120.0 kg) 42' (1067 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" ® Open Bottom w/ PG2436B818 139 (63.1 kg) 18" (457 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15'" 2 Mouseholes * PG2436BB24 178 (80.7 kg) 24° (610 mm) 21' (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" ' PG2436BB30 194 (88.0 kg) 30° (762 mm) 27° (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436B642° 263 (119.3 kg) 42' (1067 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 *' ® Solid Bottom PG2436DA18 181 (82.1 kg) 18 1/2" (470 mm) 15" (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" ' PG2436DA24 228 (103.4 kg) 24 1/2" (622 mm) 21" (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15'* • PG2436DA30 238 (107.0 kg) 30 1/2" (775 mm) 27" (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15"" * PG2436DA42 293 (133.0 kg) 42 1/2" (1080 mm) 39" (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "" ® Solid Bottom w/ PG2436DG18 181 (82.1 kg) 18 1/2' (470 mm) 15' (381 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" Gasket PG2436DG24 228 (103.4 kg) 24 1/2" (622 mm) 21" (533 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 ** * PG2436DG30 238 (107.0 kg) 30 1/2" (775 mm) 27" (686 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15 "" * PG2436DG42 293 (133.0 kg) 42 1/2" (1080 mm) 39° (991 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" ° PG 24368642 is not UL Listed. ** Loadings comply with ANSI /SCTE 77. These boxes meet and exceed ANSI Tier 15 test provisions. Extensions (For use under 18" dee boxes only, one per box. For grade adjustable extension see page 41.) DIMENSION DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # C D LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PG2436EA08 57 (25.9 kq) 8 3/4" (222 mm) 1" (25 mm) 22,500 / 33,750 15" Solid Bottom PG2436RA08 95 (43.1 kg) 9 1/4' (235 mm) N/A 22,500 / 33,750 15" ,` • • * Loadings comply with ANSI /SCTE 77. These extensions meet and exceed ANSI Tier 15 test provisions. -- ,- 7 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. L ENOIR CITY, INC. JULY 2006 31 I Specifications POST DESCRIPTION The lighting post shall be all aluminum construction consisting of a cast base and a 12 flute shaft with a 03" x 4" tall tenon. Two cast aluminum bolt on plant holders with irrigation holes and a bolt on flag pole holder will mount at specified heights and orientations. MATERIALS — The post assembly shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattern with complete detail. The planter arms shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattem with complete detail and 6061 -T6 bar stock. All hardware shall be tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be hot -dip galvanized steel. DIMENSIONS �' �I + The post shall be 12' -11" in height with a 05 -1/2" to 03 -1/2" tapered fluted shaft, a 020 x 28" tall base and a 03" x 4" tall tenon. Plant holder shall be 11 -1/2" long. INSTALLATION I 1e Post provided with (4)03/4" hot dip galvanized steel L -type i anchor bolts. A handhole is located in the base to provide .T , " anchorage and wiring access. FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat finish. LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION I - Harp Series Luminaire - 150 Watt Pulse Start Metal Halide (Medium), Multi -tap Wired 240V - Slipfitter for 03" by 4" tall tenon - Painted Standard Holophane 'Black' Finish - Asymmetric Teardrop Type IV Glass Optics rn For complete specifications see Us -3176. L Accessory Mounting Detail To Orientation Height FPHI /BO -CA/BK 90° 12' -5" (2)OSPA/BO -CA/BK 90° & 270° 11' -9" co N Ln Anchorage Detail I 180° 01 ' -8 "" 01' -3 "" BASE / ,��rI ∎* • BOLT I 7,/-- a � • •i ••••• ♦ CIRCLE / ♦ 1 270° a m / 90° ailli 1 � 7ir 1 / 0. fh '''T - ----_;.._•-• iv Handhole • �•• �•� � � / ��/ 011" ' Location OPENING y 0 ° 1 i Catalog #'s: —1 01' -8" I--.— ZNY13C /20- CA/BKH MOD - AB -31-4 - (2)OSPA/BO -CA/BK - FPH1 /BO -CA/BK - MH15PSMT3B4A � •, Yakima Revitalization • • �! Yakima, WA HOLOPHANE® ORDER #: TYPE: DRAWING #: LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 04 - - TSG 003907 An eiicuifyBrandsCompany I DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 04 -22 -08 PAGE: 1 of 1 T HIS DRAWING. WHEN APPROVED. SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE. A UNIT OF SIMILAR DESIGN MAY BE SUPPLIED. BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL 131' THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. THIS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONDITION THAT IT win NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS. AND ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE rap._ TyA E TOL.t Flagpole Holders Cast Aluminum SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION The flagpole holders shall be one piece construction. The holders 1" Flagpole 3/4" flagpole shall consist of a piece of - 7—`—, aluminum tubing welded at 45° to -r'` „,j a mounting plate. All welding shall be per ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All welders shall be certified per , ANSUAWS D1,2 -90 Section 5. • ,n— I Thi,___ —„,„.,10., FPH1B0 MATERIALS FPH.75B0 The flagpole holders shall be (holder for 1” pole (holder for 3/4" pole with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) aluminum, ASTM 6061 alloy, heat treated to a T6 temper. All 1 -1/4" Flagpole - 1-1/2" Flagpole 7 hardware shall be stainless steel. .`' � --0.-4 7--+—T INSTALLATION 1 ,,,i The flagpole holders shall bolt to a mounting channel on the side of the post with four stainless steel screws. The clamp -on mounting __ f-1_ - v&--1_ shall clamp around the post, FPH1.25B0 FPH1.5B0 secured with four 3/8" hex head (holder for 1 -1/4" pole (holder for 1 -1/2" pole bolts. (Post diameter at mounting with bolt on mounting) with bon on mounting) point must be specified.) Holders are available for 3/4 ", 1", 1 -1/4 ", and 1 -1/2" O.D. flag poles. (For OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS information on specifying orientation and mounting heights • 1" Flagpole 3/4" Flagpole — see "Orientation Guide" in the —v-- �— back of the Accessories section.) (Flags and flag poles provided by ''` :' ; '�; i l :others.) �I I� � For finish Is specifications and color options see "Finish" section in cata -log. ...._/—_-_ FPH1 /CO FPH.75/C0 (holder for 1" pole (holder for 3/4" pole with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) - 1 -1/4" Flagpole l 1 -112" Flagpole --niter f At" ., .., F P25 / F HOLOPHANE (holder for 1 -1/4" pole (holderfor 1 -1/2" pole LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS with bolt on mounting) with bolt on mounting) An nicuityBrandsCompeny 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, OHIO 4305S Flags can add substantial wind loading to the post you select Please coordinate the correct poct the and atylc with the factory. US-2404 we TNPE. C� Harp Series Specifications Milwaukee Style with Standard 3" Diameter Tenon Mounting Maximum weight - 75 lbs GENERAL DESCRIPTION Maximum effective projected area - 3.8 sq. ft. The Milwaukee Harp Luminaire is styled to replicate the 24' "Harp" Series Luminaires that illuminated boulevards at the ta - turn of the century. Designed for light control and ease of installation and maintenance, the Milwaukee Harp Luminaire has a precision optical system for true street lighting performance. . CAST ALUMINUM SOCKET - REFLECTOR REFRACTOR / DOOR ASSEMBLY �` The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop shaped ��� . thermal resistant borosilicate prismatic glass refractor, that t I I controls the light to provide I.E.S. type IV and type V cut off distnbutons. The combination of reflector, refractor and CA MOUNTING MINUM vertical burning lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of 7 ARM illum ITI in ZED ation E while controll CTRICAL ing ASSEMB luminai Y brightness. The ' I refractor ass hinges from the Harp assembly and is latched by a stainless steel, captive hex head bolt. 42-5/8' DOOR FRAME OVERALL AND TEARDROP UN HEIGHT REFRACTOR . Located below the refractor under a removable decorative cap, the unitized electrical assembly consists of the ballast mounted to a cast aluminum plate that is easily removed by loosening three screws in keyhole slots. The disconnect 2 plug connects the ballast to the temtinal block in the wiring CAST ALUMINUM BALLAST chamber. HOUSING WITH I I • I REMOVABLE CAP 18 - 3/8' I HARP / FITTER ASSEMBLY The Harp assembly consists of a top cover casting, , l chimney casting, two arm castings, and a fitter / ballast housing casting, ail welded together. The fitter is designed to mount on a 3" diameter tenon. The anodized and a ° brightened internal aluminum reflector located in the top 1 ° cover is formed with flutes to control voltage rise in the CAST ALUMINUM FITTER FOR lamp and to work with the refractor to provide the desired 3' DIAMETER MOUNTING TENON distributions. The socket, located in the top housing, preset ORDERING INFORMATION for the proper light center of the reflector and pre -wired to EXAMPLE: MH 070HP 24 3 8 4 A the terminal block, is street righting grade with nickel plated MH 175(`1 u i2.. 3 B M4 A lamp grip shell, center contact backed by a coiled spring, I T 1 T T and a glazed porcelain body. LL BAAST TYPE I 1 (MOGUL BASE) I 05= BALLAST • Hp = SOW HPS (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet for specific operating 070HP =70WHPS VOLTAGE MOUNTING FINISH OpncA`L-ASSEMBLY characteristics 100HP = 100W HPS 12 = 120 VOLT 3 = SUPF1TTER B = BLACK 4 = ASYMMETRIC ) 15AHP = 150W 55v HPS 20 = Zoe VOLT FOR 3' z = BRONZE DROP TYPE N 35 - 100 watt 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) ' 175MH = 175W MH 24 = 240 VOLT DIAMETER BY N - GREEN DI IBUTION ballasts are High Power Factor Reactor type. All other 4' 10oMV =100W MV 27 = 277 VOLT TALL TENON A = AS SPECIFIED 5 = ETRIC HPS ballasts are are P High Power 175MY =175W MV 4488 _ 347 VOLT DISTRIBUTION V 1 75 watt Metal Halide MH ballasts Factor Peak Lead BALLAST TYPE Autotransformer type. (ALWAYS Autotransformer type. 70 and 100 watt MH units are ( ) (MEDIUM BASE) A( ORIENTATION) 35DHP = 35W HPS (120V ONLY) available only with (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V) High Power SoDHP = 50W HPS Factor High Reactance type ballast. 700HP = 70W HPS • PTICAL • - IENTATION All Mercury Vapor (MV) ballasts are High Power Factor 10DHP =100W HPS A = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PERPENDICULAR TO HARP Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) type. 15DHP =15oW 55V HPS B = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PARALLEL TO HARP 700MH = 70W MH (MT ONLY) 10DMH =100WMH (MT ONLY) FINISH / MATERIAL ' 15DMH =150W MH (MT ONLY) The luminaire is finished with polyester pa' 17DMH • 175W MH p y powder paint 20DIN=200WINCANDESCENT applied after a seven stage pretreatment process, to insure OPTIONS maximum durability. All castings making the harp are sand S = SINGLE FESTCON RECEPTACLE, LOCATED IN BALLAST BASE HOUSING. SAME SIDE AS DOOR HINGE cast from aluminum alloy #356, for better corrosion TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE resistance. All extemal hardware is stainless steel. R = NEMA TWISTLOCK PHOTOCONTROL RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT TOP OF LUMINAIRE. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE P = PROTECTED STARTER FOR HPS UNITS ONLY. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE W = DECORATIVE WHITE WINDOWS (DECALS) G = DECORATIVE GOLD WINDOWS (DECALS) ACCESSORIES , LAMP = SHIP APPROPRIATE LAMP AS A UNE ITEM. SEE LAMP SHEET ARCHITECTURAL OUTDOOR ORDER #: TYPE: DRAWING NO: US -3176 THIS DRAWING, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR • THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE. x •14 �� A UNIT OF SIMILAR DESIGN MAY BE SUPPLIED, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE ♦,t CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE SCALE: N/A • SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. HOLOPHANE DRAWN: MJH THIS PRINT 15 THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND 15 LOANED SUBJECTTO �� IN � TING SOLUTION APP'D, RETURN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONOrON THAT IT WILL NOT BE USED An Q!icuflyBrandsCompany DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, OHIO 43055 DATE 04 -30 -02 IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE. STRAIGHT METER ADAPTER PLASTIC IRRIGATION BOX 6" AMETEK LID —► _ J - r - rim= 111111•PR T 11 3 /METER 2 4 TO DCVA —o-- 6" PVC PIPE — L FIPxSUP PVC COUPLING ANGLE BALL VALVE STRAIGHT CURB STOP CURB STOP METER x PJ STOP /WASTE PJxFIP FLOW r MIME J 90' MIPxPJ ELBOW COPPER OR CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE NOTE 1. ALL FITTINGS ARE TO BE BRASS. W17 3/4" & 2" IRRIGATION METER SET NTS City of Yakima — Engineering Division APPROVED: 7.9.99 _ , CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL J 3 /4" & 2" IRRIG. METER SET W17 • 4/00 T 4��6 V�lI.IRP42�4 1 Plantar Size: 42° Dia. x 24" H. Weight: 950 lbs. Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. �• n n �oio Wall Thickness: 3° thick wall at the top, � '� =� Color /Surface: See options, Features: Westlake 1 Band, Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia. steel rebar, Hardware: (4) - 1/2" Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts. Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request. Options: Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2° Dia. Note: Options may change without notice. Anchoring: Optional. Call to confirm current options. g P Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Westlake I Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter, Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter, This design is also available on a waste container, snuffer, bollard and bench. Please ask your local representative for more details. TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R v 5 R U �I GENERA! PLANTER SPECIFICATIONS TF 4fl6 1 NUP4848 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY 36^ A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials del 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. ger 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data edited specifically for proposed system, including the following specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty TOP VIEW 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general construction, component connections anchoring methods, 30" 3" hardware and installation procedures. 3. Samples as requested by Architect. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE CDIA LIFTING 25'DIA STEEL REBAR A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by 1111 TS specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in 1g ) a" disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters 50 "DIA THREADED INSERTS field proven for at least five years. 1.10 WARRANTY SECTION A -A Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as " Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. 11" 6 4DECORATIVE PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. BAND (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 4 24" B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. A C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. FRONT VIEW 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturer's recommendations. # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1 520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R U 5 R U Imo • 9/03 T49 11111.1U4835 \I\ Planter Size: 48° Dia. x 35" H. - -> Weight: 1350 lbs. —� Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. G �nT�S Wall Thickness: 3° thick wall at the top. 1 Features: Member of the Westlake Series. Reinforcing: 1/4" Dia. steel rebar. Hardware: (4) -1/2' Dia. threaded inserts. (3) - 5/8" Dia. lifting inserts. Reservoir System: Optional. Available upon request. Options: Drain Hole: (1) -1 1/2" Dia. Note: Options may change without notice. Anchoring: Optional. Call to confirm current options. Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Weatherstone: Re -seal annually. Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Packaging: Banded to pallet. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Custom Options Available *NOTE: Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Shown with: Westlake 1 Design -- features an 8" carved bank around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series 1 sports an ancient Egyptian design with a fern and floral background. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter. Also available with: Westlake 2 Design -- features an 8" carved band around the top 1/3 of the planter. Series I sports an ancient Egyptian design with diagonal lines, triangles and pillars. These carvings are flush with the outside of the planter. TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 I W R U 5 R L1 711105I GENERAL PLANTER SPECIFICATIONS TF 4229 WLIRP4835 Planter 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Furnish Precast Concrete Planter indicated on drawings or specified herein. r 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing & Materials 1. ASTM C33 2. ASTM C150 3. ASTM C31 ® 42" 48" 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data, shop drawings and Samples. 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data edited specifically for proposed system, including the following ` specific information: a. Detailed specification of construction fabrication. TOP VIEW b. Manufacturer's installation instructions c. Maintenance literature d. Product warranty 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate pertinent dimensions, general A construction, component connections anchoring methods, i 4.25" -1=11111■ hardware and installation procedures. 3. Samples as requested by Architect. DECORATIVE BAND 8" 35" 7 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Milir A. Qualifications of Manufacturer: Manufacturer to be prequalified by specifier prior to bidding. Failure to comply will result in disqualification of bid. Manufacturer to have at least five years experience in the manufacturer of precast concrete planters A I field proven for at least five years. 1 30" -- °1 - FRONT VIEW 1.10 WARRANTY Manufacturer shall submit a written warranty for precast products for the period of two years upon acceptance of products. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable manufacturer for Precast Concrete Planters to be known as _ 3" _ Wausau Tile, Inc. Terra -Form Division. W z5 "DIASTEEL PO Box 1520, Wausau, WI 54402 -1520. REBAR (800) 388 -8728 FAX (715) 355 -4627 B. Clarification Note: Drawings and installation specification are based on manufacturers proprietary literature from Wausau Tile, Inc. 3- .625"DIA Other manufacturers shat! comply with minimum levels of material LIFTNG and detailing indicated on drawings or specified herein. INSERTS C. Coloring: All Precast products for this project shall be of one manufacturer. 4- .50 "DIA THREADED INSERTS 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 specifications for Portland Cement. SECTION A -A B. Aggregates: All aggregates to meet ASTM C33 specifications, to be cleaned of foreign matter and properly graded to size. C. Pigments used shall be inorganic, resistant to alkalinity and used as per manufacturer's recommendations, # # # TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAusAu, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 1 Wails A V 71143 I e v_ sign Post An L'hor Models wrisiTww .tapconetcom APCO • w. TApco TAp6 a yikpcci T,Apc0 TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO TAPCO V-Loc® is the toughest sign anchoring system on the market. You won't find a simpler, safer, more durable, functional and economical post anchor than V-Loc. n ?-',..:- - ... ---,‘,•:),..-- 1 -,„,.:,;-,:;:_i ,:, • S v - g , ::; 1 :. _ , nu , t r ite While other th mounting systems extend above ground level, allowing the potential for roll-overs, ruptured tires or gas tanks, V Loc installs . a t ground level for maximum safety. We offer many types of models to sui t almost any condition. ,:k Choose the type of V-Loc that matches your soil or pavement type and post type. Asphalt / Earth Models - 31 - z Cleanout Bar Models ---- ' i 1- 9 i c[ c) a c> _.....00,-• , f [ , • ..,.. , ,, ,. , i , , , , 1 ' - .., i- - s,. 0: ---_-_,-- t ,--, -.,,_ _..,, -', ,,,, - - ,,,,,,,,' 1 L...--- ,..,_,...... ..„> : ...› 14 ' 1 i s ,„,--'---::—<,,.>„ . --------,,, ;---\.. r- ., , , ,ii ,. 7 I t i , V '.i , „,_,,,i.v.,i,. , , - - • 1 - - i F - 'i -' 3s -",tviV. -A.,:q--4-4,,-.'31't-a • „ I ;At o -4p P o , 4" pgLA, oncrete Models - - - - -- 2, VR2 VS2 19-VR2 i 1 ca) cii.. 24" 24" 24" 23-VR2B 200- 2B 24" 4 19-VR3B --..•„. -----___ 2 - -'-'--=-, , ---- ------,7 ' r c. [ w/U • ft Soil Models i ,, ,k. , 11 1,....%: [ --- NIA D E w/U 30" So f r --- -- --- - --> r . , _. , , , , , r--------..„.„.„.„ r I. I ' 1 VR1 VS1 w l i 9 u - 19-VR1 , t: ,„_ . s._ _ ._ _ _ , : 1 1 i , I t... A -4 - ■ • , • 11 A . 1 lit, 1 vii 4 or 1 II it 1 Bottom Plate Models )---, ) i t L. (E) Of .4 i [ ----- N., i, 9 t , . 1 1 1 19-VR1P VR3 VS3 VR3 VR3B VR1P VS1P VS3B 30-VR3B w/UCA* 30" 30" 30", 36" 30" 30" 36" 36" Tir A * 36" w/ *NCHRP 350 compliant. *NCHRP 350 compliant. Fa I , 72 Order by Phone 1-262-814-7000 Toll-free 1-800-236-0112 \111 ; . or Order by Fax 1-262-814-7017 Toll-free 1-800-444-0331 ....„ _ , Ay. --,-:. : - : . - V-Loc _ ..___ . , . TRAFFIC AND PARKING CONTROL CO iNp. 1,1 - Table at Urgent € Free Catalog c GSA c Contact ik c Whats New c TAPCO c BlinkerSigns® t Digital ii V-LOC MODEL SELECTIONS Parking it Related Products Signals i . p ., i , AASHTO 2.5.2...Generally, breakaway supports should be provided whenever the Si + support is exposed to traffic. 2.5.4...Where there is a probability of being struck by st i errant vehicles, even supports outside (the) clear zone should preferably be breakaway. Traffi c Control • Round Post Models • Bottom Plate Models V-Loc Systems ii • U-Channel Anchors • Square Post Models 41taitea • U-Channel Adapters • Cleanout Bar Models i MUTCD2000 Work Zone 1.i. _ 1214K9 LI °R0' • - <Rind Post Ntodels .,_ Wt. Post OD Fin Model Item Number t Leg Angle Dimensions (pounds) (inches) 19-VR1 1 34-25 I 4.40 1.90 2 x 2 x .25 x 8" J 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 19-VR2 34-26 10.00 1.90 2 x 2 x .25 x 24" 10 x 12 x 12 ga. 19-VR3 34-27 11.60 1.90 - 2 x 2 x .25 x 30" 10 x 12 x 12 ga. 20-VR3 1 34-41 I 14.5 I 2.00 I 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 30" I 10 x 12 x 12 ga. • . • .11 2, - 4,.,‘ , i ,•""- •<M• - 7,,• - u /- •• '..• 7 -,--, n , , ...,. : 4 ..VV, ..,,,,,..... - V , ' -,' : r, , -,, ^`,,,-, ^,.. '-',7 -,.: ",,,,,.. :, .•Asf , allinnal 411" 34-12 5.00 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 8" 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 23-VR2 34-3 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23-VR3 34-14 14.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 30" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. mr.,„ , ..-...„.,„ _., :,-...1. ,/..., :-. - : I. C",a, ...V, ., .1,7,10 ....21.. . , ., , ataa .. a . •. - .c.- , ..- , , . . ,. ,,,, , - -... .., , 23A Models for Schedule 40 pipe only. 23A-VR1 23A-VR 15.00 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 8" 8 x 9.25 x 12 ga. 23A-VR2 23A-VR2 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23A-VR3 23A-VR3 14.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 30" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 28-VR1 34-28 6.40 2.875 3 x 3 x .25 x 8" 8 x 10 x 10 ga. 72" AM C '1 25 -1/4" r � CENTER AND END 17 -1/4" STRAPS - 1/8" X j 1-1/2" METAL j 9 ° 2" TYP. 9" -. 7/16" DIA. HOLES': FOR ANCHORING OR FRONT VIEW CAST ALUMINUM STRAP GLIDES. AND SUPPORT 1 a n d s c a p e o r n s• END VIEW 431 LAWNOALE AVE. PFD: 800-521 -2546 TITLE: 72" & 95" L - BACKED GRETCHEN'S BENCH - W/ ARMREST - FREESTANDING / SURFACE MOUNT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269 -301 -3455 DESIGN: GRETCHEN C[NFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FORMS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: GR3512 FENS, INC. PREDICTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO BE COPIED DR DATE: 3-25 -92 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: OLM 1992 LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 024 I/2" I ' i LIFT AND T112N LID TO EMPTY 6-1/2" X 12 -1/2" '! .�. OPENING 40' LOCK ■t om !L Jl (L Jl 12' ---•. FREESTANDING; OR SURFACE MOUNT OPTIONS. NON - CORROSIVE ANCHORING HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. 7/I6' DIA. MOUNTING HOL.ES. o n d s c o p e f o r r, s• 1 LAWNDALE AVE. ME: 800 - 521 - 2546 TITLE: SCARDOKIJGH LITTER RECEPTACLE - 25' V X 40'H - SJIIE-IPEN]NG- VERTICAL BAR IEATIL WITH LOCK - 30 GALLON WITH LOCK- FREESTANDING OR SURFACE HONT LAMA200, MI 4904B FAX: 269-381 -3455 [ ESIGN: SCAR80R[11G41 IfAENTIAL BRAYING INFOIRMATION C NTA1P O IfREIN IS THE PROPERTY IF LANDSCAPE PATENT: RMS, INC. INTENDED I1SE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: SC5215 RMS, INC. PRODUCTS AM) THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TO BE COPIED DR DATE: 09 - 01 - 94 SCLDSED 10 DINERS WITHOUT IlE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ETHER: LAD 94 LANDSCAPE FERNS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. MODEL MOUNTING HOW TO 1 -0 - ORDER URack • Bike Fen erree • Sidewinder i':): SIZE FINISH ,",". - vT - =a Inverted ' -U.. racks— MIocIels SLI and ��I U ��t , Li • Fabricated from 1.5" I.D. (1.9" O.D.) or 2.0" I.D. (2 ib" O.D.) ASTM A53 Schedule 40 _ Steel Pipe. . ! _47,,,_ i ▪ Y; • 1.5" I.D. D. racks are designated SU 15 and WU 15 and 2.0" I.D. D. racks are designated SU 20 - _ � _ _ ill. j �t. _4_H _ and WU 20. yJ j • Bicycle makes contact with the rack in two places for additional stability and security. • Simple, attractive, economical and space saving design is ideal for city sidewallcs. . • Optional center cross bars available to make the racks more ADA friendly and to provide 0-..c ;._ ,` ' r 1.1 greater stability. LTVI T ..?.,,Z.- ,..-,-, � • MOUNTG OPTIONS: (Please see "INSTALLATION SECTION" on page 44 for detailed mounting options): embedded mount (standard) or flanged surface mount (optional)- ;.:�' 1 4 Designate " - for embedded racks or " -F" for flanged racks after the model number. • 3 ,' r i 'ty.' • FINISH OPTIONS: Hot dipped galvanized (standard &recommended); polyester u _ . . ° LI powder coated (optional); thermoplastic powder coat (optional); stainless steel with a #4 rk " '.-. satin finish (optional). Designate " - ", " - ", " - ", or " - SS" for galvanized, powder coated X -F ;.- thermoplastic coated, or stainless steel finish respectively after the mounting designation. - _ 2 1 :. ` : *=y „Z; -.:'S SU2O 1LSS. • OPTIONAL CROSS BAR: 4 _: Please designate ” - CB" after finish I/ 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 Steel Pipe 2.0" Schedule 40 Steel Pipe option for optional cross bar. Model # Description Capacity Length Model # Description Capacity Length NOTE: Square tubing models W pipe WU rack 2 30" SU 15 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe SU rack 2 21" SU 20 2.0" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe SU rack 2 22" U 15 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe WU rack 2 30" WU 20 2.0" I.D. Schedule 40 pip t rj shown below. NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. t kITTI Square Tubing Inverted "U" racks — Models SUSQ 2 and WUSQ 2 � - ' • Made from 2" x 2" x.188 wall square tubing (thicker wall than 2" Schedule 40 steel pipe). •• ��((( fin • Available in all the same sizes, finishes and mounting options as the SU and WU racks. "^ : 1„ • Offers all the advantages of the SU and WU racks with the added advantage of far superior Li i security (please see top of page 37). „, K Model # Description/Capacity Length ,. - SUSQ 2 2” Square Steel Tubing SU rack 2 21" A. [4 WUSQ 2 2" Square Steel Tubing WU rack 2 30" <' E� NOTE OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. WUSQ 2 P' a Bike Fencer" -BF Series' ' * Also available in square tubing a 4 . . • One of our most rugged bicycle rack designs. - • A • Enables bicycles to stand upright. f s " • Continuous mig welds at all joints for unsurpassed strength and durability. • Available in 7 standard sizes to MODEL DESCRIPTION/MAXIMUM CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ""`" i accommodate 4 through 24 BF - 4 space Bike Fence /6 bicycles 35 "L x 34 "H x 31 W ' T bicycles. BF -6 6 space Bike Fence /8 bicycles 51"L x 34 "H x 31"W a7 A'' r "''' ' • Double or single side loading. BF -8 8 space Bike Fence /10 bicycles 67 "L x 34 "H x 31 W z 't` • 2" I.D. Schedule 40 steel pipe end BF - 12 12 space Bike Fence /14 bicycles 99 "L x 34 "H x 3I "W 4 ` i frames and headers and 1" I.D. BF - 16 space Bike Fence /18 bicycles 131 "L x 34 "H x 31'W , x z * Schedule 40 vertical slats. BF - 20 space Bike Fence /22 bicycles 163 "L x 34 "H x 31 W - s.. K" • `' - t • Standard hot - dipped galvanized BF - 24 space Bike Fence /26 bicycles 195 "L x 34 "H x 31"W +. finish. NOTE: OTHER SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. s - imi . a\ SidewinderTm -S�V rxi Series *Also available in square tubing �; ocD • • Frame is constructed from 236" O.D. Schedule 40 steel pipe. �_ ' ° ', • Hangers are constructed from heavy duty +" solid round bat ...: y am *•+ - a� -,- ,:..t.' ; ,,, y LLR � A . q '.= a t y - • Triangular stand for freestanding rack is constructed from 2 "x36" flat bar. - '- -- -- ° "' _ � � - • Available in standard embedded mount, optional flange mount and optional freestanding - . - .r.: ' triangle mount. "' L • Standard hot - dipped galvanized MODEL #DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS :,� {(' ‘ i ' ' t + I i • finish. SW 8 8 space Sidewinder 102 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W f i �� x Vv '4 ' 3 • • Hanger design promotes obvious, SW 10 10 space Sidewinder12I "L x 33 "H x 30 "W t7 = _ r - ' SW 12 12 space Sidewinder140 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W x : . — L" " " intuitive and secure bicycle parking. SW 14 14 space Sidewinder159 " L x 33 " H x 30 'W • All joints are continuous mig welds for _ _; _$45C 1 2 G unsurpassed strength and durability. _ • Available in 4 standard sizes to accommodate 8 through 14 bicycles (Optional sizes available). wvuw.creat irep�pe.com ' I•800•644•8467 - ' • . 39. Side Street 7 - ° i x ISOLATE WORKING AREAS WITH BARRELS & PLASTIC SAFETY FENCING ° o i ° o TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY s 2' o (5' WIDE MIN.) j ° o PARKING LANE (STAGING AREA) t6 ° o ° o TEMPORARY GRAVEL APPROACHES } x TO BUSINESS ACCESS (TYPICAL) 6' ° CHAINLINK ' FENCE TYPE 1 BARRICADE Side Street CROSSWALK T T TVP CAL • TA -22 (MUTCD) TEMPORARY LANE CLOSURE Page 6H -4 2003 Edition Table 6H -2. Meaning of Symbols on Typical Application Diagrams • • ••••• Arrow panel • Arrow pane{ support or trailer O O 0 (shown facing down) � — � Changeable message sign or support trailer Channelizing device n ow Crash Cushion Direction of temporary traffic detour �► Direction of traffic Er Flagger High level warning device (Flag tree) e---® Luminaire \ \ \ \\ Pavement markings that should be removed for a long term project Sign (shown facing left) ED Surveyor 1 1 Temporary barrier I 1 Temporary barrier with warning lights Traffic or Pedestrian signal Truck mounted attenuator Ztt Type III Barricade Warning lights Work space f �t o Work vehicle Sect. 6H.01 2003 Edition Page 6H -5 Table 6H -3. Meaning of Letter Codes on Typical Application Diagrams Distance Between Signs ** Road Type A B C Urban (low speed)* 30 (100) 30 (100) 30 (100) Urban (high speed)* 100 (350) 100 (350) 100 (350) Rural 150 (500) 150 (500) 150 (500) Expressway / Freeway 300 (1,000) 450 (1,500) 800 (2,640) * Speed category to be determined by highway agency ** Distances are shown in meters (feet). The column headings A, B, and C are the dimensions shown in Figures 6H -1 through 6H -46. The A dimension is the distance from the transition or point of restriction to the first sign. The B dimension is the distance between the first and second signs. The C dimension is the distance between the second and third signs. (The third sign is the first one in a three -sign series encountered by a driver approaching a TTC zone.) Table 6H -4. Formulas for Determining Taper Lengths Taper Length (L) Taper Length (L) Speed Limit (S) Meters Speed Limit (S) Feet 60 km /h or less L = WS 40 mph or Tess L = WS2 155 60 70 km/h or more L = WS 45 mph or more L = WS 1.6 Where: L = taper length in meters (feet) W = width of offset in meters (feet) S = posted speed limit, or off -peak 85th - percentile speed prior to work starting, or the anticipated operating speed in km/h (mph) Sect. 6H.01 2003 Edition Page 6H -61 Figure 6H -28. Sidewalk Detour or Diversion (TA -28) s ti r i � ' - ,.:::.1:-- ? I z? ,n✓' ,Y-'T'J ,� 1 i � -` ms 's ; ,c - fi W , s fi ... Y + a y i w � $ - S 4 S r i.. 4 x f • : t c , a c ,4: 1E, n om ' i f I — 383H SSOI3 i 1 1 03S0 tl -1S . .-", r '� 900 mm (36 in) ~� I 1- 3� MIN. (SIDEWALK i v % + CLOSED !. r' F , - ,..... • SIDEWAL CLOSED I � L ___ CROSS HERE /' i iY® I }. fiM i 9Y M �t .i. / l`r. rte ; i �l�'w� y (optional) L 1 5 v5� Y 3 / C�.t 3 1 l SIDEWALK DETOUR SIDEWALK DIVERSION Typical Application 28 Note: See Tables 6H -2 and 6H -3 for the meaning of the symbols and/or letter codes used in this figure. Page 6H -60 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H -28— Typical Application 28 Sidewalk Closures and Bypass Sidewalks Standard: 1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. Guidance: 2. Where high speeds are anticipated, a temporary traffic barrier and, if necessary, a crash cushion should be used to separate the temporary sidewalks from vehicular traffic. 3. Audible information devices should be considered where midblock closings and changed crosswalk areas cause inadequate communication to be provided to pedestrians who have visual disabilities. Option: 4. Street lighting may be considered. 5. Only the TTC devices related to pedestrians are shown. Other devices, such as lane closure signing or ROAD NARROWS signs, may be used to control vehicular traffic. 6. For nighttime closures, Type A Flashing warning lights may be used on barricades that support signs and close sidewalks. 7. Type C Steady -Burn or Type D 360 - degree Steady -Burn warning lights may be used on channelizing devices separating the temporary sidewalks from vehicular traffic flow. 8. Signs, such as KEEP RIGHT (LEFT), may be placed along a temporary sidewalk to guide or direct pedestrians. 2003 Page 6H -63 003 Edition Figure 6H -29. Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours (TA -29) �, i (option �, } i s y y y -.. 1 ce, s a p 0 3 Y r k L r c 1.-------^- > I �Z;a r. F.. T ,.. _ ..9g; s`ryw ✓- ,, 'l 4 4 r ` y o . � + - ; Temporar m K, marking for 3 crossw lines s It - ©e l i � `,�, a..1 optional) tching J r' Af • E �' �' ;j r i3- i — L is r �. r� �\�f // SIDEWALK I CLOSED SIDEWALK CLOSED j C ROSS HERE J : 3 Y S 1 f" ` Note: F long -term stationary work, the double yellow y ct Vii. centerline and/old be r ; :,; lane lines shou z , \ removed between the l �i� crosswalk lines. See Tables 6H -2 and 6H -3 k for the meaning of the symbols and/or letter (optional) codes used in this figure. Typical Application 29 Page 6H -62 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H -29— Typical Application 29 Crosswalk Closures and Pedestrian Detours Standard: 1. When crosswalks or other pedestrian facilities are closed or relocated, temporary facilities shall be detectable and shall include accessibility features consistent with the features present in the existing pedestrian facility. 2. Curb parking shall be prohibited for at least 15 m (50 ft) in advance of the midblock crosswalk. Guidance: 3. Audible information devices should be considered where midblock closings and changed crosswalk areas cause inadequate communication to be provided to pedestrians who have visual disabilities. 4. Pedestrian traffic signal displays controlling closed crosswalks should be covered or deactivated. Option: 5. Street lighting may be considered. 6. Only the TTC devices related to pedestrians are shown. Other devices, such as lane closure signing or ROAD NARROWS signs, may be used to control vehicular traffic. 7. For nighttime closures, Type A Flashing warning lights may be used on barricades supporting signs and closing sidewalks. 8. Type C Steady -Burn warning lights may be used on channelizing devices separating the work space from vehicular traffic. 9. In order to maintain the systematic use of the fluorescent yellow -green background for pedestrian, bicycle, and school warning signs in a jurisdiction, the fluorescent yellow -green background for pedestrian, bicycle, and school warning signs may be used in TTC zones. Page 6H -48 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H- 22— Typical Application 22 Right Lane Closure on Far Side of Intersection Guidance: 1. If the work space extends across a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed using the information and devices shown in Figure 6H -29. Option: 2. The normal procedure is to close on the near side of the intersection any lane that is not carried through the intersection. However, when this results in the closure of a right lane having significant right turning movements, then the right lane may be restricted to right turns only, as shown. This procedure increases the through capacity by eliminating right turns from the open through lane. 3. For intersection approaches reduced to a single lane, left - turning movements may be prohibited to maintain capacity for through vehicular traffic. 4. Flashing warning lights and/or flags may be used to call attention to the advance warning signs. 5. Where the turning radius is large, it may be possible to create a right -turn island using channelizing devices or pavement markings. 2003 Edition Page 611-49 Figure 6H -22. Right Lane Closure on Far Side of Intersection (TA -22) : cf1 : (optional) : w �,, mi t :fit is \ > ' U A( > > it x ---'= : ri \y' A j /(optional) N 1 • : C c 3 /- • I=. ri 111 f g I 1 % �# • \�i� � ,, j , j ) A ► I (optional) ' ,I R r i yt 'v'4� z'C' A t� _ L < y M s S j F f� A —� i • l 7R RIGHT LANE 1 r �T; r MUST (optional) �'' gIr 3 I ' TURN RIGHT ari -.:il i. A (optional) i x% • 1 ail X444 • / ii-,14 .,-,-,1.-,--- / ;. Note: Se Tables 6H -2 a nd 6H - 3 for the meaning of the symbols and/or letter 1 B codes used in this fig ure. 1 y / /i'\ \ � Typical Application 22 5 O m r I N — E° W 4 W w — W - W -- W W— VI' W W W. w \_ 0 First Street eet W w 12 12 12 12 12 �_- v=i I°I z ERN MIIMIIIIMEISMAIIIMMISIMINEIEINIMIN MEI .11,9•..- _ 1111111_11111111111111111 in 1171.11 -lam 1111 LU i . qv'', r p ANT e J (/ SUNKEN P ANTEP. / L ( PLANTER o I CONC WALL / / / /// \ / "/ // o ) , — J I `b ' j r D' o °° Wells �cZTbO �LiI2�i/ / / / /� /;.�/ I i_ ■ - , ., <,, fr , --),, ,, r- . , v'-‘,0„, / ////, / , / 1/2 „...„/„.., j CU`dC A /// iiiii .,„, ___, (,, ' ii --, :1 — / , , / , . W/ / //,/ ,/,/,,, /r;',/, , 1 \\\-- _ II - 0 - g , / / / /7 ////%/, ////' /-//:/,' %;/, ://:1 1, V go III. - -- = -�I ml / / /� // / / / /� ', /,,,, ,_ 1 �� CONSTRUCTION NOTES 11 I BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUI !LR. 1 o SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL. 2 C JOIN TS ONCRETE PER SIDEWALK DETAIL PER DETAIL. PAVING 11 SIDEWALK RAMP AT GRADE. 4 8. % \ V GRIND & OVERLAY ROADWAY AREA AS SHOWN 12 REMOVE EXISTING TREE NEW CROSSWALK STRIPING BY CITY FORCES. \ 6” THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY 13 REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT & BASE. k . 1. GENERAL NOTES `, O 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED &TREE GRATE PER DETAILS. 14 INSTALL `V -LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL UTILITY VAULTS, VAULT COVERS, MANHOLES, ETC. TO FINISH GRADE. 0 I `J{5 ! PEAR TREE I 1 r J RELOCATE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON(S) AND POLE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE UT1LI11ES TO DETERMINE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL \� \/ I LOCATIONS. - 5m MAPLE TREE 16 BIKE RACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 3. ANY SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE SITE DEMOLITION AT NO O BENCH WITH BACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 17 PLANTER FENCE PER DETAIL. ADDITIONAL COST TO NE OWNER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH REMOVAL IS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. O PEDESTRIAN LIGHT & POLE PER DETAIL 18 TRASH RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 4. GRADE CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SIDEWALK PLACEMENT: E SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN SHEETS. CROSS SLOPE GRADE SHALL BE STRAIGHT LINE GRADE BETWEEN FORMER SIDEWALK r 36" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 g REPLACE CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE W/ TYPE 1. SEE DETAILS. GRADE AT BUILDING FRONTS AND TOP OF EXISTING CURB. a 8a AND PROJECT DETAILS. SIDEWALK SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRAIN TOWARDS CURB EXCEPT WHERE DIRECTED 8b \ 42` PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2O INSTALL BRICK PAVERS. SEE DETAIL. OTHERWISE. AND PROJECT DETAILS. ? CROSS SLOPE ACROSS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM. �� 48" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS [3 REMOVE Sc REPLACE CATCH BASIN FRAME & GRATE i 8 j AND PROJECT D 0 1 / : 6 ^,\ Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Pr oject Eng: RKT Drawing Scales Sidewalk Plan 1 - Cit Of Yakima I Pedestrian Streetside Improvements D rawn B RKT Horizontal = 20' Yakima o u , E n gineerin g Division y — Ave. . I _ �, � �� - -- I \ / 35 .• 129 NorthSe Second Chkd. By: RJD Vertical = None Yakima, wash 9,or, City ma Cit of Yakima Project No. 2216 E . 'A' St. DATE 1 REVISION , BY �� J w_ . I s 0 SSMH I— w L1.1 w w — - -- W W W W W `A' I W W Ci W 07 V) N. 12 U1 • CB 12 �, ` w � � a._ ‘V14----------1 w En96 iLa�s ar , ► ! m 11111 ' -. =' \ ; 1 11F ' " wimi .... co - gea r Qgm mE� As �i v . t >'. w z I I �.- Li 1 1 I_ .. 1 _ Flit Con 0 U PLANTER PLANTER �1 i s N i PLANTER // PLANTER i, III CD ( —ASPHALT J ( -ASPHALT — �\ ,�UIIIIIII/ g ill . 12 i, A J � roll) , CONSTRUCTION NOTES O BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. 1 O SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL. O CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER DETAIL. PAVING JOINTS PER DETAIL 11 SIDEWALK RAMP AT GRADE. 1 c GRIND & OVERLAY ROADWAY AREA AS SHOWN 12 d O NEW CROSSWALK STRIPING BY CITY FORCES. REMOVE EXISTING TREE co �� b I -6 6" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY 13 REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT & BASE. �, GENERAL NOTES . j. O 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED & TREE GRATE PER DETAILS. Del INSTALL "V —LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. oi 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL UTILITY VAULTS, VAULT COVERS, MANHOLES, ETC. TO FIN ISH °o GRADE. 0 _ 0 PEAR TREE RELOCATE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON(S) AND POLE. \/ 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE UTILITIES TO DETERMINE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL '� LOCATIONS. 5m MAPLE TREE 16 B IKE RACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 3. ANY SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK a SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE SITE DEMOLITION AT NO 3 1 BENCH WITH BACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 17 P LANTER FENCE PER DETAIL. ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH REMOVAL IS SHOWN N) ON THIS PLAN. EL 0 O PEDESTRIAN LIGHT/ BANNER POLE PER DETAIL 1 TRASH RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 4. GRADE CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SIDEWALK PLACEMENT: E SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN SHEETS. C ROSS SLOPE GRADE SHALL BE STRAIGHT LINE GRADE BETWEEN FORMER SIDEWALK � S 36" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1 g REPLACE CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE W/ TYPE 1. SEE DETAILS. GRADE AT BUILDING FRONTS AND TOP OF EXISTING CURB. AND PROJECT DETAILS. SIDEWALK SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRAIN TOWARDS CURB EXCEPT WHERE DIRECTED — a 42" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS S 2Q INSTALL BRICK PAVERS. SEE DETAIL. OTHERWISE. 0 AND PROJECT DETAILS. CROSS SLOPE ACROSS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM. � 48" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 21 REMOVE & REPLACE CATCH BASIN FRAME & GRATE 0 8 j AND PROJECT DETAILS. V 0 ..) , Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Sidewalk Plan ,.� ,, City Of Yakima Project Eng: RKT Drawing Scales 2 Engineering Division Pedestrian Stre I Dra wn By: RKT Horizontal = 20' a g g _ Yakima Ave. to \; � °. ,29No„h Second Street Chkd. By: RJD Vertical = None E . 'A' St. 35 DATE REVISION BY Yakima. Wash °^ City of Yakima Project No. 2216 �._ _. ___ a. r r 1 7-. j 12 12 g 12 • N 1 I D RIVEWAY i CONC. SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY \ DRIVEWAY 12 N n , � Y 1 ,,,„e„. 1 J i ,, CD J11 rim.c.iivirmardrimin■lommiiri 1 mii.:. ___ con ‘-.. WI )t),/, --- ' 1 lik__17--,B lii r \ . N 1 -- . r-t. ..„„,,...,, _ >- , S. Second Street (n Z:;. co 1 ---- , 4.-k-%--;., 2 � z sew /*"11‘181, ,,,,ii: — 74141------ ulliAllika, tii W w W W w �� W — W W ),, a _ % ---.--i-lr—milli _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,___________ „..._..,, ---- - - .„, , , ,,. (/ , ---- s c7 ic mom .....--- 11--1- ).< ) ,,v ,-__y ,,,, ,, , k_____,,-----___„,,,,= , , , < i 11 A \./ 7/b)11111111111111}141.1.1 u Public Parking Lot z � � Public Parking Lot 111111 / ,/ ■ ./r I ,I CONSTRUCTION NOTES _ el BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. 36" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8a v °ND PPn ;. JECT DET !Lc / I BIKE RACK, SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS, O 8b CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER DETAIL. PAVING 42" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL NOTES q JOINTS PER DETAIL AND PROJECT DETAILS. GRIND OVERLAY ROADWAY AREA AS SHOWN 17 PLANTER FENCE PER DETAIL. 3 & 48" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL UTILITY VAULTS, VAULT COVERS, MANHOLES, ETC. TO FINISH NEW CROSSWALK STRIPING BY CITY FORCES. $C AND PROJECT DETAILS, O GRADE. 1 g TRASH RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. O 6" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY 1 SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE UTILITIES TO DETERMINE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS, g REPLACE CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE W/ TYPE 1. SEE DETAILS. 1 f 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED & 1 1 'TREE GRATE PER DETAILS. SIDEWALK RAMP AT GRADE. 3, ANY SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK 20 SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE SITE DEMOLITION AT NO / INSTALL BRICK PAVERS. SEE DETAIL. ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH REMOVAL IS SHOWN 5p PEAR TREE 12 REMOVE EXISTING TREE. ON THIS PLAN. 21 REMOVE & REPLACE CATCH BASIN FRAME & GRATE 4. GRADE CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SIDEWALK PLACEMENT: 5m MAPLE TREE 13 REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT & BASE. CROSS SLOPE GRADE SHALL BE STRAIGHT LINE GRADE BETWEEN FORMER SIDEWALK GRADE AT BUILDING FRONTS AND TOP OF EXISTING CURB. C BENCH WITH BACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS, 14 INSTALL "V -LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SIDEWALK SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRAIN TOWARDS CURB EXCEPT WHERE DIRECTED OTHERWISE. O P LIGHT/ BANN P P DETAIL 15 RELOCATE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON(S) AND POLE. CROSS SLOPE ACROSS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM. S ELECTRICAL ED ESTRIAN AND IRRiGAT 10 N PLAN ER SHEETS. I Y DFI -Phase 3 Sidewalk Plan % Project En RKT Drawing Scales 3 ; . ' z C ity Of Yakima 1 9 9 Engineering Division P Streetside Improvements D rawn B : RKT �.'' g g Y' Horizontal =1"= 20' Yakima Ave. to 35 129 North Second Street Chkd By: RJD Vertical - None DATE REVISION BY Yakima Washington City of Yakima Project No, 2216 E. 'A St. , ,, i , • I I - ii,, ii , P ' .--'' (-r i , ,,, ) ....i • , CONC SIDEWALK I 1111 NC SIDE 1.1 - ' 1 -14114 .. 111 iiiNNimmIllill11111VIIPIIMmimmINIIIII. ' • MIIIIIIIIIIIIIII•Mll 1321/ 11 I IIIINCANTER iA_'Arrs - - AgiF --• cl.TrAillIF _DI .. -,-.. cF:.• A: , , EC SD \ / 7 , , SD al --agnsumminswL SD JD :_,-, SD -: I 1 NET. AN'L 7( E it_ z#VIMGM■ , 4 1 U \ \ ,,, 24" BRIC4 ' •. 0 DRAIN Ill Mk, 24' WALL S;t411111111 --", ___._ _ _. __ ____.,..__ . , , > I ,,i ._..i_____,____u2.9 1 \ - 'vams E . wpm TRASH I- 1 1111‘ I - , z lm i r k. r4 H I Atillillit...1. \ l re MEM ad CD " 1.11 il Ilillb i CONC \\ \ z ' " \ 111 I 1 \'\ kb. 1 1 I \ '1111101111111.11111111.1111114111111111111111111 11 6 111 1MMIEIPIPJWM " Eila - --- , ' 1 -----T---'1 Cf) • ,o\ 1 /0\ ' _ : i w 8v, D N - -71 1 p4 Pp I fir _ rommaninve lim z ' CD 2 - , \ _ > \ I .. '''', BLANTEP '‘ / CO° P N LANTER MP ' Via . IP 111 I s ' - ' -- -- 7- 41 14* C'T) , BENCh CL _ , , , ' _ _ _\ _ _- „ ____ I L 1P A I \T g I I'' - / K 52 WALLS w CB — Ala. ' ■4*. ii / , Sji 1 ‘8 •1 .■,k_ "p w \ 1 e ' - , . Li , / 1 PIER ----- \ , _ L , -- W A 1 Vi w W W W IN V , , M '/, / tit4 bc* 1 _ itl • . 1 P P - S. Second Street , , < 71e1 k11115111111111 2 ( inammiuminirmin /'' \ IMINI oi„, , irt,,, EreAMIll .,,. ‘ i 44, <,.,, PLANTER , , - , I .\ ‘ (5) UR - ii■ - PLA // 111/ IV J II ‘s.\fill*•71,\iihmin / mi ............ At FOUNTAIN 0 - I-R j _ J I ' 4001.1 0 % ' 2 - iki ° / ,. RAIN .." /111111•11•21M—Elk mil r.— 41 .111116 AIMIIIIINI -----' _, . , A 15 W'',I_, 5 I 1111 . , I MI - 71111if 1 — -------- – 111.111111.1111 En 111 : _ i l 1 _ _ N 11311111110111.. .1111111 DE-\A • 111111411111 1 1 , 1 i I 1 ___, CO \,`t-- „ _ cr ' - * /1/0 o‘'' // S/0 Park ,., -/, _ - CONSTRUCTION NOTES ,/ /,,,_ GRASS \ \ 7 ri BEGIN/END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. Q1 36 PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROASIONS '-......„...-. t-,..,..-' AND PROjECT DETAILS. 8 BIKE RACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. cD CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER DETAIL PAVING 0 42" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL NOTES JOINTS PER DETAIL AND PROJECT DETAILS. 0 PLANTER FENCE PER DETAIL. 0 GRIND & OVERLAY ROADWAY AREA AS SHOWN 0 48" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL UllUTY VAULTS, VAULT COVERS, MANHOLES, ETC. TO FINISH NEW CROSSWALK STRIPING BY CITY FORCES. AND PROJECT DETAILS. 8 TRASH RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. GRADE. ,- 1 6" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY 8 SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE UTIUTIES TO DETERMINE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS. (:) REPLACE CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE 14 TYPE 1. SEE DETAILS. 3. ANY SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK ® 4 TREE PLANTING BED & TREE GRATE PER DETAILS. 0 SIDEWALK RAMP AT GRADE. SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE SITE DEMOLITION AT NO g INSTALL BRICK PAVERS. SEE DETAIL. ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH REMOVAL IS SHOWN ...-----. ON THIS PLAN. 5p PEAR TREE 0 REMOVE EXISTING TREE , 0 REMOVE de REPLACE CATCH BASIN FRAME & GRATE 4. GRADE CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SIDEWAU< PLACEMENT: MAPLE TREE 0 0 REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT & BASE. CROSS SLOPE GRADE SHALL BE STRAIGHT UNE GRADE BETWEEN FORMER SIDEWALK GRADE AT BUILDING FRONTS AND TOP OF EXISTING CURB. 0 BENCH WITH BACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 0 INSTALL "V-LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SIDEWALK SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRAIN TOWARDS CURB EXCEPT VINERE DIRECTED OTHERWISE. • 0 PEDESTRIAN LIGHT/ BANNER POLE PER DETAIL SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN SHEETS. 8 RELOCATE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON(S) AND POLE. CROSS SLOPE ACROSS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM. 1 1 Yakima DFI - Phase 3 . City Of Yakima Project Eng: RKT Drawing Scales Sidewalk Plan 4 i /Ay ,- ,, 115-, Engineering Division Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Drawn By: RKT Horizontal = 1"= 20' Yakima Ave. to ' ,\ , ,... , ,,,\Nor,;, / . ' 129 North Second Street Chkd. By: RJD Vertical = None 35 DATE REVISION 1 By ; ....._....,.. :._. Yakima WashIngton City of Yakima Project No. 2216 E. 'N St. ei \\ / � ,� \\ / / 7 / 7 / Y „ iil/,ill'',i / , Yakima \ \ \ '''< 1 0 � ��/ \Bears Office _ 1 State Farm Insurance �ip,���,��� � . tT 1, i 1 t f I (( t 1 I ' � _ CONC SI JALK C O. iC. S DEWF LK I O ,,- ` - w - -� — , .•., DR It. ©AI DE 1 i \ :-.i ! d D ®IN SD 1 -- I r! � - � 32" t °ALES NC CB � � SD v -AT- � PLANTER �Irzl P'_P ^'TER � ' __-_-, ------- --_�__ I '../.N - ER - CB �� _ 411W_ LAi; T ER. I -� all 1 ili ri) V 7 ' 1 N e Second Street J q W 1 ` 1 Z 11.1 f\ t ` i S � i l v�ly /j \ ' - _ \\ - ' '2C' WALLS � s � . � ,. _ �- \ b //� ^ ���I�I \� `� D i A 9 ...V ' PLANTER ■ .�- W j �I PLANTER _ Z L7 _ . ._ _.. - PLA ;TER 4 1 DRA i' ussw # . , b � � J a c „4, (I / �y M th' - J� 1 ar ��� �' • 5�� � i ?LAnTca. �\ %., / , __ - � �_e ms - •41 I ri r G ASS le # , 4 0 # 4 \ \- 1 UM IN Mira, GRASS r I ♦ Alp #-. * 4 : n . l i . •- IMMIll SD -.- 4 SD I Z O - -- PLgIUTER � � :�� ♦ / \ P LANTE P. V44\ � . �)\ -1 _ - - I - PL'ANTE Mil s ki ♦�0 * i►v . � !At >>MAILA� � - -SV, _ _- -Eaaemmi _ ....Am>_ il•rArAINfircnnaraMaI■remm■aaMmire ®=====IN}MMI:Qr- Gj H CONC. . co C. S DEW LK sDS C NC_ SIDEV1 « o „\ \>\\\, : \ \, u, T ` \ Future Commercial Office S a \ \\ CONSTRUCTION NOTES I ” , � \� , p ,, \ \\ n BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. S 36" PRECAST CONC^ PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS A ND ��TA!LS• 16 BIKE RACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 2 CONCR PER DTAIL 8b ETE E SIDEWALK PER DETAIL. PAVING 42" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS GENERAL NOTES JOI AND PROJECT DETAILS. 17 GRIND C &ROVERWALK ROADWAY BY AREA CITY AS FORC ICJ PLANTER FENCE PER DETAIL O NEW OSSLAY STRIPING " CONC. DETAILS. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 18 CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL UTILITY VAULTS, VAULT COVERS, MANHOLES, ETC. TO FINISH AND 48PRECAST PROJECT O TRASH RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS O 6" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY 1 Q SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE UTILITIES TO DETERMINE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL 1 g REPLACE CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE W/ TYPE 1. SEE DETAILS. ..-"\ 3. ANY SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK 5 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED & TREE GRATE PER DETAILS. 1 1 SIDEWALK RAMP AT GRADE. SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE SITE DEMOLITION AT NO e✓ 20 INSTALL BRICK PAVERS. SEE DETAIL. ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH REMOVAL IS SHOWN 5p PEAR TREE 12 REMOVE EXISTING TREE ON THIS PLAN. 21 REMOVE & REPLACE CATCH BASIN FRAME & GRATE 4. GRADE CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SIDEWALK PLACEMENT: 5m MAPLE TREE 13 REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT & BASE. CROSS SLOPE GRADE SHALL BE STRAIGHT LINE GRADE BETWEEN FORMER SIDEWALK GRADE AT BUILDING FRONTS AND TOP OF EXISTING CURB. 6 BENCH WITH BACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 14 INSTALL "V - LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SIDEWALK SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRAIN TOWARDS CURB EXCEPT WHERE DIRECTED �/ \./ OTHERWISE. PEDESTRIAN LIGHT/ BANNER POLE PER DETAIL 15 RELOCATE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON(S) AND POLE. CROSS SLOPE ACROSS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM. SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN SHEETS. Yakima DR - Phase 3 1 74 �- City Of Yakima Project Eng: RKT D raw i ng S ca l es Sidewalk Plan 5 Pedestrian Streetside Improvements 6 ' �); En g in eering Division Drawn By: RK T Horizontal =1 "= 20' Yakima Ave. to St. .,o.. - Yakima, Second 35 1 Chkd. B RJD Vertical = None 'A' DATE i REVISION I BY � � ., � ° '- 129NOrthSewnd Street g lon City of Yakima Project No. 2216 E. baaffielanOMPISratimMr , / , \V � Whitmer & \ / \ \ i i \,\ / ��\ \ /jj /� \\ // \\ � \ / // \ \ / Assoc Perr / i i,' \ Y akima \ rchid Thai \ Nail Watch \ \ // \ \ \ f/ /' /'.� \\ i \\\ \�\\\ . , /% li, \ \ \\ \Law / /fetes / / /// Schrieners �� Wine Silver Shop Repair Sub Shop Efcom Offices \ \ (Second Street Grill) / / Title \ Cellars /11111 1 heels \\ / / / AL \ \� �� , - \ \ \ \�\ / ,/ -_ /_- \ \ \ \ \ \ \\ _ /������� /.�t ■ ■ CON11 EWA 11111.11 ■�; / ® ®�■1.�■■ �—■■■ � 1 T y ,�� i� iiri CON SHE E`�VA' ,_ _ ! I mual� niium . ��m� ,_r� munlim �n�nw lam'_I moms „ ', . �:'ar Inv 1 , _ LU \\. P Al.∎ / \\ �" 1 \ Albt-'.- ) ir ,..„ .--t N, , t--v, 4111410 0 1 oP CD N . e con Street Li., 7 i • I u, I i w I _z J — I H - ! ws .� IDE AL i 1 �II M� _._a WAL��� _ N Pri 2< " % c m CD/ / . . TA11 14, )II.I.Iy . -\ -I''--- C U ' 'Ill 0 \ t:5 2 * --�r ��� t/ lilt i t / / \ \ / / / // / Public Parking Lot // / /� › - ' 7 : . , 1 NMI ffl 7 z o / ] Public P ar ki n g Lot . , . - ; . . - . . . , \ / \ / / \ / iliMilkil(/) -11, i ll p , 7 i CONSTRUCTION NOTES , \ _ , ri BEGIN /END NEW BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER. n 36" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS N `/ AND PROJECT DETAILS. 16 BIKE RACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. G E N E RP�L 1 V OTES CONCRETE SIDEWALK PER DETAIL. PAVING 42" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2 JOINTS PER DETAIL �b AND PROJECT DETAILS. 17 PLANTER FENCE PER DETAIL. O 8C GRIND & OVERLAY ROADWAY AREA AS SHOWN 48" PRECAST CONC. PLANTER. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL UTILITY VAULTS, VAULT COVERS, MANHOLES, ETC. TO FINISH NEW CROSSWALK STRIPING BY CITY FORCES. AND PROJECT DETAILS. GRADE. 1$ TRASH RECEPTACLE. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. C 6" THICK CONCRETE PAVEMENT AT DRIVEWAY 1 O SIDEWALK RAMP PER DETAIL. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE UTILITIES TO DETERMINE EXACT HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL 1 g REPLACE CATCH BASIN STRUCTURE W/ TYPE 1. SEE DETAILS. LOCATIONS. 3. ANY SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE WORK O 4'X6' TREE PLANTING BED & TREE GRATE PER DETAILS. 11 SIDEWALK RAMP AT GRADE. 20 SHOWN ON THESE PLANS SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE SITE DEMOUT1ON AT NO c INSTALL BRICK PAVERS. SEE DETAIL. ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER OR NOT SUCH REMOVAL IS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. 5p PEAR TREE 12 REMOVE EXISTING TREE 21 REMOVE & REPLACE CATCH BASIN FRAME & GRATE 4. GRADE CONTROL CRITERIA FOR SIDEWALK PLACEMENT: 8 MAPLE TREE 13 REMOVE EXISTING STREET LIGHT & BASE. CROSS SLOPE GRADE SHALL BE STRAIGHT LINE GRADE BETWEEN FORMER SIDEWALK GRADE AT BUILDING FRONTS AND TOP OF EXISTING CURB. BENCH WITH BACK. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. 14 INSTALL "V - LOCK" SIGN ANCHOR. SEE SPECIAL PROVISIONS. SIDEWALK SHALL BE SLOPED TO DRAIN TOWARDS CURB EXCEPT WHERE DIRECTED � / OTHERWISE. O PEDESTRIAN LIGHT/ BANNER POLE PER DETAIL 8 RELOCATE EXISTING PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON(S) AND POLE. CROSS SLOPE ACROSS PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY SHALL BE 2% MAXIMUM. SEE ELECTRICAL AND IRRIGATION PLAN SHEETS. Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Sidewalk Pl City Of Y akima Project Eng: R D raw i ng S 6 / -,, Pedestrian Streetside Improvements t, = l r Engineering Division ree Drawn By: RKT Horizontal = V= 20' Yakima Ave. to \\ ,.. 129 North Second Street C hkd.By: RJD Vertical None E.'A'St. \••o,..m ' Yakima, Washington 35 DATE 1 REVISION 1 BY = � _ ....._. .__ ..... ........ City of Yakima Project No. 2216 son u k � � / '•�� \ \� ff 9 Ban //// % 0 yEssencia Rons Coin / I L C ; 1 , i Bakery ,i(J - ,>,;.---, - - '-- -- '''zi, , / /// I I DE \LK ■■■■► p �� I DEV I ��`� � ur All _.�•■ ®•.. �■oal• I•�E �� �= u WV fi r■ � a ®�i•i•i•.r � ariad111 116 si•i••ri111® • S K \ � ® - �� St �J = �— I s �� C3 1 2 3 . _ ,4' \N. 1M IIII, c %.4%\ LL1 N. Third Street �� ' z 7 r (OZ. ' W D Sc cn r PLANTER ISLANJD ,n _ � E • - I — 1,� - -- W W — k,nr W W I W >1 W -- �,r( Z W !r - W W V! W N 'I ,, 2 J`� s {s } s s s s s s s 15 G G : � S y �' S - - RACK — mai,„ s l %� ���a BIKE 30 BIKES??? f 1116. \ SD 1 c. 4. = .�. SD - a a, 1 1 ®' i• i•i•rrrr���a sMieiri• may- nlaNMIMIi i•. wsSr MIIIMM •oi•II,ramrl•si•i•rIMMI I c ... • r __ - ■ i<■ MI11111111■•1, �adOi• i• i•si•i•cr■i�i•i� ®iiL'�i•�i��Ni• MEi•i�d ®i• ®�oi0�■ I = — — � � K �� � � MIS MEE LI< if 1 CANOPY 1 111 LEY"! . i . III I 1 P al M� ��� € ; ,I , 36 ; \ \ \ \ Downtown ;= , Adaptis - Maytag Yakima c, \ g 8, 1 I I ;-;_., \ \\ \\\ \ \ \ \\ \ \\ \ \ \ \ Foundation \ � Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Project En RKT Drawing Scales Sidewalk Plan 7 �'* ,A ,' , k - -\ City Of Yakima Pedestrian Streetside Improvements 1 9: 9 D rawn B -�\ ��, Engineering Division By: RKT Horizontal = 1"= 20' Yakima Ave. to .��� 129 North Second Street City of Yakima Project No. 2216 Chkd By: RJD Vertical = None - E. 'A' St 35 DATE REVISION 1 BY � °` ¥e n'�' Washington y / //////// 2 . / / / ' / / / 7 // / // //, \-„, A ye %,;,, \ iii \ YVRL � Vacant Bldg / Liberty Building \ \ �■® t /// /& , 1111 PLANTER INMEIROMMIMI MEE S ID_WALMEM 11111 1 ® ®mio CC "!C SIDEWALK I ■411•111111111 WM / \ - \NIMEMITMED SD SD aniall,ingipf- —is H 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 \ 11 12 13 14 1 e O■ W Third Street 1 0 i N W d S //I W - C SSIV H W co Ii I z J W- vv \i,./ W W \i^ 1 V,^ M [- \t 1 W W Z Q • 16 17 1 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 A � , r I i - i . n � \ a S ] SD SDM CB 4 0 i L 4 .Alr 1____.- o - / 1►- A' INIfiEN 111111111P a m coo OJMEIIIIIMII CONC. SIDEWALK NM III CANOE iff Pihm* f....t. ,--idinurimmill \ \\ \ \\ lle Lin Pauls / Future Condominiums \ /// \ \ \ . \ \ \ \ IM / / ANGLED PARKING ALTERNATIVE ‘gb, 1 i , � - =ff� Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Pro Project En RKT Drawin S ca l es Sidewalk Plan 8 4 - _ City Of Yakima J 9 Drawing \ �; P Streetside Improvements � , , �� E ng i neer i ng D ivision p Drawn By: RKT Horizontal = 1" 20' Yakima Ave. to . ` .r . , Z9 North se nond Street 35 _1 DATE I REVISION BY City of Yakima Project No. 2216 Chkd. By: R JD Vertical = None E. 'A' St. V ak ima. Washington ,.......2.2„ ...... _..... ____ _„_. _______, _____ ........ .... ____„._ ...._ . ..... ___....._ . . . .. . , .. • • ii.. - - — 1 , \ • - 9 - I ' CONC. SIDEWALK CONC. SIDEWALK MRFISMIIMII..r2t_ 111balliMMMEMMIIMME 11111•0 o 1111111151011E11111 mu • . ' I . _. ___ ' -IiilikA._ I f rip : • :- t\ ..,...A. . u - , 1111111111111112M1111 ' , ---, (--P " . " • I I . ..rm f.: i: ;■1') S. Fourth Street , . . --.,. . . . . . - '• . 7 6" C.I. WM W i :, W W 1 1 W W W W V/ W N.' W I 1 f I„) , ,._ • .:: 1 T, -7- - ----- N. • 1 _ -- .. i manmagammuniummcsatuumassmummumminuntraimubi . ' -9 \ II* -: CTAH -' • . • ' - - I 11111.11611111111111.11111111HINIMMIENIIIIIMIHNORAMINIMINIW 0 :74F I ''uaryin , I , ` Mr ._ AM IL, , . . . CONC SIDEN/ALK CONC. SIDEWALK r i __,./ ,... / Tower /:/ r - /Mr t ioart i l. l . . r , . . .. . . 177 71 a City Of Yakima 1 Yakima DFI - Phase 3 Project Eng: RKT - Drawing Scales Sidewalk Plan 9 1 Engineering Division 129 North Second Street Pedestrian Streetside Improvements Drawn By: RKT Chkd. By: RJD Horizontal = 1"= 20' Vertical = None Yakima Ave. to 35 DATE ! REVISION BY :-.00..-0 2- Yakima Washington --r------- City of Yakima Project No. 2216 E. 'A' St. ..... . I t_ _ _ _ _ 1 /1 / / / / / /l /`'/ — — - i �, \ � \ Former JC Penneys - Future Hotel \\ \\\\\ \ \\\\:\. \ \ \ % I lL \ \\---, \\\"-\\:-\ , . . \ \ \ , \\.\\ . L Cv I „ I -i 96 CON( S ID`;WAL K . .116� Ill, IIMEWMIMIIIMMIrliVr menus 1111-3-111=11 • 111011111111 - iriummEr. _= t r. -- .... L KY f / I _ K I \--_-_—- ' ,I -- o ilf/ flit z n / 1 "--- \\ '.______„-k ,/ /V cr -01 ln W w W w w t� w :^ \ CONC. SIDEWALK - - - - — L..1 \ / 5 4 CONCRETE 1 1 ( Ftss/ / GRASS GRASS I Z C ri , __ , c pa _ C W ;,�h, / . I I I \ \ , Y U TRASH � W GRASS �/ Z `' \ i CONCRETE 4� _ �z CONC. SIDEWALK . - - f- I / �� ! acs Avenue L� N. �- ,,/ j � -\ \? N. W W W W W W W W W W W V/ 'N ‘\‘‘ ' , ; 2 ,W ;!; :ii , . A _= ' l 4 NA- j 1 1 Yakima DFI - Phase 3 - 1 Sidewalk Plan 0' ., . _ • s f Project En RKT Drawing S ca l es 10 . , -, fro City Of Yakima 1 Eng: 9 i �.� Pedestrian Streetside Improvements _ I �, I � Engineering Division p D rawn By: RKT Horizontal - 1 "- 20 i �� - Yakima Ave. to 35 ,. : -. . ... 129 Noah Second &rent Chkd. By: RJD Vertical = None '4., DATE I REVISION BY e \ Yakima, Washington City of Yakima Project No. 2216 E. ' A St. \\ \ \ \ \� \ \\� Former JC Penney\ - s Fu H ture otel \ \ \ \\ i 1 ril I' ,. \\\ \ \ , CONC =` \\ \ \\ \\\\ ALK SIDEW .LK --, ■, // 111111111 4■11"1.11M11111.M. ,_, _ ir , ...... ods....a.-... iik um= i miLLA--- - - . pelt . C.4 - 0 N. N L . raw-0p CI) \ q \\ \`‘‘‘ N ..: IWO ,. ,,,_, \ , N. Naches Ave W in cn I ._ - CONC. SIDEWALK, , I d \\ „ „ ,Th._____ „„._ YV NV. ------ .-", :.1 I t‘,,, W ,,,,/-' , A'. W - i7/4) t� 4 77 g t ,,, i((r)) e ! GRASS - - • W GRASS I / ' , ,s, ,; LL! — ,,___. , _ - ---,-- ---- GRASS i/ \ _. .� ,� GRASS s W GRASS Z GRASS Z t U CO■10. SIDEWALK -- / 1 L______ \ Q \ i 2 5 N. Naches Avenue z W W W W W- W W W W 'k: i W 1 W W W CONC CONC CONC N /� / / /, � / / / 1 GRASS GRASS GRASS o \ / /// / GRASS n GRASS \ //// e / / / / / / / / s GRASS ,I, • • t i a ) 1 V Yakima DFI - Phase 3 -f City Of Yakima Project Eng: RKT Drawing Scales Sidewalk Plan 11 ` , :. E ng i neer i n g Division Pedestf tall Stfeetsrde Impl ovem D rawn B y: RKT H orizontal = 1 "= 20' Yakima Ave. to 0 � �a, i I \ 29 North Second St. t Chkd. By: RJD Vertical = None 3 5 DATE 1 REVISION I BY Yakima,wasmngbn City of Yakima Project No. 2216 E. 'A' St.